Ap Operations Handbook CSM SC 012 1966 PDF

!
SID 65-1317
APOLLO
OPERATIONS
HANDBOOK
COMMAND AND
SERVICE MODULE.
SPACECRAFT 012
Prepared Under Direction of

NASA-MSC MISSION OPERATIONS BRANCH
FLIGHT CREW SUPPORT DIVISION
/-
N O R T H A M E R I C A N A V I A T I O N , INC.
SPACE and INFORMATION SYSTEMS DIVISION
SM2A-03-SC012
APOLLO OPERATIONS H A N D B 0 0 k
COMMAND AND SERVICE MODULE
SPACECRAFT 012
C o n t r a c t NAS9- 1 5 0
E x h i b i t I; P a r a g r a p h 1 0 . 3
tifli.
\ THIS P U B L I C A T I O N S U P E R S E D E S SM2A-O3_SCO12
- DATED I
16 S E P T E M B E R 1966.
PREPARED BY NORTH AMERICAN AVIATION, INC.

SPACE AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS DIVISION
TRAINING AND SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION
DEPARTMENT 671
A C R E W A B B R E V I A T E D C H E C K L I S T , S M 2 A - 0 3 - S C 0 1 2 / CL, IS
PUBLISHED AS A S E P A R A T E DOCUMENT.
PUBLISHED U N D E R A U T H O R I T Y
SID 65-1317
OF THE N A T I O N A L A E R O N A U T I C S A N D SPACE A D M I N I S T R A T I O N
I
'
12 NOVEMBER 1966
SM2A- 03-SCOlL
A P O L L O OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
NOTE: The portion of

indicated by
the text alfrcted by the current chanRcs i s

\enical line an the outer marlins of the page.
TOTAL N U L I B E R O F PAGES I N THIS PUBLICATION IS 816,

CONSISTING O F T H E FOLLOWING:
Page
Page
Title
A thru E
i thru xii
1 - 1 t h r u 1-20
2-1 t h r u 2 - 2
2.1- t h r u 2 . 1-10
2.2- t h r u 2. 2-48
2.3t h r u 2 . 3-72
2.4- t h r u 2.4-38
2.5- t h r u 2 . 5-44
2. 6 - t h r u 2. 6-48
2.7- t h r u 2. 7-48
2.8- 1 t h r u 2.8-70
L. 9 - 1 t h r u 2.9- 38
2. 10-1 t h r u 2. 10-10
2. 1 1 - 1 t h r u 2. 1 1 - 6
3 - 1 t h r u 3-212
4 - 1 t h r u 4-50
5-1 t h r u 5-20
6-1 t h r u 6-52
7-1 t h r u 7-2
8-1 t h r u 8 - 2
A- 1 t h r u A - 6
CHANGE INFORMATION
T h i s handbook i s s u b j e c t t o continuous c h a n g e o r r e v i s i o n , on a p r i o r i t y
b a s i s , t o r e f l e c t c u r r e n t e n g i n e e r i n g o r m i s s i o n c h a n g e s , o r to i m p r o v e content
o r a r r a n g e m e n t . The c o n t e n t a n d the c h a n g e s a r e a c c o u n t e d f o r by t h e a b o v e
L i s t of Effective P a g e s , a n d b y the following m e a n s :
R e c o r d of P u b l i c a t i o n : The publication d a t e of e a c h b a s i c i s s u e and e a c h c h a n g e
i s s u e is l i s t e d on page B as a r e c o r d of all e d i t i o n s .
P a g e Change D a t e : E a c h page in t h i s handbook h a s s p a c e f o r e n t e r i n g a change
d a t e . T h e l a t e s t publication d a t e w i l l b e e n t e r e d in t h i s s p a c e e a c h t i m e a page
is changed f r o m the b a s i c i s s u e .
*The asterisk indicates pager changed. added. or dclctrd by the current change.
M a n u a l s will be distributed as directed by t h e NASA Apollo Program Office. All requests for
manuals should be directed to t h e NASA Apollo SpacecraH Program Office at Houston, Texas.
shl2A - 0 3 - sc 0 1 2
A P O L L O O P E R A T I O N S HANDBOOK
RECORD O F PUBLICATION
T h i s i s s u e of t h e Apollo O p e r a t i o n s Handbook,
S p a c e c r a f t 0 12, d a t e d 12 November 1966, c o n s t i t u t e s
a r e v i s i o n of t h e handbook, d a t e d 16 S e p t e m b e r 1966.
Subsequent c h a n g e s m a y be i s s u e d t o m a i n t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n c u r r e n t with s p a c e c r a f t c o n f i g u r a t i o n t h r o u g h
c o m p l e t i o n of t h e m i s s i o n . T h i s r e c o r d will r e f l e c t
the publication d a t e of any r e l e a s e d c h a n g e s .
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
B/C
S.M2A -03-SCO 1 2
LATE TECHNICAL CHANGES
The i t e m s l i s t e d below r e p r e s e n t t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s which have been a p p r o v e d too

l a t e f o r i n c l u s i o n i n t h e 12 November 1966 p r i n t i n g of t h e Apollo O p e r a t i o n s Handbook.
D e s c r i p t i o n of Change
Source
Section Affected
MCR
A1735
Change S / M RCS fuel f r o m blended h y d r a z i n e

m i x t u r e to m o n o m e t h y l h y d r a z i n e
2. 5
MCR
1591
REV 3 .
Addition of i n v e r t e r s y n c h r o n i z e r power panel

which p r o v i d e s c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s f o r t h e c o n t r o l
of power t o t h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r unit.
2,3
FEO
M-53025
( 10 - 13 -66)
T h i s is a n o m e n c l a t u r e c o r r e c t i o n f o r t h e
S - B a n d s w i t c h on t h e MDC p a n e l s No. 13, 2 3
a n d 26. T h i s c h a n g e is r e q u i r e d due t o w i r i n g
c h a n g e s . T h e S-Band s w i t c h w a s m a r k e d
" P T T " , "OFF" a n d "VOX". T h e s w i t c h is
now m a r k e d "OFF", "OFF" a n d " T / R " .
2. 8 a n d 3
MCR
A1733
( 1 0 - 1 1-66)
Modification of C r e w Couch Lockouts. T h i s

MCR r e m o v e s t h e lockout s o l e n o i d a c t u a t o r
and wire harness f r o m the X - X axis s t r u t
lockout m e c h a n i s m . Add an a d a p t e r t o t h e
lockout m e c h a n i s m a s s e m b l y t o f i x in t h e
locked position. T h e s w i t c h on p a n e l No. 9
a n d t h e w i r e h a r n e s s a s s e m b l y on t h e s t r u t s
will b e r e m o v e d .
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
s .\12 A - 0 3 - sc 0 1 2
SYNOPSIS O F SIGNIFICANT CHANCES
T h i s tabulation d o e s not l i s t all c h a n g e s , a d d i t i o n s , , a n d / o r d e l e t i o n s i n t h e handhook.

Its p u r p o s e is to a s s i s t the r e a d e r i n d e t e r m i n i n g the s i g n i f i c a n t t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s i n e a c h
system.
P A R T I.
Hand book
Section( s )
Aff e c t e d
TECHNICAL CHANGES
Handbook
S y s t e m (s )
Aff e c t e d
Description
~~
Mission
Updated lockout m e c h a n i s m s on s h o c k s t r u t s .
GEN
Updated f o r w a r d h a t c h c o v e r .
GEN
R e v i s e d RCSC c i r c u i t d i a g r a m to i n c l u d e e n t r y b a t t e r y
backup p o w e r to p y r o b u s .
SE Q
H2 p u r g e l i n e h e a t e r
E PS
F u e l cell H2 a n d 0 2 r e a c t a n t shutoff v a l v e s holding

voltage control
EPS
C r y o g e n i c s y s t e m r e s p o n s e and o p e r a t i o n
E PS
R e v i s e d , u p d a t e d , and a s s e m b l e d e n d - t o - e n d c i r c u i t
and s y s t e m d i a g r a m s . Added e l e c t r i c a l power d i s t r i b ution d i a g r a m s and p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s . Added
o p e r a t i n g r a n g e s and p a n e l r e f e r e n c e s to m e a s u r e m e n t
lists.
PROP
Added t a b u l a r d a t a f o r c o l o r m a r k i n g s contained on
i n d i c a t o r d i s p l a y s a n d updated a r t .
SPS, E P S
Added t y p i c a l c h a r t s f r o m MMDB t o d e t e r m i n e S / C
consumable data.
RCS, S P S
and E P S
Added d a t a on S / C a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s ,
RCS
Updated S P S Delta V a n d E n g i n e G i m b a l Angle c h a r t s .
s PS
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
and ECS
Page
S M Z A -03-SCO 12
*-
FOREWORD
This handbook and its contents a r e r e s t r i c t e d to the r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r S p a c e c r a f t 012. It p r e s e n t s , i n o n e d o c u m e n t , d e s c r i p t i o n s

of the s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s and e q u i p m e n t , and l i s t i n g s of t h e flight
c r e w o p e r a t i o n a l p r o c e d u r e s n e c e s s a r y f o r the s a f e and e f f i c i e n t
function of the s p a c e c r a f t throughout its planned m i s s i o n . T h i s
handbook i s d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y f o r u s e by t h e flight c r e w , and
s e c o n d a r i l y f o r u s e by the m i s s i o n flight c o n t r o l l e r s , flight p l a n n e r s ,
and t r a i n e r o p e r a t o r s .
NASA c o m m e n t s o r s u g g e s t e d c h a n g e s to t h i s handbook s h o u l d
be a d d r e s s e d to the F l i g h t Planning Section, FCSD, MSC, Office
Code C F 32, Telephone HU3-4271.
SM2A -03-SCO 12
TABLEOFCONTENTS
Section
1
S p a c e c r a f t 012 Configuration
.
LES A s s e m b l y
.
Command Module
.
Forward Compartment
Crew Compartment
.
S / C C o n t r o l s and D i s p l a y s
C / M Mechanical Controls
C r e w E q u i p m e n t and E q u i p m e n t B a y s
Food and W a t e r .
Waste Management
Su r v iv a1 E q u i p m e n t
Aft C o m p a r t m e n t
.
S e r v i c e Module
Spacecraft L E M Adapter
Spacecraft Systems
Launch Vehicle Configuration .
S-1B Booster
S-IVB Second S t a g e
M i s s i o n 209A Weight Status
P o s t l a n d i n g and R e c o v e r y
1-1
1-1
1-4
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-12
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-16
1-16
1-19
1-19
1-19
1-19
.
.
.
SYSTEMSDATA
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2. 1 . 3
2. 1.4
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.2. 1
2.2.3
2. 2 . 3 . 1
2.2.3. 2
2.2.3.3
2. 2 . 4
2.2. 5
2.2. 5.1
2.2.5.2
Mission
1-1
GENERAL INFORMATION.
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.2.1
1.1.2.2
1.1.2.3
1.1.2.4
1.1.2.5
1.1. 2 . 6
1. 1 . 2 . 7
1. 1. 2. 8
1.1.2.9
1. 1 . 3
1. 1 . 4
1. 1 . 5
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.3
1.4
Page
Title
2- 1
2.1-1
2.1-1
2.1-1
2.1-2
2.1-2
2.2-1
2.2-1
2.2-1
2.2-7
2.2-11
2.2-11
2.2-13
2.2-16
2.2-40
2.2-40
2.2-40
2.2-41
Guidance and C o n t r o l
S y s t e m s I n t e r f a c e , Guidance and C o n t r o l
Coasting Flight
Powered Flight
Atmospheric Flight
Guidance and Navigation S y s t e m s ( G & N )
Introduction
Functional Description
.
Operational Modes
Major Component/Subsystem Description
Inertial Subsystem
Optical Subsystem
,
C o m p u t e r Sub s y s t e m
P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a
Ope r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s
S I C Attitude
IMU O p e r a t i o n
.
.
.
.
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 C h a n g e D a t e
Page
...
111
SMZA-03-SCO12
Title
Section
Page
-/
2.2.5.3
2. 2 . 6
2.2.7
2.2.8
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.2.1
2 . 3 . 2. 2
2. 3 . 2 . 3
2.3.3
2.3.3. 1
2.3.3.2
2.3.3.3
2. 3. 3 . 4
2.3.4
2 . 3 . 4. 1
2.3.4. 2
2.3.4.3
2.3.4.4
2.3.4. 5
2. 3.4.6
2.3.4.7
2. 3.4. 8
2.3.4.9
2 . 3 . 4 . 10
2 . 3 . 4 . 11
2.3. 5
2.3.6
2.3.6. 1
2.3.7
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.2. 1
2.4.2. 2
2.4.2.3
2.4.2.4
2.4.2.5
2.4.2.6
2.4.2. 7
2.4.2.8
2.4.2.9
2 . 4 . 2 . 10
2.4.3
Optics Operation
Telemetry Measurements
G&N P o w e r Consumption .
Interface Signals
S t a b i l i z a t i o n and C o n t r o l S y s t e m (SCS) .
Introduction
Control Capabilities
.
Apollo R e f e r e n c e A x e s
Sub s y s t e m s
Flight Control P r o f i l e s
.
Ascent .
Coasting Flight ( E a r t h Orbital)
.
Powered Flight ( E a r t h Orbital)
.
Entry
,
Rate Gyro Assembly
Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y
P i t c h , Roll, and Yaw E l e c t r o n i c C o n t r o l
Assemblies .
Auxiliary Electronic Control Assembly
D i s p l a y and Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r As*sembly
Electronic Control Assembly
Rotation C o n t r o l s
Translation Controls
Flight D i r e c t o r Attitude Indicator
Attitude S e t / G i m b a l P o s i t i o n I n d i c a t o r .
Velocity C h a n g e I n d i c a t o r
Electrical P o w e r Distribution
O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s
S / C Attitude Change
.
S e r v i c e P r o p u l s i o n S y s t e m (SPS)
P r e ss u r ization Subsystem
Propellant Subsystem
B i p r o p e l l a n t Valve A s s e m b l y .
Engine Injector
Ablative C o m b u s t i o n C h a m b e r .
Nozzle Extension
Flight Combustion Stability Monitor (FCSM)
SPS E l e c t r i c a l H e a t e r s
.
T h r u s t Mount A s s e m b l i e s
P r o p e l l a n t Utilization and Gauging S u b s y s t e m (PUGS) .
2.2-41
2 . 2-41
2.2-45
2. 2-46
2. 3-1
2. 3 - 1
2.3-3
2.3-3
2.3-7
2.3-8
2.3-42
2.3-44
2.3-45
2.3-48
2.3-51
2.3-53
2.3-53
2.3-54
2.3-55
2.3-56
2.3-56
2.3-57
2.3-57
2.3-61
2.3-65
2.3-66
2.3-67
2.3-67
2.3-67
2.3-67
2.3-71
2.4-1
2.4-1
2.4-2
2.4-2
2.4-6
2.4-7
2.4-9
2.4-9
2.4-9
2.4-9
2.4-11
2.4-1 1
2.4-18
2.4-30
--
Mis s ion
Basic Date
l2
1966 C h a n g e Date
Page
iv
SM2A -03-SCO12
Section
2.4.3. 1
2.4.3.2
2.4. 3. 3
2.4.3.4
2.4.4
2.4. 5
2.5
2.5.1
2. 5 . 2
2.5.3
2. 5 . 3 . 1
2.5.3.2
2.5.3.3
2.5.3.4
2.5.3.5
2.5.4
2. 5 . 4 . 1
2.5.4.2
2.5.4.3
2. 5 . 4 . 4
2.5.5
2. 5 . 6
2.5.7
2. 5. 8
2. 5. 8. 1
2.5.8. 2
2.5.8.3
2 . 5. 8 . 4
2.5.9
2. 5.9. 1
2. 5 . 9 . 2
2. 5 . 9 . 3
2.5.10
2 . 5. 10. 1
2.5.11
2.6
2.6. 1
2.6.2
2.6.2.1
2.6.2. 2
2.6.2.3
2.6.2.4
2.6.3
2 . 6. 3. 1
2. 6. 3. 2
2 . 6 . 3. 3
2.6.3.4
Mission
Page
Title
Design Data
Performance Data
P o w e r Consumption Data
SPS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n
R e a c t i o n C o n t r o l S y s t e m (RCS)
Introduction
S / M RCS F u n c t i o n a l D e s c r i p t i o n
S / M RCS M a j o r C o m p o n e n t / S u b s y s t e m D e s c r i p t i o n
P r e s sur i z a t i o n S u b s y s t e m
Engine A s s e m b l i e s
P r e s s u r e Versus Temperature Measuring System
Engine Thrusting Logic
S / M RCS P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a
Design Data
Performance Data
P o w e r C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a S / M RCS and G / M RCS
S / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n
S / M RCS O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s
S / M RCS T e l e m e t r y M e a s u r e m e n t s
C / M RCS F u n c t i o n a l D e s c r i p t i o n
C / M RCS M a j o r C o m p o n e n t s / S u b s y s t e m D e s c r i p t i o n
Pressurization Subsystem
Engine Assembly
.
Propellant Jettison
C / M RCS P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a
Design Data
Performance Data
Power Consumption Data
C / M RCS O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s
C / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n
C / M RCS T e l e m e t r y M e a s u r e m e n t s
E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r S y s t e m (EPS)
.
Introduction
Energy Storage
.
P o w e r Generation
Power Conversion
P o w e r Distribution
Majo r Component / S u b s y s t e m De s c r iption
Cryogenic Storage
Batteries
F u e l C e l l P o w e r Plants
Inverters
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.4-30
2.4-33
2.4-33
2.4-35
2.4-35
2.4-35
2.5-1
2. 5 - 1
2. 5 - 1
2.5-4
2.5-7
2. 5 - 8
2.5-9
2.5-13
2.5-15
2. 5 - 1 6
2.5-16
2. 5-18
2.5-18
2.5-19
2.5-19
2.5-19
2.5-23
2.5-24
2.5-27
2. 5 - 2 8
2.5-30
2.5-34
2.5-39
2.5-39
2.5-41
2.5-41
2.5-41
2.5-41
2.5-41
2.6- 1
2.6-1
2.6-1
2.6-1
2.6-2
2. 6 - 2
2.6-2
2.6-5
2.6-5
2.6-6
2.6-12
2.6-17
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
A P O L L O OPERATIONS HANDBOOk
2.6.3.5
2.6. 3.6
2.6.4
2 . 6 . 4. 1
2.6.4.2
2.6. 5
2 . 6 . 5. 1
2. 6. 5. 2
2.6.6
2.7
2.7.1
2.7. 2
2.7.3
2.7.3.1
2.7.3. 2
2.7.3.3
2. 7. 3 . 4
2.7.3. 5
2.7.3.6
2.7.3.7
2.7.4
2.7.4.1
2.7.4.2
2.7.4.3
2.7.4.4
2.7.4.5
2.7.4.6
2.7.4.7
2.7.4.8
2.7.5
2.7.5.1
2. 7. 5 . 2
2.7. 5.3
2.7. 5.4
2 . 7 . 5. 5
2.7.6
2.8
2.8. 1
2.8.2
2.8.2. 1
2.8.2. 2
2.8.2.3
2 . 8. 2. 4
2.8.3
2.8.3. 1
2 . 8 . 3. 2
Mission
Page
Title
Section
--
Battery Charger
P o w e r Distribution
P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a .
AC and DC D a t a
Power Requirements
Fuel Cell Power Plants
.
Cryogenic Storage Subsystem .
Environmental Control System (ECS)
In t r od uc t 1on
.
M a j o r Component/ S u b s y s t e m De s c r i p t i o n
Oxygen Supply S u b s y s t e m
.
P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t S u b s y s t e m
C a b i n P r e s s u r e and T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l S u b s y s t e m
Water-Glycol Coolant Subsystem
.
W a t e r Supply S u b s y s t e m
ECS- W a s t e M a n a g e m e n t S y s t e m I n t e r f a c e
Electrical Power Distribution
Metabolic Data
Oxygen Supply S u b s y s t e m
.
P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t S u b s y s t e m
C a b i n P r e s s u r e and T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l
Subsystem
Water-Glycol Coolant Subsystem
.
W a t e r Supply S u b s y s t e m
Waste Management System
.
ECS Power Consumption Data .
E C S Caution P l a c a r d s
.
ECS Caution Notes
E C S General Data
Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s .
Cabin Repressurization R a t e s .
T e 1em e t r y iM e a s u r e m e n t s
Telecommunication System
.
Introduction
.
Voice C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
Data Operations
T r a c k i n g and Ranging
Unified S - B a n d O p e r a t i o n s
M a jo r Component / S u b s y s t e m De sc r ipt ion
Instrumentation Equipment Group .
Voice and D a t a E q u i p m e n t G r o u p
.
.
.
2.6-22
2.6-25
2.6-30
2.6-30
2.6-3.4
2.6-36
,2.6-36
2.6-38
2.6-39
2.7-1
2.7-1
2.7-2
2.7-3
2.7-3
2.7-7
2.7-13
2.7-17
2.7-24
2.7-26
2.7-28
2.7-31
2.7-31
2.7-31
2.7-32
2.7-32
2.7-32
2.7-33
2.7-33
2.7-33
2.7-38
2.7-38
2.7-38
2.7-39
2.7-39
2.7-39
2.7-44
2.8-1
2.8-1
2.8-2
2.8-2
2.8-6
2.8-10
2.8-12
2.8-13
2.8-14
2.8-17
B a s i c Date
l2
Page
vi
-.-
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
Section
Title
2.8.3. 3
2.8.3.4
2.8.3. 5
2.8.4
2.8.5
2 . 8 . 5. 1
2 . 8 . 5. 2
2 . 8. 5. 3
2.8.5.4
2. 8. 6
2.9
2.9.1
2.9. 2
2 . 9 . 2. 1
2.9.2.2
2. 9 . 2 . 3
2.9. 2 . 4
2.9. 3
2.9.3.1
2 . 9 . 3. 2
2.9.3. 3
2.9.3.4
2.9.4
2 . 9 . 4. 1
2.9.5
2.9.6
2.10
2.10.1
2.10.2
2. 1 0 . 3
2 . 10.3. 1
2. 10.4
2. 10.4. 1
2.10.5
2 . 10.5. 1
2.10.6
2.11
2.11.1
2.11.2
2.11.3
2. 1 1 . 4
2. 11. 5
2.11.5.1
2. 1 1 . 6
2. 1 1 . 6 . 1
Mission
R F Electronics Equipment Group

.
Antenna E q u i p m e n t Group .
Electrical P o w e r Distribution .
Antennas
.
Data S t o r a g e E q u i p m e n t
Unified S-Band S y s t e m
.
General
Sequential S y s t e m s
.
Introduction
Sequential E v e n t s C o n t r o l S y s t e m (SECS)
E m e r g e n c y Detection System .
Launch Escape System
.
E a r t h Landing S y s t e m
Sequential Events Control System .
E m e r g e n c y Detection S y s t e m .
Launch E s c a p e System
.
9 .
E a r t h Landing S u b s y s t e m
Power Requirements
Caution and W a r n i n g S y s t e m (C&WS)
.
Introduction .
.
Major Component/ Subsystem Description
Electrical Power Distribution .
P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a .
C&WS P o w e r C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a
C&WS G e n e r a l D a t a
Telemetry Measurements .
M i s c e l l a n e o u s S y s t e m s Data
Introduction
Clocks
Digital E v e n t T i m e r s
Accelerometer (G-Meter)
C o m m a n d Module I n t e r i o r - L i g h t i n g
C o m m a n d Module Uprighting System
.
2.8-42
2.8-57
2. 8-62
2.8-62
2.8-b7
2.8-67
2. S-67
2.8-08
2.8-68
2.8-69
2.9-1
2.9-1
2.9-1
2.9-1
2.9-4
2.9-10
2.9-11
2.7-14
2.9-14
2.9-24
2.9-32
2.9-33
2.9-33
2.9-35
2.9-35
2.9-36
2.10-1
2.10-1
2.10-1
2. 1 0 - 3
2.10-3
2. 1 0 - 3
2. 1 0 - 3
2.10-3
2.10-3
2.10-10
2.11-1
2.11-1
2.11-1
2.11-1
2.11-1
2.11-1
2.11-2
2.11-2
2.11-2
.
.
.
CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS

3.1
Page
.
.
.
3-1
C o n t r o l s / D i s p l a y s L o c a t o r Index
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
3-3
Page
vii
SM2A-03-SCO 12
Title
Section
Page
.
I
-
PERFORMANCE
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4. 1.4
4.1.5
4. 1 . 6
4.1.7
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4. 2 . 3
4.2.4
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
5
Introduction .
C r e w D i s p l a y I n s t r u m e n t M a r k i n g s and A c c u r a c y
Data
Service Propulsion System Indicators
.
Reaction Control System Indicators
Electrical Power System Indicators
.
Environmental Control System Indicators
Telecommunication System M e t e r s .
Sequential S y s t e m s Indicators
Miscellaneous Indicators .
Consumable Requirements
S / M RCS P r o p e l l a n t C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a
C / M RCS P r o p e l l a n t C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a
SPS P r o p e l l a n t C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a
EPS and ECS C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a
.
RCS and SPS T h r u s t i n g D a t a
RCS T r a n s l a t i o n C o n t r o l
RCS Rotation C o n t r o l
SPS E n g i n e T h r u s t P e r f o r m a n c e
.
S / C O p e r a t i o n a l C o n s t r a i n t s and L i m i t a t i o n s
Operational Constraints
.
Operational Limitations
.
4- 1
4- 1
4- 3
4-4
4- 5
4-11
4 - 13
4-15
4-16
4-18
4-18
4-25
4-27
4-30
4-34
4-34
4-34
4-39
4-39
4-39
4-43
..
5-1
E X P E R I M E N T S AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.2.1
5.1.2.2
5. 1. 2.3
5. 1 . 2 . 4
5.2
5.2.1
5 . 2 . 1. 1
5.2.1.2
5.2.1.3
5.2.1.4
5.2.2
5.2. 2. 1
5.2.2.2
5.2.2.3
5.2. 2 . 4
5.2.3
Mission
4- 1
Introduction
Scientific Equipment
M e d i c a l D a t a Acquisition S y s t e m (MDAS)
E l e c t r i c a l C a b l e s and A d a p t e r s
Octopus Cable
Cobra Cable T-Adapter
.
PGA and CWG E l e c t r i c a l A d a p t e r C a b l e s
H a r d w a r e P o w e r and Signal C a b l e s
M e d i c a1 E x p e r i m e n t s
I n - F l i g h t E x e r c i s e r ( M - 3 A ) (M003) .
Equipment Description
Experiment Procedures
.
Crewman Participation
.
Recovery Requirements
.
I n - F l i g h t P h o n o c a r d i o g r a m ( M - 4 A ) (M004)
.
.
Bone D e m i n e r a l i z a t i o n ( M - 6 A ) (M006)
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5-5
5-5
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-9
5- 10
5- 10
5-10
5- 10
5-11
5-1 1
5-11
5-11
.
.
B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
viii
S M 2 A - 0 3 SC 0 12
5.2.3. 1
5 . 2 . 3. 2
5.2.3.3
5 . 2. 3. 4
5. 2 . 4
5. 2 . 4 . 1
5.2.4. 2
5. 2 . 4 . 3
5.2.4.4
5.2.5
5 . 2 . 5. 1
5 . 2 . 5. 2
5 . 2 . 5. 3
5 . 2 . 5. 4
5.2. 6
5. 2 . 6 . 1
5.2.6. 2
5. 2. 6. 3
5.2.6.4
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.1.1
5.3.1.2
5.3.1.3
5.3.1.4
5.3.2
5.3. 2. 1
5.3.2.2
5.3.2.3
5.3.2.4
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.1.1
5.4.1.2
5.4. 1 . 3
5.4. 1.4
6
Page
Title
Section
.
.
.
.
Human Otolith F u n c t i o n ( V e s t i b u l a r E f f e c t s )
(M-9A) (M009)
.
Experiment P r o c e d u r e s
.
.
.
.
Cytogenetic Blood S t u d i e s ( M - 1 1 ) ( M o l l )
.
Equipment P r o c e d u r e s
.
Re cove r y O p e r a t i o n s
C a r d i o v a s c u l a r Reflex Conditioning ( M - 4 8 ) (M048)
.
.
.
Scientific E x p e r i m e n t s
Synoptic T e r r a i n P h o t o g r a p h (S-5A) (S005)
.
.
Synoptic W e a t h e r P h o t o g r a p h y (S-6A) (S006)
.
Technical Experiments
.
In- F l i g h t N e p h e l o m e t e r ( T - 3 ) ( T 0 0 3 )
6. 2
6.2. 1
6. 2. 2
6.3
6.3. 1
5- 12
5- 12
5-12
5-13
5-13
5-13
5-13
5-13
5-14
5-14
5-14
5-14
5-15
5-15
5-15
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-17
5-17
5-17
5-17
5-17
5-17
5-18
5-18
5-18
5-18
5-18
5-19
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C R E W PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
6.1
5-11
5-11
5-12
5-12
6- 1
Introduction
C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t Configuration and C r e w
Environment
Mirrors
I n t e r n a l Viewing M i r r o r s ( C F E )
.
E x t e r n a l Viewing M i r r o r s ( C F E )
C r e w m a n O p t i c a l A l i g n m e n t Sight (COAS)
Operational Use
6- 1
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
~~
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
ix
S M Z A - 0 3 - sc 0 12
.
-
6.4
6.4. 1
6 . 4 . 1. 1
6 . 4 . 1. 2
6 . 4 . 1. 3
6.4. 1 . 4
6.4. 1.5
6.4.2
6.4.2. 1
6.4.2.2
6.4.3
6.4.3.1
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6. 6
6.6. 1
6.6. 2
6.7
6.7. 1
6. 7. 2
6.7.2. 1
6.7.2.2
6.7. 3
6.7.3. 1
6.7.3.2
6. 7.3.3
6.7.3.4
6.7.3.5
6.7.4
6.7.4. 1
6.7.4.2
6.7.4. 3
6. 7 . 4 . 4
6.7.4. 5
6. 7 . 4 . 6
6. 7 . 4 . 7
6.8
6.8. 1
6 . 8 . 1. 1
6.8. 1 . 2
6.8. 1.3
6.8. 1.4
6.9
6.9. 1
6.9. 2
6.9.3
M i s s ion
Page
Title
Section
S p a c e Suit A s s e m b l y ( G F P )
.
S p a c e Suit Off o r S h i r t s l e e v e E n v i r o n m e n t
.
.
Constant Wear Garment
Flight Coveralls
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Soft H a t .
Constant Wear G a r m e n t Electrical Adapter
E l e c t r i c a l U m b i l i c a l "Sleep" A d a p t e r
.
S p a c e Suit On E n v i r o n m e n t
.
PGA U n p r e s s u r i z e d o r Ventilated .
PGA P r e s s u r i z e d
PGA D e s c r i p t i o n
PGA Components
PGA Stowage
T o r s o and Glove Stowage .
H e l m e t Stowage
PGA Connecting E q u i p m e n t
P r e s s u r e Garment Assembly (PGA) Electrical
Adapter ( G F P )
Oxygen H o s e ( U m b i l i c a l ) ( G F P )
.
C r e w Couches
C r e w Couch S t r u c t u r e
C r e w Couch P o s i t i o n s
Occupied P o s i t i o n s
Unoccupied P o sit i o n s
C r e w Couch Component D e s c r i p t i o n
Headrest
.
B a ck r e st
Armrests
.
S e a t P a n and F o o t r e s t
C r e w Couch P a d s
.
Mechanical Adjustments
Headrest Adjustments
A r m r e s t Adjustments
.
Seat P a n Adjustment Directions
F o o t r e s t and F o o t s t r a p A d j u s t m e n t s
.
D-Ring Handle E x t e n s i o n
Docking P o s i t i o n A d j u s t m e n t
Shoulder S t r a p Adjustment
.
Crewman Restraints
High G-Load R e s t r a i n t s
Crewman Restraint Harness
.
Weightless Restraint
.
Guidance and Navigation Station R e s t r a i n t
C r e w m a n Sleeping R e s t r a i n t s
F l i g h t Data F i l e ( G F P )
C o m m a n d e r ' s F l i g h t D a t a File
Senior P i l o t ' s Flight Data F i l e
P i l o t ' s F l i g h t D a t a File
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-9
6-9
6-9
6-9
6-9
6-12
6-12
6-12
6-13
.
.
6-13
6-13
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-17
6-18
6-18
6-18
6-19
6-19
6-19
6-19
6-21
6-22
6-22
6-22
6-23
6-23
6-23
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-28
6-29
B a s i c Date
'
l2
1966
C h a n g e Date
Page
.._.
-
Sh12A-03-SC012
~~
6.
6.
6.
6.
10
10. 1
10. 2
10.3
6.10.4
6.10. 5
6 . 10.6
6. 10.7
6. 10.8
6 . 10.9
6 . 10. 10
6. 10. 11
6.10.12
6. 10. 13
6 . 1 0 . 13. 1
6 . 1 0 . 13. 2
6. 10. 14
6. 10. 14. 1
6. 11
6. 12
6 . 12. 1
6. 12. 2
6. 12. 2 . 1
6. 1 2 . 2 . 2
6. 12.2.3
6. 13
6. 13. 1
6 .13. 2
6. 1 3 . 3
6. 1 3 . 4
6 . 13. 5
6. 14
6.14.1
6. 14. 1. 1
6. 14. 1 . 2
6. 14. 1 . 3
6. 1 4 . 1 . 4
6. 14. 1. 5
6. 1 4 . 2
6. 14. 2.1
6. 1 4 . 2 . 2
6 . 14. 2. 3
6.15
6. 15. 1
6. 1 5 . 2
6. 1 5 . 3
Mission
Pagc
Title
Section
C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool S e t and Workshelf ( G F B )

T o r q u e Wrench ( T o o l A) .
A d a p t e r Handle ( T o o l E)
.
10-Inch D r i v e r ( T o o l H)
.
4-Inch D r i v e r ( T o o l L )
.
E m e r g e n c y Wrench ( T o o l B)
.
T-Handle (Tool C )
.
End Wrench ( T o o l F) ( 2 ) .
5/32-Inch Short Driver (Tool J)
.
4-Inch T o r q u e S e t D r i v e r ( T o o l R ) .
I n - F l i g h t Tool Set T e t h e r
D-Ring E x t e n s i o n Handle ( T o o l N ) .
Operational Use
Stowage
I n - F l i g h t Tool Set Stowage P o u c h and Tool S e t
Drawer
.
M i s c e l l a n e o u s Stowage
W o rkshelf A s s e m b l y
Usage
.
Drinking W a t e r S u b s y s t e m
.
Food
Use
Stowage
L E B F o o d Stowage C o m p a r t m e n t
RHEB A u x i l i a r y Food C o m p a r t m e n t D r a w e r
L H E B F o o d Stowage C o m p a r t m e n t
P e r s o n a l Hygiene ( G F P ) .
C l e a n s i n g of T e e t h - O r a l Hygiene A s s e m b l y .
Wet C l e a n s i n g Cloth
D r y Cleaning C l o t h
Towels
Tissue Dispensers
.
M e d i c a l Supplies ( G F P )
Monitoring E q u i p m e n t
C l i n i c a l P h y s i o l o g i c a l Monitoring I n s t r u m e n t S c t
Personal Biomedical Sensors Instrument Assembly
Biomedical P r e a m p l i f i e r Instrument Assembly .
.
B i o i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n A c c e s s o r i e s Kit
P e r s o n a l Radiation Do s i m e t e r s
M e d i c a l Kit ( G F P )
.
Packaging
Stowage
M e d i c a l Kit Additional U s a g e
S u r v i v a l Kit ( G F P )
Stowage
S u r v i v a l Kit C o n t a i n e r O p e r a t i o n
C o n t e n t s of t h e S u r v i v a l K i t s
B a s i c Date
6-30
6-31
6-31
6-3 1
6-31
6-31
6-32
6-32
6-32
5-32
6-32
6-32
6-32
6-32
6-35
6-35
6-35
6-36
6-37
6-38
6-38
6-38
6-38
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-40
6-40
6-41
6-41
6-41
6-41
6-41
6-42
6-42
6-42
6 -43
6 -43
6 -44
6-44
6-44
6-44
6-44
6-46
6-46
.
.
.
,
.
.
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
xi
SM.! -4- 0 3 - S C 0 12
Section
Title
Page
-6.15.4
6. 15.4. 1
6. 1 5 . 4 . 2
6. 15.4. 3
6. 1 5 . 4 . 4
6. 15.4. 5
6. 1 5 . 4 . 6
6. 15.4. 7
6. 1 5 . 4 . 8
6. 1 5 . 5
6 . 16
7
D e s c r i p t i o n and U s e of S u r v i v a l Kit Components

L i f e r aft s
Beacon/Transceiver .
Survival Lights ( 2 )
.
Survival G l a s s e s ( 3 )
.
Survival Knives ( 2 )
Water Cans ( 3 )
.
D e s a l t i n g K i t s ( 2 ) Plus T a b l e t s ( 1 6 )
.
E m e r g e n c y M e d i c a l S u r v i v a l Kit
Sea Water Pump (CFE)
Stowage
6-47
6-47
6-47
6-48
6-48
6-49
6-49
6-49
6-49
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS
6-49
6-50
7- 1
__
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
C h a n g e Date
Page
xii
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
t
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION.
This s e c t i o n contains i n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g to the Xpollo s p a c e c r a f t 012
configuration, and a d e s c r i p t i o n of the launch v e h i c l e and b o o s t e r u s e d f o r
the m i s s i o n .
1.1
SPACE C RA F T 0 12 CONFIGURA TION.

S p a c e c r a f t 012 ( f i g u r e 1 - 1 ) c o n f o r m s to a Block I CSM configuration
c o n s i s t i n g of a launch e s c a p e s y s t e m ( L E S ) a s s e m b l y , c o m m a n d m o d u l e
( C / M ) , s e r v i c e module ( S / M ) , a n d the s p a c e c r a f t l u n a r e x c u r s i o n module
a d a p t e r (SLA). T h i s s p a c e c r a f t , designed f o r a n e a r t h o r b i t a l m i s s i o n ,
d o e s not contain a l u n a r m o d u l e ( L M ) within i t s a d a p t e r . ( F o r a d e s c r i p t i o n
of the launch vehicle u s e d with s p a c e c r a f t 012, r e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 1 . 2 )
NOTE T h e Block I configuration m i s s i o n s f o r the Apollo

p r o g r a m provide the following:
1.1.1
C o m m a n d m o d u l e and s e r v i c e m o d u l e development f o r
e a r t h orbital missions
D e m o n s t r a t i o n of s y s t e m s o p e r a t i o n a l c a p a b i l i t i e s
including a l l types of a b o r t s , land a n d w a t e r r e c o v e r y ,
S a t u r n IB and S a t u r n V o p e r a t i o n and c a p a b i l i t y , and
s y s t e m s operation during e a r t h o r b i t
Development of qualified t e a m s f o r checkout, launch,

m a n n e d s p a c e flight n e t w o r k ( M S F N ) , r e c o v e r y , a n d
flight a n a l y s i s .
LES ASSEMBLY.
T h e LES a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 1-1) p r o v i d e s t h e m e a n s f o r s e p a r a t i n g the
C / M f r o m the launch v e h i c l e d u r i n g pad o r s u b o r b i t a l a b o r t s . T h i s a s s e m b l y
c o n s i s t s of a Q - b a l l i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n a s s e m b l y ( n o s e c o n e ) , b a l l a s t c o m p a r t m e n t , c a n a r d s u r f a c e s , pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r , t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r ,
launch e s c a p e m o t o r , a s t r u c t u r a l s k i r t , a n o p e n - f r a m e t o w e r , and a b o o s t
p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r ( B P C ) . T h e s t r u c t u r a l s k i r t a t the b a s e of the housing,
which e n c l o s e s the r o c k e t m o t o r s , is s e c u r e d to the u p p e r portion of the t o w e r .
S P A C E C R A F T 012 CONFIGURATION
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l 2 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
1-1
SMZA -03-SCO12

GENERAL INFORMATION
--.Q-BALL (NOSE CONE)

PITCH CONTROL MOTOR
JETTISON MOTOR
LAUNCH ESCAPE MOTOR
STRUCTURAL SKIRT
LAUNCH ESCAPE
TOWER
TOWER ATTACHMENT (4)

C O W N O MODULE
C/M TO S/M FAIRING
SERVICE MODULE
EPS RADIATOR
ECS RADIATOR
SPACECRAFT LEM
ADAPTER (SLA)-
S f 5 ENGINE EXPANSION NOZZLE
S I A PANEL JUNCTION
(BETWEEN FWD AND A f l
PANELS)
5-IVB INSTRUMENT UNIT

( S H W N AS REFERENCE)
F i g u r e 1-1.
S p a c e c r a f t 012 Configuration (Sheet 1 of 2)
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
1-2
s1M2L1-03-sc012
GENERAL INFORMATION
WO
XI
= 138
x1
= 11s 300
XA
- 1133
503
x c = 131 503
xA
--
1083 176
83 476
AS<
C M-S M SEPARAl1ON PLANE
S/M
1
-
APOLLO I C RtFtRfNCt STAIIUNI

= L f S REFfRENCf SlAllONS
Xc = C/M IEFfRENCE SlAllONS
XI
S/M IEFCRENCE SlAlIONS
XA
X,
NOTE
A U A l I M PMlEIIAL DlMfNSlONI
ARE NOT INCLUDED ON C/M
= 583 3w
= M2.m
SM-21-70711
F i g u r e 1-1.
S p a c e c r a f t 0 1 2 Configuration ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )
S P A C E C R A F T 0 1 2 CONFIGURATION
Mission
B a s i c D a t e ' 12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
1-3
-~-
SMZA -03-SCO 12
GENERAL INFORiMATION
T h e B P C ( f i g u r e 1 - 2 ) i s a t t a c h e d to the l o w e r end of t h e t o w e r t o p r o t e c t the

C / M f r o m t h e r m a l h e a t d u r i n g b o o s t a n d f r o m e x h a u s t d a m a g e by the
l a u n c h e s c a p e and t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r s . E x p l o s i v e n u t s , one in e a c h
t o w e r w e l l l e g , s e c u r e the t o w e r to the C / M s t r u c t u r e . ( F o r additional
i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to t h e s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s in s e c t i o n 2 . )
COMMAND MODULE.
1.1.2
T h e C / M ( f i g u r e 1 - 3 ) f o r m s t h e s p a c e c r a f t c o n t r o l c e n t e r , contains
n e c e s s a r y a u t o m a t i c a n d m a n u a l e q u i p m e n t to c o n t r o l a n d m o n i t o r t h e
s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s , a n d c o n t a i n s t h e r e q u i r e d e q u i p m e n t f o r s a f e t y and
c o n f o r m of the c r e w . T h e module i s a n i r r e g u l a r - s h a p e d , p r i m a r y
s t r u c t u r e e n c o m p a s s e d by t h r e e h e a t s h i e l d s ( c o a t e d with a b l a t i v e m a t e r i a l
a n d j o i n e d o r f a s t e n e d to t h e p r i m a r y s t r u c t u r e ) f o r m i n g a c o n i c a l - e x t e r i o r
s h a p e . T h e C / M c o n s i s t s of a f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t , a c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t ,
and an aft compartment.
t-I
H O N E Y C O M B CORED-IAMINATED
FIBERGLASS PANEL
0 3" THICK CORK ABLATOR
TRANSITION R I N G
C/M HEAT SHIELD ABLATOR
FIBERGLASS R I N G
(HARD C O N S T R U C T I O N )
TEFL0 N IMPREGNATED
G I A S SC LOT H
RCS PITCH MOTOR PORTS
SILICONE SPONGE SEAL
- Xc14
RCS ROLL MOTOR P O R T S
M O T O R PORTS
RCS PITCH M O T O R PORTS
F i g u r e 1-2.
SM-24-1031
Boost Protective Cover
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
1-4
_..-
SM2A 0 3 -SC 0 1 2
GENERAL INFORMATION
BREAKOUT PLUG
(FOR APEX COVER
PILOT PARACHUTE)
LAUNCH ESCAPE TOWER

ATTACHMENT (TYPICAL)
FORWARD HEAT SHIELD

(APW COVER)
NEGATIVE PITCH
ENGINES
OPTICAL SIGHTING
PORTS 1
FWD VIEW1 N G
(RENDEZVOUS)
WINDOWS
CREW
POSITIVE PITCH
AFT HEAT SHIELD
\ I
SIDE W I N D OW
(TYPICAL 2 PLACES)'
\ I
^.. ..... .- ^...
UMBI LI;AL'
nATCnW""UW
ROLL ENGINES
(TYPICAL)
NOTE:
CENTER COUCH REMOVED FOR CLARITY.
Figure 1- 3.
SM-2A-642F
S p a c e c r a f t 0 12 Command Module
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
1-5
SMZA-03-SCO12
G E N E R A L INFORMATION
1.1.2. 1
Forward Compartment.
The f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t ( f i g u r e 1 - 3 ) i s the a r e a o u t s i d e the f o r w a r d
a c c e s s tunnel, f o r w a r d of the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t f o r w a r d bulkhead and i s
c o v e r e d b y the f o r w a r d h e a t s h i e l d . F o u r 9 0 - d e g r e e s e g m e n t s around the
p e r i m e t e r of the tunnel contain the r e c o v e r y equipment, two negative-pitch
r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m e n g i n e s , and the f o r w a r d h e a t shield r e l e a s e
m e c h a n i s m . Most of the equipment in the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t c o n s i s t s
of e a r t h landing ( r e c o v e r y ) s y s t e m components.
The f o r w a r d h e a t s h i e l d , o r a p e x c o v e r , i s m a d e of b r a z e d s t a i n l e s s s t e e l honeycomb and c o v e r e d with ablative m a t e r i a l . It contains four
r e c e s s e d fittings which p e r m i t the launch e s c a p e t o w e r to be attached to the
C / M i n n e r s t r u c t u r e . Jettison t h r u s t e r s s e p a r a t e the a p e s c o v e r f r o m the
C / M a f t e r e n t r y o r a f t e r the launch e s c a p e a s s e m b l y i s s e p a r a t e d during
a n a b o r t . ( F o r additional i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to the sequential s y s t e m s in
s e c t i o n 2. )
1.1.2.2
Crew Compartment.
T h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t o r i n n e r s t r u c t u r e ( f i g u r e - 1-3) i s a s e a l e d
cabin with p r e s s u r i z a t i o n maintained by the e n v i r o n m e n t a l control s y s t e m
( E C S ) . The c o m p a r t m e n t , p r o t e c t e d by a heat shield, contains c o n t r o l s and
d i s p l a y s f o r o p e r a t i o n of the s p a c e c r a f t and s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s ; contains
m e c h a n i c a l a d j u s t m e n t s f o r the c r e w c o u c h e s , r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s a s s e m b l i e s , hatch c o v e r s , window s h a d e s , e t c . ; and i s provided with c r e w
equipment, food and w a t e r , w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t p r o v i s i o n s , s u r v i v a l equipm e n t , and scientific e x p e r i m e n t s equipment. A c c e s s h a t c h e s , o b s e r v a t i o n
windows, and equipment b a y s a r e attached a s p a r t of t h e c o m p a r t m e n t s t r u c t u r e .
The c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t h e a t s h i e l d , l i k e the a p e x c o v e r , i s m a d e of
b r a z e d s t a i n l e s s - s t e e l honeycomb and c o v e r e d with ablative m a t e r i a l . T h i s
h e a t shield, o r o u t e r s t r u c t u r e , contains the S / C umbilical connector o u t l e t ,
ablative plugs, and a c o p p e r h e a t sink f o r the o p t i c a l sighting p o r t s in the
l o w e r equipment bay, two s i d e o b s e r v a t i o n windows, two f o r w a r d viewing
windows, and t h e o u t e r c o v e r f o r t h e side a c c e s s hatch which a l s o contains
a n o b s e r v a t i o n window.
1. 1 . 2 . 3
S / C C o n t r o l s and Displays.
Information r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s f o r o p e r a t i o n of the
s p a c e c r a f t and i t s s y s t e m s i s provided in s e c t i o n 3 .
1.1.2.4
C / M Mechanical Controls.
Mechanical c o n t r o l s ( f i g u r e 1 - 4 ) a r e provided in the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t f o r m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n of the c r e w couch a s s e m b l y , s i d e a c c e s s hatch
c o v e r s , f o r w a r d a c c e s s hatch c o v e r , and m a n u a l o v e r r i d e l e v e r s f o r the
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
1-6
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
CONTROL
VIEW
VIEW0
ECS CABIN AIR
PRESSURE CONTROLS
RELIEF VALVE A N D
LINKAGE (2 PLA$ES)
X-X AlTENUATION STRUT

LOCKOUT MECHANISM
(4 PLACES)
VIEW
Y-Y ATlENUATlON
STRUT (2 PLACES 1
ATTENUATION
/ STRUT
COUCH
,BEARING
CORE
YNW
W N W L RELEASE
NYLON HOOK
FASTENER
TAPE GRIP
5 M- 24-75 X
F i g u r e 1-4.
C / M M e c h a n i c a l C o n t r o l s ( S h e e t 1 of 3 )
'-
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
1-7
SM2A -03-SCO 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
INNER WINDOW
SEALED DWVE
SHAFT (BOTH SIDES)
RACKDRIVE &4R
LATCH (6 PLACES)
CREW ACCESS HATCH

(LOOKING INBOARD)
PUSH-PIPE PLUNGER
(INTERNAL RELWE FO
B o o s HATCH COVER)
OUTER WINDOW
LATCH DRIVE SHAFT

(OUTER DRIVE COVERED BY
ABLATIVE PLUG)
BOOST HATCH COVER
EXTERNAL
LATCH DRIVE ROO
noosi HATCH
COVER WINDOW
(TYPICAL)
OUTER MATCH COVER
EMERGENCY EXTERNAL RELEASE
(VIEW ROTATED 180 DEG)
F i g u r e 1-4.
SM-ZA-753C
C / M Mechanical C o n t r o l s ( S h e e t 2 of 3 )
S P A C E C R A F T 011: CONFIGURATION
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
1-8
S M L A - 0 3 - S C O 12
GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N
FORWARD ACCESS HATCH COVER

EPS RECEPTACLE
(AFT SIDE OF MAIN

DISPLAY CONSOLE)
CONNECTOR
RACHET WRENCH
AIR OUTLET VALVE

(CLOSED POSITION)
CAUTION DECAL
LOCK PIN
OUTBOARD VIEW
0 POSTLANDING VENTILATION SYSTEM (PLV)
@ FORWARD ACCESS HATCH

LOCK1 NC MECHANI SM
ACCESS HATCH
BREECH-LOCK
FWD ACCESS
HATCH COVER
IR I N L n P O R T
CROSS-SECTION VIEW
LANYARD (TO AFT iKAM
MTIEMIN ON LEFT
AND CENTER COUCH)
SM-ZA-856A
F i g u r e 1-4.
C / M M e c h a n i c a l C o n t r o l s ( S h e e t 3 of 3)
SPACECRAFT 012 CONFIGURATION

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
1-9
SIM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 12
G E N E RA L I N F 0R h4A T IO N
s o c k e t a t one end) i s mounted on t h e c o v e r and will b e a r a g a i n s t a b r a c k e t

on t h e tunnel w a l l . When t u r n e d by a h a n d c r a n k o r t o r q u e w r e n c h with a
5 / 3 2 - i n c h d r i v e . the j a c k s c r e w will intend and allow the c o v e r to be r o t a t e d
a n d r e m o v e d . T h e c o v e r i s r o t a t e d by u s e of the i n s i d e handholds o r the
o u t s i d e by an i t e m of GSE a n d c a n only be r e t r i e v e d f r o m within the c r e w
c o m p a r t m e n t end of the tunnel.
1.1.2.4.5
Windows and S h a d e s .
FiL-e windows a r e p r o v i d e d through the i n n e r s t r u c t u r e and h e a t shield
of the C / M : two f o r w a r d viewing, two s i d e o b s e r v a t i o n , and the c r e w a c c e s s
h a t c h windows. ( S e e f i g u r e 1 - 3 . ) D u r i n g o r b i t a l flight, p h o t o g r a p h s of
e x t e r n a l o b j e c t s will b e t a k e n t h r o u g h the viewing a n d o b s e r v a t i o n windows.
T h e i n n e r windows ( i n c l u d i n g t h e c i r c u l a r i n n e r h a t c h window) a r e m a d e of
t e m p e r e d s i l i c a g l a s s with 0. 2 5 - i n c h - t h i c k double p a n e s , s e p a r a t e d by 0 . 1
inch of s p a c e , and have a softening t e m p e r a t u r e point of 2 0 0 0 F . The o u t e r
windows ( i n c l u d i n g the s q u a r e o u t e r hatch window) a r e m a d e of a m o r p h o u s
f u s e d s i l i c o n with a s i n g l e 0. 7 - i n c h - t h i c k pane. E a c h pane c o n t a i n s a n
a n t i r e f l e c t i n g c o a t i n g on the e x t e r n a l s u r f a c e , and h a s b l u e - r e d r e f l e c t i v e
coating on the i n n e r s u r f a c e f o r f i l t e r i n g out m o s t i n f r a r e d a n d a l l u l t r a v i o l e t
r a y s , a softening t e m p e r a t u r e point of 2 8 0 0 " F , a n d a m e l t i n g point of 31 1 0 F .
S h a d e s a r e provided f o r c o n t r o l l i n g e x t e r n a l light e n t e r i n g the C / M
through the t r i a n g u l a r f o r w a r d viewing windows, the s q u a r e s i d e o b s e r v a t i o n
windows, and the c i r c u l a r i n n e r h a t c h window. T h e s e s h a d e s , individually
d e s i g n e d f o r e a c h window c o n f i g u r a t i o n , a r e m a d e of m y l a r f i l m which h a s
b e e n h e a t - t r e a t e d to r o l l up when not held flat. T h e s h a d e s a r e opaque f o r
z e r o light t r a n s m i t t a l , have a n o n r e f l e c t i v e i n n e r a l u m i n i z e d s u r f a c e , two
snap f a s t e n e r s and fabric handles for attaching o r removing f r o m a particu l a r window, and a 3 / 4 - i n c h s t r i p of V e l c r o hook m a t e r i a l a r o u n d the o u t e r
s u r f a c e f o r holding the s h a d e a g a i n s t the V e l c r o pile a r o u n d the p e r i m e t e r of
t h e window. If d e s i r e d , a s h a d e c a n be p e e l e d back f r o m t h e V e l c r o pile
m a t e r i a l and stowed in p l a c e on one s i d e of !he window.
1. 1. 2 . 4 . 6
Cabin P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l s .
Two c o n t r o l l e v e r s f o r m a n u a l l y o p e r a t i n g the ECS c a b i n p r e s s u r e
r e l i e f v a l v e s a r e l o c a t e d n e a r t h e C / M left couch a n d left s i d e window. ( S e e
f i g u r e 1 - 4 . ) T h e s e l e v e r s a r e p r o v i d e d a s a m e c h a n i c a l o v e r r i d e f o r opening a n d c l o s i n g t h e redundant s i d e s of the a u t o m a t i c c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r .
(For additional i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to the e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n t r o l s y s t e m in
section 2 . )
1.1,2.5
C r e w Equipment and Equipment B a y s .

Each c r e w m e m b e r h a s personal and a c c e s s o r y equipment provided for
h i s u s e in t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . M a j o r i t e m s of p e r s o n a l e q u i p m e n t cons i s t of a p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l y ( P G A ) with a t t a c h i n g h o s e and
umbilical, a communications a s s e m b l y , a constant-wear garment, biom e d i c a l s e n s o r s , a n d r a d i a t i o n d o s i m e t e r s . lMajor i t e m s of a c c e s s o r y
e q u i p m e n t s h a r e d by t h e c r e w c o n s i s t of a n in-flight tool s e t and a m e d i c a l
k i t . ( F o r a d e t a i l e d l i s t of c r e w e q u i p m e n t , r e f e r to s e c t i o n 6 . ) ( S p e c i f i c
i t e m s c o n t a i n e d in the C / M e q u i p m e n t and s t o r a g e b a y s a r e l i s t e d i n f i g u r e 1 - 6 . )
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
1-12
(inner corer)
FORWARD REFERENCE VIEW
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
9
IO
11
12
13
LEFT-HAND FORWARD EQUIPMENT BAY (LHFEB) AND LEFf,
-~
IS C l a k ON
16 G&N loo
~
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
hxtont o
C m atla
Clothing
lruttiol n
1.h c n Oxyq8n 4
Wial
24 Side rhoc
25 Spncewit
26 ECS voIv8
27 ECS w c y g
+X
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
s p c w i t S~OWOQ* bop ond scientific . q u i p e n ( itorqe (,,I

chronotopmph
Flight qwlifisotim t o p n c o d r
Scientific q u i p m m p m n m t A
Display/otiitde gyrrroccda-eter
(EU)
Food itoras. (5 containen)
A W t h gyro ond o c a l e m - m t e r
b t . gym
C W p l i n g ond d i i p k y pnl
Ga
9
IO
1I
I2
Sr p i l o t w i t mnnector p n c l ond clectricol e ~ n ~ c t (no

or
Cabin air m c i r w l o t i m b n (reo
13
IMU M t m l p w l
14
Liphting contml
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
?6
27
Fo-d
hatch (nf)
Sox~ontb l a c o p eyepieca s t o w
Sextont ond t e l a c o p -1
OCC.L(
Computer display and control

G 6 N control panal IMU
S u n i v o l p m r i i i o n (nf)
C l i n i c o l monitoring inst-mi
P a r sono ollmbly ( P U )
Doto s t o w q u i p e n t
Towel stomg.
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
m n d i t w n i n g .quipent
VHF m r l t i p l u e r
Dot0 wiring
P r d v l o t i m OIOC-I
VHF n c o r e t y &con
ond VHF-AM t m r u n i t t e m c e i r e r
Audio ceniar
Centml timing
TV optics rtom~e(ref)
h l u - c d e m o d u l o t i o n ( K M ) unit 2 telanetr, q u i p e n t
37 VHF-FM Imrunittar ond HF tmrrrceivar

38 h l w - c d a mdulaticm (PCM) unit I l e l m e t y
39
pml
wt comportment
41
42
43
U
45
46
47
-.I
quip.nt
Scientific q u i p e n t e w o p r r m o n t C
40 S-bod
15 F O I W O ~o c w hatch c w e r (nf)
16 P a t l o d i n g ECS air outlet duct
17 P a l l o n d i n g ECS m a r mbla
18
28 Sigml
onplifier
C-bondtmnpad.r
C@ ob.orb.r mntoiwr (mf)
Food and rort table (in-flight
Digitol up-ho
link
Unifid $-bond e q u i m n t
tDol set)
Fecal coniiter b i t i d )
Scientific q u i p n e n t mmporrmmt 8
&I1 c h o m l ED,
49 Dolo p c L o g * conloiner lolm m wtbood couch h a )
50 G I N c a p u t e r
51 Pitch chonn.1 ED,
52 Auxilioy E D ,
Yaw channel E t *
48
RIGHT-HAND FORWARD
1
2
'
41
42
43
U
45
46
47
4E
49
50
51
52
C@ obs0rb.r conbiwr
W a l e mampnnsnt sn1.m
EQUIPMNT BAY (RHFEB)
ANDRIGHT-HANDt
(n9
C-bondtmnpwd.r
CQ oborbr c m t o i n r (ref)
F d o d w o k toble (in-flight tml u t )
Dipitol up-doto lint
Unified S - b d q u i p e n t
Fecal coniiter h i t i d )
Scirntific e q u i m n t m m p O m m t
bll c h o m l t U
h t o pockog. COntoinr (01.0
GhNcmputer
Pitch chonnel E C *
Aurilioy E a
m w t k d couh h a )
9 Yor3PmeI E
U
Missi
SMZA-03-SC012
1
I
G E N E F A L INFORMATION
4
,\
'\\
'SENT BAY (RHFEBI AND RIGHT-HANDEPIJIPMENT
BAY (RHEB)
I7
I8
I9
20
ZI
21
21
24
25
26
Z?
29
F i g u r e 1-6.
C / M E q u i p m e n t and S t o w a g e B a y s
Miss ion
Basic D a t e l 2
1966
Change D a t e
page
1-13/1-14
SMZA -03-SCO 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1.2.6
F o o d and W a t e r .
Food and w a t e r p r o v i s i o n s , including w a t e r d e l i v e r y a n d food p r e p a r a t i o n e q u i p m e n t , a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t LHEB a n d L E B
( f i g u r e 1 - 6 ) f o r t h e length of t h e m i s s i o n . Food m a y b e p r e p a r e d
by adding w a t e r t o p l a s t i c b a g s containing the d e h y d r a t e d food a n d kneading
t h e m i x t u r e . P r e p a r e d food c a n be s q u e e z e d d i r e c t l y i n t o t h e mouth of a n
a s t r o n a u t . Hot o r cold w a t e r is a v a i l a b l e at t h e p o t a b l e w a t e r s u p p l y p a n e l
f o r food r e c o n s t i t u t i o n . Chilled d r i n k i n g w a t e r is supplied t o t h e c r e w t h r o u g h
a f l e x i b l e h o s e f r o m t h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y unit. T h e potable w a t e r is a
b y - p r o d u c t of t h e E P S f u e l c e l l s .
1. 1 . 2 . 7
W a s t e Management.
Waste m a n a g e m e n t p r o v i s i o n s i n the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t R H F E B and
AESB ( f i g u r e 1 - 6 ) c o n s i s t of e q u i p m e n t f o r c o l l e c t i n g , s t e r i l i z i n g , a n d
s t o r i n g h u m a n f e c a l m a t t e r a n d p e r s o n a l hygiene w a s t e s ( s u c h a s u s e d
c l e a n s i n g p a d s , t o w e l s , e t c . ). F e c a l m a t t e r a n d p e r s o n a l hygiene w a s t e s
a r e c o l l e c t e d i n polyethylene b a g s , d i s i n f e c t e d , a n d s t o r e d i n a vented a r e a .
U r i n e i s e x p e l l e d o v e r b o a r d into s p a c e .
1.1.2.8
S u r viva1 E q u i p m e n t .
The s u r v i v a l k i t s stowed i n t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t R H F E B ( f i g u r e 1 - 6 )
a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r the postlanding p h a s e of the m i s s i o n ( l a n d o r w a t e r ) . The
m a j o r i t e m s contained i n e a c h kit include 6 pounds of w a t e r , a d e s a l t e r k i t ,
a o n e - m a n life r a f t , r a d i o t r a n s c e i v e r , p o r t a b l e l i g h t , s u n g l a s s e s , and a
m a c h e t e . Life v e s t s w o r n by the c r e w d u r i n g lift-off a n d e n t r y a r e stowed
i n t h e s p a c e s u i t stowage bag d u r i n g the o r b i t p h a s e of the m i s s i o n . (See
figure 1-6. )
1. 1 . 2 . 9
Aft C o m p a r t m e n t .
T h e a f t c o m p a r t m e n t ( f i g u r e 1 - 3 ) is t h e a r e a e n c o m p a s s e d by the aft
p o r t i o n of t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t h e a t s h i e l d , a f t h e a t s h i e l d , and aft p o r t i o n
of t h e p r i m a r y s t r u c t u r e . T h i s c o m p a r t m e n t c o n t a i n s 10 r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l
e n g i n e s , a n i m p a c t a t t e n u a t i o n s t r u c t u r e , i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n , and s t o r a g e t a n k s
f o r w a t e r , f u e l , o x i d i z e r , a n d g a s e o u s h e l i u m . ( F o u r c r u s h a b l e r i b s , along
the S / C +Z a x i s , a r e provided a s p a r t of the i m p a c t a t t e n u a t i o n s t r u c t u r e t o
a b s o r b e n e r g y during a l a n d i m p a c t . )
The aft h e a t s h i e l d , which e n c l o s e s the l a r g e e n d of the C / M , i s a
s h a l l o w s p h e r i c a l l y c o n t o u r e d a s s e m b l y . It i s m a d e of the s a m e type of
m a t e r i a l s as other C / M heat shields. However, the ablative m a t e r i a l on
t h i s h e a t s h i e l d h a s a g r e a t e r t h i c k n e s s f o r t h e d i s s i p a t i o n of h e a t d u r i n g
e n t r y . E x t e r n a l p r o v i s i o n s a r e m a d e o n t h i s h e a t s h i e l d f o r connecting the
C / M t o the S / M .
~~
S P A C E C R A F T 01 2 CONFIGURATION
Mi s s i on
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
'-I5
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. 1. 3
SERVICE MODULE
The S / M is a c y l i n d r i c a l s t r u c t u r e f o r m e d by 1 - i n c h - t h i c k a l u m i n u m
honeycomb p a n e l s . R a d i a l b e a m s , f r o m m i l l e d a l u m i n u m a l l o y p l a t e s ,
s e p a r a t e t h e s t r u c t u r e i n t e r i o r i n t o s i x unequal s e c t o r s a r o u n d a c i r c u l a r
c e n t e r s e c t i o n . (See f i g u r e 1 - 7. ) Equipment contained within the s e r v i c e
module i s a c c e s s i b l e t h r o u g h m a i n t e n a n c e d o o r s l o c a t e d s t r a t e g i c a l l y a r o u n d
t h e e x t e r i o r s u r f a c e of the m o d u l e . Specific i t e m s , s u c h a s flight c o n t r o l
s y s t e m (SPS a n d RCS) a n d m o s t of t h e S / C o n - b o a r d c o n s u m a b l e s ( a n d
s t o r a g e t a n k s ) c o n t a i n e d i n the S / M c o m p a r t m e n t s , a r e l i s t e d i n f i g u r e 1 - 7 .
R a d i a l b e a m t r u s s e s on the f o r w a r d p o r t i o n of the S / M s t r u c t u r e
( f i g u r e 1 - 7 ) provide a m e a n s f o r s e c u r i n g the C / M t o the S / M . A l t e r n a t e
b e a m s , o n e , t h r e e , and f i v e , have c o m p r e s s i o n pads f o r s u p p o r t i n g the C I M .
B e a m s two, f o u r , a n d s i x , have s h e a r - c o m p r e s s i o n p a d s , and t e n s i o n t i e s ,
A flat c e n t e r s e c t i o n i n e a c h t e n s i o n t i e i n c o r p o r a t e s redundant e x p l o s i v e
c h a r g e s f o r S / M - C / M separation. These b e a m s and separation devices a r e
e n c l o s e d within a f a i r i n g ( 2 6 i n c h e s high a n d 1 3 f e e t i n d i a m e t e r ) b e t w e e n the
C / M and S/M.
1.1.4
S P A C E C R A F T L E M ADAPTER.
The s p a c e c r a f t LEM a d a p t e r ( S L A ) i s a t r u n c a t e d c o n e which c o n n e c t s
the CSM t o the S-IVB i n s t r u m e n t unit o n t h e l a u n c h v e h i c l e , (See f i g u r e 1 - 1 . )
T h i s a d a p t e r , c o n s t r u c t e d of e i g h t 2 - i n c h - t h i c k aluminum p a n e l s , is 154 inclies
i n d i a m e t e r a t the f o r w a r d end ( C / M i n t e r f a c e ) a n d 260 i n c h e s a t the a f t e n d .
S e p a r a t i o n of t h e s p a c e c r a f t f r o m the S L A is a c c o m p l i s h e d by m e a n s of
e x p l o s i v e c h a r g e s which p e r m i t the f o u r SLA f o r w a r d p a n e l s (above
s t a t i o n 583, 3 ) . t o d i s e n g a g e f r o m the CSM a n d r o t a t e o u t w a r d 45 d e g r e e s f r o m
v e r t i c a l . The f o u r aft p a n e l s r e m a i n a t t a c h e d t o the S-IVB i n s t r u m e n t unit.
F o r m i s s i o n 2 0 4 A , a c r o s s - s h a p e d s t i f f e n e r is i n s t a l l e d within the S L A in
p l a c e of a LEM. The S / M SPS n o z z l e e x t e n d s into the SLX which a l s o h o u s e s
a n u m b i l i c a l c a b l e f o r connecting c i r c u i t s between the launch vehicle and t h e
s pace c r a f t .
1. 1 . 5
S P A C E C R A F T SYSTEMS.
Data r e l a t i n g t o the o p e r a t i o n a l s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s a n d i n t e r f a c e
i n f o r m a t i o n a r e p r e s e n t e d i n s e c t i o n 2 of t h i s handbook.
L-4 UN CH VEHIC LE C OKFIGURX T ION.
1.2
-4 tnro-stage S a t u r n I B launch v e h i c l e , c o n s i s t i n g of a n S-IB b o o s t e r and

a n S-IVB s e c o n d s t a g e , i s s c h e d u l e d to p r o v i d e the r e q u i r e d t h r u s t f o r
i n s e r t i n g S I C 012 into o r b i t ( f i g u r e 1 - 8 . ) A n i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n unit, l o c a t e d
between the S-IVB a n d t h e SLA, c o n t r o l s e a c h of the two boost s t a g e s d u r i n g
flight. T h e t o t a l length oi t h e S a t u r n IB launch v e h i c l e , including the s p a c e c r a f t , i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 2 4 f e e t . .An e m e r g e n c y d e t e c t i o n s y s t e m s e q u e n c e r
d i s p l a y p a n e l , in the C / h l , e n a b l e s the c r e w to m o n i t o r l a u n c h v e h i c l e engine
p e r f o r m a n c e d u r i n g lift-off. ( R e f e r to t h e s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s in s e c t i o n 2 . )
S P A C E C R A F T 0 12 CONFIGURATION-LAUNCH
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
VEHICLE CONFIGURATION
Change Date
Page
1-16
SMZA -03-SCO 12
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
IDIZER T A N K
ECS SPACE
ECS SPACE RADIATOR
EPS SPACE RADIATOR

SECTOR 4
(SKIN PARTIALLY REMOVED
F O R CLARITY)
SPS ENGINE
EXPANSION N O Z Z L E
C / M r e c t o n (top view)
1 and 4 are 50-degree secton

2 and 5 ore 70dagree recton
3 and 6 am &)-degree secton
SERVICE M O D U L E ITEMS
Sector 1
E l e c t r i c a l power s y s t e m space radiator
S u p e r - c r i t i c a l o x y g e n t a n k (two)
S u p e r - c r i t i c a l h y d r o g e n t a n k (two)
Sector 5
Environmental control system space radiator
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m oxidizer tank
Reaction control s y s t e m package ( - Y axis)
Sector 2
Environmental control system space radiator
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m oxidizer tank
Reaction control s y s t e m package (+Y-axis)
S p a c e r a d i a t o r i s o l a t i o n v a l v e (two)
Sector 6
S p a c e r a d i a t o r s e l e c t i o n v a l v e , (two)
G l y c o l s h u t o f f v a l v e s (two)
Reaction control system package (-Z axis)
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m fuel tank
Sector 3
Center section
S e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m h e l i u m t a n k (two)
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m engine
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m fuel tank

Reaction control system package ( t Z - a x i s )
S e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m h e l i u m t a n k s (two)
Sector 4
E l e c t r i c a l power s y s t e m s p a c e radiator
Fuel cell power plant ( t h r e e )
Helium s e r v i c i n g panel
Reaction control s y s t e m control unit
E l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s y s t e m power c o n t r o l r e l a y box
S e r v i c e m o d u l e j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l b a t t e r y (two)
S e r v i c e m o d u l e J e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s e q u e n c e r (two)
Water supply tank (two)
SM-2A-643 E
Figure 1 - 7 .
t
Spacecraft 012 Service Module
S P A C E C R A F T 0 12 CONFIGURATION
Mission
B a s i c Date,12
1966
Change Date
Page
'-I7
- - SC 0 1 2
S IM2 A 0 3
-..G E N E R A L INFORMATION
SICILEM
/ADAPTER
INSTRUMENT
UNIT
S- IVB
STAGE
/ S - l STAGE
F i g u r e 1-8.
Apollo L a u n c h Vehicle ( S a t u r n IB)
LAUNCH V E H I C L E CONFIGURATION
hli s s ion
B a s i c Date 12
1966
Change Date
Page
1-18
SiM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
)
1
GENERAL INFOFGVIATION
1.2.1
S-IB BOOSTER.
T h e S - I B b o o s t e r ( f i r s t s t a g e ) f o r S a t u r n IB i s m a n u f a c t u r e d by the
C h r y s l e r C o r p o r a t i o n . T h i s b o o s t e r i s 2 5 7 i n c h e s in d i a m a t e r , 82 f e e t in
length, a n d i s powered by e i g h t Rocketdyne H- 1 engines. E a c h engine,
burning R P - 1 a n d liquid oxygen, p r o d u c e s 200,0 0 0 pounds of t h r u s t f o r a
t o t a l s t a g e t h r u s t o v e r 1, 6 0 0 , 0 0 0 pounds.
1.2.2
S-IVB SECOND STAGE.

T h e S-IVB s e c o n d s t a g e f o r S a t u r n IB is m a n u f a c t u r e d by t h e Douglas
A i r c r a f t Company. T h i s s t a g e is 260 i n c h e s i n d i a m e t e r , 58 f e e t i n l e n g t h ,
a n d i s powered by a s i n g l e Rocketdyne 5 - 2 engine. T h e e n g i n e , b u r n i n g
liquid h y d r o g e n and oxygen, p r o d u c e s a s t a g e t h r u s t of a p p r o x i m a t e l y
200, 000 pounds, D u r i n g flight, the J - 2 engine u s e s t h r e e d i f f e r e n t m i x t u r e
r a t i o s , r e s u l t i n g i n v a l u e s of t h r u s t r a n g i n g f r o m 190, 000 to 2 3 0 , 0 0 0 pounds.
1.3
MISSION 204A WEIGHT STATUS.
NOTE T h e NASA-MSC is r e s p o n s i b l e f o r providing a

d e t a i l e d weight s t a t u s f o r Apollo m i s s i o n 2 0 4 A a s
a v a i l a b l e i n the iMSC R e f e r e n c e T r a j e c t o r y Document.
1.4
POSTLANDING AND RECOVERY,

I n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g t o postlanding r e c o v e r y a i d s is p r o v i d e d u n d e r
s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s in s e c t i o n 2 . P o s t l a n d i n g ventilation f o r the c r e w i s
supplied through two vent v a l v e s i n the f o r w a r d a c c e s s h a t c h c o v e r . ( S e e
f i g u r e 1 - 4 . ) A handpump and flexible h o s e , s t o r e d u n d e r the r i g h t c r e w
couch ( f i g u r e 1-6), i s u s e d to o b t a i n w a t e r f r o m the s e a f o r c o n v e r s i o n t o
potable w a t e r . ( R e f e r to c r e w e q u i p m e n t i n s e c t i o n 6 . ) An Apollo R e c o v e r y
O p e r a t i o n s Handbook w i l l p r o v i d e a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of r e c o v e r y equipm e n t and r e s c u e p r o c e d u r e s .
L-AUNCH VEHICLE CONFIGUEW TION --hlISSION 2 04A WEIGHT STATUS POSTLANDING AND RECOVERY
Page 1 - 1 9 / 1 - 2 0
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS D-AT-4
SECTION 2
SYSTEMS D.4TA
INTRODUCTION.
S y s t e m s d a t a include d e s c r i p t i o n of o p e r a t i o n s , component d e s c r i p tion and d e s i g n d a t a , o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s a n d r e s t r i c t i o n s , and t e l e m e t r y
m e a s u r e m e n t s . Subsection 2 . 1 d e s c r i b e s the o v e r a l l s p a c e c r a f t navigation,
g u i d a n c e , and c o n t r o l r e q u i r e m e n t s and the r e s u l t a n t s y s t e m s i n t e r f a c e .
S u b s e c t i o n s 2. Z t h r o u g h 2. 1 0 p r e s e n t data grouped by s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s ,
a r r a n g e d in t h e following o r d e r : guidance and navigation, s t a b i l i z a t i o n a n d
c o n t r o l , s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n , r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l , e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r , enirironm e n t a l c o n t r o l , t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , s e q u e n t i a l , and c a u t i o n s a n d w a r n i n g s .
Subsection 2. 1 1 d e a l s with m i s c e l l a n e o u s s y s t e m s d a t a .
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l q 6 6
Change D a t e
pale 2 - 1 1 2 - 2
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
v
SYSTEMS D.4T-4
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 1
GUID.4NCE .4ND CONTROL
2.1.1
SYSTEMS INTERFACE. GUIDANCE -4ND CONTROL.

Apollo CSM a t m o s p h e r i c and s p a c e flight i s a c h i e v e d by a p p l i c a t i o n of
c o n t r o l l e d t r a n s l a t i o n f o r c e s a n d r o t a t i o n a l f o r c e m o m e n t s . Guidance and
c o n t r o l i n i t i a t e s and t e r m i n a t e s the t h r u s t a n d r o t a t i o n a l f o r c e s and f o r c e
m o m e n t s a s a function of the m a g n i t u d e of the change r e q u i r e d . Guidance
a n d c o n t r o l p r o v i d e s t h e following b a s i c functions:
Attitude C o n t r o l
Guidance
Navigation
Attitude c o n t r o l i s a function a s s o c i a t e d with s p a c e c r a f t o r i e n t a t i o n
with r e s p e c t t o a n i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e o r a known c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m .
G u i d a n c e i s a function r e q u i r i n g a combination of a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l with r a t e
s t a b i l i z a t i o n and s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s f o r the p u r p o s e of modifying s p a c e c r a f t t r a j e c t o r y via m a j o r v e l o c i t y c h a n g e s . Navigation d e t e r m i n e s
s p a c e c r a f t position a n d v e l o c i t y , and p r e d i c t s f u t u r e position.
T o a c c o m p l i s h m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s , t h e guidance and navigation,
s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l , s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n , and r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m s ,
p l u s the a s t r o n a u t s , a r e i n t e g r a t e d i n t o a n a u t o m a t i c / m a n u a l c l o s e d loop
control system.
G u i d a n c e and c o n t r o l a c t i v i t y i s grouped into t h r e e p r o f i l e s of flight:
c o a s t i n g , p o w e r e d , and a t m o s p h e r i c . T h e p r i m a r y c o n t r o l l o o p s involved
a r e i l l u s t r a t e d i n f i g u r e s 2. 1-1 t h r o u g h 2 . 1 - 4 . F i g u r e 2. 1 - 1 i s an
a b b r e v i a t e d i n t e g r a t i o n of all m a j o r e q u i p m e n t s n e c e s s a r y to a c c o m p l i s h
t h e a c t i v i t i e s in a l l t h r e e flight p r o f i l e s . F i g u r e s 2. 1 - 2 t h r o u g h 2. 1 - 4
divide t h e e q u i p m e n t i n t o the p r o p e r p e r s p e c t i v e f o r e a c h p r o f i l e .
It m u s t be noted that i n f i g u r e 2. 1 - 1 , the loops a r e c l o s e d t h a t
r e p r e s e n t c o a s t i n g flight ( C F ) functions. F o r powered flight ( P F ) o r
a t m o s p h e r i c flight ( A F ) , open t h e c o a s t i n g flight loops and c l o s e c o n t a c t s
r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e d e s i r e d loops.
2 . 1.7
COASTING FLIGHT
T h e guidance and c o n t r o l a c t i v i t i e s involved in c o a s t i n g flight a r e
a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h t h e b a s i c functional l o o p s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 1 - 2 .
GUIDANCE -4ND CONTROL
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2*1-1
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e s e l o o p s p r o v i d e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e , a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , a t t i t u d e hold, and
a u t o m a t i c and m a n u a l m a n e u v e r c a p a b i l i t i e s n e c e s s a r y to a c c o m p l i s h the
s e v e r a l t a s k s involved d u r i n g c o a s t i n g flight. They a r e a l s o the c e n t r a l
r e f e r e n c e and c o n t r o l l o o p s r e q u i r e d for a l l p h a s e s of flight.
A r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e f r a m e i s e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e G & N i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit (IMU), a n d / o r by the SCS body-mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s
( B M A G s ) , a n d a t t i t u d e g y r o coupling unit (AGCU). I n e r t i a l s e n s o r s s e n s e
S I C m o t i o n c o n t r a r y to t h e r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . T h e s e n s e d a t t i t u d e e r r o r s
a n d r a t e s a r e conditioned t h r o u g h s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s and logic to i n i t i a t e
c o u n t e r m o t i o n s v i a t h e r e a c t i o n j e t c o n t r o l (RCS) which nullifies the o r i g i n a l
motion. T h e 4 G C i n s e r t s a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l a n d m a n e u v e r c o m m a n d s into
t h e loop. T h e r o t a t i o n , t r a n s l a t i o n , and a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o n t r o l s i n s e r t
m a n u a l c o m m a n d s into the loop. T h e flight d i r e c t o r attitude i n d i c a t o r
(FDAI) i s the S / C attitude visual display.
2.1. 3
POWERED FLIGHT.
P o w e r e d flight i s c o n s i d e r e d that which will u s e the S / M s e r v i c e
p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m ( S P S ) engine to i n i t i a t e a m a j o r v e l o c i t y change.
F i g u r e 2 . 1 - 3 i l l u s t r a t e s t h o s e b a s i c loops n e c e s s a r y f o r t h e t a s k s invol\,ed.
-4s shown, the loops a r e a n e x t e n s i o n of t h o s e r e q u i r e d f o r c o a s t i n g flight.
Added, a r e t h e ( S P S ) engine on-off t h r u s t l o g i c a n d the SPS g i m b a l c o n t r o l
l o o p s . In c o a s t i n g flight, a l l a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is t h r o u g h the RCS. P o w e r e d
flight, by t h e S P S engine, r e q u i r e s r o l l c o n t r o l through the RCS, a n d pitch
a n d yaw c o n t r o l by g i m b a l i n g t h e SPS engine n o z z l e . P r i m a r y c o n t r o l of
t h r u s t i n g i s by t h e -4GC. However, f i g u r e 2. 1 - 3 s h o w s how v a r i o u s manual
c o n t r o l s c a n be u s e d i n s t e a d of o r t o backup a u t o m a t i c functions.
2.1.4
-4T MOSPHE RI C FLIGHT
A t m o s p h e r i c flight i s e n c o u n t e r e d d u r i n g t h e e n t r y p h a s e of the
m i s s i o n a t which t i m e the S / C e x p e r i e n c e s a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s .
F i g u r e 2 . 1 - 4 i l l u s t r a t e s t h e b a s i c loops r e q u i r e d f o r c o n t r o l of the S / C
d u r i n g t h i s p h a s e . T h e c e n t r a l loop i s i d e n t i c a l t o t h a t in f i g u r e 2. 1 - 2 .
T h e m a i n d i f f e r e n c e i s t h a t s e r v i c e m o d u l e / c o m m a n d module ( S / M - C / M )
s e p a r a t i o n h a s t a k e n p l a c e , a n d the c o m m a n d module RCS s y s t e m i s u s e d .
A n o t h e r d i f f e r e n c e i s t h a t t h e a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s will s t a b i l i z e the C / M in
pitch and yaw, a n d the e n t r y g - l e v e l ( l i f t vecto:- c o n t r o l ) will i n c r e a s e o r
d e c r e a s e t h r o u g h r o l l c o n t r o l . P r i m a r y c o n t r o l i s a u t o m a t i c , with m a n u a l
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l a v a i l a b l e , in exrent of a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l m a l f u n c t i o n s .
F o r d e t a i l e d o p e r a t i o n of the s e v e r a l loops involved i n guidance and
c o n t r o l , r e f e r to the d e s c r i p t i o n s of the guidance and na\.igation s y s t e m ,
s u b s e c t i o n 2. 2 , and the s t a b i l i z a t i o n a n d c o n t r o l s y s t e m , s u b s e c t i o n 2 . 3.
GUIDANCE AND CONTROL

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change D a t e
Page
2.1-2
PROGRAMSELECTANITIATE
FROM NAVIGATIONS
OR UPLINK (MSFN)
N
LI
VELOCITY
pF
CHANGES
-----------
COASTING FLIGHT (CF)
POWERED FLIGHT (PF)

ATMOSPHERIC FLIGHT (AF)
1.
T
I;
I
I
1;
I
1;
I
L
i
AF
PR
COWNDS
(FCSM
SENSING)
NAVIGATION
DIRECT
THRUST ON-OFF
COMMANDS
OPTICAL
SIGHT
ING
----
DECOUPLING
ROLL ERRORS
ANGLES
ATTITUDE ERRORS
-- 4
-I+-+
PF $:
I,
AF, - ~ _ E E R I ~ ~ E ~ R ~ s -
2z CF
?
TO
--c
COWNDS
AGC
GUIDANCE A N D
NAVIGATION CONTROL
LOOPS (CF, PF, AF)
FROM
AGC
FROM
10 IMU
INTEGLATING
SENSaS(IMU)
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
51
l~m
LOCITY
-4NGE.5
L l
SPS ENGINE
ON-OFF AND
VELOCITY SENSING
LOOP
I.
LC
(wl
CC
JE
- sRK- - - - - - - - _ _ _
.
I
IMU
ATTITUDE
SENSORS
as
PF
ATTITUDE A N D
STEERING COMMANDS
A
N D CONTROL
ELECTRONICS
ClRCUlTS
THRUST ON-OFF
COMMANDS (GbN)
- - - - - - - -+I-----+
CDU
SERVO
7 -
MANUAL
A V SETTINGS
MANUAL
THRUST ON
T(
ATTITUDE
COWNOS
PITCH A N D
YAW ERRORS TO
GIMUL
SERVO
PF
ELECT
- - ik-4
L
AnlTUDE
ATTITLID
CHANGES
ii
B
MissionJ
f
f
1
S M 2 A - 03- sc012
A P O L OPERATIONS
~
HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
MANUAL
DIRECT
LJLLAGE
COMMAND
cFsc
r-
?UDE ERRORS pF CF
CONTROL AND
ToTo
JET SELECTION
LOGIC CIRCUITS
+ + STEERING
------- ERRORS
cFzr
RCS ATTITUDE C r T L
L m P ( C F , PF, AF)
SUMMING
CIRCUITS
-J
THRUST
GIMML
ACCELERATION
AND
T AF
DIRECTION
DYNAMICS
t
I
t
I
PF
TO
MNC
ELECTRONICS
(SCS)
PITCH A N D
JET CONTROL
FORCE
PF
AERODYNAMIC
FORCES
SUMMING
CIRCUITS
I
I
- -i t - -
PF
1 (1 (
yzRL7;-
SERVO
I If f
---
SPS ENGINE GIMBAL

CONTROL LOOP (PF)
TORQUE
TO
MTVC
ELECTRONICS
I
,
I
1
1,
-L
CF
CF
TUDE
95
ATE5
T P PITCH,%-AW
iTiH~AW
RATES
FROM
ATTITUDE
(BMAGS)
FROM
ROLL
RATE
GYRO
BhUC
. ~
BACK UP
RATE
(SCS)
FROM
BMAGS
FROM
RATE
GYROS
FROM
AGCU
1 ROLL
w TRATE
Tff
T p J
scs
ATTITUDE REFERENCE (ARS),

INERTIAL SENSOR, DISPLAY,
A N D FEEDBACK LOOPS
(CF, PF, AF)
ATTITUDE
RATE
GYROS
ORBITAL RATE
LOCAL VERTICAL
~~
ATTITUM CHANGES
VELOCITY CHANGES
SM-2h-947
Figure 2. 1 - 1 .
Integrated Flight P r o f i l e Functional Flow Diagram

Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 N?
1966 Change Date
Page 2.1-312.1-4
PROGRAM SELECT/INITIATE
FROM NAVIGATIONS
OR UPLINK (MSFN)
'+
I
I I
L--
ROTATION
DIREC
COMMANDS
M N U M
ROTATION
COWNOS
MANUAL
TRANSLATIC
COMMAND5
Maw
DISAE.1
PROFORTIONb
co Mh4
ATTITUDE
IMWLSE
CONTROL
ATTITUDE COMMANDS
II
1
(GAM
ATTITUDE
Df ADBAND
AND LIMITING
I )
(SCS)
-b
PSEUDO
PUL!
MODh
(SC!
-------
ATTITUDE ERRORS
AllllUM I
PATES
________*
ATTITUDE REI
DISPLAY, A b
TOTAL
AnlTU[W
AGCU
EULER
COMPUTER
AT^4-
ARS
SENSORS
ORBITAL RA
LOCAL VER,
REF A l l
ALIGN
..
I
.
M i s s ion,
SMZA-03-SC012
A P O L m OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
/
RCS ATTITUDE CONTROL

LOO?
JU
.ION
.UNDS
r DE
TRANSLATION
CONTROL
(SCS)
MANUAL
M SABLE
C O W N D S
MANUAL
DI SA0LE
COMMANDS
JLS
ITROL
I
I
I
MANUAL
TRANSLATION
CQMMANDS
PSEUDO RATE
PULSE
MODULATOR
(SCS)
c
t
t
REACTION
JET SELECTION
LOGIC
( s a
DIRECT CONTROL
REACTION JET
CONTROL
b
(S/MRCS)
I
I
FORCE6
ROTATION
SPACECRAFT
DYNAMlCS
ATTITUDE REFERENCE, INERTIAL SENSOR,

DISPLAY, A N D FEED0ACK L O O P S
OR0ITAL RATE
LOCAL VTRTICAL
ATTITUDE CMNCES
SM-ZA-VU
Figure 2. 1-2.
Cwsting Flight P r o f i l e Functional Flow Diagram

Mission
B a s i c Date-12
Nov 1966 Change Date
page, 2 . 1 - 5 / 2 . 1 - 6
ACCELEROMETER
'
FROM NAVIGATIONS
OR UPLINK (MSFN)
TIME
VELOCITY
HANGES
N A V I G A T I O N CONTROL LOOP
sPS
AGC
NAVIGATION
AND
GUIDANCE
~ R O G M ~ THRUST ON-OFF
CUAMANDS (G61.I)
N
)G
I(
MANUAL DIRECT
THRUST ON-OFF
AND
ENGINE
CONTROL
(SK)
-c
i
I
I
II
-I
STEERING
COWNDS
I
I
I
T
A N D CONTROL
(GhW
I
I
ATTITUDE
COMMANDS
I
I
VELOCITY
CHANGES
FDA1 (SCS)7
41
ATTITUDE
MANUAl
ROTATION 4
COMMANDS
---------
-4
MANUAL
MANUAL DIRECT
THRUST ON-OFF
COMMANDS
ENGINE
CONTROL
COMMANDS
PROPORTIONAL
I
I
I
ROLL ERRORS
II
-c
2
PSEUDO RATE
ATTITUDE
*
DEADMND
AND LIMITING
MODULATOR
PULSE
(SCS)
----C
r----+-
4L THRUST ON
4NDS (SCS)
"NDS
Ci
TRANSLATION
ACCELEROMETER
SENSOR
ps
DIRECT
:CEu RATION
'1D VELOCITY
"-OFF AND
iLOC1TY
NSING
ROTATION
C O M R O LS
(SCS)
!I
GIMBAL
POSITION
CONTROLS
ELECTRONICS
ANUAl
LIM
ATTITUDE
COMMANDS
FDA1 (SCS)
ATTITUDE 4
-.ATTITUDE ERRORS
~
ATTITUIX
RATES
TOTAL
ATTITUDE
I
ATTITUM
ARS
REF
2zGN
SENSORS
( W A G S ) SCS
*
ATTITUDE CHANGES
VELOCITY CHANGES
Figure 2 .
Mission
Ba 8
SM2A 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
--------------c-------
RCS ATTITUDE C O N T R O ~
LOOP
DIRECT CONTROL
MANUAL
TRANSLATION
COMMANDS
TRANSLATION
CONTROL
I
I
I
I
MANUAL
DIRECT
ULLAGE
COMMAND
(SCS)
ORTIONAL
c
'
e
--------------------T
PSEUDO RATE
PULSE
MODULATOR
REACTION
JET SELECTION
LOGIC (SCS)
-C
(SC9
REACTION
JET
CONTROL
(S/MRCS)
SENSORS
66)
GIMBAL
POSITION
CONTROLS
U U
'MANDS
E LE CT RON1CS
GIMBAL
SERVO
ELECTRONICS
(SCS)
GIMBAL
CONTROL
ELECTRONICS
(SCS)
J-
.*
SPS ENGINE GIMBAL

CONTROL LOOP
GIMBAL
POSITION
FORCE
AND
THRUST
ACCELERATION
AND
THRUST
DIRECT ION
OR
TORQUE
'
GI M A L
RATE
SENSORS
(SPn
ENGINE
GIMAL
CONTROL
(SPS)
I
I
TORQUE
n
'IfiAW

DISPLAY, A N D FEEDBACK LOOPS
4
>
Mission
Basic Date
12 Nov 1966 Change Date
page 2. 1 - 7 / 2 . 1 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GUIDANC'E
AUTOMATIC
AND
N A V I G A T I O N CONTROL LOOP
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AGC
NAVIGATION
AND
GUIDANCE
PROGRAMS
I
I
VELOCITY
CHANGES
I
I
I
(GW
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NAVIGATION
SIGHTING
ANGLES
I
I
I
I
I
STEERING ERROR!
! I
ERROR
ATTITUDE
RATES
31
ATTITUDE
ATTITUDE
CHANGES
VELOCITY
CHANGES
ATTITUDE
A(
EL
MANUAL
ROTATION
COMMANDS
I
I
I
I
I
I
STEERING ERRORS
MANUAL DISABLE
COMMANDS
i*
I
ATTITUDE
DEADBAND
A N D LIMITING
(SCS)
ROPORTIONAL
PITCH/YAW
ERROR
DECOUPtlNG
ROTATION
CONTROLS
.
(SCS)
I
I
PSEUDO RATE
PULSE
MODULATOR
.------------------
1-
ATTITUDE REFERENCE, INERTIAL SENSOR

DISPLAY, A N D FEEDMCK LOOPS
ATTITUDE
RATES
ATTITUDE
I+
$MAG
1ACKUP
UTE
J
AGCU
EULER
COMPUTER
ATTITUDE
ARS
ATTITUDE
REF
AT1
- SENSORS
(BMAGS) SCS,
Figu
M i s s ion
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
1
RCS AlllTUDE CONTROL
LOOP
DIRECT CONTROL
MANUAL DISABLE
COWNDS
IAL
f
,
PSEUDO RATE
PULSE
MODULATOR
(scn
-----C
REACTION
JET SELECTION
LOGIC
(SCS)
LL
ROTATION
JET CONTROL
(C/M R C 9
!
14
AERODYNAMIC
FORCES
SPACECRAFT
DY NAMJCS
A
ROTATION

D I S P U Y , A N D R E D M C K LOOPS
4
I
L
JC
S
ATTITUM CHANGES
VELOCITY CHANGES
SM-24-943
Figure 2. 1 - 4 .
M i s s ion
Atmospheric Flight Profile Functional Flow D i a g r a m

Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date
" 3
Page 2 . 1 -9/2.1-10
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 2
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM ( G & N )
2.2.1
INTRODUCTION.
The guidance and navigation ( G & N ) s y s t e m m e a s u r e s s p a c e c r a f t
attitude and velocity, d e t e r m i n e s t r a j e c t o r y , c o n t r o l s s p a c e c r a f t attitude,
c o n t r o l s the t h r u s t v e c t o r of the s e r v i c e propulsion e n g i n e , and p r o v i d e s
a b o r t information and display d a t a . P r i m a r y d e t e r m i n a t i o n of the s p a c e c r a f t
velocity and position, and computation of the t r a j e c t o r y p a r a m e t e r s i s
a c c o m p l i s h e d by the manned s p a c e flight network ( M S F N ) .
T h e G & N s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s u b s y s t e m s a s follows:
0
0
0
I n e r t i a l s u b s y s t e m (ISS)
C o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m (CSS)
Optics s u b s y s t e m (OSS)
T h e i n e r t i a l s u b s y s t e m is composed of a n i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit
(IMU), p a r t of the power and s e r v o a s s e m b l y ( P S A ) , p a r t of the c o n t r o l s and
d i s p l a y s , and t h r e e i n e r t i a l coupling d i s p l a y u n i t s (CDUs). The IlMU p r o v i d e s
a n i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e with a gimbaled, t h r e e -degree -of-freedom, g y r o
stabilized stable p l a t f o r m .
T h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m is composed of a n Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r
(AGC), and two d i s p l a y and keyboard p a n e l s (DSKY s ) , which a r e p a r t of the
c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s . T h e AGC i s a digital c o m p u t e r which p r o c e s s e s and
c o n t r o l s information t o and f r o m t h e IMU and optics, and s t o r e s p r o g r a m s
and r e f e r e n c e d a t a .
T h e optics s u b s y s t e m is composed of a scanning t e l e s c o p e ( S C T ) , a
sextant (SXT), d r i v e m o t o r s f o r positioning the SCT and SXT, p a r t s of t h e
PSA, p a r t of the c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s , and two optics CDUs. The SCT and
SXT a r e used t o d e t e r m i n e the s p a c e c r a f t position and attitude with r e l a t i o n
to stars and/or landmarks.
T h e t h r e e G&N s u b s y s t e m s a r e configured s u c h t h a t the CSS and OSS
m a y be operated independently. T h i s allows continued u s e of the CSS a n d / o r
OSS in the event of a malfunction in one of t h e s e s u b s y s t e m s o r the ISS.
S y s t e m power r e q u i r e m e n t s and r e f e r e n c e s i g n a l s a r e provided by t h e power
and s e r v o a s s e m b l y ( P S A ) . Major components of the s y s t e m a r e located in
the command module lower equipment bay ( f i g u r e 2. 2-1). S y s t e m c i r c u i t
b r e a k e r s , caution and w a r n i n g i n d i c a t o r s , and one of the D S K Y s a r e located
on the m a i n d i s p l a y console.
2.2.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e guidance and navigation s y s t e m p r o v i d e s c a p a b i l i t i e s f o r the
f ol lowing:
0
I n e r t i a l velocity and position ( s t a t e v e c t o r ) computation
Optical and i n e r t i a l navigation m e a s u r e m e n t s

GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Mission
SMZA - 0 3-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
Change Date
GUIDANCE -4ND NAVIGATION S Y S T E M
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966
Page
2.2-2
SlM2A 0 3 -sco 1 2
SYSTE-MS D-4T.A
0
S p a c e c r a f t attitude m e a s u r e m e n t and c o n t r o l
G e n e r a t i o n of guidance c o m m a n d s d u r i n g CSXI-powered flight and

C / L I atmospheric entry.
T h e G & K s y s t e m i s initially a c t i v a t e d and aligned d u r i n g the p r e l a u n c h

p h a s e . D u r i n g the a s c e n t p h a s e , the s y s t e m m e a s u r e s velocity and a t t i t u d e ,
c o m p u t e s position, c o m p a r e s the a c t u a l s p a c e c r a f t t r a j e c t o r y with a p r e d e t e r m i n e d t r a j e c t o r y , and d i s p l a y s p e r t i n e n t d a t a . The flight cre\v u s e s
the d i s p l a y e d i n f o r m a t i o n a s a n a i d f o r d e c i s i o n t o a b o r t o r continue the
m i s s i o n . H o w e v e r , s p a c e c r a f t c o n t r o l i s m a i n t a i n e d by the S-IVB guidance
until CSM/S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n . Upon s e p a r a t i o n , the G&N s y s t e m a s s u m e s the
guidance and navigation functions u s i n g the d a t a a c q u i r e d d u r i n g a s c e n t .
D u r i n g p e r i o d s when o n b o a r d velocitv a n d / o r attitude change > e n s i n g
i s not r e q u i r e d , the I l I U i s placed i n s t a n d b y o p e r a t i o n t o c o n s e r v e e l e c t r i c a l
p o w e r . T h e -AGC i s u s e d m o r e extensivelx. t h a n the I U U , h o w e v e r , i t will
a l s o be p l a c e d in standby o p e r a t i o n t o c o n s e r v e e l e c t r i c a l power. I\ hen t h e
guidance and navigation function i s t o be r e s t o r e d , the I l l U and -AGC a r e
r e a c t i v a t e d , with the .AGC u s i n g the l a s t c o m p u t e d velocitv a s the b a s i s f o r
f u r t h e r velocitL c o m p u t a t i o n s , New positional d a t a m u s t be a c q u i r e d i r o m
o p t i c a l sightings or L I S F N t h r o u g h t e l e m e t r y o r voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s .
Initial position and attitude i n f o r m a t i o n a s well a s p e r i o d i c updating o i
t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n i s m a d e t h r o u g h u s e of the o p t i c s . T h i s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d
by the n a v i g a t o r m a k i n g two o r m o r e l a n d m a r k a n d / o r s t a r s i g h t i n g s . The
s i g h t i n g s a r e m a d e by a c q u i r i n g the s t a r - l a n d m a r k with the SCT a n d l o r S X T .
When the viewed object i s c e n t e r e d , a m a r k c o m m a n d i s initiated. The -AGC
r e a d s the optics a n g l e s , 11,lU a n g l e s , and t i m e , i n conjunction with i n t e r n a l
p r o g r a m s ,to d e t e r m i n e the s p a c e c r a f t position. T h i s position i n f o r m a t i o n
and the s p a c e c r a f t velocity a r e u s e d t o c o m p u t e a n e s t i m a t e d t r a j e c t o r y .
T h e a c t u a l trajector:. i s c o m p a r e d with p r e v i o u s t r a j e c t o r \ . d a t a t o g e n e r a t e
the t r a j e c t o r y e r r o r , i f a n y , f o r f u r t h e r r e f e r e n c e . O p t i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t s
a r e a l s o u s e d i n aligning the IXIU t o a s p e c i f i c r e f e r e n c e o r i e n t a t i o n .
The IMU (figure 2. 2 - 2 ) contains t h r e e inertial rate integrating gyros
( I R I G s ) , t h r e e a n g u l a r d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g a c c e l e r o m e t e r s ( -ADAS), and t h r e e
pulsed i n t e g r a t i n g pendulous a c c e l e r o m e t e r s (PIP-As). The IRIGs, PIP-As,
and o n e -ADA a r e mounted o n t h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m which is g i m b a l e d to p r o vide t h r e e d e g r e e s of f r e e d o m . T h e two r e m a i n i n g -AD.As a r e mounted o n
the m i d d l e gimbal. T h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e i s m a i n t a i n e d 12)the IRIGs and - l D - A s i n conjunction with e l e c t r o n i c s t a b i l i z a t i o n loops. -An!d i s p l a c e m e n t of the p l a t f o r m is s e n s e d by the IRIGs which produce output
s i g n a l s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e magnitude and d i r e c t i o n of d i s p l a c e m e n t . T h e
AD-As s e n s e the d i s p l a c e m e n t r a t e and p r o d u c e output r a t e c o n t r o l s i g n a l s
t o m a i n t a i n c o r r e c t s t a b i l i z a t i o n loop c o n t r o l r e s p o n s e . The IRIG and -4D.A
s i g n a l s a r e applied t o s e r v o a m p l i f i e r s , which condition the s i g n a l s t o d r i v e
g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s . T h e g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s t h e n r e s t o r e the i n i t i a l
p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n by d r i v i n g the g i m b a l s until the l R I G s i g n a l s a r e nulled.
GUIDANCE AND N.4VIG-4TIOK S Y S T E l l

Mission
B a s i c Date 12
1966
V
Change Date
Page
2. 2 - 3
SMZA-0 3 -SCO1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e P I P A s a r e o r t h o g o n a l l y mounted and s e n s e c h a n g e s i n s p a c e c r a f t
v e l o c i t y . An a c c e l e r a t i o n o r d e c e l e r a t i o n r e s u l t s in output s i g n a l s which
a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of the m a g n i t u d e and d i r e c t i o n of t h e velocity change.
T h e output s i g n a l s a r e applied t o the ACC which u s e s the i n f o r m a t i o n t o
update s p a c e c r a f t velocity d a t a . Continual updating of velocity i n f o r m a t i o n ,
with r e s p e c t t o the i n i t i a l s p a c e c r a f t position and t r a j e c t o r y , e n a b l e s the
AGC t o p r o v i d e c u r r e n t v e l o c i t y , p o s i t i o n , and t r a j e c t o r y i n f o r m a t i o n .
T h e IMU a l s o p r o v i d e s a s p a c e s t a b i l i z e d r e f e r e n c e f o r s p a c e c r a f t
a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g a n d c o n t r o l . Attitude change s e n s i n g i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by
m o n i t o r i n g the s p a c e c r a f t attitude with r e f e r e n c e t o the s t a b l e p l a t f o r m .
R e s o l v e r s a r e mounted at the g i m b a l a x e s t o provide s i g n a l s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
of the g i m b a l a n g l e s . I n e r t i a l CDUs c o n t a i n r e s o l v e r s which r e p e a t the
p l a t f o r m a t t i t u d e . Attitude m o n i t o r i n g i s afforded by c o m p a r i n g the IXlU
r e s o l v e r output s i g n a l s with t h e CDU r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s . If the a n g l e s d i f f e r ,
e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e + g e n e r a t e d and applied t o the s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s y s t e m . If the attitude e r r o r i s l a r g e r t h a n the s e l e c t e d deadband l i m i t s , the
SCS f i r e s the a p p r o p r i a t e RCS e n g i n e s . T h e s p a c e c r a f t is r o t a t e d back t o
t h e i n i t i a l r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e and t h e e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e nulled (within
d e a d b a n d limits).
T h e AGC p r o v i d e s a u t o m a t i c e x e c u t i o n of c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s , a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l of ISS and OSS m o d e s , a n d , i n conjunction with the DSKYs,
m a n u a l c o n t r o l of ISS and OSS m o d e s and c o m p u t e r d i s p l a y s . T h e -4GC
c o n t a i n s a t w o - p a r t m e m o r y which c o n s i s t s of a l a r g e n o n - e r a s a b l e s e c t i o n
and a s m a l l e r e r a s a b l e section. Non-erasable m e m o r y contains mission
and s y s t e m p r o g r a m s and o t h e r p r e d e t e r m i n e d d a t a which a r e w i r e d i n
d u r i n g a s s e m b l y . D a t a r e a d o u t f r o m t h i s s e c t i o n i s n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e and
cannot be changed d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n . T h e e r a s a b l e s e c t i o n of m e m o r y p r o v i d e s f o r d a t a s t o r a g e , r e t r i e v a l , and o p e r a t i o n s upon m e a s u r e d d a t a and
t e l e m e t e r e d information. Data readout f r o m this section i s destructive,
p e r m i t t i n g c h a n g e s i n s t o r e d d a t a t o be m a d e a s d e s i r e d . I n f o r m a t i o n
within t h e m e m o r y m a y be c a l l e d u p f o r d i s p l a y on the two DSKYs. T h e
DSKYs e n a b l e the flight c r e w t o e n t e r d a t a or i n s t r u c t i o n s into t h e AGC,
r e q u e s t d i s p l a y of d a t a f r o m .4GC m e m o r y , and o f f e r an i n t e r r u p t c o n t r o l
of AGC o p e r a t i o n . The AGC t i m i n g s e c t i o n p r o v i d e s t i m i n g s i g n a l s of
v a r i o u s f r e q u e n c i e s f o r i n t e r n a l u s e and t o o t h e r o n b o a r d s y s t e m s which
r e q u i r e a c c u r a t e or s y n c h r o n i z e d t i m i n g . Data within the AGC i s t r a n s m i t t e d t o ,MSFN t h r o u g h a "downlink" t e l e m e t r y function. T e l e m e t e r e d
d a t a i s t r a n s m i t t e d a s a function of a n AGC p r o g r a m or b y r e q u e s t f r o m
LMSFN. D a t a within the ACC m a y be updated through a n "uplink" telemetr:;
f u n c t i o n c o n t r o l l e d by M S F N . The XGC p e r f o r m s guidance functions b y
executing internal p r o g r a m s using predetermined trajectory p a r a m e t e r s ,
a t t i t u d e a n g l e s f r o m t h e i n e r t i a l CDUs, velocity c h a n g e s f r o m the PIPAs,
and c o m m a n d s f r o m t h e DSKYs ( c r e w ) t o g e n e r a t e c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s .
T h e navigation f u n c t i o n i s p e r f o r m e d by u s i n g s t o r e d s t a r - l a n d m a r k d a t a ,
o p t i c s a n g l e s f r o m the o p t i c s CDUs, and velocity c h a n g e s f r o m the PIPAS
i n the e x e c u t i o n of navigation p r o g r a m s .
..
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATIaG.

SYSTEM
' r . . .
. ..-
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change DatB
'
'
Page
2 . 2-4
- ._-
NOTES:
I.
AGC inpuh a d outpub shorn are

pment at variRn times, depcdinp
upan mode of opemtion, but not
IMU INNER G
POSITION CC
concurrently.
2.
There caponenh are phpically

mounted om the IMU but illvrtmted
a shown for clarity.
Y-IRIG TO
COMMAM
I
I
I
I
VISUAL
%E:'
(ISS FINE
ALIGN MC
ONLY)
SHAFT
SHAFT DRIVE
SIGNAL
COUPLING
DlSPuy
UNlT
SCANNING
TELESCOPE
AND SEXTANT
I
A
DRNE
YGTAL
SHAFT CRIVE SIGNALC
MU MIDDLE G I
OSlTlON COM
UPLINK DATA FROM MSFN
MOLL0
GUIDANCE
COMPUTER
4 4 -
UNDMARKS
A N D HORIZON
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TRUNNION
DRIVE
Z-IRIG T
on
COMMAM)
(ISS FINE
ALIGN MOI
ONLY)
MANUALiMODE S I G N A U
IXUNNION
COUPLlNG
DISPUY
UNIT
-
TRUNNION DRIVE SIGNALS
MU OUTER GIA
OSlTlON COU
DRIVE SIGNAL
ATTITUDE
IMPULSE
CONTROL
(*) AND (-) X

AVELOCllY
DOWNU
+ DATA
TO MSFP
I
I
THRUST C O W M S
TO REACTION
CONTROL SYSTEM
X-IRIG TORC
COMMANDS
(IS FINE
A U G N MOD
INNER GIMB4L
RESOLVER SIGNAL
IMU INNER GIMBAL

'OSITION C O M M A M S .
GIMBAL
POSITION
ANALOG
CONVERTER
'OMMANE
IMU/CDU
DIFFERENCE
SIGNAL
INNERGIMBAL
COUPLING
DISPUY
UNIT
S/C BODY PITCH C

AND OFFSET PITCt
ATTITUDE ERROR S I
A SHAFT ANGLE
TO INNER
GIMML
COAEE
CALIBRATION
A U G N MODE
ONLY)
S H A F l ANGLE SIGNALS
WAFT CRIVE SIGNAL"
_INK DATA FROM MSFN
DlSPUY AND
KEYBOARD
(2 LOCATIONS)
'ANIJAL*MODE S I G N A U
COMMANDS
AU MIDDLE GIMBAL
' COMMANDS-
MOLL0
GUIDANCE
COMPUTER
UNNION ANGLE SIGNALS
Z-IRIG TORQUE
COMMANDS
(IS5 FINE
ALIGN MODE
ONLY)
ISUNNION DRIVE SIGNALS
I
1
MU OUTER GIMBAL
QSlTlON COMMANDS
ALIGN.
~.
-
Y-IRIG TORQUE
SHAFT ANGLE
AMP
Y-IWG TORQUE
GENERATOR
(*) AND (-)X

AVELOC ITY
1
IMU/CD U
OFFSET YAW
ATTITUDE E R R m !
TO MIDDLE
G l M M L COARS
A L I G N NAP
Z-IRIG TORQUE
GENERATOR
TO OUTER
GIMBAL COARS
A U G N AMP
OUTER G l M M L
RESOLVER SIGNAL
-I
b SHAFT ANGLE
SIGNAL
DOW NLI N K
+ DATA
TO MSFN
X-IRIG TORQUE
TERNARY
SWITCH AND
CALIBRATION
X-IRIG TORQUE
GENERATOU
COMMANDS
(ISS FINE
3T FIXED
RESOLVER
(NAV
EASE AXES
TO S/C
AXES)
S/C BODY YAW AT

ERROR SIGNAL
(FUNCTION
MIDDLE, A h
GIMIIALS)
S/C W D Y ROLL
ATTITUDE ERROR SI
(FUNCTI'
AND MI[
A X E S TO
NAV BASE
AXES)
MIDDLE G I W A L
RESOLVER SIGNAL
DISPLAY
($ AND (-) Y
AVELOCITY
YAW~ITCH
RESOLVER
(GIMBAL
A U G N MODE ONLY)
SPS E N G I N E ON/OFF COMMANDS
16X-OFFSET ROLL ERROR SIGNAL (ENTRY
I,
s/c M)DY PITCH ATTITUDE

AND OFFSET PITCH
ATTITUDE ERROR SIGNAL
-I,
i
YAW
I
s/C BODYYAW ATTITWE
SIGNU
EYOR
OUTER
GIMBAL,
1
1
I
I
I
4 SIGNALS
OFFSET YAW
ATTITUDE ERRCX SIGNAL
B
E
(FUNCTIONS OF INNER
AND MICDLE GlMeALS)
SUPPORT GI#
PITCH A
CORREC
ECA
REACTION
COMROL
SYSTEM
fAW ATTITUDE
CORRECTION
SIGNALS
II
!
I
r,....,,
STABLE MEMBER
IlhlhICD
GIMWL RESOLVER
ANGLE SIGNAL TO
(FUNCTIONS OF INNER,
MIDDLE, AND OUTER
GIMALS)
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
AllITUDE INDICATOR
MIDDLE G I h U A L q
SIGNALS
TCH GIMBAL
OMMANCS
I
I
AUXILIARY
ECA
YAW GIMBAL
SERVICE
PROPULSION
SYSTEM
COMMANDS
THRUST ON/OFF
C0MMAN)s
-I
(+) AND (-) 2
VELOCITY C H A I G E SIGNALS
(-1 X
VELOCITY CHANGE SIGNALS
(+) AND (-) Y
VELOCITY CHANGE SIGNALS
(+) AND
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
TORQUE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL
Figure 2. 2 - 2 .
G & N S y s t e m Functional Block Diagram

Mission
B a s i c Date' . l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 2 - 5 1 2 . 2 - 6
- -
S M 2A 0 3 S C 0 1 2
SYSTEMS D.4T-4
T h e o p t i c s provide a c c u r a t e s t a r and l a n d m a r k a n g u l a r m e a s u r e m e n t s . Sightings a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by the navigator u s i n g the SXT and
SCT. T h e o p t i c s a r e positioned by d r i v e m o t o r s c o m m a n d e d by the o p t i c s
hand c o n t r o l l e r o r manually u s i n g a u n i v e r s a l t o o l , a s d e s i r e d . The shaft
a x e s a r e p a r a l l e l . T r u n n i o n a x e s m a y be o p e r a t e d i n p a r a l l e l o r o f f s e t ,
a s d e s i r e d . T h e S C T is a unity power i n s t r u m e n t providing a n a p p r o x i m a t e 6 0 - d e g r e e field of view. I t i s u s e d t o m a k e l a n d m a r k s i g h t i n g s and
t o a c q u i r e and c e n t e r s t a r s o r l a n d m a r k s p r i o r t o S X T u s e . The SXT
p r o v i d e s 28-power m a g n i f i c a t i o n with a 1. 8 - d e g r e e field of view. The
SXT h a s two l i n e s of s i g h t , e n a b l i n g it to m e a s u r e the included angle
between two o b j e c t s . T h i s r e q u i r e s two l i n e s of sight which e n a b l e the
two viewed o b j e c t s t o be s u p e r i m p o s e d . F o r a s t a r - l a n d m a r k s i g h t i n g ,
the l a n d m a r k line of sight i s c e n t e r e d along the S X T s h a f t a x i s . T h e s t a r
i m a g e i s moved t o w a r d t h e l a n d m a r k by r o t a t i n g the shaft and t r u n n i o n
a x e s until the two viewed o b j e c t s a r e s u p e r i m p o s e d . The s h a f t and
t r u n n i o n a n g l e s a r e r e p e a t e d by t h e optic CDUs. When the n a v i g a t o r i s
s a t i s f i e d with i m a g e p o s i t i o n s , he i s s u e s a m a r k c o m m a n d to the -4GC.
T h e -4GC r e a d s the o p t i c s C D U a n g l e s , I M U CDU a n g l e s , and t i m e , and
c o m p u t e s the position of the s p a c e c r a f t . T h e AGC b a s e s the computation
on s t o r e d s t a r and l a n d m a r k d a t a which m a y a l s o be u s e d by the .AGC to
r e q u e s t s p e c i f i c s t a r s o r l a n d m a r k s f o r navigational s i g h t i n g s . Two o r
m o r e s i g h t i n g s , on two o r m o r e d i f f e r e n t s t a r s , m u s t be t a k e n t o p e r f o r m
a c o m p l e t e position d e t e r m i n a t i o n .
2 . 2 . 2. 1
Operational Modes.
T h e G&N s y s t e m i s o p e r a t e d in s i x b a s i c o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s .
S e l e c t i o n of any one mode i s a c c o m p l i s h e d manual!y b y the flight c r e w o r
a u t o m a t i c a l l y by the ACC. T h e b a s i c m o d e s a r e a s follows:
0
0
0
0
0
Xlonitor ( i n i t i a t e d by S C S mode s e l e c t i o n )
Z e r o encode
C o a r s e align
Fine align
Attitude c o n t r o l
Entry
T h e s y s t e m c o n f i g u r a t i o n n e c e s s a r y t o o p e r a t e in an)- of the m o d e s is
e s t a b l i s h e d by r e l a y switching.
The m o n i t o r mode is u s e d a t launch, a s c e n t , and d u r i n g o r b i t until
C S M / S - I V B s e p a r a t i o n , t o p r o v i d e flight path d a t a f o r c r e w d i s p l a y s . The
c o a r s e a l i g n , fine a l i g n , a n d z e r o encode m o d e s a r e u s e d to
a l i g n the IXlU a f t e r standby p e r i o d s o r t o a c q u i r e a new s t a b l e p l a t f o r m
o r i e n t a t i o n . T h e attitude c o n t r o l mode p r o v i d e s f o r s p a c e c r a f t attitude
c o n t r o l and navigation c o m p u t a t i o n s t o m e a s u r e position and v e l o c i t y . The
e n t r y mode p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l of t h e s p a c e c r a f t lift v e c t o r d u r i n g e n t r y
phase.
C U I D A N C E 4 N D N AV I G =Z TI ON S YS T E 11
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l966
Change Date
Page
2.2-7
SMZA -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e ISS a n d CSS w i l l b e o p e r a t e d i n on-standby c y c l e s t o c o n s e r v e

e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r . During standby o p e r a t i o n , t h e ISS m a i n t a i n s IMU t e m p e r a t u r e , and the CSS m a i n t a i n s AGC t i m i n g functions. The OSS i s s h u t off
when not i n u s e . Since s t a n d b y o p e r a t i o n t i m e v a r i e s f o r e a c h of the
s u b s y s t e m s , standby is not c o n s i d e r e d a s b a s i c mode.
2 . 2 . 2 . 1. 1
M o n i t o r Mode,
D u r i n g p r e l a u n c h o p e r a t i o n s , the G & N s y s t e m is a l i g n e d t o the d e s i r e d
l a u n c h r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e a n d g y r o c o m p a s s e s t o m: i n t a i n t h i s a t t i t u d e .
A p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 m i n u t e s p r i o r t o l a u n c h , t h e g y r o c o m p a s s i n g i s stopped
a n d t h e s y s t e m b e c o m e s i n e r t i a l l y r e f e r e n c e d . Upon lift-off the ACC b e g i n s
m o n i t o r i n g the flight path a n g l e s by d r i v i n g the I n e r t i a l Coupling Display
Units (ICDUs) through p r o g r a m m e d a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s . The ICDU a n g l e s a r e
c o m p a r e d with the IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s to produce flight path e r r o r s i g n a l s
which a r e d i s p l a y e d by the FDAI e r r o r n e e d l e s . T o t a l s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e ,
with r e s p e c t t o the IMU o r i e n t a t i o n , i s d i s p l a y e d by t h e FDAI b a l l .
( P r e l a u n c h FDAI r e a d i n g s a r e 164. 7 6 - d e g r e e r o l l , 5 8 . 3 0 - d e g r e e pitch, a n d
9. 6 9 - d e g r e e yaw, with r e s p e c t t o the navigation a x i s s y m b o l , Display a t
o r b i t i n s e r t i o n is 0 - d e g r e e r o l l , 310. 5 - d e g r e e pitch, and 0 - d e g r e e y a w ,
a s s u m i n g a 1 8 0 - d e g r e e r o l l h a s b e e n p e r f o r m e d and launch pad 3 7 is u s e d . )
D u r i n g b o o s t p r i o r t o l a u n c h e s c a p e t o w e r ( L E T ) j e t t i s o n , the AGC d i s p l a y s
t h e following:
REGISTER 1
I n e r t i a l flight path a n g l e ; i n e r t i a l velocity with r e s p e c t

to local horizontal i n d e g r e e s .
REGISTER 2
I n e r t i a l velocity i n ft p e r s e c .
REGISTER 3
Altitude above l a u n c h pad in n a u t i c a l m i l e s ( N M s )
Upon r e c e i p t of L E T j e t t i s o n s i g n a l s t h e d i s p l a y s change t o the following:

REGISTER 1
REGISTER 2
- Altitude of p e r i g e e above the m e a n e q u a t o r i a l r a d i u s
Predicted G s for free-fall and entry a t 60-degree

bank a n g l e .
in NMs.
REGISTER 3
- Time of f r e e - f a l l
t o 300, 000 i t above m e a n e q u a t o r i a l

r a d i u s i n m i n u t e s and s e c o n d s .
T h i s d i s p l a y e d d a t a p r o v i d e s the flight c r e w with sufficient i n f o r m a t i o n to

m a k e a b o r t o r continue d e c i s i o n s ; h o w e v e r , i f t i m e is not c r i t i c a l , the
d e c i s i o n i s m a d e by the flight cre\v a n d MSFN jointly.
GUIDANCE A N D NAVIGATION SYSTEM

*
Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov l966
Change Date
Page
2. 2-8
S.Lf2-A - 0 3 - SC U 1 2
SYSTEMS DXT.4
2 . 2. 2 . 1 . 2
Z e r o E n c o d e ;\lode.
T h e z e r o encode mode e n a b l e s c o r r e c t i o n of the CDC d a t a s t o r e d i n
-4GC. T h i s mode i s u s e d t o e n s u r e t h a t the r e f e r e n c e a n g l e s contained i n
the CDU r e g i s t e r s of t h e XGC c o r r e s p o n d with the a c t u a l CDU a n g l e s . T h i s
is a c c o m p l i s h e d by d r i v i n g t h e CDUs t o z e r o , t h e n c l e a r i n g the -4GC C D U
r e g i s t e r s . T h i s s t a r t s the -4GC CDU r e g i s t e r s a t z e r o and e n a b l e s the
r e g i s t e r s t o m a i n t a i n c o r r e c t CDU a n g l e s by counting p u l s e s f r o m the CDL'
digital encoders.
2. 2. 2. 1. 3
C o a r s e -Align l l o d e .
T h e c o a r s e a l i g n mode e n a b l e s s t a b l e p l a t f o r m a l i g n m e n t to witb.in
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 d e g r e e s of a d e s i r e d p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n . F r e r e q u i s i t e
i n f o r m a t i o n t o a c c o m p l i s h c o a r s e a l i g n m e n t c o n s i s t s oi the d e s i r e d plattorni
o r i e n t a t i o n and p r e s e n t s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e .
The d e s i r e d p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n a n g l e s a r e computed b y a n a1:gnm e n t p r o g r a m e x e c u t e d bb- the -4GC. T h e n a v i g a t o r d e t e r m i n e s the s p a c e c r a f t attitude immediatelb- p r i o r t o c o a r s e a l i g n m e n t b\- m a k i n g two o r
m o r e sightings on s t a r s o r l a n d m a r k s . Upon c o m p l e t i o n of the s i g h t i n g s .
the =IGC r e a d s the optic a n g l e s and c o m p u t e s the g i m b a l a n g l e s necessar!:
t o a t t a i n the d e s i r e d p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n . T h e -1GC g e n e r a t e s dri1.e
s i g n a l s t o position the CDU r e s o l v e r s t o the r e q u i r e d g i m b a l a n g l e s . The
IlIL-CDU r e s o l v e r e r r o r s i g n a l s , g e n e r a t e d by r e p o s i t i o n i n g the C D U s ,
a r e applied t o the g i m b a l t o r q u e s e r v o a m p s Ivhich d r i l - e the g i m b a l t o r q u e
m o t o r s t o position t h e p l a t f o r m t o the d e s i r e d o r i e n t a t i o n .
(1
T h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n will normall>- be s u c h t h a t the X - a x i s

l i e s alorlg the s p a c e c r a f t t h r u s t v e c t o r d u r i n g a l l powered p h a s e s , e x c e p t
a s c e n t , and along the s p a c e c r a f t s t a b i l i t y axis d u r i n g e n t r y .
2 , 2 . 2 . 1. 4
F i n e -Align l i o d e
T h e fine a l i g n mode c o m p l e t e s s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n t o the
r e q u i r e d d e g r e e of a c c u r a c y . The n a v i g a t o r m a k e s two o r m o r e s t a r
s i g h t i n g s , u s i n g o n - b o a r d d a t a and the o p t i c s t o a c q u i r e the d e s i r e d s t a r s .
Upon r e c e i p t of the optic a n g l e s the -4GC c o m p u t e s the I l 1 U a n g l e s n e c e s s a r y t o c o m p l e t e the a l i g n m e n t . I n the fine align m o d e , the I l l U a n g l e s a r e
r e p e a t e d by the i n e r t i a l CDUs which a r e m o n i t o r e d by the .AGC t o deterrr.ine
t h e a c t u a l I;\\IU o r i e n t a t i o n . T h e =\GC g e n e r a t e s t o r q u i n g s i g n a l s t o c a n c e l
an)- e r r o r between the a c t u a l I l l K o r i e n t a t i o n and the d e s i r e d o r i e n t a t i o n .
T h e s e t o r q u i n g p u l s e s a r e applied t o the [RIG torquing c o i l s . The I R I G s i n
conjunction with the s t a b i l i z a t i o n l o o p s , r e p o s i t i o n the s t a b l e platforni until
the d e s i r e d o r i e n t a t i o n i s a t t a i n e d . Upon c o m p l e t i o n of fine a l i g n m e n t . the
I M v / C D U r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s a n d the s t a b i l i z a t i o n loop s i g n a l s a r e a t null.
T h e s!-stem c o n i i g u r a t i o n r e q u i r e d f o r fine a l i g n mode a l s o a p p l i e s
I X l U r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s t o the SCS a s a p p a r e n t attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s . T o
p r e v e n t t h e s e s i g n a l s f r o m a p p e a r i n g a s a c t u a l s p a c e c r a f t attitude e r r o r s
the SCS m u s t be o p e r a t e d i n a n SCS mode which r e j e c t s G & K derirred s i g n a l s
GUIDXKCE AKD iULAVIG-ATIOK SYSTELI

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.2-9
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 2. 1. 5
Attitude C o n t r o l Mode.
The a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode p r o v i d e s s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e change s e n s i n g ,
g e n e r a t e s e r r o r s i g n a l s f o r s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , velocity change
s i g n a l s f o r updating AGC velocity i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d s i g n a l s f o r t i m i n g SPS
engine t h r u s t termination commands.
D u r i n g s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , the IMU g i m b a l r e s o l v e r s s e n s e any
d i s p l a c e m e n t of the s p a c e c r a f t with r e s p e c t t o the s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n
a n d p r o d u c e c o r r e s p o n d i n g e r r o r s i g n a l s . The e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d
d i r e c t l y t o the SCS-FDA1 b a l l f o r e r r o r d i s p l a y a n d t o the i n e r t i a l CDU
r e s o l v e r s . The IMU-CDU e r r o r . s i g n a l s a r e d i s p l a y e d on the IMU c o n t r o l
p a n e l , r e s o l v e d into s p a c e c r a f t a x e s , a n d a p p l i e d to the SCS. If the e r r o r
s i g n a l s i n d i c a t e a n a t t i t u d e e r r o r l a r g e r t h a n the s e l e c t e d d e a d b a n d ,
a p p r o p r i a t e RCS e n g i n e s a r e f i r e d a n d the d e s i r e d s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e i s
restored.
F o r d e l t a V m a n e u v e r s , the G & N s y s t e m p r o v i d e s a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l ,
velocity change s e n s i n g , and t o t a l velocity change c o n t r o l by g e n e r a t i n g
t h r u s t t e r m i n a t i o n c o m m a n d s . P r i o r t o t h r u s t i n g , t h e IiMU i s aligned s o t h a t
t h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m X - a x i s i s p a r a l l e l t o the t h r u s t v e c t o r . The XGC d e t e r m i n e s t i m e - t o - i g n i t i o n a n d t o t a l velocity change d e s i r e d , and p e r f o r m s mode
v e r i f i c a t i o n r o u t i n e s . At ignition t i m e t h e AGC f l a s h e s the DSKY d i s p l a y s t o
t h e c r e w f o r i n i t i a t i o n of ignition ( m a n u a l DSKY e n t r y is r e q u i r e d ) . During
t h r u s t i n g , t h e CDU a p p l i e s attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s t o the SCS. Roll e r r o r
s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d t o t h e RCS e n g i n e s ; h o w e v e r , pitch and ya\v e r r o r s i g n a l s
a r e a p p l i e d t o the S P S engine g i m b a l s r a t h e r t h a n RCS e n g i n e s . T h i s
e n s u r e s a l i g n m e n t of t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h the s p a c e c r a f t c e n t e r - o f g r a v i t y a n d a b n g the c o r r e c t t r a j e c t o r y . The P I P A s on the s t a b l e p l a t f o r m
s e n s e t h e velocity c h a n g e s a n d apply p r o p o r t i o n a l output s i g n a l s t o the -4GC.
The I G C c o m p u t e s and u p d a t e s s p a c e c r a f t velocity, a n d counts down a p r e s e t
c o u n t e r xvith the P I P A s i g n a l s . IVhen the c o u n t e r r e a c h e s z e r o , a t h r u s t
t e r m i n a t i o n s i g n a l i s g e n e r a t e d and a p p l i e d through the S C S e l e c t r o n i c s to
t h e SPS e n g i n e .
2 . 2 . 2 . 1. o
Entry.
The e n t r y mode p r o v i d e s f o r g e n e r a t i o n of a t t i t u d e e r r o r and s t e e r i n g
s i g n a l s , s e n s i n g of d e c e l e r a t i o n , a n d c o m p u t a t i o n of velocity c h a n g e s d u r i n g
t h e e n t r > - p h a s e of t h e m i s s i o n . The s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s pro\-ide f o r c o n t r o l of
t h e s p a c e c r a f t lift \ - e c t o r t h r o u g h the SCS, t o inhibit excessilre G-loadings
a n d h e a t buildup, a n d t o c o n t r o l the flight path t o enable landing a t a p r e s e l e c t e d s i t e . -4ttitude e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d to the FD-AI attitude e r r o r
needles.
E n t r y c o n f i g u r a t i o n i s s i m i l a r to a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l lvith the e x c e p t i o n s
t h a t the r o l l r e s p o n s e t i m e i s r e d u c e d , one s t e p of a x i s r e s o l u t i o n i s not
n e e d e d , and the XGC will p r o d u c e s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s to the S C S by d r i v i n g the
r o l l CDU. F r o m i n i t i a t i o n of e n t r y mode until 0. 05G switching, r o l l , pitch,
GUIDANCE A K D NAVIGATION SYSTEM

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
19b6
Change Date
page
2.2-10
SiM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DAT-I
a n d yaw e r r o r s i g n a l s provide a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l . Upon 0 . OJG s w i t c h i n g , the

pitch and yan- e r r o r s i g n a l s provide d i s p l a y only. P r i o r t o e n t r y , t h e IMU
X - a x i s i s a l i g n e d along t h e s p a c e c r a f t e n t r y velocity v e c t o r . T h i s a l i g n m e n t
e l i m i n a t e s the need f o r navigation b a s e - t o - s p a c e c r a f t body a x i s r e s o l u t i o n .
D e c e l e r a t i o n i s s e n s e d p r i m a r i l y by t h e IMU X - a x i s PIP-A, although c h a n g e s
i n lift v e c t o r o r i e n t a t i o n c a u s e s o m e l a t e r a l m o v e m e n t which i s s e n s e d by
the Y a n d / o r 2 P I P X s . The o u t e r g i m b a l , o r r o l l , 1X r e s o l v e r i s connected
t o the 16X r e s o l v e r i n the R O L L CDU, gil-ing a 1 6 : l i n c r e a s e in attitude
e r r o r s i g n a l and r e d u c i n g the r e s p o n s e t i m e of the r o l l channel. The -IGC
\vi11 produce s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s by executing a p r o g r a m m e d lift v e c t o r down
e n t r y ( t o e n s u r e c a p t u r e ) , 1 8 0 - d e g r e e r o l l t o lift \vector u p , t h e n g e n e r a t e
f u r t h e r s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s \vith r e s p e c t t o G f o r c e s , h e a t buildup, a n d r a n g e
n e e d e d . T h e s e s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s a r e r o u t e d t o the r o l l CDU lvhere a n IMUCDU r e s o l \ - e r e r r o r i s g e n e r a t e d a n d r o u t e d t o t h e SCS f o r FD-41 disp1a)a n d / o r RCS engine c o n t r o l . The e n t r y m a y be p e r f o r m e d manually \vith the
pilot fl\-ing t o the s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s a s d i s p l a y e d on the FD-AI, o r a u t o m a t i c a l l y
\\-ith the -AGC s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s r o u t e d t o the r o l l RCS e n g i n e s f o r s p a c e c r a f t
c o n t r 01.
2.2.3
iM-AJOR COMPOiVEST/ SUBSYSTEhI DESCRIPTION
2.2.3. 1
Inertial Subsystem.
The function of t h e i n e r t i a l s u b s y s t e m i s t o p r o v i d e a s p a c e - s t a b i l i z e d
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e f r o m which \.-elocity c h a n g e s and a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s c a n be
s e n s e d . It i s composed of t h e i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t u n i t ( I M U ) , the n a v i g a t i o n b a s e ( S B ) , p a r t s of the pon.er and s e r v o a s s e m b l y (PS-A), p a r t s of the
c o n t r o l and display p a n e l s , and t h r e e coupling d i s p l a y u n i t s ( C D U s ) .
2 . 2 . 3. 1 . 1
Sa\-igation Base.
The navigation b a s e ( N B ) i s the r i g i d , s u p p o r t i n g s t r u c t u r e n h i c h
m o u n t s the IMU and o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s . The S B i s m a n u f a c t u r e d and
i n s t a l l e d t o c l o s e t o l e r a n c e s to provide a c c u r a t e a l i g n m e n t of the e q u i p m e n t
mounted on i t . It a l s o p r o v i d e s s h o c k mounting f o r the IMU and o p t i c s .
2 . 2. 3. 1. 2
I n e r t i a l M e a s u r e m e n t Unit.
The i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit (IMU) i s the m a i n unit of t h e i n e r t i a l
s u b s y s t e m . It i s a t h r e e - d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m s t a b i l i z e d p l a t f o r m a s s e m b l ) . ,
containing t h r e e i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e i n t e g r a t i n g g)-ros ( I R I G s ) , t h r e e pulsed
i n t e g r a t i n g pendulous a c c e l e r o m e t e r s ( P I P - I s ) , a n d t h r e e a n g u l a r d i f f e r e n t i ating a c c e l e r o m e t e r s (-IDAS). The s t a b l e m e m b e r i t s e l f i s machined f r o m
a s o l i d block of b e r y l l i u m xvith h o l e s b o r e d f o r mounting the P I P X s , IRIGs,
a n d one of the t h r e e .ADXs. T h r e e g i m b a l a n d s i x i n t e r g i m b a l a s s e m b l i e s ,
\vhich h o u s e t o r q u e m o t o r s and r e s o l v e r s , a r e a l s o p a r t of the I M U a s s e m b l y ,
t o g e t h e r \I-ith p r e a m p l i f i e r s and g i m b a l - m o u n t e d e l e c t r o n i c s . F i g u r e 2. 1-2
sho\vs h o w - the IRIGs a n d the P I P A s a r e mounted r e l a t i v e t o e a c h o t h e r on
t h e s t a b l e m e m b e r ( o r i n n e r g i m b a l ) . The t h r e e g i m b a l a x e s . about lvhich
e a c h of the g i m b a l s r o t a t e , a r e a l s o shoxvn.
GL'ID-ASCE .IND SXVIGXTION SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
NOV
1966 Change Date
Page
2. 2-1 1
S M Z A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
The s t a b l e p l a t f o r m a t t i t u d e i s m a i n t a i n e d by the IRIGs, ADAs, s t a b i l i z a t i o n l o o p e l e c t r o n i c s , and g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s . Any d i s p l a c e m e n t of
t h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r g i m b a l a n g l e s i s s e n s e d by the IRICs and ADAs, which
g e n e r a t e e r r o r s i g n a l s . IRIG e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e r e s o l v e d a n d a m p l i f i e d a t
t h e IMU a n d a p p l i e d t o s t a b i l i z a t i o n loop e l e c t r o n i c s . ADA-produced e r r o r
s i g n a l s a r e s u m m e d with the IRIG e r r o r s i g n a l s . The r e s u l t a n t s i g n a l i s
conditioned a n d a p p l i e d t o t h e g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s , which r e s t o r e the
de s i r e d attitude.
The s t a b l e p l a t f o r m p r o v i d e s a s p a c e - r e f e r e n c e d mount f o r t h r e e
PIPAS, which s e n s e velocity c h a n g e s . The P I P A s a r e mounted orthogonally
t o s e n s e t h e velocity c h a n g e s along a l l t h r e e a x e s . Any t r a n s l a t i o n a l f o r c e
e x p e r i e n c e d by t h e s p a c e c r a f t c a u s e s a n a c c e l e r a t i o n o r d e c e l e r a t i o n n7hich
i s s e n s e d by one o r m o r e P I P A s . E a c h P I P A g e n e r a t e s a n output s i g n a l
p r o p o r t i o n a l t o t h e magnitude a n d d i r e c t i o n of velocity c h a n g e . T h i s s i g n a l ,
in the f o r m of a p u l s e t r a i n , i s a p p l i e d t o the AGC. The AGC will u s e the
s i g n a l t o update the \relocity i n f o r m a t i o n a n d a l s o g e n e r a t e s i g n a l s t o t o r q u e
e a c h P I P A d u c o s y n b a c k t o null.
The t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e IRIGs a n d P I P A s i s m a i n t a i n e d within r e q u i r e d
l i m i t s d u r i n g both standb)- a n d o p e r a t i n g m o d e s of the IMU. The IMU t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n t a i n s c i r c u i t s t o supply n o r m a l p r o p o r t i o n a l
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l n5th the c a p a b i l i t y of b a c k u p o r e m e r g e n c y c o n t r o l i n
c a s e of a p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l m a l f u n c t i o n . The p r o p o r t i o n a l t e m p e r a t u r e
c o n t r o l c i r c u i t is the p r i i n a r ) - m e a n s of m a i n t a i n i n g t h e IRIG a n d PIP=\
t e m p e r a t u r e and p r o v i d e s the m o s t a c c u r a t e c o n t r o l . T h i s type of c o n t r o l i s
aL-ailable when e i t h e r the p r o p o r t i o n a l o r a u t o - o v e r r i d e mode is s e l e c t e d
with the I M U T E M P MODE s e l e c t o r s w i t c h . The p u r p o s e of t h e a u t o oiFerride mode is t o pro\-ide a u t o m a t i c switching f r o m t h a t mode to
e m e r g e n q - c o n t r o l if t h e r e i s a m a l f u n c t i o n i n the p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l
c i r c u i t . If a m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s i n the p r o p o r t i o n a l m o d e , t h e switching t o
e m e r g e n c y c o n t r o l m u s t be p e r f o r m e d m a n u a l l y . In the' p r o p o r t i o n a l m o d e ,
t h e t e m p e r a t u r e is c o n t r o l l e d by t h e p r o p o r t i o n a l t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l
b r i d g e a n d i s ' m a i n t a i n e d a t 135kO. 5 F . IVhile i n the e m e r g e n c l - m o d e , i t i s
c o n t r o l l e d bb- the m e r c u r y t h e r m o s t a t and i s held \\.ithin *3"F.
The b a c k u p t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l a n d i n d i c a t o r c i r c u i t is intended f o r
u s e i n t h e e \ - e n t t h e p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l fails. The c o n t r o l s e n s i n g e l e m e n t s
f o r t h i s s y s t e m a r e t h r e e PIPA indicating s e n s o r s (connected i n s e r i e s ) and
s i x IRIG s e n s i n g e l e m e n t s ( c o n n e c t e d i n s e r i e s ) in t\vo s e p a r a t e b r i d g e s .
T h i s s y s t e m c a n m a i n t a i n the t e m p e r a t u r e to n.ithin *1 " F . In t h i s mode of
o p e r a t i o n , a n a l a r m i n d i c a t i o n i s not a\railable to the a s t r o n a u t b e c a u s e of
m o d i f i c a t i o n s to the t e m p e r a t u r e a l a r m a m p l i f i e r c i r c u i t .
2 . 2 . 3. 1 . 3
Coupling a n d Display Units.

T h e r e a r e ii\-e CDL's mounted belo\v the IiMU c o n t r o l panel a t the l o w e r
e q u i p m e n t bal-. T h r e e CDUs f u n c t i o n a s p a r t of the ISS, Xvhile t h e two
r e m a i n i n g C D U s function u.ith t h e OSS. The optic CDUs (OCDUs) a r e
d e s c r i b e d i n p a r a g r a p h 2 . 2 . 3 . 2 . The t h r e e i n e r t i a l CDUs (ICDUs) a r e
i d e n t i c a l a n d ma)- be i n t e r c h a n g e d . DisplaJ- d i a l s on the f r o n t panel of e a c h
pro\-ide a b-digit r e a d o u t . P o s i t i o n i n g of the ICDUs i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by the
-4GC. E a c h ICDU c o n t a i n s a l / - l - s p e e d , 1 / 2 - s p e e d , 1 - s p e e d , a n d l o - s p e e d
r e s o l \ - e r , the functions o i which depend upon t h e ISS mode of o p e r a t i o n . The
a n g u l a r m o v e m e n t s of the r e s o l v e r s a r e c o n v e r t e d i n t o d i g i t a l s i g n a l s bl- a
d i g i t a l e n c o d e r , p r o c e s s e d by e n c o d e r e l e c t r o n i c s , and r o u t e d t o -1GC
r e g i s t e r s \vhich m a i n t a i n c u r r e n t ICDU a n g l e s f o r u s e a s d e s i r e d . The XGC
~
~~
~~~
GUIDXKCE AND N--IVIGATIOS SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page
2.2-12
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
c o m m a n d s CDU m o v e m e n t s by applying d i g i t a l d r i v e c o m m a n d s t o d i g i t a l t o - a n a l o g c o n v e r t e r s . The d r i v e s i g n a l s a r e c o n v e r t e d f r o m d i g i t a l t o a n a l o -g
a n d applTed t o CDU m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s which position the C b U s . The
1 - s p e e d and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s function a s r e c e i \ - e r s of s i g n a l s p r o d u c e d b\1 - s p e e d and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s mounted on the IMU. The 1 / 2 - s p e e d
r e s o l v e r s a r e u s e d t o z e r o the CDUs a n d t h e 1 1 4 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s a r e not
u s e d . The r e s o l v e r s provide input s i g n a l s t o s e l e c t o r c i r c u i t s \vhich provide
m o t o r d r i v e s i g n a l s o r s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s , depending upon ISS
m o d e of o p e r a t i o n . The IMU o u t e r g i m b a l 1 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s a r e
a p p l i e d t o the r o l l CDU 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r t o i n c r e a s e r o l l c o n t r o l r a t e s
during entry.
2.2. 3 . 1.4
Po\ver and S e r v o A s s e m b l y - .
The po\ver a n d s e r v o a s s e m b l y ( P S A ) , l o c a t e d j u s t belo\v the d i s p l a y
a n d c o n t r o l panel i n the lolver e q u i p m e n t bay, s e r v e s a s a c e n t r a l mounting
point f o r m o s t of the G&N e l e c t r o n i c u n i t s s u c h a s power s u p p l i e s and
a m p l i f i e r s . It a l s o c o n t a i n s the b a c k u p e l e c t r o n i c s u s e d t o supply t i m i n g
p u l s e s t o the IMU i n c a s e of a n AGC t i m i n g m a l f u n c t i o n . It c o n s i s t s of 10
r e m o v a b l e t r a y s mounted a d j a c e n t t o e a c h o t h e r a n d c o n n e c t e d to a junction
box. T h e PSX t r a y s u t i l i z e t h r e e w i r i n g h a r n e s s e s t o provide e l e c t r i c a l
connection: one f o r m o d u l e - t o - m o d u l e connection, a n o t h e r f o r module - t o j u n c t i o n box c o n n e c t i o n , and a t h i r d f o r module connection t o a 38-pin
f e m a l e t e s t plug on the f r o n t of the PSA t r a y .
2 . 2 . 3.2
Optical Subsystem.
The o p t i c a l s u b s y s t e m is u s e d f o r taking p r e c i s e o p t i c a l s i g h t i n g s on
c e l e s t i a l b o d i e s a n d f o r taking f i x e s on l a n d m a r k s . T h e s e sightings a r e u s e d
f o r aligning t h e IMU a n d f o r d e t e r m i n i n g the position of the s p a c e c r a f t . The
s y s t e m i n c l u d e s the navigational b a s e , two of the five CDUs, p a r t s of the
power and s e r v o a s s e m b l y , c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s , a n d the o p t i c s , Ivhich
include the scanning t e l e s c o p e ( S C T ) a n d the s e x t a n t ( S X T ) .
2 . 2 . 3. 2 . 1
Optics.
The o p t i c s c o n s i s t of t h e SCT a n d the SXT mounted i n txvo p r o t r u d i n g
t u b u l a r s e c t i o n s of the o p t i c a l b a s e a s s e m b l y . The SCT a n d SXT s h a f t a x e s
a r e a l i g n e d p a r a l l e l to e a c h o t h e r a n d a f f o r d a c o m m o n l i n e - o f - s i g h t ( L O S )
t o s e l e c t e d t a r g e t s . The t r u n n i o n a x e s m a y b e p a r a l l e l o r the SCT a x i s may
b e o f f s e t depending upon m o d e of o p e r a t i o n .
The s e x t a n t is a highly a c c u r a t e o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t capable of m e a s u r ing t h e included a n g l e b e t w e e n two t a r g e t s . Angular s i g h t i n g s of tn.0 t a r g e t s
a r e m a d e t h r o u g h a fixed b e a m s p l i t t e r a n d a m o v a b l e m i r r o r l o c a t e d in the
s e x t a n t h e a d . The s e x t a n t l e n s p r o v i d e s 1. 8 - d e g r e e t r u e field of vie\r \rith
28X magnification. The movable m i r r o r i s capable of sighting a t a r g e t to
5 7 d e g r e e s LOS f r o m the s h a f t axis. The m e c h a n i c a l a c c u r a c l - of the
t r u n n i o n a x i s i s twice t h a t of the LOS r e q u i r e m e n t due t o m i r r o r r e f l e c t i o n
\vhich d o u b l e s any a n g u l a r d i s p l a c e m e n t i n t r u n n i o n a x i s .
The scanning t e l e s c o p e is s i m i l a r t o a theodolite i n i t s ability t o
a c c u r a t e l y m e a s u r e e l e v a t i o n a n d a z i m u t h a n g l e s of a s i n g l e t a r g e t using a n
e s t a b l i s h e d r e f e r e n c e . The l e n s e s provide 6 0 - d e g r e e t r u e field of \-le\\- a t
1X m a g n i f i c a t i o n . The t e l e s c o p e allon.able LOS e r r o r s a r e 1 m i n u t e of a r c
r m s i n e l e v a t i o n with m a x i m u m r e p e a t a b i l i t y of 1 3 a r c i s e c o n d s and
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 40 a r c l s e c o n d s i n s h a f t a x i s .
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2. 2-13
SMZA - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 3. 2 . 2
Coupling Display Units.

The function of t h e OCDUs is t o position and r e p e a t a n g l e s of t h e S C T and
S X T s h a f t a n d t r u n n i o n a x e s . T h e OCDUs a r e s i m i l a r t o the ICDUs, but m a y
not be i n t e r c h a n g e d due t o i n t e r n a l m e c h a n i c a l d i f f e r e n c e s allowing h i g h e r
OCDU r a t e s . E a c h OCDU h a s a 6-digit d i s p l a y r e a d o u t and c a n be positioned
a u t o m a t i c a l l y by AGC c o m m a n d . CDU a n g l e s a r e c o n v e r t e d t o a d i g i t a l
s i g n a l by a d i g i t a l e n c o d e r , p r o c e s s e d by e n c o d e r e l e c t r o n i c s , a n d r o u t e d to
a n AGC r e g i s t e r . AGC positioning c o m m a n d s a r e a p p l i e d t o a d i g i t a l - t o a n a l o g c o n v e r t e r , c o n v e r t e d t o a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e analog s i g n a l , and a p p l i e d
t o a m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r i n t h e SXT. R e s o l v e r s i n the SXT function a s
t r a n s m i t t e r s t o CDU r e s o l v e r s which r e c e i v e the position s i g n a l s a n d apply
t h e c o m m a n d e d a n g l e s t o the CDU m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s t o po'sition the
CDU m o t o r .
T r u n n i o n CDU 1 /-l-speed and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s function a s receixrers
a n d provide d r i v e s i g n a l s to the t r u n n i o n CDU m o t o r . The SXT t r u n n i o n
r e s o l v e r s which d r i v e t h e CDU r e s o l v e r s a r e 1 - s p e e d and 6 4 - s p e e d r e s p e c t i v e l y , probiding a 1:4 SXT t r u n n i o n t o CDU t r u n n l o n r a t i o . V i s u a l r e a d o u t s
on t h e t r u n n i o n d i s p l a y d i a l s a r e t h u s f o u r t i m e s t h e t r u n n i o n a n g l e and tn.0
t i m e s t h e star l i n e - o f - s i g h t a n g l e f r o m z e r o position. The 1 / 2 - s p e e d
r e s o l v e r , i n conjunction with t h e c o s e c a n t a m p l i f i e r , p r o v i d e s a v a r i a b l e
g a i n computing r e s o l v e r which is u s e d i n the RESOLVED mode of o p e r a t l o n .
The 1 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r i s not u s e d i n t h e t r u n n i o n CDU.
Shaft CDU 1 / 2 - s p e e d and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s function as r e c e i v e r s and
p r o d u c e d r i v e s i g n a l s t o the s h a f t CDU m o t o r . SXT r e s o l \ v e r s u s e d a s
t r a n s m i t t e r s a r e a l s o 1 / 2 - s p e e d a n d 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s , affording a 1 : l
r a t i o ; t h u s , t h e d i s p l a y d i a l s provide d i r e c t r e a d o u t s of the s h a f t a n g l e s .
The 1 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r r e s o l v e s p o l a r c o o r d i n a t e s into r e c t a n g u l a r c o o r d i n a t e s f o r t n e PESOLVED m o d e of o p e r a t i o n . The l i - l - s p e e d r e s o l v e r i s
not u s e d in the s h a f t CDU.
2 . 2 . 3. 2 . 3
Operational Modes.
O p t i c s positioning i s a c c o m p l i s h e d automaticall)- by the XGC o r
m a n u a l l y by t h e c r e w . O v e r a l l mode c o n t r o l i s e s t a b l l s h e d by c r e n . s e l e c t i o n of t h e Z E R O OPTICS, MANUAL, o r COMPUTER m o d e s on the O P T I C S
panel.
Z E R O OPTICS mode e n a b l e s a u t o m a t i c d r i v e of t h e SXT shaft and

t r u n n i o n m o t o r s t o z e r o . T h i s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by applying the SXT r e s o l \ . - e r
output s i g n a l s t o t h e input of the SXT m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s . The d r i v e
s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d t o the CDU and S C T r e s o l v e r s which follon. the SXT s h a f t
a n d t r u n n i o n a x e s t o z e r o . A f t e r 6 0 s e c o n d s , the AGC o p t i c s position
r e g i s t e r s a r e c l e a r e d . This mode m a y b e s e l e c t e d by AGC p r o g r a m o r
m a nu a 11>-.
MANUAL m o d e e n a b l e s positioning c o n t r o l of t h e o p t i c s by m a n u a l
m a n i p u l a t i o n of the o p t i c s hand c o n t r o l l e r . The hand c o n t r o l l e r is m e c h a n i z e d s u c h t h a t , r i g h t - l e f t m o v e m e n t g e n e r a t e s s h a f t c o m m a n d s , and
up-down m o v e m e n t g e n e r a t e s t r u n n i o n c o m m a n d s . Hand c o n t r o l l e r dri\,e
r a t e s a r e s e l e c t e d by t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e CONTROLLER S P E E D sn.itch.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.2-14
SiM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
...
SYSTEMS DATA
P o s i t i o n s HI, hlED, and LO c o n t r o l the amplitude of the d r i v e s i g n a l t o the
hand c o n t r o l l e r . Hand c o n t r o l l e r d r i v e s i g n a l s a r e applied t o t h e SXT
s h a f t and t r u n n i o n d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s t h r o u g h the CONTROLLER MODE s w i t c h
f o r s e l e c t i o n of DIRECT o r RESOLVED mode. I n DIRECT m o d e , the i m a g e
m o t i o n i s p r e s e n t e d in a p o l a r c o o r d i n a t e r e f e r e n c e f r a m e : i n RESOLVED
m o d e , the i m a g e m o t i o n i s p r e s e n t e d in a r e c t a n g u l a r c o o r d i n a t e r e f e r e n c e
frame.
I n DIRECT m o d e , s h a f t c o m m a n d s move the i m a g e in a c i r c u l a r path
a r o u n d the c e n t e r of the field of view. T r u n n i o n c o m m a n d s d r i v e the i m a g e
i n a s t r a i g h t line a c r o s s t h e c e n t e r of the field of view. T h e a n g u l a r
o r i e n t a t i o n of the t r u n n i o n commanded s t r a i g h t line m o v e m e n t i s a function
of t h e shaft a n g l e ; t h e r e f o r e , d i r e c t i o n of i m a g e c i o i r e m e n t with r e s p e c t
t o the d i r e c t i o n of hand c o n t r o l l e r m o v e m e n t i s a l s o a function of s h a f t
a n g l e . T h e r a t e of i m a g e m o v e m e n t , f o r shaft c o m m a n d s , i s a function
of trunnion a n g l e , w h e r e i n i n c r e a s i n g t r u n n i o n a n g l e s r e s u l t i n i n c r e a s i n g
i m a g e movement r a t e s .
I n RESOLVED m o d e , shaft c o m m a n d s m o v e the i m a g e l e f t - r i g h t in
a s t r a i g h t l i n e . T r u n n i o n c o m m a n d s move the i m a g e up-down i n a s t r a i g h t
line. I m a g e m o v e m e n t i s i n the s a m e d i r e c t i o n a s hand c o n t r o l l e r m o v e m e n t and the r a t e of m o v e m e n t i s c o n s t a n t f o r v a r y i n g a n g l e s .
In COMPUTER m o d e , the XGC positions the o p t i c s to a s t a r o r l a n d m a r k d e t e r m i n e d by AGC p r o g r a m m i n g . T h i s mode i s p e r f o r m e d by a n
XGC r o u t i n e which is c a l l e d u p a u t o m a t i c a l l y by v a r i o u s a l i g n m e n t p r o g r a m s . T h e t a r g e t s t a r o r l a n d m a r k m a y be defined by AGC p r o g r a m m i n g
o r by the c r e w . If the t a r g e t s t a r o r l a n d m a r k i s not s e l e c t e d by .AGC
p r o g r a m m i n g , the c r e w m a k e s a DSKY e n t r y defining e i t h e r the l a t i t u d e ,
longitude, and altitude f o r a l a n d m a r k o r the s t a r code f o r a s t a r . The
AGC d e t e r m i n e s the s p a c e c r a f t attitude by m o n i t o r i n g the I C D U s , and
c o m p u t e s the a n g l e s n e c e s s a r y t o d r i v e the o p t i c s t o the d e s i r e d t a r g e t .
(If t h e a n g l e s n e c e s s a r y t o a c q u i r e the t a r g e t a r e beyond the c a p a b i l i t i e s
of the o p t i c s , t h e AGC f l a s h e s the DSKY d i s p l a y s . ) When t h e n e c e s s a r y
a n g l e s a r e c o m p u t e d , t h e AGC d i s p l a y s t h e d e s i r e d s h a f t a n d t r u n n i o n
a n g l e s on the DSKY and i n i t i a t e s OCDU d r i v e t o t h e s e a n g l e s . When the
AGC h a s c o m p l e t e d d r i v i n g the CDUs, t h e c r e w c h e c k s t h e DSKY-displayed
a n g l e s a g a i n s t the 6-digit CDU d i s p l a y s a n d t h e S C T c o u n t e r s . The creLv
t h e n l o c a t e s and i d e n t i f i e s the t a r g e t i n the S C T , e n a b l e s m a n u a l c o n t r o l ,
and c o m p l e t e s the sighting, The AGC c a n a l s o p e r f o r m z e r o o p t i c s
f u n c t i o n s , i f d e s i r e d , by t h e AGC p r o g r a m .
T h e S C T t r u n n i o n m a y be o p e r a t e d in t h r e e a l t e r n a t e m o d e s , with
r e s p e c t t o the SXT t r u n n i o n , a s d e s i r e d . T h e SL-qVE T E L E S C O P E s w l t c h
e n a b l e s c r e w s e l e c t i o n of ST-AR LOS, L.4KDM-lRK LOS O " , o r O F F S E T
2 5 " . T h e ST-lR LOS position i s n o r m a l l y u s e d I n t h i s position, the SCT
t r u n n i o n i s s l a v e d t o the SXT trunnion. T h e LANDMARK LOS 0 " position,
a p p l i e s a fixed voltage t o t h e S C T t r u n n i o n position loop c a u s i n g i t t o null
a t z e r o . T h i s holds c e n t e r o i the SCT 6 0 " f l e l d of view p a r a l l e l to the
GU I D -ANC E -lND N XV IG =\TION SY S T E X I

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
l966
Change Date
page
2.2-15
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SXT l a n d m a r k l i n e of s i g h t . T h e O F F S E T 2 5 " p o s i t i o n a p p l i e s a f i x e d
voltage t o the SCT t r u n n i o n position loop, c a u s i n g it to null a t 25 d e g r e e s
o f f - c e n t e r . T h i s holds t h e S C T field of view s o t h a t the SXT l a n d m a r k line
of s i g h t r e m a i n s v i s i b l e while sweeping t h e SCT s h a f t t h r o u g h 360 d e g r e e s
of r o t a t i o n , providing a n a p p r o x i m a t e 110 - d e g r e e total f i e l d of view,
2 . 2 . 3. 3
Computer Subsystem.
T h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m (CSS) c o n s i s t s of the Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r ( A G C ) and two d i s p l a y and k e y b o a r d p a n e l s (DSKYs). The AGC and
one DSKY a r e l o c a t e d a t the l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay. T h e o t h e r DSKY is
l o c a t e d on the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e . The AGC m o u n t s one s w i t c h on the
f r o n t panel which a p p l i e s p a r t i a l o r full power to the c o m p u t e r to e n a b l e
standbv o r full o p e r a t i o n of the CSS. All o t h e r XGC c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s
a r e l o c a t e d on the DSKYs. The k e y b o a r d s o n the DSKYs a r e s m i l i a r ;
h o w e v e r , the d i s p l a y s on the DSKY in the l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay a r e m o r e
extensive,
2.2.3.3. 1
Xpollo Guidance C o m p u t e r .
The .Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r (-AGC) is a d i g i t a l c o m p u t e r using a
t w o - p a r t r o p e c o r e m e m o r y . (See f i g u r e 2 . 2 - 3 . ) The AGC p r o c e s s e s
v a r i o u s d a t a t o p r o v i d e c o n t r o l and c o m p u t a t i o n f u n c t i o n s . Input d a t a i s
r e c e i v e d f r o m t h e c r e w , ISS, OSS, iMSFN, and o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s .
T h i s d a t a i s p r o c e s s e d by v a r i o u s p r o g r a m s to p r o v i d e outputs t o the
c r e w , ISS, OSS, M S F N , and o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s in the f o r m of
c o m m a n d s and d i s p l a y s . T h e c o n t r o l functions p e r f o r m e d by the AGC
c o n s i s t of t h e following:
0
Align the I h I U s t a b l e p l a t f o r m .
P o s i t i o n t h e o p t i c s f o r navigation s i g h t i n g s .
C o m m a n d r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m engine f i r i n g s to m a i n t a i n
specific attitude.
R e q u e s t initiation and c o m m a n d t e r m i n a t i o n of s e r v i c e
p r o p u l s i o n engine f i r i n g s .
P r o v i d e s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n p u l s e s t o the c e n t r a l t i m i n g e q u i p m e n t .
C o m m a n d t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n to A l S F N .
C o m m a n d ISS moding.
Command OSS moding.
The r e f e r e n c e d a t a u s e d to g e n e r a t e c o n t r o l s m a y be a c q u i r e d e x t e r n a l l y o r
g e n e r a t e d within the ;IGC. I n i t i a t i o n of the c o n t r o l s may be a c c o m p l i s h e d by
the c r e w u s i n g the D S K Y s , by MSFK via t e l e m e t r ) , o r by a n AGC p r o g r a m .
~
GUIDANCE .AND NAVIGATION SYSTELLI

Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 N0.J 1966
Change Date
Page
2 . 2-16
.-I
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
MEYORY
I
I
FIXED
ERASE- I
I
ABLE
INHIBIT/ENABLE D O W N L I N K
PARITY FAIL
v
SCS MODES
TELEMETRY
DSKYS (CREW)
ISS MODES
OSS ANGLES
MESC (EVENTS)
DATA IN
INPUT
S-IVB I N S T U N I T -
4-
CENTRAL
PROCESSOR
=,SKY
OUTPUT
LISS
MODESa CONTROL
OSS MODES 8 CONTROL
SPS E N G I N E
I
F P S
I
A REFERENCE
TO A 1 SECTIONS
TIMING (REAL TIME)
TO ALL SECTIONS
SM-2A-827
Figure 2 . 2 - 3 .
AGC Functional Block D i a g r a m
Computations a r e p e r f o r m e d t o g e n e r a t e the p r o p e r c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s ,
m a i n t a i n navigation p a r a m e t e r s , and complete v a r i o u s o t h e r o p e r a t i o n s
u n d e r p r o g r a m c o n t r o l . AGC p r o g r a m s a r e s t o r e d in m e m o r y . The
m e m o r y contains two s e c t i o n s , e r a s a b l e and n o n - e r a s a b l e . The e r a s a b l e
s e c t i o n provides s t o r a g e f o r t r a n s i e n t data. Readout i s d e s t r u c t i v e ; t h u s ,
if the d a t a i s to be r e t a i n e d , i t m u s t be w r i t t e n back into m e m o r y .
O t h e r w i s e , the location i s c l e a r e d f o r f u r t h e r u s e a s d e s i r e d . N o n - e r a s a b l e
m e m o r y contains p r o g r a m s , r o u t i n e s , c o n s t a n t s , s t a r and l a n d m a r k c o o r d i n a t e s , and o t h e r , p e r t i n e n t d a t a . Readout is non-destructive; t h u s , the
d a t a contained i n this s e c t i o n is not l o s t and cannot be a l t e r e d . AGC p r o g r a m s a r e p e r f o r m e d by controlling the flow of data within the six b a s i c
s e c t i o n s l i s t e d a s follows:
a
0
0
P o w e r supply
Input
output
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEiM
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
page
2 . 2-17
SM2A-03-SCO12

_-
SYSTEMS DATA
0
Central processor
Memory
Timing
P o w e r Supply. T h e power supply c o n s i s t s of two p a r t s . Input to the power

supply i s + 2 8 vdc f r o m the s p a c e c r a f t m a i n d - c bus. The two s e c t i o n s p r o vide t 1 3 vdc and + 3 vdc. T h e +13-vdc output p r o v i d e s power to the DSKYs
and, in conjunction with the t 3 - v d c power, to the logic c i r c u i t s . The
t 3 - v d c supply p r o v i d e s power to the timing s e c t i o n as w e l l a s to the logic
c i r c u i t s . D u r i n g standby mode of o p e r a t i o n , the +3-vdc section only i s
o p e r a t e d ; t h u s , power consumption is r e d u c e d by a p p r o x i m a t e l y 100 w a t t s .
Input. T h e input s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of four r e g i s t e r s which enable i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n between the AGC and the o t h e r G&N s u b s y s t e m s , the
s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s y s t e m , the m i s s i o n s e q u e n c e r , the S-IVE guida n c e , a n d MSFN. The utilization of the r e g i s t e r s i s s u c h t h a t e a c h bit
position in e a c h r e g i s t e r i s a s s i g n e d a s p e c i f i c t a s k . F o r e x a m p l e , bit
p o s i t i o n s 1, 2 , 3, 4, and 5 of input r e g i s t e r 0 a r e a s s i g n e d to r e c e i v i n g the
five bit code g e n e r a t e d when a DSKY key is p r e s s e d . D a t a r e c e i v e d f r o m
the v a r i o u s , s o u r c e s a r e conditionedby the input r e g i s t e r s s u c h t h a t , when
i t i s t r a n s f e r r e d into the logic c i r c u i t s , the signal l e v e l s and timing a r e
c o r r e c t . The d a t a r e c e i v e d by the f o u r input r e g i s t e r s a r e as follows:
Input 0 R e g i s t e r
R e c e i v e s 5-bit code f r o m the DSKYs,

block uplink signal f r o m the U P T E L switch,
c o n t r o l s i g n a l s f r o m the SCS mode c o n t r o l
panel, and m a r k c o m m a n d s f r o m the MARK
pushbutton. Also m o n i t o r s the signal f r o m
the t e l e m e t r y bit r a t e detecting c i r c u i t s .
This r e g i s t e r is f o r m e d by the S c a l e r A
r e g i s t e r of the timing s e c t i o n which m a i n t a i n s r e a l t i m e d u r i n g standby o p e r a t i o n ,
and provides update information to the r e a l
t i m e c o u n t e r s when full o p e r a t i o n i s
resumed.
R e c e i v e s 2 0 0 , 400, 8 0 0 , and 1600 pps

s i g n a l s f r o m the S c a l e r A s e c t i o n of the
t i m i n g s e c t i o n f o r m i n g a n e x t e n s i o n of the
r e a l t i m e c o u n t e r s f o r u s e by o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s which r e q u i r e t i m i n g of t h i s
o r d e r . Also r e c e i v e s d i s c r e t e event s i g n a l s
f r o m the S-IVB i n s t r u m e n t unit, C M f S M
s e p a r a t i o n s i g n a l s f r o m the m a s t e r e v e n t s
sequence controller, failure signals f r o m
the ISS, mode s i g n a l s f r o m the SCS, and
p a r i t y fail s i g n a l s .
~~~
~~

Mission
Change Date
Page
2. 2-18
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
R e c e i v e s ISS mode s i g n a l s f r o m the ISS
mode r e l a y s and mode s i g n a l s f r o m the OSS,
m o n i t o r s the p o s i t i o n of t h e TRANSFER
s w i t c h , and p r o v i d e s a logic OR gate f o r
3 3 DSKY r e l a y s .
Output. T h e output s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of f o u r r e g i s t e r s which e n a b l e the

AGC t o c o m m u n i c a t e with t h e flight c r e w , ISS, OSS, and o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t
s y s t e m s . T h e u t i l i z a t i o n of t h e r e g i s t e r s is s i m i l a r to t h a t u s e d f o r the
input s e c t i o n ( i . e . , e a c h bit position, or g r o u p of bit p o s i t i o n s i s a s s i g n e d
a s p e c i f i c t a s k ) . T h e t a s k s a s s i g n e d t o t h e v a r i o u s r e g i s t e r s and bit
p o s i t i o n s a r e a s follows:
Output 0 R e g i s t e r
P r o v i d e s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n link f r o m the
AGC t o t h e DSKYs by c o n t r o l of 14 banks of
r e l a y s which p r o v i d e d i s p l a y of d a t a and
r o u t i n g of c o n t r o l s i g n a l s t o t h e ISS, OSS,
a n d SCS.
R e c e i v e s i n t e r n a l AGC a l a r m s i g n a l s and
c a u s e s a l a r m i n d i c a t o r s o n t h e DSKYs to
i l l u m i n a t e . R e c e i v e s KEY RLSE r e q u e s t
f r o m a n AGC p r o g r a m and c a u s e s the KEY
RLSE i n d i c a t o r t o i l l u m i n a t e and f l a s h u n t i l
the DSKY i s r e l e a s e d . R e c e i v e s AGC s i g n a l
i n d i c a t i n g i m p r o p e r DSKY o p e r a t i o n and
c a u s e s the CHECK FAIL i n d i c a t o r to i l l u m i n a t e . R e c e i v e s S P S engine f i r i n g s i g n a l
f r o m a n AGC p r o g r a m , c a u s i n g t h e DSKY
to f l a s h a r e q u e s t f o r c r e w i n i t i a t i o n of
engine f i r i n g . R e c e i v e s SPS engine off
c o m m a n d f r o m a n AGC p r o g r a m , r e m o v i n g
t h e engine on s i g n a l . A l s o p r o v i d e s s i g n a l
t o r e s e t the e r r o r i n t e r r u p t t r a p c i r c u i t s ,
i d e n t i f i e s the type of w o r d being t r a n s m i t t e d
by downlink t e l e m e t r y , and i n h i b i t s f u r t h e r
loading of t e l e m e t r y w o r d s when t h e t e l e m e t r y word r a t e e x c e e d s 50 w o r d s p e r s e c o n d .
C o n t r o l s a p p l i c a t i o n of 3200 pps c o n t r o l
p u l s e s t o t h e ISS and OSS.
S e r v e s as a s p a r e r e g i s t e r f o r the central
p r o c e s s o r when needed.
C o n t a i n s t h e next word t o be t r a n s m i t t e d by
downlink t e l e m e t r y .

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2. 2-19
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
C e n t r a l P r o c e s s o r . T h e c e n t r a l p r o c e s s o r c o n t a i n s the logic c i r c u i t s
and r e g i s t e r s which p e r f o r m t h e p r o g r a m s . P r o g r a m s a r e e x e c u t e d by
p e r f o r m i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s i n a s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e d by the sequence g e n e r a t o r . T h e r e a r e two b a s i c t y p e s of i n s t r u c t i o n s . T h e f i r s t is the m a c h i n e
i n s t r u c t i o n which c o n s i s t s of r e g u l a r , i n v o l u n t a r y , and m i s c e l l a n e o u s
i n s t r u c t i o n s . R e g u l a r i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e contained within the p r o g r a m and
a r e p a r t of t h e d a t a w o r d s being p r o c e s s e d . Involuntary i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e
p e r f o r m e d a s i n t e r r u p t s to t h e p r o g r a m and a r e g e n e r a t e d e x t e r n a l l y to the
AGC. M i s c e l l a n e o u s i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e u s e d i n t h e c o m p u t e r t e s t only. T h e
s e c o n d b a s i c type of i n s t r u c t i o n is t h e i n t e r p r e t i v e i n s t r u c t i o n s and a r e a
p r o g r a m m e r convenience which a r e c o n v e r t e d u n d e r p r o g r a m c o n t r o l to
m a c h i n e i n s t r u c t i o n s . The e x e c u t i o n of the i n s t r u c t i o n s is a function of
the sequence generator. The sequence generator combines basic timing
p u l s e s with t h e i n s t r u c t i o n p o r t i o n of a d a t a word and p e r f o r m s the p r o g r a m
in the n e c e s s a r y s e q u e n c e . R e g u l a r m a c h i n e i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e p r o c e s s e d
by t h e s e q u e n c e g e n e r a t o r i n i t i a t i o n of the i n s t r u c t i o n . T h e i n s t r u c t i o n
w i l l p e r f o r m one o r m o r e s u b i n s t r u c t i o n , the l a s t of which will be a s u b i n s t r u c t i o n to p r o c e e d to the next i n s t r u c t i o n . Involuntary i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e
i n i t i a t e d by an i n t e r r u p t f r o m a n e x t e r n a l s o u r c e , a f t e r which the i n s t r u c t i o n i s p e r f o r m e d i n the s a m e m a n n e r a s a r e g u l a r i n s t r u c t i o n . After
c o m p l e t i o n of the i n v o l u n t a r y i n s t r u c t i o n , a " r e s u m e " c o m m a n d i s e x e c u t e d
and the s e q u e n c e g e n e r a t o r r e t u r n s to the p r o g r a m which was i n t e r r u p t e d .
T h e c e n t r a l p r o c e s s o r p e r f o r m s the d a t a manipulation by adding, s u b t r a c t i n g , shifting, e t c . , within a g r o u p of c e n t r a l r e g i s t e r s , a d d e r , and
p a r i t y block. T h e f u n c t i o n s of the r e g i s t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Register
Accumulator.
processing.
S t o r e s the r e s u l t s of a r i t h m e t i c
LP Register
S t o r e s the l e a s t s i g n i f i c a n t p o r t i o n s of the
p r o d u c t of a multiply i n s t r u c t i o n .
3 Register
U s e d t o c o m p l e m e n t (by r e a d i n g the r e s e t s i d e
of the r e g i s t e r ) , a s t e m p o r a r y s t o r a g e , and a s
a buffer.
Z Register
P r o g r a m c o u n t e r . Contains a d d r e s s of next
i n s t r u c t i o n . I n c r e m e n t e d by one a s e a c h i n s t r u c .
t i o n is p e r f o r m e d . ( I n s t r u c t i o n s a r e usually
s t o r e d in m e m o r y sequentially. )
Q Register
If t r a n s f e r c o n t r o l o c c u r s the contents of Z a r e
r e a d i n t o and s t o r e d in Q until i n t e r r u p t i s c o m pleted. E n a b l e s i n t e r r u p t e d p r o g r a m to r e s t a r t
a t the p r o p e r i n s t r u c t i o n . Also u s e d i n d i v i s i o n .
Stores r e m a i n d e r in complemented form.
Input 0 , 1, 2 , 3
R e f e r to Input s e c t i o n d e s c r i p t i o n .
Output 0 , 1 , 2 , 3
R e f e r to Output s e c t i o n d e s c r i p t i o n .

a
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2 NOv 19b6
Change Date
page
2.2-20
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SC 0 1 2
SYSTELIS DATX
G Register
P r o v i d e s a c c e s s t o and f r o m m e m o r y . Shifting,
u n d e r p r o g r a m c o n t r o l , t a k e s place i n t h i s
r e g i s t e r . P a r i t y bit i s r e m o v e d and r e s t o r e d
in this r e g i s t e r .
S Register
C o n t a i n s a d d r e s s of w o r d t o be c a l l e d f r o m
m e m o r y . If w o r d i s i n fixed m e m o r y , t h i s
s e l e c t s w o r d i n conjunction with B-ANK
register.
BANK R e g i s t e r
S e l e c t s bank i n fixed m e m o r y . . O p e r a t e s in
conjunction with S r e g i s t e r .
SQ Register
S t o r e s 4 bit o r d e r code of i n s t r u c t i o n w o r d
X , Y, U Registers
T h e s e r e g i s t e r s f o r m t h e a d d e r . Two n u m b e r s
t o be added a r e p l a c e d i n X and Y. T h e r e s u l t
i s s t o r e d i n U.
Parity Circuit
T h e p a r i t y c i r c u i t c h e c k s the p a r i t y of w o r d s
c o m i n g f r o m m e m o r y t o be odd. I f p a r i t y i s
not c o r r e c t , t h i s c i r c u i t g e n e r a t e s a p a r i t y
a l a r m . Words being r e t u r n e d t o m e m o r y a r e
given the p r o p e r p a r i t y bit by t h i s c i r c u i t .
Data flow within the c e n t r a l p r o c e s s o r i s initiated by a n i n s t r u c t i o n .

X d a t a w o r d i s brought f r o m m e m o r y t o the G r e g i s t e r . T h e G r e g i s t e r
p r o v i d e s P e m p o r a r y s t o r a g e of the w o r d until i t i s needed. I i the w o r d
c a m e f r o m e r a s a b l e m e m o r y , i t will u s u a l l y be w r i t t e n back into the s a m e
l o c a t i o n d u r i n g the s a m e m e m o r y c y c l e t i m e i t i s t r a n s f e r r e d t o the G
r e g i s t e r . ( T h i s i s not n e c e s s a r y f o r w o r d s f r o m fixed m e m o r y , a s
r e a d o u t i s not d e s t r u c t i v e . ) T h e w o r d i s t h e n r o u t e d to the p a r i t y c i r c u i t s
f o r a p a r i t y c h e c k and t o have the p a r i t y bit r e m o v e d . T h e s e q u e n c e
g e n e r a t o r next c o n t r o l s the t r a n s f e r of t h e d a t a w o r d to the o t h e r r e g i s t e r s
f o r p r o c e s s i n g . If the r e s u l t of t h e p r o c e s s i n g is t o be w r i t t e n back into
m e m o r y , the w o r d is t r a n s f e r r e d back into the G r e g i s t e r , the p a r i t y b i t
i s a d d e d , and the w o r d t r a n s f e r r e d b a c k t o m e m o r y . If the p r o c e s s i n g
c o n s i s t s of a r i t h m e t i c functions, i t is p e r f o r m e d i n the a d d e r ( X , Y , and
U r e g i s t e r s ) . T h e AGC h a s the c a p a b i l i t y t o add only; t h e r e f o r e , s u b t r a c t i o n , m u l t i p l i c a t i o n , and d i v i s i o n a r e p e r f o r m e d by c o m p l e m e n t i n g
a n d l o r shifting, t h e n adding.
l l e m o r y . T h e XGC m e m o r y c o n s i s t s of two s e c t i o n s . T h e l a r g e s t s e c t i o n
i s t h e f i s e d m e m o r y . T h i s is a r o p e c o r e type having a capability oi
2 4 , 5 7 6 s i x t e e n bit w o r d s . Readout is n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e and the d a t a c o n t a i n e d cannot be changed. All p e r m a n e n t , p r e - d e t e r m i n e d d a t a , s u c h a s
p r o g r a m s , t a b l e s , c o n s t a n t s , s t a r and l a n d m a r k a n g l e s , e t c . , a r e
contained i n t h i s s e c t i o n . +Addressing the d a t a contained i n the iixed
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.2-21
SM2A-03-SCO 12
-.SYSTEMS DATA
s e c t i o n i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by t h e S and BANK r e g i s t e r s . A s m a l l e r e r a s a b l e
section provides t e m p o r a r y storage f o r transient data. E r a s a b l e m e m o r y
i s a c o i n c i d e n t - c u r r e n t c o r e a r r a y with a c a p a c i t y of 1024 s i x t e e n bit w o r d s .
R e a d o u t i s d e s t r u c t i v e , s o i f d a t a i s t o be r e t a i n e d , i t i s n e c e s s a r y to w r i t e
t h e d a t a back i n t o the l o c a t i o n when i t i s r e a d out. A d d r e s s i n g the d a t a
c o n t a i n e d i n e r a s a b l e m e m o r y is done by the S r e g i s t e r .
T i m i n g . T h e t i m i n g s e c t i o n g e n e r a t e s t h e s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n p u l s e s f o r AGC
o p e r a t i o n s and t i m i n g p u l s e s f o r o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . T h e t i m i n g
s e c t i o n i s divided i n t o the following functional g r o u p s :
Clock Divider
T,his g r o u p contains the b a s i c clock

o s c i l l a t o r which h a s a 2 . 048 m c f r e q u e n c y
divided to t i m e v a r i o u s AGC logic functions
and c e r t a i n o u t p u t s , clock the t i m e pulse
g e n e r a t o r , and d r i v e S c a l e r A.
S c a l e r s A and B
S c a l e r A c o n t a i n s 17 b i n a r y d i v i d e r s p r o ducing s i g n a l s of v a r i o u s f r e q u e n c i e s u s e d
within t h e AGC logic, a s r e f e r e n c e to the
PSA, and t o d r i v e S c a l e r R. S c a l e r B
c o n t a i n s 16 b i n a r y d i v i d e r s producing
t i m i n g s i g n a l s t o the Input 1 r e g i s t e r f o r
m a i n t a i n i n g r e a l t i m e when the AGC i s i n
standby.
S c a l e r s A and B a r e u s e d in conjunction
with the Input 0 r e g i s t e r , TIME 1 , and
TIiME 2 c o u n t e r s to provide r e a l t i m e .
Time Pulse
Gene r a t o r
P r o d u c e s 12 b a s i c t i m i n g p u l s e s which
define a c t i o n t i m e s . T h e s e p u l s e s a r e
u s e d t o c o n t r o l i n t e r n a l s e q u e n c i n g of
data processing.
Memory Pulse
Generator
T h i s g r o u p p r o v i d e s t i m i n g p u l s e s to fixed
and e r a s a b l e m e m o r > -to s y n c h r o n i z e r e a d
and w r i t e o p e r a t i o n s .
Start-Stop Logic
T h e s t a r t - s t o p logic g e n e r a t e s t h r e e
c o m m a n d s . A m o n i t o r s t o p command
i n h i b i t s the t i m e pulse g e n e r a t o r and s t o p s
AGC d a t a word flow. .A m o n i t o r s t a r t
c o m m a n d g e n e r a t e s the t h i r d s i g n a l which
i s a c l e a r c o m m a n d to the s e q u e n c e
gene r a t o r .
--

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.2-22
SiM2A - 0 3-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 3. 3. 2
Display and K e y b o a r d .
The DSKYs f a c i l i t a t e i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n behveen the flight c r e x and
t h e ACC. (See f i g u r e 2 . 2 - 4 ) . ) T h e D S K Y s o p e r a t e in p a r a l l e l , with t h e m a i n
d i s p l a y console DSKY providing AGC d i s p l a y and c o n t r o l while the crexv a r e
i n t h e i r c o u c h e s . The two condition lights provided a t the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e DSKY a r e COMPUTER F A I L , which i s a g r o s s ACC f a i l u r e i n d i c a t o r ,
a n d KEY R L S E , \trhich i s a r e q u e s t t o the cre\v to r e l e a s e the DSKY c i r c u i t s
to i n t e r n a l AGC p r o g r a m u s e . The m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e DSKY a l s o h a s a n
U P T E L s w i t c h which e n a b l e s the AGC t o a c c e p t o r block t e l e m e t e r e d d a t a
f r o m MSFN. The DSKY a t the lo\t7er e q u i p m e n t ba)- c o n t a i n s the r e m a i n d e r
of the condition l i g h t s : P R O G ALM, R U P T LOCK, PARITY F A I L , TC
T R A P , TM F A I L , COUNTER F A I L , SCALER F A I L , CHECK F A I L a n d KEY
RLSE. All t h e condition lights e x c e p t KEY RLSE a r e f a i l u r e i n d i c a t o r s .
(KEY RLSE i s a r e q u e s t f o r the cre\v to r e l e a s e the DSKY c i r c u i t s to
i n t e r n a l XGC p r o g r a m u s e . ) T h i s DSKY a l s o h a s a TEST -4LARLL.I p u s h button which i s w i r e d t o the a l a r m r e l a y s t o provide a c h e c k of the warning
l i g h t s . The e l e c t r o l u m i n e s c e n t d i s p l a y s a r e i d e n t i c a l on e a c h DSKY a n d
alxvays d i s p l a y i d e n t i c a l d a t a . The i n t e n s i t y of t h e s e d i s p l a y s i s c o n t r o l l e d
by the BRIGHTNESS t h u m b w h e e l s .
T h e exchange of d a t a between the flight c r e w and the .AGC i s u s u a l l y
i n i t i a t e d by c r e w a c t i o n ; h o w e v e r , i t c a n a l s o be i n i t i a t e d by i n t e r n a l
c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s . The exchanged i n f o r m a t i o n i s p r o c e s s e d by the
DSKY p r o g r a m . T h i s p r o g r a m allows the following f o u r d i f f e r e n t m o d e s
of operation:
Display of I n t e r n a l Data-Both a o n e - s h o t d i s p l a y and a p e r i o d i cally updating d i s p l a y ( c a l l e d m o n i t o r ) a r e provided.
Loading E x t e r n a l Data-&
each numerical character i s entered,
it i s d i s p l a y e d in the a p p r o p r i a t e d i s p l a y panel l o c a t i o n .
P r o g r a m C a l l i n g arid Control-The
DSKY is u s e d to i n i t i a t e a
c l a s s of r o u t i n e s which a r e c o n c e r n e d with n e i t h e r loading nor
d i s p l a y . C e r t a i n r o u t i n e s r e q u i r e d i n s t r u c t i o n s f r o m the o p e r a t o r
t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t o s t o p o r continue at a given Foint.
Changing M a j o r LMode-The i n i t i a t i o n of l a r g e s c a l e m i s s i o n p h a s e s
c a n be c o m m a n d e d b y the o p e r a t o r .
T h e d a t a involved i n both loading and d i s p l a y c a n be p r e s e n t e d i n
e i t h e r o c t a l o r d e c i m a l f o r m as the o p e r a t o r i n d i c a t e s . If d e c i m a l f o r m
i s c h o s e n , the a p p r o p r i a t e s c a l e f a c t o r s a r e supplied by the p r o g r a m .
D e c i m a l e n t r i e s a r e i n d i c a t e d by e n t e r i n g a s i g n ( + , -).
Keyboard O p e r a t i o n . The b a s i c language of c o m m u n i c a t i o n between the
o n e r a t o r and the ACC i s a pair of w o r d s known a s v e r b and noun. V e r b
and noun c o d e s a r e defined in f i g u r e s 2.2-5 and 2 . 2 - 6 , r e s p e c t i v e l y . E a c h
GUIDANCE AXD N-AVIG-ATIOK SYSTEM

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
L.
2-23
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE

DSKY
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY

DSKY
Figure 2 . 2-4.
Display and K e y b o a r d P a n e l s

M i s s ion
Basic Date 1 2
"J
I966
Change Date
Page
2. 2-24
SMZA - 0 3 -SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
of t h e s e i s r e p r e s e n t e d by a t w o - c h a r a c t e r o c t a l n u m b e r . The v e r b code
i n d i c a t e s what a c t i o n i s t o b e t a k e n ( o p e r a t i o n ) ; t h e noun code i n d i c a t e s to
what a c t i o n i s a p p l i e d ( o p e r a n d ) . T y p i c a l v e r b s a r e t h o s e f o r displaying and
loading. Nouns u s u a l l y r e f e r t o a g r o u p of e r a s a b l e r e g i s t e r s within the
c o m p u t e r m e m o r y . The PROGRAM, VERB, and NOUN d i s p l a y s provide
two digit n u m b e r s which a r e coded o c t a l n u m b e r s d e s c r i b i n g the a c t i o n
being p e r f o r m e d . The REGISTER 1 , 2 , and 3 d i s p l a y s provide d i s p l a y of
t h e c o n t e n t s of r e g i s t e r s o r m e m o r y l o c a t i o n s . T h e s e d i s p l a y s a r e
n u m b e r s which a r e r e a d a s d e c i m a l n u m b e r s if a s i g n ( t , - ) i s p r e s e n t a n d
o c t a l n u m b e r s i f no s i g n i s u s e d . The REGISTER d i s p l a y s o p e r a t e u n d e r
p r o g r a m c o n t r o l u n l e s s the c o n t e n t s of a s p e c i f i c r e g i s t e r o r m e m o r y
l o c a t i o n i s d e s i r e d . The c r e w m a y r e q u e s t d i s p l a y of the c o n t e n t s of a
s p e c i f i c r e g i s t e r o r m e m o r y l o c a t i o n by commanding the d i s p l a y f r o m the
k e y b o a r d . The only o t h e r d i s p l a y s a r e the ACTIVITY lights \rhich i n d i c a t e
w h e t h e r the c o m p u t e r i s computing o r a c c e p t i n g t e l e m e t r y f r o m M S F N .
T h e k e y b o a r d p r o v i d e s 18 k e y s which, when p r e s s e d , g e n e r a t e a
five bit s i g n a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e key p r e s s e d . The +, - , and 0-9 k e \ s
a r e u s e d f o r n u m e r i c a l e n t r i e s , while the C L E A R , E N T E R , VERB, N O L " ,
KEY RELEASE, and ERROR R E S E T k e y s provide i n s t r u c t i o n s
The TEST
ALARM key is w i r e d t o t h e a l a r m r e l a y s and p r o v i d e s a check of the
w a r n i n g i n d i c a t o r lights with the e x c e p t i o n of SCALER F-IIL. The m a i n
d i s p l a y console DSKY U P T E L s w i t c h e n a b l e s o r inhibits the a c c e p t a n c e
of t e l e m e t r y f r o m M S F N . T h e function of e a c h of t h e k e y s i s a s follows:
0-9
E n t e r n u m e r i c a l d a t a , a d d r e s s e s , and
action codes.
VERB
C o m m a n d s AGC to a c c e p t the next two

n u m b e r s a s v e r b code d a t a . V e r b d i s p l a y
is b l a n k e d u n t i l n u m b e r s a r e e n t e r e d .
NOUN
C o m m a n d s AGC t o a c c e p t the next two

n u m b e r s a s noun code d a t a . Noun d i s p l a y
i s blanked until n u m b e r s a r e e n t e r e d .
ENTER
I n s t r u c t s -4GC t o a c c e p t k e y e d - i n d a t a a s
c o m p l e t e d and i n i t i a t e o p e r a t i o n s p e c i i i e d
by d a t a w o r d .
C LE .AR
E n t e r s a l l z e r o s i n d a t a r e g i s t e r being
loaded. E a c h s u c c e s s i v e p r e s s i n g of t h i s
key c l e a r s the next h i g h e r r e g i s t e r .
KEY RLSE
R e l e a s e t h e DSKY c i r c u i t s and d i s p l a y s f o r
u s e by t h e .AGC p r o g r a m being e x e c u t e d .
ERROR R E S E T
M o m e n t a r i l y r e s e t s .AGC f a i l u r e l i g h t s

Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 NOV 1966
Change Date
Page
2 2-25
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
-SYSTEMS DATA
(+I
and ( - )
D e n o t e s s i g n o f d a t a t o follow.
t h a t following d a t a i s d e c i m a l .
Denotes
T E S T ALARM
S e t s r e l a y s to i l l u m i n a t e L E B DSKY c o n d i t i o n lights ( e x c e p t SCALER F A I L ) t o

e n s u r e p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n . ( L E B DSKY
only. )
UPTEL
S e t s AGC input r e g i s t e r s t o a c c e p t o r
inhibit t e l e m e t e r e d d a t a f r o m MSFN. (MDC
DSKY only. )
BRIGHTNESS
P r o v i d e s c o n t r o l of i n t e n s i t y of e l e c t r o luminescent displays.
T h e l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay DSKY p r o v i d e s nine condition lights of which

e i g h t a r e f a i l u r e i n d i c a t o r s and the r e m a i n i n g light a r e q u e s t f o r a c t i o n .
T h e function of e a c h i s a s follows:
PROG ALM
T h e AGC p r o g r a m being e x e c u t e d h a s
detected an e r r o r .
COUNTER F A I L
D e t e c t e d f a i l u r e i n input t i m i n g p u l s e s .
E i t h e r interrupt o r circuitry failed. I n t e r r u p t f a i l u r e i s denoted by R U P T LOCK
failure indicator illumination.
R U P T LOCK
I n t e r r u p t f a i l e d t o o c c u r o r w a s not c o m p l e t e d within s p e c i f i e d t i m e .
TC TRAP
T r a n s f e r c o n t r o l i n s t r u c t i o n h a s not o c c u r r e d ,
o r h a s o c c u r r e d but w a s not c o m p l e t e d within
a specified time.
SCALER FAIL
F a i l u r e d e t e c t e d i n AGC t i m i n g s e c t i o n .
PARITY F A I L
P a r i t y f a i l u r e d e t e c t e d in d a t a r e a d f r o m
memory.
TM FAIL
T e l e m e t r y w o r d r a t e to M S F N e i t h e r too
high o r too low. T e l e m e t r y word r a t e f r o m
MSFN too high o r i n c o r r e c t t r a n s m i s s i o n
of d a t a .
CHECK F A I L
A t t e m p t e d i l l e g a l DSKY o p e r a t i o n . N o r m a l l y
operator e r r o r .
KEY R LSE
F l a s h e s to i n d i c a t e AGC p r o g r a m i n o p e r a t i o n r e q u i r e s DSKY c i r c u i t r y t o continue.
~~

Mission
B a s i c Date
"
1966 Change Date
Page
2.2-26
S M Z A - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e f o r the e x e c u t i o n of k e y b o a r d o p e r a t i o n s
c o n s i s t s of a s e q u e n c e of s e v e n key d e p r e s s i o n s :
VERB
V2
Vi
NOUN
N2
N1
ENTER
P r e s s i n g the VERB key b l a n k s the two v e r b lights on the DSKY and c l e a r s

t h e v e r b code r e g i s t e r i n the AGC. T h e next two n u m e r i c a l inputs a r e
i n t e r p r e t e d a s t h e v e r b c o d e , i n o c t a l f o r m . E a c h of t h e s e c h a r a c t e r s
i s d i s p l a y e d by the v e r b lights a s i t i s i n s e r t e d . T h e NOUN key o p e r a t e s
s i m i l a r l y with the DSKY noun l i g h t s and AGC noun code r e g i s t e r . P r e s s i n g
t h e ENTER key i n i t i a t e s the p r o g r a m i n d i c a t e d by the v e r b - n o u n c o m bination d i s p l a y e d on t h e DSKY. T h u s , i t i s not n e c e s s a r y t o follow a
s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e i n keying v e r b - n o u n c o d e s into the DSKY. It c a n be
done in r e v e r s e o r d e r , i f d e s i r e d , o r a p r e v i o u s l y i n s e r t e d v e r b o r noun
c a n be u s e d without r e k e y i n g it. No a c t i o n is t a k e n by the AGC in initiating
t h e verb-noun-defined p r o g r a m until t h e ENTER key i s a c t u a t e d . If a n
e r r o r i s noticed i n e i t h e r the v e r b code o r noun code p r i o r t o a c t u a t i o n of
t h e ENTER k e y , i t c a n be c o r r e c t e d s i m p l y by p r e s s i n g the c o r r e s p o n d i n g
VERB o r NOUN k e y and i n s e r t i n g the p r o p e r c o d e . The ENTER key should
not be a c t u a t e d u n t i l i t h a s b e e n v e r i f i e d t h a t t h e c o r r e c t v e r b and noun
codes a r e displayed.
If the s e l e c t e d v e r b - n o u n c o m b i n a t i o n r e q u i r e s d a t a to be loaded by
the o p e r a t o r , the VERB and NOUN lights s t a r t f l a s h i n g on a n d off (about
once p e r s e c o n d ) a f t e r the ENTER key i s p r e s s e d . D a t a i s loaded i n f i v e c h a r a c t e r w o r d s and, a s i t is keyed i n , i t i s d i s p l a y e d c h a r a c t e r - b y c h a r a c t e r i n one of the f i v e - p o s i t i o n d a t a d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r s , REGISTER 1 ,
REGISTER 2, o r REGISTER 3. N u m e r i c a l d a t a i s a s s u m e d t o be o c t a l
u n l e s s the f i v e - c h a r a c t e r d a t a word i s p r e c e d e d by a plus o r m i n u s s i g n ,
i n whictr c a s e i t i s c o n s i d e r e d t o be d e c i m a l . D e c i m a l d a t a m u s t be loaded
i n full f i v e - n u m e r a l c h a r a c t e r w o r d s ( n o z e r o s m a y be left o u t ) ; o c t a l d a t a
m a y be loaded with high o r d e r z e r o s left o u t . If d e c i m a l i s u s e d f o r an);
component of a m u l t i c o m p o n e n t load v e r b , i t m u s t be u s e d f o r a l l c o m ponents of t h a t v e r b . I n o t h e r w o r d s , no m i x i n g of o c t a l and d e c i m a l d a t a
i s p e r m i t t e d f o r d i f f e r e n t c o m p o n e n t s of the s a m e load v e r b . T h e ENTER
key m u s t be p r e s s e d a f t e r e a c h d a t a w o r d . T h i s t e l l s the p r o g r a m t h a t the
n u m e r i c a l word being keyed i n i s c o m p l e t e . T h e on-off f l a s h i n g of the
VERB-NOUN lights t e r m i n a t e s a f t e r t h e l a s t ENTER key a c t u a t i o n of a
loading s e q u e n c e .
T h e CLEAR key is u s e d t o r e m o v e e r r o r s i n loading d a t a a s i t i s
d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER 1, REGISTER 2 , o r REGISTER 3. It d o e s nothing
t o the PROGRAM, NOUN, o r VERB l i g h t s . ( T h e KOUN lights a r e blanked
by t h e NOUN k e y , the VERB l i g h t s by the VERB key. ) F o r s i n g l e component load v e r b s o r " m a c h i n e a d d r e s s t o be s p e c i f i e d " nouns, the
CLE.4R key d e p r e s s i o n p e r f o r m s the c l e a r i n g function on t h e p a r t i c u l a r
r e g i s t e r being loaded, provided t h a t the CLEAR key i s d e p r e s s e d b e f o r e
t h e ENTER key. Once the ENTER k e y i s d e p r e s s e d , the CLEAR key d o e s
nothing. The only way t o c o r r e c t a n e r r o r a f t e r the d a t a is e n t e r e d f o r
.-
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEXI

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2. 2 - 2 7
m0
SM2A-03-SC012
_SYSTEMS DATA
a s i n g l e - c o m p o n e n t load v e r b is t o begin the load v e r b a g a i n . F o r twoo r t h r e e - c o m p o n e n t l o a d v e r b s , t h e r e is a CLEAR backing-up f e a t u r e .
T h e f i r s t d e p r e s s i o n of the CLEAR key c l e a r s w h i c h e v e r r e g i s t e r i s being
l o a d e d . ( T h e CLEAR key m a y be p r e s s e d a f t e r any c h a r a c t e r , but b e f o r e
i t s e n t r y . ) C o n s e c u t i v e CLEAR key a c t u a t i o n s c l e a r the d a t a d i s p l a y
r e g i s t e r above the c u r r e n t one until REGISTER 1 i s c l e a r e d . Any a t t e m p t
t o back u p ( c l e a r ) beyond REGISTER 1 is s i m p l y i g n o r e d . T h e CLEAR
b a c k i n g - u p function o p e r a t e s only o n d a t a p e r t i n e n t t o the l o a d v e r b which
i n i t i a t e d t h e loading s e q u e n c e . F o r e x a m p l e , if the initiating load v e r b
w e r e a " w r i t e s e c o n d component into'' type only, no backing u p a c t i o n
would be p o s s i b l e .
T h e n u m e r i c a l k e y s , t h e CLEAR k e y , and the s i g n k e y s are r e j e c t e d
if d e p r e s s e d a f t e r c o m p l e t i o n ( f i n a l e n t r y ) of a d a t a d i s p l a y o r d a t a load
v e r b . At s u c h t i m e , only t h e VERB, NOUN, E N T E R , ERROR R E S E T , o r
KEY RELEASE inputs a r e a c c e p t e d . T h u s , t h e d a t a k e y s a r e a c c e p t e d
only a f t e r the c o n t r o l k e y s have i n s t r u c t e d t h e p r o g r a m t o a c c e p t t h e m .
S i m i l a r l y , the + and - k e y s a r e a c c e p t e d only b e f o r e the f i r s t n u m e r i c a l
c h a r a c t e r of REGISTER 1, REGISTER 2 , o r REGISTER 3 is k e y e d i n and
at no o t h e r t i m e . T h e 8 o r 9 key i s a c c e p t e d only while loading a d a t a
word which i s p r e c e d e d by a + o r - sign.
T h e DSKY c a n a l s o be u s e d by i n t e r n a l c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s f o r
s u b r o u t i n e s . H o w e v e r , any o p e r a t o r k e y b o a r d a c t i o n ( e x c e p t ERROR
R E S E T ) i n h i b i t s DSKY u s e by i n t e r n a l r o u t i n e s . T h e o p e r a t o r r e t a i n s
c o n t r o l of the DSKY until he w i s h e s t o r e l e a s e i t . T h u s , he is a s s u r e d
t h a t the d a t a he w i s h e s t o o b s e r v e will not be r e p l a c e d by i n t e r n a l l y
i n i t i a t e d d a t a d i s p l a y s . I n g e n e r a l , i t is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t the o p e r a t o r
r e l e a s e the DSKY f o r i n t e r n a l u s e when he h a s t e m p o r a r i l y finished with
i t . T h i s i s dbne by p r e s s i n g t h e KEY RELEASE k e y .
Verb-Noun F o r m a t s . The v e r b - n o u n c o d e s a r e defined in f i g u r e s 2 . 2 - 5 and
2. 2 - 6 . A noun c o d e m a y r e f e r t o a d e v i c e , a g r o u p of c o m p u t e r r e g i s t e r s ,
o r a g r o u p of c o u n t e r r e g i s t e r s , o r i t m a y s i m p l y s e r v e to convey i n f o r m a t i o n without r e f e r r i n g to any p a r t i c u l a r c o m p u t e r r e g i s t e r . The noun i s
m a d e u p of 1, 2 , o r 3 c o m p o n e n t s , e a c h component being e n t e r e d s e p a r a t e l y a s r e q u e s t e d by the v e r b code. AS e a c h component i s k e y e d , i t i s
d i s p l a y e d on t h e d i s p l a y p a n e l with component 1 d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER 1 ,
component 2 i n REGISTER 2 , a n d component 3 i n REGISTER 3. T h e r e a r e
two c l a s s e s of nouns: n o r m a l and m i x e d . N o r m a l nouns ( c o d e s 0 1 through
54) a r e t h o s e whose component m e m b e r s r e f e r t o c o m p u t e r r e g i s t e r s which
, h a v e c o n s e c u t i v e a d d r e s s e s and u s e the s a m e s c a l e f a c t o r when c o n v e r t e d
t o d e c i m a l . Mixed nouns ( c o d e s 5 5 t h r o u g h 77) a r e t h o s e whose component
m e m b e r s r e f e r t o n o n c o n s e c u t i v e a d d r e s s e s o r whose component m e m b e r s
r e q u i r e d i f f e r e n t s c a l e f a c t o r s when c o n v e r t e d t o d e c i m a l , o r both.
-4 v e r b code i n d i c a t e s what a c t i o n is t o be t a k e n . It a l s o d e t e r m i n e s
which component m e m b e r of the noun g r o u p is t o be a c t e d upon. F o r

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
l966
Change Date
page
2.2-28
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
e x a m p l e , t h e r e a r e five d i f f e r e n t load v e r b s . V e r b 2 1 i s r e q u i r e d f o r
loading the f i r s t component of the s e l e c t e d noun; v e r b 2 2 l o a d s the second
component; v e r b 2 3 l o a d s the t h i r d component; v e r b 2 4 loads the f i r s t and
s e c o n d component; and v e r b 2 5 loads a l l t h r e e c o m p o n e n t s . A s i m i l a r
component f o r m a t i s u s e d i n the d i s p l a y and m o n i t o r v e r b s . T h e r e a r e two
g e n e r a l c l a s s e s of v e r b s : s t a n d a r d and extended. T h e s t a n d a r d v e r b s
( c o d e s 01 through 37) d e a l m a i n l y with loading, d i s p l a y i n g , and m o n i t o r i n g
d a t a . T h e extended v e r b s ( c o d e s 40 through 7 7 ) a r e p r i n c i p a l l y c o n c e r n e d
with calling u p i n t e r n a l p r o g r a m s whose function i s s y s t e m t e s t i n g and
operation.
Whenever d a t a i s t o be loaded by the o p e r a t o r , the VERB and N O U N
lights f l a s h , the a p p r o p r i a t e d a t a d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r i s blanked, and the
i n t e r n a l c o m p u t e r s t o r a g e r e g i s t e r is c l e a r e d in anticipation of d a t a l o a d ing. -As e a c h n u m e r i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s keyed i n , i t i s displayed in the p r o p e r
d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r . E a c h d a t a d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r can handle only five n u m e r i c a l
c h a r a c t e r s a t a t i m e ( n o t including s i g n ) . If a n a t t e m p t i s m a d e to key in
m o r e than f i v e n u m e r i c a l c h a r a c t e r s a t a t i m e , the sixth and s u b s e q u e n t
c h a r a c t e r s a r e s i m p l y r e j e c t e d but they do a p p e a r i n the d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r .
T h e + and - k e y s a r e a c c e p t e d p r i o r to i n s e r t i n g the f i r s t n u m e r i c a l
c h a r a c t e r of REGISTER 1, REGISTER 2 , o r REGISTER 3; if keyed in a t
any o t h e r t i m e , the s i g n s a r e r e j e c t e d . If the 8 o r 9 key i s a c t u a t e d a t
any t i m e o t h e r than while loading a d a t a w o r d p r e c e d e d by a - o r - s i g n ,
i t i s r e j e c t e d and the CHECK F A I L light goes on.
T h e n o r m a l u s e of the f l a s h i s with a load v e r b . H o w e v e r , t h e r e a r e
two s p e c i a l c a s e s when the f l a s h i s u s e d with v e r b s o t h e r than load v e r b s .
e ' l l a c h i n e - 4 d d r e s s to be S p e c i f i e d - T h e r e
i s a c l a s s of nouns
available t o allow any m a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be u s e d ; t h e s e a r e
called " m a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be specified" nouns. When the
"EIYTER", which c a u s e s the v e r b - n o u n combination to be
e x e c u t e d , s e n s e s a noun of t h i s type the f l a s h i s i m m e d i a t e l y
t u r n e d on. T h e v e r b code i s left unchanged. The o p e r a t o r
should load the c o m p l e t e m a c h i n e a d d r e s s of i n t e r e s t (fitFec h a r a c t e r o c t a l ) . T h i s is d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER 3 a s i t i s
keyed in. If a n e r r o r i s m a d e in loading the a d d r e s s , the
CLEAR key m a y be u s e d t o r e m o v e i t . P r e s s i n g the E N T E R
key c a u s e s e x e c u t i o n of the v e r b to continue.
Change M a j o r Mode-To change m a j o r m o d e , the sequence i s

VERB 37 E N T E R . T h i s c a u s e s the noun d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r to be
blanked and t h e v e r b code to be f l a s h e d . T h e t w o - c h a r a c t e r
o c t a l m a j o r mode code should then be loaded. F o r v e r i f i c a t i o n
p u r p o s e s , it is d i s p l a y e d a s i t i s loaded i n the noun d i s p l a y
r e g i s t e r . The e n t r y c a u s e s the f l a s h t o be t u r n e d off, a r e q u e s t
f o r the new m a j o r mode t o be e n t e r e d , and a new m a j o r mode
code t o be d i s p l a y e d i n the PROGRAM d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r .
~~
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTElll

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
I966
Change Date
Page
2. 2-29
SMZA-03-SCO 12

--SYSTEMS DATA
Verb
Code
-
Description
Remarks
won
V e r b c o d e s 01 t h r o u g h 37 d e n o t e
standard verbs.
01
D i s p l a y 1 s t c o m p o n e n t of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I .
02
D i s p l a y 2nd c o m p o n e n t of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER 1
03
D i s p l a y 3 r d c o m p o n e n t of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I
04
D i s p l a y 1 s t a n d 2nd
c o m p o n e n t s of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I and REGISTER 2.
05
D i s p l a y Ist, 2nd. and 3 r d

component of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I . REGISTER 2 . A N D REGISTER 3
06
Display a l l component(s) o
P e r f o r m s d e c i m a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on a p p r o p r i a t e r e g i s t e r s
The scale f a c t o r s . types
o f s c a l e f a c t o r r o u t i n e s , a n d c o m p o n e n t i n f o r m a t i o n a r e s t o r e d within the m a c h i n e
f o r e a c h noun which i t is r e q u i r e d to d i s p l a y i n d e c i m a l
07
D P decimal display
P e r f o r m s a double p r e c i s i o n d e c i m a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER 1 and REGISTER 2

It d o e s no s c a l e f a c t o r i n g It m e r e l y p e r f o r m s a I O - c h a r a c t e r . f r a c t i o n a l d e c i m a l
c o n v e r s i o n o f two c o n s e c u t i v e , e r a s a b l e r e g i s t e r s , u s i n g REGISTER I and R E C I S TER 2
T h e s i g n is p l a c e d i n t h e REGISTER 1 s i g n p o s i t i o n wlth the REGISTER 2
s i g n p o s i t i o n r e m a i n i n g blank
It c a n n o t be u s e d with m i x e d nouns
I t s intended u s e
i s p r i m a r i l y with " m a c h i n e a d d r e s s t o be s p e c i f i e d nouns
IO
E n t e r r e q u e s t to w a i t l i s t
( U s e d only d u r i n g g r o u n d
checkout. )
E n t e r s r e q u e s t t o " w a i t l i s t r o u t i n e ' f o r any m a c h i n e a d d r e s s with delay involved

T h i s v e r b a s s u m e s t h a t t h e d e s i r e d n u m b e r of I O - m i l l i s e c o n d u n i t s of d e l a y h a s
b e e n l o a d e d i n t o t h e low o r d e r b i t s of the p r i o l d e l a y r e g i s t e r (noun 26)
This verb
i s u s e d with t h e ' m a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be s p e c i f i e d noun. T h e c o m p l e t e a d d r e s s of
t h e d e s i r e d l o c a t i o n i s t h e n keyed in. ( R e f e r t o " M a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be s p e c i f i e d
i n p a r a g r a p h on V e r b l N o u n F o r m a t s . )
11
Monitor 1st component
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of u p d a t e d d a t a e v e r y l / 2 s e c o n d on REGISTER I
12
M o n i t o r 2nd c o m p o n e n t of
, P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r y 112 s e c o n d on REGISTER 1
13
M o n i t o r 3 r d c o m p o n e n t of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of u p d a t e d d a t a e v e r y 112 s e c o n d on REGISTER I
14
h l o n i t o r 1 s t and 2nd
c o m p o n e n t of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r ) l / 2 s e c o n d o n REGISTER 1 and

REGISTER 2
15
M o n i t o r Ist, 2nd. a n d
3 r d c o m p o n e n t of
P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r y 1 / 2 s e c o n d on REGISTER 1 .
REGISTER 2 , and REGISTER 3
Monitor all components(s)
P e r f o r m s d e c i m a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r y 1 / 2 s e c o n d on a p p r o p r i a t e r e g i s t e r s
I6
of
l i
hlonitor D P d e c i m a l
P e r f o r m s double p r e c i s i o n d i s p l a y of d e c i m a l d a t a on REGISTER I and REGISTER 2

S o scale factoring 1 5 performed
F r o v i d e s I O - c h a r a c t e r f r a c t i o n a l d e c l m d l LonT b e 5'gn i s p i a c e d in the s i p - b i t
versLon of t w o c o n s e c u t i v e e r a s a b l e r e g i s t e r s
p o s i t i o n of REGISTER 1
REGISTER 2 s i g n S i t i s blank
20
E n t e r r e q u e s t to executive
( L s e d onl) during ground
checkout. )
E n t e r s r e q u e s t to e x e c u t i v e r o u t i n e f o r any m a c h i n e i d d r e s 5 w i t h p r i o r i t i bn\olved
T h i s v e r b a b s u m e s t h a t t h e d e s i r e d p r o r i t v h a s been loaded into b i t s 1 0 - 1 4 o f the
T h i s v e r b i s u s e d with the noun, m a c h i n e a d d r e s s
p r i o l d e l a ) r e g i s t e r (noun 26)
T h e c o m p l e t e a d d r e s s of the d e s i r e d Location L > then k e i e d i n
t o be s p e c i f i e d '
( R e f e r to \Lacnine a d d r e s s t o be s p e c i f i e d " i n p a r a g r a p h on V e r o f h o u n F o r m a t s I
21
Write 1 s t component into
P e r f o r m s data loading
O c t a l quantities a r e u n s l g n e d
Declndk quantities a r e
D a t a i s d l s p l a i e d o n REGISTER l
p r e c e d e d bi
or
sign
Figure 2.2-5.
V e r b List (Sheet 1 of 3)
GUIDAXCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Mission
Basic D a t e
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.2-30
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
\'e r b
Code
Description
Remarks
22
W r i t e 2nd c o m p o n e n t i n t o
P e r f o r m s d a t a loading. Octal quantities a r e unsigned. D e c i m a l quantities a r e

p r e c e d e d by t o r - s i g n . D a t a i s displayed o n R E G I S T E R 2 .
23
Write 3rd component into
P e r f o r m s d a t a l o a d i n g . O c t a l q u a n t i t i e s are u n s i g n e d . D e c i m a l q u a n t i t i e s a r e
p r e c e d e d by + o r
s i g n . D a t a is d i s p l a y e d o n R E G I S T E R 3.
24
W r i t e 1 s t and 2nd
component into
P e r f o r m s d a t a loading. O c t a l quantities a r e unsigned. D e c i m a l quantities a r e

s i g n . D a t a i s d i s p l a y e d on R E G I S T E R 1 a n d R E G I S T E R 2 .
p r e c e d e d by t o r
25
W r i t e I s t , 2nd. a n d 3 r d
component into
P e r f o r m s d a t a loading. O c t a l quantities a r e unsigned. D e c i m a l quantities a r e

p r e c e d e d by t o r
s i g n . D a t a is d i s p l a y e d o n R E G I S T E R 1, R E G I S T E R 2 , and
R E G I S T E R 3.
76
(Spare)
27
(Sparel
30
(Spare)
31
Bank D i s p l a l
3'2
( S p ar e )
37
P r o c e e d uirhout data
I n f o r m s r o u t i n e r e q u e s t i n g d a t a t o be l o a d e d t h a t the o p e r a t o r c h o o s e s not t o load

f r e s h d a t a out w i s h e s t h e r o u t i n e t o c o n t i n e a s b e s t i t c a n with old d a t a
Final
d e c - s i o n ror w h a t a c t i o n s h o u l d be t a k e n I S l e f t t o r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e
34
T e r i n i na te
I n f o r m s r o u t i n e r e q u e s t i n g d a t a t o be l o a d e d t h a t t h e o p e r a t o r c h o o s e s not t o l o a d
i r e s h d a t a and w i s h e s the routine t o t e r m i n a t e
F i n a l d e c i s i o n f o r what a c t i o n s h o u l d
be t a k e n i s left to r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e
If m o n i t o r i s o n , I! 1s t u r n e d o t f
T h i s v e r b 1s i n c l u d e d to p e r m i t d i s p l a v l n g t h e c o n t e n t s of f i x e d m e m o r ) i n an) bank
I t s i n t e n d e d u s e i s f o r c h e c k i n g p r o g r a m r o p e s and t h e B;\NK p o s i t i o n 0 1 p r o g r a m
ropes
35
(Spare)
30
Fresh start
i n i t i a l i z e s t h e p r o g r a m c o n t r o l s o f t w a r e and t h e k e y b o a r d a n d d i s p l a y s y s t e m p r o g r a m
37
Change m a j o r mode to
C h a n g e to new m a j o r m o d e .
Soun Formats.)
( R e f e r to "Change m a j o r mode" i n p a r a g r a p h on V e r b -
NOTI
V e r b c o d e s 40 t h r o u g h 7 7 d e n o t e
extended verbs.
40
Zero
S l u s t be u s e d with noun 2 0 ( I C D U ) o r noun 55 ( O C D U ) o n l y . S e t s t h e CDU r e g i s t e r s t o

zero.
41
C o a r s e a l i g n IllU
.\Lust be u s e d with noun 2 0 (ICDU) or noun 55 (OCDL') only
42
Fine align I l I U
C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m t h e i n d i c a t e d GbiS s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .
43
Lock IllL'
C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s t h a t p e r f o r m t h e i n d i c a t e d GbiN s ) - s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .
44
Set l l l U to iTTITUDE
COSTROL
C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s t h a t p e r f o r m t h e i n d i c a t e d G6-N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s
45
Set I l I C E S T R Y
C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m t h e indicated G&N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s
40
Return I l I L l to c o a r s e
align
C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m t h e indicated CLN s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .
Figure 2 . 2 - 5 .
V e r b List (Sheet 2 of 3)
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEiM

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.2-31
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
--SYSTEMS DATA
Verb
Code
Remarks
Description
47
(Spare)
50
Please perform
T h i s v e r b I S u s e d only by i n t e r n a l r o u n t i n e s t h a t w i s h the o p e r a t o r t o p e r f o r m a
c e r t a i n t a s k . I t s h o u l d n e v e r be k e y e d i n by t h e o p e r a t o r
I t is u s u a l l y u s e d with
noun 2 5 , c h e c k l i s t
T h e c o d e d n u m b e r for the c h e c k l i s t i t e m t o be p e r f o r m e d i s
d i s p l a y e d in REClSTER 1 by t h e r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e
51
Please mark
T h i s v e r b 1s u s e d only by i n t e r n a l r o u t i n e s t h a t r e q u e s t the o p e r a t o r t o " m a r k "

It
s h o u l d n e v e r be k e y e d i n by t h e o p e r a t o r . I t is u s u a l l y u s e d w i t h noun 30, " a t a r
numbers '
T h e n u m b e r s of the s t a r s t o be m a r k e d a r e d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER I ,
REGISTER 2 , and REGISTER 3 by t h e r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e . T h e o p e r a t o r s h o u l d i n d i c a t e c o m p l e t i o n o f e a c h valid m a r k by p r e s s i n g t h e MARK button. He s h o u l d n e v e r
p r e s s E N T E R with v e r b 51.
52
Mark reject
R e j e c t s " m a r k " and r e t u r n s t o v e r b 51.

p r e s s i n g MARK button.
53
Free
C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s t h a t p e r f o r m the i n d i c a t e d G & N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .
wbth noun 2 0 ( I C D U ) o r noun 5 5 (OCDU).
54
Pulse torque gyros
C a l l s up p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m the indicated G & N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s
55
Align t i m e
56
P e r f o r m BANK s u m
57
S y s t e m t e s t ( U s e d only
during ground checkout.)
60
P r e p a r e for s t a n d b y
61
R e c o v e r f r o m s tandb)
M u s t be e n t e r e d within 20 s e c o n d s of
U s e d only
--
62
(Spar e )
63
(Spare)
64
Calculate orbital
parameters
65
C a l c u l a t e t i m e of a r r i v a l
a t longitude
bb
C a l c u l a t e l a t i t u d e and
longitude a t s p e c i f i e d t i m e
67
Calculate maximum
d e c l i n a t i o n and t i m e of
arrival
70
( 5pa r e )
71
(Spare)
72
(Sparel
73
R e t u r n to E a r t h a i m
point u p d a t e
74
O r b i t c h a n g e a i m point
update
75
h l a n u a l lift-oif for t l i g h t s
70
R . V . T . update ( s t a t e
R V T
d e n o t e s p o s i t i o n . v e l o c i t v . and t i m e
vector)
77
(Spare)
Figure 2. 2 - 5 .
Lrerb L i s t (Sheet 3 of 3)
GUID-iNCE AND S-AVIGATION SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
2.2-32
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
NOL
coc
No1
De s c r i ption
Scale /Units
NOTR
c
-
NOTE
Noun c o d e s 01 t h r o u g h
54 denote n o r m a l nouns,
22
In S c a l e i U n i t s
column.
X = significant
digit
0 = zero
(always)
B = blank.
21
24
01
Specify m a c h i n e a d d r e s s
xxxxx
02
Specify m a c h i n e a d d r e s s
xxxxx.
03
Spare)
04
Spare)
05
4ngular e r r o r
KXX. XX d e g r e e s
06
'itch
YXX. XX d e g r e e s
25
angle
.leads u p - d o w n
07
Description
01
New a n g l e s I:
X-REGISTER I
Y-REGISTER 2
Z-REGISTER 3
XXX XX d e q r e e s
XXX XX d e g r e e s
Delta a n g l e s 1.
X-REGISTER 1
Y-REGISTER 2
2-REGISTER 3
Delta t i m e f o r
REGISTER
REGISTER
REGISTER
OOXXX h o u r s
OOOXX. m i n u t e s
OXX XX s e c o n d s
ACC clock:
I
2
3
3 h e c k l i s t ( U s e d only with
i e r b 50. " P l e a s e p e r f o r m " )
xxxxx
: h e c k l i s t code n u m b e r s ( A p p e a r
nREGISTER 1 )
00001 SCS m o d e t o G & N
attitude control
tOOOOl
00002 S C S m o d e to G & N
Delta V
Zhange of p r o g r a m o r m a j o r
n o d e ( U s e d only with v e r b 50,
' P l e a s e p e r f o r m '. )
00003 S C S m o d e to C & N e n t r
10
Spare)
00004 SCS m o d e t o m o n i t o r
11
I n g i n e o n e n a b l e ( U s e d only with
. e r b 50, ' P l e a s e p e r f o r m " . )
00007
Manual attitude
maneuver
12
)elta V allowable
0001 I
Automatic o p t i c s
positioning
CXXXX. f t / s e c
Iz
Ielta V tailoff
[XXXX. f t l s e c
)elta V m e a s u r e d (Vector
iagnitude. )
CXXXX. f t l s e c
I4
)elta V counter setting.
CXXXX. f t l s e c
15
n c r e m e n t a d d r e s s ( U s e d only
uring ground checkout. )
) c t a l only
00012 T a r g e t d a t a e n t r y
13
0001 3 S w i t c h OSS to c o m p u t e i
control
00014 F i n e a l i g n c h e c k
16
.GC c l o c k t i m e
REGISTER 1
REGISTER 2
REGISTER 3
00015 P e r f o r m s t a r
acqul s ition
00031 E n g i n e o n
OXXX. h o u r s
OOXX. m i n u t e s
XX. XX s e c o n d s
17
Spare)
20
JDUs.
X-REGISTER 1
Y-REGISTER 2
2-REGISTER 3
:XX. XX d e g r e e s
'IP4 counters
X-REGISTER I
Y-REGISTER 2
Z-REGISTER 3
XXXX. p u l s e s
XXXX. p u l s e s
XXXX. p u l s e s
00035 P r e p a r e AGC f o r
thrusting
00036 T h r u s t t e r m i n a t e
21
F i g u r e 2 . 2-6.
00041 C / M - S / M separation
26
r i o / d e l a y ( U s e d only d u r i n g
round c h e c k o u t . )
xxxx.
27
:If t e s t O N - O F F s w l t c h
xxxx.
30
a r number
xxxx.
Noun L i s t (Sheet 1 of 3)

Mission
B a s i c Date
N o v 1966 Change Date
Page
2.2-33
SMZA-03-SCOIZ
---
SYSTEMS DATA
No UI:
~~
Noun
Code
31
S c a l e 1Unit I
Deac ription
~
Code
-
F a i l u r e regiater code
43
lloTl
Description
Scale /Units
P e r i g e e altitude
REGISTER I
XXXX. X nautical
miles
E r r o r c o d e s a r e defined
in paragraph 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 3 .
O c t a l only
Apogee a l t i t u d e
REGISTER 2
XXXX. X n a u t i c a l
miles
Self-teat diagnosis
REGISTER 2
O c t a l only
Self-test diagnosis
REGISTER 3
O c t a l only
XXBXX. minutes
Free-fall time
REGISTER 3
44
I e conds
Latitude
REGISTER 1
X X X .X X d e g r e e s
Longitude
REGISTER 2
X X X .XX d e g r e e s
Altitude (Above m e a n e q u a t o r i a l
radius.)
REGISTER 3
X X X X .X n a u t i c a l
32
D e c i s i o n t i m e ( U s e d only d u r i n g
ground checkout. )
33
Ephemeris time (Used onlydurin

ground checkout. )
34
Event time
REGISTER 1
REGISTER 2
REGISTER 3
OOXXX. h o u r s
OXX. XX s e c o n d s
Delta e v e n t t i m e :
REGISTER I
REGISTER 2
REGISTER 3
OOXXX. h o u r s
OXX. X X s e c o n d s
Apogee a l t i t u d e
REGISTER 2
XXXX. X d e g r e e s
Delta event t i m e (Display only. )
XXBXX. minutes,
Delta v e l o c i t y r e q u i r e d
REGISTER 3
XXXXX. ftisec
r i m e to event
REGISTER 1
XXBXX. minutes.
35
36
miles
45
XXXX. X d e g r e e s
Perigee altitude
REGISTER 1
seconds
46
37
(Spare)
40
G a m m a ( I n e r t i a l flight path
angle. )
REGISTER 1
XXX. X X d e g r e e s
Velocity t o be gained
REGISTER 2
I n e r t i a l velocity
REGISTER 2
XXXXX. f t l s e c
Perigee altitude
REGISTER 3
seconds
X X X X .X
nautical
miles
A l t i t u d e a b o v e l a u n c h pad
REGISTER 3
miles
41
Maximum acceleration
REGISTER I
41
F l i g h t path a n g l e
REGISTER 1
Miss
X X X X .x g ' s
X X X .XX d e g r e e s
distance
REGISTER 2
miles
REGISTER 2
X X X X .X nautical
50
miles
r i m e to event
REGISTER 1
XXBXX. mLnutes.
seconds
Free-fall time
REGISTER 3
XXBXX. minutes,
Delta t i m e of b u r n
REGISTER 2
seconds
XXBXX. m i n u t e s .
seconds
42
Miss distance
REGISTER 1
miles
51
r i m e to e v e n t
REGISTER 1
seconds
REGISTER 2
miles
Free-fall time
REGISTER 3
XXBXX. minutes.
seconds
Figure 2. 2-6.
Velocity t o be gained
XXXXX. ft!sec
REGISTER 2
L l e a s u r e d velocit.:
s p a c e c r a l t X -ax1 5
REGISTER 3
hange a l o n g
XXXXX. ltisec
Noun L i s t (Sheet 2 of 3)
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION S Y S T E X I
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.2-34
-..
SlM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 1 2
SYSTE,MS D A T A
Noun
Code
Noui
Description
Scale /Units
rime to e v e n t
REGlSTER I
52
Codc
63
XXBXX. m i n u t e s
seconds
i e l o c i t y t o b e gained
REGISTER 2
xxxx. x
Tree-fall t i m e
REGISTER 2
g's
XX. XXX d e g r e e s
64
(Spare)
65
Sampled time
interrupt. )
REGISTER
REGISTER
REGISTER
seconds
XXX. XX n a u t i c a l
miles
(Fetched in
1
OOXXX. h o u r s
OXX. XX s e c o n d s
2
3
:ommanded r o l l angle
REGISTER 1
XXX. XX d e g r e e s
66
Svstem t e s t r e s u l t s (Used only

d u r i n g ground checkout. )
're3ent acceleration
REGISTER 2
XXXX. x g ' s
67
Delta g y r o angles: ( U s e d only

during ground checkout. )
Note
Noun c o d e s 55 t h r o u g h
7 7 d e n o t e m i x e d nouns
)CDEs:
X (Shaft a n g l e s )
REGISTER 1
K -1RIG
REGISTER 1
'ncalled m a r k data:
S (Shaft a n g l e s )
REGISTER 1
70
REGISTER 2
2-IRIG
REGISTER 3
Pitch trim
REGISTER 1
Yaw t r i m
REGISTER 2
3elta velocity tailoff

REGISTER 3
XXXXX. f t i s e c
Y (Trunnion angles)
REGISTER 2
:em, angles - 0 C D U s :
X (Shait a n g l e s )
REGISTER 1
Y (Trunnion angles)
REGISTER 2
00
\IC m o d e s t a t u s (L'sed o n l y
uring ground checkout. i
01
a r g e t : lCsed onlv d u r i n g
round checkout.
zimuth
REGISTER 1
,
Y -1RIG
Y (Trunnion angles)
REGISTER 2
57
Longitude12
REGISTER 2
Altitude
REGISTER 3
seconds
.laximum acceleration
REGISTER 1
5Q
Latitude
REGISTER I
XXXXX. f t l s e c
'ree-fall time .
REGISTER 3
55
Description
Octal only
71
Spare)
72
l e l t a position ( U s e d only d u r i n g
ground c h e c k o u t . )
73
l e l t a velocity ( U s e d only d u r i n g
ground c h e c k o u t . )
74
Spare)
75
3elta position magnitude

REGISTER 1
mile 5
"t'on
. - -'ER
e l t a v e l o r tv i n s e r t i o n
REC!Jl'ER
1
115s ? , s t a - c e
REG:n
XXXXX. f t / s e c
miles
r e e -iall time
REGISTER 3
seconds
Figure 2 . 2 - 6 .
l e l t a velocity magnitude
REGISTER 2
XXXXX. f t i s e c
d e a s u r e m e n t angle deviation
REGISTER 3
XXX. XX d e g r e e 5
76
<-position ( U s e d only d u r i n g
:round checkout. )
77
?-velocity ( U s e d only d u r i n g
:round checkout.)
Noun L i s t (Sheet 3 of 3 )
GUIDASCE A X D NAVIGATION S Y S T E M
hlission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e
Page
2.2-35
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e f l a s h i s t u r n e d off by any of t h e following e v e n t s :
0
0
F i n a l e n t r y of a load s e q u e n c e
E n t r y of v e r b p r o c e e d without d a t a ( 3 3 )
E n t r y of v e r b t e r m i n a t e ( 3 4 ) .
It i s i m p o r t a n t t o conclude e v e r y load v e r b by one of the a f o r e m e n t i o n e d

t h r e e , e s p e c i a l l y i f the load w a s i n i t i a t e d by p r o g r a m a c t i o n within t h e
c o m p u t e r . If a n i n t e r n a l l y i n i t i a t e d l o a d i s not concluded validly, the p r o g r a m t h a t i n i t i a t e d it m a y n e v e r b e r e c a l l e d . The p r o c e e d without d a t a
v e r b is u s e d t o i n d i c a t e t h a t the o p e r a t o r i s unable t o , o r d o e s not w i s h t o ,
supply the d a t a r e q u e s t e d , but w a n t s the initiating p r o g r a m t o continue a s
b e s t it c a n with old d a t a . The t e r m i n a t e v e r b i s u s e d t o indicate t h a t t h e
o p e r a t o r c h o o s e s not to load the r e q u e s t e d d a t a a n d a l s o w a n t s t o t e r m i n a t e
the requesting routine.
2.2. 3 . 3 . 3
E r r o r Codes.
E r r o r c o d e n u m b e r s a p p e a r i n REGISTER 1 with noun 31.
OSS E r r o r s
00101
00102
001 03
00104
00105
001 06
00107
00110
00120
O p t i c s mode c o n t r o l s w i t c h e d f r o m ZERO OPTICS b e f o r e end of 30 s e c o n d s .

AGC unable t o a c h i e v e d e s i r e d o p t i c s m o d e .
F u n c t i o n not valid f o r SC 012.
No v a c a n t a r e a a v a i l a b l e f o r m a r k s .
I n t e r n a l m a r k r e q u e s t while m a r k s y s t e m i s b u s y .
F u n c t i o n not v a l i d f o r SC 012.
M a r k r e j e c t while m a r k s y s t e m is not i n u s e .
M a r k r e j e c t with a l l r e q u e s t e d m a r k s a c c e p t e d o r no m a r k s s i n c e initiating
last m a r k reject.
Too many m a r k s .
LSS E r r o r s
00201
00202
00203
00204
Z e r o encode e n d e d b e f o r e end of 30 s e c o n d wait.

A C C unable t o a c h i e v e d e s i r e d ISS mode.
No ISS m o d e i n d i c a t e d t o AGC.
ISS m o d e changed while TRANSFER s w i t c h i s i n COMPUTER position, but
AGC d i d not c o m m a n d mode change.
P r o c e d u r a l Difficulties
00401
00402
00403
00404
00405
D e s i r e d g i m b a l a n g l e s w i l l p r o d u c e g i m b a l lock.
g r e a t e r than 6 0 . )
S t a r out of f i e l d of view.
S a m e a s 00402.
IMU o r i e n t a t i o n unknown.
SCS m o d e m o n i t o r f a i l u r e .
(Middle g i m b a l a n g l e

Mission
Change Date
Page
2 . 2-36
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
00406
00407
00410
Navigation p r o g r a m busy.
Navigation p r o g r a m needed i n t e r n a l l y
AGC update not a l l o w e d .
AGC H a r d w a r e Malfunctions
01101
01102
01103
01104
01105
01106
Unused i n t e r r u p t ( R U P T 2 ) o c c u r r e d
AGC s e l f - t e s t e r r o r .
Unused count, c o m p a r e , a n d s k i p ( C C S ) b r a n c h e x e c u t e d .
C - r e l a y failed during C-relay test.
Star search failure,
IMU o r i e n t a t i o n no good f o r e n t r y .
L i s t Overflo\vs
01201
01202
01203
01204
01205
01206
01207
01210
E x e c u t i v e overflow-no v a c a n t a r e a s . :
E x e c u t i v e overfloLv-no c o r e s e t s . ::
Waitlist o v e r f l o w - t o o m a n y t a s k s . :k
S a m e a s 01203. ::
M a s t e r c o n t r o l overflow-too many j o b s waiting. ::
DSKY waiting line overflo\v. +
N o v a c a n t a r e a f o r marks.:::
Something a l r e a d y waiting i n IMU s t a l l . :::
Interpreter E r r o r s
01301
01302
A r c c o s - a r c s i n input a n g l e too l a r g e . ::
S q u a r e r o o t c a l l e d f o r with a negative a r g u m e n t . ::
Display A l a r m s
01401
01402
VG i n c r e a s i n g - l o s s of c o n t r o l .
Delta V too low-engine not on.
DSKY P r o g r a m E r r o r s
01501
Check f a i l a l a r m d u r i n g i n t e r n a l u s e . :::
:::These a l a r m s a r e " a b o r t s " and define a l a r m s Lvhich i n i t i a t e a r e s t a r t of the -1GC

p r o g r a m xvhich \ v a s i n p r o g r e s s when the a l a r m a p p e a r e d .
-GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2. 2-37
SM2A -0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2.2.3. 3.4
AGC P r o g r a m s .
T h e following l i s t of AGC p r o g r a m s d e f i n e s the p r o g r a m s and r o u t i n e s
a p p l i c a b l e to SC-012. The AGC p r o g r a m s p r o v i d e the m a j o r m o d e s of G & N
s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n . T h e r o u t i n e s c o n s i s t of a s p e c i f i c s e q u e n c e of o p e r a t i o n s
which a r e p e r f o r m e d by m o r e t h a n o n e p r o g r a m a n d / o r o t h e r routine.
Program
Number
Title
00
AGC Idling
01
P r e l a u n c h In it iali za t i o n
02
Gyro Compassing
03
Optical Azimuth Verification
04
Inertial Reference
05
G&N Startup
06
G & N P o w e r Down
07
S y s t e m s T e s t ( L i m i t e d in-flight u s e . )
11
P re - L E T Jettison
12
. P o s t - L E T Jettison
Contains
Routines
R 24, R 34
17
L E T Abort
22
Landmark Tracking
23
S t a r / L a n d m a r k Navigation M e a s u r e m e n t
21
Ground T r a c k Determination
27
AGC Update
31
O r b i t Change ( P r e t h r u s t )
R 1, R 21, R 35
32
R e t u r n to E a r t h ( P r e t h r u s t )
R 1 , R 21, R 36
33
SPS Minimum Impulse ( P r e t h r u s t )
I3 1, R 2 1 , R 31,
R 33
41
O r b i t Change
R 2 , R 22, R 24,
R 31, R 34, R 37
R 27, R 2 8

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
I9b6
Change Date
page
2-2-38
S.M2/\
- 0 3- sc 0 1 2
Program
Number
Con ta ins
Routines
Title
~____
42
R e t u r n t o Earth
R 2, R 22, R 24,
R 31, R 34, R 37
13
SPS M i n i m u m I m p u l s e
R 2 , R 31, R 34,
R 37
51
IMU O r i e n t a t i o n D e t e r m i n a t i o n
R 27, R 29
52
S-IVB/IMU Align
R 4, R 25, R 27,
R 28, R 29, R 30
53
CSM/IMU Align
R 1 , R 4, R 21,
R 25, R 27, R 28,
R 29, R 30
54
I M U R ea1ignment
R 27, R 2 9 , R 30
61
Maneuver To CM/SM S e p a r a t i o n Attltude
R 1, R 2 1
62
CM/SiM S e p a r a t i o n And P r e - E n t r y
iManeuver
R 3, R 21
63
Initialization
64
P o s t 0.05G
67
Final Phase
71
F i r s t Abort Burn
R 2-1
___
Routine
Number
1
Attitude C o n t r o l Mode Check
R 22
T h r u s t C o n t r o l Mode Check
R 1 , R 2 1 , R 22
E n t r y C o n t r o l Mode Check
R 22
+ I
F i n e Alignment
R 2 5 , R 27, R 28,
R 2 9 , R 30
Attitude M a n e u v e r
SCS D i s c r e t e Monitor
22
~~
GUIDANCE AiUD NAVIGATIOS SYSTEM

Mission
Contains
Routines
Title
Change Date
.
Page
2.2-39
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Routine
Number
Contains
Routines
Title
25
C o a r s e Alignment
27
Sighting M a r k
28.
Auto O p t i c s P o s i t i o n i n g
29
S t a r Data T e s t
30
Gyro Torquing
31
Backup Delta V C o u n t e r
33
P r e t h r u s t SPS Minimum I m p u l s e Data

Load
34
O r b i t P a r a m e t e r Display
35
P r e t h r u s t O r b i t Change Data Load
36
P r e t h r u s t R e t u r n to E a r t h Data Load
37
S P S Engine Ignition
38
SPS Engine T h r u s t F a i l
2.2.1
PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
2.2.5
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
2 . 2 . 5.1
S /C Attitude.
R 38
T h e S / C should not be m a n e u v e r e d t o a n a t t i t u d e which will a l i g n the

i n n e r c i r c l e of e i t h e r r e d a r e a o n the FDA1 b a l l u n d e r t h e navigation a x i s
m a r k e r . F a i l u r e t o a v o i d t h i s condition c a n r e s u l t i n IMU g i m b a l l o c k .
S p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e following m a n e u v e r s should b e avoided:
Yaw m a n e u v e r g r e a t e r t h a n k75 d e g r e e s when r o l l angle i s

0 d e g r e e o r 180 d e g r e e s .
P i t c h m a n e u v e r g r e a t e r t h a n t42 d e g r e e s o r -108 d e g r e e s when

roll angle i s * 9 0 degrees.

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l 9 6 6
Change Date
Page
2.2-40
S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 5. 2
IMU O p e r a t i o n .
'
The AGC m u s t be O N b e f o r e t h e IMU i s placed i n o p e r a t i o n b l r

engaging t h e IMU c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s .
The AGC m u s t be ON o r i n STANDBY b e f o r e the IMU i s placed
i n standby m o d e .
Allow 15 s e c o n d s f o r the s t a b i l i z a t i o n loops to c o m p l e t e l y
s t a b i l i z e t h e p l a t f o r m a f t e r applying o p e r a t i n g p o w e r , i. e . , a f t e r
engaging the IMU c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s .
The IMU m u s t be i n full o p e r a t i o n f o r a t l e a s t 1 h o u r b e f o r e valid
o p e r a t i o n of the i n e r t i a l c o m p o n e n t s c a n be a s s u m e d .
The i n e r t i a l c o m p o n e n t s will s u f f e r a l o s s of c a l i b r a t i o n if the
t e m p e r a t u r e f a l l s below 1 2 0 F o r e x c e e d s 1 4 0 F . Damage will
o c c u r if the t e m p e r a t u r e f a l l s below 4 0 F o r e x c e e d s 1 6 0 F .
Do not o p e r a t e the IMU s u c h t h a t the m i d d l e g i m b a l a n g l e r e a c h e s
o r e x c e e d s 70 d e g r e e s .
2.2. 5 . 3
Optics Operation.
Do not s l e w the SXT o r S C T into t h e m e c h a n i c a l s t o p s ,
Do not d r i v e t h e 2X TRUNNION CDU i n e x c e s s of 180 d e g r e e s a s

r e a d on t h e CDU d i s p l a y d i a l s . I n s u r e t h a t t h i s display d i a l
i n d i c a t e s l e s s t h a n 180 d e g r e e s b e f o r e engaging the ZERO
OPTICS mode of o p e r a t i o n .
2.2.6
T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
T h e following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of all G&N s y s t e m t e l e m e t r y d a t a t h a t
i s m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s a n d ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . The l a s t
column c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and type of S I C c r e w d i s p l a y . The d i s p l a y u t i l i z e s
t h e s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r i s included in the d i s p l a y c o l u m n .
An a s t e r i s k (:::) by t h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s i n f o r m a t i o n n h i c h
i s not a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g PCiLI lo\\
bit r a t e operation.
hleasurement
Number
Descrlption
CG 0 0 0 1 i7 C o m p u t e r d i g i t a l d a t a
40 bits
C G 1101 V
- 2 8 VDC supply
Sensor
Range
No m i na 1
Operating
Range
Sone
t4/t132 vdc
- 3 0 1 0 vdc
C r e w Display
-28 vdc
No ne
SiM2A -03-SCO 12
---
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
CG 1110
Description
Sensor
Range
Nominal
Operating
Range
C r e w Display
2. 5 VDC TM b i a s
TBD
C G 1503 X
IMU +28 v d c o p e r a t e
Event
None
CG 1513 X
IMU +28 v d c s t a n d b y
Event
No ne
CG 1523 X
AGC +28 v d c
Event
None
CG 1533 X
Optics +28 vdc
Event
None
- 2 8 vdc
None
CG 2110
IGA t o r q u e m o t o r
input
TBD
None
cCG 2112
IGA 1X r e s output
s i n e in p h a s e
TBD
None
W G 2113 V
IGA 1X r e s output c o s
i n phase
TBD
None
W G 2117 V
IGA s e r v o e r r o r i n
phase
010.5 v r ms
None
MGA t o r q u e m o t o r
input
TBD
None
MGA 1X r e s output
sine in phase
TBD
None
C G 2143 V
MGA 1X r e s output
c o s in p h a s e
TBD
None
MGA s e r v o e r r o r in
phase
010.5 v r m s
None
CG 2170 V
OGA t o r q u e m o t o r
input
TBD
None
OCA 1X r e s output
s i n e in p h a s e
TBD
None
XCG 2173 V
OGA 1X r e s output
COS in phase
TBD
None
X G 2177 V
OCA s e r v o e r r o r i n
phase
O/O. 5 vrms
None
CG 2140 V
*CG 2142
;:CG 2147 V
+CG 2172
_-

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOv l 9 6 6
Change Date
Page
2.2-42
SlMZA - 0 3 - SC 0 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Description
Sensor
Range
Nominal
Ope r a t i n g
Range
X G 2206 V
IGA CDU 1X r e s
e r r o r i n phase
010.2 v r m s
None
C G 2236 V
MGA CDU 1X r e s
e r r o r i n phase
O j O . 2 vrms
None
X G 2266 V
OCA CDU 1X r e s
e r r o r i n phase
OjO.2 v r m s
None
CG 2300 T
PIPA temp
TBD
t126.0F/
t134. 0 F
None
CG 2301 T
IRIG t e m p
TBD
t129.5"F/
t 1 3 7 . 5 "F
None
CG 2302 C
IMU h e a t e r c u r r e n t
Olt5 amps
Ojt2 amps
None
C G 2303 C
IMU blower c u r r e n t
O/t5 a m p s
O/t1 amp
None
:::CG 3102 V
SXT t r u n m o t o r
d r i v e i n phase
TBD
None
+CG 3112 V
SXT s h a f t m o t o r
drive in phase
T BD
None
:::CG 3133 V
SCT tryn motor

drive
TBD
None
W G 3141 V
T r u n CDU 16X r e s
e r r o r in p h a s e
TBD
None
:::CG3200 V
T r u n CDU m o t o r
drive i n phase
T BD
None
X G 3220 V
CDU m o t o r d r i v e
RMS
TBD
None
K G 4300 T
AGC t e m p m o n i t o r
TBD
None
CG 5000 X
PIPA fail
Event
A C C E L F A I L , GSrN
ACCEL FAIL C & W
lights ( 2 ) .
CG 5001 X
IMU f a i l
Event
IMU FAIL C6-W lights

2).

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 xov 1966
Change D a t e
Page
2.2-43
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
Measurement
Number
~~
Description
Sensor
Range
Nomina 1
Ope r a t i n g
Range
C r e w Display
CG 5002 X
CDU f a i l
Event
CDU F A I L C&W l i g h t s
(2)
CG 5003 X
G i m b a l . lock w a r n i n g
Event
GIMBAL LOCK, GMBL

LOCK C & W l i g h t s (2).
CG 5005 X
E r r o r detect
Event
PGNS, G & N ERROR

C&W lights (2).
CG 5006 X
IMU t e m p light
Event
IMU T E M P C & W l i g h t s
(2).
CG 5007 X
Z e r o e n c o d e light
Event
Z E R O ENCODER,
Z E R O E N C . C&W
lights (2).
C G 5008 X
IMU d e l a y light
Event
IMU DELAY.
light.
CG 5020 X
AGC a l a r m 1
(Program)
Event
PROG ALM, C O M P
F A I L (DSKY lights).
C B 5021 X
AGC alarm 2
(AGC a c t i v i t y )
Event
C O M P DSKY l i g h t s ( 2 ) .
CG 5022 X
AGC a l a r m . 3 ( T M )
Event
TM FAIL, COMP
F A I L . (DSKY lights).
CG 5023 X
AGC a l a r m 4 ( p r o g
ck fail)
Event
CHECK F A I L , C O M P
FAIL. (DSKY lights).
CG 5024 X
AGC a l a r m 5
( s c a l e r fail)
Event
SCALER F A I L , C O M P
FAIL. (DSKY l i g h t s ) .
CG 5 0 2 5 X
AGC a l a r m 6
(parity fail)
Event
PARITY F A I L , C O M P
FAIL. (DSKY lights).
CG 5026 X
AGC a l a r m 7
[counter fail)
Event
COUNTER F A I L ,
S O M P F A I L . (DSKY
ights).
C G 5027 X
AGC a l a r m 8 (key
release)
Event
K E Y R L S E (DSKY
i g h t s ) (2).
CG 5028 X
4GC a l a r m 9 ( r u p t
.ock)
Event
3 U P T LOCK, C O M P
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
C&W
2-2-34
.-
SiM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Description
Sensor
Range
Nominal
Operating
Range
C r e w Display
CG 5029 X
AGC a l a r m 10 ( T C
trap)
Event
TC TRAP, COMP
CG 5030 X
Computer power fail

light
Event
AGC PWR F A I L
(DSKY l i g h t s ) (2).
::CG 6000 P
IMU p r e s s u r e
TBD
None
+CG 6020 T
PSA t e m p 1 t r a y 3
TBD
None
2::CG 6021 T
TBD
None
:::CG 6022 T
TBD
None
2.2.7
G & N POWER CONSUMPTION.

The o p t i c s a r e only p o w e r e d u p when a s t a r o r l a n d m a r k sighting i s
r e q u i r e d . The s u b s y s t e m s p o w e r l e v e l s a r e a s follows:
Description
Control
Power Reqmt's
C B 59 and58
CB 61 and 60
325. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
61-7 watts (dc)
AGC-operate
standby
C B 57 a n d 56
AGC Mode Switch
115. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
15. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
Optics -operate
CB 55 and 54
124. 4 w a t t s ( d c )
14.4 watts (dc)
Controls and displays
CB 9 3 a n d 62
and Switch No. 7
IMU- o p e r a t e
standby
B
10. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
1 0 - 7 watts (dc)
18-7 watts (dc)
7 - 0 watts (dc)
AGC only
AGC and IMU
F u l l G & N operation
M i n i m u m p o w e r consumption i s 7 6 . 7 w a t t s ( d c ) when AGC and IMU a r e in

t h e standby m o d e .

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
2.2-45
SM2A-03-SCO 12
._--
SYSTEMS DATA
2.2.8
INTER F A C E SIGNALS.
Signal Name
Source
Description
Engine on-off
P r o v i d e s p u l s e t r a i n t h a t l a s t s a s long a s t h e engine
AGC
(Apollo
i s r e q u i r e d t o f i r e . T h e t i m e a t which t h e s i g n a l
t e r m i n a t e s t a k e s into a c c o u n t e l e c t r o n i c d e l a y s
guidance
c o m p u t e r ] within t h e SCS a n d tail-off c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the
engines.
Discrete signal
carrier
AGC
P r o v i d e s continuous p u l s e t r a i n to the SCS to be

s w i t c h e d back to the AGC.
G & N s y s t e m attitude
c o n t r o l ( o r SCS
attitude control)
SCS
P r o v i d e s power t o a n a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s w i t c h on the
G & N system.
Minimum impulse
enable
G&N
system
Disables a l l t h r e e attitude channels simultaneously

a n d s u p p l i e s v o l t a g e s to a n a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s w i t c h
on t h e G & N s y s t e m .
Minimum impulse t
a n d - p i t c h , yaw, and
roll
scs
P r o v i d e s s i x s i g n a l s to the G & N s y s t e m f o r hand

controller operation.
Minimum impulse
pitch, yaw, and roll
G&N
system
P r o v i d e s t h e c a p a b i l i t y to i n i t i a t e s p a c e c r a f t attitude
c h a n g e s i n the G & N s y s t e m a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode o r
t h e SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode. T h e s e c h a n g e s will
be i n i t i a t e d by d i s c r e t e m i n i m u m i m p u l s e s .
P i t c h e r r o r body o f f s e t
a n d body a x i s
G&N
system
P r o v i d e s pitch a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to t h e SCS.
Yaw e r r o r body o f f s e t
axis
G&N
system
P r o v i d e s yaw a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r i n g

G & N s y s t e m e n t r y mode.
Yaw e r r o r body a x i s
G&N
system
P r o v i d e s yaw a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r i n g

n,ormal G&N s y s t e m operating modes.
Roll e r r o r body o f f s e t
axis
G&N
system
G&N s y s t e m entry mode.
Roll e r r o r body axis
G&N
system
P r o v i d e s r o l l a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r l n g
normal G&N s y s t e m operating modes.
P r o v i d e s r o l l a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r i n g

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.2-46
SM2A-03-SCO 12
Signal Name
Source
De s c r i p t i o n
P r o v i d e s a n 800 c p s , s y n c h r o n o u s , i n - p h a s e voltage
f r o m the G & N s y s t e m .
IMU 28V 8 0 0 c p s
(demodulator r e f e r e n c e )
IMU
IMU
IMU
IMU
IMU
IMU
G&N
s i n AIG l X ,
c o s AIG l X ,
s i n AMG l X ,
C O S AMG l X ,
s i n AOG l X , and
c o s AOG 1X
P r o v i d e s total attitude s i g n a l s to the SCS.
Ele c t r i c 1 P o w e r S y s t e m ( E P S ) and G & N S y s t e m Interface

t 2 8 vdc AGC bus A and
bus B
t 2 8 vdc optics bus A
and bus B
P r o v i d e s power to the AGC.
E PS
P r o v i d e s power to the o p t i c s s u b s y s t e m .
EPS
t 2 8 vdc IMU bus A

and bus B
E PS
P r o v i d e s power t o the IMU.
t 2 8 vdc standby bus A

a n d bus B
E PS
P r o v i d e s IMU t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l power.
1 1 5v 400 c p s
I EPS
II
P r o v i d e s power f o r a l l G&N s y s t e m 6-volt l a m p s
Communication and I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n S y s t e m and G&N System I n t e r f a c e

DLNK sync
AGC
Synchronizes data t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m the AGC t o the

communications and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s y s t e m .
DLNK end
AGC
P e r m i t s two AGC w o r d s t o be t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m the

AGC to the communications and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n
s y s t e m . Stops the A G C and the t r a n s m i s s i o n of
data f r o m the AGC to the communications and
instrumentation system.
DLNK s t a r t
AGC
P r o v i d e s pulse signal that o c c u r s a t the beginning

of e v e r y data t r a n s m i s s i o n to the communications
and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s y s t e m . S e t s flip-flop i n XGC
that e n a b l e s 5 - s t a g e downlink c o u n t e r .
D L N K data
AGC
I n i t i a t e s by DLNK s t a r t , stopped by DLNK end, and

c o n s i s t s of a 40 bit t e l e m e t r y word (two AGC w o r d s
and a n 8 bit t e l e m e t r y w o r d o r d e r code).
ULNK 1
-4GC
T r a n s m i t t e d to the uplink counter in the A G C .

Adds one to uplink counter and shifts the counter
one i n c r e m e n t .

Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
page
2.2-47
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Signal N a m e
ULNK 0
Source
AGC
Description
T r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e uplink c o u n t e r i n t h e AGC.
Shifts uplink c o u n t e r o n e i n c r e m e n t .

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
I966 Change D a t e
page 2.2-48
SM2A -03-SCO 12
\
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 3
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM (SCS)
2.3.1
INTRODUCTION.
The s t a b i l i z a t i o n a n d c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SCS) p r o v i d e s a capability f o r
controlling rotation, t r a n s l a t i o n , a n d t h r u s t v e c t o r f o r c e s with additional
capability of r a t e stabilization.
The SCS is divided into t h r e e b a s i c s u b s y s t e m s : attitude r e f e r e n c e ,
attitude c o n t r o l , a n d t h r u s t v e c t o r control. T h e s e s u b s y s t e m s contain the
e l e m e n t s which provide f o r manu'al attitude control, a u t o m a t i c attitude
c o n t r o l , and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l , plus m a n u a l backup p r o v i s i o n s f o r a l l
a u t o m a t i c functions.
The s u b s y s t e m / c o n t r o l capability allows the f r e e selection of s e v e r a l
m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n which f a l l within the boundaries of t h r e e e n t i r e l y
different flight c o n t r o l p r o f i l e s . T h e s e include coasting flight ( e a r t h o r b i t a l
e n v i r o n m e n t ) , p o w e r e d flight ( a t m o s p h e r i c - a s c e n t , a n d e a r t h o r b i t a l
e n v i r o n m e n t ) , a n d a t m o s p h e r i c flight ( e n t r y - unpowered).
S p a c e c r a f t d i s p l a y s p r o v i d e a capability f o r monitoring S I C attitude,
S I C r a t e s , attitude e r r o r s , cautions, a n d w a r n i n g s . C o n t r o l s provide
s w i t c h a r r a n g e m e n t s f o r commanding m o d e s , commanding inputs to change
o p e r a t i n g s t a t u s a n d to p e r m i t m a n u a l o v e r r i d e t o all a u t o m a t i c functions.
The SCS i n t e r f a c e s with t h e following S / C s y s t e m s (See figure 2. 3 - 1 ) .
Telecommunications System ( T / C )
P r o v i d e s c l o c k r e f e r e n c e f r e q u e n c y f o r m e a s u r e m e n t of changes in
S / C velocity
R e c e i v e s all down-link t e l e m e t r y f r o m SCS
P r o v i d e s up-data position i n f o r m a t i o n via AGC o r voice
0
E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r S y s t e m (EPS)
P r o v i d e s p r i m a r y power f o r SCS o p e r a t i o n
E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ECS)
T r a n s f e r s h e a t f r o m SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
196t
Change Date
Page
2.3-1
SMZA -03 - S C O 12
-SYSTEMS DATA
TELEMETRY MEASUREMENTS
T/C
I
ATTITUDE ERRORS
GUIDANCE
AND
NAVIGATION
S P S ON-OFF
SPS THRUST O N - ~ F F
SYSTEM
SPS GlMML COMMANDS
II
sps
TOTAL
ATTITUDE
n
RCS AUTO ON-OFF
DISPLAY
CONSOLE
DISPLAY AND
SWITCH
STABILIZATION
AND
CONTROL
SYSTEM
COMMANDS
n
PRIMARY
CONTROL
COMMANDS
DIRECT RCS ROTATION COMMANDS
SM-2A-676D
F i g u r e 2 . 3-1.
SCS F u n c t i o n a l Interface
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.3-7
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
Sequential Events C o n t r o l S y s t e m (SECS)

P r o v i d e s a b o r t switching function
By switch c o n t r o l in SCS, i n i t i a t e s a b o r t a n d e n a b l e s c o n t r o l functions
in SCS
Guidance a n d Navigation S y s t e m (G&N)

P r o v i d e s roll, pitch, a n d yaw t o t a l attitude inputs t o SCS
P r o v i d e s attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s
P r o v i d e s t h r u s t on/off c o m m a n d f o r SPS engine
P r o v i d e s s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s t o TVC during G & N AV
P r o p u l s i o n S y s t e m s (SPS, RCS).
The s e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m g e n e r a t e s i n t e r n a l f o r c e s f o r l a r g e
velocity changes
The r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m g e n e r a t e s the i n t e r n a l f o r c e s r e q u i r e d
f o r rotation, a n d t r a n s l a t i o n .
A detailed d e s c r i p t i o n a n d function of the SCS c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s

r e f e r r e d t o is provided in s e c t i o n 3 .
2.3.2
F U NC TJONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the SCS c o v e r s the m a j o r a r e a s of
c o n t r o l c a p a b i l i t i e s , Apollo r e f e r e n c e a x e s , a n d s u b s y s t e m d e s c r i p t i o n .
2.3.2. 1
C o n t r o l Capabilities.
C o n t r o l capability e x i s t s f o r the m a n u a l attitude c o n t r o l , a u t o m a t i c
attitude c o n t r o l , and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l functions. The following
p a r a g r a p h s provide a b r i e f d i s c u s s i o n of e a c h c o n t r o l function.
2. 3. 2. 1. 1
Manual Attitude Control.

Manually commanded inputs c o n v e r t e d t o e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l s , d i r e c t l y
o r i n d i r e c t l y , c a u s e the propulsion s y s t e m s to m a n e u v e r the s p a c e c r a f t t o
a d e s i r e d attitude a n d / o r change the flight path ( t r a j e c t o r y ) of the s p a c e c r a f t . Manual c o n t r o l s include two independent rotation c o n t r o l l e r s
( f i g u r e 2.3-8), two t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r s ( f i g u r e 2. 3 - 8 ) , a n d a n a r r a n g e m e n t of panel-mounted c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s .

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
7. 3-3
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 3. 2. 3
Subsystems.
The a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e , a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l
s u b s y s t e m s a r e d e s c r i b e d in t h e following p a r a g r a p h s . The d e s c r i p t i o n
c o v e r s t h e p u r p o s e and functions of e a c h s u b s y s t e m , and the i n t e g r a t e d
a s s o c i a t i o n with o t h e r s y s t e m s . F i g u r e s 2 . 3 - 3 and 2 . 3 - 4 , provide s i m p l i f i e d block, a n d flow d i a g r a m s of the t h r e e s u b s y s t e m s and f i g u r e 2. 3-5
s h o w s the switching logic a n d functions which a f f e c t the t h r e e s u b s y s t e m s .
2.3. 2 . 3. 1
Attitude R e f e r e n c e S u b s y s t e m .
The p u r p o s e of t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m ( f i g u r e s 2. 3 - 4 and
2. 3-5) is to r e l a t e t h e S I C a t t i t u d e in t e r m s of i t s g e o m e t r i c X, Y, and Z
c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m to a n a r b i t r a r i l y c h o s e n c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m with a fixed
r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . The r e l a t i o n between t h e two c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m s r e p r e s e n t s i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e and is p r e s e n t e d t o the a s t r o n a u t s by v i s u a l d i s p l a y .
V i s u a l o b s e r v a t i o n of i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e is n e c e s s a r y to p e r f o r m m a n u a l
m a n e u v e r s o r f o r m o n i t o r i n g a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n s . The flight d i r e c t o r
a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r (FDAI), l o c a t e d on the S I C m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e , d i s p l a y s
t h e i n f o r m a t i o n r e q u i r e d f o r t h e m a n u a l a n d a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n s . The
i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y e d i n c l u d e s S / C t o t a l attitude, attitude e r r o r in t h r e e
a x e s , a n d r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s in t h r e e a x e s . The i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y e d by the
FDAI is obtained f r o m e i t h e r the G&N s y s t e m o r the SCS.
T h e r e a r e two a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s a s s o c i a t e d with the a t t i t u d e
r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m : p r i m a r y a n d backup. The p r i m a r y r e f e r e n c e is
obtained t h r o u g h the m e c h a n i z a t i o n of s u b s y s t e m s within t h e G&N s y s t e m .
The backup r e f e r e n c e is m e c h a n i z e d within t h e SCS. E a c h of t h e a t t i t u d e
reference loops contain t h r e e basic elements: a computer, a n inertial
r e f e r e n c e d e v i c e , and a v i s u a l d i s p l a y .
Attitude R e f e r e n c e /G&N. To obtain a n i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e u s i n g the
G & N s y s t e m , t h e a s t r o n a u t s , t h e G & N o p t i c s s u b s y s t e m , the i n e r t i a l and
c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m s , a n d the MSFN a r e i n t e g r a t e d to f o r m a c l o s e d loop
system.
The G&N s y s t e m i s u s e d to d e t e r m i n e i n e r t i a l attitude and position
a n d i n i t i a t e s a l i g n m e n t of t h e s t a b l e e l e m e n t of the IMU to t h e d e s i r e d
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e initially e s t a b l i s h e d by o p t i c a l s i g h t i n g s .
After IMU a l i g n m e n t , the IMU i n conjunction with the AGC c a n
provide i n e r t i a l - r e f e r e n c e d a t t i t u d e hold a n d , i f r e q u i r e d , i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e d velocity c h a n g e s . T r a n s l a t i o n a l v e l o c i t i e s a r e s e n s e d by
a c c e l e r o m e t e r s mounted on t h e IMU s t a b l e e l e m e n t . The AGC p r o c e s s e s
t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r s i g n a l s to update v e l o c i t y a n d change i n f o r m a t i o n f o r
TVC functions.
In addition t o the o p t i c a l a l i g n m e n t of the IMU, the a s t r o n a u t s can u s e
t h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m to e s t a b l i s h IMU a l i g n m e n t .
~~
STABILIZATION AND C.0NT.RQL SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
I t
1966 - C h a n g e Date
~~
Page
2.3-8
kqg#fj-bER
AGCU
EXC
r----
ERROR
RESOLVER XMITTER
RESOLVER
CONTROL
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
qs#z~=
I
I
ERROR
RESOLVER XMITTER I
RESOLVER
CONTROL
I
I
I
+
CONTROL
LOGIC
cP.
4
A
ATTITUDE REFERENCE FUNCTIONAL CONTROL LOOP
T-
r----
AGCU
TOTAL ANGLE
AS SECTION OF
AS/GPI PANEL
EULER
ERROR
RESOLVER XMliTER
EUiER
ERROR
RESOLVER
~.
CONTROL
IMU/CDU R&
ATTITUDE SET, AGCU

RESOLVER COMPARISON
:.ED
u
1
MODES,
MODES
AECA
I
I
I
____1
I
I
NAV
AXES
TORQUING
- 1
ATTI'TUDE
SET
NAv
AXES
ERROR
NAV
AXES
ATTITUDE
ERROR
,
+
EULER
ERROR
TOTAL
ATTITUDE
S/C C O M M A N D ATTITUDE ERROR
I
~
RESOLVER XMITTER
I
I
ERROR
R
FDAl
L
,,
iUOE REFERENCE FUNCTIONAL CONTROL L O O P
BODY AXES
ATTITUDE
ERRORS/OR
MCKUP PATE
BODY AXES
GYRO TORQUING
CONTRC4
MODES
BREAKOUT
CDU ATTITUDE ERROR
AGAA
1I
1
SCS CONTROL
COMMANDS
ATTITUDE REFERENCE SUBSYSTEM
l N
IMU
IMU/CDU RESCXVER
COMPARISON
'
P]I
CONTROL
MODES
ATTITUDE
ERROR A N D
' C O M M N DRATE
CLOSED
L G6N
INERTIAL
CDU
INERTIAL
TOTb
ATTITUDE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1-
A G M
ERRORS
D/AGMEU
f
SWITCHING
LOGIC
SIGNALS
-,I[
1
rG
'
NDS
SCS CONTROL
PANEL
ROTATION d
PITCH,
C O M M N D S TO
A U l O COILS
AND
I
RCS
TRANS
YAW
ECA'S
S/C ROTATIONAL
SWITCHING LOGIC
I
I
I
I
CDU ATTITUDE ERROR
#-I
CONDITIONED
ATTITUDE ERRORS
ROLL,
SCS CONTROL
PANEL
PROPORTIONAL
ROTATION INPUTS
ROTATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OUTPUT F O R SEP a L A G E
CONTROL
A V
INDICATOR
MESC
ULvIG'
DIRECT ULLAGE TO DIRECT COILS
ATTITUDE CONTROL SUBSSYSTEM
. I.
Miss:
SMZA -03-sc012
SYSTEMS DATA
I
I
L O G I C INPUT
--c
ECA
ROTATION &
TRANS
C O W N D S TO
Am0 COILS
RCS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-1
.
KSCONTROL
PANEL
II
SWITCHING
LOGIC
SIGNALS
GP I
SPS G I M M L
POSITION
SPS G I M M L
POSITION TRIM
+TO
=--t
ROLL
SOLENOIDS
RCS
ROLL
PiTcn
S/C ROTATIONAL
YAW
ECA'S
IRANUATION
COWNDS
RATE FEEDBACK
AND
#)SITION
MTE
REDIUCK
TRANSLATION CONTROL
I
I
INPUTS
-GLN
A UX
MG
ciwcn
CONTROL
THRaT MCTOR CONTROL SUBSYSTEM

SM-2A-9358
Figuro 2.3-3. SCS Functional Block Diagram

Mie sion- .
m r i c D.tr' I t
1966 Change Date
Page
2.3-9/2. 3-10
~ ~ r p o G
u( x ~
* a
-
, ---...-
.
.
.
)
---
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E V L E R TO
N A V AXES
CONV
-b
I
C
MOTOR
CONTROL
LOGIC
KI
0.
ORBIT
UTE
7 -
TORQUER
GATE
ASSY
I
I
I
I
I
I
STEPPfR
-1
e
tI tI * !
I+
AMPLIFIER
AND
LEML
DETECTOR
MOTOR
STEPPER
MOTOR
NAY70
EUER
CON-
ORMTAL
I
I
SOURCE
I
I
I
*-
NAV TC
M)DY
AXES
CONV
I
--
Ill
CH4IOIH
ESOLM SIN
OUT PITCH
-I
+I2
EESOLVER COS
OUT PITCH A l l
TOTAL ANGLE
GENEUTION
REESOLMR SIN
YAW A n
om
OUT YAW A l l
OUT ROLL A l l
Q
RESOLMI cos
OUT ROLL A l l
-IU+12
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
'
AGCU
I I
ALIGN
K6
I
I
NAV TO
BODY
AXES
CWV
1
AGCU
P / v ERR
I I
J !I
R G6N ERWAGCU INH

Y ERR GLN 90DY
K7
P Ght4 ERR
: K8
S.F.
Kd
!iKO
GIN
?, Y ERR
::
KB
+*
c
N A V TO
GYRO
TOROUER
BODY AXES
CONV
AMPLIFIERS
5
I
a
C
b
I
:%;
K4
AGCU
CAGED
::KIO
DODY TO
NAVAXES
P, Y
snl RT
K10
A0
PREAMPLIFIEOS
4bt
KIIA
AMRIACATION
U
ROU, mcn
a d T 1 - -/TI
.-
R E S O l W3
ATTlTUDf
AND YAW
AMRIFICATION
- 1
K X L , PITCH A N D
YAW UTES OR
MlES
IKlIA
K l ID
KII
RTOUT
MTVC
-*;;Ut
K4
I I
I
QQ
UGEO
CHX)MT
COMBINE0
ATTITUDE GYRO
CHIOISV
COMBINED
ATTITIBE GYRO
R G A RATES
TO ACS ROLL
AND PITCH
CWNNELS
I
*
G I N ATTITUDE ERRORS
TO ACS ROLL AND
PITCH CMNNELS
I
I
W G A T T I T a ERROR3 OR
s/\l W T E S TO ACS
ROLL A N D PITCH C W N N E U
11111
M T K PITCH RATES
i o mcn TVC CHANNEL
R G A RATES TO A c f f f A M
G I N ATTITUDE ERRORS TO ACE WAW)

W
01
*@\flGulll
G ATTITUDE ERRORS OR 1h-I RATES TOACS (YAW)

MTVC RATES TO TvC WAW
G I N THRUST O N D F F SIGNAL ( W E TWIN) TO SPS THRUST ON/OFF LOGIC
OJ
0
FIG^ 2.
W @-flGW
Mission-
2.
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
1
ATTITUDE GYRO
1
COMBINED
ATTITWE GYRO
INTEGRATED MODE FU.tCTIONS
@-FIGW
2.34 SHEEl3
@-FlGW
2 . 3 4 SHEET 4
NOTE: b r S l i t d h g Lopis btoilt,

k.Rgun 2 . 3 4 . Shnt 2
SM-U- l a 8
Figure 2. 3-4.
SCS Functional Flow Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)

Mission
Basic Date
1966
Change Date
Page
2 . 3 - 1 1 / 2 . 3 -12
tOIAlION C O N T t U
rcMt SWllCM
A
A
A
r-----
115 VAC
M Y A
WSU
W A
AND
h W S
Lt
,
OPfN
AI
SM-CM
SEMUTION
I
YAW IQ
A n 11-
IO IQ MoOt
WlICHlNG LOCK
flt 2.3-5
-YAW/+X
XXfNOlD D t I M I
v
ONKJFF
IO. IMJ
.
1
1
Y
I
1.1
PC
urcn
urcn
... .
t
1
SMZA - 0 3 - SCO 12
S Y S T E M S DATA
I
NO. b l
I I
-YAW
Figure 2 . 3 - 4 .

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
l966
Change Date
P a g e - 7 3 - 1 3 f 2 . 3 -14
~~
--
TVC INTEGRATOR
I
I
K30
WAG YAW INPUT

I1
K2
SY
FROM
FIG 2.3-4
SHT 2
NOTE:
+io VDC
1 . For Switching logic

Detoils, k c Figure
2.3-5. Shh 3 6 4
2. F o r A b d e s , See
Figure 2 3 - 9
-a VM
ROTATION CONTROL YAW COMMAND (MTVC)
FROM
FIG 2.3-4
c u r II
@ MTK
PATES
-$
an,
YAW GlMM
TVC INTEGRATOR
I
I
BM4G YAW INPUT
i::
+(
I
I
I
+-
- x)V
I
I
I
I
I
K28
S Y S GRD CK
K29
SCS A V
MODE
THRUST VECTOR CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
.L
,
Y INTEGRATOR
A l l ERROR
SUWING
GLN OR YAW BM4G INPUT (8 LIMITER)

A
?.3-4
2
K D
ENG
IGN
LIMITER
T
I
%+
2.3-4
I
SYSTEMS DATA
V V DlFF
CLUTCH VOLTS
---7
I
GIMML
ACTUATOR
(YAW)
jYSTEM
EXTEND NO. I
SERVO N O . 1
*
-1
K32
K32
1%
ELK
TRANS
ELEC
T K
TUNS
(
7
N0.1)
K3 1
MTK
LNG
YAW G l M M L
ANGLE INDICATOR
AS/GPI
b-
Hk-
Figure 2 . 3-4.
Mission
SCS Functional F l o w Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4)
STABILIZATION A N D CONTROL SYSTEM

B a s i c Date l 2
1966 Change Date
Page 2.3-1512. 3-16
+X TRANSLATION
r --
DIRECT U L A G E
- -- ---- -----_.
FROM
+X TRANSLATION
f l G . 2.3-4
SHT 2
DIRECT ULLAGE
AV INHIBIT CIRCUIT
CR
-----------J
G I N THRUST
G I N THRUST ON/OFF
(PULSE TRAIN)
(DC)
ON/OFF
(Ac)
PULSE TRAIN
-(
7
CONVERTER
DSKY ENTRY KEY)
COMPUTER
DIGITAL DATA
---
H
I
FIG. 2.3-
SHT 1
K37A K37C
H
I
-
H
I
-
L---
El
AV
COUNTER
d V DISPLAY PANEL
POT-OUT
-&+'3I
LATCH
+-
+X TRANSUTION
DIRECT W A G E
G I N THRUST SIG
LATCH
THRUST
SWITCH
COINCIDENCE SWITCH
(OPEN)
1 GANdV
GLN
I
GAN AV
K37A K37B
?RIDE/
.
.
I
It
I ,
K37A K37C
--
K37B K37C
I*
1,
I
4)
A
-1
Mission

SYSTEMS DATA
_ - - - - - - _ _ - - - - - - - ----NORM*L/OFF/
DIRECT O N
SWITCH
-iL-----+7 I
I
I
1
I
IGNITION
COILS
- 3 -3
-
A Y PANEL
NO.
AND
NO. 2
NO. 3
AND
' NO.
'
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
sps THRUST O N P F F LOGIC AND

ACCELEROMETER ELECTRONIQ
Figure 2.3-4.
Mission

Basic Date l 2
1966 Change Date
P a g e 2.3-1712.3-18
SMZA-03-SC012
--
SYSTEMS DATA
ROTATION CONTROL BREAKOUT SWITCHES
css
-V
MTVC ENGAGE
FROM FIG.
SWITCH
AV
GbN b V
G B N ATTITUDE CONTROL
AV
SCS A V
-M
-L
-c
-
-P
R
ATTITUDE/MONITOR/
ENTRY SWITCH
-NK
n
A
r _ Y , i
+28 VDC
ST
SWITCHES
. . ..
OFF
u
-
ROLL BU RATE
NO RMAL
NORMAL
NOTE
PITCH B/U RATE
For delta wderA.

see Fig 2.3-9
NORMAL
YAW B/U RATE
BMAG
SCS MODE
SWITCHES
SM-?A- lO49B
F i g u r e 2. 3-5. SCS Switching Logic (Sheet 1 of 4 )

STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEiM
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2.3-1912. 3 - 2 0
APOL
G h N A l T CON1
K9-A
mit
c-
ERR
AGAA
KP-8
MTVC ENGAGt
PITCH
ERR
AGM
t-
K9-C
YAW
E RR
AGAA
ROLL B / u RATE
PITCM .
I/U RATF
11
YAW 8 i U MTt
LOCAL VERTICAL
+a
FDA1
ALIGN
FROM FIG.
2.3-5 SM7 I
MONITOR
GhN ATTITUM CONTIOl
GhN A V
GhN ENTRY
.05G M4NUAL
I
FROM FIG 2.3-5 SM7 3
":"
css
YAW
FROM FIG 2.34 SHT I
CWNNEL
S a ATTITUOE CONTROL
PITCH AXIS ENGAGED
CWNNEL Emnu
6WITCH. PITCH CIUNNEL)
CKANNEL ENABLE
SWITCMES, ROLL
MIN IMP A l l CON1
A
~
.MG W N U A L
G I N ENTRY
GhN ATTITUDE CON1
MDNlTOP
MIN I M P A T l CON1
css
AXIS ENGAGED
A h C r O L L AXIS ENGAGED
060 WLL AXIS ENGAGED
Figure 2.3-5.
!j
STA BLLIZA TIC
Mission
Basic Date12 NOV
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
ATTITUDE REFERENCE SUBSYSTEM
SWITCHING LOGIC
NOTE:
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 5 .
fur dclto A a u k
ws f i g . 2.3-9
SCS Switching L o g i c (Sheet 2 of 4 )
STABILIZATW
AND CONTROL SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date12 NOV 1966
k : - w
Change Date
2-.
Page 2.3-21/2.3-22
7
N
SCS ENTRY
G6N ENTRY
YAW B/U RT
'
K15
RT
IN
G - N DV
G-N ATl
MINIMUM DEADMND
G6N A V
G 6 N ATTITUDE CONTROL
L
FROM
scs
MODE
SWITCHES
F I G . 2.3-5
0.05G MANUAL
css
SHT 1
SCS A l l
SCS ENTRY
CONTROL
CONTROL
=7
ON/OFF
-t
scs LCL VE
SCS LOCAL VERTICAL

SCS ATTITUDE CONTROL
1
SCSA V
SCS A V
SCS AT1 CON1

I
FROM FIG. 2.3-4

SHT 2
YAW DIRECT SW (-)
SEE FIG. 2.3-9
DIRECT ULLAGE
FROM FIG. 2 - 3 4
SHT 4
IMP E N A l
SWITCH 0
YAW DIRECT SW (+)
ENGINE IGNITION
VDC
I
DELAY
I SEC
DELAY
ON/OFF
Mission
B
!
SMZA -03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
D
I
11
I.
I-}
G6N
MODE
iISZRETES
d V
G L N AT1 C O N 1
A
G I N ENTRY
+
K18
AGM
ATr
IN
FROM FIG.
w Fig. 2.3-9
rl
11
K29
scs
ATTITUDE CONTROL SUBSYSTEM

SWITCHING LOGIC
YAW CHANNEL ('TYPICAL)
AV
MODE
STABILIZATION AND C O N T R O L SYSTEM
Mission
Change Date
Page
2-3.23/2. 3-24
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
FROM
FIG. 2-14
SHT 1
MTVC ENGAGE
F
rL
DF)
S
DISENGAGE
ERVO NO. I
S
ENGAGE
K34
ERVO NO. 2
TVC MONITOR
(OVER-UNDER CURRENT)
OR TVC
N0.I OFF
+2BV C APPL D AT TP-CH1035V
2 2 -1 1 4
SHT
)-DY(
SCS ENTRY
K35
ENTRY
NOTE:
See Fig.
2-13 Sht 5
for relays
K36, K37, 8 K 3 8
SM-2A- 1052
Figure 2. 3-5.
SCS Switching Logic (Sheet 4 of 4)
Mission
Basic Date 12
1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-25
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
I n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e d a t a m a y a l s o be r e c e i v e d by t h e a s t r o n a u t s via the
MSFN voice link f o r AGC updating a n d / o r f o r IMU a l i g n m e n t . With t h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m in t h e G&N loop, a u t o m a t i c m a n e u v e r s a n d / o r G & N c o n t r o l l e d velocity c h a n g e s a r e p o s s i b l e .
The FDAI r e c e i v e s total a t t i t u d e and a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m
t h e G&N s y s t e m . The FDAI i n d i c a t e s S I C t o t a l a t t i t u d e ( S / C r e f e r e n c e
a t t i t u d e ) a n d a t t i t u d e e r r o r . T o t a l a t t i t u d e r e p r e s e n t s the g i m b a l a n g l e s of
t h e IMU; a n d a t t i t u d e e r r o r is the d i f f e r e n c e between t h e IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s
a n d t h e d e s i r e d a t t i t u d e . The d e s i r e d a t t i t u d e is obtained by m a n e u v e r i n g
the S / C e i t h e r m a n u a l l y o r a u t o m a t i c a l l y in t h e d i r e c t i o n s t h a t null out t h e
i n d i c a t e d e r r o r s , T h i s e s t a b l i s h e s S I C a t t i t u d e to the d e s i r e d i n e r t i a l
r e f e r e n c e . The F D A I a l s o d i s p l a y s r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s obtained f r o m the SCS
r a t e g y r o s . The SCS r a t e g y r o s supply r a t e i n f o r m a t i o n f o r all G & N and
SCS c o n t r o l a n d d i s p l a y functions.
In G&N m o d e s , the FDAI b a l l is continuously c o n t r o l l e d by s i g n a l s
f r o m the IMU g i m b a l a n g l e r e s o l v e r s . In SCS m o d e s , t h e b a l l is c o n t r o l l e d
by t h e AGCU t o t a l a n g l e r e s o l v e r s . AGCU s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d t o t h e b a l l
only d u r i n g m a n u a l l y i n i t i a t e d a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s ( a s s u m i n g none of the BMAGs
a r e r a t e c a g e d ) and i n the SCS e n t r y mode a f t e r 0.05 G switching. At a l l o t h e r
t i m e s , t h e b a l l r e m a i n s s t a t i o n a r y . The b a l l is a l w a y s d r i v e n with r e f e r e n c e
to t h e IMU a x e s with t h e AGCU providing t h e c o n v e r s i o n f o r t h e BMAGS f r o m
body a x e s t o IMU a x e s .
Attitude R e f e r e n c e / S C S . If t h e IMU cannot be u s e d f o r a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e , a b a c k u p o r s t r a p d o w n a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e c o m p r i s e d of a s s e m b l i e s
c o n t a i n e d within the SCS will p r o v i d e i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e . The
s t r a p d o w n r e f e r e n c e i s m e c h a n i z e d within t h e following:
0
Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y (AGAA)
C o n t a i n s t h e body-mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s (BMAGS), X - a x i s a c c e l e r o m e t e r , and s e l f - c o n t a i n e d e l e c t r o n i c s . P r o v i d e s attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s

f o r t h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m , AGCU, and FDAI. The BMAGS a r e a l s o
a s o u r c e f o r backup r a t e s i g n a l s , i f r e q u i r e d .
0
R a t e G y r o A s s e m b l y (RGA)
P r o v i d e s a n g u l a r r a t e s i g n a l s to the a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l (ACS) s u b s y s t e m s
and to t h e FDAI.
0
Attitude Set / G i m b a l P o s i t i o n I n d i c a t o r (AS / G P I )
The AS s e c t i o n p r o v i d e s a c a p a b i l i t y to s e t in d e s i r e d r e f e r e n c e
a t t i t u d e s a n d a l i g n the ARS to t h o s e a t t i t u d e s . The G P I s e c t i o n allows the
a s t r o n a u t s to m a n u a l l y p o s i t i o n t h e SPS engine g i m b a l s to a t r i m position
p r i o r to a d e l t a V m a n e u v e r .

Mission
Change Date
Page
2 . 3-7.6
SM2A -0 3-SCO 12
--SYSTEMS DATA
0
Display/Attitude Gyro Accelerometer Assembly Electronic Control

A s s e m b l y (D/AGAAECA)
AGAA section:
C o n t a i n s e l e c t r o n i c s r e q u i r e d t o o p e r a t e t h e BMAGS
a n d to i n t e r f a c e with the AGCU
DECA section:
P r o v i d e s t h e i n t e r f a c e e l e c t r o n i c s between all s e n s o r s
and corresponding displays
A u x i l i a r y E l e c t r o n i c C o n t r o l A s s e m b l y (AECA)
AGCU section:
P e r f Q r m s the m a t h e m a t i c a l c o m p u t a t i o n s a n d c o n t a i n s
the t r a n s f o r m a t i o n m a t r i c e s r e q u i r e d t o d i s p l a y
a t t i t u d e a n d a t t i t u d e e r r o r s of the S / C . The AGCU is
t h e p r i m a r y c o n t r o l d e v i c e f o r t h e SCS ARS.
The r e m a i n d e r of the AECA c o n t a i n s c i r c u i t r y f o r the
SPS engine t h r u s t O N / O F F c o n t r o l function.
F l i g h t D i r e c t o r Attitude I n d i c a t o r (FDAI)
The FDAI ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-12) p r o v i d e s t h e v i s u a l d i s p l a y s f o r S / C attitude;
included i s total a t t i t u d e r e a d o u t (FDAI b a l l ) g i m b a l e d in t h r e e a x e s :
r o l l , p i t c h , a n d yaw.
P i t c h a n d yaw t o t a l a t t i t u d e is r e a d f r o m e i t h e r t h e body a x e s index
( v ) o r the navigation a x e s index (e).The i n d i c e s a r e fixed to t h e
i n s t r u m e n t f a c e p l a t e . Roll is i n d i c a t e d by a r o l l bug ( i n d i c a t o r needle
d r i v e n by t h e r o l l g i m b a l t h r o u g h a g e a r m e c h a n i s m ) . Roll a t t i t u d e is
r e a d by c o m p a r i n g t h e r o l l bug p o s i t i o n with r e f e r e n c e to a s c a l e d
b e z e l r i n g about t h e i n s t r u m e n t p e r i p h e r y .
Attitude e r r o r s a r e i n d i c a t e d by t h r e e f l y - t o n e e d l e s .
Angular r a t e s a r e i n d i c a t e d by t h r e e fly-to n e e d l e s .
A t r o l l r a t e o r t r o l l e r r o r will c a u s e t h o s e n e e d l e s to d e f l e c t l e f t .
A r o l l r a t e o r - r o l l e r r o r will c a u s e t h e n e e d l e s to d e f l e c t right.
A t pitch r a t e o r t p i t c h e r r o r will c a u s e t h o s e n e e d l e s to d e f l e c t
down. A - pitch r a t e o r - pitch e r r o r will c a u s e the n e e d l e s to
d e f l e c t up.
The yaw r a t e and e r r o r n e e d l e s deflect i n the s a m e d i r e c t i o n s a s the
roll needles.
To c o r r e c t the e r r o r , t h e S / C is a u t o m a t i c a l l y o r m a n u a l l y r o t a t e d
i n the d i r e c t i o n of needle deflection.
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-27
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
~~
The SCS attitude r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m i s m e c h a n i z e d such that it i s

u s e d p r i m a r i l y f o r m o n i t o r i n g S/C attitude. Consequently, automatic
m a n e u v e r i n g is not p o s s i b l e when SCS m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e s e l e c t e d .
H o w e v e r , by using t h e FDAI a s a m o n i t o r and by p r o p e r s e l e c t i o n of cont r o l s , p r e c i s i o n m a n u a l m a n e u v e r s c a n be p e r f o r m e d .
The s u b s y s t e m , acting as a s t r a p d o w n r e f e r e n c e , will supply a l l of
the a t t i t u d e d a t a n o r m a l l y a v a i l a b l e f r o m the IMU. T h e s e d a t a a r e s u b s e quently applied to t h e FDAI f o r p r e s e n t a t i o n of S I C attitude. The IMU i s a
t h r e e - g i m b a l p l a t f o r m and t h e r e f o r e w i l l a c h i e v e a g i m b a l l o c k condition.
The m i d d l e and o u t e r g i m b a l s b e c o m e p a r a l l e l and the output i s not p r e d i c t a b l e . T h e AGCU h a s a s i m i l a r function which c r e a t e s a n effective g i m b a l lock. T h i s o c c u r s in both s y s t e m s f o r a 9 0 - d e g r e e yaw d i s p l a c e m e n t
with r e s p e c t to the navigation b a s e . The FDAI and yaw attitude s e t c o n t r o l
p r o v i d e s m a r k i n g s t h a t will s e r v e as a w a r n i n g p r i o r to achieving a g i m b a l l o c k condition.
B a s i c a l l y , the body-mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s (BMAGS), attitude g y r o
coupling unit (+4GCU), and the FDAI a r e t h e p r i m a r y i n e r t i a l s e n s i n g , c o m puting, and d i s p l a y e l e m e n t s of the s t r a p d o w n s y s t e m . Attitude e r r o r s in
r o l l , pitch, and yaw body a x e s a r e s e n s e d b y the body-mounted attitude
g y r o s . The e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e conditioned and subsequently d i r e c t e d to the
FDAI f o r d i s p l a y of t o t a l attitude and a t t i t u d e e r r o r . The m a j o r p a r t of the
conditioning t a k e s p l a c e in t h e AGCU which p r o v i d e s s i g n a l inputs to the
FDAI c o m p a r a b l e to t h a t of t h e IMU.
The AGCU s e c t i o n of t h e a u x i l i a r y e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y i s t h e
p r i m a r y c o n t r o l o r computing d e v i c e f o r t h e SCS a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m . It p e r f o r m s m o s t of the i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e computations and p e r f o r m s
the m a t h e m a t i c a l c o n v e r s i o n s and t r a n s f o r m a t i o n s r e q u i r e d t o d i s p l a y t o t a l
a t t i t u d e and attitude e r r o r . T h e a t t i t u d e g y r o torquing loop, that t h e AGCU
e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l e l e m e n t s a r e a p a r t of, p e r f o r m t h e following:
0
G e n e r a t e a p u l s e t r a i n t h a t i s equivalent t o the t o t a l change in S / C

attitude
P r o v i d e t w o - d i r e c t i o n a l c o n t r o l of r e s o l v e r s h a f t a n g l e s
P r o v i d e torquing c u r r e n t for t h e a t t i t u d e g y r o s
P r o v i d e f o r w a r d and r e v e r s e c o n v e r s i o n of g y r o and attitude s e t
e r r o r s i g n a l s t o a p p r o p r i a t e a x e s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n f o r FDAI d i s p l a y ,
and fo r g y r o to rquing ,
The SCS r a t e g y r o s s e n s e v e h i c l e a n g u l a r velocity, and supply angular

r a t e s i g n a l s to t h e s y s t e m f o r r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n and to the FDAI r a t e indicat o r s . The p r o p e r s e l e c t i o n of s w i t c h e s will p l a c e t h e BMAGS in a backupr a t e condition, and p r o v i d e r a t e s i g n a l s to t h e FDAI r a t e i n d i c a t o r s . Whene v e r m a n u a l t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l i s s e l e c t e d , t h e BMACS will a u t o m a t i c a l l y
be placed in the b a c k u p - r a t e condition.
Attitude R e f e r e n c e Control. After a m a n e u v e r o r a s e r i e s of m a n e u v e r s , the S / C attitude (body a x e s ) i s , e a c h t i m e , d i f f e r e n t with r e s p e c t to
t h e i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . T h e r e f o r e , the r e q u i r e m e n t e x i s t s f o r a
method of r e s o l v i n g t h e r o t a t i o n s about the d i f f e r e n t body a x e s , and

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-28
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
L-
e s t a b l i s h a r e l a t i o n s h i p between t h e body a x e s a n d t h e a x e s of the fixed

r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . T h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p is e s t a b l i s h e d t h r o u g h a n E u l e r a n g l e
t r a n s f o r m a t i o n p r o c e s s obtained f r o m e i t h e r the IMU ( s t a b l e e l e m e n t ) or
the s t r a p d o w n a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m . The E u l e r a n g l e , then, is t h e
r e s o l v e d d i f f e r e n c e between t h e S / C body a x e s c o o r d i n a t e s a n d the c o o r d i n a t e s of t h e fixed i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e . The E u l e r angle a t t i t u d e of the S / C ,
as d i s p l a y e d on t h e FDAI, is with r e s p e c t to t h e c o o r d i n a t e s of t h e f i x e d
reference frame.
The c o n v e r s i o n f r o m body a x e s t o E u l e r a n g l e r e a d o u t on the FDAI,
b a s i c a l l y , c o n s i s t s of a f o r w a r d t r a n s f o r m a t i o n and a r e v e r s e t r a n s f o r m a tion. (See f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 3 . ) The f o r w a r d t r a n s f o r m a t i o n is e s s e n t i a l l y bodyto-navigation a x e s c o n v e r s i o n , then navigation a x e s - t o - E u l e r angle t r a n s f o r m a t i o n by r e s o l v e r s in t h e AGCU. The r e s o l v e r s and g i m b a l s e r v o s in
t h e FDAI p o s i t i o n t h e total a t t i t u d e d i s p l a y s , r e s u l t i n g f r o m t h e E u l e r
e r r o r s . The r e v e r s e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n is e s s e n t i a l l y E u l e r a n g l e - t o - n a v i g a tion a x e s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n by r e s o l v e r s in the AGCU, then navigation-to-body
a x e s c o n v e r s i o n f o r s i g n a l a p p l i c a t i o n to t h e attitude gyro torquing a m p l i f i e r s . A f t e r a m p l i f i c a t i o n , t h e s i g n a l s a r e demodulated and a p p l i e d to the
g y r o torquing c o i l s which t o r q u e t h e g y r o s to null the o r i g i n a l e r r o r .
A f t e r initial a l i g n m e n t to t h e IMU r e f e r e n c e , the BMAG/AGCU loop
is opened by r e l a y a c t i o n and f u r t h e r positioning of the FDAI ball is p r e vented. However, i f t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , f o r e x a m p l e , is d i s p l a c e d , t h e
loop will be c l o s e d and the FDAI b a l l will follow S / C motion until t h e c o n t r o l is n e u t r a l i z e d . The BMAG/AGCU loop will open and the ball will again
be s t a t i o n a r y . If i n G & N mode, the FDAI b a l l is a l w a y s coupled to r e p r e s e n t and follow IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s .
Attitude E r r o r s . The FDAI attitude e r r o r i n d i c a t o r s r e p r e s e n t the
d i f f e r e n c e between a c t u a l S / C a t t i t u d e and the i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e . The
e r r o r is r e f e r e n c e d to t h e S I C body a x e s in a l l m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n , except
for G&N entry mode.
Signals t h a t p o s i t i o n the attitude e r r o r i n d i c a t o r of the FDAI c o m e
f r o m t h r e e p o s s i b l e s o u r c e s . (See f i g u r e s 2 . 3 - 3 and 2 . 3 - 4 . ) In SCS m o d e s ,
e i t h e r t h e BMAGS or the AGCU p r o v i d e body a x e s e r r o r s i g n a l s to the e r r o r
i n d i c a t o r m e t e r m o v e m e n t s . AGCU s i g n a l s a r e applied when ATT S E T is
s e l e c t e d on the a t t i t u d e s e t s e c t i o n of the AS/GPI. T h i s a p p l i e s the body
a x e s equivalent of the d i f f e r e n c e between the attitude s e t r e s o l v e r s h a f t and
the AGCU r e s o l v e r shaft.
When A T T S E T is not s e l e c t e d , t h e outputs of the t h r e e BMAGS a r e
applied to the a t t i t u d e e r r o r m e t e r m o v e m e n t s of t h e FDAI. Whether
f r o m the BMAGS or t h e AGCU, t h e e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e d i r e c t e d to the m e t e r

Mission
Change Date
Page
2-3-29
SM2A - 03 -SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
Mode
Roll
Pitch
Yaw
i15"
Monitor
i25"
*15"
SCS and G & N E n t r y
*25"
i5'
All o t h e r m o d e s
*5*
i 5 O
i 5"
When G&N m o d e s a r e s e l e c t e d , t h e e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e d i r e c t e d to the

FDAI via t h e i n e r t i a l coupling d i s p l a y units (CDUs) and t h e attitude r e f e r e n c e c o n v e r s i o n c i r c u i t r y . The r o l l and yaw channel s i g n a l s a r e r e f e r e n c e d
to e i t h e r the navigation b a s e a x e s o r the S / C body a x e s . C o n v e r s i o n in the
p i t c h c h a n n e l is not r e q u i r e d . The c a p a b i l i t y to r e f e r e n c e t h e r o l l and y a w
c h a n n e l s i g n a l s to e i t h e r t h e navigation b a s e of S / C body a x e s . i s r e q u i r e d
to f a c i l i t a t e r o l l and yaw channel c r o s s - c o u p l i n g c o n t r o l . T h i s is r e q u i r e d
when G & N e n t r y m a n e u v e r s a r e p e r f o r m e d ; in which c a s e , r e f e r e n c e is
t o the navigation b a s e a x e s .
R a t e s . The following c h a r t p r o v i d e s mode v e r s u s f u l l - s c a l e r a t e
i n d i c a t i o n s as r e a d on t h e FDAI.
Mode s
Ro 11
Pitch
Yaw
Monitor
SCS E n t r y
G&N F n t r y
*25" / s e c
*5n I s e c
i5' /sec
SCS LCL V e r t o r
SCS A T T Cont o r
C & N ATT Cont
* l oIsec
*1 I s e c
i 1 Isec
i5" / s e c
i 5 a/sec
SCS a n d G & N V
i 5 " Isec
SCS Attitude R e f e r e n c e Alignment. Alignment of the attitude r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m is p e r f o r m e d by c o m p a r i n g the outputs of t h e total attitude
s e t r e s o l v e r s in t h e AGCU with t h e a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r s of the A S / G P I .
The a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r s h a f t c a n be positioned by u s i n g the attitude s e t
d i a l s ( t h u m b w h e e l s ) on the f r o n t of the A S / G P I . The d i a l s i n d i c a t e E u l e r
angle of the a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r shaft, and the output of t h e r e s o l v e r is
t h e E u l e r a n g l e d i f f e r e n c e between t h e a t t i t u d e set r e s o l v e r s and t h e total
a t t i t u d e r e s o l v e r s i n the AGCU.

Mission
B a s i c Date 12 N ov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-30
SMZA-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e FDAI ALIGN switch on t h e A S / G P I panel is p r e s s e d , t h e
ACCU r e s o l v e r s w i l l a l i g n t o t h e a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r s . E u l e r - t o navigation a x e s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n , and navigation a x e s - t o - b o d y a x e s
c o n v e r s i o n t a k e s p l a c e f o r t h e FDAI a t t i t u d e e r r o r d i s p l a y functions. In
SCS c o n t r o l m o d e s , t h e a t t i t u d e s indicated on t h e a t t i t u d e s e t d i a l s w i l l be
indicated on t h e FDAI with r e s p e c t t o t h e navigation a x e s symbol and t h e
r o l l index,
2. 3 . 2. 3. 2
Attitude Control S u b s y s t e m .
T h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m (ACS) ( f i g u r e s 2. 3 - 4 and 2. 3-5),
e s s e n t i a l l y , p r o v i d e s t h e m e a n s f o r controlling s p a c e c r a f t motion. Control
i s e i t h e r manual o r a u t o m a t i c when using c o n t r o l l e d inputs f r o m t h e C & N
s y s t e m . S p a c e c r a f t motion, o t h e r t h a n d r i f t , is i n i t i a t e d through t h e u s e of
t h e S / M RCS j e t s p r i o r t o C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n . After s e p a r a t i o n ( e n t r y ) ,
t h e C / M RCS j e t s a r e used. An a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l logic c h a r t is p r e s e n t e d i n
figure 2. 3 - 6 .
T h e r e a r e f o u r t y p e s of c o n t r o l s t h a t t h e ACS contends with which to
s a t i s f y m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . ( S e e f i g u r e s 2. 3-4 and 2. 3 - 7 . ) T h e s e a r e
r o t a t i o n , t r a n s l a t i o n , a t t i t u d e hold, and r a t e damping only. Rotational
motion is r e q u i r e d to e s t a b l i s h navigational sightings with t h e G&N o p t i c s
s u b s y s t e m t e l e s c o p e and s e x t a n t for S / C alignment p r i o r t o a velocity
c h a n g e f o r TVC functions, for antenna o r i e n t a t i o n , f o r T I C t r a n s m i s s i o n
and r e c e p t i o n , and f o r l i f t v e c t o r c o n t r o l ( r o l l c o n t r o l plus pitch and yaw
r a t e stabilization) during entry.
4
T r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l f o r t h e AS204A m i s s i o n i s r e q u i r e d f o r t h e
ullage function p r i o r to SPS engine ignition.
Holding a t t i t u d e ( a t t i t u d e hold) to a fixed r e f e r e n c e ( e s t a b l i s h e d by
t h e A R S ) is n e c e s s a r y f o r navigational sightings, p r e p a r i n g f o r a velocity
change and ullage m a n e u v e r s . After e s t a b l i s h i n g a t t i t u d e hold, t h e S / C
motion involved is t h e amount of d r i f t that t h e S / C is allowed t o r o t a t e
about i t s a x e s . T h e d r i f t is l i m i t e d t o a s e l e c t a b l e m i n i m u m o r m a x i m u m
deadband about all t h r e e a x e s .
R a t e damping only p r o v i d e s r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n d u r i n g e n t r y o r i n t h e
event of a n e b o r t p r i o r t o l a u n c h e s c a p e s y s t e m ( L E S ) j e t t i s o n . The
motions involved h e r e a r e t h e f i n i t e f i r i n g s of t h e RCS j e t s when r o t a t i o n a l
r a t e s exceed c e r t a i n l i m i t s . T h e RCS j e t f i r i n g s w i l l d e c r e a s e t h e r a t e s
t o within p r e d e t e r m i n e d limits. T h e r a t e s a r e l i m i t e d t o 0. 2 d e g r e e l s e c
f o r a l l m o d e s , except SCS and G&N e n t r y m o d e s when t h e r a t e s a r e
i n c r e a s e d t o 2 d e g r e e s / s ec ond.
The ACS i n c l u d e s t h e r o l l , pitch, and yaw e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l i e s ( E C A s ) , the d e l t a V i n d i c a t o r , a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s e c t i o n of t h e G&N
o p t i c s c o n t r o l panel and, i n addition, u t i l i z e s a l l of t h e p h y s i c a l e l e m e n t s
and functions of t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m .
...
~~~~~

Mission
Change Date
Page 2 . 3 - 3 1
SMZA-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
*
*
CIRCUIT BREAKER TABULATION I S APPLICABLE TO RCS ENGINES

AUTOMATIC COIL OPERATION ONLY. FOR MANUAL DIRECT
COIL OPERATION, POWER IS APPLIED FROM SCS DIRECT C O N 1
CIRCUIT BREAKERS MN A OR MN B BY ACTUATION OF THE
PILOTS OR CO-PILOTS H A N D CONTROLLER, RESPECTIVELY.
NOTES: 1 . Cambimtions of tmmlation a d rotation manowen r q u i r i n g the

simultaneous firing of identical S/M RCS e n g i m is prohibited by
let selection logic circuit design.
2. Minimum impulse opmution is accomplished i n fhe roll oxis by two

enginsr only.
Remaining e n g i m are disabled by wtting the A6C

ROLL CHANNELrwitch to OFF and pulling one BlLD ROLL circuit
breaker; or setting the BbD ROLL CHANNEL switch to OFF and
p r l l i n g on* A6C ROLL circuit breaker.
3 . Fuel consewation ond/ar canrunption balance between quads moy

be accomplished by using applicable SCS CHANNEL switches and
circuit breokers to select singleengine operation in each direction.
\
SM-2A-782D
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 6 .
SCS Attitude Control Logic C h a r t

I
M i s s ion
Change Date
page 2.3-32
-_
L -.- TRANSDUCER
---I
- 1
CONTPCK
PITCh
I
-SWITCHING
-1
Z A F
PITCH W A G
SIG GEN
ATTITUDE SIGNAL
FROM G L N
------
r--I
I TRANSLATION
L--,
CONTROL
-----.
YAW ECA
ATTITUDE SIGNAL
FROM G6N
------
PITCH ECA
-e-
--------
-- -------e-
---
ATE G Y R O 1
,--
YAW ECA
_.
---_-------
---
-----PITCH CHANNEL
I PATE SIGNAL
ROLL ECA
PICKOFF
TRANSDUCER
ATTITUDE SIGNAL
_c--
@I
D
D-
---_-----
-I
YAW CHANNEL
I
I
I
I
OR GATE
- SIGNAL INVERTER
SWITCH
+5-28
AND GATE
4)-
VDC
MAIN
BUS B
NORMALLY OPEN
NORMALLY CLOSED
NOTES: K17 Rclov contoch o w n ahrr a c b t i o n of

mtoiion conlmller breokout witches.
Relay contoch close durine G L N m o d e
and open during SCS mcdn.
I
28 VDC
K18 Relay mntocts close during SCS modes

and open during G6N m d n .
MAIN
BUS A
Functional Repmentotion of the

mcchonicolly linked motor-driven wltch.
Actuated by RCS tmnsfrr witch or by the MESC.
__---
6--
u
n
MOT
.Motor-driven witch-Sptem 8
Mist
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
p
SWITCHING
-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SM-2A-718 D
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 7 .
J e t S e l e c t i o n Logic F u n c t i o n a l Flow D i a g r a m
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL S Y S T E M
Mi s s ion
Change Date
page 2 . 3 - 3 3 1 2 . 3 - 3 4
f.
'
SM2A -03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
T h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m e l e c t r o n i c s is contained within t h e
r o l l , p i t c h , and yaw E C A s . The E C A s a c c e p t t h e manual and a u t o m a t i c
i n p u t s , conditions t h e m , and d i r e c t s on-off e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s i g n a l s
through j e t s e l e c t i o n logic t o a p p r o p r i a t e a u t o m a t i c ( n o r m a l ) c o i l s of t h e
RCS j e t s . T h e output of t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic will b e e i t h e r a t i m e modulated s i g n a l o r a s t e a d y - s t a t e t 2 0 - v d c signal.
T h e r e a r e b a s i c a l l y two t y p e s of inputs to t h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m : m a n u a l and i n e r t i a l s e n s o r (AGAA, RGA, IMU). Manual inputs a r e
p r o v i d e d by t h e r o t a t i o n and t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s , s w i t c h e s on the SCS
c o n t r o l p a n e l , a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s w i t c h on t h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s e c t i o n of
t h e G&N o p t i c s c o n t r o l p a n e l , and t h e d i r e c t ullage s w i t c h on t h e d e l t a V
d i s p l a y panel. T h e s e c o n t r o l s c a n b e used f o r manual u l l a g e m a n e u v e r s o r
as a backup d u r i n g a u t o m a t i c d e l t a V f u n c t i o n s . T h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s w i t c h
c o m m a n d s inputs to t h e ACS and s u b s e q u e n t l y t o t h e RCS j e t s f o r s m a l l
angular accelerations.
T h e i n e r t i a l s e n s o r inputs a r e p r o v i d e d by t h e AGAA, RGA, and t h e
IMU v i a t h e G&N s y s t e m . T h e AGAA (BMAG) and r a t e g y r o s (RGA) inputs
a r e used f o r a t t i t u d e hold, r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n , and manual r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l .
T h e IMU inputs p r o v i d e G&N a t t i t u d e hold and c o m m a n d r a t e s i g n a l s f o r
manual o r automatic rotational maneuvers.
R o t a t i o n M a n e u v e r s . Rotation m a n e u v e r s c a n b e p e r f o r m e d by using
f o u r d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of m a n u a l c o n t r o l s o r a u t o m a t i c a l l y by u s i n g t h e G&N
c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m . Manual r o t a t i o n m a n e u v e r s a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by
using t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , c o m m o n l y c a l l e d c o n t r o l s t i c k s t e e r i n g (CSS),
d i r e c t o r e m e r g e n c y c o n t r o l which i s a function of t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ,
a t t i t u d e . i m p u l s e c o n t r o l , and positioning of t h e i n e r t i a l CDUs. Automatic
m a n e u v e r s r e s u l t f r o m a s t r o n a u t inputs t o t h e AGC via t h e DSKY. The
AGC, a c c o r d i n g t o c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m , a u t o m a t i c a l l y p o s i t i o n s t h e CDUs
and will c o m m a n d S / C motion t o t h e p r o g r a m m e d attitude.
N o r m a l CSS is a p r o p o r t i o n a l m a n u a l function and is a v a i l b l e a t any
t i m e i n all o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s . T h e m a x i m u m CSS p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e s t h a t
c a n b e c o m m a n d e d a r e as follows:
19 d e g r e e s p e r second ( r o l l a x l s ) e n t r y m o d e
5 d e g r e e s p e r second ( p i t c h and yaw a x e s ) e n t r y mode
0 . 7 9 d e g r e e p e r second (all a x e s ) a l l o t h e r m o d e s .
Eyen though CSS c o m m a n d s g r e a t e r r a t e s , the SCS e l e c t r o n i c s will

l i m i t t h e r a t e s to t h o s e values given. P r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l is obtained by
using t h e r a t e g y r o output to c a n c e l t h e output of a t r a n s d u c e r within the
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l . CSS p r o p o r t i o n a l c o m m a n d s a r e a l w a y s d i r e c t e d to the
a u t o m a t i c solenoid c o i l s of t h e RCS e n g i n e s .
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( s t i c k ) is d i s p l a c e d , a t r a n s d u c e r within
t h e s t i c k will c o m m a n d a r o t a t i o n p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e amount of s t i c k
d i s p l a c e m e n t . The r o t a t i o n a l rates a r e l i m i t e d t o p r e d e t e r m i n e d v a l u e s ,
depending on t h e o p e r a t i o n a l mode.
When i n SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e and as t h e s t i c k i s d i s p l a c e d
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2. 5 d e g r e e s f r o m n e u t r a l , b r e a k o u t s w i t c h e s within t h e
s t i c k c l o s e c a u s i n g t h e BMAG and t h e AGCU t o b e c o m e c l o s e d loop. It
a l s o inhibits BMAG e r r o r s i g n a l s t o t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . As t h e S / C
r o t a t e s , t h e AGCU a p p l i e s torquing c u r r e n t t o t h e BMAG t o r q u e r c o i l s .
T h e g y r o s , t h e n , a r e t o r q u e d at a rate p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e magnitude of
BMAG e r r o r , keeping a t t i t u d e e r r o r a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y z e r o . Thus, t h e
AGCU w i l l follow S / C motion and e s t a b l i s h a new a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e when
t h e s t i c k is r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l .
When i n G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode, a G&N SYNC switch m u s t be
e n e r g i z e d t o e n a b l e t h e a t t i t u d e hold function when t h e c o n t r o l s t i c k i s
r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . T h e G&N s y n c function p r o v i d e s IMU/CDU c l o s e d
loop o p e r a t i o n which k e e p s a t t i t u d e e r r o r s a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y z e r o d u r i n g
t h e m a n e u v e r . Consequently, t h e S I C will hold t h e new a t t i t u d e when t h e
s t i c k is r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . If G&N sync is not enabled, t h e S / C will
r e t u r n to t h e attitude established before stick displacement.
NOTE F o r the AS204A m i s s i o n the G & N SYNC switch w i l l r e m a i n
O F F f o r the e n t i r e m i s s i o n .
T h e c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m will c o n t r o l t h e a c t u a l m a n e u v e r r a t e , but
t h e SCS will l i m i t t h e m a x i m u m . The m a x i m u m n o n - e n t r y m a n e u v e r r a t e
is 1 0 / s e c o n d , a n d e n t r y m a n e u v e r r a t e i s 17'/second i n a l l a x e s .
D i r e c t r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is a nonproportional function whereby i n i t i a t e d
c o m m a n d s a r e applied d i r e c t l y t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . To a c c o m p l i s h
d i r e c t r o t a t i o n , t h e DIRECT R C S / O F F s w i t c h (MDC-8) is s e t to DIRECT
RCS; t h e SCS-CHANNEL s w i t c h e s (MDC-8) a r e s e t t o O F F ; if high r a t e s
a r e t o be m a i n t a i n e d , and t h e c o n t r o l s t i c k is r o t a t e d about the d e s i r e d a x i s
o r a x e s to h a r d s t o p s . J u s t p r i o r to engaging t h e h a r d s t o p s , a switch c l o s e s
a n d a p p l i e s a d i r e c t c o m m a n d t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . R a t e feedback is not
u s e d to c a n c e l s t i c k movement. T h e breakout s w i t c h e s , however, c l o s e
t h e BMAG/AGCU loop, and a t t i t u d e e r r o r output t o t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s i s
inhibited. With p r o p e r c o n t r o l and s w i t c h configuration, d i r e c t c o n t r o l is
a v a i l a b l e a t any t i m e .
T h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o n t r o l (G&N o p t i c s c o n t r o l p a n e l ) p r o v i d e s t h e
c a p a b i l i t y f o r c o m m a n d i n g l o w - r o t a t i o n a l rates about a l l t h r e e a x e s .
Attitude i m p u l s e c o n t r o l i s a v a i l a b l e only i n SCS o r G & N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l
m o d e s and is used p r i m a r i l y f o r p r e c i s e a t t i t u d e m a n e u v e r s d u r i n g navigational o r s t a r sighting p e r i o d s . After t h e c o n t r o l is enabled and d i s p l a c e d ,
a switch c l o s u r e in t h e c o n t r o l and a n RC network combination g e n e r a t e one

Mission
Change Date
page
2.3-36
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12

SYSTEMS DATA
p u l s e , which i s applied t o t h e RCS j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. One p u l s e is
g e n e r a t e d f o r e a c h a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e switch c l o s u r e ( c o n t r o l d i s p l a c e m e n t ) .
It is not a p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l and a t t i t u d e hold is not a v a i l a b l e when t h e
c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d t o n e u t r a l . When t h e c o n t r o l is enabled, r e l a y a c t i o n
r e m o v e s a l l r a t e , a t t i t u d e e r r o r , and r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l inputs to t h e SCS
electronics.
Automatic positioning of t h e CDUs is a c c o m p l i s h e d by using t h e
DSKY. T h i s method of c o n t r o l is p r i m a r i l y used d u r i n g G&N e n t r y .
T r a n s l a t i o n M a n e u v e r s . T h e r e a r e t h r e e m e t h o d s of initiating t r a n s l a t i o n m a n e u v e r s : n o r m a l . t r a n s l a t i o n s , using t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l ;
d i r e c t ullage, using t h e d i r e c t u l l a g e button o n t h e d e l t a V c o n t r o l p a n e l ;
and s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e , using t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
T r a n s l a t i o n c o m m a n d s a r e not p r o p o r t i o n a l ; o p e r a t i o n i s through
s w i t c h c l o s u r e only and is a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g all m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n p r i o r to
C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n . D u r i n g n o r m a l t r a n s l a t i o n , s w i t c h c l o s u r e s within
t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l p r o v i d e c o m m a n d s to t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c which
f i r e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e j e t s f o r t h e d e s i r e d d i r e c t i o n of t r a n s l a t i o n . The
c o m m a n d s a r e d i r e c t e d to t h e a u t o m a t i c RCS engine c o i l s . A p r i m a r y
function of n o r m a l t r a n s l a t i o n i s t h e ullage m a n e u v e r , which is n e c e s s a r y
i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r a velocity change. Ullage m a n e u v e r s r e q u i r e t r a n s l a t i o n
along the +X-axis.
D i r e c t u l l a g e i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by using t h e DIRECT ULLAGE p u s h button on t h e d e l t a V c o n t r o l p a n e l . When p r e s s e d , s w i t c h c l o s u r e s
c o m m a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e d i r e c t RCS c o i l s to initiate t r a n s l a t i o n along t h e
t X - a x i s . D i r e c t ullage is a v a i l a b l e at a n y t i m e p r i o r t o C / M - S / M
s e p a r a t i o n . Upon C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , t h e d i r e c t u l l a g e function to t h e
C / M pitch and yaw d i r e c t c o i l s i s inhibited by deadfacing. It is p r i m a r i l y
a backup o p e r a t i o n i n t h e event of n o r m a l t r a n s l a t i o n f a i l u r e . Ullage will
continue as long as t h e DIRECT ULLAGE pushbutton is p r e s s e d .
T h e s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e function r e q u i r e s a CCW r o t a t i o n of t h e t r a n s Ullage c o m m a n d s a r e d i r e c t e d to t h e
l a t i o n c o n t r o l into a d e t e n t position.
d i r e c t RCS c o i l s . T h e s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e m a n e u v e r is p e r f o r m e d when
SPS a b o r t s a r e n e c e s s a r y o r when S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n is r e q u i r e d . If t h e
LES h a s b e e n j e t t i s o n e d , t h e s i g n a l f r o m t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l i n CCW
d e t e n t w i l l c o m m a n d t h e s e q u e n t i a l e v e n t s c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SECS) to
s e q u e n c e t h e s e p a r a t i o n ullage and consequent s e p a r a t i o n f r o m t h e S - I V B .
Lf t h e LES is a t t a c h e d t o t h e S / C , t h e s a m e c o m m a n d w i l l initiate a LES
abort.
In G&N and SCS m o d e s , a c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n of t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
into a d e t e n t g e n e r a t e s a CSS l o g i c s i g n a l t h a t i n h i b i t s a t t i t u d e g y r o s i g n a l s
f r o m t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s , and p r o v i d e s BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop o p e r a t i o n .
I t a l s o initiates manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l (MTVC).

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2-3-37
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e CW r o t a t i o n e n a b l e s c a p a b i l i t y f o r manual r o l l c o n t r o l by t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r d u r i n g G & N e n t r y . T h i s is n o r m a l l y a n a u t o m a t i c
function of t h e G&N s y s t e m and e n t r y p r o g r a m .
Attitude Hold. Attitude hold is a c a p a b i l i t y of t h e ACS t o hold S I C
a t t i t u d e within s e l e c t e d deadband limits of a fixed r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e . The
deadband (amount S I C i s allowed t o d r i f t e i t h e r s i d e of r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e )
is s e l e c t e d by s e t t i n g t h e ATT DEADBAND switch on MDC8 t o e i t h e r MAX
o r MIN. In t h e G&N o r SCS e n t r y m o d e s , however, t h e deadband w i l l be
m a x i m u m r e g a r d l e s s of deadband s w i t c h position.
T h e ACS a c c o m p l i s h e s a t t i t u d e hold by inputting s u m m e d a t t i t u d e
e r r o r and r a t e g y r o s i g n a l s t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c , which w i l l t u r n on
a p p r o p r i a t e j e t s to keep t h e S / C within t h e s e l e c t e d deadband. T h e a t t i t u d e
e r r o r s i g n a l is conditioned by a deadband c i r c u i t and r a t e l i m i t e r b e f o r e it
is s u m m e d a t t h e input of a s u m m i n g a m p l i f i e r with t h e r a t e g y r o s i g n a l .
When t h e s u m m e d input t o t h e a m p l i f i e r is g r e a t e r t h a n its t h r e s h o l d , t h e
a m p l i f i e r will c a u s e a switching a m p l i f i e r to p u l s e t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic.
T h e l o w e r t h e a n g u l a r r a t e s , t h e c l o s e r t h e S / C i s allowed to d r i f t to t h e
deadband l i m i t s . As a n g u l a r r a t e s i n c r e a s e , t h e s u m m e d e r r o r l r a t e
s i g n a l i n c r e a s e s in magnitude p r o p o r t i o n a t e t o t i m e . T h e r e f o r e , t h e s o o n e r
t h e t h r e s h o l d of t h e s u m m i n g a m p l i f i e r i s r e a c h e d , t h e s o o n e r t h e j e t s will
f i r e , damping t h e o s c i l l a t i o n .
A l i m i t c y c l e s w i t c h on MDC8 c a n be used t o - p r o v i d e t i m e modulated
p u l s e s t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c . L i m i t c y c l e is p r i m a r i l y u s e d f o r fuel
c o n s e r v a t i o n p u r p o s e s . T h e l i m i t c y c l e switch e n a b l e s a psuedo r a t e f e e d b a c k c i r c u i t at t h e output of t h e switching a m p l i f i e r p r e v i o u s l y d i s c u s s e d .
T h e psuedo r a t e , and consequently t h e t i m e - m o d u l a t e d p u l s e s , i s a function
of s i g n a l magnitude a t the switching a m p l i f i e r input. F o r l a r g e s i g n a l
i n p u t s , t h e output p u l s e s will c a u s e t h e RCS j e t s t o p u l s e a t a higher
f r e q u e n c y and f o r l o n g e r p e r i o d s . As t h e e r r o r d e c r e a s e s , t h e p u l s e
widths and f r e q u e n c y d e c r e a s e p r o p o r t i o n a t e l y until t h e e r r o r is nulled.
T h e psuedo r a t e loop is n o r m a l l y used a t a l l t i m e s ( l i m i t c y c l e on)
when a n i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e is being maintained.
Attitude hold i s a v a i l a b l e at a l l t i m e s i n t h r e e a x e s , except d u r i n g
m o n i t o r m o d e and SCS e n t r y m o d e a f t e r t h e 0. 05 G switching. During
G&N e n t r y a f t e r 0. 05 G switching, r o l l a t t i t u d e hold i s s t i l l enabled.
Yaw and pitch a t t i t u d e hold is inhibited.
R a t e Damping Only. In a d d i t i o n to. a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l and maneuvering
c a p a b i l i t i e s , t h e ACS p r o v i d e s a r a t e damping only capability. Although
r a t e damping is a n o r m a l function d u r i n g a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e s , r a t e
damping c a n b e u s e d t o l i m i t S / C r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s ( r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n ) when
a t t i t u d e hold i s not being u s e d . N o r m a l l y , when S I C r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s
exceed 0 . 2 d e g r e e p e r second i n a n y a x i s , t h e r a t e g y r o s o r t h e B U G i n
... -

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.3-38
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
backup r a t e s e n s e t h e a n g u l a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s . T h e s i g n a l s , conditioned
via the r o l l , pitch, and yaw ECAs and through j e t s e l e c t i o n logic, a r e
applied t o a p p l i c a b l e RCS engines to keep t h e S I C r a t e s within the
0 . 2 - d e g r e e - p e r - s e c o n d r a t e deadband. If i n SCS o r G&N e n t r y m o d e ,
t h e r a t e deadband i s i n c r e a s e d t o 2 d e g r e e s p e r second. R a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n ,
i n addition to t h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l functions, i s a v a i l a b l e when a n y of t h e
following conditions e x i s t :
0
0
2. 3. 2. 3 . 3
S e l e c t i o n of m o n i t o r mode a f t e r S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n
S e l e c t i o n of m o n i t o r m o d e f o r LES a b o r t s
Clockwise rotation of t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l a f t e r S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n
SCS e n t r y mode a f t e r 0 . 0 5 G switching
G & N e n t r y mode a f t e r 0 . 0 5 G switching ( p i t c h and yaw a x e s o n l y ) .
T h r u s t Vector Control S u b s y s t e m .
T h e p u r p o s e of t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l ( T V C ) s u b s y s t e m ( f i g u r e s
2. 3 - 4 and 2 . 3 - 5 ) is to a l i g n o r position t h e gimbaled SPS engine to a t r i m
position p r i o r t o SPS t h r u s t i n g and m a i n t a i n t h i s t r i m d u r i n g t h e a c c e l e r a tion p e r i o d . The S / C e x p e r i e n c e s a changing c e n t e r of g r a v i t y ( c . g. )
c a u s e d by t h e consumption of fuel and o x i d i z e r d u r i n g a c c e l e r a t i o n . T h e
TVC s u b s y s t e m m a i n t a i n s t h e S P S engine t h r u s t v e c t o r through t h e c. g .
and holds S I C a t t i t u d e s o that t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r w i l l r e m a i n i n t h e
d e s i r e d d i r e c t i o n . This c o m p e n s a t e s f o r u n d e s i r a b l e f o r c e s t h a t affect
S I C s t a b i l i t y b e c a u s e of t h e shifting c . g . T h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l , i n a d d i t i o n t o the TVC s u b s y s t e m , u t i l i z e s t h e functions of t h e G&N s y s t e m , t h e
p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m s , and t h e SCS a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e and a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l
subsystems.
T h e TVC s u b s y s t e m e s s e n t i a l l y c o n t r o l s the SPS engine g i m b a l s , and
consequently t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r , by e n e r g i z i n g t h e gimbal a c t u a t o r s ; one f o r
p i t c h and one f o r yaw.
T h e n o r m a l method f o r c o n t r o l l i n g t h r u s t is through t h e G&N d e l t a V
mode. T h i s p r o v i d e s t h e m o s t a c c u r a t e c o n t r o l . The a c c e l e r o m e t e r s on t h e
IMU s t a b l e e l e m e n t and the ACC p r o v i d e s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s to t h e SPS
engine g i m b a l s and continuous t r a j e c t o r y c o r r e c t i o n s to c o m p e n s a t e f o r
u n d e s i r e d a c c e l e r a t i o n s . The AGC a l s o c o m p e n s a t e s f o r t h e n e a r -body
o r b i t a l and g r a v i t y a f f e c t s on t h e S I C . So, the a c t u a l v e r s u s r e q u i r e d
velocity change w i l l r e s u l t i n a c u r v e d t r a j e c t o r y .
N o r m a l l y , both G & N d e l t a V and SCS d e l t a V m o d e s o p e r a t e by driving
No. 1 and No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s . If a f a i l u r e o c c u r s in No. 1 , a n a u t o m a t i c switchover to d r i v e No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s and No. 2 gimbal m o t o r
will o c c u r . O r , No. 2 will d r i v e if N o . 1 i s switched off o r if m a n u a l t h r u s t
v e c t o r control is initiated.

Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 3 - 3 9
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A m a n u a l method of t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l is provided t o c o n t r o l t h e
p o s i t i o n of t h e SPS engine gimbal. When o p e r a t i n g manually, inputs f r o m
t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l , and t h e B M A G s a r e d i r e c t e d t o
r e d u n d a n t s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s No. 2 and t h e No. 2 gimbal a c t u a t o r m o t o r .
T h e nominal a u t h o r i t y f r o m e i t h e r r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r i s *6 d e g r e e s of SPS
gimbal engine d e f l e c t i o n .
T h e gimbal p o s i t i o n d i s p l a y s e c t i o n of t h e A S I C P I p a n e l , t h e d e l t a V
d i s p l a y , SCS c o n t r o l panel, r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l , and t h e
SPS s w i t c h e s on M D C - 3 a r e t h e p r i n c i p l e c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s a s s o c i a t e d
with TVC. They p r o v i d e t h e c a p a b i l i t y f o r c o n t r o l and monitoring of
s y s t e m per for manc e .
T h r u s t Vector Control. When G & N d e l t a V m o d e is s e l e c t e d , autom a t i c t h r u s t on-off, a t t i t u d e , and s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s i n i t i a t e i n t h e G & N
s y s t e m . However, b e f o r e t h e ullage maneuver and t h r u s t - o n , t h e gimbal
p o s i t i o n t r i m c o n t r o l thumbwheels on t h e AS/GPI a r e u s e d t o position t h e
engine g i m b a l s . T h e engine p o s i t i o n is v e r i f i e d on t h e A S I G P I visual d i s play. T h e g i m b a l s a r e aligned s u c h t h a t , at t h e m o m e n t of t h r u s t - o n , t h e
t h r u s t v e c t o r will b e through t h e S I C c . g . T h i s is n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e any
d e l t a V to p r e v e n t u n d e s i r a b l e r o t a t i o n a l m o v e m e n t s about t h e c. g. when
t h r u s t i n g begins.
In addition t o initial positioning of t h e g i m b a l s , t h e amount of a c c e l e r a t i o n r e q u i r e d f o r t h e velocity change less tailoff i s s e t into t h e d e l t a V

r e m a i n i n g c o u n t e r on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y . T h i s a l l o w s t h e c r e w a method of
m o n i t o r i n g d e l t a V r e m a i n i n g and, when i n SCS AV mode, p r o v i d e s a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t - o f f c a p a b i l i t y . A coincidence s w i t c h i n t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y
w i l l , by inhibiting t h e t h r u s t on l o g i c , a u t o m a t i c a l l y t e r m i n a t e t h r u s t when
t h e AV r e m a i n i n g c o u n t e r i n d i c a t e s z e r o . The a c c e l e r o m e t e r i n t h e AGAA
s e n s e s t X a c c e l e r a t i o n , and s u p p l i e s a c c e l e r a t i o n s i g n a l s t o t i m i n g and output logic which s u b s e q u e n t l y d r i v e s t h e d e l t a V r e m a i n i n g p o t e n t i o m e t e r
to z e r o . T h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r t h r u s h o l d i s 1 X 10-4 g, but the AV c o u n t e r w i l l
only s t e p o n c e f o r e a c h 0 . 2 5 t t l s e c velocity change.
NOTE It is p o s s i b l e , but not r e c o m m e n d e d , to have SPS engine
ignition without ullaging when i n SCSAV mode.
P r i o r t o S P S ignition, t h e G&N s y s t e m inputs a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a tion t o t h e ACS t o hold t h e S I C a t a c o n s t a n t a t t i t u d e i n all t h r e e a x e s .
Attitude e r r o r s f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m and r a t e i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m the SCS
r a t e g y r o s a r e a l s o applied to t h e SPS gimbal s e r v o loops. Upon engine
ignition, t h e combined a t t i t u d e e r r o r and r a t e g y r o i n p u t s , conditioned by
the s e r v o electronics, reposition the gimbals a s n e c e s s a r y to rotate the
S I C t o c o m p e n s a t e f o r c. g. shift. T h e g i m b a l position is a l s o modified by
s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s f r o m t h e AGC so t h a t t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r w i l l point in
the right direction for the curved trajectory.

M i s s ion
Change Date
Page
2.3-40
SMZA-03-SCO 12
-.
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e BMAG/AGCU loop r e m a i n s open and follows IMU c h a n g e s so t h a t
t h e SCS w i l l h a v e t h e s a m e i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e in t h e e v e n t a s w i t c h o v e r t o
SCS d e l t a V mode is n e c e s s a r y .
N o r m a l l y , G & N d e l t a V m o d e u t i l i z e s t h e p r i m a r y g i m b a l s e r v o and
a c t u a t o r m o t o r No. 1. If the g i m b a l m o t o r s w i t c h e s on MDC-3 a r e a c t i vated, a TVC m o n i t o r s i g n a l g e n e r a t o r ( o v e r - u n d e r c u r r e n t s e n s o r ) i n t h e
a c t u a t o r w i l l s e n s e a f a i l u r e of m o t o r No. 1. If m o t o r No. 1 fails, t h e
s e n s o r will a u t o m a t i c a l l y c a u s e a s w i t c h o v e r t o m o t o r No. 2 i n t h e
a c t u a t o r . S i n c e t h e No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s a r e d r i v e n s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
with No. 1, a n i n t e r r u p t i o n d u r i n g t h e velocity change will not o c c u r . Motor
No. 2 a l s o c o n t a i n s a TVC m o n i t o r s i g n a l g e n e r a t o r , but is not u s e d . In
t h e event of m o t o r No. 2 f a i l u r e , c a u s i n g a n e x c e s s i v e c u r r e n t d r a i n on
the d-c bus, a 70-ampere circuit b r e a k e r in the line w i l l disconnect the
m o t o r f r o m t h e d - c supply bus. Motor No. 2 h a s no s w i t c h o v e r o r warning
light c a p a b i l i t y .
In SCS d e l t a V mode, t h e g i m b a l s e r v o l o o p s function t h e s a m e as i n
G&N d e l t a V mode. Attitude e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n , h o w e v e r , is d e r i v e d f r o m
t h e B U G S . The r a t e loop is i d e n t i c a l , u n l e s s in backup r a t e condition.
SCS d e l t a V w i l l not function if t h e B U G S a r e r e q u i r e d f o r backup r a t e
b e c a u s e of t h e l o s s of a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n .
SCS d e l t a V k e e p s t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h t h e c . g. by f i r s t c o m p a r i n g t h e t r i m p o s i t i o n c o m m a n d s s e t by t h e g i m b a l p o s i t i o n t h u m b w h e e l s and t h e p o s i t i o n t r a n s d u c e r f e e d b a c k s i g n a l s . T h e d i f f e r e n c e ,
combined,with a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m the BMAGs, conditions t h e
s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s to e n e r g i z e t h e a c t u a t o r c l u t c h e s .
E x c e p t f o r mode s e l e c t i o n and t h r u s t - o n r e q u i r e m e n t s , t h e s a m e
p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h r u s t - o n , and t h e c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y functions a r e t h e
s a m e as f o r G&N d e l t a V. The S C S s y s t e m d o e s not p r o v i d e a u t o m a t i c
thrust-on. A thrust-on switch on the delta V display provides the thrust-on
c o m m a n d f o r SCS d e l t a V m o d e . T h r u s t - o f f , however, i s a u t o m a t i c by
c l o s i n g of t h e coincidence switch. A NORMAL-OFF-DIRECT-ON s w i t c h
on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y is a l s o p r o v i d e d f o r manual t h r u s t - o n and s e r v e s a s
a m a n u a l backup f o r a l l a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t - o f f c o m m a n d s .
If t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r cannot be used for t h e ullage m a n e u v e r

p r i o r t o t h r u s t - o n , a DIRECT ULLAGE s w i t c h on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y p r o vides a m a n u a l backup to i n i t i a t e u-lage.
A manual d e l t a V c a n b e p e r f o r m e d , providing a d e l t a V m o d e h a s
been s e l e c t e d and the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is r o t a t e d CW into d e t e n t . T h i s
r e m o v e s all n o r m a l i n p u t s i n t o t h e TVC s e r v o l o o p s , a l l o w s c o m m a n d e d
inputs f r o m t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , and r a t e d a t a f r o m t h e BMAGs in backupr a t e condition, into t h e r e d u n d a n t No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s and m o t o r No. 2
of t h e g i m b a l a c t p a t o r s . T h i s p r o v i d e s r a t e - s t a b i l i z e d m a n u a l c o n t r o l of t h e
t h r u s t v e c t o r . T h r u s t - o n is i n i t i a t e d by t h e m o m e n t a r y t h r u s t - o n s w i t c h
l o c a t e d on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y .
~

Mission
Change Date
page
2.3-41
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l m u s t b e h e l d t o a given d i s p l a c e m e n t t o c o n t r o l
the g i m b a l s a b o u t t h e initial trim p o s i t i o n e s t a b l i s h e d b y t h e s e t t i n g s of t h e
AS/GPI. T h e C P I p r o v i d e s the only indication of t h e position of the g i m b a l
a n g l e s with r e s p e c t to the S I C body axes.
2. 3 . 3
FLIGHT CONTROL P R O F I L E S .
T h e r e a r e t h r e e b a s i c flight c o n t r o l p r o f i l e s a s s o c i a t e d with m i s s i o n
AS204A. T h e s e include powered flight, c o a s t i n g flight, a n d e n t r y . Within
t h e s e p r o f i l e s , v a r i o u s m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e e s t a b l i s h e d e i t h e r within the
a t m o s p h e r e o r in e a r t h o r b i t a l e n v i r o n m e n t . B e c a u s e of t h e d i v i s i o n of
p o w e r e d flight, i . e . , a s c e n t a n d e a r t h o r b i t a l e n v i r o n m e n t , t h e d e s c r i p t i o n
i s divided as follows:
0
0
0
A s c e n t (including a b o r t s )
Coasting f l i g h t ( e a r t h o r b i t a l )
P o w e r e d flight ( e a r t h o r b i t a l )
E n t r y ( n o n p o w e r e d a t m o s p h e r i c flight).
A s t h e v a r i o u s o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s a r e d i s c u s s e d , r e f e r e n c e will b e
m a d e t o f i g u r e s 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5, and 2. 3-6. A t y p i c a l c o n t r o l channel yaw
i s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 3-4, s h e e t 2 ; t h e r e f o r e , d i f f e r e n c e s not t y p i c a l to t h e
yaw c h a n n e l will be c l a r i f i e d .
It s h o u l d b e n o t e d t h a t r e l a y s in f i g u r e s 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5, and 2. 3-7 a r e

n o t r e l a y s of t h e a c t u a l s y s t e m b y n u m b e r . However, t h e r e l a y n o m e n c l a ture is s y s t e m o r i e n t e d a n d m a y be c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e d b y u s i n g t h e following
chart.
F i g . 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5,
2.3-7 Relays
K1
K2
K3
S CS S y s t e m
Relay
Function
24A14K3
24A14K1
24A14K2
22A 16A3K4
22A16A3K6
22A17A3K4
22A17A3K6
2 2A18A 3K4
22A18A 3K6
22A8K1
22A8K2
22A8K4
22A8K5
22A8K6
22A8K7
ORBIT R A T E
FDAI ALIGN
'
G & N ROLL, P I T C H , YAW

A T T SIN AND COS
K4
AGCU CAGED
K5
AGCU ALIGN

Mission
Change D a t e
Page
2.3-42
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
F i g . 2. 3-4, 2.3-5,
2. 3-7 R e l a y s
Function
K6
K7
AG CU P / Y ERROR
R G & N ERR/AGCU INH
G & N P ERR
Y ERR G & N BODY
G & N P , Y, E R R S . F .
K8
K9
ROLL, P I T C H , YAW ERR

AGAA
MONITOR t G & N AV t G & N
A T T CONTR t G & N ENTRY
t. 05G MANUAL t
t
YAW B / U R A T E
R O L L , P I T C H , YAW, B / U
RATE
K10
K11
M T V C R T OUT
K12
R O L L , P I T C H , YAW
RATE
K13
K14
K15
Y/P RT SF
R - Y R T CPLG
R T IN TRANS
K16
ENT GAIN
K17
K18
K19
K20
K21
K22
K23
G & N A T T IN
AGAA A T T IN
D-B CHG
R J C ATT SW
G & N MIN IMP ENABLE
P S U E D O R T CO
R CS LATCHING RELAY
ARMED
( J E T DVRS ENABLED)
SAFE
( J E T D V R S DISABLED)
1 . 8 S E C LATCH
K24
SCS S y s t e m
Relay
20A3K3
21A3K3
2 2A20A 3K 1
22A21A3K1
2 2A2 OA 3K4
22122 1A3K4
22A2 3A3K2
2 2A9K 1
22A9K2
22A13K1
22A13K2
22A11K1
22A11K2
22A9K 3
22A11K3
22A12K3
22A23A3
22A20A3
22A21A3K
22A22A3
23A11K2
2 3A 19K 1
23A19K1
19A26K 1
23A15K 1
23A15K2
23A17K2
23A19K2
23A19K3
23A15K3
23A11K1
23A13K
23A13K
MESC Z19
MESC 2 8

Mission
Change Date
Page 2-3-43
SM2A -03-SCO12
-SYSTEMS DATA
Function
SCS S y s t e m
Relay
MAIN DEPLOY
AUTO CONT INTER
ENG IGN
S Y S GRD CK
SCS AV MODE
ENG IGN
MTVC ENGAGE
T V C E L E C TRANS
SERVO NO. 1 DISENGAGE
S E R V O NO. 2 ENGAGE
ENTRY
AV INH
THRUST O N LAMP
MESC 2 1 2
23A11K3
23A2 1K2
2 3A2 1K 3
23A21K1
23A27K 1
23A18K2
23A25K1
2 3A 14K 1
23A18K 1
22A8K8
22A21A3K6
22A2QA3K6
Fig. 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5,

2. 3-7 R e l a y s
~
K25
K26
K27
K28
K29
K30
K31
K32
K33
K34
K35
K36
K38
2. 3. 3 . 1
Ascent.
D u r i n g t h e a s c e n t p h a s e , capability e x i s t s f o r monitoring boost
vehicle stability. T h e SCS is i n a m o n i t o r m o d e with all s u b s y s t e m s a c t i v e ,
but s u p p l i e s no a c t i v e c o m m a n d s f o r c o n t r o l p u r p o s e s f o r t h e f i r s t 61 s e c onds of flight. A f t e r 61 s e c o n d s , if a b o r t s a r e r e q u i r e d , t h e SCS w i l l b e
used to supply s i g n a l s f o r S / C s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l .
2 . 3. 3 . 1. 1
Monitor Mode.
T h e m o n i t o r m o d e p r o v i d e s the capability of monitoring deviations
f r o m p r o g r a m m e d launch vehicle a t t i t u d e p r i o r t o S-IB s e p a r a t i o n and
CSM a t t i t u d e a f t e r S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n . T h e S-IVB u t i l i z e s a d i f f e r e n t guida n c e technique and monitoring C / M i n s t r u m e n t s r e l a t i v e t o S-IVB o p e r a t i o n
p r o v i d e s no useful p u r p o s e . Monitor mode a l s o , p r o v i d e s rate stabilization,
when r e q u i r e d , a n y t i m e d u r i n g t h e m i s s i o n .
N o r m a l Ascent. At time of launch, RCS latching r e l a y s i n t h e SECS s y s t e m
w i l l b e open t o inhibit c o m m a n d s to t h e RCS j e t s . R e l a y s K4 and K 5 w i l l b e
c l o s e d , providing BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop, The FDAI will b e following
IMU g i m b a l a n g l e c h a n g e s . T h e m o t o r - d r i v e n switch 5 ( f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 7 ) i s
set t o t h e S / M position when t h e REACTON CONTROL SYS-TRANS
C / M - S / M s w i t c h on M D G 16 is set to S / M .
Total a t t i t u d e and a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e IMU and i n e r t i a l

CDU ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-4, s h e e t 1) a r e applied t o t h e FDAI through r e l a y s K3,
K7, and K8, r e s p e c t i v e l y . Attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s r e p r e s e n t deviations
f r o m t h e t r a j e c t o r y f o r t h e f i r s t s t a g e b o o s t e r only. T h e SCS r a t e g y r o s
apply a t t i t u d e r a t e s t o t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s d i r e c t l y and t o t h e FDAI via
r e l a y K12.
M i s s ion
Change Date
Page
2.3-44
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
.SYSTEMS DATA
T h e X - a x i s a c c e l e r o m e t e r will be a c t i v e . but i t s output w i l l b e u s e d
only if a n a b o r t d e l t a V is r e q u i r e d . T h e TVC s u b s y s t e m is a c t i v a t e d t o
hold t h e SPS engine t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h t h e c . g. i n t h e event of a n SPS
a b o r t , and to k e e p t h e n o z z l e c e n t e r e d and s t a t i o n a r y within t h e a d a p t e r .
T h e SPS engine g i m b a l s a r e aligned t o null o f f s e t ( p i t c h to. 4 d e g r e e s and
yaw t3. 6 d e g r e e s ) p r i o r t o launch. Q u i e c s e n t c u r r e n t on t h e g i m b a l
motor clutches maintains these angles during ascent.
LES A b o r t . If a n LES a b o r t is i n i t i a t e d ( 6 1 s e c o n d s o r m o r e a f t e r lift-off)
r e q u i r i n g SCS o p e r a t i o n , t h e SCS is enabled one second a f t e r LES ignition.
T h e SCS is enabled by t h e a r m i n g of t h e RCS l a t c h i n g r e l a y s i n t h e SECS,
and t h e S / M - C / M t r a n s f e r s w i t c h w i l l b e d r i v e n t o t h e C / M p o s i t i o n . T h e
RCS l a t c h i n g r e l a y w i l l open by t h e o p e r a t i o n of a b a r o m e t r i c s w i t c h a t
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 4 , 0 0 0 f e e t d u r i n g d e s c e n t and w i l l d i s a b l e a c t i v e c o m m a n d s
to t h e C / M RCS. B e s i d e s r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n , s p e c i f i c c o m m a n d inputs t o
t h e SCS above 24, 000 f e e t w i l l depend on a l t i t u d e and o t h e r f a c t o r s .
SPS A b o r t . An SPS a b o r t would be i n i t i a t e d a f t e r t h e LES j e t t i s o n . T h e

t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is r o t a t e d CCW i n t o d e t e n t and t h e switch c l o s u r e will
c a u s e t h e MESC t o c o m m a n d a tX t r a n s l a t i o n ( s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e ) via t h e
d i r e c t c o i l s of t h e S / M RCS. T h e d i r e c t c o i l s a r e a c t i v a t e d t h r o u g h t h e
RCS t r a n s f e r switch.
B e f o r e s e p a r a t i o n f r o m t h e S-IVB, a d e l t a V m o d e m u s t b e s e l e c t e d .
F o r a n S P S a b o r t , a l i g n m e n t of t h e S P S engine g i m b a l s is not r e q u i r e d
s i n c e t h e y w e r e p r e s e t p r i o r t o l a u n c h and no p r o p e l l a n t h a s b e e n c o n s u m e d .
At s e p a r a t i o n , a n a b o r t c a n b e m a d e i n t o e a r t h o r b i t o r to a d o w n r a n g e
landing s i t e .
2 . 3. 3 . 2
Coasting F l i g h t ( E a r t h O r b i t a l ) .
T h e c o a s t i n g flight p r o f i l e r a n g e s f r o m a f r e e - d r i f t c o n f i g u r a t i o n
(no c o n t r o l ) t o m o n i t o r mode ( p a s s i v e ) to a t t i t u d e hold ( a c t i v e c o n t r o l ) .
T h e following p a r a g r a p h s d e s c r i b e t h e v a r i o u s m o d e s r e l a t i v e to t h e e a r t h
orbital environment.
2. 3. 3 . 2. 1
G&N Attitude C o n t r o l .
G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l w i l l p r o v i d e i n e r t i a l l y s t a b i l i z e d a t t i t u d e by
utilizing t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e and a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m s . Attitude
d a t a is obtained f r o m the i n e r t i a l l y r e f e r e n c e d IMU. R e l a y s K4 and K5
p r o v i d e BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop so t h a t if SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is s e l e c t e d ,
t h e AGCU will h a v e t h e s a m e r e f e r e n c e as t h e IMU f o r c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y
purposes.
Attitude e r r o r s f r o m t h e i n e r t i a l CDU t h r o u g h r e l a y s K7 and K8 a r e
applied to t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s f o r a t t i t u d e e r r o r d i s p l a y , and to
p r o v i d e a t t i t u d e c o r r e c t i o n s . T h e e r r o r s f r o m t h e CDU a r e t h e d i f f e r e n c e
b e t w e e n t h e IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s and t h e c o m m a n d e d output of t h e AGC.
Total a t t i t u d e f r o m t h e IMU is applied t o t h e FDAI via r e l a y K 3 . T h e
Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 3 - 4 5
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a t t i t u d e r a t e s f r o m t h e SCS r a t e g y r o and r e l a y K12 will d r i v e t h e FDA1 r a t e
i n d i c a t o r a t a s c a l e r a n g e of *1 d e g r e e / s e c o n d .
T h e m a x i m u m deadband l i m i t is n o r m a l l y s e t f o r G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l .
If navigation s i g h t i n g s a r e r e q u i r e d , t h e m i n i m u m deadband m a y b e
s e l e c t e d . T h e G&N s y s t e m and S C S a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m will m a i n t a i n a t t i t u d e within t h e s e l e c t e d deadband l i m i t s .
Maneuvering. A u t o m a t i c m a n e u v e r s m a y b e executed by i n s e r t i n g
c o m m a n d s into t h e AGC via t h e DSKY. T h e S / C w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y maneuvei
t o t h e c o m p u t e r - c o m m a n d e d attitude. T h e SCS will follow t h e a t t i t u d e e r r o r
s i g n a l i n p u t s f r o m t h e CDU i n r e s p o n s e t o AGC inputs f o r m a n e u v e r i n g t o
t h e c o m m a n d e d attitude. Manual m a n e u v e r s c a n be commanded with o r
without a t t i t u d e hold.
I n G&N m o d e , r e l a y K l 8 ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-7) is open. R e l a y K17 is c l o s e d .
R e l a y K18 i n h i b i t s Bh4AG inputs and allows G&N a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s into
t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic f o r t h e a t t i t u d e hold function. When t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is d i s p l a c e d , t h e b r e a k o u t s w i t c h e s open K17, inhibiting G&N s i g n a l s
and allowing p r o p o r t i o n a l c o m m a n d ( r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l p l u s r a t e g y r o )
s i g n a l s i n t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. When t h e c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l ,
r e l a y K17 c l o s e s and t h e G&N a t t i t u d e hold function i s r e s t o r e d , p r o v i d e d
G&N s y n c is a c t i v e .
T r a n s l a t i o n i n all a x e s c a n b e c o m m a n d e d .by t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
A s shown i n f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 5 , s w i t c h c l o s u r e s within t h e c o n t r o l apply c o m m a n d s i g n a l s d i r e c t l y t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic a n d , s u b s e q u e n t l y , t o t h e
a u t o RCS c o i l s . Attitude hold is a n o r m a l function when t r a n s l a t i o n s a r e
initiated, u s i n g t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
T h e d i r e c t ullage s w i t c h on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y is a backup f o r tX
t r a n s l a t i o n s . When t h i s s w i t c h is a c t i v a t e d , t h e signal is applied d i r e c t l y
t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . Attitude hold i s not a function of d i r e c t ullage.
Attitude i m p u l s e c o n t r o l ( p a n e l 105, L E B ) is a m a n u a l c o n t r o l
c a p a b i l i t y f o r G&N and SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e s only. E a c h d i s p l a c e m e n t
of t h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o n t r o l ( f i g u r e 2 . 13-4, s h e e t 3 ) p r o v i d e s a n output
a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o m m a n d t o two RCS engines f o r a d u r a t i o n of 18*4 m s .
T h e p u l s e s c o m m a n d body a n g u l a r r a t e s of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 a r c m i n / s e c .
2 . 3 . 3. 2 . 2
G&N L o c a l V e r t i c a l .
T h e G&N l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e is a n e x t e n s i o n of G & N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l .
T h e p u r p o s e of t h i s m o d e of o p e r a t i o n i s t o a c c u r a t e l y m a i n t a i n t h e S / C
X-axis a t a fixed a n g l e with r e s p e c t t o t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l ( r e l a t i v e to t h e
e a r t h s u r f a c e ) while m a i n t a i n i n g t h e S / C Y-axis n o r m a l t o t h e o r b i t a l p l a n e .
T h e G&N l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e is a n AGC-commanded function. A c o m p u t e r
p r o g r a m (not a v a i l a b l e f o r AS204A m i s s i o n ) is c a l l e d by t h e a s t r o n a u t by
DSKY e n t r y . A f t e r IMU a l i g n m e n t , w i t h t h e S / C X - a x i s i n t h e d i r e c t i o n of
the d e s i r e d orbital path, the computer p r o g r a m provides a n orbit r a t e
Mission
Change Date
Page
2-3-46
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
-_
SYSTEMS DATA
s o u r c e t o c o m m a n d t o r q u i n g of t h e IMU at a r a t e t h a t w i l l m a i n t a i n t h e l o c a l
v e r t i c a l attitude. T h i s m o d e m a y b e used t o m a k e navigational s i g h t i n g s of
e a r t h l a n d m a r k s by keeping t h e G&N o p t i c s within t h e a r e a of t h e e a r t h surface.
2. 3 . 3 . 2 . 3
SCS Attitude Control.

SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e w i l l hold t h e S / C a t a n i n e r t i a l - r e f e r e n c e d
a t t i t u d e and w i l l limit S / C d r i f t to t h e s e l e c t e d deadband limits, n o r m a l l y ,
*5 d e g r e e s i n e a r t h o r b i t . If SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is s e l e c t e d a f t e r a G&N
a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l function, t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m is aligned t o t h e
IMU (BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop). If not, a n FDAI/AGCU a l i g n function i s
required.
When SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is s e l e c t e d , G&N inputs a r e r e m o v e d f r o m
t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . T h e following r e l a y c o n t a c t s ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-4,
s h e e t 2 ) a r e a c t i v a t e d t o supply S C S - g e n e r a t e d c o m m a n d s f o r d i s p l a y and
control purposes.
0
0
0
Relay
Relay
Relay
Relay
K4 open-FDA1 b a l l s t a t i o n a r y
K12-Applies body r a t e s to FDAI
K 3 c l o s e d to AGCU-Applies attitude e r r o r s to FDAI
K11B-Applies a t t i t u d e e r r o r s to SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
FDAI/AGCU Align. If t h e ACCU h a s not been aligned t o t h e IMU o r if a

new a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e is d e s i r e d while i n SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e , t h e
astronaut w i l l determine S / C attitude f r o m s t a r sightings o r f r o m the
M S F N . I n e r t i a l a n g l e s a r e d i a l e d i n t o t h e A S / G P I with t h e ATTITUDE SET
d i a l s aad t h e FDAI ALIGN pushbutton is p r e s s e d . R e l a y K2 c l o s e s and t h e
AGCU and FDAI b a l l w i l l d r i v e t o t h e s e l e c t e d attitude.
Manual M a n e u v e r s . A f t e r AGCU r e f e r e n c e h a s b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d , t h e S I C
c a n b e m a n e u v e r e d t o t h e d e s i r e d a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e by flying out t h e
e r r o r s , using CSS. T h e A T T S E T / O F F switch is a c t i v a t e d , r e l a y K23 is
a c t i v a t e d , t h e RCS l a t c h i n g r e l a y s a r e c l o s e d t o t h e S / M RCS, r e l a y s K6
and K9 c l o s e , and K20 w i l l open. Attitude e r r o r , equal to t h e d i f f e r e n c e
between ATTITUDE S E T d i a l p o s i t i o n and AGCU r e s o l v e r s h a f t p o s i t i o n ,
is then applied to t h e FDAI f r o m t h e AGCU t h r o u g h K6. Attitude e r r o r
f r o m t h e BMAG i s r e m o v e d f r o m t h e FDAI when K9 a c t i v a t e s . When t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l i s moved out of d e t e n t , CSS c o m m a n d s a r e applied through
t h e ACS to t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c and a u t o c o i l s of t h e RCS e n g i n e s . At
t h e s a m e t i m e , r e l a y s K4 and K5 c l o s e providing BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop,
T h e BMAGs follow S / C r o t a t i o n and r e p o s i t i o n s t h e FDAI ball. When t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d t o n e u t r a l , t h e BMAG/AGCU loop i s opened,
r e l a y s K4 and K 5 open, and t h e new a t t i t u d e w i l l hold within t h e s e l e c t e d
d e ad band.

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1960
Change Date
.
Page
2-3-47
SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
-..SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e ATT S E T / O F F s w i t c h i s O F F , r e l a y s K6 and K9 d e - e n e r g i z e
and a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e BMAGs a r e now applied t o t h e FDAI and
ACS. If f u r t h e r a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s a r e d e s i r e d , they c a n be a c c o m p l i s h e d by
u s i n g CSS. T h e BMAGIAGCU loop w i l l b e c l o s e d , and opened when t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l i s r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . T h e a t t i t u d e e r r o r n e e d l e s will i n d i c a t e
t h e d i f f e r e n c e between t h e AGCU and t h e S I C attitude. T h e e r r o r n e e d l e s
a r e f l y - t o n e e d l e s and w i l l be a t full s c a l e if t h e e r r o r is g r e a t e r than
5 d e g r e e s . To f l y out t h e e r r o r , t h e a s t r o n a u t m u s t f l y - t o t h e n e e d l e s o r
u s e t h e FDAI b a l l m a r k i n g s until t h e n e e d l e s c o m e off full s c a l e , and t h e n
f l y - t o t h e n e e d l e t o null t h e r e m a i n i n g e r r o r .
F r e e D r i f t . F r e e d r i f t is n o r m a l l y used d u r i n g extended p e r i o d s of t i m e
when p o w e r and RCS p r o p e l l a n t c o n s e r v a t i o n i s d e s i r e d . F r e e d r i f t c a n be
e s t a b l i s h e d i n e i t h e r a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e by placing t h e SCS CHANNEL
s w i t c h e s t o O F F , inhibiting all c o m m a n d s i g n a l s t o t h e RCS a u t o c o i l s .
With a n SCS a t t i t u d e m o d e s e l e c t e d and a n SCS CHANNEL s w i t c h to O F F
( P I T C H o r YAW o r A&C R O L L and B&D R O L L ) , r e l a y a c t i o n c l o s e s t h e
BMAG/AGCU loop and u p d a t e s t h e ARS while d r i f t i n g . However, if one
Bh4AG is p l a c e d i n backup r a t e and a channel s w i t c h is off, r e l a y a c t i o n
r a t e c a g e s t h e r e m a i n i n g BMAGs and opens t h e BMAG/AGCU loop, t h u s ,
p r e v e n t i n g t h e ARS f r o m being updated.
2.3. 3.2.4
SCS L o c a l V e r t i c a l .
SCS l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e is a n e x t e n s i o n of SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l . Its
p u r p o s e is t o m a i n t a i n S I C a t t i t u d e with r e s p e c t t o t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l . When
t h e L C L V E R T P o F F s w i t c h on MDC-8 is s e t t o L C L VERT, r e l a y K1 e n e r g i z e s and a n o r b i t r a t e s o u r c e with a p r e s e t l e v e l is applied t o t h e BMAGI
AGCU s e r v o loop. At p r e s e n t , t h e p r e s e t l e v e l e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h e o r b i t
r a t e s o u r c e i s m o s t a c c u r a t e f o r a 100-n m i c i r c u l a r o r b i t and w i l l m a i n t a i n
t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s y s t e m at t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l with t o r q u e r a t e s of
246 d e g r e e s / h o u r , o r 4 . 1 d e g r e e s l m i n u t e . It w i l l m a i n t a i n a n a p p r o x i m a t e
a t t i t u d e when t h e AGCU i s aligned t o r e p r e s e n t S / C a t t i t u d e when t h e S I C
X Z p l a n e is p a r a l l e l t o t h e o r b i t a l p l a n e a t t h e t i m e L C L VERT is s e l e c t e d .
All t h r e e RCS c h a n n e l s m u s t b e enabled fof t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e .
Modifications of t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l a t t i t u d e c a n b e m a d e using CSS. T h e
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is a l s o a c t i v e and a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g this m o d e of o p e r a t i o n
2. 3 . 3 . 3
Powered Flight (Earth Orbital).

P o w e r e d flight i n c l u d e s t h o s e m o d e s that p r o v i d e t h e c a p a b i l i t y f o r
velocity c h a n g e s using t h e SPS engine. Included i n t h e following d i s c u s s i o n
a r e t h e G&N d e l t a V, SCS d e l t a V, and t h e m a n u a l d e l t a V m o d e s .
2. 3. 3. 3. 1
C&N D e l t a V.
G & N d e l t a V mode is t h e n o r m a l m e t h o d . f o r velocity c h a n g e s . P r i o r

t o engine ignition, h o w e v e r , G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e m u s t b e e s t a b l i s h e d .

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.3-48
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
S y s t e m r e l a y s apply t h e following (G&N/SCS switch on MDC-8 s e t t o G&N
and ATTITUDE/MONITOR/ENTRY s w i t c h set t o ATTITUDE ( f i g u r e 2. 3-5,
s h e e t 1) ):
0
0
0
R e l a y K 7 a n d K8-Attitude e r r o r f r o m CDUs t o FDAI

R e l a y K9-Attitude e r r o r f r o m CDUs t o SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
R e l a y K3-Total attitude f r o m IMU to FDAI ball
Body r a t e s t o FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
RCS latching r e l a y in MESC c l o s e d t o RCS s y s t e m
T h e FCSM-SCS - R E S E T / OVERRIDE a n d G&N-RESET / OVERRIDE

s w i t c h e s on MDC-2 m a y b e set t o SCS and G&N positions. T h e s e s w i t c h e s
p r o v i d e a n a u t o m a t i c m o n i t o r i n g of SPS engine c o m b u s t i o n p e r f o r m a n c e .
If rough combustion o c c u r s , t h e S P S ROUGH E C O warning light on MDC- 10
w i l l light and engine t h r u s t will t e r m i n a t e . A r e s t a r t c a n b e m a d e by
r e s e t t i n g t h e FCSM s w i t c h e s and then setting t h e m b a c k to SCS and G&N.
O r , t h e m o n i t o r c a n b e b y p a s s e d by s e t t i n g the FCSM s w i t c h e s t o
RESET/OVERRIDE.
Attitude i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e IMU is displayed on t h e FDAI ball.
Attitude e r r o r s f r o m t h e CDUs a r e a l s o applied t o t h e FDAI ( f 5 - d e g r e e
s c a l e ) a n d a r e u s e d by t h e SCS t o c o n t r o l a t t i t u d e i n r e s p o n s e t o AGC c o m m a n d s . Rotational rates a r e displayed by t h e FDAI rate i n d i c a t o r s with a
s c a l e r a n g e of 55 d e g r e e s / s e c o n d .
T h e c o m p u t e r - c o n t r o l l e d velocity
change w i l l b e m o n i t o r e d on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y . T h e r e q u i r e d velocity
l e s s tailoff will b e set i n t o t h e delta V d i s p l a y by t h e AV S E T switch, using
velocity i n f o r m a t i o n obtained f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m o r MSFN. M i n i m u m
deadband is s e t on MDC-8, t h e g i m b a l m o t o r s w i t c h e s , and t h e i n j e c t
p r e - v a l v e s w i t c h e s on MDC-3 a r e a c t i v a t e d . T h e S P S g i m b a l trim a n g l e s
a r e d e t e r m i n e d , set into t h e A S / G P I by t h e g i m b a l position thumbwheels,
and gimbal position verified on t h e GPI. T h e NORMAL/OFF/DIRECT
switch on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y is set t o n o r m a l .
A p p r o x i m a t e l y 15 s e c o n d s p r i o r t o ignition, a f t e r the digital event
t i m e r (MDC-5 and 8 ) h a s b e e n set f o r countdown, t h e a s t r o n a u t will c o m m a n d a tX u l l a g e using t h e t r a n s l a t i o n control. At T = 0, t h e AGC will
c o m m a n d a signal through t h e t h r u s t on-off logic and enable t h e solenoid
d r i v e r s of the TVC s u b s y s t e m . T h e solenoid d r i v e r s will t h e n a c t i v a t e t h e
S P S engine ignition c o i l s and SPS t h r u s t i n g w i l l o c c u r . T h e l a m p portion of
t h e THRUST ON switch on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y will light, verifying t h e
automatic computer command.
S y s t e m delay.(AUTO CONT INTER) logic will t e r m i n a t e the RCS
ullage a p p r o x i m a t e l y one second after SPS ignition. T h e c o m p u t e r will
c o m m a n d pitch and yaw attitude of the SPS g i m b a l s via the TVC to c o n t r o l
the t h r u s t v e c t o r . R o l l c o m m a n d s will be applied t o the r o l l RCS during
the maneuver.

Mission
Change Date
Page 2.3-49
SM2A -03-SCO12

SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e d e l t a V r e m a i n i n g c o u n t e r i n d i c a t e s z e r o , t h r u s t i n g will
t e r m i n a t e and the THRUST ON light will g o out. T h e N O R M A L / O F F /
DIRECT ON switch will be s e t t o O F F a n d the SPS m o t o r s w i t c h e s , i n j e c t
p r e - v a l v e s , and t h e T V C e l e c t r o n i c s will b e de-activated. Approximately
one s e c o n d a f t e r t h r u s t t e r m i n a t e s , pitch and yaw c o n t r o l i s t r a n s f e r r e d
b a c k t o the SCS f o r the attitude c o n t r o l function.
If a malfunction o c c u r s during t h e m a n e u v e r , a s w i t c h o v e r t o SCS
d e l t a V will allow continuation of t h e velocity change. If t h e r e is no r e s p o n s e
f r o m t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l a t ullage initiation, the DIRECT ULLAGE
pushbutton on the d e l t a V d i s p l a y m a y b e u s e d f o r the ullage m a n e u v e r p r i o r
to ignition of the S P S engine. A l s o , i f a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t - o n d o e s n o t o c c u r at
T = 0 , t h e THRUST ON pushbutton on the d e l t a V d i s p l a y will provide engine
ignition.
2. 3 . 3 . 3. 2
SCS Delta V.
SCS d e l t a V m o d e i s a p r i m a r y backup f o r the G&N d e l t a V. P r e l i m i n a r y t o engine ignition, SCS attitude c o n t r o l i s e s t a b l i s h e d b y setting

t h e G & N / S C S switch on MDC-8 to SCS. A f t e r SPS engine ignition, the S C S
u s e s S / M RCS r o l l jets to m a i n t a i n r o l l attitude and applies c o m m a n d s to
t h e SPS engine g i m b a l s to c o n t r o l the t h r u s t v e c t o r . R e l a y s in f i g u r e 2. 3 - 4
apply t h e following (RCS latching r e l a y in t h e SECS i s closed t o the S / M RCS
throughout the m a n e u v e r ) :
,
R e l a y s K9 and K10-Attitude e r r o r s f r o m BMAGs t o FDAI

R e l a y K11B- Attitude e r r o r s f r o m BMAGs t o SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
R e l a y s K 4 and K 5 open-FDA1 b a l l s t a t i o n a r y
Body r a t e s t o FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s (RGA).
The c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y activation p r o c e s s t h a t w a s p e r f o r m e d f o r the

G & N d e l t a V will be p e r f o r m e d f o r SCS d e l t a V . T h e m a j o r d i f f e r e n c e s a r e
a s follows:
Control of attitude and the t h r u s t v e c t o r is through t h e SCS.
0
A t T = 0 , ignition is initiated m a n u a l l y b y p r e s s i n g the THRUST O N

pushbutton on the d e l t a V display.
T h r u s t i s t e r m i n a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y when the AV r e m a i n i n g counter
( d e l t a V pot. ) indicates z e r o .
As in the G & N d e l t a V mode, if t h e r e q u i r e d c o m m a n d r e s p o n s e s to

not o c c u r , the s a m e backup c o n t r o l s c a n be u s e d to p e r f o r m the d e l t a V .
. ..

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.3-50
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
In SCS d e l t a V mode, if engine ignition d o e s not o c c u r when t h e THRUST O N
switch i s p r e s s e d , t h e N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON s w i t c h c a n be s e t t o
DIRECT ON. T h i s a p p l i e s a c o m m a n d s i g n a l d i r e c t l y t o t h e SPS engine
ignition c o i l s and w i l l i n i t i a t e t h r u s t i n g . The N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON
switch m u s t be s e t t o O F F t o t e r m i n a t e engine t h r u s t .
2. 3 . 3 . 3 . 3
Manual D e l t a V (MTVC).
A m a n u a l d e l t a V will b e p e r f o r m e d only a s a backup t o a G&N o r SCS
d e l t a V. Manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l is initiated by a CW r o t a t i o n of t h e
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l into d e t e n t . At t h i s t i m e , r e l a y s K4 and K5 will c l o s e ,
providing r a t e caging of a l l t h r e e BMAGs; and r e l a y s K10 and K l l B w i l l
open r e m o v i n g r a t e g y r o outputs f r o m t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . T h e
r a t e - c a g e d BMAGs through r e l a y and K12 w i l l switch BMAG b a c k u p - r a t e
s i g n a l s into t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s .
In t h e G&N and SCS d e l t a V m o d e s , T V C s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s No. 1 and
SPS gimbal d r i v e m o t o r No. 1 was u s e d . When MTVC i s i n i t i a t e d , r e l a y s
K32, K33, and K34 a c t i v a t e . T h i s c l o s e s t h e s e r v o loop f o r c o m m a n d i n g
SPS gimbal d r i v e m o t o r No. 2 .
Gimbal t r i m c o m m a n d s a r e applied through r e l a y K31. When t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is moved out of d e t e n t , pitch and yaw c o m m a n d s a r e
applied t o m o t o r No. 2 through r e l a y K31 and gimbal position feedback is
t h r o u g h r e l a y K32.
T h e s u m m a t i o n of backup r a t e and p r o p o r t i a n a l CSS c o m m a n d s into
t h e TVC p r o v i d e s a r a t e - d a m p e d m a n u a l c o n t r o l of t h e engine g i m b a l s .
T h e a s t r o n a u t m u s t keep t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l a t a given d i s p l a c e m e n t t o
k e e p t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h t h e c . g. and t o fly t h e c o r r e c t t r a j e c t o r y .
If CW s w i t c h e s of t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l a r e engaged while i n G & N

d e l t a V, G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , o r G & N e n t r y m o d e , a t t i t u d e e r r o r s a r e not
r e m o v e d f r o m t h e FDAI. T h i s allows t h e a s t r o n a u t t o monitor and, if
n e c e s s a r y , fly a G & N p r o g r a m m e d m a n e u v e r using CSS.
2. 3.3.4
Entry.
T h e e n t r y p r o f i l e c o n s i s t s of t h e v a r i o u s methods of c o n t r o l l i n g t h e
S / C f o r t h e e n t r y p h a s e of t h e m i s s i o n . T h e e n t r y mode i s n o r m a l l y
s e l e c t e d a f t e r S / M - C / M s e p a r a t i o n . At s e p a r a t i o n , t h e m o t o r - d r i v e n RCS
t r a n s f e r s w i t c h e s a r e c l o s e d to t h e C / M RCS.
2. 3. 3.4. 1
G&N E n t r y ,
G&N manual m o d e is t h e p r i m a r y method of c o n t r o l f o r e n t r y into the
a t m o s p h e r e f o r the AS204A m i s s i o n . Automatic e n t r y m a y be u s e d in l i e u
of G & N manual mode.

M i s s ion
Change Date
page 2 . 3 - 5 1
SM2A -03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
C & N Manual. This is n o r m a l l y a backup f o r the G & N e n t r y a u t o m a t i c
mode. T h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is r o t a t e d C W i n t o d e t e n t . T h i s r e m o v e s
i n e r t i a l CDU a t t i t u d e e r r o r s f r o m t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . N o r m a l l y , t h e
a s t r o n a u t s w i l l c a l l up t h e e n t r y p r o g r a m via t h e DSKY s h o r t l y a f t e r
S/M- C/ M separation.
T h e e n t r y a n g l e , r e q u i r e d pullout a n g l e , and o t h e r r e q u i r e d e n t r y
d a t a i s p r e s e n t e d on t h e c o m p u t e r d i s p l a y s . T h e a s t r o n a u t c a n m a n u a l l y
p e r f o r m a c o n t r o l l e d g - l e v e l e n t r y by u s i n g CSS t o fly out t h e commanded
a t t i t u d e e r r o r s d i s p l a y e d on t h e FDAI. T h e BMAG/AGCU h a s b e e n c l o s e d
l o o p f o r backup r e f e r e n c e i n c a s e s w i t c h o v e r is n e c e s s a r y .
A f t e r . 05 g, a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s build up sufficiently t o s t a b i l i z e the
S / C i n t h e p i t c h and yaw axes. At t h i s t i m e , CSS will b e effective i n t h e
r o l l c h a n n e l only. The SCS w i l l r a t e - d a m p t h e pitch and yaw c h a n n e l s , and
t h e a s t r o n a u t s w i l l h a v e s t e e r i n g c a p a b i l i t y by using r o l l CSS t o c o n t r o l t h e
lift vector.
A u t o m a t i c E n t r y . The FDAI r a t e d i s p l a y s c a l e r a n g e c h a n g e s to *25 d e g r e e s /
s e c o n d i n r o l l , and *5 d e g r e e s / s e c o n d in p i t c h and yaw. Deadband i s
m a x i m u m . T h e r a t e deadband is * 2 d e g r e e s / s e c .
P r i o r t o . 05 C switching, a t t i t u d e e r r o r f r o m t h e i n e r t i a l CDUs is
applied t o t h e FDAI e r r o r i n d i c a t o r through r e l a y s K7 and K8, and t o t h e
SCS e l e c t r o n i c s through r e l a y K9. T h e RGA a p p l i e s r a t e g y r o body r a t e s
t o t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . R e l a y K3 a p p l i e s total a t t i t u d e t o t h e
FDAI ball.
At . 0 5 g, t h e . 0 5 G E N T R Y / O F F s w i t c h on MDC-8 is s e t t o ,051 C
ENTRY. T h e SCS pitch and yaw c h a n n e l s p e r f o r m r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n only.
T h e r o l l c h a n n e l is still s u b j e c t t o c o m p u t e r - c o n t r o l l e d r o l l c o m m a n d s .
T h e AGC w i l l fly t h e S / C a c c o r d i n g t o a p r e - e s t a b l i s h e d e n t r y p r o g r a m .
2. 3. 3 . 4 . 2
SCS E n t r y .
T h e SCS e n t r y mode is a p r i m a r y backup to G & N e n t r y mode. When
s e l e c t e d , total a t t i t u d e i n f o r m a t i o n t o t h e FDAI i s supplied throughout t h e
e n t r y . P r i o r to . 0 5 g, t h e BMACs apply a t t i t u d e e r r o r s to t h e FDAI and
SCS e l e c t r o n i c s through r e l a y s K3 and K9. After . 0 5 g, r e l a y s K3 and K9
r e m o v e a t t i t u d e e r r o r s f r o m t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . R e l a y s K 4 and
K5 c l o s e , providing BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop. F o r t h e r e m a i n d e r of e n t r y ,
a t t i t u d e e r r o r s a r e not d i s p l a y e d . T h e r e i s no a t t i t u d e hold c a p a b i l i t y .
The r a t e gyros, however, provide r a t e signals for r a t e stabilization. The
SCS e l e c t r o n i c s i n c r e a s e r a t e s t o a 2 - d e g r e e / s e c o n d r a t e deadband. T h e
FDAI d i s p l a y s t o t a l attitude. T h e a s t r o n a u t s w i l l i n i t i a t e t h e n e c e s s a r y
c o m m a n d s u s i n g CSS t o fly a c o n t r o l l e d g - l e v e l e n t r y . After a e r o d y n a m i c s
s t a b i l i t y i n p i t c h and yaw, s t e e r i n g c a p a b i l i t y will b e in t h e r o l l channel
only.

Mission
Change Date
Page 2 . 3 - 5 2
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
If, a f t e r . 05 g, i t is n e c e s s a r y t o p l a c e a B U G i n backup r a t e , only

t h e BMAG s e l e c t e d by t h e r a t e g y r o s e l e c t switch w i l l have i t s inputs in t h e
SCS f o r r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n . When backup r a t e is s e l e c t e d , r e l a y s K9, K10,
K12, and K15 a c t i v a t e , providing backup r a t e t o t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . L o s s of FDAI b a l l r e f e r e n c e w i l l o c c u r . R e l a y K12 r e m o v e s r a t e
g y r o output f r o m t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . T h e a s t r o n a u t s w i l l c o n t r o l
t h e l i f t v e c t o r with t h e CSS r o l l c h a n n e l . If they w i s h t o d e c r e a s e t h e g
l e v e l , they w i l l r o l l t h e S / C to keep t h e lift v e c t o r up. If they w i s h to
i n c r e a s e t h e g level, they w i l l r o l l t h e S / C so t h a t t h e l i f t v e c t o r is down.
2.3.4
M A J O R COMPONENT/ SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION

T h e SCS c o n s i s t s of t h e following m a j o r components:
0
R a t e g y r o a s s e m b l y (RGA)
Attitude g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y (AGAA)
P i t c h e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y (pitch ECA)
Roll e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y ( r o l l ECA)
2. 3.4. 1
Yaw e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y (yaw ECA)
A u x i l i a r y e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y ( a u x ECA)
D i s p l a y and a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y e l e c t r o n i c
c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y (DISPLAY-AGAA ECA)
Rotation c o n t r o l
Translation control
F l i g h t d i r e c t o r a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r (FDAI)
Attitude s e t / g i m b a l p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r (AS/ GPI)
Velocity c h a n g e i n d i c a t o r ( A V d i s p l a y ) .
Rate Gyro Assembly.

T h e r a t e g y r o a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s t h r e e i d e n t i c a l r a t e g y r o s , mounted
orthogonally along t h e s p a c e c r a f t body a x e s , and a s s o c i a t e d g y r o e l e c t r o n i c s . No p r o v i s i o n is m a d e f o r h e a t e r s o r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l of t h e
g y r o s . E a c h g y r o is a s i n g l e - a x i s unit, with t h e input axis d e t e r m i n e d by
t h e g y r o mounting f i x t u r e . S e l f - t e s t c a p a b i l i t i e s a r e p r o v i d e d by torquing
c o i l s which e n a b l e t h e g y r o t o b e d i s p l a c e d a t a known r a t e and by s p i n
m o t o r r o t a t i o n d e t e c t i o n c i r c u i t s which allow m o n i t o r i n g of t h e g y r o s p i n
m o t o r s p e e d . All s e l f - t e s t c i r c u i t s a r e c o m p l e t e l y i s o l a t e d f r o m o p e r a tional c i r c u i t s to p r e v e n t a f a i l u r e in t h e f o r m e r f r o m affecting g y r o
~~

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.3-53
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
o p e r a t i o n . T h e g y r o outputs a r e u s e d by t h e SCS a s p r i m a r y d a m p i n g o r
s t a b i l i z a t i o n s i g n a l s a n d , i n addition, as n e g a t i v e f e e d b a c k t o null r o t a t i o n a l
c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s and p r o v i d e a p r o p o r t i o n a l m a n e u v e r r a t e capability.
T h e r a t e g y r o s a l s o p r o v i d e a n i n d i c a t i o n on t h e FDA1 of t h e r a t e - o f a t t i t u d e change i n p i t c h , r o l l , and yaw a x e s . An a t t i t u d e c h a n g e about a n y
of t h e a x e s r e s u l t s i n a n output s i g n a l which is r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e r a t e
of d i s p l a c ' e m e n t .
E a c h m i n i a t u r e r a t e g y r o a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a s p i n m o t o r , damping
s y s t e m , g i m b a l a s s e m b l y , q u a d r i l e v e r s p r i n g , and s e l f - c h e c k c i r c u i t r y .
T h e g y r o s p i n m o t o r is a 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e s y n c h r o n o u s h y s t e r e s i s m o t o r
p o w e r e d by 26 v o l t s a c . T h e m a x i m u m t i m e allowed f o r t h e g y r o to c o m e
up t o o p e r a t i n g s p e e d is 17 s e c o n d s . Damping is a c c o m p l i s h e d by p o s i t i v e
d i s p l a c e m e n t of t h e d a m p i n g fluid t h r o u g h t e m p e r a t u r e - c o n t r o l l e d o r i f i c e s .
T h e q u a d r i l e v e r s p r i n g p r o v i d e s t h e t o r s i o n a l r e s t r a i n t r e q u i r e d by t h e
g y r o , t o g e t h e r with r a d i a l s u p p o r t f o r t h e g i m b a l a s s e m b l y . Some
i m p o r t a n t r a t e g y r o c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e as follows:
Full-scale range
Input r a n g e (to limit s t o p )
M a x i m u m r a t e without d a m a g e
2. 3.4. 2
30 "/ s ec
30 " I s e c
600"/ s e c
Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y .
T h e a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y c o p t a i n s t h r e e bodymounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s ( B U G S ) and a n a c c e l e r o m e t e r . E l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l
c i r c u i t s f o r t h e g y r o s and a c c e l e r o m e t e r a r e contained i n t h e d i s p l a y and
attitude gyro a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y electronic control assembly.
2 . 3.4.2. 1
Body-Mounted Attitude G y r o s .
T h e t h r e e BMAGs a r e i d e n t i c a l u n i t s , mounted orthogonally along t h e
s p a c e c r a f t body a x e s , to s e n s e a t t i t u d e d i s p l a c e m e n t along t h e p i t c h , r o l l ,
and yaw a x e s . E a c h g y r o i s a s i n g l e - a x i s unit, with t h e input axis d e t e r m i n e d by t h e p h y s i c a l mounting i n t h e S I C . A s p i n m o t o r d e t e c t i o n c i r c u i t
i s included i n e a c h g y r o t o allow m o n i t o r i n g of g y r o s p i n m o t o r s p e e d .
T h i s will b e t e l e m e t e r e d d a t a only.
T h e BMAGs p r o v i d e i n f o r m a t i o n denoting t h e a n g u l a r d i s p l a c e m e n t
of t h e s p a c e c r a f t f r o m a p r e s e t attitude. They a r e initially s e t to a s p e c i f i c
s p a c e - s t a b i l i z e d o r i e n t a t i o n ; t h e r e a f t e r , a n y d i s p l a c e m e n t f r o m t h i s initial
s e t t i n g r e s u l t s i n output s i g n a l s which a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e amount of
a n g u l a r d i s p l a c e m e n t . T h e output s i g n a l s a r e used to p r o d u c e a t t i t u d e
e r r o r s i g n a l s f o r a n a t t i t u d e - h o l d m o d e o r f o r d i s p l a y on t h e flight d i r e c t o r
a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r . T h e outputs m a y a l s o b e applied t o t h e a t t i t u d e g y r o
c o u p l e r unit (AGCU) f o r a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s t o r a g e and f o r c o n v e r s i o n t o
i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit (IMU) a x e s . IMU a x e s d i f f e r f r o m t h e s p a c e c r a f t
body a x e s . T h e AGCU and BMAGs a r e used as a s u b s t i t u t e o r backup
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e unit f o r t h e IMU d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d s when t h e IMU is

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 "J 1966
Change Date
1.
P a g e 2.3-54
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
t u r n e d off o r h a s malfunctioned. T h e BMACs c a n a l s o b e u s e d to p r o d u c e
a t t i t u d e r a t e - o f - c h a n g e i n f o r m a t i o n , a s backup f o r t h e r a t e g y r o s .
T h e BMAGs a r e s i n g l e - d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m , m i n i a t u r e i n t e g r a t i n g
g y r o s contained i n e l e c t r i c a l l y heated individual p a c k a g e s . The h e a t e r w i l l
m a i n t a i n individual BMAG t e m p e r a t u r e a t 170rt2OF. Degraded g y r o o p e r a tion w i l l r e s u l t if t h i s t e m p e r a t u r e is not m a i n t a i n e d . The g y r o s p i n m o t o r s
a r e 3 - p h a s e 2 4 , 0 0 0 - r p m s y n c h r o n o u s d e v i c e s , powered by 1 3 . 6 v o l t s 400 c p s
f r o m a supply i n t h e a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r package e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l
a s s e m b l y . With C / M t e m p e r a t u r e a t 80F and t h e mounting p l a t e t e m p e r a t u r e a t 5 5 O F , t h e m a x i m u m t i m e allowed f o r t h e BMAG t o r e a c h o p e r a t i n g
l i m i t s is 40 m i n u t e s . A few g y r o c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e l i s t e d a s follows.
Ac c e l e r a t i o n s e n s i t i v e d r i f t
Maximum self-torquing r a t e
Maximum attitude range
AGCU coupled torquing l i m i t s
2. 3 . 4 . 2 . 2
4 deg/hr
25 d e g l s e c
520 deg
20' s e c r o l l , 5' s e c pitch and yaw
Accelerometer.
T h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r is mounted along t h e s p a c e c r a f t X - a x i s t o s e n s e
velocity c h a n g e s along t h i s a x i s . It i s a pendulous-type a c c e l e r o m e t e r with
e l e c t r o n i c null and balance. T h e t e m p e r a t u r e is maintained a t 1 7 0 5 2 O F
under n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g conditions. A s i g n a l output is g e n e r a t e d by a
velocity change along t h e X - a x i s . T h i s velocity change c a u s e s t h e pendulous
m a s s to move, r e s u l t i n g i n a change of coupling between t h e p r i m a r y and
s e c o n d a r y windings of a s i g n a l g e n e r a t o r . T h i s r e s u l t s i n a n output signal
which is demodulated and amplified t o p r o v i d e a c c e l e r a t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n i n
t h e f o r m of d i g i t a l s i g n a l s to a c o u n t e r i n t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y ( p a r a g r a p h
2. 3 . 4 . 1 0 ) . T h e pendulous m a s s is r e t u r n e d t o null by t h e balancing a c t i o n
of t h e e l e c t r o n i c caging s i g n a l when t h e velocity change c e a s e s .
2. 3 . 4 . 3
P i t c h , Roll, and Yaw E l e c t r o n i c Control A s s e m b l i e s .

T h e pitch, yaw, and r o l l e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l i e s ( E C A s ) a r e
n e a r l y i d e n t i c a l , with s l i g h t d i f f e r e n c e s d u e t o d i f f e r e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
e a c h a x i s . T h e E C A s p r o v i d e t h e c i r c u i t r y f o r input c o n t r o l s i g n a l p r o c e s s ing and SCS m o d e c o n t r o l and configuration. Input c o n t r o l s i g n a l s c o n s i s t
of a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e SCS BMAGs and f r o m t h e G & N s y s t e m ,
m i n i m u m i m p u l s e c o m m a n d s , r a t e g y r o a n g u l a r s i g n a l s , t r a n s l a t i o n and
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s , s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n engine gimbal position
c o m m a n d s , and SPS engine g i m b a l r a t e and position feedback s i g n a l s . Mode
c o n t r o l inputs a r e r e c e i v e d from s w i t c h e s on panel 8 of t h e m a i n d i s p l a y
c o n s o l e (MDC). T h e s e input s i g n a l s a r e applied to l o g i c - c o n t r o l l e d r e l a y s
which enable c i r c u i t c o n f i g u r a t i o n s c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e d e s i r e d mode.
ECA output s i g n a l s c o n s i s t of r e a c t i o n j e t f i r i n g c o m m a n d s and SPS gimbal
p o s i t i o n c o m m a n d s . T h e r e a c t i o n j e t c o m m a n d s a r e g e n e r a t e d in t h e j e t
s e l e c t i o n logic p o r t i o n s of t h e ECAs. P r e i g n i t i o n SPS engine gimbal
p o s i t i o n c o m m a n d s a r e g e n e r a t e d m a n u a l l y a t t h e A S / G P I by thumbwheels
which p r o v i d e input s i g n a l s t o t h e gimbal c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s . P o s t - i g n i t i o n
Mission
Change Date
Page
2.3-55
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
g i m b a l c o n t r o l is provided by a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l ( T V C ) c i r c u i t r y
i n t h e pitch and yaw ECAs.
2. 3.4.4
A u x i l i a r y E l e c t r o n i c Control A s s e m b l y .
The auxiliary electronic control a s s e m b l y contains the attitude gyro
coupling unit and s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m t h r u s t on-off c o m m a n d c i r c u i t r y .
T h e AGCU p o r t i o n of t h e a u x i l i a r y ECA r e c e i v e s BMAG s i g n a l s f r o m t h e
DISPLAY-AGAA ECA and p r o c e s s e s t h e d a t a f o r d i s p l a y on t h e FDAI. It
a l s o t r a n s f o r m s a t t i t u d e s e t d i a l s i g n a l s t o body a x e s . The SPS engine
on-off c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y i n t h e AUX ECA r e c e i v e s engine on-off c o m m a n d s
f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m o r t h e SCS.' T h e s e c o m m a n d s a r e conditioned and
applied t o t h e SPS engine solenoid v a l v e s .
2. 3 . 4 . 5
DisDlav and Attitude Gvro A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y E l e c t r o n i c Control
T h e d i s p l a y and a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y e l e c t r o n i c
c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y p r o v i d e s t h e e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t r y r e q u i r e d t o c o n t r o l and
power t h e d i s p l a y s , BMAGs, and a c c e l e r o m e t e r . The DISPLAY ECA
p o r t i o n c o n s i s t s of t h e c i r c u i t r y n e c e s s a r y to r e c e i v e and condition t h e
following:
Attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m o r t h e B U G S t o the
FDAI a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n d i c a t o r s
Attitude r a t e - o f - c h a n g e s i g n a l s f r o m t h e r a t e g y r o s o r BMAGs t o
t h e FDAI a t t i t u d e r a t e i n d i c a t o r s
0
F e e d b a c k s i g n a l s f r o m t h e SPS engine g i m b a l s t o t h e gimbal position

indicators
A c c e l e r o m e t e r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e AGAA t o t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y
integrator.
T h e AGAA ECA p o r t i o n c o n s i s t s of c i r c u i t r y n e c e s s a r y t o a c c o m p l i s h
t h e following:
e A c c e p t and condition B U G i n p u t s f o r t h e AGCU
e A c c e p t and condition AGCU torquing c o m m a n d s to t h e BMAGs
Control BMAG and a c c e l e r o m e t e r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s

0
Control and condition t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r r e b a l a n c e loop and inputs

to the integrator
Supply r e f e r e n c e voltages t o t h e B U G S and a c c e l e r o m e t e r
Condition t h e BMAG and a c c e l e r o m e t e r outputs t o t e l e m e t r y .
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2.3-56
...
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 3 . 4 . 6
Rotation C o n t r o l s .
Two identical r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l s a r e provided to enable m a n u a l
c o m m a n d o f t h e s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e ( f i g u r e 2. 3-8). E a c h c o n t r o l i s a c o n t r o l
s t i c k containing b r e a k o u t s w i t c h e s and t r a n s d u c e r s ( f i g u r e 2. 3 - 9 ) which
apply c o n t r o l s i g n a l s to t h e r e a c t i o n j e t s e l e c t i o n logic c i r c u i t r y i n t h e
p i t c h , yaw, and r o l l ECAs. When t h e s t i c k i s moved, t h e b r e a k o u t
s w i t c h e s c l o s e t h e loop between t h e BMACs and AGCU, and c o n t r o l
s i g n a l s f r o m t h e pitch, yaw, and r o l l t r a n s d u c e r s a r e applied t o t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e c o n t r o l ECAs. P r o p o r t i o n a l r e s p o n s e t o t h e c o n t r o l s t i c k
m o v e m e n t is provided by r a t e g y r o f e e d b a c k to t h e ECA e l e c t r o n i c s
( f i g u r e 2. 3-10). T h e r e a c t i o n j e t s o l e n o i d s c a n a l s o be c o n t r o l l e d via t h e
d i r e c t a p p l i c a t i o n of c o n t r o l v o l t a g e s f r o m s w i t c h e s i n t h e c o n t r o l l e r .
The l a t t e r method, r e q u i r i n g u s e of t h e DIRECT MODE switch on MDC-8,
d o e s not p r o v i d e p r o p o r t i o n a l r e s p o n s e . With t h e d i r e c t mode enabled and
t h e s t i c k commanding a r o t a t i o n . a b o u t one a x i s , t h e r a t e damping c i r c u i t s
in t h e o t h e r a x e s a r e a c t i v e .
P r o v i s i o n is m a d e to mount t h e c o n t r o l s a t f o u r d i f f e r e n t l o c a t i o n s in
t h e CIM: t h e r i g h t a r m r e s t of t h e l e f t c r e w couch, both a r m r e s t s of t h e
r i g h t c r e w couch, and at t h e navigation s t a t i o n i n t h e l o w e r equipment b a y .
N o r m a l l y , one c o n t r o l is a t t a c h e d to t h e l e f t c r e w couch mount and the
o t h e r is used a t any of t h e o t h e r t h r e e l o c a t i o n s . Simultaneous o p e r a t i o n
of both c o n t r o l s is p o s s i b l e but not a d v i s e d ; however, e a c h c o n t r o l h a s a
locking d e v i c e to p r e v e n t i n a d v e r t e n t o p e r a t i o n .
2. 3 . 4 . 7
Translation Controls.
Two i d e n t i c a l t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s a r e provided to enable m a n u a l c o m mand o f ' s p a c e c r a f t t r a n s l a t i o n a l m a n e u v e r s . (See f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 8 . ) E a c h
c o n t r o l i s a T - h a n d l e type c o n t r o l s t i c k containing s w i t c h e s , which apply
c o n t r o l s i g n a l s to t h e r e a c t i o n j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c c i r c u i t r y i n t h e pitch, yaw,
and r o l l ECSs ( f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 1 1 ) . T h e r e a c t i o n j e t s a r e a c t i v a t e d in g r o u p s
of two o r f o u r , depending upon t h e d i r e c t i o n of d e s i r e d t r a n s l a t i o n . L e f t r i g h t and up-down t r a n s l a t i o n s a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by f i r i n g two r e a c t i o n
c o n t r o l j e t s with t h e s a m e d i r e c t i o n of t h r u s t . F o r w a r d and r e v e r s e t r a n s l a t i o n s a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by f i r i n g t h e four f o r w a r d t h r u s t i n g o r f o u r r e a r w a r d t h r u s t i n g r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l j e t s . T h e t r a n s l a t i o n m a n e u v e r commanded
i s in d i r e c t r e s p o n s e to the d i r e c t i o n i n which t h e T - h a n d l e i s moved.
T h e p r i m a r y c o n t r o l h a s s w i t c h e s which initiate a s p a c e c r a f t a b o r t if
t h e T - h a n d l e is r o t a t e d c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . Both c o n t r o l s have s w i t c h e s
which enable manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l and d i s a b l e a u t o m a t i c a t t i t u d e
c o n t r o l i f t h e T - h a n d l e i s r o t a t e d c l o c k w i s e . Each c o n t r o l h a s a locking
d e v i c e to p r e v e n t i n a d v e r t e n t o p e r a t i o n of t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
Both c o n t r o l s a r e mounted i n t h e C / M on t h e l e f t a r m r e s t of t h e c r e w
couch. The p r i ; n a r y c o n t r o l is identified with yellow s t r i p e s and is the
only one provided with a b o r t switching c a p a b i l i t y .

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-57
SMZA-03-SC012
--
SYSTEMS DATA
PUSH T O TALK
ABORT
INITIATE
+Z
MNC EN~BLE AND/OR

AUTO A T 1 C O N T R O L DISABLE
(18')
PITCH
CONTROL
R OTAT ION CONTROL

F i g u r e 2. 3-8.
SM-24-674A
Rotation and Translation Controls

Mission
Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-58
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
--
SYSTEMS DATA
II
ROTATI ON CONTROLLER
H--lI;}
I
I
I
I
I
TRANSDUCER
TRANSDUCER
PROPORTIONAL RATE COMh4ANDS TO PITCH ECA
- ROLL
PROPORTIONAL RATE COMMANDS TO ROLL ECA
- YAW
PROPORTIONAL RATE COMMANDS TO YAW ECA
TRANSDUCER
DIRECT RCS
18 VDC FROM
D
,C
OFF
MA1 N BUS A
OR DC M A I N BUS B
(SEE NOTES)
DIRECT SWITCHES
PITCH
DIRECT COMMANDS TO
RCS ENGINES DIRECT COILS
I
I
I
I
I
I
- PITCH
N-qI}
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
< 26 VAC 400 CPS FROM PITCH ECA OR YAW ECA
BREAKOUT SWITCHES
I
I
II
1-1
NOTES:
:}
YAW
28 VDC FROM
< DC M A I N BUS A OR
DC MAIN BUS B
BREAKOUT SIGNAL TO
PITCH, ROLL A N D YAW ECA
I
CASE GROUND
1 . DC main bus A supplies power to direct

switches in rotation control No. 1 .
2. DC main bus B supplies power to direct
switches in rotation control N o . 2.
SM-2A-71 I B
F i g u r e 2. 3-9.
Rotation Control Schematic

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 No!'
1966
Change Date
.
Page
2.3-59
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
32
-4
DIRECT SWITCH
ACTUATION
ROLL MOTIONS
FORCEINCH-POUNDS
BREAKOUT SWITCH
7
8
9
IO
DISPLACEMENT DEGREES
ROTATION CONTROL STICK DISPLACEMENTS VS FORCES
I1
12
13
MECHANICAL
LIMIT
(16 IN.-LBS, 13 DEGREES)
YAW MOTIONS
14
12
FORCE
INCH-POUNDS
ROTATION CONTROL STICK DISPLACEMENTS VS FORCES
PITCH MOTIONS
FORCE
INCH-POUNDS
ROTATION CONTROL STICK DISPLACEMENTS
Figure 2. 3-10,
VS FORCES
SM-?A-675
Rotation Control Charts
M i s s ion
Basic Date 1 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-60
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T R A N S L A T ION CONTROLLER
I t
ABORT INITIATE
SWITCHES (CCW)
.
<
ABORT I N I T I A T I O N S I G N A L
TO MISSION SEQUENCER A
28 VDC FROM
D C M A I N BUS A OR
D C M A I N BUS B
ABORT I N I T I A T I O N S I G N A L
TO MISSION SEQUENCER B
MOTOR DRIVEN SWITCH

(LOCATED IN S/M, CLOSED
AFTER S/M SEPARATION FROM SlVB)
II
c--"
Ah
+x
28 VDC FROM
DC MAIN BUS A OR
DC MAIN B U S B
'
-X
TRANSLATION C O M M A N D S
T O S/M RCS ENGINES
- Y
M.
A N U_ A L_ N C EN
SWITCH jCW,
I
-b
I
I
I
I
PUSH TO TALK
.
<
<
DC M A I N BUS A OR
DC M A I N BUS 8
T O PITCH, YAW 6 ROLL
ECA
28 V D C
C O M M U N I U T I ONS
SM-2A-7106
F i g u r e 2 . 3 - 11. T r a n s l a t i o n C o n t r o l S c h e m a t i c
2.3.4.
F l i g h t D i r e c t o r Attitude I n d i c a t o r .
T h e flight d i r e c t o r a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r , l o c a t e d on MDC-4, p r o v i d e s
attitude, a t t i t u d e e r r o r , and a t t i t u d e r a t e - o f - c h a n g e d i s p l a y i n f o r m a t i o n .
( S e e f i g u r e 2. 3-12. ) T h e FDAI i n d i c a t e s a t t i t u d e r a t e of change and a t t i t u d e
e r r o r on i n d i c a t o r s and s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e on a 3 d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m ,
i n e r t i a l l y r e f e r e n c e d ball and r o l l i n d i c a t o r . T h e r o l l r a t e d i s p l a y i s
l o c a t e d a c r o s s t h e top of t h e FDAI. T h e p i t c h r a t e d i s p l a y is l o c a t e d along
t h e r i g h t s i d e of t h e FDAI. T h e yaw r a t e d i s p l a y is l o c a t e d a c r o s s t h e
bottom of t h e FDAI. T h e a t t i t u d e e r r o r d i s p l a y s a r e p o i n t e r s which m o v e
a c r o s s t h e f a c e of t h e ball. T h e r a t e and e r r o r d i s p l a y s a r e f l y - t o d i s p l a y s .
T h e r o l l a t t i t u d e p o i n t e r is l o c a t e d a t t h e top and points down t o w a r d s t h e
c e n t e r of t h e ball. T h e p i t c h a t t i t u d e p o i n t e r i s l o c a t e d a t the r i g h t and
points l e f t t o w a r d t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball. .The yaw p o i n t e r is l o c a t e d a t t h e
Mission
B a s i c Date 12
"J 1966
Change Date
page 2 . 3 - 6 1
SMZA -03-SCO12
-SYSTEMS DATA
ROLL RATE
\
ROL
IN D
NAVIGATION
MARKER
/AXIS
--PITCH
RATE
DISPUY
'PITCH
ATTITUDE
ERROR DISPLAY
ATTITUDE BALL
AXIS
\BODY
MARKER
'
YAW RATE
DISPLAY
YAW ATTITUDE
ERROR DISPLAY
Attitudo Enor lndicaton

Anaular UI O
lndicaton
I
I
0.
-.l./bc
I
I
0.
-.2./Lc
1
I
-2.5.
+ .3*/s.c
NOTE: O n this illurtmtion, tho attitude ball

d i q l a y i s read with n f e n n c o to the
navigation axis maker.
SM-2A-726 C
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 12. F l i g h t D i r e c t o r Attitude I n d i c a t o r
b o t t o m and p o i n t s up t o w a r d t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball. T h e FDAI is l o c a t e d in
t h e c e n t e r of t h e d i s p l a y . T h e b a l l f a c e is m a r k e d i n d e g r e e s of p i t c h and
yaw and is r e f e r e n c e d to t h e IMU a x e s . Two r e f e r e n c e m a r k e r s a r e l o c a t e d
on t h e f a c e of t h e d i s p l a y t o i n d i c a t e a t t i t u d e i n r e f e r e n c e t o e i t h e r s p a c e T h e body a x e s m a r k e r is on t h e
c r a f t body a x e s o r IMU (navigation) a x e s
l o w e r f a c e of t h e d i s p l a y . The IMU o r navigation a x e s m a r k e r is l o c a t e d on
t h e u p p e r f a c e of t h e d i s p l a y . Roll a t t i t u d e is t h e IMU r e f e r e n c e and i s
i n d i c a t e d by t h e r o l l i n d i c a t o r (bug) which t r a v e l s a r o u n d t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e
of t h e ball. Roll a t t i t u d e z e r o r e f e r e n c e is l o c a t e d a t t h e t o p of t h e ball.
FDAI d i s p l a y o p e r a t i o n w i l l v a r y , depending upon mode. T h e r a t e
d i s p l a y is o p e r a t i v e a t all t i m e s . E a c h r a t e i n d i c a t o r h a s a c a l i b r a t e d d i s p l a y s c a l e , with t h e r a n g e of t h e s c a l e dependent upon t h e mode s e l e c t e d .
M a x i m u m f u l l - s c a l e d e f l e c t i o n w i l l b e as indicated i n t h e following t a b u l a t i o n .

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
7. 3 - 6 2
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
F u l 1- S c a 1<: De f 1e c t i o n
Mode
Pitch
Roll
Yaw
~~~
Delta V modes
E n t r y m o d e s and m o n i t o r m o d e
A l l other modes
*5"/sec
*5" / s e c
*lo/sec
*5"/sec
*25" / s e c
*lo/sec
*5"/sec
*5"/ s e c
*1 " I s e c
F u l l - s c a l e Deflection
Mode
Entry modes
Monitor m o d e
All other modes
Pitch
Roll
Yaw
*5"
*15"
*5O
*25"
*25"
*5"
*5"
k15"
*5"
T h e gimbaled a t t i t u d e ball is c o l o r e d half g r a y and half black, with

t h e l i n e of s e p a r a t i o n a t t h e 0 - d e g r e e to 1 8 0 - d e g r e e pitch a n g l e . T h i s
t w o - c o l o r s c h e m e p e r m i t s r a p i d r e c o g n i t i o n of t h e s p e c i f i c pitch
h e m i s p h e r e being d i s p l a y e d . T h e r e a r e two c o n c e n t r i c c i r c l e s l o c a t e d a t
9 0 - d e g r e e y a w l o - d e g r e e pitch and 2 7 0 - d e g r e e y a w l o - d e g r e e pitch. T h e
i n n e r c i r c l e s a r e solid r e d 3 0 - d e g r e e c i r c l e s which r e p r e s e n t t h e b a s e of
a c o n e with t h e a p e x at t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball. T h i s area d e n o t e s p o s s i b l e
IMU g i m b a l lock. The o u t e r c i r c l e s e n c l o s e a r e d 4 0 - d e g r e e c i r c l e which
a l s o r e p r e s e n t s t h e b a s e of a c o n e with t h e a p e x a t t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball.
T h i s a r e a d e n o t e s a t t i t u d e s which r e s u l t i n AGCU i n a c c u r a c y . The ball i s
r e a d a g a i n s t one of two r e f e r e n c e m a r k s , depending upon t h e mode of
o p e r a t i o n . The IMU a x e s r e f e r e n c e m a r k i s t h e upper m a r k e r
which
i n d i c a t e s s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e i n pitch and yaw a x e s with r e f e r e n c e t o t h e
IMU g i m b a l s o r stability a x e s . T h e body a x e s m a r k e r is t h e lower m a r k e r
(v)
which i n d i c a t e s s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e with r e f e r e n c e to t h e body a x e s .
T h e included a n g l e between t h e m a r k e r s is 32 d e g r e e s . T h e r o l l i n d i c a t o r
is r e f e r e n c e d to t h e z e r o m a r k on t h e p e r i p h e r y of t h e b a l l d i s p l a y f a c e i n
a l l o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s . I n SCS m o d e s , t h e b a l l is d r i v e n only d u r i n g
m a n u a l m a n e u v e r s , d u r i n g FDAI a l i g n m e n t , and a f t e r 0. 05 g is s e n s e d
d u r i n g e n t r y . D u r i n g t h e s e f u n c t i o n s , t h e b a l l is d r i v e n by s i g n a l s
r e c e i v e d f r o m t h e AGCU. In G&N m o d e s , t h e ball d i s p l a y s IMU gimbal
a n g l e s . F i g u r e 2. 3-13 p r o v i d e s a t a b u l a r l i s t i n g of t h e v a r i o u s FDAI
display configurations.
(e)

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2 . 3-63
Mission
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
Change Date

B a s i c D a t e l 2 Nov 1966
Page
2.3-64
SM2A -03-SCO 12
-SYSTEMS DATA
2. 3 . 4 . 9
Attitude Set / Gimbal P o s i t i o n Indi cat0 r .

The attitude s e t / g i m b a l position i n d i c a t o r (AS-GPI) p r o v i d e s two
s e p a r a t e functions. The attitude s e t portion e n a b l e s FDAI-AGCU alignm e n t and p r o v i d e s a r e f e r e n c e f o r a c q u i r i n g new a t t i t u d e s . The g i m b a l
position display portion p r o v i d e s positioning c o n t r o l of the SPS engine
g i m b a l a n g l e s and d i s p l a y s g i m b a l position. The attitude s e t portion p r o vides a c o m p a r i s o n of the angle between the attitude d i s p l a y e d on the
ATTITUDE S E T i n d i c a t o r s and the position of the AGCU r e s o l v e r shaft. It
a l s o p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l of the inputs to t h e FDAI attitude e r r o r p o i n t e r s and
aligns the FDAI to the attitude indicated o n the ATTITUDE S E T i n d i c a t o r s .
The attitude s e t function is c o n t r o l l e d by m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n of the t h u m b wheels. The d e s i r e d position is dialed by a thumbwheel, with the display
providing v i s u a l indication of the position s e l e c t e d by the thumbwheel. The
attitude display m a y be used to align the FDAI-AGCU o r to indicate a new
attitude f o r the s p a c e c r a f t . To a c c o m p l i s h FDAI-AGCU a l i g n m e n t , the
d e s i r e d position is s e t o n the attitude s e t display. The FDAI ALIGN pushbutton i s then p r e s s e d . T h i s p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l which d r i v e s the AGCU
s t e p p e r m o t o r and c o n t r o l logic t o position the AGCU r e s o l v e r shaft. The
s t e p p e r m o t o r d r i v e s the s h a f t to the c o m m a n d e d position, r e s u l t i n g i n a n
output f r o m a n angle g e n e r a t o r to the FDAI ball, d r i v i n g the b a l l to the
commanded position. To m a n u a l l y m a n e u v e r the s p a c e c r a f t to a p r e d e t e r m i n e d attitude, the d i s p l a y i s s e t to the d e s i r e d attitude and the A T T
S E T s w i t c h i s placed to A T T SET. The output s i g n a l is applied'to the
attitude e r r o r display p o i n t e r s on the FDAI, providing a m a n u a l m a n e u v e r
indicatiQn to the s p a c e c r e w . The d i s p l a y configuration i s a fly-to type,
with the c r e w manually maneuvering the s p a c e c r a f t t o w a r d the p o i n t e r s .
( T h e p o i n t e r s will peg if the new attitude i s i n e x c e s s of 5 d e g r e e s f r o m
the o r i g i n a l attitude. )
The SPS engine g i m b a l position d i s p l a y allows positioning of the
g i m b a l s and p r o v i d e s indication of g i m b a l position. Two thumbwheels
enable the pitch and yaw engine g i m b a l s to be positioned p r i o r to SPS
engine firing. The g i m b a l s position the engine to a n attitude which e n s u r e s
that the SPS engine t h r u s t v e c t o r is through the s p a c e c r a f t c e n t e r of gravity.
Movement of the thumbwheels r e s u l t s i n the g e n e r a t i o n of c o n t r o l s i g n a l s
which engage the SPS g i m b a l ring t o r q u e m o t o r m a g n e t i c c l u t c h e s . Clutch
engagement connects the g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r and g e a r t r a i n to move the
g i m b a l ring. P o s i t i o n t r a n s d u c e r s send a s i g n a l to the g i m b a l position
d i s p l a y s to i n d i c a t e t h e angle of the gimbal. The yaw g i m b a l position s c a l e
is graduated i n i n c r e m e n t s of one-half d e g r e e f r o m - 5 d e g r e e s to t 1 3
d e g r e e s . C e n t e r is l o c a t e d at t h e t 4 - d e g r e e position due to a n i n h e r e n t
o f f s e t i n the yaw c e n t e r of g r a v i t y . The pitch g i m b a l position s c a l e i s
g r a d u a t e d i n i n c r e m e n t s of one-half d e g r e e f r o m -9 d e g r e e s to t9 d e g r e e s ,
with the c e n t e r position at 0 d e g r e e s .

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.3-65
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
L. 3.4. 10
Velocity Change I n d i c a t o r .
The d e l t a V d i s p l a y p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y of s p a c e c r a f t
velocity c h a n g e s . T h e d i s p l a y p o r t i o n of the panel c o n s i s t s of the AV
REMAIMNG i n d i c a t o r , which is a f i v e - d i g i t d i s p l a y . The digital d i s p l a y
is s e t by the v a r i a b l e s p e e d A V S E T switch. T h r e e p a n e l s w i t c h e s c o n t r o l
the SPS and RCS engine f i r i n g c o m m a n d s . The DIRECT ULLAGE s w i t c h
is a pushbutton, m o m e n t a r y - c o n t a c t s w i t c h which, when d e p r e s s e d
e n e r g i z e s t h e d i r e c t c o i l s of t h e tX r e a c t i o n j e t s o l e n o i d s . It s e r v e s as a
backup f o r t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l , which is u s e d u n d e r n o r m a l conditions
f o r tX t r a n s l a t i o n s f o r SPS f u e l s e t t l i n g ( u l l a g e ) . The THRUST ON s w i t c h
i s a n i l l u m i n a t e d pushbutton, m o m e n t a r y - c o n t a c t switch which is u s e d to
f i r e the SPS engine i n the SCS d e l t a V mode. The s w i t c h is enabled when
the SPS THRUST s w i t c h is i n the NORMAL position. The pitch and yaw
RCS c o n t r o l and f i r i n g c i r c u i t s a r e inhibited d u r i n g S P S engine f i r i n g .
A f t e r i g n i t i o n , the SPS engine continues to f i r e until t h e AV REMAINING
d i s p l a y c o u n t s down to z e r o . The THRUST ON switch i s a l s o u s e d to back
up t h e Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r f i r i n g c o m m a n d s in t h e G&N d e l t a V mode
i n the e v e n t of a n AGC f a i l u r e . The S P S THRUST s w i t c h p r o v i d e s o v e r a l l
c o n t r o l of SPS engine f i r i n g . The NORMAL p o s i t i o n e n a b l e s n o r m a l engine
f i r i n g s e q u e n c e s . The O F F position p r o v i d e s a p o s i t i v e off c o m m a n d as
backup i n c a s e of a malfunction. The DIRECT ON position p r o v i d e s a
p o s i t i v e f i r i n g c o m m a n d to the S P S engine.
The AV S E T s w i t c h s e t s up t h e AV REMAINING d i s p l a y and logic
c i r c u i t s p r i o r to d e l t a V m a n e u v e r s . P r e s s i n g the u p p e r s e c t i o n of the
AV s w i t c h sets up l o g i c c i r c u i t r y which c a u s e s a s l e w m o t o r to d r i v e the
AV REMAINIVG d i s p l a y i n the p o s i t i v e d i r e c t i o n ( i n c r e a s i n g velocity).
P r e s s i n g the l o w e r s e c t i o n of the s w i t c h d r i v e s the d i s p l a y i n the negative
d i r e c t i o n ( d e c r e a s i n g v e l o c i t y ) . The s w i t c h h a s two s e t s of c o n t a c t s i n
both t h e u p p e r and l o w e r p o s i t i o n s . P r e s s i n g t h e s w i t c h lightly engages
t h e f i r s t s e t of c o n t a c t s , which r e s u l t s i n a s i g n a l t h a t will d r i v e the
d i s p l a y a t a r a t e of two f e e t p e r s e c o n d . P r e s s i n g t h e s w i t c h h a r d e r
( p a s t a n e a s i l y f e l t h a r d / s o f t p o i n t ) e n g a g e s t h e second s e t of c o n t a c t s ,
which r e s u l t s i n t h e d i s p l a y b e i n g d r i v e n at a r a t e of 64 f e e t p e r s e c o n d .
As t h e d i s p l a y is d r i v e n to the d e s i r e d velocity, t h e i n t e g r a t o r and logic
c i r c u i t is s e t to a l o g i c a l value e q u a l to t h e d e s i r e d change. The t r a n s l a t i o n c o m m a n d s i g n a l e n e r g i z e s a r e l a y which a p p l i e s the output of the
A G M a c c e l e r o m e t e r to the i n t e g r a t o r and logic c i r c u i t , which c o m p a r e s
the d e s i r e d velocity i n c r e m e n t with the a c t u a l velocity change r e c e i v e d
f r o m the a c c e l e r o m e t e r . When t h e a c t u a l velocity change e q u a l s the value
s e t , the A V REMAINING c o u n t e r s e n d s a s i g n a l to a coincidence d e t e c t o r
logic c i r c u i t which, i n t u r n , t r a n s m i t s a s t o p f i r i n g c o m m a n d to t h e t h r u s t
c o n t r o l l o g i c . Although t h i s c a u s e s t h e SPS engine to s t o p firing, s o m e
t h r u s t i n g continues a s a r e s u l t of t h e tail-off i n h e r e n t t o t h e engine. T h e
A V REMAINING d i s p l a y continues to count p a s t z e r o ( i . e . , 99999,99998,
99997, e t c . ) until no f u r t h e r a c c e l e r a t i o n is f e l t . Tail-off e f f e c t s will be
c a l c u l a t e d p r i o r to f l i g h t ' a n d c o m p e n s a t e d f o r by t h e c r e w when the d i s p l a y
is being s e t up f o r d e l t a V m a n e u v e r s .
STABILIZATION AND
Mission
B a s i c Date 12 Nov
1966
CONTROL SYSTEM
Change Date
Page
2.3-66
---
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 3 . 4 . 11
E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
See f i g u r e s 2. 3-14 and 2 . 3-15

2. 3. 5

F i g u r e 2. 3-16 contains t h e latest a v a i l a b l e power consumption d a t a f o r
.
t h e Block I SCS. T h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s w e r e not included in ;he SCS
component breakdown b e c a u s e they d o not d i s s i p a t e a significant a m o u n t of
power within t h e m s e l v e s .
T h e X - a x i s a c c e l e r o m e t e r is a s e r v o - r e b a l a n c e d pendulous
a c c e l e r o m e t e r . Some of t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r d e s i g n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e as
follow 5 .
Operating r a n g e
Threshold
Null torque
Signal g e n e r a t o r s e n s i t i v i t y
Signal g e n e r a t o r null
0.001 g to 2 g
I x 10-4 g ( m a x )
1 x 10-4 g (max)
50 m i l l i v o l t s / m i l l i r a d
1 mr ( m a x )
T h e body-mounted attitude g y r o s a r e s i n g l e - d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m g y r o s .
Some of t h e g y r o d e s i g n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e a s follows.
A c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s i t i v e drift
Random d r i f t
M a x i m u m torquing rate
Maxi m u m input a t t i t u d e
Gyro threshold
G y r o t r a n s f e r function
Signal g e n e r a t o r null
Excitation f r e q u e n c y
4 deglhslg
0.05 deg/hr
25 d e g l s e c
*20 deg
0 . 02 d e g / h r
1 . 15 m i l l i v o l t s / m i l l i r a d
3. 5 m i l l i v o l t s
400f0.01% CPS
The r a t e gyros a r e single-axis miniature gyros.

d e s i g n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e as follows.
Full-scale range
Input r a n g e ( t o limit stop)
Maximum r a t e without d a m a g e
Excitation f r e q u e n c y
Threshold
Some of the g y r o
30'1 sec
30 " I s e c
6 O O o / sec
400fO.01% c p s
0 . 0 2 ' t sec
2. 3. 6
2. 3. 6. 1
S/ C Attitude Change.
It is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t vehicle a t t i t u d e change b e held t o m a x i m u m

r a t e s of l e s s t h a n 20 d e g r e e s p e r second r o l l and 5 d e g r e e s p e r second in
pitch and yaw t o p r e v e n t p o s s i b l e loss of a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e . B e c a u s e of
t h e AGCU digital logic, t h e stepping m o t o r c a n be stepped at a m a x i m u m
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-67
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
PARTIAL SCS
POWER SW
ACl
- (AC91
, ___,
AC B U S N O . 1 (AC BUS NO.

115 VAC
115 VAC)
PARTIAL CCZ
PHASE
GROUP I
ACI (ACZI
\-,
NOTES:
1.
D-C w e r i s applied to thew

u n i h through partial
switch, as ahown in
part of diagram.
PILOT'S ROTATIONAL
CONTROLLER
OFF
SCS pore,
uppr
right
TRANSLATIONAL CONTROLLER
2. Contacts clom after S-IVB scpomtion

or high-altitude abart.
F i g u r e 2 . 3-14.
SCS P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.3-68
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
REQUIRED SCS POWER SWITCHES

SYSTEM C A P A B I L l T l E S
PARTIAL
RATE
ROTATION
scs
GYRO
POWER
POWER
POWER
BACKUP RATE
Tvc
Tvc 2
POWER
POWER
CHANNEL ENABLE
DIRECT ROTATION CONTROL
PRO PORT10 N4 L ROTATION CONTROL
ATTITUDE IMPULSE
~~
G A N SYNC
TRANSLATION
A V SET
om
S f 5 ENGINE IGNITION
I RATE INDICATORS VALID
BALL 6 ROLL BUG DRIVEN
ATTITUDE ERROR INDICATORS VALID
00
NOTES: I .
*OI
I f backup rate has been selected i n any axis. I f backup rate has been
selected i n a l l 3 axes, RATE GYRO POWER need not be on.
2.
PARTIAL SCS POWER murt be on i f AV switch i s at NORMAL. However,

SPS engine can ba t u m d on when a l l power switch- are off, by placing
AV switch to DIRECT ON.
3.
TVC 2 POWER switch must be on i f manual N C i s engaged.
4.
SCS AV mode only. However, i n GBN AV mode, BMAG POWER must

be o n i f backup rate has beon selected i n any axis. I f backup rate has
been selected i n a11 three oxes, RATE GYRO POWER switch i s set to OFF.
5. SCS modes
only; also G A N modes i f backup rate has been selected i n any axis
6. SCS mod-
only, i f backup rate has not been selected.
7.
RATE GYRO POWER w i t c h may b set to OFF for extended periods of

attitude hold,
8. FDA1 A L I G N and G B N modes only.

SM- 2A-90W
F i g u r e 2. 3-15.
SCS P o w e r vs S y s t e m Capability

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.3-69
S M 2 A -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
SYSTEM STEAD\ $TAT POWER CONSUMPTION-WAITS 6 Q - l )

MONITOR
GLNAlTlTUDE
SCSATTITUDE
GbNENTRY
115 VAC400 CPS

SWITCH
PARTIAL SCS PWR ( I )
POWER FACTOR
FDA1
POWER FACTOR
RGA POWER
POWER FACTOR
125.2
0.94
TVCSW N0.I
POWER FACTOR
0.85
0.92
I16:4
0 96
Ill:5
1 1 I
I I I
8:7
0 86
8.7
0.86
16.3
4:3
4.2
0 57
0.63
6.1
3.4
0.99
0.78
7.0 162.3
0.80
0 75
BMAG POWER
POWER FACTOR
16.7
0.99
II 1
TVC SW NO. 2
POWER FACTOR
I ;::I I I
0.98
ROT. C O N 1 POWER
POWER FACTOR
24.1 117.6
0.89 0.91
CONT PANEL INPUT ( I )
11
.a:
SYSTEM STEADY-STATE POWER CONSUMPTIOWWATTS

( 5 0 - 1 ) (CONTINUED)
SCS ENTRY
MoDE
G L N AV
SCS AV
LOCAL VERTICAL
SWITCH\
PARTIAL SCS P W R ( I )
POWER FACTOR
FDA1
POWER FACTOR
RGA POWER
POWER FACTOR
I I
I
I I I 1 I I
27.5
0.94
5:2
0
98
245 18.3 22.9

0.89
'
0.88
3:4
0
8 5 11:s
099
25.7
186
240
594
0.941
o h 1 o:wl
5.2
3:4 I \ l : 8
0 85 0 99
0.98
'
28.3 23.3 19.0 61.3 26.1 2 2 6 17.6 12.4

0.931 0.881 0.911
1'0.941 0 : 8 8 ) 0.901
I I 1 I
0
5:298
0.85
3.4
I I
5:2
3.4 111:8
0 98 0.85 0 99
lA:;/
1 I
ROT.CONT POWER
POWER FACTOR
TVC SW NO. I
POWER FACTOR
TVC sw No. 2
POWER FACTOR
BMAG POWER
POWER FACTOR
C O N 1 PANEL INPlJl ( I )
I
NOTES:
1 . Power marrummenh made in w c h nwde.
'2. Power consunption assumed came in each mode.
Asterisk indicates mode in which mwsurament
was made.
3. h a r u r m e n t ~made with SPS engine o f f . (Two
solenaids and 2 relays.)
4. Line losses and inverter efficiencies nat con5.

6.
ridered.
A l l values indimted are in w o t h .
Figure &a nat include enegiring RCS enginn
b r manwven.
SM-24-754D
Figure 2 . 3-16.
SCS Steady-State P o w e r Consumption Data
M i s s ion
Change Date
Page
2.3-70
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
rate of 100 s t e p s p e r second i n r o l l and 25 s t e p s p e r second i n pitch and

yaw. T h i s is equivalent t o g y r o t o r q u i n g rates of 20 d e g r e e s p e r second in
r o l l and 5 d e g r e e s p e r second i n pitch a n d yaw. T h e r e f o r e , i f vehicle r a t e s
exceed t h e g y r o torquing r a t e s , t h e stepping m o t o r will l a g behind t h e
vehicle r a t e s . Under t h i s condition, t h e B U G - A G C U loop m a y not b e a b l e
t o m a i n t a i n t h e SCS attitude r e f e r e n c e .
2. 3 . 7
T h e following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t i n g of all SCS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that is

m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . The last
c o l u m n contains the n a m e and type of S I C c r e w d i s p l a y . T h e d i s p l a y
u t i l i z e s t h e s a m e pickup o r signal s o u r c e as t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e
m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r i s included i n t h e d i s p l a y column.
An a s t e r i s k (*) by t h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s i n f o r m a t i o n
which i s not a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g P C M
low-bit rate o p e r a t i o n .
F i g u r e 2 . 3-4, s h e e t 2, identifies t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s f o r t h e SCS
yaw channel. Identical m e a s u r e m e n t s i n t h e following l i s t , r e l a t i v e t o t h e
r o l l and pitch c h a n n e l s , a r e t a k e n f r o m the same c i r c u i t junctions a s f o r
t h e yaw channel.
Measurement
Number
* CH 0024 V
CH 0025 V
* CH 0034 V
* CH 0047 V
*
;'
:g
*
*
*
CH 0050
CH0067
CH 0074
CH 0075
CH 0087
CH 0088
CH 0089
CH 0090
CH 0100
CH 0101
CH 0102
CH 0103
CH 1024
CH 1025
CH 1034
CH 1047
CH 1050
CH 1067
CH 1074
V
V
V
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
V
V
H
V
V
V
V
Description
P i t c h rate
P i t c h rate manual r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l
P i t c h pos f e e d b a c k i n
P T V diff c l u t c h volts c o m b
P i t c h r a t e e r r o r a m p out
Pitch integratorlatt e r r o r summing
MTVC pitch r a t e
P i t c h SCS att e r r o r
t P i t c h / t X solenoid d r i v e r out
- P i t c h I t X solenoid d r i v e r out
+ P i t c h / - X solenoid d r i v e r out
- P i t c h / - X solenoid d r i v e r out
G-N DV mode control
G-N DV a t t mode c o n t r o l
G-N e n t r y mode c o n t r o l
Monitor mode control
Yaw r a t e
Yaw m a n u a l r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l
Y a w pos feedback i n
YTV diff c l u t c h volts c o m b
Yaw r a t e e r r o r a m p out
Y integratorlatt e r r o r summing
MTVC yaw r a t e
FDAI
FDAI
None
None
FDAI
None
None
FDAI
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
FDAI
FDAI
None
None
FDAI
None
None
Z e r o / t 5 VRMS
- 6 l t 6 vdc
TBD
-6. 2 t o t 6 2 vdc
TBD
TBD
Z e r o / t l O VRMS
Offlon event
Offlon event
Off/on event
Offlon event
Event
Offlon event
Offlon event
Offlon event
-30 t o t 3 0 Q / s e c
Z e r o I t S VRMS
-8.51i-a. 5 vdc
-85 t o 4-85 MADC
- 6 . 2 t o t 6 . 2 vdc
- 2 . 5 to t2. 5 Vdc
TBD

Mission
C r e w Display
S e n s o r Range
Change Date
.
Page
2.3-71
SM2A 03 -SCO 12
-.-
SYSTEMS DATA
~
~~
~~
Measurement
Number
~
S e n s o r Range
Description
C r e w Display
~~
V yaw SCS a t t e r r o r
t Y a w / + X solenoid d r i v e r out
- Y a w / t X solenoid d r i v e r out
t Y a w / - X solenoid d r i v e r out
- Y a w / - X solenoid d r i v e r out
SCS DV m o d e c o n t r o l
SCS a t t m o d e c o n t r o l
SCS e n t r y m o d e c o n t r o l
SCS l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e c o n t r o l
MTVC m o d e c o n t r o l
Combined AG SMRD
Roll rate
Roll m a n r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l out
Combined RG SMRD
Combined a t t i t u d e g y r o t e m p
Z e r o / + 10 VRMS
Off/on event
Off/on event
Offlon event
Off/on event
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
0 t o 5 vdc
TBD
Z e r o / t 5 VRMS
- 0 t o t 5 vdc
0 to t 5 vdc
* CH 3186 V
Roll r a t e e r r o r a m p out
Roll a t t i t u d e e r r o r a m p out
Roll SCS a t t e r r o r
R o l l / t Z solenoid d r i v e r out
- R o l l / - Z solenoid d r i v e r out
t R o l l / - Z solenoid d r i v e r out
- R o l l / - 2 s s l e n o i d d r i v e r out
R o l l / t Y solenoid d r i v e r out
- R o l l / t Y , s o l e n o i d d r i v e r out
t R o l l / - Y solenoid d r i v e r out
- R o l l / - Y solenoid d r i v e r out
. 0 5 g Manual switch
DV r e m a i n i n g pot out
-6. 2 to t6. 2 vdc

-25f-I-25 vdc
Z e r o / l O VRMS
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
- 3 t o t 1 3 KFPS
CH 4100
CH4101
CH 4102
CH 4103
CH 4104
CH 4105
CH 4320
CH4321
CG 0 0 0 1
R e s o l v e r s i n out pitch a t t
R e s o l v e r cos out pitch a t t
R e s o l v e r s i n out yaw att
R e s o l v e r c o s out yaw att
R e s o l v e r s i n out r o l l a t t
R e s o l v e r c o s out r o l l att
SPS solenoid d r i v e r out 1
SPS solenoid d r i v e r out 2
C o m p u t e r d i g i t a l d a t a 40 b i t s
-12 to
- 12 to
-12 t o
-12 t o
-12 t o
- 12 to
Event
Event
Event
CH 1075 V
* CH 1087 X
* CH 1088 X
* CH 1089 X
* CH 1090 X
*
*
*
*
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
2015
2024
2025
2026
2030
X
X
X
X
X
V
V
V
V
T
CH 2050 V
* CH 2070 V
CH 2075 V
* CH 2087 X
* Ch 2088 X
* Ch 2089 X
* CH 2090 X
* CH 2091 X
* CX 2092 X
* CH 2093 X
* C H 2094 X
CH 3185 X
H
H
H
H
H
H
X
X
V
tl2
t 12
t12
+12
t12
t 12
VRMS
VRMS
VRMS
VRMS
VRMS
VRMS
FDAI
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
FDAI
FDAI
None
AGAP
TEMP
LIGHT
FDAI
None
FDAI
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
AV
Counter
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Delta V
Display

Mission
Change Date
Page
2-3-77
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
APOL1.0 OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 4
SERVICE PKOPULSION SYSTEM (SPS)
2.4. 1
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
T h e s e r v i c e propulsion s u b s y s t e m p r o v i d e s the m a j o r i m p u l s e f o r a l l
m a j o r velocity changes ( A V ' s ) throughout a m i s s i o n , plus the S I M a b o r t
a f t e r the launch e s c a p e tower is jettisoned. T o p e r f o r m this function, the
s u s b y s t e m i n c o r p o r a t e s a helium p r e s s u r i z a t i o n s y s t e m , a p r o p e l l a n t f e e d
s y s t e m , a propellant gauging and utilization s y s t e m , and a r o c k e t engine.
T h e o x i d i z e r is nitrogen t e t r o x i d e , a n d the fuel is a blended h y d r a z i n e
( a p p r o x i m a t e l y 50% u n s y m m e t r i c a l dimethyl h y d r a z i n e a n d 50% anhydrous
hydrazine). T h e p r e s s u r i z i n g g a s i s helium. T h e s u b s y s t e m i n c o r p o r a t e s
d i s p l a y s and s e n s i n g d e v i c e s t o p e r m i t ground-based s t a t i o n s and the c r e w
to m o n i t o r i t s operation.
A functional flow d i a g r a m is contained in f i g u r e 2.4-1.
T h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r e is d i r e c t e d to the helium p r e s s u r i z i n g v a l v e s
which i s o l a t e the helium during nonthrusting p e r i o d s , o r allows the helium
to p r e s s u r i z e the fuel a n d o x i d i z e r tanks d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s . T h e
helium p r e s s u r e i s r e d u c e d a t the p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s to a d e s i r e d working
p r e s s u r e . T h e r e g u l a t e d helium p r e s s u r e is d i r e c t e d through c h e c k v a l v e s
that p e r m i t helium flow in the d o w n s t r e a m d i r e c t i o n when the p r e s s u r i z i n g
valves a r e open, a n d p r e v e n t a r e v e r s e flow of p r o p e l l a n t s d u r i n g nont h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s . T h e h e a t e x c h a n g e r s t r a n s f e r h e a t f r o m the p r o p e l l a n t s
to the helium g a s to r e d u c e any p r e s s u r e e x c u r s i o n s that m a y r e s u l t f r o m a
t e m p e r a t u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l between the h e l i u m g a s a n d p r o p e l l a n t s i n the tanks.
T h e relief v a l v e s m a i n t a i n the s t r u c t u r a l i n t e g r i t y of the propellant tank
s y s t e m s if a n excessive p r e s s u r e r i s e occurs.
T h e total propellant supply is contained within f o u r similar tanks:
a n o x i d i z e r s t o r a g e tank, o x i d i z e r s u m p tank, fuel s t o r a g e tank, and fuel
s u m p tanks. T h e s t o r a g e and s u m p tanks f o r e a c h p r o p e l l a n t s y s t e m a r e
connected i n s e r i e s by a single t r a n s f e r line. T h e r e g u l a t e d helium e n t e r s
into the fuel a n d o x i d i z e r s t o r a g e tank, p r e s s u r i z i n g the s t o r a g e tank
p r o p e l l a n t s , and f o r c e s the propellant to a n outlet i n the s t o r a g e tank which
is d i r e c t e d through a t r a n s f e r line into the r e s p e c t i v e s u m p tank standpipe,
p r e s s u r i z i n g the p r o p e l l a n t s i n the s u m p tank. T h e p r o p e l l a n t in the s u m p
tank is d i r e c t e d to the exit end into a p r o p e l l a n t retention r e s e r v o i r ,
retaining sufficient p r o p e l l a n t s a t the tank o u t l e t s to p e r m i t engine r e s t a r t
capability i n a z e r o g condition. T h e p r o p e l l a n t s exit f r o m the r e s p e c t i v e
s u m p tanks into a s i n g l e line to the h e a t exchanger.
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-1
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e is i n s t a l l e d i n the o x i d i z e r l i n e , and
i s p o w e r e d only d u r i n g SPS t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s . T h e p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n
valve a i d s i n m a i n t a i n i n g the c e n t e r of mass i n a r e l a t i v e l y confined a r e a i n
the Y - Z plane, i n addition to s i m u l t a n e o u s p r o p e l l a n t depletion. T h e
o x i d i z e r supply and f u e l supply a r e connected f r o m the s u m p tank to t h e
engine i n t e r f a c e flange.
T h e p r o p e l l a n t s flow f r o m the p r o p e l l a n t s u m p tank feed through t h e i r
r e s p e c t i v e plumbing to the m a i n p r o p e l l a n t o r i f i c e s and f i l t e r s to the
b i p r o p e l l a n t valve. T h e b i p r o p e l l a n t valve a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s the m a i n
p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e s t h a t a r e p n e u m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d and a l l o w s the p r o p e l l a n t
v a l v e s to d i s t r i b u t e the p r o p e l l a n t s to the engine i n j e c t o r d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g
periods, o r isolates the propellants f r o m the injector during nonthrusting
periods.
T h e engine i n j e c t o r d i s t r i b u t e s t h e p r o p e l l a n t s through o r i f i c e s in the
f a c e of the i n j e c t o r w h e r e the f u e l a n d o x i d i z e r i m p i n g e upon e a c h o t h e r ,
a t o m i z e , and i g n i t e due to h y p e r g o l i c ignition.
T h e a b l a t i v e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r a b s o r b s the h e a t g e n e r a t e d within
the c h a m b e r . T h e n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n is a t t a c h e d to the a b l a t i v e c h a m b e r and
r a d i a t e s to s p a c e .
T h e engine a s s e m b l y is mounted to the s t r u c t u r e of t h e s e r v i c e module
and is g i m b a l e d to p e r m i t t h r u s t v e c t o r a l i g n m e n t through t h e c e n t e r of m a s s ,
p r i o r .to t h r u s t i n i t i a t i o n and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l d u r i n g a t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d .
A flight c o m b u s t i o n stability m o n i t o r s y s t e m is employed to m o n i t o r the
engine f o r i n s t a b i l i t y d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s .
P r o p e l l a n t quantity i s m e a s u r e d by two s e p a r a t e s e n s i n g s y s t e m s :
p r i m a r y and a u x i l i a r y . T h e s e n s i n g s y s t e m s a r e p o w e r e d only d u r i n g
t h r u s t - o n p e r i o d s due to the c a p a c i t a n c e and point s e n s o r m e a s u r i n g
techniques. T h e l i n e a r i t y would not p r o v i d e a c c u r a t e i n d i c a t i o n s d u r i n g t h e
z e r o g SPS nonthrusting periods.
T h e c o n t r o l of the s u b s y s t e m i s a u t o m a t i c with p r o v i s i o n s f o r m a n u a l
override.
2.4.2
MAJOR COMPONENT /SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
2.4.2.1
P r e s s u r i z a t i o n Subsystem.
T h e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of two h e l i u m t a n k s , two
h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z i n g v a l v e s , two d u a l p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l i e s , two
d u a l c h e c k valve a s s e m b l i e s , two p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s , and two h e a t
e x c h a n g e r s . T h e c r i t i c a l c o m p o n e n t s a r e redundant to i n c r e a s e reliability.
SERVICE PROPU&ICJN S Y S T ~ M
Mission
Change D a t e
page
2.4-2
I
I
I
6
r=
i
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
513
;;
d
0
x
I I
" I
:
j
i
I
I
I
'
.i
--x
& <
1 1
" I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
1'
I Y I
I
Ji
I
3
!E
F i g u r e 2.4-1.
SPS F u n c t i o n a l F l o w D i a g r a m
Mission
Basic Date
l2
1966
Change Date
P a g e 2.4-312.4-4
SM2A-03-SCO 12
-.
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2. 1. l,*
J
2.4.2. 1.2
Helium T a n k s .
?
4
T h e two helium supply s p h e r i c a l p r e s s u r e v e s s e l s a r e i l o c a t e d i n the
c e n t e r s e c t i o n of the s e r v i c e module.
f
Helium P r e s s u r i z i n g V a l v e s .
T h e s e two continuous duty s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d v a l v e s a r e n o r m a l l y
c l o s e d to the h e l i u m supply p r e s s u r e . T h e valves a r e e n e r g i z e d open and
s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . When the helium s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 20 a r e in the
AUTO p o s i t i o n , the v a l v e s a r e e n e r g i z e d and d e - e n e r g i z e d by the t h r u s t
O N - O F F signal. T h e v a l v e s m a y be m a n u a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by the c r e w ,
u t i l i z i n g the ON and O F F p o s i t i o n of the h e l i u m s w i t c h e s . E a c h valve i s
c o n t r o l l e d individually by a s e p a r a t e switch on p a n e l 20.
E a c h valve c o n t a i n s a position switch which c o n t r o l s a position
i n d i c a t o r above e a c h switch on p a n e l 20. When a valve i s c l o s e d , the p o s i tion switch i s open and the i n d i c a t o r is g r a y ( s a m e c o l o r a s the p a n e l ) .
When a valve is open, the p o s i t i o n switch i s c l o s e d and the i n d i c a t o r h a s
diagonal l i n e s , i n d i c a t i n g the valve i s open.
I n the event of a f a i l u r e i n the a u t o m a t i c m o d e of o p e r a t i o n , the c r e w
m a n u a l l y e n a b l e s the p r e s s u r i z i n g valve o r v a l v e s on p a n e l 20. In the e v e n t
of a p r o b l e m with one of the r e g u l a t i n g u n i t s , the c r e w m a n u a l l y i s o l a t e s the
r e q u i r e d p r e s s u r i z i n g valve.
2.4.2.1.
P r e s s u r e Pegulator Assemblies.
P r F s s u r e r e g u l a t i o n i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by two p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t i n g u n i t s
i n p a r a l l e l , d o w n s t r e a m of e a c h h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z i n g valve. E a c h r e g u l a t o r
unit c o n t a i n s a p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y r e g u l a t o r in s e r i e s , and a p r e s s u r e
s u r g e d a m p e r i n s t a l l e d on the i n l e t to e a c h r e g u l a t i n g unit.
T h e p r i m a r y r e g u l a t o r is n o r m a l l y the c o n t r o l l i n g r e g u l a t o r , while the
s e c o n d a r y is n o r m a l l y open d u r i n g a d y n a m i c flow condition. T h e s e c o n d a r y r e g u l a t o r w i l l not b e c o m e a c o n t r o l l i n g r e g u l a t o r until the p r i m a r y ,
due to a p r o b l e m , allows a h i g h e r p r e s s u r e than n o r m a l , and allows the
s e c o n d a r y r e g u l a t o r to function and b e c o m e the c o n t r o l l i n g r e g u l a t o r . A l l
r e g u l a t o r p r e s s u r e s a r e in r e f e r e n c e to a bellows a s s e m b l y t h a t i s vented
to a m b i e n t .
One of the r e g u l a t i n g units i n c o r p o r a t e d i n one of t h e p a r a l l e l p a t h s
i s c o n s i d e r e d the working r e g u l a t o r . T h e r e g u l a t i n g unit i n the r e m a i n i n g
p a r a l l e l path i s n o r m a l l y l o c k e d up when the s y s t e m i s dynamic. T h e
r e g u l a t o r that is n o r m a l l y locked up would not function until the n o r m a l
r e g u l a t o r allowed the r e g u l a t e d h e l i u m p r e s s u r e to d e c r e a s e , due to a
p r o b l e m , and allow t h e n o r m a l l y locked-up r e g u l a t o r to b e c o m e the
functioning r e g u l a t o r .
_.

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-5
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2. 1.4
Check Valve A s s e m b l i e s .
E a c h a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s f o u r independent c h e c k v a l v e s c o n n e c t e d i n a
s e r i e s - p a r a l l e l c o n f i g u r a t i o n which p r o v i d e s added redundancy. T h e c h e c k
v a l v e s will not open until t h e r e i s a 4 - p s i p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l between the
c h e c k valve a s s e m b l y i n l e t and o u t l e t l i n e s .
2.4.2.1.5
H e l i u m P r e s s u r e Relief Valves.
T h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s c o n s i s t of a r e l i e f v a l v e , a b u r s t d i a p h r a g m ,
and a f i l t e r .
I n this e v e n t , e x c e s s i v e h e l i u m a n d / o r p r o p e l l a n t v a p o r r u p t u r e s the
b u r s t d i a p h r a g m and the f i l t e r ( f i l t e r is to be a n o n f r a g m e n t a t i o n type) f i l t e r s
any f r a g m e n t a t i o n . T h e r e l i e f valve o p e n s and v e n t s the a p p l i c a b l e s y s t e m
to s p a c e , a n d w i l l c l o s d and r e s e a l a f t e r the e x c e s s i v e p r e s s u r e h a s r e t u r n e d
to t h e o p e r a t i n g l e v e l . T h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m p r o v i d e s a m o r e p o s i t i v e s e a l
of h e l i u m than a r e l i e f valve. T h e f i l t e r p r e v e n t s any f r a g m e n t s f r o m the
d i a p h r a g m f r o m e n t e r i n g the r e l i e f valve s e a t .
A p r e s s u r e b l e e d d e v i c e is i n c o r p o r a t e d between t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m
a n d r e l i e f valve. T h e b l e e d valve v e n t s the cavity between t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m and r e l i e f valve i n the event of any l e a k a g e f r o m the d i a p h r a g m .
T h e b l e e d d e v i c e is n o r m a l l y open and will c l o s e when t h e p r e s s u r e i n c r e a s e s
up to a p r e d e t e r m i n e d p r e s s u r e .
2.4.2.1.6
Heat Exchangers,
E a c h unit is a l i n e - m o u n t e d , c o u n t e r f l o w h e a t e x c h a n g e r c o n s i s t i n g
of a p o r t i o n of t h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z a t i o n line, c o i l e d h e l i c a l l y within an
e n l a r g e d s e c t i o n of the p r o p e l l a n t supply line. T h i s a r r a n g e m e n t c a u s e s
t h e h e l i u m g a s , flowing through t h e c o i l e d line, to a p p r o a c h the t e m p e r a t u r e
of t h e p r o p e l l a n t .
2.4.2.2
ProDellant Subsvstem.
T h i s s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of two f u e l t a n k s ( s t o r a g e and s u m p ) , two
o x i d i z e r t a n k s ( s t o r a g e and s u m p ) , p r o p e l l a n t feed l i n e s , and b i p r o p e l l a n t
v a l v e as s e m bly
2.4.2.2.1
Propellant Tanks.
T h e total p r o p e l l a n t supply is contained within f o u r h e m i s p h e r i c a l domed c y l i n d r i c a l tanks within t h e s e r v i c e module. T h e s t o r a g e tanks a r e
p r e s s u r i z e d f r o m the h e l i u m supply, a n d a n outlet t r a n s f e r s the p r o p e l l a n t
a n d / o r h e l i u m g a s f r o m the s t o r a g e tanks through t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e t r a n s f e r
l i n e s to the s u m p tanks. A s t a n d p i p e , i n the s u m p t a n k s , a l l o w s the p r o p e l l a n t a n d / o r helium g a s f r o m t h e s t o r a g e tanks to p r e s s u r i z e the s u m p
t a n k s . T h u s , the p r o p e l l a n t s i n the s u m p tanks a r e d i r e c t e d i n the r e t e n t i o n
r e s e r v o i r s , to the outlet, and then to the engine.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.4-6
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e r e t e n t i o n r e s e r v o i r s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n the e x i t end of the s u m p
tanks only. T h e u m b r e l l a p r o p e l l a n t r e t e n t i o n s c r e e n s r e t a i n a quantity
of p r o p e l l a n t i n the exit end of t h e s u m p t a n k s , in addition to r e t a i n i n g
p r o p e l l a n t within the r e t e n t i o n r e s e r v o i r can and i n the plumbing f r o m the
s u m p tank o u t l e t to the b i p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e of t h e S P S engine d u r i n g z e r o g
conditions. An ullage m a n e u v e r m u s t be p e r f o r m e d p r i o r to a t h r u s t - o n
s i g n a l to the SPS engine by the S / M RCS. T h e u l l a g e m a n e u v e r is p e r f o r m e d to e n s u r e t h a t no g a s e s a r e r e t a i n e d below o r aft of the r e t e n t i o n
s c r e e n s , i n addition to s e t t l i n g the p r o p e l l a n t s and e n s u r i n g that the
r e t e n t i o n s c r e e n s a r e not damaged.
2.4.2.2.2
Tank Propellant F e e d Lines.

T h e p r o p e l l a n t f e e d l i n e s have flexible bellows a s s e m b l i e s i n s t a l l e d
to p e r m i t a l i g n m e n t of the tank f e e d plumbing to the engine i n t e r f a c e
plumbing.
2.4.2.3
B i p r o p e l l a n t Valve A s s e m b l y .
T h e b i p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of two g a s e o u s n i t r o g e n
(GN2) p r e s s u r e v e s s e l s , two i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s , two GN2 r e g u l a t o r s , t w o
GN2 r e l i e f v a l v e s , f o u r solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s , f o u r a c t u a t o r s , and
eight p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s .
2.4.2.3.1
G a s e o u s N i t r o g e n (GN2) P r e s s u r e V e s s e l s .
Two GN2 tanks a r e mounted on the b i p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e a s s e m b l y that
supply p r e s s u r e to t h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s . One GN2 tank i s in the p r i m a r y
p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m A and the r e m a i n i n g GN2 tank i s i n the s e c o n d a r y
pneum'atic c o n t r o l s y s t e m B.
2.4.2.3.2
Inj e c t o r Pr e v a l v e s
T h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s a r e two-position s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d v a l v e s ,
one f o r e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m and i d e n t i f i e d as A and B. T h e
valve i s e n e r g i z e d open and s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e
i s opened upon c o m m a n d f r o m the c r e w , p a n e l 3, p r i o r to a n engine
t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d . T h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s e n e r g i z e d open allows GN2
supply tank p r e s s u r e to flow to a n o r i f i c e and on i n t o the r e g u l a t o r .
2. 4.2.3.3
GN2 P r e s s u r e R e g u l a t o r s .
A s i n g l e - s t a g e r e g u l a t o r is i n s t a l l e d i n e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l
s y s t e m between the i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s and the s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s . T h e
r e g u l a t o r r e d u c e s the supply GN2 p r e s s u r e to a d e s i r e d working p r e s s u r e .

Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
'-4-7
SM2A-03-SC012

--.-
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2.3.4
GN2 Relief Valves.
A p r e s s u r e r e l i e f valve is i n s t a l l e d i n e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m ,
d o w n s t r e a m of the GN2 p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s , to l i m i t the p r e s s u r e applied
to t h e solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s i n t h e event a GN2 p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r m a l functioned open. T h e o r i f i c e , between the i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e a n d r e g u l a t o r ,
is i n s t a l l e d to r e s t r i c t the flow a n d a l l o w the r e l i e f valve to r e l i e v e the
p r e s s u r e i n event the r e g u l a t o r fails to open, p r e v e n t i n g any d a m a g e to the
solenoid control valves a n d / o r actuators.
2.4.2.3.5
GN2 Solenoid C o n t r o l Valves.

F o u r s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d , t h r e e - w a y , two-position c o n t r o l v a l v e s a r e
u t i l i z e d f o r a c t u a t o r c o n t r o l . Two solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s a r e l o c a t e d
d o w n s t r e a m of the GN2 r e g u l a t o r s i n e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m . T h e
two s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s i n the p r i m a r y s y s t e m a r e identified i n 1 and 2 ,
and t h e two i n the s e c o n d a r y s y s t e m a r e identified as 3 a n d 4. T h e two
s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s i n the p r i m a r y s y s t e m c o n t r o l the a c t u a t o r and b a l l
v a l v e s 1 and 2 . T h e two s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s in the s e c o n d a r y s y s t e m
c o n t r o l the a c t u a t o r and b a l l v a l v e s 3 a n d 4. T h e SPS t h r u s t ON-OFF c o m m a n d c o n t r o l s the e n e r g i z i n g o r d e - e n e r g i z i n g of a l l f o u r solenoid c o n t r o l
valves.
2.4.2.3.6
GN2 B a l l Valve A c t u a t o r s .
F o u r p i s t o n - t y p e , p n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d a c t u a t o r s a r e u t i l i z e d to
c o n t r o l t h e e i g h t p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s . E a c h a c t u a t o r p i s t o n is m e c h a n i c a l l y c o n n e c t e d t o a p a i r of p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s ; one f u e l and one
o x i d i z e r . Wben the solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s a r e opened, p n e u m a t i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the opening s i d e of the a c t u a t o r s . T h e s p r i n g p r e s s u r e ,
on the c l o s i n g s i d e , i s o v e r c o m e a n d the a c t u a t o r piston m o v e s . Utilizing
a r a c k and pinion g e a r , l i n e a r m o t i o n of the a c t u a t o r connecting a r m i s
c o n v e r t e d i n t o r o t a r y motion, which opens t h e p r o p e l l a n t b a l l valves.
When the engine f i r i n g s i g n a l i s r e m o v e d f r o m the solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s ,
the s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s c l o s e r e m o v i n g p n e u m a t i c p r e s s u r e s o u r c e
f r o m t h e opening s i d e of the a c t u a t o r s . T h e a c t u a t o r c l o s i n g s i d e s p r i n g
p r e s s u r e now f o r c e s the a c t u a t o r p i s t o n to m o v e i n the o p p o s i t e d i r e c t i o n ,
c a u s i n g the p r o p e l l a n t b a l l valves to c l o s e . T h e p i s t o n m o v e m e n t f o r c e s
the r e m a i n i n g GN2, on the opening s i d e of the a c t u a t o r , b a c k through t h e
solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s w h e r e they a r e vented o v e r b o a r d .
2.4.2.3.7
Bipropellant Valves.
T h e e i g h t p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s a r e u s e d to d i s t r i b u t e f u e l and
o x i d i z e r to the engine i n j e c t o r a s s e m b l y . F o u r linked p a i r s , e a c h p a i r
c o n s i s t i n g of one f u e l and one o x i d i z e r b a l l valve c o n t r o l l e d by a s i n g l e
a c t u a t o r , a r e a r r a n g e d in a s e r i e s - p a r a l l e l configuration. T h e p a r a l l e l
a r r a n g e m e n t p r o v i d e s redundancy to e n s u r e engine ignition, and the
s e r i e s a r r a n g e m e n t to' e n s u r e t h r u s t t e r m i n a t i o n . When the a c t u a t o r s

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2-4-8
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
a r e opened, e a c h p r o p e l l a n t b a l l valve is r o t a t e d , t h e r e b y aligning the b a l l
to a p o s i t i o n that allows p r o p e l l a n t s to flow to the engine i n j e c t o r a s s e m b l y .
T h e m e c h a n i c a l a r r a n g e m e n t is s u c h that the o x i d i z e r b a l l v a l v e s m a i n t a i n
a n 8 - d e g r e e l e a d o v e r the f u e l b a l l valves upon opening, which r e s u l t s i n
s m o o t h e r engine s t a r t i n g t r a n s i e n t s . E a c h p a i r of p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e s
i n c o r p o r a t e s a p o t e n t i o m e t e r d r i v e g e a r and housing. E a c h housing c o n t a i n s
two p o t e n t i o m e t e r s that a r e m e c h a n i c a l l y driven: one p r o v i d e s a n e l e c t r i c a l
s i g n a l c o n v e r t e d i n t o a v i s u a l indication of valve p o s i t i o n of p a n e l 2 0 , and
the r e m a i n i n g p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l to t e l e m e t r y .
2 . 4 . 2 . 3.8
Engine P r o p e l l a n t L i n e s .
I n t e g r a l p r o p e l l a n t l i n e s a r e utilized, on t h e engine, to r o u t e e a c h
p r o p e l l a n t f r o m the i n t e r f a c e points i n the g i m b a l p l a n e a r e a to the p r o p e l l a n t engine gimbaling, o r i f i c e s f o r a d j u s t m e n t of o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o ,
and s c r e e n s f o r keeping p a r t i c l e c o n t a m i n a n t s f r o m e n t e r i n g the engine.
2.4.2.4
Engine I n j e c t o r .
T h e i n j e c t o r is bolted to the a b l a t i v e t h r u s t c h a m b e r a t t a c h pad.
P r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n to the i n j e c t o r o r i f i c e s , on the c o m b u s t i o n f a c e of
the i n j e c t o r , is a c c o m p l i s h e d through c o n c e n t r i c annuli m a c h i n e d in the
f a c e of the i n j e c t o r a s s e m b l y and c o v e r e d by c o n c e n t r i c c l o s e o u t r i n g s .
P r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n to t h e annuli is a c c o m p l i s h e d through a l t e r n a t e
r a d i a l m a n i f o l d s welded to the b a c k s i d e of the i n j e c t o r body. T h e i n j e c t o r is r e g e n e r a t i v e l y cooled a n d baffled to p r o v i d e c o m b u s t i o n stability.
T h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r o r i f i c e s i m p i n g e upon e a c h o t h e r , a t o m i z e , and
i g n i t e due to h y p e r g o l i c r e a c t i o n .
2.4.2.5
Ablative Combustion C h a m b e r .
T h e a b l a t i v e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r m a t e r i a l extends f r o m the i n j e c t o r
a t t a c h pad to the n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n a t t a c h pad. T h e a b l a t i v e m a t e r i a l
c o n s i s t s of a l i n e r , a l a y e r of insulation, i n t e g r a l m e t a l a t t a c h f l a n g e s f o r
mounting the i n j e c t o r and nozzle e x t e n s i o n , and s t r u c t u r a l o u t e r r e i n f o r c e ment. T h e only r e s t r i c t i o n on a r e s t a r t is dependent upon the SPS WALL
T E M P HI caution and w a r n i n g light, on p a n e l 11, m o n i t o r i n g the o u t s i d e
w a l l t e m p e r a t u r e a t the t h r o a t .
2.4.2.6
Nozzle Extension.
T h e b e l l - c o n t o u r e d , n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n is bolted to the a b l a t i v e t h r u s t
c h a m b e r exit a r e a . T h e n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n is r a d i a n t - c o o l e d and c o n t a i n s an
e x t e r n a l s t i f f e n e r to p r o v i d e additional s t r e n g t h .
2.4.2.7
F l i g h t Combustion Stability Monitor (FCSM).

The FCSM i a a n a c c e l e r o m e t e r p a c k a g e , mounted to the SPS engine
i n j e c t o r , to m o n i t o r the engine f o r v i b r a t i o n buildup c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of
c o m b u s t i o n instability.
._

Mission
B a s i c Date
Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-9
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e t h r e e a c c e l e r o m e t e r s p r o v i d e s i g n a l s i n t o a n FCSM box a s s e m b l y
which a m p l i f i e s i t and, when the v i b r a t i o n g - l e v e l e x c e e d s 180 g ' s peak to
p e a k f o r 70*20 m i l l i s e c o n d s , a l e v e l d e t e c t o r t r i g g e r s a power switch gating
p o w e r to t h e s u m m i n g logic. T h e stability m o n i t o r w i l l m o n i t o r only i n a
f r e q u e n c y r a n g e w h e r e i n s t a b i l i t y would o c c u r ( a p p r o x i m a t e l y 600 to 5000
cycles p e r second).
T h e s u m m i n g l o g i c , i f t h e r e a r e two o r m o r e rough c o m b u s t i o n
s i g n a l s r e c e i v e d f r o m the n o r m a l l y c l o s e d c o n t a c t s , w i l l open r e m o v i n g
p o w e r f r o m the G&N and SCS d r i v e r logic; and w i l l c l o s e t h e n o r m a l l y open
c o n t a c t s p r o v i d i n g a ground to the S P S ROUGH ECO caution and w a r n i n g
light, on p a n e l 10, i n f o r m i n g the c r e w the S P S engine w a s s h u t down due to
combustion instability.
T h e FCSM t r i g g e r c i r c u i t s will p r o v i d e power to t h e voting logic
r e l a y s continuously o n c e u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n is s e n s e d ; and p o w e r r e m a i n s
a p p l i e d to t h e voting logic r e l a y s even though the engine is shut down,
u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n i s no l o n g e r s e n s e d , and the SPS ROUGH ECO r e m a i n s
illuminated.
When the engine i s s h u t down to u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n and to r e m o v e
power f r o m t h e voting logic r e l a y s , t h e c r e w would p l a c e a n y one of the
following s w i t c h e s to the p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e d to r e s e t t h e FCSM voting logic:
a. AUTO-OVERRIDE s w i t c h e s to OVERRIDE.
b. A V s w i t c h to O F F .
c. ATTITUDE-MONITOR-ENTRY s w i t c h to e i t h e r MONITOR o r
ENTRY.
d. FCSM SCS and G & N s w i t c h e s to RESET/OVERRIDE.
When the FCSM i s r e s e t , t h e S P S ROUGH ECO light on p a n e l 10 will
not be i l l u m i n a t e d .
T h e RESET/OVERRIDE s w i t c h e s , on p a n e l 2 , p r o v i d e a b y p a s s
c a p a b i l i t y of t h e FCSM s y s t e m . With the FCSM RESET/OVERRIDE
s w i t c h e s , on p a n e l 2 , i n the RESET/OVERRIDE position, p o w e r i s not
p r o v i d e d to the FCSM box and s u m m i n g logic a s s e m b l i e s r e n d e r i n g the
FCSM i n o p e r a t i v e as w e l l a s t h e S P S ROUGH E C O c a u t i o n a n d w a r n i n g
light o n p a n e l 10. If u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n o c c u r s , the engine c o n t i n u e s to
thrust.
T h e FCSM box a s s e m b l y and s u m m i n g logic a s s e m b l y r e c e i v e s power
f r o m the SCS through the following s w i t c h e s :
a. Mode s e l e c t s w i t c h to G & N o r SCS m o d e , p a n e l 8.
b. ATTITUDE-MONITOR-ENTRY s w i t c h to ATTITUDE, p a n e l 8.
c. AV s w i t c h to AV p o s i t i o n , p a n e l 8.
d. FCSM G & N , RESET/OVERRIDE s w i t c h to G&N p o s i t i o n , p a n e l 2 .
e. FCSM SCS, R E S E T / O V E R N D E switch to SCS position, p a n e l 2 .

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
lq66
Change Date
Page
2.4-10
--<-
SM2A-03-SCOlZ
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2.8
SPS E l e c t r i c a l Heaters.
T w e n t y - s i x e l e c t r i c a l s t r i p h e a t e r s a r e employed on the p r o p e l l a n t
line b r a c k e t s , f u e l and o x i d i z e r h e a t e x c h a n g e r s , p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n
valve, b i p r o p e l l a n t valve a s s e m b l y , and the i n j e c t o r tubes. T h e s e e l e c t i r c a l s t r i p h e a t e r s a r e employed to c o n t r o l the t e m p e r a t u r e of the e n t i r e
a f t bulkhead and engine a r e a s , thus the p r o p e l l a n t s .
T h e s t r i p h e a t e r s a r e c o n t r o l l e d as a n o r m a l m a n u a l function of t h e
c r e w , on p a n e l 19 ( f i g u r e 2.4-2), utilizing t h e S P S HEATER switch. T h e
c r e w w i l l p l a c e the switch to position A o r B when the p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t o r , on p a n e l 20, r e a d s - 4 0 F ( l o w e r r e d line indication) which
is equivalent to a p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e of t40"F.
The propellant t e m p e r a t u r e r e a d o u t i s d e r i v e d f r o m the engine f u e l - f e e d line m e a s u r e m e n t
( f i g u r e 2.4-1).
T h e c r e w w i l l p l a c e the S P S HEATER switch to O F F when
the p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t o r , on p a n e l 20, r e a d s t 8 0 ' F ( u p p e r r e d
line indication) which is equivalent to a p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e of t 1 2 0 " 1 .
Propellant Temperature Comparison

P r o p e l l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e I n d i c a t o r R e a d i n g 'F
-20
-100
-80
-60
-40
to
t13.33
t26.67
t40 t53.34
t20 t40
t6O
t80
tl00
t120
t140
t160
t180
t2OO
t66.67
t80 t93.34
t106.67
tl2O
t133.34
t146.67
t160
t173.34
t186.67
t2OO
When the SPS HEATER s w i t c h is p l a c e d to p o s i t i o n A, all 26 h e a t i n g

e l e m e n t s (A) w i l l r e c e i v e 28 vdc. When the SPS HEATER s w i t c h i s placed to
p o s i t i o n B, a l l 26 heating e l e m e n t s (B) w i l l r e c e i v e 2 8 vdc. T h e O F F p o s i tion of the SPS HEATER switch r e m o v e s a l l e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r f r o m the SPS
heating elements.
2.4.2.9
T h r u s t Mount A s s e m b l i e s .
T h e t h r u s t m o u n t a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a g i m b a l r i n g , engine-tov e h i c l e mounting p a d s , and g i m b a l r i n g - t o - c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r a s s e m b l y
s u p p o r t s . T h e t h r u s t s t r u c t u r e is c a p a b l e of providing 1 8 . 5 d e g r e e s
i n c l i n a t i o n about the Z-axis and *7.5 d e g r e e s about t h e Y - a x i s .
2.4.2.9.1
G i m b a l Actuator.
T h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l of the s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n engine i s a c h i e v e d by
dual- , s e r v o - , electro-mechanical actuators. The gimbal actuators a r e
c a p a b l e of p r o v i d i n g c o n t r o l a r o u n d the Z - Z a x i s (yaw) of 7 ( t 1 / 2 , - 0 )
d e g r e e s i n e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n f r o m a t 4 - d e g r e e null offset, and a r o u n d the
Y - Y a x i s (pitch) of 6 ( + 1 / 2 , - 0 ) d e g r e e s i n e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n f r o m a z e r o d e g r e e null offset. T h e r e a s o n f o r the 4 - d e g r e e o f f s e t to t h e t Y a x i s is
due to the offset c e n t e r of m a s s i n the s p a c e c r a f t .
E a c h a c t u a t o r a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 2.4-3) c o n s i s t s of f o u r e l e c t r o m a g n e t i c
p a r t i c l e c l u t c h e s , two d - c m o t o r s , a b u l l g e a r , j a c k s c r e w and r a m , b a l l
nut, f o u r l i n e a r p o s i t i o n t r a n s d u c e r s , and two velocity g e n e r a t o r s . T h e
a c t u a t o r a s s e m b l y i s a s e a l e d unit and e n c l o s e t h o s e p o r t i o n s p r o t r u d i n g
f r o m the m a i n housing.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.4-11
M i s s ion
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
----T
I
I
I
I
12 Nov
1966 Change Date
Basic Date
~~
VI
W
0
It
~
page 2 . 4 - 1 2
k
P)
42
N
1
M
.rl
6(
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
F i g u r e 2.4-3.
SPS E l e c t r o - M e c h a n i c a l G i m b a l A c t u a t o r
One m o t o r a n d a p a i r of c l u t c h e s ( e x t e n d a n d r e t r a c t ) a r e i d e n t i f i e d
a s s y s t e m No. 1, and t h e r e m a i n i n g m o t o r a n d p a i r of c l u t c h e s ( e x t e n d and
r e t r a c t ) a r e identified a s s y s t e m No. 2 within t h e s p e c i f i c a c t u a t o r .
An o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y is e m p l o y e d f o r e a c h p r i m a r y g i m b a l
m o t o r ( f i g u r e 2.4-4), and is c o n t r o l l e d individually by a switch on p a n e l 3 .
When t h e p r i m a r y GIMBAL MOTORS s w i t c h e s a r e p l a c e d to t h e START
p o s i t i o n , p o w e r is a p p l i e d to t h e m o t o r - d r i v e n switch within t h e over and
u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y of the p r i m a r i e s . T h e m o t o r s w i t c h then s u p p l i e s p o w e r
f r o m t h e m a i n b u s A to the g i m b a l m o t o r . When t h e s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d , i t
s p r i n g - l o a d s to t h e ON p o s i t i o n which a c t i v a t e s the o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t
s e n s i n g c i r c u i t r y of the p r i m a r y r e l a y which m o n i t o r s t h e c u r r e n t to the
gimbal motor.
T h e o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y of the p r i m a r i e s a r e u t i l i z e d to
m o n i t o r the c u r r e n t to t h e g i m b a l m o t o r due to t h e v a r i a b l e c u r r e n t flow
to t h e g i m b a l m o t o r t h a t is dependent upon t h e g i m b a l a n g l e change r e q u i r e d .

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-13
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Using No. 1 yaw s y s t e m as a n e x a m p l e , and identifying the u p p e r
m o t o r and c l u t c h e s in f i g u r e 2.4-3 a s s y s t e m No. 1 , the o p e r a t i o n of the
c u r r e n t m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m is as follows:
a. If t h e r e l a y s e n s e s a n o v e r o r u n d e r c u r r e n t to g i m b a l m o t o r No. 1,
the m o n i t o r c i r c u i t r y within t h e r e l a y will d r i v e the m o t o r - d r i v e n switch,
r e m o v i n g p o w e r f r o m g i m b a l m o t o r No. 1.
b. S i m u l t a n e o u s l y , a f a i l s e n s e s i g n a l is s e n t f r o m t h e r e l a y , the SCS,
which opens r e l a y K13 r e m o v i n g inputs f r o m the No. 1 c l u t c h e s a n d c l o s e s
r e l a y K14 applying inputs to the No. 2 c l u t c h e s within the s a m e a c t u a t o r ;
and the top c o n t a c t of K12 opens and t h e bottom c o n t a c t of K12 c l o s e s f o r
TVC m o n i t o r .
c. S i m u l t a n e o u s l y a s i g n a l is s e n t to i l l u m i n a t e a caution and w a r n i n g
light on p a n e l 11, to i n d i c a t e the p r i m a r y g i m b a l m o t o r h a s failed.
T h e p r i m a r y s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 3 a r e then p l a c e d i n t h e O F F position.
N o r m a l l y the OFF p o s i t i o n is u s e d to s h u t down the g i m b a l m o t o r s upon
the c o m p l e t i o n of a t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d .
T h e No. 2 s y s t e m s employ a 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r t h a t is located
in the s e r v i c e m o d u l e n e a r the SPS power d i s t r i b u t i o n box.
Using No. 2 yaw s y s t e m as an e x a m p l e ( f i g u r e 2.4-4), the o p e r a t i o n
of t h e c u r r e n t m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m is a s follows:
a. When the s e c o n d a r y GIMBAL MOTORS s w i t c h e s a r e p l a c e d to the
START p o s i t i o n , p o w e r is applied to the m o t o r - d r i y e n s w i t c h within the
o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y of the s e c o n d a r i e s . The m o t o r switch then
s u p p l i e s p o w e r f r o m the m a i n b u s B through t h e 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r ,
and t h r o u g h the m o t o r - d r i v e n s w i t c h to the s e c o n d a r y g i m b a l m o t o r .
b. When the s e c o n d a r y s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d , i t s p r i n g - l o a d s to the ON
p o s i t i o n w h i c h ' p e r f o r m s no functions on the s e c o n d a r i e s .
c. T h e 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r will m o n i t o r the c u r r e n t to the s e c o n d a r y
g i m b a l m o t o r ; and i f a c u r r e n t of 70 a m p s i s s e n s e d , the c i r c u i t b r e a k e r in
the s e r v i c e m o d u l e w i l l r e m o v e p o w e r f r o m the s e c o n d a r y g i m b a l m o t o r .
d. T h e r e is no f a i l s e n s e s i g n a l s e n t to the s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l
s y s t e m , a n d no i l l u m i n a t i o n of the c a u t i o n and w a r n i n g light on p a n e l 11 f r o m
the s e c o n d a r y s y s t e m .
e. If the No. 2 s y s t e m h a s f a i l e d due to a n o v e r c u r r e n t , the c i r c u i t
b r e a k e r r e m o v e s power f r o m g i m b a l m o t o r No. 2 only, a n d t h a t s p e c i f i c
a c t u a t o r i s i n o p e r a t i v e i f the No. 1 s y s t e m h a s p r e v i o u s l y failed.
T h e s e c o n d a r y s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 3 a r e then p l a c e d to O F F position.
N o r m a l l y , t h e O F F p o s i t i o n is u s e d to s h u t down the g i m b a l m o t o r s upon the
c o m p l e t i o n of a t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d .
T h e c l u t c h e s a r e of a m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e type. T h e g i m b a l m o t o r d r i v e
g e a r m e s h e s with the g e a r on the c l u t c h housing. T h e g e a r s on e a c h
c l u t c h housing m e s h and as a r e s u l t , the clutch housings c o u n t e r r o t a t e .
T h e c u r r e n t input is applied to the e l e c t r o - m a g n e t mounted to the r o t a t i n g
c l u t c h housing f r o m the s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m o r i n the guidance and
navigation s y s t e m through the s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m . A q u i e s c e n t
INPUTS
ENGINE
IGNITION
Tvc No. 1
POWER
L1'v'l'Ln
Tvc
MONlTOR
TO SCS
INTEGRATOR
PANEL 6
lV GIMBAL
TRIM
THUMBWHEEL
1 ROTATION CONTROL
ANDRATECAGE
Tvc No. 2
POWER
SWITCH
PANEL 24
K9 CONTROLLED BY SPS THRUSI ON4FF LOGIC

K10. K11. K12. K13 AND K14 YIOVvN PRIOR TO GIMBAL MOTOR STAR1
I F THE OVER AND UNDER CURRENT RELAY FOR YAW GIMBAL

MOTOR NO. 1 SENYS AN OVER OR UNDER CURRENT, THE
REMY SIGNAL OPENS K13 TO CLUTCHES, K13 TOP CONTACT
OPENS LOWER CLOSES FOR TLM, K13 CLOSES TO CLUTCHES,
K1Z TOP CONTACT OPENS, LOWER CLOSES.
K10. K11. K13 and K14 ARE ALW CONTROLLED BY CLOCKWISE
ROTATION OF TRANSLATION CONTROL WITH DaTA V MODE SELECTED
REFERRED TO AS MANUM THRUST VfCTOR CONTROL
CURRENT
GENERATOR
LIMITER
+!+El
CLUTCH
CM
IW
Missi

SYSTEMS DATA
sM
OVER UNDER
CAUTION AND
WARNING
PANEL 11
I
,
,
-
------
--
I
Figure 2.4-4.
SM-2A-1079
SPS Yaw Gimbal Actuator Motor and Clutch Control

M i s s ion
Ba s ic_,Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page 2 . 4 - 1 5 / 2 . 4 - 1 6
SMZA -03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
c u r r e n t i s applied to the e l e c t r o - m a g n e t of the extend and r e t r a c t clutches
when the t h r u s t v e c t o r POWER s w i t c h e s , on panel 24, a r e on, which
p r e v e n t s the engine f r o m moving during the boost p h a s e of the m i s s i o n with
the g i m b a l m o t o r s O F F . A 246 foot-pound f o r c e would be r e q u i r e d on the
engine to o v e r c o m e the q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t (equivalent to 1.53 g) in the
clutches. T h e g i m b a l m o t o r s will be t u r n e d on, p r i o r to jettisoning the
launch e s c a p e t o w e r , to s u p p o r t the S P S a b o r t c r i t e r i a a f t e r the launch
e s c a p e t o w e r h a s been j e t t i s o n e d , a n d will be t u r n e d O F F a s soon a s p o s s i b l e
to r e d u c e the h e a t p r o b l e m that o c c u r s due to the g i m b a l m o t o r s d r i v i n g the
clutch housings. With q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t applied, i t c r e a t e s a f r i c t i o n f o r c e
in the clutch housing that c r e a t e s h e a t , which i f allowed t o rise t o a high
t e m p e r a t u r e the e l e c t r o - magnet would l o o s e i t s m a g n e t i s m capability; thus
r e n d e r i n g that s e t of clutches inoperative. T h i s p r o b l e m o c c u r s only d u r i n g
boost, not d u r i n g the n o r m a l S P S b u r n s .
P r i o r to any t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s the thumbwheels on panel 6 c a n be u s e d
to position the engine. T h e t h r u s t - o n s i g n a l m a y b e provided by the G & N
through the SCS, o r by SCS only. In e i t h e r m o d e the c u r r e n t input r e q u i r e d
( t o m a i n t a i n the engine t h r u s t v e c t o r through the c e n t e r of m a s s ) to the
c l u t c h e s will i n c r e a s e above the q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t which i n c r e a s e s the
c u r r e n t i n the e l e c t r o - m a g n e t s that a r e rotating with the clutch housings.
T h e d r y powder m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s have the ability to b e c o m e m a g n e t i z e d
v e r y r e a d i l y a s w e l l as becoming demagnetized as readily. T h e m a g n e t i c
p a r t i c l e s i n c r e a s e the f r i c t i o n f o r c e between the rotating housing a n d the
flywheel, c a u s i n g the flywheel to r o t a t e . T h e flywheel a r r a n g e m e n t i s
a t t a c h e d t o the clutch output s h a f t allowing the clutch s h a f t to d r i v e the bull
g e a r . T h e bull g e a r d r i v e s a b a l l nut which d r i v e s the a c t u a t o r j a c k - s h a f t
to a n extend or r e t r a c t position, depending upon which clutch housing
e l e c t r o y m a g n e t the c u r r e n t input is supplied to. T h e l a r g e r the excitation
c u r r e n t , the h i g h e r the clutch shaft r o t a t i o n r a t e .
M e s h e d with the b a l l nut pinion g e a r a r e two r a t e t r a n s d u c e r s of the
t a c h o m e t e r type. When the ball nut is rotated, the r a t e t r a n s d u c e r s u p p l i e s
a feedback into the s u m m i n g network of the t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l Logic to
c o n t r o l the d r i v i n g r a t e s of the j a c k s c r e w ( a c t i n g as a dynamic b r a k e to
p r e v e n t o v e r o r u n d e r c o r r e c t i n g ) , one t r a n s d u c e r f o r e a c h s y s t e m .
T h e j a c k s c r e w contains f o u r position t r a n s d u c e r s , all a r r a n g e d f o r
l i n e a r m o t i o n a n d a l l connected t o a s i n g l e yoke. One of the position t r a n s d u c e r s is u s e d to provide a feedback t o the s u m m i n g network of t r a n s d u c e r
feedback. The two feedbacks to the s u m m i n g network r e d u c e the output
c u r r e n t to the clutch, r e s u l t i n g i n a p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e change to the d e s i r e d
g i m b a l a n g l e position and r e t u r n s to a q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t .
One position t r a n s d u c e r p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l to the v i s u a l display on
panel 6. One of the position t r a n s d u c e r s p r o v i d e s a f e e d b a c k to the redundant
s u m m i n g network of the t h r u s t v e c t o r logic f o r the redundant clutches. T h e
r e m a i n i n g position t r a n s d u c e r is not p r e s e n t l y utilized.

Mission
Changc Date
Page
2.4-17
SMZA-03-SC012
_SYSTEMS DATA
T h e s p a c e c r a f t d e s i r e d motion, thumbwheel positioning, engine n o z z l e
p o s i t i o n , t h r u s t v e c t o r p o s i t i o n , g i m b a l p o s i t i o n d i s p l a y i n d i c a t o r and a c t u a t o r r a m m o v e m e n t is identified i n f i g u r e 2. 4-5.
A snubbing d e v i c e p r o v i d e s a h a r d s t o p f o r a n additional I - d e g r e e
t r a v e l beyond the n o r m a l g i m b a l l i m i t s .
Manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l m a y be obtained by the c r e w p l a c i n g the
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l c l o c k w i s e . T h i s w i l l open c o n t a c t s K10 and K13 and
c l o s e c o n t a c t s K11 and K14, allowing the r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l to p r o v i d e the
c r e w with m a n u a l t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l .
2.4.2.10
P r o p e l l a n t Utilization and Gauging S u b s y s t e m (PUGS).

T h e s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of eight p r o p e l l a n t quantity s e n s o r s , a p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e , a c o n t r o l unit, and a d i s p l a y unit ( f i g u r e s 2.4-6
and 2.4-7).
2.4.2.
10. 1
Quantity Sensing, Computing, and Indicating S y s t e m .

P r o p e l l a n t quantity i s m e a s u r e d by two s e p a r a t e s e n s i n g s y s t e m s :
p r i m a r y and a u x i l i a r y . T h e p r i m a r y quantity s e n s o r s a r e c y l i n d r i c a l
c a p a c i t a n c e p r o b e s , mounted a x i a l l y i n e a c h tank. I n t h e o x i d i z e r t a n k s ,
t h e p r o b e s c o n s i s t of a p a i r of c o n c e n t r i c e l e c t r o d e s with o x i d i z e r u s e d as
t h e d i e l e c t r i c . I n the f u e l t a n k s , a p y r e x g l a s s p r o b e , c o a t e d with s i l v e r
on t h e i n s i d e , is u s e d as one conductor of the c a p a c i t o r . F u e l on the outs i d e of t h e p r o b e i s the o t h e r c o n d u c t o r . T h e p y r e x g l a s s itself f o r m s t h e
d i e l e c t r i c . T h e a u x i l i a r y s y s t e m u t i l i z e s point s e n s o r s mounted a t i n t e r v a l s
a l o n g t h e p r i m a r y p r o b e s to p r o v i d e a s t e p function i m p e d a n c e change
when t h e liquid l e v e l p a s s e s t h e i r l o c a t i o n c e n t e r l i n e .
P r i m a r y p r o p e l l a n t m e a s u r e m e n t i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by the p r o b e s
c a p a c i t a n c e being a l i n e a r function of p r o p e l l a n t height.
A u x i l i a r y p r o p e l l a n t m e a s u r e m e n t is a c c o m p l i s h e d by l o c a t i n g the
p r o p e l l a n t l e v e l with point s e n s o r s . E a c h point s e n s o r c o n s i s t s of c o n c e n t r i c m e t a l r i n g s , s e v e n in the s t o r a g e tanks and eight i n the s u m p t a n k s .
T h e r i n g s p r e s e n t a v a r i a b l e i m p e d a n c e , depending on w h e t h e r they a r e
c o v e r e d o r u n c o v e r e d by the p r o p e l l a n t s . When the p r o p e l l a n t s a r e between
point s e n s o r s , the p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g a r e i n t e g r a t e d by a r a t e flow
g e n e r a t o r which i n t e g r a t e s the s e r v o s a t a r a t e p r o p o r t i o n a l to the n o r m a l
flow r a t e of the f u e l and o x i d i z e r . A m o d e s e l e c t o r s e n s e s when the p r o p e l l a n t c r o s s e s a s e n s o r and c h a n g e s t h e a u x i l i a r y s e r v o s f r o m the flow
r a t e g e n e r a t o r m o d e to the position m o d e , t h e s y s t e m m o v e s to the location
s p e c i f i e d by t h e d i g i t a l - t o - a n a l o g c o n v e r t e r f o r 3 / 4 second to c o r r e c t f o r
any d i f f e r e n c e . T h e s y s t e m then r e t u r n s t o the flow r a t e g e n e r a t o r m o d e
until t h e next point s e n s o r is r e a c h e d . F i g u r e s 2. 4 - 8 and 2 . 4 - 9 i l l u s t r a t e
p o i n t s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s t h a t a r e c o v e r e d by p r o p e l l a n t s . T h e nonsequential
p a t t e r n d e t e c t o r functions to d e t e c t f a l s e o r faulty s e n s o r s i g n a l s . If a
s e n s o r h a s failed, the i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h a t s e n s o r i s blocked f r o m t h e
s y s t e m , p r e v e n t i n g d i s r u p t i o n of s y s t e m computation.

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-18
--
M i s s ion
SMZA -03-SCO12
c
I
c
I
VI
- 8
>-
m
- L"
2 3
N
VI
SYSTEMS DATA
W W
EE

B a s i c Date
Page
2.4-19
E:
0
-4
m
3
a
0
e,
d:
u
>
.4
e,
i5
w
I
d
,d
.r(
B
I
*
e,
6(
.r(
SM2A-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
When a THRUST-ON s i g n a l is p r o v i d e d with the SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h
i n the PRIMARY o r NORMAL position, the c r e w d i s p l a y digital r e a d o u t s ,
and u n b a l a n c e d i s p l a y w i l l not change f o r 4 . 5 i 1 . 0 s e c o n d s to allow f o r
p r o p e l l a n t settling. However, T L M w i l l r e c e i v e t h e s a m e s i g n a l a s upon
c o m p l e t i o n of t h e l a s t f i r i n g a f t e r a p p r o x i m a t e l y one s e c o n d of SPS THRUSTON.
When the THRUST-ON s i g n a l is p r o v i d e d wi'th the SENSOR s e l e c t
s w i t c h i n AUXILIARY position, t h e c r e w d i s p l a y digital r e a d o u t s and TLM
will r e c e i v e a change in i n f o r m a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y which i s g e n e r a t e d f r o m
a flow r a t e i n t e g r a t o r t h a t s i m u l a t e s t h e n o m i n a l flow r a t e and t r a n s m i t s
this a s quantity i n f o r m a t i o n to the c r e w d i s p l a y s and TLM. T h e c r e w
d i g i t a l r e a d o u t s , unbalance d i s p l a y , and T L M will not be updated to the
p r o p e l l a n t f r o m a point s e n s o r f o r 4 . 5 i l . O s e c o n d s a f t e r THRUST-ON.
When the THRUST-ON s i g n a l is p r o v i d e d p l u s 4. 5 i l . O s e c o n d s , i f a point
s e n s o r is u n c o v e r e d the c r e w digital r e a d o u t s , unbalance d i s p l a y , a n d T L M
w i l l b e updated to the p r o p e l l a n t r e m a i n i n g a t t h a t point s e n s o r . The t i m e
d e l a y of 4 . 5 i 1 . 0 s e c o n d s is to t h e point s e n s o r s y s t e m and not to the
a u x i l i a r y f u e l and o x i d i z e r s e r v o s , and is to allow f o r p r o p e l l a n t settling.
Any d e v i a t i o n f r o m the n o m i n a l o x i d i z e r to f u e l r a t i o (2: 1 by m a s s ) is
d i s p l a y e d i n pounds by the UNBALANCE i n d i c a t o r . The u p p e r half of the
i n d i c a t o r i s m a r k e d INC, and t h e l o w e r half is m a r k e d DEC to identify the
r e q u i r e d c h a n g e i n o x i d i z e r flow r a t e to c o r r e c t any unbalance condition.
When the SENSOR s e l e c t switch is i n t h e NORMAL position, t h e
outputs of both s e n s o r s y s t e m s a r e continually c o m p a r e d i n the c o m p a r a t o r
network. If a d i s c r e p a n c y o c c u r s between total p r i m a r y and total a u x i l i a r y
f u e l of 300 poynds, o r a d i s c r e p a n c y between total p r i m a r y o x i d i z e r and
a u x i l i a r y o x i d i z e r of 300 pounds, the caution and warning i n d i c a t o r on
p a n e l 11 is i l l u m i n a t e d . T h e output of the o x i d i z e r s u m p tank s e r v o
a m p l i f i e r and t h e p r i m a r y p o t e n t i o m e t e r of the unbalance i n d i c a t o r a r e
c o m p a r e d i n the c o m p a r a t o r n e t w o r k , and i f 300 pounds o r 90 p e r c e n t of
the c r i t i c a l u n b a l a n c e i n d i c a t e d v e r s u s t i m e r e m a i n i n g i s r e a c h e d
( f i g u r e 2 . 4 - l o ) , t h e c a u t i o n and w a r n i n g light on p a n e l 11 is illuminated.
With t h e SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h i n the PRIMARY position, the output
of t h e o x i d i z e r s u m p tank s e r v o a m p l i f i e r and the output of the p r i m a r y
p o t e n t i o m e t e r i n the unbalance m e t e r a r e c o m p a r e d i n the c o m p a r a t o r
n e t w o r k and if 300 pounds o r 90 p e r c e n t of t h e c r i t i c a l unbalance i n d i c a t e d
v e r s u s t i m e r e m a i n i n g is r e a c h e d , the caution and warning light on p a n e l 1 1
is illuminated.
With the SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h i n the AUXILIARY position, the output
of the a u x i l i a r y o x i d i z e r s e r v o a m p l i f i e r and the output of the a x u i l i a r y
p o t e n t i o m e t e r a r e c o m p a r e d in the c o m p a r a t o r network, and i f 300 pounds
o r 90 p e r c e n t of the c r i t i c a l unbalance i n d i c a t e d v e r s u s t i m e r e m a i n i n g i s
r e a c h e d ( f i g u r e 2.4- l o ) , the caution and w a r n i n g light on p a n e l 11 is
illuminated.
SERVICE'IPROPU-L$ION SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c D a t e y 1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-20
S P S Q U A N T I T Y SENSING, COMPUTING
P R I W A Q Y WC PJMP
PRM Nc 2 TANK
.io
nu
1416% 0
CAPACIlANCt
PROllt F U U No. I
SYSTEMS DATA
AND INDICATING SYSTEM
1~
I
I
I I
q
I
WX
I
I
111
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
@-----
Figure 2 . 4 - 6 .
SPS Quantity Sensing, Computing and Indicating S y s t e m

B a s i c Date
I
I
I
I
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
E
z
N'
M
rd
L4
rd
F:
0
k
d
0
.rl
Y
d
.,-I
.rl
&I
rd
4
2
P4.
a,
..+
6(
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS D A T A
AUXILIARY FUEL POINT SENSORS
USEABLE
NE1
POUNDS
INDICATED FUEL POUNDS
SM-?A-1110
F i g u r e 2.4-8.
Auxiliary Fuel Point S e n s o r s

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966 Change Date
page
2.4-24
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
AUXILIARY OXIDIZER POINT SENSORS
&ABLE
OXIDIZER
POUNDS
. . ~ . .--. .
....
200
600
IO00
1400
le00
2200
2600
- ..
3OOO
3400
3800
4x)O
4600
5ooo
5400
5800
6200
INDICATED OXIDIZER POUNDS
bM-2A-IIOP
F i g u r e 2.4-9.
Auxiliary Oxidizer P o i n t S e n s o r s

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.4-25
SM2A-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
COMPARATOR U N I T PROVIDES OUTPUT
T O SPS PU SNSR FAIL STATUS I N D I C A T O R
(MDC-11) FOR UNBALANCE C O N D I T I O N S
IN THIS R E G I O N .
100%
80%
60%
STORAGE TANK
I
I
1 SUMP
I
I
40%
20%
0%
I
TANK
17%
a
'
OXIDIZER R E M A I N I N G PERCENTAGE O F TOTAL

CAPACITY
SM-244-899
F i g u r e 2 . 4 - 10.
P r o p e l l a n t Unbalance Warning S y s t e m Output C h a r t
Once t h e w a r n i n g light is i l l u m i n a t e d , the c r e w c a n d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r

t h e r e is a m a l f u n c t i o n within t h e quantity and indicating s y s t e m s o r i f t h e r e
is a t r u e u n b a l a n c e condition e x i s t i n g by u s e of the s e l f - t e s t p o r t i o n of the
s y s t e m . By o b s e r v i n g the r e s p o n s e of e a c h s y s t e m i n conjunction with the
T E S T s w i t c h on p a n e l 20, the c r e w c a n r e c o g n i z e the malfunction o r
d e t e r m i n e i f t h e r e is a t r u e unbalance existing.
2 . 4 . 2 . 10.2
Quantity Computing and Indicating S y s t e m T e s t .

A t e s t of the s e n s i n g s y s t e m s excluding the point s e n s o r s and p r o b e s
c a n be i m p l e m e n t e d d u r i n g THRUST-ON o r -OFF p e r i o d s .
With t h e SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h i n P R I M A R Y and the T E S T switch i n

the TEST U P p o s i t i o n , the t e s t s t i m u l i is a p p l i e d to the p r i m a r y s y s t e m
tank s e r v o a m p l i f i e r s a f t e r a 4 . 5 k l . O s e c o n d delay. A t this t i m e , the t e s t
s t i m u l i w i l l d r i v e the f u e l and o x i d i z e r d i s p l a y s to an i n c r e a s e r e a d i n g a t

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.4-26
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
d i f f e r e n t r a t e s ( o x i d i z e r a t a r a t e of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 digits p e r s e c o n d and
f u e l a t a r a t e of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 . 5 digits p e r s e c o n d ) , r e s u l t i n g i n a n
unbalance and i n d i c a t e d on t h e unbalance d i s p l a y as a n INC ( c l o c k w i s e
rotation).
T L M would r e c e i v e a n i n c r e a s e i n p r o p e l l a n t quantity f r o m the
p r i m a r y system simultaneously.
P l a c i n g t h e TEST switch i n t h e TEST DOWN position, and a f t e r a
4. 5*1.0-second d e l a y , will p r o v i d e t e s t s t i m u l i to the tank s e r v o a m p l i f i e r s
which w i l l d r i v e t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r d i s p l a y s t o a d e c r e a s e r e a d i n g ,
r e t u r n i n g the c r e w d i s p l a y s c l o s e to t h e r e a d i n g d i s p l a y e d p r i o r to
T E S T U P , s i m u l t a n e o u s l y T L M would r e c e i v e a d e c r e a s e in p r o p e l l a n t
quantity. If the TEST s w i t c h w a s a g a i n p l a c e d to T E S T DOWN, a f t e r a
4.5rtl. 0 - s e c o n d d e l a y , the f u e l and o x i d i z e r c r e w d i s p l a y r e a d o u t s would
d r i v e to a d e c r e a s e r e a d i n g a t d i f f e r e n t r a t e s r e s u l t i n g i n a n unbalance
and i n d i c a t e d on the unbalance d i s p l a y a s a DEC ( c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n ) .
T L M would r e c e i v e a d e c r e a s e i n p r o p e l l a n t quantity s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . To
r e t u r n to the r e a d i n g d i s p l a y e d p r i o r to t h e second T E S T DOWN, p l a c e the
T E S T switch to TEST U P and a f t e r a 4. -1.0-second
delay, the c r e w disp l a y s would r e t u r n c l o s e to the o r i g i n a l d i s p l a y e d r e a d i n g s , s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
T L M r e c e i v e s an i n c r e a s e i n p r o p e l l a n t quantity.
T o t e s t the a u x i l i a r y s y s t e m , p l a c e the SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h to
AUXILIARY and u t i l i z e the T E S T switch up and down p o s i t i o n s . T h e r e is no
t i m e delay involved with the a u x i l i a r y s y s t e m .
T h e AUTO p o s i t i o n r e m o v e s the e l e c t r i c a l t e s t s t i m u l i inputs.
2.4.2.10.3
P r o p e l l g n t Utilization Valve.
If an unbalance condition e x i s t s , the c r e w will u s e the p r o p e l l a n t
u t i l i z a t i o n valve to r e t u r n the p r o p e l l a n t s to a b a l a n c e d condition. T h e
p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e housing c o n t a i n s two sliding g a t e v a l v e s within
the housing. One of the sliding g a t e v a l v e s i s t h e p r i m a r y and the r e m a i n ing is the s e c o n d a r y ( f i g u r e 2.4-7).
Stops a r e p r o v i d e d within t h e v a l v e housing f o r the full i n c r e a s e o r
d e c r e a s e p o s i t i o n s of the p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y sliding g a t e valves.
T h e s e c o n d a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n valve h a s twice the t r a v e l of the
p r i m a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n valve to c o m p e n s a t e f o r p r i m a r y p r o p e l l a n t
u t i l i z a t i o n valve f a i l u r e in any position. T h e s e c o n d a r y valve i s s e l e c t e d
by the VALVE switch and i s c o n t r o l l e d by t h e OXIDIZER F L O W s w i t c h i n
the s a m e m a n n e r a s the p r i m a r y .
T h e p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e c o n t r o l s a r e on p a n e l 20. T h e VALVE
switch s e l e c t s the p r i m a r y or s e c o n d a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i a a t i o n valve.
N o r m a l position of the VALVE s w i t c h is PRIMARY. T h e OXIDIZER FLOW
s w i t c h is u t i l i z e d to p o s i t i o n the p r i m a r y o r s e c o n d a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
s l i d i n g g a t e valve. When the OXIDIZER FLOW s w i t c h is i n NORMAL, the
s l i d i n g g a t e v a l v e i s i n the n o m i n a l flow p o s i t i o n and t h e u p p e r and l o w e r
OXID flow p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r is g r a y . When t h e OXIDIZER FLOW s w i t c h is
p l a c e d t o t h e INCREASE position, the s l i d i n g g a t e valve is i n the i n c r e a s e
flow p o s i t i o n and t h e u p p e r OXID flow p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r is s t r i p e d . When
t h e OXIDIZER FLOW s w i t c h is p l a c e d to DECREASE position, t h e sliding
g a t e valve is i n t h e d e c r e a s e flow p o s i t i o n , but d o e s not block t h e o x i d i z e r
flow c o m p l e t e l y and t h e l o w e r OXID flow i n d i c a t o r is s t r i p e d .
2.4.2. 10.4
Engine THRUST O N - O F F Control.

F i g u r e 2 . 4 - 1 i l l u s t r a t e s t h e THRUST O N - O F F logic i n the .guidance
and navigation d e l t a V mode, t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m d e l t a V mode
and t h e m a n u a l d i r e c t mode.
The guidance and navigation is the p r i m a r y d e l t a V m o d e which p r o v i d e s t h e m o s t a c c u r a t e t r a j e c t o r y c o r r e c t i o n s . The G&N AV mode of
o p e r a t i o n will r e q u i r e G & N g a t e 2 to be c o m p l e t e l y enabled. Its r e q u i r e d
i n p u t s will be a n u l l a g e m a n e u v e r input which could be supplied by the SPS
a b o r t l o g i c or t h e d i r e c t u l l a g e pushbutton o r by t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l 1 or 2
p l a c e d to t h e tX, which would s a t i s f y the OR g a t e 3 function and t h e holding
input a f t e r t h e G&N AND g a t e 2 is enabled which i s p r o c e s s e d t h r o u g h NAND
g a t e s 1 and 2, with the G & N AV m o d e s e l e c t e d f r o m the SCS c o n t r o l p a n e l
and t h e p u l s e t r a i n c o n v e r t e r output of l o g i c one c o m m a n d e d f r o m t h e G&N
c o m p u t e r by t h e c r e w . T h e s e i n p u t s will e n a b l e AND g a t e 2 and provide the
l o g i c o n e input to i n v e r t e r 3 which d i s a b l e s AND g a t e 6. I n v e r t e r 4 will
p r o v i d e a l o g i c one s i g n a l to the solenoid d r i v e r s t h a t p r o v i d e t h e ground
f o r t h e two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s . The two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s provide p o w e r
to the following:
a. T h e fo& s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s , which allow g a s e o u s n i t r o g e n
p r e s s u r e to b e d i r e c t e d to f o u r a c t u a t o r s t h a t p o s i t i o n e i g h t of t h e ball
v a l v e s i n t h e i n j e c t o r valve a s s e m b l y of t h e engine. This i s due to INJECTOR P R E VALVE A and B being enabled.
b. The quantity s e n s i n g and i n d i c a t i n g s y s t e m and the p r o p e l l a n t
u t i l i z a t i o n valve
c. T h e s y s t e m s A and B h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z i n g v a l v e s .
d. When the output of the p u l s e c o n v e r t e r i s a logic z e r o , G & N AND
g a t e 2 i s d i s a b l e d , which t e r m i n a t e s a G&N AV m a n e u v e r and r e m o v e s
g r o u n d f r o m t h e two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s , (Manual backup of t h e THRUST
CONTROL s w i t c h to O F F . )
The backup d e l t a V m o d e , is t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m d e l t a V
mode which h a s l i m i t a t i o n s and r e s t r i c t i o n s t h a t r e q u i r e individual cons i d e r a t i o n . The SCS AV m o d e of o p e r a t i o n will r e q u i r e enabling SCS AND
g a t e 1 to i n i t i a t e t h r u s t i n g of t h e engine. SCS AND g a t e 1 h a s t h r e e enabling
i n p u t s : t h e input f r o m OR g a t e 1 i n d i c a t i n g a AV m o d e is s e l e c t e d ; the
output f r o m the DECA i n d i c a t i n g a value g r e a t e r than z e r o on t h e AV
REMAINING d i s p l a y ; and t h e i n p u t f r o m t h e THRUST ON pushbutton light
i n d i c a t o r a f t e r i t is p r o c e s s e d t h r o u g h NAND g a t e s 3 and 4. The one logic
output f r o m SCS AND g a t e 1 is i n v e r t e d by INVERTER 2 to a z e r o logic
which d i s a b l e s AND g a t e 6 and i s i n v e r t e d by INVERTER 4 to a logic one,
Mission
Change Date
Page 2.4-28
--
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
and e n a b l e s t h e solenoid d r i v e r s t h a t provide ground to the two s e t s of
SPS r e l a y s . The two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s provide power to the s a m e functions
a s i n t h e G&N AV mode.
a. When t h e output of t h e DECA AV REMAINING c o u n t e r r e a c h e s z e r o
velocity, SCS AND g a t e 1 is d i s a b l e d . The logic output f r o m AND g a t e 1
goes to z e r o and INVERTER 2 g o e s to a one logic output which e n a b l e s AND
g a t e 6 to a o n e logic output and the s i g n a l is i n v e r t e d by INVERTER 4 to a
z e r o l o g i c output, and the solenoid d r i v e r s r e m o v e ground f r o m the two s e t s
of SPS r e l a y s t e r m i n a t i n g t h r u s t . (Manual backup of the THRUST CONTROL
s w i t c h to OFF. )
The DIRECT o p e r a t i n g m o d e b y p a s s e s all e l e c t r o n i c s . The DIRECT

ON p o s i t i o n of the THRUST CONTROL s w i t c h p r o v i d e s power to the two
s e t s of SPS r e l a y s , the s a m e as i n the G&N AV mode of SCS AV mode.
T h r u s t would be, t e r m i n a t e d by placing t h e THRUST CONTROL s w i t c h
i n t h e O F F position.
The SPS t h r u s t c o n t r o l l o g i c p r o v i d e s i l l u m i n a t i o n of the t a l k - b a c k
light i n t h e THRUST ON switch. To i l l u m i n a t e t h e light i n a G & N AV m o d e ,
AND g a t e 4 m u s t be enabled. I t h a s two inputs which a r e G&N AV mode
s e l e c t e d and t h e p r e s e n c e of a l o g i c one output f r o m the pulse t r a i n c o n v e r t e r . With AND g a t e 4 e n a b l e d , OR g a t e 2 will t r i g g e r the l a m p d r i v e r
and i l l u m i n a t e t h e THRUST ON light. To i l l u m i n a t e the light i n the SCS AV
m o d e , AND g a t e 3 m u s t be e n a b l e d , i t will a l s o s a t i s f y OR g a t e 2 and
t r i g g e r the l a m p d r i v e r . The SPS t h r u s t c o n t r o l logic is i n t e r l o c k e d s o t h a t
. AND g a t e s 3 and 4 will n e v e r be enabled s i m u l t a n e o u s l y b e c a u s e of the
THRUST ON s w i t c h inhibited to t h e p u l s e t r a i n c o n v e r t e r . T h e r e f o r e , the
THRUST ON light will be i l l u m i n a t e d a t all t i m e s when the t h r u s t i s on f o r
n o r m a l 'operation. If the d i r e c t f u n c t i o n is u s e d to initiate t h r u s t i n g , i t will
b y p a s s all e l e c t r o n i c s and not i l l u m i n a t e t h e THRUST ON light.
The output f r o m the SPS t h r u s t c o n t r o l l o g i c p e r f o r m s a function
o t h e r t h a n e n e r g i z e the fuel and o x i d i z e r solenoid v a l v e s . It p r o v i d e s the
l o g i c s w i t c h e s r e q u i r e d to r e c o n f i g u r e t h e SCS r e l a y s f o r p r o p e r t h r u s t
v e c t o r c o n t r o l . The t h r u s t c o n t r o l s w i t c h p r o v i d e s both i n p u t s to OR g a t e 4
i f both d c b u s e s a r e o p e r a t i o n a l . E i t h e r d c bus will enable OR g a t e 5 to
provide the u p p e r input to INHLBIT AND g a t e 1. AND g a t e 5 p r o v i d e s the
c o n t r o l l i n g input to t h e INHIBIT AND g a t e 1. When the solenoid d r i v e r s a r e
not e n e r g i z e d and t h e t h r u s t c o n t r o l s w i t c h is i n NORMAL, both inputs to
AND g a t e 5 a r e t r u e . The t r u e input w i l l m a i n t a i n a logic f a l s e output f r o m
t h e INHIBIT AND g a t e 1 b e c a u s e of the i n v e r s i o n on the input of the gate.
When e i t h e r SPS r e l a y s e t is a c t i v a t e d by a solenoid d r i v e r o r by the ground
c o n t a c t s of t h e DIRECT ON s w i t c h , AND g a t e 5 w i l l be d i s a b l e d by the
ground o r f a l s e input. The input will be i n v e r t e d by the INHIBIT AND g a t e 1
input to enable a n output to the t i m e delay. The t i m e delay i s r e q u i r e d to
I
p e r m i t t h r u s t buildup f r o m t h e SPS engine b e f o r e the ullage m a n e u v e r is
t e r m i n a t e d ; h o w e v e r , the pitch and yaw a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n p u t s a r e i n s e r t e d
into the TVC e l e c t r o n i c s i m m e d i a t e l y . T h i s a c t i o n a s s u r e s positive g f o r c e s
1

Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 NOv 1966
Change Date
Page
2-4-29
SMZA -03-SCO12

SYSTEMS DATA
throughout t h r u s t i n i t i a t i o n of the S P S engine and g i m b a l i n g c o n t r o l of the
S P S engine f o r t h e e n t i r e t h r u s t buildup. The t i m e d e l a y is a l s o a c t i v e
a f t e r INHIBIT AND g a t e 1 i s d i s a b l e d by enabling AND g a t e 5. AND g a t e 5
is enabled when both s e t s of SPS r e l a y s a r e d e - e n e r g i z e d . The t i m e d e l a y
is a c t i v e f o r both outputs when t h e s i g n a l is r e m o v e d to p e r m i t continued
SPS engine g i m b a l c o n t r o l , while t h e r e s i d u a l t h r u s t i s p r e s e n t and i n h i b i t s
RCS o p e r a t i o n i n pitch and yaw until r e s i d u a l t h r u s t is r e d u c e d . T h i s
r e d u c e s t h e tumbling induced a t t h r u s t t e r m i n a t i o n . The t i m e d e l a y is
a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e second f o r a p p l i c a t i o n and r e m o v a l of the engine ignition
signal.
2.4.3
2. 4. 3. 1
Design Data.
The following l i s t c o n t a i n s s p e c i f i c d a t a f o r t h e components i n the
SPS
HELIUM TANKS ( 2 )
4000*50 p s i a f i l l p r e s s u r e , 4400 m a x i m u m
o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e 70 "*lo "F, c a p a c i t y
1 9 . 4 c u b i c f e e t , i n s i d e d i a m e t e r 40 in. and
a wall t h i c k n e s s of 0 . 4 6 in.
REGULATOR UNITS ( 2 )
Working r e g u l a t o r - P r i m a r y 186*4 p s i g ,
s e c o n d a r y 191*4 p s i g , p r i m a r y lockup 200
psig, s e c o n d a r y lockup 205 psig. N o r m a l l y
locked by working r e g u l a t o r ; p r i m a r y
181*4 psig, s e c o n d a r y 191*4 p s i g , p r i m a r y
lockup 195 p s i g , s e c o n d a r y lockup 205 psig,
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS ( 2 )
ULLAGE PRESSURE
(REGULATED HELIUM)
F u e l and o x i d i z e r u n d e r p r e s s u r e s e t t i n g
( S P S PRESS light, panel 11) 160 p s i a .
F u e l and o x i d i z e r o v e r p r e s s u r e s e t t i n g
(SPS P R E S S light, panel 11) 200 p s i a .
P R O P E L L A N T UTILIZATION I n c r e a s e p o s i t i o n
VALVE CONTROL (2)
46.65 l b s / s e c o n d
N o r m a l p o s i t i o n - 45. 2 7 l b s / s e c o n d a t
70 O F and 168*4 psig
D e c r e a s e position
- 43.87 lbs/second
R e s p o n s e t i m e - N o r m a l to i n c r e a s e o r
v i c e - v e r s a , o r n o r m a l to d e c r e a s e o r
v i c e - v e r s a i s 3 to 4 s e c o n d s
QUANTITY SENSING
SYSTEM ACCURACY
*O. 35% of full t a n k p l u s *O. 35% o f p r o p e l l a n t

r e m a i n i n g p r i m a r y s y s t e m *O. 3570 of full
tank p l u s rt0. 35% of p r o p e l l a n t r e m a i n i n g
p l u s 2. 370 of s t o r a g e tank quantity r e m a i n i n g ,
auxiliary system.

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOV 1966
Change Date
page
2.4-30
--
SMZA -03-SG012
SYSTEMS DATA
HELIUM R E L I E F VALVE ( 2 )
D i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e s at 220*7 p s i g
Filter - 10 m i c r o n s n o r m a l , 25 m i c r o n s
absolute
Relief valve r e l i e v e s at 232*8 psig
Relief valve reseats at 212 p s i g m i n i m u m
F l o w c a p a c i t y 3 l b s / s e c o n d m i n i m u m at 60 F
and 250 psig
Bleed device c l o s e s a t a m b i e n t to 100 p s i
and is manually r e s e t open
OXIDIZER STORAGE AND

S U M P TANK
Total tank capacity 3 0 , 6 0 0 l b s , u s a b l e

, 2 7 , 333 l b s . E a c h tank h a s a volume of 175
cubic ft.
Fill p r e s s u r e 110 psia. Ullage after filling
2 . 4 cubic f t i n s t o r a g e and 8. 0 cubic ft i n
s u m p tank. Ullage a f t e r p r e s s u r i z e d to 175
p s i a , 6 . 8 cubic f t i n s t o r a g e and 5. 0 cubic
f t i n s u m p tank. I n s i d e d i a m e t e r 51 in.,
length 165.4 i n . , and will elongate t o 0. 125
in. when p r e s s u r i z e d to 240 p s i and 1 2 0 F
f o r 336 h o u r s . Wall t h i c k n e s s 0. 060 in. i n
continuous a r e a s , 0. 069 in. weld buildup
a r e a s and 0.031 in. o n d o m e s . Fill t o l e r a n c e
of 1 / 4 of 1% of full tank plus 1/470 of p r o pellant remaining.
FUEL STORAGE AND

S U M P TANK
Total tank capacity 15, 300 l b s , u s a b l e

13, 677 l b s . E a c h tank h a s a volume of
139. 7 cubic ft.
Fill p r e s s u r e 9 0 p s i a . Ullage a f t e r filling
1 . 8 cubic f t i n s t o r a g e and 5 . 8 cubic f t i n
s u m p tank. Ullage after p r e s s u r i z e d to
175 p s i a , 6 cubic ft i n s t o r a g e and 3. 0 cubic
f t i n s u m p tank. Inside d i a m e t e r 45 in. ,
length 166. 8 i n . , and will elongate to 0. 125
in. when p r e s s u r i z e d to 240 p s i and 1 2 0 F
f o r 336 h o u r s . Wall t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 5 3 in. i n
continuous a r e a s , 0. 061 in. i n weld buildup
a r e a s , and 0 . 0 3 1 in. on d o m e s . Fill
t o l e r a n c e of 1 / 4 of 1% full tank plus 1/470
of p r o p e l l a n t remaining.

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-31
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
NOMINAL P R O P E L L A N T
TANK WORKING PRESSURE
175k4 p s i a
I N T E R F A C E FLANGE
FILTER
500 m i c r o n s absolute
GASEOUS NITROGEN
P R O P E L L A N T VALVE
CONTROL SYSTEMS ( 2 )
Storage v e s s e l p r e s s u r e 2500*50 p s i at 6 8 " F ,

2900 p s i a t 1 3 0 F . Support 36 valve
actuations.
Regulator, s i n g l e s t a g e , 130*7 p s i a t all
flow u p t o 0 . 0 3 5 l b s / s e c o n d .
145 p s i m a x i m u m lockup p r e s s u r e .
Relief valve
- r e l i e v e s a t 350*10 p s i ,
r e s e a t s a t not l e s s than
250 p s i
B a l l v a l v e s 1 and 4 d r y opening t r a v e l time

of 0. 6 (to. 2, - 0 . 0 5 ) second
B a l l v a l v e s 2 and 3 d r y opening t r a v e l t i m e
of 0. 325*0. 1 second.
B a l l v a l v e s 1 and 4 d r y closing t r a v e l t i m e
of 0. 375*0.05 second
B a l l v a l v e s 2 and 3 d r y c l o s i n g t r a v e l t i m e
of 0. 575*0. 1 second
500-second service lift on S / C 014
ENGINE
Capable of 36 r e s t a r t s
Expansion r a t i o , 6 to 1 a t ablative c h a m b e r
exit a r e a , 62. 5 to 1 a t nozzle extension exit
area.
Cooling c h a m b e r , ablation and film
extension, radiation
I n j e c t o r type, baffled r e g e n e r a t i v e l y , cooled,
unlike i m p i n g e m e n t
O x i d i z e r l e a d , 8 deg.
Length, 152.82 i n c h e s
--
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2-4-32
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Nozzle e x t e n s i o n e x i t d i a m e t e r , 94. 4 i n c h e s
Weight, a p p r o x i m a t e l y 650 l b s
Ablative c h a m b e r t h r o a t t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
i l l u m i n a t e s SPS WALL T E M P HI c a u t i o n and
w a r n i n g l i g h t o n panel 11 a t 380 "F, one
s e n s o r per h a r n e s s .
S P S Pc t r a n s d u c e r , Pc d i s p l a y e d on panel 3
t h r o u g h L / V AOA, SPS Pc s w i t c h to L / V
AOA, SPS P c i n d i c a t o r , g r e e n r a n g e o n
i n d i c a t o r i s 65 to 12570, n o r m a l Pc 8 5 to
125 p s i a .
GIMBAL LIMITS
About Z - Z axis *7 ( + 1 / 2 , - 0 ) d e g with

additional 1 d e g f o r snubbing yaw
About Y - Y axis *6 ( t 1 / 2 , - 0 ) deg with
additional 1 deg f o r snubbing pitch
GIMBAL MOTOR UNDER

AND OVERCURRENT
RELAYS
U n d e r c u r r e n t ( p r i m a r y only) below 6 a m p e r e s
d e t e c t e d f o r a d u r a t i o n of 250*50 m i l l i s e c o n d s
o r m o r e s h a l l i n t e r r u p t t h e flow to t h e l o a d
i n l e s s t h a n 100 m i l l i s e c o n d s .
O v e r c u r r e n t dependent upon t e m p e r a t u r e
d u r i n g s t a r t t r a n s i e n t a n d s t e a d y s t a t e of
gimbal motor on p r i m a r y . Secondary cont r o l l e d by 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r .
ACTUATORCLUTCHES
ACTUATOR PRESSURIZED
S / C 012 and 014 SERVO
ACTUATOR D E F L E C T I O N
RATE
2 . 4 . 3. 2
Quiescent c u r r e n t of 60 (t10, - 5 ) m i l l i a m p s
( M o t o r s off, a 246 f t - l b f o r c e r e q u i r e d to
move engine equivalent to 1 . 53 g. )
3.5*1.0 p s i d r y a i r a t -160 " F a t vendor
0. 23 r a d i a n s p e r s e c o n d (13. 0 9 ' p e r s e c o n d )
FLIGHT COMBUSTION
180 g ' s p e a k to p e a k f o r 70*20 m i l l i s e c o n d s
ST ABILI TY MONITOR
SYSTEM
600 to 5000 c y c l e s p e r second
P e r f o r m a n c e Data.
R e f e r to m i s s i o n m o d u l a r d a t a book, SID 66-1177.
2.4. 3 . 3
P o w e r Consumption Data.
Mission
Change Date
page
2.4-33
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Subsystem and
Component
Control
Service propulsion
Propellant utilization
valve
Propellant utilization
gauging s y s t e m
No. of
UNtS
Watt!
AC
e r Unit
DC
Tota Natts
DC
AC
VALVE s w and OXIDIZER

FLOW s w (Ref. gauging
SYS)
16.8
G a u g i n g C B ( 4 ) SPS
GAUGING AC s w SENSOR
SW
Injector prevalves
He v a l v e C B ( 2 ) I N J E C T O F
PREVALVE s w ( 2 )
21.0
42. 0
He solenoid valves
He P R E S S U R I Z I N G s w ( 2 )
SPS relay
28.0
56. 0
Feedline heaters
SPS H E A T E R s w
:See fig.
a r e 2-4-.
33.0
P i l o t valves (SCS)
ECA drivers (2)
in.
42.0
Gimbal actuator
motors
Gimbal C B ( 6 )
GIMBAL MOTOR
sw (4)
26
Channel I
Idle
pitch
Yaw
Boost
pitch
yaw
T h r u s t Oh
pitch
Yaw
Maxlmum
pitch
Yaw
C h a n n e l I1
Idle
pitch
Yaw
Boost
pitch
yaw
Thrust O N
pitch
Yaw
Maxlmum
pitch
Yaw
450*
45Oh
511.k
511*
7754
175%
1 8 00*<
1ano.r
335.**
3 3 5r:, h
3 3 5 ,*,k
335**
335**
3 3 5 ::
1:s
335*a
3 35:"k
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I- -900
1022
I550
3600
670
67 0
670
570
*With q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t
**Without q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t
.4bove s t a t e m e n t s a s s u m e c h a n n e l I is t h e o p e r a t i n g c h a n n e l a n d c h a n n e l I1 i s s t a n d b v . C h a n n e l I
o p e r a t i n g v a l u e s a p p l i c a b l e t o c h a n n e l II when c h a n n e l I1 i s c o m m a n d e d . 2 h - v d c s u p p l v v a l u e s .
c u r r e n t d r a w v a l u e s n o t a d i r e c t f u n c t i o n of a n a p p l i e d v o l t a g e .
Mission
Basic Date
lZ
1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-34
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4. 3 . 4
SPS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
See f i g u r e 2 . 4 - 1 1 f o r e l e c t r i c a l power d i s t r i b u t i o n .
2.4.4
OPERATION LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.

The o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s a n d r e s t r i c t i o n s of t h e S P S a r e as
follows:
a . P r o p e l l a n t quantity gauging s u b s y s t e m is o p e r a t i o n a l oniy d u r i n g
engine f i r i n g . A 4. 5 - s e c o n d f i r i n g p e r i o d is r e q u i r e d b e f o r e p r o p e l l a n t
quantity i n f o r m a t i o n is updated, when SENSOR s w i t c h i s i n t h e NORM o r
PRI position. Delay is b u i l t - i n t o a l l o w p r o p e l l a n t s to s e t t l e and s t a b i l i z e
b e f o r e updating t h e d i s p l a y s .
b. A o n e - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y between a c t u a t i o n of GIMBAL MOTOR
s w i t c h e s (MDC-3) i s r e q u i r e d , a s s i m u l t a n e o u s a c t u a t i o n m a y r e s u l t i n a n
e x c e s s i v e power d r a i n .
c . Engine d e s i g n m i n i m u m i m p u l s e c o n t r o l limit i s 0. 4 s e c o n d ;
however, mission m i n i m u m impulse m a y be longer.
d. Due to a d v e r s i v e t e m p e r a t u r e e f f e c t s , engine g i m b a l d r i v e m o t o r s
should not be continuously e n e r g i z e d f o r p e r i o d s i n e x c e s s of 12 m i n u t e s .
e . Single bank m o d e of o p e r a t i o n by the b i p r o p e l l a n t valve a s s e m b l y
will r e s u l t i n a 3 p e r c e n t r e d u c t i o n i n t h r u s t .
2.4. 5
The following s u b s e q u e n t l i s t is of all SPS t e l e m e t r y d a t a m o n i t o r e d
by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and g r o u n d s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2 NOv 1966
Change Date
page
2.4-35
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A C BUS 2
*p E# C#
IDENTICAL
IO FiTCH
GIMBAL
ACTUATOR
CI RCUl TS
SM-2A-713 D
Figure 2 . 4 - 1 1 .
3PS Electrical Power Distribution Diagram

Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.4-36
Mission
$
m
0
+
0
+
a
SM2A-03-SCO 12
0 0 0 0
+ + + +
S Y S T E M S DATA
0 0 0 0 0
+ + + + +
0
+
0
+
0
+
m
0
& &
Change Date
SERVICE P R O P U L S I O N S Y S T E M
1966
F
m
30
dd
c c
e 3
W W
0 0
N N
0 0
+ +
l2
0 0 0 0
+ + + +
Basic Date
0 0 0
+ + +
0
N
a)
0
+
5
9
0
0
&
+ + -
0 0 0
m
N
0
0
- +
N
0
0
zzz
N
N
3
0
0 0 0
N N N
- 4 -
0
N
2.4-37
.3 m rJ
GRCL
page
Mission
0
N
0
N
''
SM2A-03-SCO 12
1966
Change Date
S E R V I C E PROPULSION SYSTEM
SYSTEMS D A T A
Basic Date
Page
2.4-38
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 5
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (RCS)
2. 5 . 1
INTRODUCTION.
T h e Apollo c o m m a n d s e r v i c e module c o n s i s t s of two s e p a r a t e
r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m s , c o m p l e t e l y independent, d e s i g n a t e d S / M RCS
a n d C / M RCS. T h e S / M RCS i s u t i l i z e d t o c o n t r o l S I C r o t a t i o n in a l l
t h r e e a x e s , i n a d d i t i o n t o a n y m i n o r t r a n s l a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s including
S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n , S P S ullage, a n d C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n m a n e u v e r s . T h e
C / M RCS i s u t i l i z e d t o c o n t r o l C / M r o t a t i o n i n a l l t h r e e a x e s a f t e r
C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n a n d d u r i n g e n t r y m a n e u v e r s . T h e C / M RCS d o e s not
have t r a n s l a t ion c a p a b i l i t i e s .
Both t h e S / M a n d C / M RCS a r e c o n t r o l l e d e i t h e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y o r
m a n u a l l y f r o m t h e c o m m a n d module. P h y s i c a l l o c a t i o n of t h e RCS e n g i n e s
is shown i n f i g u r e 2. 5-1. Engine f i r i n g s e q u e n c e f o r s p e c i f i c m a n e u v e r s
a n d individual engine c i r c u i t b r e a k e r power c o n t r o l a r e shown in f i g u r e
2. 5 - 2 .
2. 5. 2
S / M RCSa FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e S / M RCS c o n s i s t s of f o u r individual, functionally i d e n t i c a l

p a c k a g e s , l o c a t e d 90 d e g r e e s a p a r t a r o u n d t h e f o r w a r d p o r t i o n ( + X - a x i s )
of t h e S / M p e r i p h e r y a n d offset f r o m t h e S I C Y - a n d Z - a x e s by 7 d e g r e e s
15 m i n u t e s . E a c h p a c k a g e c o n f i g u r a t i o n , c a l l e d a quad, is s u c h t h a t t h e
r e a c t i o n e n g i n e s a r e mounted on t h e o u t e r s u r f a c e of t h e p a n e l a n d t h e
remaining components a r e inside. Propellant distribution lines a r e routed
t h r o u g h t h e p a n e l s k i n t o f a c i l i t a t e p r o p e l l a n t t r a n s f e r t o t h e r e a c t i o n engine
c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r s . T h e engine c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r s a r e c a n t e d
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 d e g r e e s away f r o m t h e p a n e l s t r u c t u r e t o r e d u c e t h e
e f f e c t s of e x h a u s t g a s on t h e s e r v i c e module skin. T h e two r o l l e n g i n e s on
e a c h quad a r e o f f s e t - m o u n t e d t o a c c o m m o d a t e plumbing i n t h e engine
mounting s t r u c t u r e .
E a c h RCS p a c k a g e i n c o r p o r a t e s a p r e s s u r e - f e d . p o s i t i v e - e x p u l s i o n ,
pulse -modulated, bipropellant s y s t e m t o produce the reaction t h r u s t
r e q u i r e d t o p e r f o r m t h e v a r i o u s S / M RCS c o n t r o l functions. Acceptable
p a c k a g e o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e is m a i n t a i n e d b y i n t e r n a l l y mounted.
t h e r m o s t a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d e l e c t r i c h e a t e r s . T h e S / M RCS p r o p e l l a n t s
c o n s i s t of n i t r o g e n t e t r o x i d e ( N z O ~ ) u, s e d a s t h e o x i d i z e r ; monom e t h y l h y d r a z i n e (MMH) used as t h e fuel. P r e s s u r i z e d h e l i u m gas is t h e
p r o p e l l a n t t r a n s f e r r i n g agent.
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM

Mission
Change Date
Page
2-5-1
Mission
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
Change Date

Page
2.5-2
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12
N
VI
L L =
, + t + u u
Page
to
SYSTEMS DATA
: Ii I: ;I
Change Date

B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966
2- 5 - 3
SMZA -03-SGO12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e r e a c t i o n e n g i n e s m a y be p u l s e - f i r e d , producing s h o r t - t h r u s t
i m p u l s e s o r continuously f i r e d , producing a s t e a d y - s t a t e t h r u s t level, The
s h o r t - p u l s e f i r i n g p e r m i t s a t t i t u d e -hold m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n and e x t r e m e l y
a c c u r a t e a t t i t u d e a l i g n m e n t m a n e u v e r s d u r i n g navigational sightings.
CSM a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is n o r m a l l y m a i n t a i n e d by utilizing t h e a p p l i c a b l e
p i t c h , yaw, a n d r o l l e n g i n e s on all f o u r quads. H o w e v e r , in t h e event of a
m a l f u n c t i o n , c o m p l e t e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l c a n b e m a i n t a i n e d with only two
a d j a c e n t q u a d s o p e r a t i n g . T h i s two-quad c a p a b i l i t y d o e s not include t h e
e x e c u t i o n of t r a n s l a t i o n and u l l a g e m a n e u v e r s .
A functional flow d i a g r a m of one S / M RCS quad is shown i n
f i g u r e 2 . 5 - 3 . The h e l i u m s t o r a g e v e s s e l s u p p l i e s p r e s s u r e to two s o l e n o i d o p e r a t e d h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s t h a t a r e n o r m a l l y open throughout t h e
m i s s i o n . T h i s a l l o w s h e l i u m p r e s s u r e t o t h e p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s downs t r e a m of e a c h h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n valve reducing t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m
t o a d e s i r e d working p r e s s u r e .
R e g u l a t e d h e l i u m p r e s s u r e is d i r e c t e d t h r o u g h a s e r i e s p a r a l l e l
c o m b i n a t i o n of f o u r independent c h e c k v a l v e s . T h e c h e c k v a l v e s p e r m i t
h e l i u m p r e s s u r e t o t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r t a n k s and p r e v e n t r e v e r s e flow of
p r o p e l l a n t v a p o r s or liquid. A p r e s s u r e - r e l i e f v a l v e is i n s t a l l e d i n t h e
p r e s s u r e l i n e s between t h e c h e c k v a l v e s a n d p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s t o p r o t e c t t h e
propellant tanks f r o m any excessive p r e s s u r e increase.
-.e-
H e l i u m e n t e r i n g t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s c r e a t e s a p r e s s u r e buildup
around the propellant positive expulsion bladders forcing the propellants to
b e e x p e l l e d i n t o t h e p r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n lines. P r o p e l l a n t s t h e n flow
t h r o u g h t h e n o r m a l l y open p r o p e l l a n t i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s .
O x i d i z e r a n d f u e l is d i s t r i b u t e d t o t h e eight f u e l a n d o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r
v a l v e s by a p a r a l l e l f e e d s y s t e m . T h e f u e l valve on e a c h engine opens
2 m i l l i s e c o n d s p r i o r to t h e o x i d i z e r v a l v e to obtain p r o p e r engine o p e r a t i o n .
E a c h valve a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s o r i f i c e s which m e t e r t h e p r o p e l l a n t flow t o
obtain a' n o m i n a l 2: 1 o x i d i z e r j f u e l r a t i o by weight. T h e o x i d i z e r a n d fuel
-;r
2. 5 . 3
i m p i n g e , a t o m i z e , and ignition due t o t h e h y p e r g o l i c p r o p e l l a n t s . T h e

i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e c o n t r o l l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y by t h e G & N s y s t e m o r t h e SCS.
Manual o v e r r i d e d i r e c t c o n t r o l is p r o v i d e d f o r r o t a t i o n a l m a n e u v e r s a n d
d i r e c t u l l a g e only. T h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h i s
s y s t e m configuration maintains propellants under constant p r e s s u r e a t the
engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s providing r a p i d c o n s i s t e n t r e s p o n s e r a t e s t o t h r u s t
on-off c o m m a n d s .
.v
'
S / M RCS MAJOR COMPONENT/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

T h e S / M RCS is c o m p o s e d of f o u r s e p a r a t e , individual p a c k a g e s ;
e a c h package containing t h e following five m a j o r s u b s y s t e m s :
0
0
Pressurization
Propellant
Rocket engine
.-.,-

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.5-4
MASTER EVENT SEQUENCE CONTROLLER
r----------
-----------
---------MASTER EVENT SEQUENCE CONTROLLER
PITCH CHANNEL
SWITCH PANEL 8
-.
PANEL 16
AUTO O X
DUMP
CIRCUITS
T l O N CONTROLS
SLATION CONTROLS
--~
WPUT FROM
ANY ABORT
SIGNAL FROM
?AD UP TO
LE5 TOWER
JRlNG DESCENT
2-1/2 SEC
DEUY
r m1-
SM RCS
RTTISON OR
INPUT FROM
CM SM
C19A1
SEPARATION
WITCHES
?ANEL 1s
RCS
CONTROC
BOX
-----1t
SI
E-Y JET 16
D*Y JET ' 5
A-P JET 1 2
K 2 Z16Kl
I'
I
I
1
C19A4
SM RCS
DIRECT
RCS
I.
TRANSFER
PANEL
51
IS
DIRECT
COILS
x1
tLtCl K I U L
I CM
TO SM Jm CONTROLLER
Sl9AB SYS B ELECTRICAL
PILOTS
ROT
CON1
Y1
I
'CoNT I
L
.PILOTS
'
TRANSFER
.OToRJ
.-
'
CMPROP
I
A-P JET '2
c+P JET '1
(E LEG)
CMSM
TRANSFER
MN a
>M
<
TROLS
ONTROLS
RCS PROP ISOL

(MOC-25)
A
HELIUM 1
B
AO
MN
+20vDc-
ON
d
IOA
CM RCS
II
COILS
AUTO
SM RCS
SM N E G
BUS
-q?Jcl
D-SRsoo4T-lM96
COILS
C-SR5003T- 1 oA93
SM RCS
DIRECT
COILS
B-SRSOOZT-IM91
He TANK
PRESS Q W D A
&&&TLM
To:
RCS INDICATORS
switch S/M A (MDC-12)
j-q&a
C M RCS
DIRECT
XL
8 CM SM
-ES A W R T
<
HELIUM INDICATOR
A
PROPELIANT
ON
4,
4-
OFF
L:
PROPELLANT INDICATOR
---.*.
-T
CM
NEG
BUS
VALE
'n
EM NEG
BUS
i
(OPEN)
OXlD FILL
A N D DRAIN
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t!
=
I
Y
-
-z
5
z
Y
I
E-SR57WP-I.
c-sR5822P-1:
PsR5823P-I:
y
U
4
J
VALVE
OXlD M4NF
I
I
PKG TEMP
SM NEG
B
B
CM NEG
- DUS
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
-- ---?Ir:
TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER
Mission
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
MN BUS A
v ~ c
MN BUS B 28 VDC
PSRSO68T- IOAI00
c-sRKMn-1OA98
B-SR5066T- lOA62
Fmm: Rotational
STRIP HEATER
S/M RCS HOVSIN
4Ea
JCER
INJECTOR
ASSEMBLY
IN
El
LIRE
IER
Figure 2 . 5 - 3 .
S / M RCS Functional Flow Diagram (QuaL
Mission
Basic Date
1 2 Nov 19b6 Change Date
page 2 . 5 - 5 1 2 . 5 - 6
SM2A - 0 3 -SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0
0
2 . 5.3. 1
P r o p e l l a n t quantity gauging
Temperature control system
P r e s s u r i z a t i o n Subsvstem.
T h e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n and p r o p e l l a n t f e e d s t o r e s , r e g u l a t e s , a n d
d i s t r i b u t e s h e l i u m t o t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s , and s t o r e s and d i s t r i b u t e s
p r o p e l l a n t t o t h e engine a s s e m b l i e s ( f i g u r e 2. 5-3). It c o n s i s t s of s t o r a g e
t a n k s , i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s , p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s , and t h e l i n e s a n d v a l v e s
n e c e s s a r y f o r filling, d r a i n i n g a n d d i s t r i b u t i n g t h e fluids.
2. 5. 3 . 1. 1
H e l i u m Supply Tank.
T h e t o t a l h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m supply is contained within a s i n g l e
s p h e r i c a l s t o r a g e tank. Initial fill p r e s s u r e is 4150*50 p s i g a t 7 0 F . T h e
l i m i t working p r e s s u r e is 5000 p s i g t o a c c o m m o d a t e p r e s s u r e t r a n s i e n t s
d u r i n g filling. P r o o f p r e s s u r e is 6667 p s i g and t h e b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s
7500 p s i g .
2. 5. 3. 1 . 2
H e l i u m Isolation Valve.
T h e h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s a r e a t w o - s o l e n o i d v a l v e s and a r e
m e c h a n i c a l l y l a t c h e d open a n d s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h e h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n
v a l v e s a r e individually c o n t r o l l e d by t h e i r own h e l i u m s w i t c h on p a n e l 15.
T h e v a l v e s a r e n o r m a l l y open i n r e s p e c t t o s y s t e m p r e s s u r e s u b s t a n t i a t i n g
t h e m e c h a n i c a l latching f g a t u r e f o r power c o n s e r v a t i o n p u r p o s e s d u r i n g t h e
m i s s i o n , i n addition t o p r e v e n t i n g o v e r h e a t i n g of t h e v a l v e c o i l s .
A p o s i t i o n switch contained within e a c h v a l v e c o n t r o l s a p o s i t i o n
i n d i c a t o r below e a c h s w i t c h on p a n e l 15. When t h e valve is open, t h e
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h is open; a n d the i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 is g r e y ( s a m e c o l o r
as t h e p a n e l ) indicating t h e v a l v e is i n i t s n o r m a l position. When t h e v a l v e
i s c l o s e d , t h e position switch is c l o s e d ; and t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 is
d i a g o n a l l i n e s indicating t h e valve is i n i t s a b n o r m a l position. T h e valve
is c l o s e d i n t h e event of a p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r unit p r o b l e m a n d d u r i n g
ground s e r v i c i n g .
2 . 5. 3 . 1. 3
P r e s s u r e Regulator Assemblies.
H e l i u m p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t i o n i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by two r e g u l a t o r
a s s e m b l i e s connected in p a r a l l e l , with one a s s e m b l y l o c a t e d d o w n s t r e a m
of e a c h h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n valve. E a c h a s s e m b l y i n c o r p o r a t e s two ( p r i m a r y
and s e c o n d a r y ) s e p a r a t e r e g u l a t o r s connected i n s e r i e s . T h e s e c o n d a r y
r e g u l a t o r r e m a i n s open a s long as t h e p r i m a r y r e g u l a t o r functions
p r o p e r l y . In t h e event of t h e p r i m a r y r e g u l a t o r failing open, the s e c o n d a r y
r e g u l a t o r will m a i n t a i n slightly h i g h e r , but a c c e p t a b l e p r e s s u r e s .
2. 5 . 3 . 1.4
Check Valve A s s e m b l i e s .
Two check valve a s s e m b l i e s , one a s s e m b l y l o c a t e d d o w n s t r e a m of
e a c h r e m l a t o r a s s e m b l v , p e r m i t h e l i u m flow in t h e d o w n s t r e a m d i r e c t i o n
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date
Page
2-5-7
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
only. T h i s p r e v e n t s p r o p e l l a n t a n d / o r p r o p e l l a n t v a p o r backflow into t h e
p r e s s u r i z a t i o n s y s t e m if s e e p a g e o r f a i l u r e o c c u r s i n t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k
bladders .
2. 5 . 3 . 1. 5
P r e s s u r e Relief Valves
The helium relief valve contains a b u r s t diaphragm, f i l t e r , a bleed
d e v i c e , a n d t h e r e l i e f valve. T h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m is i n s t a l l e d t o p r o v i d e
a m o r e p o s i t i v e s e a l a g a i n s t h e l i u m t h a n t h a t of t h e a c t u a l r e l i e f v a l v e .
T h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e s at a p r e d e t e r m i n e d p r e s s u r e . T h e b u r s t
d i a p h r a m is of t h e n o n f r a g m e n t a t i o n t y p e , but i n t h e event of a n y f r a g m e n t a t i o n , t h e f i l t e r f i l t e r s out any f r a g m e n t a t i o n and p f e v e n t s a n y p a r t i c l e s
f r o m flowing onto t h e r e l i e f valve s e a t . T h e r e l i e f valve will r e l i e v e a t a
p r e s s u r e s l i g h t l y h i g h e r t h a n t h a t of t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e p r e s s u r e
a n d r e l i e v e t h e e x c e s s i v e p r e s s u r e o v e r b o a r d , p r o t e c t i n g t h e f u e l and
o x i d i z e r t a n k . T h e r e l i e f valve will r e s e a t at a p r e d e t e r m i n e d p r e s s u r e .
A p r e s s u r e b l e e d d e v i c e is i n c o r p o r a t e d between t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m
a n d r e l i e f valve. T h e bleed valve v e n t s t h e c a v i t y b e t w e e n t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m a n d r e l i e f valve i n t h e event of a n y l e a k a g e f r o m t h e d i a p h r a g m ,
o r v e n t s t h e c a v i t y upon c o m p l e t i o n of p e r f o r m i n g a checkout of t h e r e l i e f
v a l v e f r o m t h e t e s t p o r t on t h e r e l i e f valve. T h e b l e e d d e v i c e is n o r m a l l y
open a n d w i l l c l o s e when t h e p r e s s u r e i n c r e a s e s up t o a p r e d e t e r m i n e d
p r e s s u r e . T h e b l e e d d e v i c e a u t o m a t i c a l l y opens when t h e p r e s s u r e
d e c r e a s e s t o t h e b l e e d valve opening p r e s s u r e .
2. 5. 3. 1. 6
D i s t r i b u t i o n Plumbing.
B r a z e d joint tubing is u s e d t o d i s t r i b u t e r e g u l a t e d h e l i u m i n e a c h
RCS quad f r o m t h e h e l i u m s t o r a g e v e s s e l s t o t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s .
2. 5 . 3 . 2
Propellant Subsystem.
T h i s s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of one o x i d i z e r t a n k , one f u e l t a n k , one
o x i d i z e r a n d fuel i s o l a t i o n v a l v e , a n d a s s o c i a t e d d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing.
2. 5 . 3 . 2 . 1
O x i d i z e r Tank.
T h e o x i d i z e r supply is contained i n a s i n g l e t i t a n i u m a l l o y h e m i s p h e r i c a l l y d o m e d c y c l i n d r i c a l tank. T h e t a n k is c r a d l e - m o u n t e d t o t h e
R C S panel. T h e t a n k c o n t a i n s a d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y a n d a teflon b l a d d e r f o r p o s i t i v e e x p u l s i o n of t h e o x i d i z e r . T h e b l a d d e r is a t t a c h e d t o the
d i f f u s e r tube at e a c h end of t h e tank. T h e d i f f u s e r tube a c t s as t h e p r o p e llant out let.
When t h e tank is p r e s s u r i z e d , t h e h e l i u m g a s s u r r o u n d s t h e e n t i r e
b l a d d e r , e x e r t i n g a f o r c e which c a u s e s t h e b l a d d e r t o c o l l a p s e about t h e
p r o p e l l a n t f o r c i n g t h e o x i d i z e r into t h e d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y a n d out of
t h e t a n k outlet i n t o t h e manifold, p r o v i d i n g expulsion d u r i n g z e r o g ' s .
T a n k h a s a working p r e s s u r e of 248 p s i g ; proof p r e s s u r e of 331 psig.
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date
Page
2.5-8
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5 . 3 . 2 . 2
F u e l Tank.
T h e f u e l supply is contained i n a s i n g l e t a n k t h a t is s i m i l a r in
m a t e r i a l , c o n s t r u c t i o n , and o p e r a t i o n t o t h a t of t h e o x i d i z e r tank.
2. 5. 3. 2 . 3
P r o p e l l a n t Isolation Shutoff Valve.

T h e i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s i n t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r l i n e s a r e both c o n t r o l l e d
by a s i n g l e s w i t c h on p a n e l 15. T h e v a l v e s a r e two-solenoid v a l v e s a n d a r e
m a g n e t i c a l l y l a t c h opened a n d s p r i n g -loaded c l o s e d . T h e v a l v e s a r e
n o r m a l l y open i n r e s p e c t t o fluid flow. T h i s , a g a i n , e s t a b l i s h e s a power
conservation.
E a c h valve c o n t a i n s a p o s i t i o n s w i t c h which is in p a r a l l e l t o one
p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r below t h e switch on p a n e l 15 t h a t c o n t r o l s both v a l v e s .
When t h e p o s i t i o n s w i t c h i n e a c h valve is open, t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15
is g r e y ( s a m e c o l o r as t h e p a n e l ) indicating t o t h e c r e w t h a t t h e v a l v e s a r e
i n t h e n o r m a l position. When t h e p o s i t i o n switch i n e a c h valve o r one valve
is c l o s e d , t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 is diagonal l i n e s indicating t o t h e c r e w
t h a t t h e valve o r v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d . T h e v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d in t h e event of
a f a i l u r e d o w n s t r e a m of t h e v a l v e s , line r u p t u r e , runaway t h r u s t e r , e t c .
2 . 5. 3. 2 . 4
D i s t r i b u t i o n Plumbing.
P r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing within e a c h quad is functionally
i d e n t i c a l . E a c h quad c o n t a i n s s e p a r a t e s i m i l a r o x i d i z e r and fuel plumbing
n e t w o r k s . P r o p e l l a n t s within t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e n e t w o r k s a r e d i r e c t e d f r o m
t h e supply t a n k s , through manifolds f o r d i s t r i b u t i o n t o t h e f o u r e n g i n e s in
the cluster.
2. 5. 3 . 2 . 5
Propellant, In-Line F i l t e r s .
I n - l i n e f i l t e r s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e f u e l a n d o x i d i z e r m a n i f o l d s downs t r e a m of t h e p r o p e l l a n t shutoff v a l v e s and p r i o r t o t h e engine manifold
contained within t h e engine housing. T h e i n - l i n e f i l t e r s a r e i n s t a l l e d t o
p r e v e n t a n y p a r t i c l e s f r o m flowing i n t o t h e engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s and
engine i n j e c t o r .
2 . 5. 3 . 3
Engine A s s e m b l i e s .
T h e s e r v i c e module r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m e n g i n e s a r e r a d i a t i o n c o o l e d , p r e s s u r e -fed, b i p r o p e l l a n t t h r u s t g e n e r a t o r s which c a n be
o p e r a t e d i n e i t h e r t h e p u l s e modulated o r t h e s t e a d y s t a t e mode. ( T h e s e
m o d e s a r e defined as a f i r i n g of l e s s t h a n o n e - s e c o n d d u r a t i o n , and o n e second duration o r m o r e , respectively. )
E a c h engine c o n s i s t s of a f u e l and o x i d i z e r c o n t r o l v a l v e , which
c o n t r o l s t h e flow of p r o p e l l a n t s by r e s p o n d i n g t o e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s
( a u t o m a t i c or m a n u a l ) g e n e r a t e d by t h e guidance and navigation s u b s y s t e m
a n d / o r s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m o r by the c r e w ; and an i n j e c t o r
__

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.5-9
SM2A-03-SCO 12
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
head a s s e m b l y , which d i r e c t s t h e flow of e a c h p r o p e l l a n t f r o m t h e p r o p e l l a n t c o n t r o l v a l v e s t o the c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r w h e r e the p r o p e l l a n t s

a t o m i z e and ignite (hypergolic) t o p r o d u c e t h r u s t .
2.5.3.3. 1
P r o p e l l a n t Solenoid I n j e c t o r Control Valves ( F u e l and O x i d i z e r ) .

T h e p r o p e l l a n t solenoid i n j e c t o r v a l v e s u t i l i z e two coaxially wound
c o i l s : o n e f o r automatic and o n e for d i r e c t m a n u a l operation. T h e autom a t i c c o i l is u s e d when t h e t h r u s t c o m m a n d o r i g i n a t e s from t h e j e t
s e l e c t i o n logic, which i s the e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t r y that s e l e c t s the r e q u i r e d
a u t o m a t i c c o i l s t o be e n e r g i z e d f o r a given m a n e u v e r . The m a n u a l c o i l s
a r e used when the t h r u s t c o m m a n d o r i g i n a t e s a t the r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l
( d i r e c t m o d e ) , d i r e c t ullage pushbutton, SPS a b o r t , o r t h e C / M S / M S E P
switch ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 3 ) .
T h e solenoid v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d and e n e r g i z e d open.
The r e a c t i o n t i m e of t h e v a l v e s a r e i l l u s t r a t e d in f i g u r e s 2 . 5 - 4 and 2.5-5.
Figure 2. 5-4 i l l u s t r a t e s a t h r u s t i n g d u r a t i o n of 15 s e c o n d s ( s t e a d y
s t a t e ) . T h e e l e c t r i c a l on s i g n a l i s r e c e i v e d within e i t h e r the a u t o m a t i c
( n o r m a l ) o r m a n u a l (backup) c o i l s of the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s . The
solenoid i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e e n e r g i z e d open allowing fuel and o x i d i z e r to
- -
TH RUST
LBS
STEADY STATE
I
I
I
50 -
iniL
-c 1START TRANSIENT
"ELECTRICAL ON
T IME-S EC ONDS
ELECT^,,,,
DlPAl
OFF
f'*,
P-2009B&@$j
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 4 .
S / M RCS Steady-State Operation ( T y p i c a l 15 Seconds)

~~
~~

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2 . 5 - 10
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
I
SYSTEMS DATA
THRUST LBS.
FUEL
VALVE
FULLY
CLOSED,
fh
60
50
70
TIME-M I L L I S E C O N D S
"oN" 'IGNAL
TO DATU
V A L V E IGNITION
i i o ~ ~SIGNAL
ii
VALVE
.
CLOSED
Figure 2 . 5-5.
S / M RCS Engine Minimum T o t a l I m p u l s e T yp ic al)
- the i n j e c t o r into the combustion c h a m b e r . The p r o p e l l a n t s ,

flow through
being h y p e r g o l i c , ignite, providing the s t a r t t r a n s i e n t . The engine, a s a
r e s u l t of p r o p e l l a n t ignition, p r o d u c e s c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity,
and t h r u s t . A t 15 s e c o n d s a f t e r t h e r e c e i p t of the t h r u s t - o n signal, the
automatic o r m a n u a l c o i l s a r e d e - e n e r g i z e d and the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s
s p r i n g - l o a d c l o s e d . However, due to the closing t i m e and r e s i d u a l
p r o p e l l a n t flow d o w n s t r e a m of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s into t h e combustion
c h a m b e r , t h r u s t output continues until the p r o p e l l a n t s have burned c o m pletely allowing t h e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity, and t h r u s t to d e c a y
to 0 pounds, e s t a b l i s h i n g t h e cutoff t r a n s i e n t .
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 5 i l l u s t r a t e s the m i n i m u m e l e c t r i c a l signal that can be

provided to the a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s f r o m the stabilization
c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. The following d e s c r i b e s the
sequence of o p e r a t i o n and r e a s o n s why.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page
2.5-11
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
~~
~~~
a. A t i m e of 18*4 m i l l i s e c o n d s (14 m i l l i s e c o n d s m i n i m u m ) will

e l a p s e b e f o r e t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m (SCS) c a n e l e c t r i c a l l y
p r o v i d e a command-off s i g n a l t o the a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s
on the engine.
b. When t h e automatic c o i l s of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s r e c e i v e the e l e c t r i c a l
on s i g n a l f r o m the SCS, the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e e n e r g i z e d to the open
position.
c. T h e f u e l i n j e c t o r a u t o m a t i c coil e n e r g i z e s t o the fully open position
in 4. 5*1. 5 m i l l i s e c o n d s , and the o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r a u t o m a t i c coil e n e r g i z e s
to t h e fully open position in 6.0*1. 5 m i l l i s e c o n d s establishing a n approximate 2 m i l l i s e c o n d fuel lead. T h i s is accomplished by v a r y i n g the r e s i s t a n c e of t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s in the f u e l and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r valve.
d. The p r o p e l l a n t s flow f r o m t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s as soon as t h e y both
s t a r t t o open t o the p r e m i x i g n i t e r . However, the f u e l will l e a d the
o x i d i z e r by two m i l l i s e c o n d s .
e. The p r o p e l l a n t s start to flow, as soon as t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s start
to open, into t h e p r e m i x i g n i t e r and into t h e combustion c h a m b e r which
c r e a t e s s o m e p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity and t h r u s t , and even though it i s
v e r y s m a l l , t h e engine i s o p e r a t i n g in a s p a c e environment.
f . T h e p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity, and t h r u s t continues t o i n c r e a s e
slightly until the v a l v e s r e a c h t h e fully open position.
g. At a p p r o x i m a t e l y 12- 1 / 2 m i l l i s e c o n d s , the p r o p e l l a n t s ignite
( h y p e r g o l i c ) , producing a s p i k e of t h r u s t u p w a r d s into t h e a r e a of 70 to
80 pounds. At 14 m i l l i s e c o n d s m i n i m u m , the S C S r e m o v e s t h e e l e c t r i c a l
s i g n a l f r o m the a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e i n j e c t o r valves.
h. T h e t h r u s t of the engine continues v e r y e r r a t i c a l l y , while the
v a l v e s b e c o m e d e - e n e r g i z e d and s p r i n g - l o a d c l o s e d .
i. At a p p r o x i m a t e l y 21 m i l l i s e c o n d s ( c l o s i n g t i m e of 7. 5 m i l l i s e c o n d s )
on t h e fuel valve and 2 3 m i l l i s e c o n d s ( c l o s i n g t i m e of 8 . 0 m i l l i s e c o n d s ) on
the o x i d i z e r v a l v e , the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e fully c l o s e d .
j . The r e s i d u a l p r o p e l l a n t s d o w n s t r e a m of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s continue
to flow into the combustion c h a m b e r , d e c r e a s i n g until c o m p l e t e t h r u s t
d e c a y of 0 pounds o c c u r s a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 65 m i l l i s e c o n d s .
k. In o r d e r to d e t e r m i n e the t o t a l i m p u l s e f o r t h i s t i m e s p a n of
o p e r a t i o n ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 5 ) , everything u n d e r the e n t i r e t h r u 5 t c u r v e m u s t
be integrated.
T h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s a r e e l e c t r i c a l l y connected in p a r a l l e l f r o m the
SCS. The m a n u a l c o i l s in t h e fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s p r o v i d e a
m a n u a l d i r e c t backup to the SCS m o d e of operation. The m a n u a l c o i l s of
the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e e l e c t r i c a l l y connected in s e r i e s . T h e r e a s o n s f o r
the s e r i e s connection of t h e m a n u a l c o i l s a r e as follows:
a. P r e v e n t a m i s m a t c h between t h e opening and closing of the v a l v e s
due to any h e a t s o a k - b a c k into the m a n u a l c o i l s , which would change t h e
r e s i s t a n c e of t h e m a n u a l c o i l s and r e s u l t in a m i s m a t c h if the c o i l s w e r e
connected in p a r a l l e l . T h e d i r e c t m a n u a l opening t i m e f o r f u e l is
1 3 millisecond-s and- o x i d i z e r is 23 m i l l i s e c o n d s . The closing t i m e f o r
f u e l and o x i d i z e r i s 55*Z5 m i l l i s e c o n d s .

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.5-12
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
b. The s e r i e s connection f r o m the fuel m a n u a l coil (positive to
negative) t o the o x i d i z e r m a n u a l coil (negative t o p o s i t i v e ) , then to
ground, i s t o i n c r e a s e the a r c s u p p r e s s i o n , reducing the a r c at rotation
c o n t r o l in t h e d i r e c t RCS m o d e of operation.
2. 5 . 3 . 3 . 2
Injector.
The i n j e c t o r contains a p r e m i x i g n i t e r . The p r e m i x i g n i t e r c h a m b e r
contains a f u e l and a n o x i d i z e r p a s s a g e t h a t impinge upon e a c h o t h e r (unlike
impingement) within the p r e m i x i g n i t e r c h a m b e r . The p r e m i x i g n i t e r
c h a m b e r , along with t h e 2 - m i l l i s e c o n d fuel l e a d , p r o v i d e s a s m o o t h e r
s t a r t t r a n s i e n t p r i m a r i l y in the p u l s e m o d e of operation and e s p e c i a l l y
in the a r e a of m i n i m u m i m p u l s e .
The m a i n c h a m b e r portion of the i n j e c t o r will allow eight fuel
s t r e a m s to impinge upon eight o x i d i z e r s t r e a m s (unlike impingement) f o r
m a i n c h a m b e r ignition. T h e r e a r e a l s o eight fuel h o l e s around the o u t e r
p e r i p h e r y of the i n j e c t o r , which p r o v i d e s f i l m cooling to the combustion
chamber .
2. 5.3.3.3
Combustion C h a m b e r .
The combustion c h a m b e r i s c o n s t r u c t e d of unalloyed molybdenum,
which i s coated with a thin l a y e r of molybdenum d i s i l i c i d e t o p r e v e n t
oxidation of the b a s e m e t a l . Cooling of t h e c h a m b e r i s by radiation and
f i l m cooling.
Nozzle Extension. The n o z z l e extension i s attached to the engine by
a Waspolloy nut. The nozzle extension i s machined f r o m a cobalt b a s e
alloy. T h e stiffener r i n g s a r e m a c h i n e d .
2. 5. 3. 3 . 4
RCS E l e c t r i c a l H e a t e r s .
Each of the RCS engine housings contain a n e l e c t r i c a l s t r i p h e a t e r
( f i g u r e 2. 5-3). The e l e c t r i c a l s t r i p h e a t e r s provide p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l by conductance t o t h e engine housing and engine i n j e c t o r
v a l v e s ; thus the p r o p e l l a n t s . E a c h h e a t e r h a s two t h e r m o switches that
m a i n t a i n t h e t e m p e r a t u r e a t a given r a n g e .
2. 5.3.4
P r e s s u r e Versus Temperature Measuring System.

The h e l i u m tank supply t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e m e n t and h e l i u m tank
supply p r e s s u r e m e a s u r e m e n t ( f i g u r e 2 . 5 - 3 ) f o r e a c h quad a r e utilized
by the c r e w and T L M to d e t e r m i n e t h e quantity of p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g
in the r e s p e c t i v e quad.
The n o m o g r a m ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 6 ) d e p i c t s how to d e t e r m i n e the propellant
quantity remaining in p e r c e n t a g e . T h e h e l i u m supply p r e s s u r e i s d e t e r mined in p s i a on panel 12 by the c r e w , a l s o t h e h e l i u m supply t e m p e r a t u r e

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
page
2.5-13
SMZA -03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
3500
3000
2500
3
2
1500
0%
0 LB
2046
40 LB
40%
60%
80LB
120 LB
160 LB
PROPELLANT REMAINING PERCENT OR POUNDS
100%
200 LB
P-2057A
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 6 .
S / M R C S Nomogram Typical Propellant Remaining

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.5-14
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
r e a d s in p s i a . T h e h e l i u m supply t e m p e r a t u r e readout of 0 p s i a i s
equivalent to 0 F and 400 p s i a i s equivalent to 1 5 0 F .
As an e x a m p l e , if t h e c r e w readout on panel 12 f o r a given quad
r e a d s 3400 p s i a h e l i u m supply p r e s s u r e and 265 p s i a h e l i u m supply
t e m p e r a t u r e (which i s equivalent t o 100 O F ) , the quantity of p r o p e l l a n t s
r e m a i n i n g is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 60 p e r c e n t o r 120 pounds. The c r e w would
utilize t h e RCS indicator s e l e c t switch on panel 12 to s e l e c t the quad
d e s i r e d in o r d e r to obtain the h e l i u m tank supply p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e , and d e t e r m i n e the p r o p e l l a n t quantity r e m a i n i n g in p e r c e n t .
2. 5. 3 . 5
Engine T h r u s t i n e Logic.
In the S / M RCS, the c o m m a n d s f r o m the stabilization and c o n t r o l
s y s t e m cannot be supplied to the SCS channel s w i t c h e s until the c o n t a c t s
of the RCS latching r e l a y a r e c l o s e d . Closing of t h e s e c o n t a c t s f o r S / M
R C S c o n t r o l m a y b e initiated by the following s i g n a l s ( f i g u r e 2. 5-3):
a. With t h e launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n e d and t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
r o t a t e d counterclockwise, an S / M a b o r t o r a n o r m a l S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n
i s initiated and the following sequence of e v e n t s o c c u r s .
1. I n f o r m t h e G & N s y s t e m of an a b o r t initiation.
2. Initiate applicable b o o s t e r shutdown.
3. Inhibit the pitch and yaw automatic j e t s of the SCS.
4. I n i t i a t e s an ullage m a n e u v e r signal to t h e r e q u i r e d m a n u a l
c o i l s of the S / M RCS engines ( a s long a s the translati-on c o n t r o l i s in
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , ullage i s t e r m i n a t e d when the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
is returned to the neutral detent).
5. Adapter s e p a r a t i o n o c c u r s a t 1 . 7 seconds a f t e r the a b o r t w a s
initiated.
6. E n e r g i z e s t h e RCS latching r e l a y 2-112 s e c o n d s a f t e r the
a b o r t w a s initiated allowing the SCS to provide e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s
to the a u t o m a t i c c o i i s of t h e S / M RCS engines. In the event the logic
f a i l s to e n e r g i z e the RCS latching r e l a y , the RCS CMD switch on
panel 16 i s placed t o t h e O N position, providing a m a n u a l backup t o
the a u t o m a t i c function. In addition, if the ADAPTER SEPARATION
pushbutton on panel 5 is p r e s s e d and held f o r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 to
2 s e c o n d s , the RCS latching r e l a y i s e n e r g i z e d .
b. In a backup to t h e n o r m a l S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n s e q u e n c e , the R C S CMD
switch i s m o m e n t a r i l y placed t o t h e ON position, e n e r g i z i n g the RCS
latching r e l a y ; the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is positioned f o r w a r d , providing a
t r a n s l a t i o n through t h e SCS t o the r e q u i r e d automatic c o i l s of the S / M RCS
engine f o r a tX t r a n s l a t i o n ; and the ADAPTER SEPARATION pushbutton
on panel 5 i s held f o r 2 s e c o n d s to initiate a d a p t e r s e p a r a t i o n . (ADAPTER
SEPARATION pushbutton p r e s s e d and held f o r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 to 2 seconds
will a l s o e n e r g i z e t h e RCS latching r e l a y . )
In the event the t r a n s l a t i o n contzols a r e unable to provide a n ullage
m a n e u v e r , t h e DIRECT ULLAGE pushbutton on panel 7 , when d e p r e s s e d

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.5-15
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
and h e l d , p r o v i d e s t h e d i r e c t ullage s i g n a l t o t h e m a n u a l c o i l s of the RCS

e n g i n e s , to be e n e r g i z e d to provide a +X t r a n s l a t i o n . T h i s p r o v i d e s a
m a n u a l d i r e c t backup to t h e two t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s f o r the ullage
m a n e u v e r t o b e p e r f o r m e d b y the S / M RCS. T h e ullage m a n e u v e r i s
t e r m i n a t e d upon r e l e a s e of t h e DIRECT ULLAGE pushbutton.
In the event the SCS a n d / o r j e t s e l e c t i o n logic i s unable t o provide
c o m m a n d s to t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of the S / M RCS engines, placing the
DIRECT RCS switch on panel 8 t o the ON position p r o v i d e s power to the
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l s only. When t h e rotation c o n t r o l i s positioned fully t o i t s
s t o p s in a n y d i r e c t i o n , the r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l will e n e r g i z e the r e q u i r e d
m a n u a l c o i l s f o r the d e s i r e d m a n e u v e r .
If the SCS a n d / o r t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic i s unable to provide
c o m m a n d s t o t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e S / M RCS engines, it is noted that
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l af the s p a c e c r a f t is disabled.
2.5.4
S / M RCS PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
2.5.4.1
Design Data.
The following l i s t i s t h e d e s i g n d a t a of t h e S / M RCS components.
HELIUM TANKS (4)
4150*50 p s i g at 70*5"F d u r i n g s e r v i c i n g ;
a f t e r s e r v i c i n g sitting on launch pad
70*10"F. Capacity 0. 57 Ib, inside
d i a m e t e r 8. 84 i n . , wall t h i c k n e s s
0. 105 in., and i n t e r n a l volume 0.205 c u f t .
P r i m a r y - 181*4 psig with a n o r m a l

lockup of 183*5 psig. F r o m lockup
p r e s s u r e , not d r o p below 177 psig or
r i s e above 185 p s i g and s t a b i l i z e t o
181*2 psig within 2 s e c .
S e c o n d a r y - Lockup of 187*5 psig. F r o m
lockup p r e s s u r e , not d r o p below 177 psig
o r r i s e above 194 psig and s t a b i l i z e a t
185*3 psig within 2 s e c .
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
( 4 ) COMMON MANIFOLD
Illuminate CAUTION and WARNING light

on panel 10 ( S / M RCS A, B, C , o r D).
U n d e r p r e s s u r e 155 p s i a .
O v e r p r e s s u r e 215 p s i a .
HELIUM R E L I E F
VALVES (8)
D i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e a t 228*8 psig.
F i l t e r - 10 m i c r o n nominal, 2 5 m i c r o n
absolute.

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
Page
2.5-16
--
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Relief v a l v e r e l i e v e s a t 236. 5*11. 5 psig.
Relief v a l v e r e s e a t s a t not l e s s than
220 p s i g in the c a v i t y and a h e l i u m flow
of l e s s than 20 s t a n d a r d cubic c e n t i m e t e r s
p e r h o u r a c r o s s t h e b l e e d d e v i c e and r e l i e f
v a l v e a s s e m b l y combined. The b l e e d
d e v i c e s h a l l r e o p e n when d e c r e a s i n g p r e s sure has r e a c h e d no l e s s t h a n 20 psig.
F U E L TANK ( 4 )
Combined p r o p e l l a n t and u l l a g e volume o f

6 9 . 0 l b s , initially a t 6 0 F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
r e s u l t i n g in a t a n k p r e s s u r e of no m o r e
t h a n 215 p s i a when h e a t e d to 8 5 F . Outs i d e d i a m e t e r m a x i m u m 12. 62 in. ,
l e n g t h 2 3 . 7 1 7 (to.060, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) in. Wall
t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 1 7 in. to 0 . 0 2 2 in.
H e l i u m inlet p o r t 1 / 4 i n . , f i l l and d r a i n
p o r t 112 in.
OXIDIZER TANK (4)
Combined p r o p e l l a n t and u l l a g e v o l u m e of
1 3 7 . 0 l b s , initially a t 6 5 F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
t h a n 215 p s i a when h e a t e d to 8 5 F . Outs i d e d i a m e t e r m a x i m u m 12. 62 i n . ,
length 2 8 . 5 5 (to. 060, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) in.
Wall t h i c k n e s s 0 . 017 in. t o 0 . 0 2 2 in.
INLINE F I L T E R S
ENGINES ( 1 6 )
5-micron nominal; 15-micron absolute

1 0 0 0 - s e c s e r v i c e l i f e , c a p a b l e of
1 0 , 000 o p e r a t i o n a l c y c l e s .
T h r u s t 100 l b s *5 p e r c e n t .
E x p a n s i o n r a t i o 40:l a t n o z z l e exit.
Cooling
F i l m and r a d i a t i o n
Inj e c to r type .
P r e m i x i g n i t e r o n e on one unlike i m p i n g e m e n t . Eight f u e l annulus f o r f i l m cooling
of p r e m i x i g n i t e r , m a i n c h a m b e r e i g h t
on e i g h t unlike i m p i n g e m e n t , eight f u e l f o r
f i l m cooling of c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r wall.

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2. 5-17
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
~~
~~
Nozzle e x t e n s i o n
~~
~~
L-605 m a t e r i a l
N o z z l e e x i t d i a m e t e r 5. 6 in.
Fuel lead.
Automatic coils
Manual c o i l s
Connected in p a r a l l e l .
- Connected in s e r i e s .
Weight
- 4.99 lbs.
Length
1 3 . 3 7 5 in.
I l l u m i n a t e CAUTION and WARNING light

on p a n e l 10 ( S / M RCS A, B, C, o r D)
PACKAGE T E M P E R A T U R E
TRANSDUCER ( 4 )
Under t e m p e r a t u r e 6 3 F .
Over temperature 175F.
H E A T E R S THERMO-SWITCH
One in E a c h Quad
One in E a c h Quad
C l o s e at 77 ( + l o ,
-7)"F
C l o s e at 1 1 5 F
Open at 104*14"F
Open at 1 3 4 F
36*3.6 w a t t s p e r
heater
2. 5 . 4 . 2
__--
'36*3.6 w a t t s p e r
heater
R e f e r t o M i s s i o n Modular D a t a Book, SID 66-1177.
2.5.4.3
P o w e r Consumption D a t a S / M RCS and C / M RCS.

~~~
~~
~~
W a t t s p e r Unit
Total W a t t s
Control
No. of
Units
Engine h e a t e r s
RCS HEATER C B ( 4 )
288.0
RCS e n g i n e c o i l s
SCS JET SELECTION

LOGIC o r DIRECT
32
118.0
subsystem
and Component
AC
DC
AC
DC
Reaction, c o n t r o l
Service module RCS
34.0

Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change D a t e
page
2.5-18
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Watts p e r Unit
Subsystem
and Component
No. of
Units
Control
Total Watts
1
AC
DC
AC
DC
He i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s
He VALVE C B ( 2 )
He s w (8)
54.0
Propellant isolation
valves
PROP. ISOL. C B ( 2 )
PROP.ISOL. sw (4)
49.0
Isolation valves
(Ref. S / M / R C S
ISOL. C B )
PROP. ISOL. sw ( 2 )
49.0
RCS engine c o i l s
SCS J E T SELECTION
LOGIC OR DIRECT
C o m m a n d m o d u l e RCS
24
105. 0
52. 5
:::Intermittent o p e r a t i n g c o m p o n e n t s .
2. 5 . 4 . 4
S / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n .
See figure 2 . 5-7 f o r e l e c t r i c a l power distribution.
2. 5 . 5
S / M RCS OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.

O p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s and r e s t r i c t i o n s on t h e t e s t i n g of s y s t e m
v a l v e s in a d r y u n s e r v i c e d p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m a r e a s follows:
a. H e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s and p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s m i n i m u m
e n e r g i z a t i o n t i m e of 0 . 2 s e c o n d and not t o e x c e e d 5 s e c o n d s .
b. Engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e a u t o m a t i c c o i l e n e r g i z a t i o n not t o e x c e e d
2 m i n u t e s on t i m e d u r i n g a n y 1 5 - m i n u t e p e r i o d with voltage not
exceeding 3 2 v d c .
c . Engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e d i r e c t c o i l e n e r g i z a t i o n on t i m e not e x c e e d
3 5 m i n u t e s d u r i n g a n y 6 0 - m i n u t e p e r i o d and voltage not exceed 16 vdc t o
e i t h e r coil s e p a r a t e l y o r 3 2 v d c to two c o i l s in s e r i e s .
2 . 5. 6
S / M RCS T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
The s u b s e q u e n t l i s t is of all S / M RCS t e l e m e t r y d a t a t h a t is

m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .

Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2-5-19
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
S/M RCS
QCYD
A
S/M RCS
WAD
C
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 7 .
S / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n D i a g r a m
R E A C T I O N C O N T R O L SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
l 9 6 6 Change Date
page
2.5-20
p
b
Mission
-a
2
VI
9
m
<
SM2A-03-SCO 12
m
m
a m am

SYSTEMS DATA
4
(
v)
n;
+
+
a
i
+
+
al
+
+
+
+
m
a
+
0
+
+
0
+
m
a
m
2
+
z : z , " x , "
x
1
2.5-21
m
0
m
0
w
Y
2I!
in
W
a,
a2
s
9
r-
v)
Ln
c
0
+
a
0
%
N
I)
a
K
n
Y)
I
L.
e,
V
ti
L
Y
Page
!i:
Lo
0.
N
1:
Ln
r-
v)
m
0
? ? ? k . "-a:!
g ; ; g g
+
2 : , " : ? ? 5 2 9
+
-z
0
Ln
0
a a
m 'm
Ln
0
m
0
X
Lo
i
W
2
m
m
al
1
h
0
(li
(li
cl
a
ci
j.
L;,
-;
U
0
a.
i
I
3
G,
D.
D.
Change Date
1966
v)
Ii
12
2
I:
B a s i c Date
I-
SM2A 0 3 -SC0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
H e l i u m e n t e r i n g the p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s c r e a t e s a p r e s s u r e buildup
a r o u n d the p r o p e l l a n t positive expulsion b l a d d e r s , f o r c i n g the p r o p e l l a n t s
t o b e expelled into the p r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n l i n e s . P r o p e l l a n t s then flow
t o v a l v e isolation b u r s t d i a p h r a g m s , which r u p t u r e , and through the p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s . E a c h s u b s y s t e m supplies fuel and o x i d i z e r to s i x
engines.
O x i d i z e r and fuel i s d i s t r i b u t e d to t h e 1 2 fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r
v a l v e s by a p a r a l l e l feed s y s t e m . The fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s on
e a c h engine contain o r i f i c e s which meter the propellant flow t o obtain a
n o m i n a l 2 : l o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o by weight. The o x i d i z e r and f u e l impinge,
a t o m i z e , and ignite due t o t h e h y p e r g o l i c p r o p e l l a n t s . The i n j e c t o r v a l v e s
a r e c o n t r o l l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y b y the G&N s y s t e m o r the SCS. Manual
o v e r r i d e d i r e c t c o n t r o l i s provided f o r rotational m a n e u v e r s and d i r e c t
ullage only. The i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d closed.
E x t r e m e l y cold t e m p e r a t u r e of the C / M e x t e r i o r i s anticipated p r i o r
t o e n t r y o p e r a t i o n s ; t h e r e f o r e , C / M RCS engine p r e h e a t i n g m a y b e
n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e initiating p r e s s u r i z a t i o n due t o p o s s i b l e f r e e z i n g of the
o x i d i z e r (t11. 8 F ) upon c o n t a c t with the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s . T h i s i s
a c c o m p l i s h e d b y t h e c r e w m o n i t o r i n g the engine t e m p e r a t u r e s and e n e r gizing the i n j e c t o r valve s o l e n o i d s until a c c e p t a b l e engine t e m p e r a t u r e s
a r e obtained. The C / M RCS HTRS switch on panel 200 will apply power
to t h e i n j e c t o r valve solenoids f o r engine preheating.
Since the p r e s e n c e of hypergolic p r o p e l l a n t s can be h a z a r d o u s upon
C / M i m p a c t , t h e r e m a i n i n g p r o p e l l a n t s a r e burned off and t h e RCS purged
with h e l i u m p r i o r t o C / M landing.
In the event of an a b o r t f r o m t h e pad up to T t 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r
liftoff, p r o v i s i o n s h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d t o automatically dump the
o x i d i z e r supply o v e r b o a r d , followed b y a h e l i u m p u r g e of the o x i d i z e r
t a n k s and dumping of the r e m a i n i n g h e l i u m supply. The f u e l i s retained
on b o a r d due t o insufficient t i m e f o r dumping and the C / M i m p a c t s with
f u e l t a n k s full, but d e p r e s s u r i z e d .
2.5,
C / M RCS MAJOR COMPONENTS/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

T h e C / M RCS is composed of two s e p a r a t e , n o r m a l l y independent
s y s t e m s , designated s y s t e m A and s y s t e m B. The s y s t e m s a r e identical
t o o p e r a t i o n , e a c h containing the following f o u r m a j o r s u b s y s t e m s :
0
0
0
0
Pressurization
Propellant
Rocket engine
Temperature control system

L
B a s i c Date
.--. . .
12 Nov 1966 Change Date,?
Page
2.5-24
IxK*llow
v u n WUII
'>
f
IQ Wit6
CI
A * w B PANEL I1
4
SYSTfm A
io v u ia
lNGlNl
M L
.No
OKIWZll
snnur.,
(g
11".
51117
i
i
i
i
i
Missior
S M 2 A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
d.
um
h
HW
UCIND
Y*- Y W G
Figure 2.5-8.
C / M RCS Functional Flow D i a g r a m
REACTION C O N T R O L SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date
1966
l2
ULLLuU=c"
--c
*-.,
C h a n g e Date
P a g e 2. 5-2512.5-26
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 5.8. 1
Pressurization Subsystem.
T h i s s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of a h e l i u m supply tank, two d u a l - p r e s s u r e
r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l i e s , two c h e c k valve a s s e m b l i e s , two p r e s s u r e - r e l i e f
v a l v e a s s e m b l i e s , and a s s o c i a t e d d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing.
2 . 5 . 8 . 1. 1
Helium Supply Tank.

The total h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m i s contained within a single s p h e r i c a l
s t o r a g e tank. Initial f i l l p r e s s u r e i s 4150*50 psig. The l i m i t working
p r e s s u r e i s 5000 psig t o a c c o m m o d a t e p r e s s u r e t r a n s i e n t s during filling.
The proof p r e s s u r e i s 6667 psig and b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s 7500 psig.
2 . 5. 8. 1. 2
Helium Isolation (Squib-Operated) Valve.

The two s q u i b - o p e r a t e d h e l i u m isolation v a l v e s a r e installed in the
plumbing f r o m e a c h h e l i u m t a n k t o confine the h e l i u m to a s s m a l l a n a r e a as
p o s s i b l e to r e d u c e h e l i u m l e a k a g e during the period the system i s not in
u s e . Two squib v a l v e s a r e employed in e a c h s y s t e m t o a s s u r e p r e s s u r i z a
tion. T h e v a l v e s a r e opened b y c l o s u r e of the C M PRESS switch on
panel 1 6 , the C / M - S / M S E P s w i t c h e s on panel 15, o r upon the r e c e i p t
of a n a b o r t signal f r o m the pad up to launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n .
2 . 5. 8. 1. 3
H e l i u m P r e s s u r e Regulator A s s e m b l y .
The p r e s s u r e
a r e s i m i l a r in type,
The differences a r e
p r e s s u r e than t h o s e
2.5.8.1.4
r e g u l a t o r s used in the C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B

o p e r a t i o n , and function t o t h o s e used in the S / M RCS.
that the r e g u l a t o r s in the C / M RCS a r e s e t a t a h i g h e r
of the S / M RCS.
Helium Check Valve A s s e m b l y .

The check v a l v e a s s e m b l i e s used in C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B
a r e s i m i l a r in t y p e , o p e r a t i o n , and function t o t h o s e used in the S / M RCS.
2 . 5. 8. 1 . 5
Helium Relief Valve.

T h e h e l i u m relief v a l v e s used in the C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B
a r e s i m i l a r in type, o p e r a t i o n , and function t o t h o s e used in t h e S / M RCS.
The d i f f e r e n c e s a r e that the r u p t u r e p r e s s u r e of the b u r s t d i a p h r a g m in
the C / M RCS is h i g h e r than t h a t of the S / M RCS, and the relief valve
r e l i e v e s a t a h i g h e r p r e s s u r e in the C / M RCS than that of the S / M RCS.
2 . 5 . 8 . 1. 6
Distribution Plumbing.
B r a z e d joint tubing is used to d i s t r i b u t e regulated h e l i u m in each
s u b s y s t e m f r o m the h e l i u m s t o r a g e v e s s e l s t o the propellant tanks.

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.5-27
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8. 2
Propellant Subsystem.
E a c h s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of one o x i d i z e r t a n k , o n e fuel tank, one
o x i d i z e r and f u e l isolation valve, and a s s o c i a t e d d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing.
2. 5. 8. 2. 1
O x i d i z e r Tank.
The o x i d i z e r supply i s contained in a s i n g l e , t i t a n i u m alloy,
h e m i s p h e r i c a l - d o m e d , c y l i n d r i c a l tank to e a c h s y s t e m . E a c h tank contain:
a d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y and a teflon b l a d d e r f o r positive expulsion of the
o x i d i z e r s i m i l a r to t h a t of the S / M R C S t a n k a s s e m b l i e s . The d i f f e r e n c e
i s the C / M RCS tank a s s e m b l i e s a r e s m a l l e r in s i z e . The b l a d d e r is
attached to t h e d i f f u s e r tube a t e a c h end of the tank. The d i f f u s e r tube
a c t s a s the p r o p e l l a n t outlet.
When the tank i s p r e s s u r i z e d , t h e h e l i u m g a s s u r r o u n d s the e n t i r e
b l a d d e r , e x e r t i n g a f o r c e which c a u s e s the b l a d d e r to c o l l a p s e about the
p r o p e l l a n t , thus f o r c i n g the o x i d i z e r into t h e d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y and
out of the tank outlet into the manifold. Working p r e s s u r e i s 360 psig;
proof p r e s s u r e is 480 psig; and the b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s 540 psig.
F u e l Tank. The fuel supply i s contained in a s i n g l e , t i t a n i u m alloy,
h e m i s p h e r i c a l - d o m e d , c y l i n d r i c a l tank f o r e a c h s y s t e m that is s i m i l a r in
m a t e r i a l , c o n s t r u c t i o n , and o p e r a t i o n to that of the o x i d i z e r tank.
2. 5.8. 2. 2
D i a p h r a g m B u r s t Isolation Valve.
The b u r s t d i a p h r a g m s , d o w n s t r e a m f r o m e a c h tank a r e installed t o
confine the p r o p e l l a n t s into a s s m a l l a n a r e a a s p o s s i b l e throughout the
m i s s i o n . Thi's is to p r e v e n t l o s s of p r o p e l l a n t s in the event of l i n e r u p t u r e
d o w n s t r e a m of the b u r s t d i a p h r a g m o r i n j e c t o r v a l v e leakage.
When the h e l i u m isolation squib v a l v e s a r e initiated open, regulated
h e l i u m p r e s s u r e p r e s s u r i z e s t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s , c r e a t i n g the positive
expulsion of p r o p e l l a n t s into t h e r e s p e c t i v e m a n i f o l d s t o the b u r s t
d i a p h r a g m s , which r u p t u r e , allowing t h e p r o p e l l a n t s t o flow through the
p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s , to the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s on e a c h engine. The
d i a p h r a g m i s of the nonfragmentation type; but, in the event of any f r a g m e n t a t i o n , a f i l t e r is i n c o r p o r a t e d to p r e v e n t any f r a g m e n t s f r o m entering
the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s .
2. 5. 8. 2. 3
P r o p e l l a n t Isolation Shutoff Valves.

When the b u r s t d i a p h r a g m isolation v a l v e s a r e r u p t u r e d , the
p r o p e l l a n t s flow to the p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s .
The isolation v a l v e s in t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r l i n e s a r e both controlled
by a s i n g l e switch on panel 15. The v a l v e s a r e two-solenoid v a l v e s and a r e
~~~~
~~
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
Page
2.5-28
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
m a g n e t i c a l l y l a t c h e d open and s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h e v a l v e s a r e
n o r m a l l y open in r e s p e c t t o fluid flow. T h e C / M p r o p e l l a n t s w i t c h e s A and
B on panel 15 w i l l b e p l a c e d to O N a f t e r T + 61 s e c o n d s and w i l l r e m a i n in
t h a t position until o r b i t i n s e r t i o n to e n s u r e t h a t t h e p r o p e l l a n t i s o l a t i o n
v a l v e s r e m a i n open when s y s t e m s A and B a r e p r e s s u r i z e d upon a b o r t
initiation. T h e s w i t c h e s w i l l a l s o b e p l a c e d to ON p r i o r t o C / M - S / M
s e p a r a t i o n and r e m a i n in t h a t p o s i t i o n until c o m p l e t i o n of p r o p e l l a n t
j e t t i s o n to a g a i n e n s u r e t h a t t h e v a l v e s r e m a i n in t h e open position. The
s w i t c h e s a r e p l a c e d t o c e n t e r - n e u t r a l position a f t e r t o w e r j e t t i s o n until
p r i o r to C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , r e m o v i n g e l e c t r i c a l power f r o m t h e v a l v e s .
E a c h v a l v e c o n t a i n s a position s w i t c h which i s in p a r a l l e l t o one
position i n d i c a t o r below t h e s w i t c h on p a n e l 15 t h a t c o n t r o l s both v a l v e s .
When t h e position s w i t c h in e a c h v a l v e is open, t h e i n d i c a t o r o n p a n e l 15
i s g r e y ( s a m e c o l o r a s t h e p a n e l ) , indicating to t h e c r e w t h e v a l v e s a r e in
t h e n o r m a l position. When t h e position s w i t c h in e a c h v a l v e o r one v a l v e i s
c l o s e d , t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 i s diagonal l i n e s , indicating t o t h e c r e w
t h e v a l v e o r v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d . The v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d in t h e e v e n t of a
f a i l u r e d o w n s t r e a m of t h e v a l v e s , l i n e r u p t u r e , o r runaway t h r u s t e r , e t c .
T h e v a l v e will o p e r a t e a t 0 t o 360 p s i g at both t h e i n l e t and o u t l e t p o r t s .
T h e proof p r e s s u r e i s 540 p s i g and t h e b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s 720 psig.
T h e solenoid i s a 28-vdc t y p e with a p u l l - i n v o l t a g e of not m o r e t h a n 15 v o l t s
d c , and t h e c u r r e n t not t o e x c e e d 2 a m p e r e s at 30 v o l t s d c . T h e v a l v e
a s s e m b l y r e s p o n s e i s 200 m i l l i s e c o n d s m a x i m u m f o r o n e - c y c l e o p e r a t i o n
(open-to-closed o r closed-to-open).
2. 5. 8. 2. 4
Distribution Plumbing.
B;azed j o i n t tubing i s u s e d t o d i s t r i b u t e p r e s s u r i z e d h e l i u m g a s to
t h e p r o p e l l a n t p o s i t i v e expulsion t a n k s in s y s t e m A and s y s t e m B. T h e
d i s t r i b u t i o n l i n e s contain I 1 e x p l o s i v e - o p e r a t e d ( s q u i b ) v a l v e s which p e r m i t
changing t h e h e l i u m d i s t r i b u t i o n configuration to a c c o m p l i s h v a r i o u s
f u n c t i o n s within t h e C / M RCS. E a c h s q u i b v a l v e i s a c t u a t e d b y a n e x p l o s i v e
c h a r g e detonated b y a n e l e c t r i c a l h o t w i r e i g n i t e r . A f t e r igyition of t h e
e x p l o s i v e d e v i c e , t h e v a l v e r e m a i n s open p e r m a n e n t l y . Two s q u i b v a l v e s
a r e utilized in e a c h s y s t e m t o i s o l a t e t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m g a s supply
to t h e s t o r a g e t a n k s until RCS p r e s s u r i z a t i o n i s commanded. Two squib
v a l v e s a r e u t i l i z e d t o i n t e r c o n n e c t s y s t e m A and s y s t e m B r e g u l a t e d
h e l i u m supply, which e n s u r e s p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of both s y s t e m s d u r i n g
d u m p - b u r n and h e l i u m p u r g e o p e r a t i o n s . Two s q u i b v a l v e s in e a c h s y s t e m
p e r m i t h e l i u m g a s to b y p a s s t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s , allowing h e l i u m purging
of t h e p r o p e l l a n t s u b s y s t e m . One s q u i b v a l v e i s i n s t a l l e d in s y s t e m B
r e g u l a t e d h e l i u m l i n e t o p e r m i t h e l i u m d e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n in the e v e n t of a
l o w - a l t i t u d e a b o r t (pad t o T t 61 second a b o r t ) .
-_

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2. 5 - 2 9
SM2A-03-SCO 12

_..-
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8 . 3
Engine A s s e m b l y .
T h e c o m m a n d module r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m engines a r e
ablation cooled, b i p r o p e l l a n t t h r u s t g e n e r a t o r s which can be o p e r a t e d in
e i t h e r the p u l s e - m o d e o r the s t e a d y - s t a t e mode.
E a c h engine c o n s i s t s of a f u e l and o x i d i z e r c o n t r o l v a l v e , which
c o n t r o l s the flow of p r o p e l l a n t s by responding to e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s
( a u t o m a t i c ) g e n e r a t e d b y t h e guidance and navigation s u b s y s t e m a n d / o r
s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m o r by t h e c r e w ( m a n u a l l y ) and a n i n j e c t o r
head a s s e m b l y which d i r e c t s t h e flow of e a c h p r o p e l l a n t f r o m t h e p r o p e l l a n t
c o n t r o l v a l v e s t o t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r and t h e combustion c h a m b e r in
which the p r o p e l l a n t s a r e burned to produce t h r u s t . E s t i m a t e d engine t h r u s t
r i s e and d e c a y i s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 5-9.
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
OFFSIGNAL
IO
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
100
90
_--
80
70
0-m
v)
2
E54
ae
40
30
20
10
IO
TIME
I-
12
14
16
MILLISECONDS
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
ON-SIGNAL
SM-2A-MA
F i g u r e 2 . 5-9.
C / M R C S Engine T h r u s t R i s e and Decay T i m e ( T y p i c a l )

I
~~
~_______________

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page
2.5-30
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
2. 5 . 8 . 3. 1
P r o p e l l a n t Solenoid I n j e c t o r C o n t r o l V a l v e s ( F u e l and O x i d i z e r ) .
The i n j e c t o r v a l v e s u t i l i z e two c o a x i a l l y wound c o i l s : one f o r
a u t o m a t i c and one f o r d i r e c t m a n u a l c o n t r o l . The a u t o m a t i c c o i l i s used
when the t h r u s t command o r i g i n a t e s f r o m t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. The
m a n u a l c o i l s a r e u s e d when t h e t h r u s t command o r i g i n a t e s a t t h e r o t a t i o n
control (direct mode).
The solenoid v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d and e n e r g i z e d open.
T h e r e a c t i o n t i m e of t h e v a l v e s , p u l s e m o d e of o p e r a t i o n , r e a s o n f o r
p u l s e m o d e , and t h r u s t c u r v e g e n e r a t e d by t h e engine i s s i m i l a r t o the
S / M RCS e n g i n e s .
The a u t o m a t i c c o i l s in t h e fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e
connected in p a r a l l e l f r o m t h e SCS. The manual c o i l s in t h e f u e l and
o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s p r o v i d e a m a n u a l d i r e c t b a c k u p to t h e a u t o m a t i c
s y s t e m . The m a n u a l c o i l s a r e connected in p a r a l l e l f r o m t h e r o t a t i o n
controls.
Engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e opening t i m e of 5*2 m i l l i s e c o n d s and c l o s i n g
of 6*2 m i l l i s e c o n d s f o r t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s and opening t i m e of 7 m i l l i s e c o n d s and c l o s i n g of 16 to 18 m i l l i s e c o n d s f o r t h e d i r e c t m a n u a l c o i l s .
T h e a c t u a t i o n t i m e s h a l l not v a r y b y m o r e than t 5 0 o r -25 p e r c e n t o p e r a ting t i m e b e t w e e n t40 to t200' F.
2. 5 . 8. 3. 2
Injector.
The i n j e c t o r , c o n t a i n s a fuel and o x i d i z e r p a s s a g e t h a t impinge
( u n l i k e i m p i n g e m e n t ) upon a s p l a s h p l a t e within t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r .
T h e r e f o r e , t h e i n j e c t o r p a t t e r n i s r e f e r r e d t o a s a n unlike i m p i n g e m e n t
s p l a s h - p l a t e i n j e c t o r . T h e r e a r e 16 f u e l and 1 6 o x i d i z e r p a s s a g e s in
the injector face.
2. 5. 8 . 3. 3
Thrust Chamber Assembly.

The t h r u s t c h a m b e r a s s e m b l y i s f a b r i c a t e d in f o u r s e g m e n t s : t h e
c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r a b l a t i v e s l e e v e , the t h r o a t i n s e r t , t h e a b l a t i v e
m a t e r i a l , and t h e a s b e s t o s and t h e f i b e r g l a s s w r a p . The engine i s
a b l a t i v e cooled.
2. 5 . 8 . 3 . 4
Nozzle E x t e n s i o n .
The C / M R C S e n g i n e s a r e mounted within t h e s t r u c t u r e of the C / M .
The n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t r a n s m i t t h e g a s e s f r o m t h e engine
out t h r o u g h t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e C / M . The n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n s a r e f a b r i c a ted of ablative material.

I
Mi s s ion
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.5-31
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8. 3. 5
Engine Solenoid I n j e c t o r Valve T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l S y s t e m .

A t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s y s t e m of t h e C / M RCS engine v a l v e s i s
employed by e n e r g i z i n g t h e m a n u a l d i r e c t c o i l s on e a c h engine.
T e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r s a r e mounted on t h e engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e
o x i d i z e r s o l e n o i d s . A t e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r i s i n s t a l l e d on t h e s u b s y s t e m . A c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e r o l l o x i d i z e r v a l v e , n e g a t i v e yaw o x i d i z e r
v a l v e , n e g a t i v e pitch o x i d i z e r v a l v e and on s u b s y s t e m B p o s i t i v e yaw
o x i d i z e r v a l v e , n e g a t i v e pitch o x i d i z e r v a l v e , and c l o c k w i s e r o l l o x i d i z e r
v a l v e . T h e s e engine i n j e c t o r solenoid o x i d i z e r v a l v e s w e r e s e l e c t e d a s
the coldest engines.
The t e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r s have a range f r o m - 5 0 F to t 2 5 0 " F .
. T h e t e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r s f r o m t h e t h r e e s u b s y s t e m A and B engine
o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s p r o v i d e inputs t h e t h e TEST S E L E C T s w i t c h on
p a n e l 200, which i s l o c a t e d in t h e l o w e r e q u i p m e n t b a y of t h e c o m m a n d
m o d u l e . With t h e FUNCTION S E L E C T s w i t c h on panel 200 p l a c e d t o
position B and t h e T E S T S E L E C T r o t a r y s w i t c h on p a n e l 200 placed t o
p o s i t i o n s 1 , 2, 3 , 4 , 11, and 1 2 , r e s p e c t i v e l y , t h e s p e c i f i c engine o x i d i z e r
v a l v e t e m p e r a t u r e is m o n i t o r e d a s a d - c v o l t a g e on t h e 0 - t o 5-vdc
v o l t m e t e r . Z e r o vdc i s e q u i v a l e n t to - 5 0 F and 5 vdc is equivalent to
$250" F.
..*-A C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s l o c a t e d o n p a n e l 200. T h e C / M

RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s p l a c e d t o t h e ON position when any o n e of t h e
i n s t r u m e n t e d e a g i n e s a r e below + 6 4 " F , a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1. 80 vdc. T h i s
m u s t b e a c c o m p l i s h e d within 26 m i n u t e s p r i o r t o C f M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n ,
providing t h e ,C/M p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON. The f u e l and
o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e m a n u a l c o i l s of a l l C / M RCS e n g i n e s a r e e n e r g i z e d
o p e n ( p r i o r t o p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B ) . A
1 3 - m i n u t e h e a t u p t i m e m a x i m u m o r 1 0 0 " F , which i s m o n i t o r e d on the d - c
v o l t m e t e r on p a n e l 200 a s 2 . 5 0 v d c , a s s u r e s e n g i n e i n j e c t o r v a l v e
t e m p e r a t u r e is a t t 2 0 " F m i n i m u m . If + 1 0 0 " F , 2. 50 vdc on t h e d - c voltm e t e r i s r e a c h e d f r o m t h e c o l d e s t i n s t r u m e n t e d engine b e f o r e 1 3 m i n u t e s ,
t h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s p l a c e d t o O F F , which d e - e n e r g i z e s t h e
engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s and the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s s p r i n g - l o a d c l o s e d . If a
t i m e of 1 3 m i n u t e s i s r e a c h e d b e f o r e t 1 0 O 0 F , 2.50 vdc o n t h e d - c voltm e t e r , t h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s placed t o O F F . T h i s will p r e v e n t
the o x i d i z e r f r o m f r e e z i n g at the e n g i n e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s upon p r e s s u r i z a t i o n
of s u b s y s t e m s A and B.
T h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h m u s t b e placed t o O F F p r i o r t o C / M
RCS p r e s s u r i z a t i o n . T h e o p e r a t i o n of t h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h in
conjunction with t h e d - c v o l t m e t e r a n d / o r h e a t i n g t i m e e n s u r e s all o t h e r
engine v a l v e s r e a c h t h e a c c e p t a b l e t e m p e r a t u r e l e v e l s . T h e t 1 0 0 " F ,
2. 50 vdc, o r t h i r t e e n - m i n u t e t i m e l i m i t a s s u r e s t h a t t h e w a r m e s t engine
valve will be l e s s than t 2 0 0 " F .

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.5-32
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8. 3 . 6
Engine T h r u s t O N - O F F L o g i c .
All t h r u s t c o m m a n d s f o r C / M attitude p a s s t h r o u g h t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n
and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m and t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. T h e s e c o m m a n d s m a y
o r i g i n a t e at t h e following:
a. T h e rotation c o n t r o l s
b. T h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m
c . T h e guidance and navigation s u b s y s t e m .
In t h e e v e n t t h e SCS a n d / o r j e t s e l e c t i o n logic is unable to p r o v i d e
c o m m a n d s t o t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s , placing t h e
DIRECT RCS switch on panel 8 t o the ON position p r o v i d e s power t o t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l . When t h e rotation c o n t r o l i s positioned fully t o i t s s t o p s
in a n y d i r e c t i o n , t h e rotation c o n t r o l e n e r g i z e s t h e r e q u i r e d m a n u a l c o i l s
f o r the desired maneuver.
When t h e C M SM S E P s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 15 a r e placed t o C M SM
S E P position, t h e s w i t c h e s a u t o m a t i c a l l y e n e r g i z e r e l a y s in t h e RCS
t r a n s f e r p a n e l s (C19A4) and in t h e RCS c o n t r o l b o x e s (C19A1)
( f i g u r e 2 . 5-10) (providing t h e C M P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h on p a n e l 8 i s
O N ) t h a t t r a n s f e r s t h e SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs f r o m t h e S / M RCS
engine t h t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s a u t o m a t i c a l l y . ( T h e s e s a m e functions
o c c u r on a n y L E S ABORT.)
T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS t r a n s f e r p a n e l s (C19A4) and in t h e
RCS c o n t r o l b o x e s ( C 1 9 A l ) a r e r e d u n d a n t t o e a c h o t h e r in t h a t t h e y e n s u r e
the SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs a r e t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m t h e S / M RCS
e n g i n e s to t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s . T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS c o n t r o l
b o x e s (C19A1) a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l v a c t i v a t e d b y t h e CM SM S E P s w i t c h e s
( p r o v i d i n g t h e CM P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON); in addition, t h e y
may a l s o b e a c t i v a t e d by t h e m a n u a l b a c k u p of the RCS TRANSFER s w i t c h
on p a n e l 16. T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS t r a n s f e r p a n e l s (C19A4)
a r e a c t i v a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y only by the C M SM S E P s w i t c h e s ( p r o v i d i n g
t h e C M P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON).
A s a n e x a m p l e , if t h e RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r in C19A1 failed to t r a n s f e r
a u t o m a t i c a l l y a t CM SM S E P , t h e RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r in C19A4 would s t i l l
a u t o m a t i c a l l y t r a n s f e r t h e SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs f r o m t h e S / M
RCS e n g i n e s t o t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s ( p r o v i d i n g t h e CM P R O P J E T T
LOGIC s w i t c h is ON). In addition, t h e RCS TRANSFER s w i t c h on panel 16
p r o v i d e s a m a n u a l b a c k u p to t h e C19A1 RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r s only.
Another e x a m p l e , t h e C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s could be checked out
p r i o r t o CM S M SkP b y placing t h e RCS TRANSFER s w i t c h on panel 16 t o
CM position, and only t h e RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r s (C19A1) in t h e RCS c o n t r o l
b o x e s would t r a n s f e r t h e SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs f r o m t h e S / M RCS
e n g i n e s t o the C / M RCS e n g i n e s . T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS t r a n s f e r
p a n e l s (C19A4) would not t r a n s f e r until C / M S / M S E P ( p r o v i d i n g the C / M
P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON) and then s t a r t the SM j e t t i s o n
controllers.

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 "J 1966 Change Date
Page
2.5-33
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5.8.4
ProDellant J e t t i s o n .
T h e r e a r e two s e q u e n c e s of p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n . One s e q u e n c e i s
employed in the event of a n a b o r t while the vehicle i s on the launch pad and
through t h e f i r s t 61 s e c o n d s of flight. T h e second s e q u e n c e i s employed
f o r a l l o t h e r conditions, whether i t b e a n o r m a l o r an a b o r t m o d e of
o p e r a t i o n . T h e s e q u e n c e of e v e n t s b e f o r e and during a n o r m a l r e - e n t r y
i s a s follows:
a . T h e c r e w will p l a c e the C / M S / M SEPARATION s w i t c h e s to the
C / M S / M SEPARATION position on panel 15 o r p l a c e t h e C / M RCS
PRESS switch on panel 16 to the ON position, p r i o r to initiating C / M S / M
s e p a r a t i o n . The C / M R C S PRESS switch or the C / M S / M SEP s w i t c h e s
i n i t i a t e s the h e l i u m isolation squib v a l v e s in C / M R C S s u b s y s t e m s A and B,
t h u s p r e s s u r i z i n g both s u b s y s t e m s ( f i g u r e s 2. 5 - 8 and 2. 5-10). The C / M
RCS PRESS switch p r o v i d e s a backup to the C / M S / M S E P switches and
t h e RCS LOGIC switch on panel 8 m u s t be ON, p r i o r to initiating
C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n to p r o v i d e an automatic RCS t r a n s f e r .
b. T h e C / M continues t o d e s c e n d a f t e r r e - e n t r y into t h e e a r t h
a t m o s p h e r e . A t 24,000 f e e t , b a r o m e t r i c switch is activated which
u n l a t c h e s the RCS latching r e l a y , inhibiting any c o m m a n d s f r o m the SCS
t o the j e t s e l e c t i o n logic ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 3 ) ( m a n u a l backup of RCS CMD switch
panel 1 6 ) .
c. At m a i n p a r a c h u t e l i n e s t r e t c h , the RCS propellant j e t t i s o n DUMP
switch on p a n e l 8 i s placed t o the DUMP position a s a n o r m a l m a n u a l
function b y the c r e w , initiating the following functions, simultaneously.
T h e RCS LOGIC switch on panel 18 m u s t b e ON p r i o r t o placing DUMP
switch to DUMP position.
1. I n i t i a t e s the two h e l i u m i n t e r c o n n e c t squib v a l v e s
2. I n j t i a t e s t h e fuel i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve
3 . I n i t i a t e s t h e o x i d i z e r i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve
4. T h e fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r valve m a n u a l c o i l s a r e e n e r g i z e d
on a l l of t h e C / M RCS engines, excluding the t pitch engines. The
t pitch e n g i n e s a r e not e n e r g i z e d due to t h e i r location being adjacent
t o the steam vent. The p r o p e l l a n t s a r e jettisoned b y burning the
p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g in 10 of the 12 engines. The length of t i m e t o
b u r n t h e r e m a i n i n g p r o p e l l a n t s will v a r y , depending upon the amount
of p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g in the fuel and o x i d i z e r t a n k s a t 24,000 feet.
If an e n t i r e p r o p e l l a n t load r e m a i n e d , a s a n e x a m p l e , a nominal b u r n
t i m e would b e 88 s e c o n d s through 10 of the 1 2 engines. In t h e w o r s t
c a s e of only 5 of the 1 2 e n g i n e s ( m a n u a l c o i l s e n e r g i z e d ) , a nominal
b u r n t i m e would be 1 5 5 s e c o n d s .
d. Upon completion of propellant b u r n , the C / M propellant j e t t i s o n
PURGE s w i t c h on panel 8 i s placed to the PURGE position a s a n o r m a l
m a n u a l function by the c r e w . When the PURGE switch i s on, the switch
i n i t i a t e s the f o u r h e l i u m b y p a s s squib v a l v e s , allowing the regulated
h e l i u m p r e s s u r e to b y p a s s around e a c h fuel and o x i d i z e r tank, thus
purging t h e m a n i f o l d s through 10 of the 12 engines. Purging r e q u i r e s
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 5 s e c o n d s o r until h e l i u m depletion.
Mission

c h a n g e Date
Page
2.5-34
PANEL 22 MESC
) A R M BAT A CB
(1
PANEL 24
MESC PYRO
"CIM
LE S
PANEL 16
LES
ABORT
CIM RCS
ABORT
OR CIM-SIM )PRESS
,/>WITCH
DROP OUT A F E R ~
S EP
1.8 SECOND
Sll
SEP, A
SWITCt
PANEL
-7r
41
NEG
BUS
PY RO
ENTRY
I.
I '
NEG BUS
>
1
I
+TO
I
PYRO A
SEQ A LOWER
EQUIPMENTBAY
RCS FUEL
DUMP A
)' LOWER
EQUIPMENT
1
[ - G A T
K6
CONTROLLER
MESC
EXCLUDING
I' 1;
T
OX I D IZE R
DUMP
SQUIB
SYS A
.~
'T
PROP
IS
K4T M N A C I
CONNECT
SQU IB
OX ID IZER
BYPASS
SQUIB
SYS A
SQU IB
FUEL
BY PASS
SQUIB
SYS A
CLOSE
PROP.
SYS A
i
-----.
'ANEL 22 MESC
RM BAT A CB
C I M S I M TRANSFER
VEL 24
.C PYRO
TC H
hl
--
r --
CIM
I BUS
ICI-
NEG BUS
RCS FUEL
DUMP A
LOWER
EQU I PMENT
BAY
t-i
I
I
I
PANEL 25
MESC LOGIC
ARM A
MESC LOGIC BUS A
Z8Klk
PANEL i
MESC L(
/ - /
NOTE
DROP OUT
-.
r K L
s1C19A4
TO SM JETTISON
CONTROLLER
START
S 19A7
MANUAL
COILS
EXCLUDING
--
K5
SQU IB
BYPASS
SQUIB
SYS A
PANEL 25
PROP ISOL
M N A CB
4w
MESC PYRO BUS A REFERENCE MESC PYRO
Q Y & C
Z7K1
PROP.
SQU IB
SYS A
SQUIB
SQUIB
PANEL 25
CIM SIM TRANSFER
A CB
PANEL 16
RCS TRANSFER
SWITCH
A
TO
PY R(
4
- FROM SYS A LEG Os
SM RCS TRANSFERSW
TC
ME!
A
MESC PYRO BUS A REFERENCE MESC PYRO B A T A BUS

MN A
28 VDC
Z7K1
FZ7K2
A
A Z7K1
TZ7K2
-L-
FK12 :
HELIUM
INTER
CONNE(
SQU I B
BAT BUS B
MN E
b PANEL 22 MESC
P )ARM
BAT B C B
C/M SIM
I1
LES
ABORT
PANEL 24
MESC PYRO
SWITCH
NEG
BUS
PY RO
PANEL 16
CIM RCS
ro SM JETTISON
CONTROLLER
START
S 19A8
'K12
$ IK6
HELIUM
SQUIB
SYS B
CONNECT
SQU IB
OX ID IZER
MANUAL
COILS
EXCLUDING
IK12 I K 8
U
CONNECT
SQUIB
f K7
K7
6K'
SQU IB
'
c"
+SX19A4
K7
r -6
NEG BUS
RCS FUEL
DUMP B
) LOWER
EQUIPMENT
BA!
SEP, B
S WITCH
ENTRY
BAT B BUS
PYRO B
)I SEQ B LOWER
EQUIPMENT B A Y
LES
OX ID I Z ER
BYPASS
SQUl B
1
5
PANEL 25
~ PROP ISOL
T
BYPASS
SQUIB
M i s s ion I
.-
-- -
----
'
- -
SM2A 0 3 SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
r -----------216 216
RCS CONTROI
M N B 28VDC
TO SPS ABORT
DIRECT ULLAGE
K1
S/M
SEP, B
SWITCH
PANEL 15
'
--
OUT AFTER
SECOND
i'
'II
PANEL 16
RCS TRANSFER
SWITCH
s / M l
I
C I M HELIUM
DUMP SWITCH
CIM (PANEL 8 )
PROP JETT
PANEL 8
CIM
SWITCH
PROP
JETT
PURGE
SWITCH
'I
ILiFT
t1
! I
OFF
K12
18 SECOND
TIMER
B
---
IL--------Y1
SFROM
M RCS
SYSTRANSRRSW
B LEG OF
MESC PYRO BUS
'
111
I
A
'
i r & K l
TO
PITCH
CONTROL
MOTOR
'r
TLATCH
O E sING
cMD&h
RELAY 219
REFERENCE MESC PYRO BAT B 3US
SQUIB
SQU IB
SYS B
Bus
AUTO
OX DUMP
PANEL 22
MESC LOGIC BAT B
914
A
''
ti
+ *O
'----------
I
I
I
--------I
PANEL 25
MESC LOGIC
NOTE
DROP OUT
n
r i t L 8 SECOND
IrrrR
-
I
I
Kl3
18 SECOND
TIMER
4,
Z8K1
Z8K2T
RC S
TRANS FER
MOTOR
K1
61 SECOND
,,ISIGNAL TIMER
.
I
C19A4
SI
II
1 1
II
r ----- 1
--
TO
PANEL 8
CIM PROP J E l l
LOGIC SWITCH
BOX C19A2
.
I
-
PANEL 25
CIM SIM TRANSFER
/ kLES
IM
ABORT
SM-2A-9016
Figure 2. 5 - 10.
C/M RCS Squib Valve P o w e r Control D i a g r a m

~

Mission
Basic Date 12 N o v 1966
4"-
Change Date
page 2 . 5 - 3 5 1 2 . 5 - 3 6
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
'--
SYSTEMS DATA
e. In t h e event of the C / M p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n LOGIC s y i t c h a n d / o r
DUMP switch f a i l u r e , the r e m a i n i n g p r o p e l l a n t s m a y b e burned by placing
the DIRECT RCS switch on panel 8 t o ON and positioning the two rotation
c o n t r o l l e r s t o CCW, CW, - Y , t Y and - P (excluding t P ) position, e n e r gizing t h e m a n u a l fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r valve solenoid c o i l s of
10 of the 12 C / M RCS e n g i n e s b u r n e d . At the completion of propellant
b u r n , the C / M RCS HELIUM DUMP switch on panel 26 would b e placed
ON initiating the f o u r b y p a s s squib v a l v e s , allowing the regulation h e l i u m
p r e s s u r e t o b y p a s s around e a c h fuel and o x i d i z e r tank, and purging the
manifolds through 10 of t h e 12 engines providing the two r o t a t i o n cont r o l l e r s a r e positioned to CCW, CW, -Y, t Y and - P (excluding t P ) .
f . In t h e event t h e C / M p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n LOGIC switch and DUMP
switch on panel 8 function c o r r e c t l y and t h e PURGE switch f a i l s , the C / M
HELIUM DUMP switch on panel 26 would be placed to ON; t h u s initiating
the f o u r h e l i u m b y p a s s squib v a l v e s , allowing the regulated h e l i u m ' p r e s s u r e t o b y p a s s around e a c h fuel and o x i d i z e r tank, and purging the
m a n i f o l d s through 10 of t h e 12 engines.
g. P r i o r to w a t e r i m p a c t the LOGIC switch on panel 8 m a y b e placed
t o t h e O F F position, which would d e - e n e r g i z e the m a n u a l c o i l s of t h e
engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s allowing the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s t o s p r i n g - l o a d
c l o s e d , preventing s e a w a t e r f r o m e n t e r i n g the manifolds through the
engine. The DUMP switch placed to the O F F position will a c c o m p l i s h
the s a m e function.
The sequence of e v e n t s involving a n a b o r t f r o m the pad up to
61 s e c o n d s i s as follows:
a. The OXIDIZER DUMP switch on panel 16 i s placed in the AUTO
OX DUMP position, and t h e RCS LOGIC switch on panel 8 i s placed in the
O N position a t s o m e t i m e in the countdown p r i o r to T=O.
b. ' The following e v e n t s o c c u r simultaneously upon t h e r e c e i p t of t h e
a b o r t signal. The command may b e g e n e r a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y b y the
s e q u e n c e e v e n t s c o n t r o l l e r s u b s y s t e m o r b y m a n u a l l y rotating the
translation control counterclockwise.
1. When the a b o r t s i g n a l i s r e c e i v e d , the two s q u i b - o p e r a t e d
h e l i u m isolation v a l v e s in e a c h s y s t e m a r e initiated open, p r e s s u r i z i n g
s u b s y s t e m s A and B. Manual backup of the C / M PRESS switch,
panel 16.
2. T h e s q u i b - o p e r a t e d h e l i u m i n t e r c o n n e c t valve f o r t h e o x i d i z e r
t a n k s i s initiated open. If only one of t h e two squib h e l i u m isolation
v a l v e s w a s initiated open, both systems a r e p r e s s u r i z e d a s a r e s u l t
of the h e l i u m interconnect squib v a l v e interconnect.
3 . T h e s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d fuel and o x i d i z e r isolation shutoff
v a l v e s a r e closed t o p r e v e n t f u e l and o x i d i z e r f r o m flowing t o the
thrust chamber assemblies.
4. T h e s q u i b - o p e r a t e d o x i d i z e r i n t e r c o n n e c t valve i s initiated
open. If only one of the two o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d d u m p squib v a l v e s
w a s initiated open, the o x i d i z e r m a n i f o l d s of e a c h s y s t e m a r e c o m m o n
a s a r e s u l t of the o x i d i z e r i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve.

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.5-37
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
5.
The squib-operated o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d dump v a l v e s r o u t e t h e
o x i d i z e r t o a blow-out plug in the aft h e a t shield of the C / M which
s h e a r s a pin due to the p r e s s u r e buildup and blows the plug out,
dumping the o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d . The e n t i r e o x i d i z e r supply i s dumped
in a p p r o x i m a t e l y 13 t o 15 s e c o n d s .
6. T h e RCS latching r e l a y will not e n e r g i z e in the event of a n a b o r t
f r o m 0 to t 6 1 s e c o n d s due to the. position of the AUTO OX DUMP switch
( f i g u r e s 2. 5-3 and 2. 5-10). T h u s , no c o m m a n d s a r e allowed into t h e
j e t s e l e c t i o n logic f r o m the SCS.
7. The C J M - S I M RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r - d r i v e n s w i t c h e s a r e autom a t i c a l l y d r i v e n upon the r e c e i p t of the a b o r t s i p a l , allowing e l e c t r i c a l
s i g n a l s to b e supplied t o the C / M R C S engine i n j e c t o r valves. Manual
backup of RCS t r a n s f e r switch, panel 16.
c. Eighteen s e c o n d s a f t e r the a b o r t s i g n a l i s initiated, the following
e v e n t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y o c c u r simultaneously:
1. T h e h e l i u m i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve between the f u e l t a n k s i s
initiated open.
2 . The h e l i u m o v e r b o a r d d u m p squib v a l v e is initiated open,
dumping the h e l i u m p r e s s u r e o v e r b o a r d into the aft equipment
c o m p a r t m e n t , r e l e a s i n g t h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r e f r o m both f u e l tanks.
3. T h e b y p a s s squib v a l v e t o the s u b s y s t e m s A and B o x i d i z e r tank
i s initiated open, purging both o x i d i z e r s y s t e m s out through t h e o v e r b o a r d d u m p in t h e aft h e a t s h i e l d .
4. F u e l r e m a i n s onboard a t i m p a c t with no p r e s s u r e on the fuel
tanks.
. T h e s e q u e n c e of e v e n t s of a n a b o r t , initiated a f t e r 61 s e c o n d s up t o
launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n , a r e as follows:
a. At 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off, t h e c r e w a s a n o r m a l m a n u a l function
will p l a c e the*AUTO OX DUMP switch on panel 16 to the AUTO RCS CMD
posit ion.
b. T h e RCS LOGIC switch w a s placed t o t h e ON position p r i o r to TtO.
1. Initiate both h e l i u m isolation squib v a l v e s in C / M RCS,
s u b s y s t e m s A and B. Manual backup of C / M RCS PRESS switch on
panel 16; thus, p r e s s u r i z i n g C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B.
2. D r i v e s t h e C / M S / M R C S t r a n s f e r m o t o r s to the C / M RCS
position. Manual backup of RCS TRANSFER switch on panel 16 f o r
C19A1 R C S t r a n s f e r m o t o r s only.
3. RCS latching r e l a y e n e r g i z e d o n e second a f t e r r e c e i p t of the
a b o r t signal.
d . At m a i n p a r a c h u t e l i n e s t r e t c h , a s a n o r m a l m a n u a l function, the
.RCS p r o p e l l a n t and j e t t i s o n D U M P switch on panel 8 i s placed to the
D U M P position initiating functions the same a s a n o r m a l e n t r y .

Mission
B a s i c Date 12 No v 1966
Change Date
Page
2.5-38
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
2.5.9
C / M RCS PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
2. 5 . 9 . 1
Design Data.
The following l i s t c o n t a i n s d a t a of t h e C M / R C S components:
HELIUM TANKS ( 2 )
4150*50 p s i g at 7 0 " * 5 " F d u r i n g s e r v i c i n g ,

s e t t i n g on l a u n c h pad 70"*10F. C a p a c i t y
0 . 57 l b s , i n s i d e d i a m e t e r 8. 84 i n . , w a l l
t h i c k n e s s 0 . 105 in. and i n t e r n a l v o l u m e
of 365*5 cubic in. a t 4150*50 psig.
HELIUM ISOLATION SQUIB

VALVE F I L T E R
Remove 98 p e r c e n t of all p a r t i c l e s whose

two s m a l l e s t d i m e n s i o n s a r e g r e a t e r t h a n
40 m i c r o n s .
Remove 100 p e r c e n t of a l l p a r t i c l e s whose
two s m a l l e s t d i m e n s i o n s a r e g r e a t e r than
74 m i c r o n s .
P r i m a r y - Initial of 291*6 p s i g and s t a b i l i z e

within 2 s e c o n d s t o 291*4 psig. Lockup
p r e s s u r e m i n i m u m of 284 p s i g and n o t
e x c e e d 302 psig.
S e c o n d a r y - Lockup 287 t o 308 p s i g and
s t a b i l i z e a t 294. 5*7. 5 p s i g within
2 seconds.
HELIUM RELIEF VALVES

( 4)
D i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e a t 340*8 p s i
F i l t e r - 10 m i c r o n s n o m i n a l , 25 m i c r o n s
absolute
Relief v a l v e s r e l i e v e s at 346*14 p s i g
Relief v a l v e r e s e a t s at no l e s s t h a n
327 p s i g
Flow c a p a c i t y 0 . 3 l b / m i n at 6 0 F and
346*14 p s i g
Bleed d e v i c e c l o s e s when i n c r e a s i n g
p r e s s u r e h a s r e a c h e d no m o r e t h a n
179 p s i g in t h e c a v i t y and a h e l i u m flow
of l e s s than 20 s t a n d a r d c u b i c c e n t i m e t e r s
p e r h o u r a c r o s s t h e bleed and r e l i e f v a l v e
a s s e m b l i e s combined. T h e bleed d e v i c e
s h a l l r e o p e n when d e c r e a s i n g p r e s s u r e h a s
r e a c h e d no l e s s t h a n 20 psig.
Mia s i o n
Basic Date 12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.5-39
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
F U E L AND OXIDIZER
I l l u m i n a t e s caution and w a r n i n g light on

p a n e l 10 ( C / M RCS A o r B)
A f t e r h e l i u m isolation, u n d e r p r e s s u r e
265 p s i a
Squib v a l v e a c t u a t i o n , o v e r p r e s s u r e
325 p s i a
FUEL TANKS ( 2 )
Combined p r o p e l l a n t and ullage volume

of 45. 2 l b s , initially a t 6 5 F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
r e s u l t i n g in a tank p r e s s u r e of no m o r e
than 205 p s i a when heated t o 1 0 5 F .
Length 17.329 (to.040, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) i n . ,
o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r m a x i m u m 12.62 i n . , wall
t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 2 2 in. to 0 . 0 2 7 in.
OXIDIZER TANK ( 2 )
Combined p r o p e l l a n t and ullage volume of

8 9 . 2 pounds initially at 6 5 F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
than 2 0 5 p s i a when h e a t e d to 8 5 F .
L e n g t h 1 9 . 9 0 7 (to.040, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) i n . ,
m a x i m u m o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r 12. 62 i n . ,
wall t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 2 2 t o 0 . 0 2 7 in.
VALVE ISOLATION BURST

DIAPHRAGM ( 4 )
R u p t u r e at 241*14 p s i g , within 2 s e c o n d s
a f t e r r u p t u r e p r e s s u r e i s r e a c h e d a t any
t e m p e r a t u r e b e t w e e n 40" t o 1 0 5 F .
F i l t e r 75 m i c r o n s n o m i n a l , 100 m i c r o n s
a b solute.
200-second s e r v i c e life, 3000 o p e r a t i o n a l
cycles
ENGINE
Nominal t h r u s t , 9 3 pounds
Expansion r a t i o , 9 t o 1
Cooling, ablation
I n j e c t o r type, 16 on 16 s p l a s h p l a t e
Combustion c h a m b e r r e f r a s i l a b l a t i v e
s l e e v e and g r a p h i t e b a s e t h r o a t i n s e r t .

Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.5-40
_-
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
Automatic and m a n u a l c o i l s
in p a r a l l e l
connected
Weight, 8 . 3 l b s
Length, 11. 65 in. m a x i m u m
Nozzle exit d i a m e t e r , 2. 13 i n c h e s
Nozzle e x t e n s i o n s , ablative r e f r a s i l
OXIDIZER DUMP BLOWOUT
PLUG
2.5.9.2
P i n s h e a r s a t 100 psig
R e f e r t o Mission Modular Data Book, SID 66-1177.
2. 5 . 9 . 3
P o w e r Consumption Data.
R e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 2. 5.4.3.
2. 5.10
C / M RCS OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.

A p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e switch m u s t b e placed t o ON m o m e n t a r i l y p r i o r to lift-off and r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . At T t 6 1 s e c o n d s a f t e r
lift-off the s w i t c h e s m u s t b e placed to O N until o r b i t i n s e r t i o n to e n s u r e
t h a t the Valves will r e m a i n open if an LES a b o r t is initiated; then at
o r b i t i n s e r t i o n , the s w i t c h e s m a y b e placed t o n e u t r a l . The s w i t c h e s
m u s t b e placed to O N p r i o r to C / M RCS p r e s s u r i z a t i o n to e n s u r e v a l v e s
r e m a i n open throughout e n t r y .
2. 5 . 1 0 . 1
C / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
S e e f i g u r e 2. 5-11 f o r e l e c t r i c a l power d i s t r i b u t i o n .
2 . 5 . 11
C / M RCS T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
The following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of the C / M RCS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that
is m o n i t o r e d b y the flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .

Mission
B a e i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2.5-41
SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
CONTROL
RCS CONTROL BOX

HELIUM PURGE
CONTROL
NOTES: 1 , P w l l o n t iwlatim v0Iv.1
or.
mopnotically 1otch.d opm and

spring-lmdd c l o d .
He DUMP
hW
2. Tho pmpllanr irolarion

VOIWw . n r i d i s a t o r i s
.n.gir.d if .ith.r hul or
oxidizer rrrlv. i s i n the

Cl&
porition.
sM-u-714c
F i g u r e 2. 5-1 1.
C / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution D i a g r a m
M i s s ion
Basic Date
12 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
2.5-42
"
I
C
"
9
m
h
r "
; 2
Mission
SM2A-03-SCO 12
o
1
0
N
\
1
r
0
N
0
N
o
0
-
+
0
*
+
O 0
0
in
N
+
0
+
b
SYSTEMS D A T A
m
0
N
in
+
a
2"-
0
N
N"
in
Ln
'3
"
Ln
In
Ln
N
N
in
in
O
N
"
in
o
m
O
N
page
O
N
v)
o
m
+
+
N
N
N
Q
Change Date
2.5-43
N
Q
I966
b
+
o
O
o
o
b d *
+
+
+
.
+
o
o
r
+
+
+
o
o
+
+
o
+
+
+
'
l2
O
0
O
0
0
O
0
O
0
Basic Date
5
u
Mission
IZ
SMZA-03-SCO 12
S Y S T E M S DATA
1966
Change Date
~rl
B a s i c Date
page
2.5-44
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 6
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM (EPS)
2.6. 1
IN T ROD UC T IO N.
The e l e c t r i c a l power s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 ) s u p p l i e s all e l e c t r i c a l
power r e q u i r e d b y the s p a c e c r a f t t o c o m p l e t e i t s scheduled m i s s i o n .
D-C e l e c t r i c a l power i s provided by t h r e e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s , two
S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r b a t t e r i e s located in the s e r v i c e module, and
five b a t t e r i e s ( 2 p y r o and 3 e n t r y ) located in t h e c o m m a n d module. A-C
e l e c t r i c a l power i s provided b y o n e , o r two, of t h e t h r e e i n v e r t e r s located
in the lower equipment bay of the c o m m a n d module. C o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s
f o r the EPS a r e positioned in t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e n e a r t h e a s t r o n a u t
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r controlling and m o n i t o r i n g the s y s t e m . The E P S can b e
divided into f o u r s u b s y s t e m s a s follows:
0
E n e r g y s t o r a g e : c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e ; pyrotechnic, e n t r y , and S / M
jettison controller batteries
a P o w e r generation:
e P o w e r conversion:
fuel c e l l power p l a n t s
solid s t a t e i n v e r t e r s , b a t t e r y c h a r g e r
e P o w e r distribution: d - c power d i s t r i b u t i o n , a - c power d i s t r i b u t i o n ,

s e n s i n g c i r c u i t s , c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s .
2.6. 2
2. 6. 2. 1
E n e r g y Stowage.
T h e p r i m a r y s o u r c e of e n e r g y f o r t h e EPS i s provided by the c r y o genic s t o r a g e s y s t e m . T h e r e a r e two hydrogen ( f u e l ) and two oxygen
( o x i d i z e r ) c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e tanks. E a c h tank h a s its a s s o c i a t e d c o n t r o l s ,
h e a t e r s , and f a n s designed t o g i v e , in a n a u t o m a t i c m o d e , a s i n g l e - p h a s e
r e a c t a n t to i t s load throughout the t a n k - d e n s i t y range, when o p e r a t i n g a t
normal pressures.
A s e c o n d a r y s o u r c e of e n e r g y s t o r a g e i s provided b y b a t t e r i e s .
T h e b a t t e r i e s supply s e q u e n c e r logic and p y r o power at all t i m e s , supp l e m e n t a l d - c power f o r high-peak l o a d s , and all e l e c t r i c a l power r e q u i r e d
d u r i n g the e n t r y and postlanding p h a s e s after CSM s e p a r a t i o n .
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.6-1
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.6.2.2
P o w e r Gene ration.
T h r e e Bacon-type fuel c e l l power p l a n t s in the s e r v i c e module g e n e r a t e the d - c power r e q u i r e d f o r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . The f u e l c e l l power
p l a n t s a r e activated p r i o r to launch and o p e r a t e continuously throughout
the m i s s i o n until CSM s e p a r a t i o n . N o r m a l l y , f u e l c e l l power plant 1 i s
connected t o m a i n d - c b u s A, power plant 3 to m a i n d-c b u s B, and power
plant 2 t o both m a i n d - c b u s e s A and B. However, t h e capability i s
provided to a l s o connect fuel c e l l power plant 1 t o m a i n d - c b u s B and fuel
c e l l power plant 3 to m a i n d - c b u s A.
E a c h fuel cell i s r a t e d t o p r o d u c e 29*2 v o l t s dc between 563 and
1420 w a t t s of power. Two fuel cell power p l a n t s a r e capable of providing
the n o r m a l power r e q u i r e m e n t s of all s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . If two fuel c e l l
power p l a n t s malfunction, s o m e of t h e e l e c t r i c a l components m u s t b e shut
down t o c o n s e r v e power, and t h e r e m a i n i n g power plant with b a t t e r y
backup w i l l supply sufficient power to c a r r y the load and i n s u r e s u c c e s s f u l
m i s s i o n t e r m i n a t i o n . One fuel c e l l with c o m p l e t e b a t t e r y backup c a n p r o vide m a x i m u m p o w e r r e q u i r e d b y m i s s i o n b u r n s , if the c r y o g e n i c s a r e
a v a i l a b l e and fuel c e l l t e m p e r a t u r e i s above 4 2 5 F .
2.6.2.3
Power Conversion.
P r i m a r y d - c power is converted into a - c power by s o l i d - s t a t e
i n v e r t e r s . T h e i n v e r t e r s p r o v i d e 115-volt 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e a - c power up
to 1250 v o l t - a m p e r e s each. The a - c power i s connected t o t h e two a - c
b u s e s which supply power t o a - c l o a d s . During n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n , one
i n v e r t e r will power both a - c b u s e s while t h e two r e m a i h i n g i n v e r t e r s a c t
as redundant s o u r c e s . F o r peak l o a d s , each a - c b u s will b e powered b y a
s e p a r a t e i n v e r t e r . In c a s e of a n a - c o r d - c b u s f a i l u r e , t h e i n v e r t e r s and
r e m a i n i n g b u s e s c a n b e isolated. I n v e r t e r switching c i r c u i t s p r e v e n t connecting two i n v e r t e r s on one b u s , but s i m u l t a n e o u s o p e r a t i o n of two
i n v e r t e r s i s p o s s i b l e if e a c h i s connected t o a s e p a r a t e bus. A p h a s e
synchronizing unit p r o v i d e s i n - p h a s e power when a s e p a r a t e i n v e r t e r i s
powering e a c h b u s .
The b a t t e r y c h a r g e r is a s e c o n d a r y power c o n v e r s i o n unit, which i s
u s e d t o k e e p e n t r y b a t t e r i e s c h a r g e d . The c h a r g e r is a s o l i d - s t a t e device
converting a - c power f r o m the i n v e r t e r s and using d - c power f r o m the fuel
cells to p r o v i d e c h a r g i n g voltage.
2.6.2.4
P o w e r Distribution.
D i s t r i b u t i o n of p r i m a r y d - c power i s a c c o m p l i s h e d b y two redundant
d - c b u s e s in t h e c o m m a n d module. Additional b u s e s c o n s i s t of t w o
separate nonessential buses for servicing nonessential loads, a battery
r e l a y b u s f o r power d i s t r i b u t i o n switching, two b a t t e r y b u s e s , and a flight
and postlanding bus to s e r v i c e c e r t a i n c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and the postlanding
c i r c u i t s . A-C power is d i s t r i b u t e d b y two redundant a-c b u s e s .
E L E C T R I ~ ~ LP ~ E SYSTEM
R
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.6-2
I
I
ENERGY STORAGE
ENTRY
BATTERY A
POWER GENERATION
ENTRY
BATTERY C
ENTRY
BATTERY B
I
I
OVERLOA
SENSE A N
REVERSE
CURREM
REUY
OVERLOAC
SENSE AN[
REVERSE
CURRENT
No. 1
FUEL CELL
"2
CRYOGENIC
SUBSYSTEM
OVERLOAf
SENSE ANI
REVERSE
CURREM
REUY
FUEL CELL
POWERPLANT
POWERPUM
--t
FUELCELL
POWRPUM
? I '
3
To: ECS
S/M JElTlSON
CONTROLLER
BATTERY A
S/M JETTISON
CONTROLLER
BATTERY B
BATTERY A
BATTERY B
ENTRY
MTTERY 1
POWER GENERATION
I
I
POWER CONVERSION
I
I
POWER DISTI
PYRO
BUS A
I
I
.
.
II
. . .
o BUS A,
Miss:
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
POWER DISTRIBUTION
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Figure 2 . 6 - 1 .
&tor switch mntoch

close when main bm tie
switch- o n set (0 bot
A 6 C and bot D6C
Dottety bur mntock
rnnain closed on
manned S/C.
F/C 1 a n b. m n n e c t d
)o SM &n D 6 F/C 3to
SM &n A.
DC &n mntml circuit
brooken ore illuttmtd
in Figure 2 . 6 1 1 .
Electrical Power S y s t e m Block D i a g r a m
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM
Mission
Change Date
POL"
Page 2 . 6 - 3 12 . 6 - 4
I
"
e
-
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.6.3
MAJOR COMPONENT/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
2.6.3.1
C r yo g e n ic Sto r a g e.
The cryogenic s t o r a g e s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 2 ) s u p p l i e s oxygen and
hydrogen r e a c t a n t s t o the s p a c e c r a f t . Hydrogen i s supplied to the EPS
and oxygen i s supplied t o both E P S and ECS. The design functions of the
two s t o r a g e s y s t e m s a r e identical. T h e physical d a t a f o r the c r y o g e n i c
s t o r a g e s y s t e m i s given in t h e following l i s t .
Tank
Number
Wt of Usable
Cryogenic s
L O 12
XTA 0006
LH 23
LH 25
320 lb
320 l b
28 l b
28 l b
Flow Rate
at Min
dq/dm
0.676
0.713
0.070
0.066
lb/hr
lb/hr
lb/hr
lb/hr
Design
Storage
Press.
(Psi$)
900*35
900*35
245 ( t 1 5 , - 2 0 )
245 ( t 1 5 , -20)
Min
Allowable
Operating
Pressure
150
150
100
100
psia
psia
psia
psia
Approx
Tank Qtys
a t Min H e a t e r
& F a n Cycling
131 t o 82 l b s
131 to 82 l b s
14. 5 to 7. 3 l b s
14. 5 t o 7.3 l b s
The a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l m o d e i s designed t o give a s i n g l e - p h a s e

r e a c t a n t flow into t h e F / C and ECS f e e d l i n e s at d e s i g n p r e s s u r e s . T h i s
c o n t r o l i s achieved in effect b y controlling the h e a t t r a n s f e r within the
s y s t e m . T h e h e a t r e q u i r e d t o m a i n t a i n c o n s t a n t p r e s s u r e v a r i e s with
density. F i l l d e n s i t y f o r oxygen is a l i t t l e above 70 l b s / f t 3 . As depletion
p r o c e e d s f r o m 70 l b s / f t 3 , o r 100 p e r c e n t quantity, t o a p p r o x i m a t e l y
28 l b s / f t 3 , o r 40 p e r c e n t quantity, the cycling of t h e f a n s and h e a t e r s f o r
r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n will extend until they c y c l e l e a s t a t quantities between
131 and 82 l b s . In the hydrogen s y s t e m , l e a s t amount of h e a t e r and fan
c y c l i n g will o c c u r a t q u a n t i t i e s between a p p r o x i m a t e l y 14. 5 and 7.3 l b s .
With the s y s t e m in a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n , tank q u a n t i t i e s should r e m a i n
within 15 pounds of e a c h o t h e r f o r oxygen and within one pound d i f f e r e n c e
f o r hydrogen. T h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s activating the h e a t e r s and f a n s a r e
in s e r i e s . The oxygen s w i t c h e s a c t i v a t e when p r e s s u r e d r o p s t o 865 p s i a
in both tanks. They d e a c t i v a t e when p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s 935 p s i a in one of
the tanks. Keeping the d e s i g n p r e s s u r e p e r m i t s depletion t o follow
p r e d i c t a b l e tank d e n s i t i e s and r e s p e c t i v e h e a t r e q u i r e m e n t s .
When t h e s y s t e m s r e a c h t h e point w h e r e the h e a t e r and fan cycling
i s at a m i n i m u m , t h e h e a t l e a k of t h e tank b e c o m e s sufficient t o m a i n t a i n
d e s i g n p r e s s u r e s , provided flow i s within m i n d q / d m v a l u e s a s shown in
the p r e c e d i n g l i s t . T h i s realm of o p e r a t i o n is r e f e r r e d to as being in the
m i n i m u m d q / d m region. T h e m i n i m u m d q / d m point f o r oxygen i s
23. 5 l b s / f t 3 at t h e n o m i n a l o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e of 900 p s i a . T h e value f o r
hydrogen is 1.87 l b s l f t 3 a t 250 p s i a . The h e a t r e q u i r e d f o r d e n s i t i e s l e s s
than the above r i s e s a b r u p t l y f o r both oxygen and hydrogen. T h e i n t r i n s i c
flow output of t h e s y s t e m s is a maximum at t h e point w h e r e m i n i m u m h e a t
is r e q u i r e d to m a i n t a i n p r e s s u r e . T h e t i m e - r a t e of a r r i v i n g a t the
m i n i m u m d q / d m point i s dependent on load d e m a n d s , tank p r e s s u r e , and
-ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.6-5
SM2A-03-SC012

SYSTEMS DATA
r e a c t a n t t e m p e r a t u r e . With d e s i g n p r e s s u r e s in the t a n k s , s i n g l e - p h a s e
r e a c t a n t i s a v a i l a b l e independent of d o w n s t r e a m s y s t e m t r a n s f e r .
The m a n u a l m o d e of o p e r a t i o n s i m p l y b y p a s s e s t h e p r e s s u r e switches.
It c a n b e used in c a s e of c o n t r o l f a i l u r e o r when o p e r a t i n g with quantity

unbalanced depletion. To avoid e x c e s s i v e t e m p e r a t u r e s , a t h e r m a l s e n s i tive int.erlock device i s in s e r i e s with e a c h h e a t e r e l e m e n t in the 02 and
H2 t a n k s . T h e s e open t h e h e a t e r c i r c u i t s when i n t e r n a l t e m p e r a t u r e s
r e a c h 8 0 F and c l o s e when t e m p e r a t u r e s d e c r e a s e t o 7 0 F . Tank
p r e s s u r e s and q u a n t i t i e s a r e m o n i t o r e d on meters located on MDC-13.
O2 t a n k relief v a l v e s initially v e n t at 983 p s i g and r e s e a t a t 970 psig.
H2 r e l i e f v a l v e s vent a t 273 p s i g and r e s e a t a t 268 p s i g . The C & W s y s t e m
will a l a r m when oxygen p r e s s u r e in e i t h e r tank e x c e e d s 950 p s i a , o r g o e s
below 800 p s i a . T h e hydrogen system a l a r m s the C&W s y s t e m when
p r e s s u r e in e i t h e r tank e x c e e d s 270 p s i a , o r g o e s below 220 p s i a .
Individual tank p r e s s u r e s , q u a n t i t i e s , and r e a c t a n t t e m p e r a t u r e s
a r e t e l e m e t e r e d to MSFN.
2. 6 . 3 . 2
Batteries.
A t o t a l of s e v e n s i l v e r oxide-zinc s t o r a g e b a t t e r i e s a r e i n c o r p o r a t e d
in the EPS. F i v e of t h e s e b a t t e r i e s a r e l o c a t e d in the C / M l o w e r equipment
bay, the o t h e r two i n s e c t o r I V of the S / M .
T h r e e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s ( A , B. and C ) p r o v i d e t h e p r i m a r y s o u r c e of
power after CSM s e p a r a t i o n and d u r i n g postlanding o p e r a t i o n s . P r i o r to
CSM s e p a r a t i o n , t h e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s p r o v i d e a s e c o n d a r y s o u r c e of power
while the fue1,cells provide the p r i m a r y s o u r c e . The e n t r y b a t t e r i e s a r e
f o r the following p u r p o s e s :
P r o v i d e C / M power after CSM s e p a r a t i o n
Supplement f u e l c e l l power d u r i n g peak load p e r i o d s ( S P S g i m b a l
motor operation)
P r o v i d e power d u r i n g e m e r g e n c y o p e r a t i o n s ( f a i l u r e of two fuel
cells)
P r o v i d e power f o r E P S c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y ( r e l a y s , i n d i c a t o r s , e t c . )
P r o v i d e s e q u e n t i a l logic p o w e r
P r o v i d e power f o r r e c o v e r y a i d s during postlanding p h a s e
B a t t e r i e s A and B c a n power p y r o c i r c u i t s upon selection.
The e n t r y b a t t e r i e s c a n b e r e c h a r g e d in flight.
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966 Changb Date
Page
2.6-6
,OXYCEL; FILL VENT
02
cOXYGE'i
FILL VALVE
+-
t--
+2av~c
02
02
02 PRESS
IND IMOC-131
SURGE
TANK
T3'
i;
PRESSURE
TANK WANllTY
TANK PREWF
PUANTlTYf+
TANK NO. 2
02
PSlA
AC BUS
DENSITY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
PROBE
CONDITIONER
L
OXYGEN FILL VALVE
__*
02
\ OXYGEN FILL VENT
02
*--
n..
-1
OXYGEN PURGE VALVE (GSE)
02
02
02
02 PREG (MDC-101
4
02
02
02 PRESS
IND (MDC-131
WRGE
TANK
T&lP
3 BE
TEMP
SENSOR
SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
,PROBE
TANK
NO. 1
AC
Bus
1 %
02
3
I
02
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
(ECS)
'
'
b WARNING
- -0
SYSTEM
i1
...,
.....
....
T3: SURGETANK
L,
L O2
PRES SUR^
SWITCH
NO. 1
II
RELIEF
VALVE
HEATERS
'I
4---
l-
02-
HEATERS
4%
PRESSURE
RELIEF
TANK NO.
2
PRESSURE
SWITCH
NO. 2
AC BUS
OXYGEN
JSE
1I
XNBR
PROBE
--
TEMP SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
OFF
'
02
02
TO: ECS
02
Figure 2 . 6
Mission
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
I-CRYOCENIC TANK
FAh; MOTORS
ACl (MDC -221
RYOCENIC TANK
FAN MOTORS
IC2 (MDC-221
A-C BUS
NO. 1
A C BUS
ON
TO
HzFANS
- 2 SWITCH
- U) 4
IMDC
SM-2A-1118
Figure 2 . 6 - 2 .
M i s s ion
Cryogenic Storage S y s t e m ( S h e e t 1 of 2)
ELECTRICAL P O W E R SYSTEM
B a s i c Date l 2
1966 Change Date
page 2 . 6 - 7 1 2 . 6 - 8
*--
HYDROGEN FILL VENT
1
;DROGEN
FILL VALVE
HZ
DENSITY
SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
SI
-?
AC BUS
O U A M I N H2
TANK NO. 1
OR8 L B
HYDROGEN R UIEF
4-
Hz
I
TANK QUANTIM
DENSllY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
\ HYDROGEN FILL VENT
HYDROGEN PURGE VALVE IGP)
Ht
Hz
Hz
FROM CB
2 CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS ACZ IMDC

1 - CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS ACI IMDC
-F
- 22)
H2 PRESS IMDC-IO1
fl 1
r---
RED
H
:
.:p
.....
HZ
DCMAIN
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM
TANK HEATERS H2-1
MNA IMDC-m
-A
5A
Ht
"2
PRESSURE
-lH21
D C MAIN
BUS B
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM
TANK HEATERS ttz-2
MNB IMDC-22)
CONDITIONER
iRS AC2 (MIX

45 ACl (MIX m
Mission
S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
Hy TANK NO. 1 MOTOR SWITCH CONTACTS
H2 TANK NO. 2
MOTOR SWITCH
CONTACTS ,
TANK NO. 1
SWITCH
CONTACTS
I
u u
AUTO
IA
I"
LC
OFF -l--
D C MAIN
4
0
HZ FANS
WDC-I31
AUTO
IC MAIN
BUS B
CRYOGENlC SYSTEM
TANK HEATERS Hz-2
MNB (MOC-ZZl
OFF -t--
Hy HEATERS -2
(MDC-131
AUTO
*A
Off
ON
NOTE:
1. PRESSURE AND MOTOR SWITCH5 ARE

SHOWN IN LOW PRESSURE POSITION
2.
TO OPERAK FANS AUTOMATICALLY. (FANS SWITCH

TO AUTO1 HEATERSSWITCH(E9 M U 9 A 1 9 BE
POSITIONED TO AUTO
SM-ZA-635E
Figure 2.6-2.
Cryogenic Storage System (Sheet 2 of 2)
M i s s ion
Change Date
Page 2 . 6 - 9 1 2 . 6 - 1 0
S M 2 A -03-SCO12

SYSTEMS DATA
Each e n t r y b a t t e r y i s mounted within a vented p l a s t i c c a s e . The
b a t t e r y c e l l s a r e individually e n c a s e d in p l a s t i c c o n t a i n e r s which contain
r e l i e f v a l v e s that open a t 40*10 p s i g , venting p r e s s u r e and hydrogen g a s
into the b a t t e r y c a s e . E a c h b a t t e r y c a s e i s vented o v e r b o a r d through a
manifold leading t o a m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d valve (BATTERY VENT VALVE),
which i s connected t o t h e ECS d u m p line. With t h e valve at i t s n o r m a l
position of VENT, t h e b a t t e r y c a s e s a r e vented o v e r b o a r d through the ECS
u r i n e l w a t e r d u m p line. In a f a i l u r e m o d e , t h i s would p r e v e n t hydrogen
g a s f r o m e n t e r i n g the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . With the b a t t e r y vent valve
c l o s e d , which would b e the position a f t e r f r a c t u r e of a b a t t e r y c a s e , the
p o s s i b i l i t y e x i s t s f o r p r e s s u r e buildup in the b a t t e r y manifold due t o
outgassing of the b a t t e r i e s . The vent valve will b e opened a t p r e s s u r e s
slightly below CM p r e s s u r e and allow the built-up p r e s s u r e t o vent
o v e r b o a r d . B a t t e r y manifold p r e s s u r e c a n be m o n i t o r e d using the a u x i l i a r y
DC VOLTS m e t e r , located on panel 200 in the RHFEB, and is t e l e m e t e r e d .
The two pyrotechnic b a t t e r i e s supply power to initiate o r d n a n c e
d e v i c e s in the S I C . The pyrotechnic b a t t e r i e s a r e isolated f r o m the r e s t
of the E P S to p r e v e n t t h e high power s u r g e s in t h e pyrotechnic s y s t e m f r o m
affecting t h e E P S and t o e n s u r e s o u r c e power when r e q u i r e d . T h e s e
b a t t e r i e s s h a l l not b e r e c h a r g e d in flight. E n t r y b a t t e r y A o r B can b e
used as a redundant s o u r c e of power f o r initiating p y r o c i r c u i t s in the
r e s p e c t i v e A o r B p y r o system, if e i t h e r p y r o b a t t e r y f a i l s .
The two S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r batteries, located in the S / M , supply
power t o two j e t t i s o n s e q u e n c e r s to s u s t a i n the S / M R C S r e t r o f i r e , a s well
a s f i r i n g the S / M positive r o l l RCS engines two s e c o n d s a f t e r CSM
s e p a r a t i o n . T h e s e b a t t e r i e s a r e isolated f r o m t h e r e s t of t h e E P S and
cannot be r e c h a r g e d o r m o n i t o r e d in flight.
P e r f o r m a n c e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of e a c h S I C b a t t e r y a r e a s follows:
~
Per
Battery
No. of
Cells
Per
Battery
Open
Circuit
Voltage
(Max. 1
E n t r y A , B, and
40-amp-hrs
20
(3)
(25 ampere
3 7 . 8 vdc
(37. 2 vdc
2 9 . 0 vdc 27.0 vdc

(35 amps (35 a m p s
rate)
in flight)
load)
3 7 . 8 vdc
(37. 2 vdc
2 3 . 0 vdc 2 0 . 0 vdc 6 0 " to 1 1 0 F

(75 amps (75 a m p s
in flight)
load)
C apac it y
Battery
P y r o A and B ( 2 )
75 a m p s
f o r 36
seconds
20
Ambient
Battery
Nominal ' M i n i m u m
Temperature
Voltage i Voltage
l o ad)
' load)
(35.0 vdc
open
circuit)
5 0 " to 1 1 0 F
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
I
Capacity
Per
Battery
Battery
Sf M jettison
c o n t r o l l e r A and B
(2)
75 a m p s
f o r 36
seconds
No. of
Cells
Per
Battery
20
Open
Circuit
Voltage
(Ma.1
Ambient
Nominal M i n i m u m
Battery
Voltage
Voltage
Temperature
37.8 vdc
2 3 . 0 vdc 2 0 . 0 vdc 60" to 1 1 0 F
(not
( 7 5 a m p s (75 a m p s
measurload)
load)
a b l e in
S I C o r by
t e l e m e t r y)
NOTE ' P y r o b a t t e r y load voltage i s not m e a s u r a b l e due to the

e x t r e m e l y s h o r t t i m e they power pyro loads.
2. 6 . 3 . 3
F u e l C e l l Power Plants.
E a c h f u e l c e l l p o w e r plant c o n s i s t s of 31 s i n g l e c e l l s , connected in
s e r i e s , and a n a c c e s s o r y section. E a c h s i n g l e c e l l g e n e r a t e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 volt. T h e a c c e s s o r y s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of a n i t r o g e n p r e s s u r i z a t i o n
s y s t e m , an oxygen f e e d , a h y d r o g e n f e e d , a p r i m a r y ( h y d r o g e n ) loop, and
a s e c o n d a r y (glycol) loop ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 3 ) . T h e p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y loops
c o n t r o l t h e t e m p e r a t u r e within t h e f u e l c e l l power plant. T h e p r i m a r y loop
a l s o e x t r a c t s potable w a t e r f r o m t h e p o w e r plant f o r u s e b y the c r e w . T h e
s e c o n d a r y loop r a d i a t e s h e a t f r o m t h e p o w e r plant into s p a c e t h r o u g h
r a d i a t o r s l o c a t e d on the e x t e r i o r of t h e S / M .
The nitrogen s y s t e m e s t a b l i s h e s a r e f e r e n c e p r e s s u r e in t h e fuel cell.
T h e r e i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0 . 4 4 l b s of N2 contained in the n i t r o g e n tank u n d e r
a p r e s s u r e of 1500 p s i a . T h e n i t r o g e n r e g u l a t o r r e d u c e s t h i s p r e s s u r e to
5 2 p s i a , which is u s e d to p r e s s u r i z e t h e glycol a c c u m u l a t o r , the e l e c t r o l y t e
(KOH) in t h e c e l l s , and a s a r e f e r e n c e p r e s s u r e f o r t h e oxygen and
hydrogen r e g u l a t o r s .
Oxygen, s t o r e d in a c r y o g e n i c s t a t e a t a p r e s s u r e of 9 0 0 * 3 5 p s i a , i s
supplied to t h e fuel c e l l p o w e r p l a n t s . Due t o the low-flow r a t e , t h e
oxygen a b s o r b s h e a t while flowing through t h e l i n e s , a b s o r b s additional
h e a t in t h e p r e h e a t e r , flows to the oxygen r e g u l a t o r , and r e a c h e s t h e fuel
c e l l p o w e r p l a n t s in a g a s e o u s f o r m a t t e m p e r a t u r e s above t 1 0 0 " F . T h e
r e g u l a t o r i s d e s i g n e d to m a i n t a i n a p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l of 10. 5 p s i a above
t h e n i t r o g e n p r e s s u r e , supplying the oxygen to the f u e l c e l l a t a n o m i n a l
62. 5 p s i a . T h e oxygen in t h e s y s t e m i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 99.99 p e r c e n t
p u r e . O v e r a p e r i o d of t i m e , t h e i m p u r i t i e s a c c u m u l a t e in t h e r e a c t a n t
c o m p a r t m e n t and d e c r e a s e fuel c e l l efficiency. T h i s i s noted by a d r o p in
f u e l c e l l p e r f o r m a n c e . To e l i m i n a t e t h e i m p u r i t i e s , t h e fuel c e l l i s
p u r g e d . N o r m a l l y a fuel c e l l will b e purged e v e r y 2 4 h o u r s ; h o w e v e r ,
the a c t u a l p u r g e c y c l e will b e d e t e r m i n e d b y the p r e d i c t e d m i s s i o n power
p r o f i l e and t h e p u r i t y of t h e r e a c t a n t a s i t i s c a l c u l a t e d to b e a f t e r
--.-
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.6.12
TO DC
BUSES
To. AC
BUS 1
(38)
REG OUT PRESS HI
__
AODULE TEMP
C O N D EXH
7
I5 7
lo<
-?
FUEL CELL
INDICATORS
@-
SC 2081T
sc
208n
sc
2wpr
sc 20701
SC 20711
AUX
------------F U E L CELL
SC 2083T
XI0
I POWER
I
PLANT
I
I
I
I
I
I
WATER
HYDROGEN
REGULATOR
I
I
I
REGENERATOR
[MDC- 15)
PURGE
To:
F:
GLYCOL RADIATOR
sc pen
F/C RAD
TEMP LOW
SC 2088T
SC 2089T
1
To: ECS
POTABU
WATER
LINE
HEATERS
HYDROGEN
OVERBOARD
VENT
ha: Hydrogon
Stomgo Tonb
-_
-0-
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
TO DC M A I N
F M L CELL 2
PURGE (MDC-?I) e
A>
BLSES A 6 8
S2W)
QUI PRESS HI
H PURGE LINE
H?R (MDC-15)
TO HYDROGEN
PURGE(MDC-22)
sc
-0"
DC MAIN BUSES A 6 B
To
iQ69P
SC 2070P
SC 2071P
0 2 PURGE
H2 PURGE
OFF
_ - - _ _ _ - , _ - - -
FUEL CELL
LOAD
sc 20841
sc 20851
sc 2 x 6 1
I
r
MODULE TEMP
SKIN
7
- - - - - - - - - 1A
- 5s
- so
sc 2067P
REG OUT
PRESS H I
oz
NITROGEN OVERBOARD VENT
sc p 6 o P
I I
II
ILJ
c-
OXYGEN
'PEHwTER
NITROGEN TANK
----
SHUTOFF VALVE
t
- - - d
% FLOW
SENSOR
B%
AM-'
REG OUT PRESS HI
A*
@E
; DE
: ks
SC 2142R
SC 2143R
sc2[
FLOW
2
LU/*
I.* y
1.2
:*'
@ - F G L CELL
INDICATORS
-a~
OVEllBOARD VENT
1.
All switches a d indicutbn
O N lorated on MDC-18
unless othervise i n d i w t d .
0 w p . n Swmg.
To& In S/M
n S/M
SC P 2 4 X
scrim
x PZSX
2. FUEL CELL INDICATORS w i t c h

s a k t d fuel cell b r rmdouh.
placed
)o
3.
p$@l/i'l,
must be
F/C 1, 2, d 3 m w s u r m a t No.'s shown in s t q u a tial order.
4. Am
- indicuta meowrmmt inpuk
meter on pond
5.
Po in
b aux
d c vdh
RHFEB
For TM 6 AUX pommeten refer b par. 2.6.5
SM-2A-636F
Figure 2.6-3.
F u e l C e l l P o w e r P l a n t Flow D i a g r a m
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
completion of S / C c r y o g e n i c tank fill. T i m e r e q u i r e d f o r oxygen p u r g e
i s 2 m i n u t e s f o r e a c h power plant. Activating the 0 2 p u r g e ;alve allows
a n additional flow of up to 0 . 6 l b p e r h r . An e m e r g e n c y p u r g e c a n be
p e r f o r m e d if s t e a d y s t a t e c u r r e n t output of a power plant d e c r e a s e s by
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 a m p s . P o w e r plant p a r a m e t e r s ( p r i m a r i l y voltage,
c u r r e n t , and skin t e m p e r a t u r e ) m u s t b e c o n s i d e r e d t o d e t e r m i n e if a n
e m e r g e n c y p u r g e is r e q u i r e d .
Hydrogen, s t o r e d in a c r y o g e n i c s t a t e at a p r e s s u r e of 245 ( t 1 5 , - 2 0 )
p s i a and regulated down t o a p r e s s u r e of 60. 5 p s i a , flows into the hydrogen
r e g e n e r a t o r loop, p a s s i n g through a n in-line h e a t e r and into the fuel c e l l .
The i n - l i n e h e a t e r i s an automatic device which a i d s the fuel c e l l power
plant in sustaining o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e at low-power o p e r a t i n g l e v e l s .
The hydrogen, o r p r i m a r y r e g e n e r a t o r loop, i s used f o r fuel c e l l t h e r m a l
c o n t r o l and p e r m i t s w a t e r r e m o v a l f r o m the fuel c e l l . The h e a t g e n e r a t e d
by the r e a c t i o n i s t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s a t u r a t e d H2 fluid. The hot, s a t u r a t e d
hydrogen i s d r a w n into the hydrogen exhaust l i n e by the H2 pump. A s e n s o r
in t h i s line p r o v i d e s an input to an e l e c t r o n i c switch which c o n t r o l s
activation of the H2 in-line h e a t e r . Activation of t h i s h e a t e r is a c c o m plished a u t o m a t i c a l l y a t a hydrogen exhaust t e m p e r a t u r e of 385*5" F,
supplying additional h e a t t o hydrogen g a s flowing to t h e f u e l c e l l power
plant. The in-line h e a t e r i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y deactivated a t a t e m p e r a t u r e
of 390*5"F. After p a s s i n g the i n - l i n e h e a t e r s e n s o r , t h e s a t u r a t e d
hydrogen f l o w s to a s e n s o r - c o n t r o l l e d b y p a s s valve. T h i s v a l v e c o n t r o l s
the amount of exhaust g a s flowing through the H2 r e g e n e r a t o r . The s e n s o r
c l o s e s the b y p a s s valve at 4 2 5 " F , allowing all e x h a u s t g a s t o flow through
t h e r e g e p e r a t o r . T h i s h e a t s the r e t u r n i n g hydrogen and s u s t a i n s o p e r a ting t e m p e r a t u r e of the f u e l cell. With the b y p a s s valve in a full r e g e n e r a t i v e pos,ition ( t e m p e r a t u r e s 425" o r l o w e r ) , if fuel c e l l power plant
t e m p e r a t u r e continues to d e c r e a s e , t h e i n - l i n e h e a t e r will b e activated
t o supply additional h e a t . If power plant t e m p e r a t u r e i s above 4 2 5 " F , the
s e n s o r c a u s e s t h e b y p a s s valve to open p r o p o r t i o n a t e l y ( f u l l y open a t
4 9 5 F ) allowing e x h a u s t g a s t o flow d i r e c t l y t o t h e c o n d e n s e r . A t r a n s f e r
of h e a t f r o m the hydrogen and s t e a m t o t h e glycol t a k e s p l a c e in the
c o n d e n s e r . The t e m p e r a t u r e of the hydrogen and s t e a m i s lowered to
between 155" and 1 7 5 " F , t h u s liquifying s o m e of t h e w a t e r v a p o r . A s e n s o r
in the c o n d e n s e r exhaust, c o n t r o l s a glycol r e g e n e r a t o r b y p a s s v a l v e in
t h e glycol r a d i a t o r r e t u r n l i n e which r e g u l a t e s t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of the
glycol. T h i s , in t u r n , h e l p s c o n t r o l f u e l c e l l t e m p e r a t u r e and m a i n t a i n s
t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e c o n d e n s e r exhaust within the d e s i r e d r a n g e of
155" to 1 7 5 F . The liquid w a t e r and hydrogen then flows through a
c e n t r i f u g a l w a t e r s e p a r a t o r p u m p which e x t r a c t s the w a t e r and d e l i v e r s
it t o the ECS potable w a t e r s t o r a g e t a n k in t h e C / M . T h e amount of w a t e i
produced by e a c h fuel c e l l is in d i r e c t r e l a t i o n t o the r e a c t a n t s c o n s u m e d
which is r e l a t e d t o power output. (See f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 4 . )
E L E C T R I C A L P O W E R SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2.6-15
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
3.0
2.5
2.0
I .5
1 .O
0.5
0
0
0.5
1 .o
I .5
2.0
GROSS POWER P E R FUEL CELL POWERPLANT
F i g u r e 2. 6-4.
2.5
3.0
- KILOWATTS
SM-ZA-&ffl
W a t e r P r o d u c t i o n Rate vs P b w e r Output
T h e h y d r o g e n pump c i r c u l a t e s the r e m a i n i n g slightly m o i s t fluid

t h r o u g h t h e , r e g e n e r a t o r and b a c k to the f u e l cell. In o r d e r t o m a i n t a i n
t h e d e s i r e d r a t i o of w a t e r to KOH in t h e f u e l c e l l , the c o n d e n s e r exhaust
t e m p e r a t u r e i s r e g u l a t e d a t a l e v e l SO that s o m e m o i s t u r e i s l e f t in t h e
r e t u r n i n g h y d r o g e n as it flows b a c k into t h e cell. The hydrogen in the
c r y o g e n i c s y s t e m is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 9 9 . 9 4 p e r c e n t p u r e . H2 p u r g e valve
activation a l l o w s a n additional flow of up to 0. 75 l b s p e r h o u r , and will
n o r m a l l y b e p e r f o r m e d f o r a p e r i o d of 80 s e c o n d s p e r p o w e r plant e v e r y
24 h o u r s . The a c t u a l H2 p u r g e c y c l e will a l s o depend on t h e p r e d i c t e d
p o w e r p r o f i l e and r e a c t a n t p u r i t y a s c a l c u l a t e d a f t e r c r y o g e n i c tank fill.
T h e p e r f o r m a n c e d e g r a d a t i o n p a r t i c i p a t i o n by the H2 e l e c t r o d e i s negligible and cannot b e s e e n with o n - b o a r d i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n (with n o r m a l
d e g r a d a t i o n ) . If d e g r a d a t i o n i s s u s p e c t e d t o r e m a i n a f t e r a n e m e r g e n c y
0 2 p u r g e , a n H2 p u r g e m a y be w a r r a n t e d . T h e r e i s s o m e indication that
p e r i o d i c H2 purging m a y b e e l i m i n a t e d a l t o g e t h e r , t h e r e b y only p e r f o r m i n g
the d e g r a d a t i o n p u r g e w h e n e v e r it m a y b e r e q u i r e d . T h i r t y m i n u t e s p r i o r
to H2 purging, t h e H2 PURGE L I N E HTR switch (MDC-15) i s placed in the
up position t o e n e r g i z e the H2 fuel c e l l vent line h e a t e r and p r e c l u d e any
f r e e z i n g of the m o i s t exhaust g a s in t h e vent l i n e .
Mission
Change Date
Page
2-61-16
SMZA-03-SCO 12
L-
SYSTEMS DATA
The s e c o n d a r y loop c o n t a i n s a 6 2 . 5 to 3 7 . 5 m i x t u r e of ethylene
glycol and w a t e r , r e s p e c t i v e l y . T h i s loop s e r v e s to p r e h e a t t h e r e a c t a i l t s
and to t r a n s p o r t w a s t e h e a t to the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s . An a c c u m u l a t o r ,
p r e s s u r i z e d b y t h e n i t r o g e n , p r e s s u r i z e s t h e glycol loop and a l s o a c t s a s
a b u f f e r f o r t h e e x p a n s i o n and c o n t r a c t i o n of t h e coolant a s it v a r i e s in
t e m p e r a t u r e . Glycol flow t h r o u g h t h e r e g e n e r a t o r is c o n t r o l l e d b y a
b y p a s s v a l v e which o p e r a t e s in conjunction with t h e c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t
s e n s o r . When t h e c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t i s a t 1 5 5 " F , t h e glycol i s r o u t e d
through t h e r e g e n e r a t o r t o i n c r e a s e glycol t e m p e r a t u r e and e f f e c t m i n i m u m h e a t t r a n s f e r in t h e c o n d e n s e r . T h e glycol b y p a s s v a l v e is c o m p l e t e l y
open a t a c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t t e m p e r a t u r e of 1 7 5 " F , routing t h e glycol
t h r o u g h t h e pump to t h e c o n d e n s e r and on t o t h e oxygen and h y d r o g e n p r e h e a t e r s . S i n c e t h e glycol t e m p e r a t u r e i s l o w e r , a m a x i m u m t r a n s f e r of
h e a t in t h e c o n d e n s e r l o w e r s t h e c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t t e m p e r a t u r e . T h e
c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r r e g u l a t e s coolant t e m p e r a t u r e
which a f f e c t s t h e amount of w a t e r r e m o v e d f r o m t h e power plant. The
1 5 5 " to 1 7 5 F o p e r a t i n g r a n g e will b e s t m a i n t a i n the d e s i r e d r a t i o of
w a t e r to KOH in the fuel c e l l .
A 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e a - c g e a r pump m a i n t a i n s glycol flow at t h e r a t e
of 35 t o 80 l b s p e r h o u r , r a i s i n g t h e p r e s s u r e 6 p s i . After t h e oxygen and
h y d r o g e n p r e h e a t e r s , t h e glycol is r o u t e d t h r o u g h the glycol r e g e n e r a t o r
and t o t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s , w h e r e h e a t i s r a d i a t e d into t h e s p a c e
e n v i r o n m en t .
E a c h f u e l c e l l c o n t a i n s e l e c t r o l y t e (KOH) which c o n s i s t s b y weight
of 83 p e r c e n t p o t a s s i u m h y d r o x i d e and 17 p e r c e n t w a t e r on initial f i l l ,
and h a s a c r i t i c a l t e m p e r a t u r e of 3 0 0 F ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 5 ) . T h e e l e c t r o l y t e
r e m a i n s a solid t o a n a p p r o x i m a t e t e m p e r a t u r e of 2 2 0 F ; with a t e m p e r a t u r e in'crease t o 300"F, t h e e l e c t r o l y t e b e c o m e s a liquid and t h e fuel c e l l
e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l r e a c t i o n b e c o m e s effective. B r i n g i n g t h e fuel c e l l to
c r i t i c a l t e m p e r a t u r e is a c c o m p l i s h e d u s i n g GSE, and cannot b e p e r f o r m e d
f r o m S / C power s o u r c e s . P l a c i n g a load on t h e power plant will m a i n t a i n
it above t h i s c r i t i c a l t e m p e r a t u r e .
2. 6 . 3 . 4
Inve r t e r s
E a c h i n v e r t e r ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 6 ) i s composed of a c l o c k o s c i l l a t o r , an
e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n , a d - c l i n e f i l t e r , two s i l i c o n controlled rectifiers, a magnetic amplifier, a buck-boost amplifier, a
d e m o d u l a t o r , two d - c f i l t e r s , an e i g h t - s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n ,
a h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n t r a n s f o r m e r , an a - c output f i l t e r , c u r r e n t
s e n s i n g t r a n s f o r m e r s , a Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e , a low-voltage
c o n t r o l , and a n o v e r c u r r e n t t r i p c i r c u i t . The i n v e r t e r n o r m a l l y u s e s a
6 . 4 - k c s q u a r e wave s y n c h r o n i z i n g s i g n a l f r o m t h e c e n t r a l t i m i n g equipm e n t ( C T E ) which m a i n t a i n s i n v e r t e r output a t 400*2 c p s . If t h i s e x t e r n a l
s i g n a l i s c o m p l e t e l y l o s t , t h e o s c i l l a t o r within t h e i n v e r t e r will p r o v i d e
p u l s e s t h a t will m a i n t a i n i n v e r t e r output within *7 c p s . The i n t e r n a l
Mission
Change Date
page
2.6-17
SM2A-03-SC012
_SYSTEMS DATA
ELECTROLYTE TEMP (F.)
4m--
-300
350
LIQUID
mI
0-1
KOH! 2H20
I
I l l
60
(KOH. H 2 0 + KOH. ZH20)
I l l I I I I
65
m
75
80
PERCENT OF KOH (BY WEIGHT) IN ELECTROLYTE
I
NOTES:
Ill
A
85
1
9
1 . Parcent (83) of KOH in doctrdyt. at initial fill.

2 . Critisol tmnpmtum (3W.F) of .I.ctrdyt.
at which
elctrochmicrrl rmctiol h i m , on initial start-up
of fuel
SM-U-883A
5.11.
Figure 2.6-5.
KOH H 2 0 P h a s e D i a g r a m
o s c i l l a t o r i s n o r m a l l y s y n c h r o n i z e d b y t h e e x t e r n a l p u l s e which is
provided t h r o u g h t h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z i n g unit. T h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r
will p r o v i d e t h e s e p u l s e s t o t h e i n v e r t e r a f t e r a m a x i m u m of two s e c o n d s .
T h e following p a r a g r a p h s d e s c r i b e t h e function of t h e v a r i o u s s t a g e s of t h e
inverter.
T h e 6 . 4 - k c n e g a t i v e s q u a r e wave p r o v i d e d by t h e c e n t r a l t i m i n g
e q u i p m e n t i s applied t h r o u g h t h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r and t h e o s c i l l a t o r
to t h e e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n . The o s c i l l a t o r h a s two
d i v i d e r c i r c u i t s which p r o v i d e a 1600-pps s i g n a l t o t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r
and two s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s .
T h e e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n u s e s t h e 6.4-kc s q u a r e
wave s i g n a l t o p r o d u c e a s e r i e s of eight 4 0 0 - c y c l e s q u a r e w a v e s , e a c h
m u t u a l l y d i s p l a c e d one p u l s e t i m e f r o m t h e p r e c e d i n g and following wave.
Once p u l s e t i m e i s 156 m i c r o s e c o n d s and r e p r e s e n t s 22. 5 e l e c t r i c a l
d e g r e e s . T h i s s e r i e s of s q u a r e w a v e s i s applied to t h e e i g h t - s t a g e power
i n v e r s i o n s e c t ion.
T h e e i g h t - s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n , using a c o n t r o l l e d voltage
f r o m t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , a m p l i f i e s t h e s e r i e s of 4 0 0 - c y c l e s q u a r e
w a v e s p r o d u c e d b y t h e e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n . The a m p l i fied s q u a r e w a v e s , s t i l l m u t u a l l y d i s p l a c e d 22. 5 e l e c t r i c a l d e g r e e s , a r e
a p p l i e d t o the h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n t r a n s f o r m e r , which i s d e s c r i b e d in
a subsequent paragraph.
Mis sion
Change D a t e
Page
2.6-18
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
25-30 VOLTS
D-C INPUT
--- - ----
'
BUCKBOOST
AMPLIFIER
D-C
LINE
FILTER
HARMONIC
NEUTRAL
TRANSFORMER
FILTER
I
I
I
I
----1
1
I
I
,I
VOLTAGE
ai
CONTROLLED 4
RECTIFIERS
FILTER
A
(W
VOLTAGE
'
I
'
I
I
CURRENT
CU RRENT
REGULATION
'BUS I
11 5 v
400 CPS
30
BUS 2
-------I
I
I
I
SENSOR
To: Signal conditioner,

compmtor, o l d
'
COUNTDOWN
INV 1 TEMP HI
C6W light
(MDC-11)
CCO175T
INVERTER I
M
O
O
WAVE
DEVELOPMENT
--,J
I-,
r-I------6.4 KC
SQUARE WAVE
VOLTAGE
CONTROL
OL2
( K 20)
PROTECTION
5 EC TI ON
68 ItW 3
INV 3
NOTE: Unless otherwise spcified:

1. Inverter 1 i s h o w n .
2. A denotes input volhge.
INV I INV 2 I N 3
CTE
SM-2A-639B
F i g u r e 2 . 6-6.
Inverter Block Diagram
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.6-19
SM2A -03-SCO 12
_SYSTEMS DATA
D-C p o w e r to t h e i n v e r t e r is supplied f r o m the m a i n d - c b u s e s
through the d - c l i n e f i l t e r . T h i s f i l t e r r e d u c e s the high f r e q u e n c y r i p p l e
in the input, and t h e 25 to 30 vdc is applied to the s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e r r e c t i f i e r s and b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r .
The s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s , using the f i l t e r e d d - c power and
t h e 1600-pps s i g n a l f r o m t h e c l o c k o s c i l l a t o r , p r o d u c e a d - c s q u a r e wave
with a n o n - t i m e of g r e a t e r than 90 d e g r e e s f r o m e a c h r e c t i f i e r . T h i s i s
f i l t e r e d and supplied to t h e buck-boost a m p l i f i e r w h e r e it i s coupled with
t h e amplified 1600-pps output of t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r to develop a
f i l t e r e d 35 v o l t s dc which i s used f o r a m p l i f i c a t i o n in t h e power i n v e r s i o n
stages.
T h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , using t h e 1600-pps signal f r o m the m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r , the f i l t e r e d d - c power f r o m t h e m a i n duc b u s e s , and an
e r r o r s i g n a l f e e d b a c k f r o m t h e Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e , p r o v i d e s a
v a r i a b l e b i a s voltage to the e i g h t - s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n . The
a m p l i t u d e of t h i s voltage i s c o n t r o l l e d b y the a m p l i t u d e and p h a s e of t h e
f e e d b a c k s i g n a l f r o m t h e Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e . T h i s b i a s signal
i s v a r i e d b y t h e e r r o r s i g n a l to r e g u l a t e i n v e r t e r voltage and c u r r e n t
output.
T h e d e m o d u l a t o r c o m p e n s a t e s f o r any l o w - f r e q u e n c y r i p p l e in t h e d - c
input to the i n v e r t e r . The h i g h - f r e q u e n c y r i p p l e is attenuated by t h e
f i l t e r s . T h e d e m o d u l a t o r s e n s e s t h e 35-volt d - c output of the buck-boost
a m p l i f i e r and t h e c u r r e n t input to t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r . It c o m p e n s a t e s f o r r i p p l e in t h e 10- to 1000-cps r a n g e . An input voltage d r o p
o r i n c r e a s e w i l l be r e f l e c t e d in a d r o p o r i n c r e a s e in t h e 35-volt d - c
output of the b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r a s w e l l a s a d r o p o r i n c r e a s e in c u r r e n t
input to t h e 6 u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , A s e n s e d d e c r e a s e in t h e buck-boost
a m p l i f i e r v o l t a g e output would b e c o m p e n s a t e d f o r a d e m o d u l a t o r output,
t r a n s f o r m e r coupled, to t h e s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s , causing t h e m to
conduct f o r a l o n g e r t i m e , t h u s i n c r e a s i n g t h e i r f i l t e r e d output. A s e n s e d
i n c r e a s e in b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r voltage output, c a u s e d by a n i n c r e a s e in
t h e d - c input t o t h e i n v e r t e r , would c a u s e the d e m o d u l a t o r to p r o d u c e a
s i g n a l c a u s i n g t h e s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s to conduct f o r s h o r t e r
p e r i o d s , producing a l o w e r f i l t e r e d output to the b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r .
In t h i s f a s h i o n , t h e 3 5 - v o l t d - c input t o t h e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n i s
m a i n t a i n e d at a r e l a t i v e l y c o n s t a n t level.
T h e low-voltage c o n t r o l s a m p l e s the input voltage to t h e i n v e r t e r and
c a n t e r m i n a t e i n v e r t e r o p e r a t i o n . S i n c e the buck-boost a m p l i f i e r p r o v i d e s
a b o o s t action d u r i n g a d e c r e a s e in input voltage to t h e i n v e r t e r , in an
a t t e m p t t o m a i n t a i n a c o n s t a n t 35 v o l t s dc t o the power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n ,
t h e high b o o s t r e q u i r e d d u r i n g a l o w - v o l t a g e input would tend to o v e r h e a t
the b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r . A s a p r e c a u t i o n a r y m e a s u r e , the low-voltage
c o n t r o l will t e r m i n a t e i n v e r t e r o p e r a t i o n by disconnecting o p e r a t i n g
voltage t o t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r a n d a p o w e r i n v e r s i o n s t a g e when input
voltage d e c r e a s e s to between 16 and 19 v o l t s dc.
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 NOV 1966 Change Date
Page
2.6-20
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n s e c t i o n , using t h e 4 0 0 - c y c l e , s q u a r e wave output of t h e eight- s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n , t r a n s f o r m s it into
a 3 - p h a s e 4 0 0 - c y c l e 115-volt s i n e wave signal. T h e m a n n e r in which t h e s e
t r a n s f o r m e r s a r e wound p r o d u c e s flux c a n c e l l a t i o n which e l i m i n a t e s a l l
h a r m o n i c s up t o and including t h e fifteenth of t h e f u n d a m e n t a l f r e q u e n c y .
T h e 22. 5 e l e c t r i c a l d e g r e e d i s p l a c e m e n t of t h e s q u a r e wave p r o v i d e s a
m e a n s of e l e c t r i c a l l y r o t a t i n g t h e s q u a r e wave excited p r i m a r y windings
a r o u n d t h e 3 - p h a s e , w y e - c o n n e c t e d , s e c o n d a r y windings, t h u s p r o d u c i n g
t h e 3 - p h a s e 4 0 0 - c y c l e s i n e wave output. T h i s 115-volt s i g n a l i s t h e n
applied t o t h e a - c output filter.
T h e a - c output f i l t e r e l i m i n a t e s t h e r e m a i n i n g h i g h e r h a r m o n i c s .
Since t h e l o w e r h a r m o n i c s w e r e e l i m i n a t e d b y the h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n
s e c t i o n , the s i z e and weight of t h i s output f i l t e r w a s r e d u c e d . C i r c u i t r y
in t h i s f i l t e r a l s o p r o d u c e s a r e c t i f i e d s i g n a l which i s applied to t h e Z e n e r
diode referenc: b r i d g e . The a m p l i t u d e of t h i s s i g n a l i s a function of t h e
a m p l i t u d e of a - c output voltage. A f t e r f i l t e r i n g , t h e 3 - p h a s e 115-volt
a - c 4 0 0 - c y c l e s i n e wave i s applied t o t h e a - c b u s e s t h r o u g h c u r r e n t s e n s ing t r a n s f o r m e r s .
The current-sensing t r a n s f o r m e r section produces a rectified
s i g n a l , t h e a m p l i t u d e of which i s in d i r e c t function of i n v e r t e r output
c u r r e n t m a g n i t u d e . T h i s d - c s i g n a l i s applied to t h e Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e t o r e g u l a t e i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output. It i s a l s o applied t o an
overcurrent t r i p circuit.
~~
The Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e r e c e i v e s a r e c t i f i e d d - c s i g n a l ,
r e p r e s e n t i n g voltage output, f r o m t h e c i r c u i t r y in t h e a - c output f i l t e r .
A v a r i a n c e in voltage output u n b a l a n c e s t h e b r i d g e providing a n e r r o r
s i g n a l df p r o p e r p o l a r i t y and m a g n i t u d e t o t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r v i a
t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r . When i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output r e a c h e s 200 t o 250
p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , t h e r e c t i f i e d s i g n a l applied to t h e b r i d g e f r o m t h e
c u r r e n t s e n s i n g t r a n s f o r m e r s i s of sufficient m a g n i t u d e to p r o v i d e a n
e r r o r s i g n a l and c a u s e t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r to o p e r a t e in t h e s a m e
m a n n e r as d u r i n g a n o v e r v o l t a g e condition. T h e b i a s output of t h e buckb o o s t a m p l i f i e r , being c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e e r r o r s i g n a l , will b e v a r i e d to
c o r r e c t f o r any v a r i a t i o n in i n v e r t e r v o l t a g e o r c u r r e n t output. When
i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output r e a c h e s 250 p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , the o v e r c u r r e n t t r i p circuit i s activated.
The o v e r c u r r e n t t r i p circuit monitors a rectified d-c signal r e p r e s e n t i n g c u r r e n t output. When t o t a l i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output e x c e e d s
250 p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , t h i s c i r c u i t will effect an i n v e r t e r d i s connect in 15*5 s e c o n d s . Lf c u r r e n t output of any s i n g l e p h a s e e x c e e d s
300 p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , t h i s c i r c u i t will effect an i n v e r t e r d i s c o n n e c t
in 5*1 second.

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 6 - 2 1
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
A p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r unit ( P S U ) , l o c a t e d in the RHEB ( p a n e l 208),
e s t a b l i s h e s i n v e r t e r o u t p u t s S O t h e y a r e in p h a s e when using a s e p a r a t e
i n v e r t e r on e a c h of t h e two a - c b u s e s . T h e two i n v e r t e r c o n f i g u r a t i o n i s
p r e v e l a n t d u r i n g d e l t a V ' s a s a s a f e t y p r e c a u t i o n in c a s e of a s i n g l e f a i l u r e
in t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l .
T h e u s e of two i n v e r t e r s d u r i n g d e l t a V ' s r e t a i n s r e d u n d a n c y in the
s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m , s i n c e power t h r o u g h a - c b u s 1 i s used
f o r a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l and power t h r o u g h a - c b u s 2 i s used f o r
m a n u a l thrust v e c t o r c o n t r o l .
Central timing equipment (CTE) t r i g g e r pulses, used f o r inverter
o p e r a t i o n , a r e supplied t o t h e i n v e r t e r s t h r o u g h t h e PSU. T h e PSU
s a m p l e s @ Bf r o m e a c h i n v e r t e r output, and when an i n - p h a s e r e l a t i o n s h i p
. i s established, supplies the 6400-cps C T E trigger pulse to the i n v e r t e r s
being u s e d . T h e OB input a l s o s u p p l i e s power f o r PSU c i r c u i t r y .
The i n - p h a s e r e l a t i o n s h i p i s a c q u i r e d by initially providing o u t - o f p h a s e t r i g g e r p u l s e s (6080 t o 6400 c p s ) until t h e two i n v e r t e r s a r e
s y n c h r o n i z e d , at which t i m e the C T E s i g n a l i s coupled to t h e i n v e r t e r s .
P h a s e l o c k , with a m a x i m u m d i s p l a c e m e n t of *10 d e g r e e s , i s a c q u i r e d in
a m a x i m u m of two s e c o n d s .
T h e s y n c h r o n i z e r p r o v i d e s t h i s function f o r any c o m b i n a t i o n of p a i r s
of the t h r e e a v a i l a b l e i n v e r t e r s . A t w o - p o s i t i o n toggle s w i t c h on t h e PSU,
when positioned t o O F F , allows f o r d i r e c t input of C T E s i g n a l s t o t h e
i n v e r t e r s in t h e e v e n t of f a i l u r e of t h e s y n c h r o n i z e r unit. However, in
t h i s s i t u a t i o n , 'the i n - p h a s e r e l a t i o n s h i p would not b e r e a l i z e d .
A t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r with a r a n g e of t32" to t 2 4 8 " F i s i n s t a l l e d
in e a c h i n v e r t e r t o p r o v i d e MSFN the c a p a b i l i t y of m o n i t o r i n g i n v e r t e r
t e m p e r a t u r e . It a l s o p r o v i d e s a n input t o t h e C&WS which will i l l u m i n e
a light at an i n v e r t e r o v e r t e m p e r a t u r e of 2 2 6 F .
2 . 6 . 3. 5
Batterv Charger.
A constant voltage, solid-state battery c h a r g e r (figure 2.6-7),
l o c a t e d in t h e C / M l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay, i s i n c o r p o r a t e d into t h e E P S .
T h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r s e l e c t o r s w i t c h (MDC-18) c o n t r o l s power input to
t h e C h a r g e r , a s w e l l a s connecting t h e c h a r g e r output t o t h e s e l e c t e d
b a t t e r y ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 1 ) . When t h e BATTERY CHARGER s e l e c t o r s w i t c h
i s p o s i t i o n e d t o e n t r y b a t t e r y A, B, o r C , a r e l a y (K4) i s a c t i v a t e d ,
c o m p l e t i n g c i r c u i t s f r o m a - c and d - c power s o u r c e s t o t h e b a t t e r y
c h a r g e r . A l s o , t h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r output is c o n n e c t e d to t h e s e l e c t e d
b a t t e r y to b e c h a r g e d t h r o u g h t h e MAIN BUS TIE s w i t c h e s ( M D C - 2 2 ) .
P o s i t i o n i n g t h e MAIN BUS T I E s w i t c h ( A & C o r B & C ) to O F F , f o r t h e
selected b a t t e r i e s , will disconnect main bus loads f r o m the b a t t e r i e s
and a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e c i r c u i t f r o m t h e c h a r g e r to t h e b a t t e r y . Only o n e
b a t t e r y c a n b e c h a r g e d at a time.
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.6-22
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
11
I
VcXlACf
CONlRcX
Figure 2.6-7.
B a t t e r y C h a r g e r Block D i a g r a m
T h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r u s e s 25 t o 30 v o l t s d c f r o m t h e m a i n d - c b u s e s
and 115 v o l t s 4OO-cps, 3 - p h a s e a c f r o m e i t h e r of t h e a - c b u s e s . All t h r e e
p h a s e s of ac a r e u s e d t o b o o s t t h e 25 to 30-volt d - c input t o p r o d u c e
40 v o l t s d c f o r c h a r g i n g . In addition, p h a s e A of t h e a c i s u s e d to supply
p o w e r f o r t h e r e s t of t h e c h a r g e r c i r c u i t r y . The logic n e t w o r k in t h e
c h a r g e r , which c o n s i s t s of a t w o - s t a g e d i f f e r e n t i a l a m p l i f i e r ( c o m p a r a t o r ) ,
a t w o - s t a g e S c h m i t t t r i g g e r , a c u r r e n t s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r , and a v o l t a g e
a m p l i f i e r will s e t ' u p t h e initial condition f o r o p e r a t i o n . T h e f i r s t s t a g e
of t h e c o m p a r a t o r i s in t h e on m o d e , with t h e second s t a g e in t h e off m o d e ,
placing t h e S c h m i t t t r i g g e r f i r s t s t a g e in t h e on m o d e with the s e c o n d
s t a g e off. T h i s condition p r o v i d e s m a x i m u m b a s e d r i v e t o t h e c u r r e n t
a m p l i f i e r which t u r n s t h e switching t r a n s i s t o r t o t h e on m o d e . With t h e
switching t r a n s i s t o r on, c u r r e n t flows f r o m t h e t r a n s f o r m e r r e c t i f i e r
t h r o u g h t h e switching t r a n s i s t o r , c u r r e n t s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r , and s w i t c h
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.6-23
SM2A -0 3 -SCO 12

s
SYSTEMS DATA
choke t o the b a t t e r y being c h a r g e d . A s c u r r e n t flow i n c r e a s e s , the voltage
d r o p a c r o s s t h e s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r i n c r e a s e s . The voltage a c r o s s the
s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r builds to a l e v e l which t u r n s the f i r s t s t a g e of the c o m p a r a t o r to t h e off m o d e and the second s t a g e t o the on mode. T h i s condition t u r n s off the voltage a m p l i f i e r which r e v e r s e s t h e o p e r a t i o n of the
Schmitt t r i g g e r t o f i r s t s t a g e off and second s t a g e on. T h i s p l a c e s the
c u r r e n t a m p l i f i e r off, which t u r n s off the switching t r a n s i s t o r . T h e
switching t r a n s i s t o r in t h e off m o d e will s t o p c u r r e n t flow f r o m the power
s o u r c e , c a u s i n g t h e f i e l d in the choke to continue collapsing and d i s c h a r g i n g
into the b a t t e r y through t h e switching diode and t h e c u r r e n t s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r . As t h e E M F in t h e choke d e c r e a s e s , t h e c u r r e n t through t h e s e n s i n g
r e s i s t o r d e c r e a s e s , reducing the voltage d r o p a c r o s s the r e s i s t o r . At
s o m e point, the d e c r e a s e in voltage d r o p a c r o s s the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r ,
r e v e r s e s t h e o p e r a t i o n of the c o m p a r a t o r c i r c u i t , setting up the initial
condition and completing one c y c l e of o p e r a t i o n . The output load c u r r e n t ,
due t o t h e action of the choke, r e m a i n s r e l a t i v e l y c o n s t a n t except f o r the
s m a l l v a r i a t i o n through the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r . T h i s v a r i a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d
to switch t h e switching t r a n s i s t o r and Schmitt t r i g g e r through the action
of t h e c o m p a r a t o r .
B a t t e r y c h a r g e r output is r e g u l a t e d b y the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r until the
b a t t e r y voltage r e a c h e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 36 volts. At t h i s t i m e , the voltage
c o n t r o l n e t w o r k i s activated and, in conjunction with the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r ,
p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l f o r cycling the b a t t e r y c h a r g e r . As the b a t t e r y voltage
i n c r e a s e s , the i n t e r n a l impedance of t h e b a t t e r y i n c r e a s e s , d e c r e a s i n g
c u r r e n t flow f r o m t h e c h a r g e r . At 39 volts, the b a t t e r y i s f u l l y c h a r g e d
and c u r r e n t flow b e c o m e s negligible. ( S e e f i g u r e 2.6-8. ) B a t t e r y c h a r g e r
d i s c o n n e c t will b e effected a t a c u r r e n t output gf a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0 . 6 a m p s .
BATTERY
VOLTAGE
BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT (AMPERES)
Figure 2.6-8.
SM-2A-880
B a t t e r y Charging Rate C h a r t
~
Mission
B a s i c Date
page 2 . 6 - 2 4
SM2A -03-SCO 12
'SYSTEMS DATA
B a t t e r y input will b e m o n i t o r e d by MSFN t h r o u g h t h e n o r m a l b a t t e r y
t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r em ent s
2.6.3.6
P o w e r Distribution.
D-C and a - c power d i s t r i b u t i o n to c o m p o n e n t s of t h e E P S i s p r o vided b y two r e d u n d a n t b u s e s in e a c h s y s t e m . A single-point ground on
t h e s p a c e c r a f t s t r u c t u r e i s used to e l i m i n a t e ground loop e f f e c t s . Sensing
and c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s a r e provided f o r m o n i t o r i n g and p r o t e c t i o n of e a c h b u s
system.
D i s t r i b u t i o n of d - c power ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 9 ) is a c c o m p l i s h e d with a twow i r e s y s t e m and a s e r i e s of i n t e r c o n n e c t e d b u s e s , individual s w i t c h e s ,
c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s , and i s o l a t i o n d i o d e s . T h e b u s e s c o n s i s t of the following:
Two redundaxit m a i n d - c b u s e s ( A and B) powered by t h e t h r e e fuel
c e l l s a n d / o r e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A , B, and C .
Two b a t t e r y b u s e s ( A and B) e a c h powered b y i t s r e s p e c t i v e e n t r y
b a t t e r y A and B.
F l i g h t and postlanding b u s , powered t h r o u g h the m a i n d - c b u s e s ,
a n d / o r the t h r e e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s , A , B , and C .
Two n o n e s s e n t i a l b u s e s , powered t h r o u g h e i t h e r d - c m a i n b u s A o r B
B a t t e r y r e l a y bus, powered b y e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A and B through
individual b a t t e r y b u s e s.
P y r o b u s e s , which a r e i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e m a i n e l e c t r i c a l power
s y s t e m when powered b y t h e p y r o b a t t e r i e s . A c a p a b i l i t y is p r o vided to connect e n t r y b a t t e r y A o r B t o t h e r e s p e c t i v e A o r B p y r o
s y s t e m in c a s e of l o s s of a p y r o b a t t e r y .
S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s , powered by S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r
b a t t e r i e s , which a r e c o m p l e t e l y i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e m a i n e l e c t r i c a l
power s y s t e m .
P o w e r f r o m t h e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s i s connected to t h e m a i n d - c
b u s e s t h r o u g h s i x m o t o r s w i t c h e s ( p a r t of o v e r l o a d / r e v e r s e c u r r e n t c i r c u i t s in t h e S / M which a r e c o n t r o l l e d b y s w i t c h e s in t h e C / M l o c a t e d on
MDC-18. F u e l c e l l power c a n b e connected to e i t h e r o r both of t h e m a i n
d - c b u s e s . Six e v e n t i n d i c a t o r s show when fuel c e l l output i s connected.
When an o v e r l o a d condition o c c u r s , t h e o v e r l o a d - r e v e r s e c u r r e n t s e n s i n g
c i r c u i t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y d i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s f r o m the
o v e r l o a d e d b u s and p r o v i d e v i s u a l d i s p l a y s f o r i s o l a t i o n of t h e t r o u b l e .
A r e v e r s e c u r r e n t condition w i l l d i s c o n n e c t the malfunctioning power plant
from t h e d - c s y s t e m . D-C u n d e r v o l t a g e s e n s i n g c i r c u i t s ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 0 )
a r e a l s o provided t o i n d i c a t e b u s low v o l t a g e conditions. If voltage d r o p s
Mission
B a s i c Date
page
2.6-25
SMZA-03-SCOI2
SYSTEMS DATA
below 2 6 . 25 v o l t s d c , a n applicable d - c undervoltage light on the caution
and warning panel (MDC-11) will illuminate. Since e a c h b u s i s capable of
handling a l l EPS l o a d s , a n undervoltage condition should not o c c u r except
in a n isolated i n s t a n c e , if too m a n y e l e c t r i c a l units a r e placed on the b u s
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y o r if a malfunction e x i s t s in the EPS. A v o l t m e t e r , on
MDC-18, i s provided t o m o n i t o r b u s voltage. An a m m e t e r i s provided on
MDC-18 t o m o n i t o r c u r r e n t output of f u e l cells 1 , 2 , 3 , b a t t e r i e s A , B,
C , and t h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r . During e x t r e m e power l o a d s o r e m e r g e n c i e s ,
p o w e r to the m a i n d - c b u s e s c a n b e supplied f r o m e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A and B
b y way of b a t t e r y b u s e s and d i r e c t l y f r o m b a t t e r y C ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 1 ) . E a c h
b a t t e r y b u s i s s e p a r a t e d physically into two p a r t s ( e . g . , b a t t e r y b u s A i s
A-1 and A - 2 ) , but r e m a i n connected e l e c t r i c a l l y by m o t o r switch c o n t a c t s
which a r e not opened on m a n n e d S / C . A switch to two n o n e s s e n t i a l b u s e s
p e r m i t s isolating n o n e s s e n t i a l equipment d u r i n g a s h o r t a g e of power ( t w o
f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s out). The postlanding b u s supplies power t o s o m e of
t h e t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s equipment, float bag No. 1 and No. 3 controls, and
t h e ECS postlanding vent control. In flight and up to CSM s e p a r a t i o n , the
postlanding b u s r e c e i v e s power f r o m the fuel c e l l s a n d / o r e n t r y b a t t e r i e s
through t h e m a i n d-c b u s e s . After CSM s e p a r a t i o n , the e n t r y b a t t e r i e s
supply power to the postlanding b u s through the m a i n d-c b u s e s o r d i r e c t l y
through individual c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s . Motor switch c o n t a c t s which c l o s e
when the MAIN B U S T I E s w i t c h e s a r e positioned O N , c o m p l e t e the c i r c u i t
between t h e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s and the m a i n d - c b u s e s and open the connection
f r o m the b a t t e r y c h a r g e r . The b a t t e r y r e l a y b u s p r o v i d e s d - c power to t h e
d - c and a - c s e n s i n g units, and the fuel c e l l and i n v e r t e r c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s .
T h e pyrotechnic b a t t e r i e s supply power to initiate o r d n a n c e d e v i c e s f o r
s e p a r a t i o n of the LES, f o r w a r d h e a t s h i e l d , S / M f r o m C / M , and f o r
deployment of the d r o g u e and m a i n p a r a c h u t e s d u r i n g a pad a b o r t , higha l t i t u d e abor,t, o r n o r m a l m i s s i o n p r o g r e s s i o n . The S / M j e t t i s o n cont r o l l e r b a t t e r i e s , supply power through t h e S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s f o r
t h e CSM s e p a r a t i o n m a n e u v e r . To o p e r a t e r e c o v e r y c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and
o t h e r a i d s a f t e r landing, power i s provided by the e n t r y b a t t e r i e s through
t h r e e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s ( f i g u r e 2.6-11) which a r e n o r m a l l y open until j u s t
p r i o r to CSM s e p a r a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n of a - c power ( f i g u r e 2. 6-12) is a c c o m p l i s h e d with a f o u r w i r e s y s t e m v i a two redundant b u s e s , a - c b u s N o . 1 and a - c b u s N o . 2.
T h e a - c n e u t r a l bus is connected t o the single-point ground. A-C power i s
provided by the s o l i d - s t a t e 11 5/200-volt 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e i n v e r t e r s . D - C
power is routed t o t h e i n v e r t e r s through the m a i n d - c b u s e s . I n v e r t e r
No. 1 c a n be powered t h r o u g h d - c m a i n bus A , i n v e r t e r N o . 2 through
d - c m a i n b u s B , and i n v e r t e r No. 3 through e i t h e r d - c m a i n bus A o r B by
switch selection. Each of t h e s e c i r c u i t s h a s a s e p a r a t e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r
and a power c o n t r o l m o t o r switch. Switches f o r applying power to t h e
m o t o r s w i t c h e s a r e located on MDC-18. All t h r e e i n v e r t e r s a r e identical
and a r e provided with o v e r t e m p e r a t u r e c i r c u i t r y . A light indicator, in
the c a u t i o n / w a r n i n g g r o u p on MDC-11, i l l u m i n a t e s to indicate a n o v e r t e m p e r a t u r e situation. I n v e r t e r o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e i s t e l e m e t e r e d
ELECTRICAL .POWER SYSTEM

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.6-26
?VI0l N l f t l U F T f ~SW AND S/M
,+
MTTERY
M n f N 0115 A - 1
ENTIV I 4 l l E W C
FUGU1 6 WSlLANDIF4G B V I
NQNESSLNTI4L #VI
IW
M Un I
MlTttY B V I 4 * 1
IUS I - I
MTIEN IUS B - 1
fMRY MTIERV C
NTW B4lTttV C
FUCHT 6 FOSIUNDING BUS
CM DC W I N B U S *
NONfSStN71AL IVI SW
CH
,IN
U? VOICE-U? DATA DISC
IUS Bi
e I-KMC ANTENNA SWI~CH
f7
M T T E R Y CkUtGt
VHF ANTfNNb SWllo(
, +VHF-f*I
IWElfEt Nc I
iwtiifi NO 3
H)
0, h
WI
- FUL CELL NO
- FUEL CELL N O I
M G - F U L CELL NO 3
MGE
:
5
MGI
CtYOGEMCI HZ I A N K I H U l f l SY
CAW b W 4 I N D L I ~ O I O NUMT
'*
M ICUV
W-OATA U NK
UNflED 5-MND We I t l * V S
i-.L S I G M L C 0 M ) l I l D M I
- N M U
UUV
,*
DAT4 S l O U G t M U l M M
I --t
W M O D U U n O N PlOCUSOI
1 - t
A m 0 CtNTEt
--c) WF-AM
4S0tLOCL-CMNMlALC
-WV
I U M M l T I i ~UCUWI
Hf I U M C U M I
5 0 I O U - M W E L I A D
-+
4 WJCAMK- I U V I C O H D I
--3 SCS DIUCT U U G f
+ C - M W XPONDEI
C t Y O t E N l U 01 TANK I H U T E I SVS
1UNS~lllEt
+ S-MND RVt +PL
ESSEMIAL I M T t W N T A I I O N
0,A
WIN B V S B
M G N O t COMIOL
f t C 4 l M C NC JCONTIOL
POSIUNOING ECS ILmflCONTIOL
D-C X U I N G UM1 h
K lNDlC4lOtS Su 'Wlh Ob5 A )
4A HZ
fLo*l
-t A m 0 CIMLI-COHDI
SCSVAW
AWIO UNTEI KEY U U V
--t WC AMR
- CoMDt L l N G t
Wf E C o v f W
A m 0 ClNILt
IUccW
Y C U L - E"
1-
W
L
wv
E M I Y MTT(IV 4
CM M WIN M
MAIN IUS TIE (ALC) SWllCH

M l T t Y CHMGLt SEUCIOI SWltcH
cowL(sI0t w. I WtlGHlING In
FLOAT M G
No. I
COWL (YoA)
EU LOCK (SEO A)
wsnt MM $to tom

LOGLC
MIA
% INDKAIW SW (U1A)
PCMW CIMML CONROL-PITCH

M W E t V tEUV IUS
YOLDOUZ ERAME
-7
Mis s ion
S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
ENltY BAWERY I
CM DC M I N IUS
DC O U l N I
DC
"0
talk BUS TIE lBMl
WE1 CELL NO I
FUL
M 0"T
FllGHl A N D lOSll4NDlNG BUS
- Cf LL NO
- F U L CfLL No
n
aA
OAlltRl CWIRGft YLEClMI SWITCH
CM DC WW.
Sn G l M u L H o I o (
WRIGIi l I N G S
IPS G I W
ELI LOGIC
isto ni
MLSC
d IDS A m 1 f N A ~ L 1ISEO 11
MASTER LVLM SLQ

LOCK
Ml I
CONI-
SWITCH
cowussoa NO I
AtM
I P R l M t Y )IICHI
Wlot
ORIMAtY Y4wi
CCOIllV
DC VOLlAGt
mrirw nus I
M I X LOGIC fSfQ 11
0-45
VDC
DC IWIUIORS SW ( U T I)
LE)
ioGic wa I)
F IO
EDS-IVS NO 3
SECONO4MG l W L COMROL
YCONDAtY GIUML C O M t O L
Y4W
- PIICH
M m t Y U U Y IUS
COMtOLLft
S/M JEnlSON CONltOLLft A
untn A
CEACTAM SMmW VALVES
a U C I A M IHUICfF VALVES
- FlXL Ut1 No. 1
F M L C I U NO. 3
DC U W f N O L f A G f SIMING UNT
DC uNDttVOL1AGL S E W NG U H l
MN W A
-WWI
DC W N 1
s A 011
I N V t t l E t NO. I COMtOL (oc L A C IUS 1)

INVltTLt NO. 3 CONTI(X (rC ud 1)
IPNtETft NO, 1 COMICX (oc L AC US I )
I N W t l t NO. I C O N l I a u c
1)
I w f t R t NO. 3 COMtOL (oc L AC UJS I)
I N M t l E t NO. 2 c w i t a u c IU a
AC MI-VNDENOLTAGE L OVIUOAD S M I N C U M I IW I)
S A C l N MU?.MY
NO. I
SPECIAL EOUI?. M V
NO. 3
AC Wit-UNOENOIIAGI L QVEULOU) SEMlNG UNll (IWI1

SKOALIMP.
uicn
E
t
*
VM
XllISON
CONROLLEI
S/M l T l l S O N C O M t O L U t I
MllEN I
0" # %. Co7I.c"
,-in
S*C%*JYG
F i g u r e 2.6-9.
D-C P o w e r D i s t r i b u ti on
Mission
CUL"
Change Date
. .
a,
Page 2 . 6 - 2 7 1 2 . 6 - 2 8
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO 12
M3U4
SYSTEMS DATA
ylo *n3a
t
4r
1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date
Yi
B a s i c Date
c
c
.-
l I
n
U
sag
Page
3,
2.6-29
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
t o t h e MSFN. I n v e r t e r output i s routed through a s e r i e s of c o n t r o l m o t o r
s w i t c h e s t o t h e a - c b u s e s . Six s w i t c h e s on MDC-18 c o n t r o l m o t o r
s w i t c h e s which o p e r a t e c o n t a c t s to connect o r d i s c o n n e c t t h e i n v e r t e r s
f r o m the a - c b u s e s . The m o t o r s w i t c h e s a r e designed to p r e v e n t connecting two i n v e r t e r s t o t h e s a m e a - c b u s a t t h e same t i m e . AC l o a d s
a r e p o w e r e d through t h e redundant a - c b u s e s . In s o m e i n s t a n c e s , one
p h a s e i s u s e d f o r o p e r a t i o n of equipment; in o t h e r s two, and in o t h e r s a l l
t h r e e . O v e r - u n d e r v o l t a g e and o v e r l o a d s e n s i n g c i r c u i t s ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 1 )
a r e provided f o r e a c h bus. A-C b u s voltage fail and o v e r l o a d l i g h t s i n . t h e
c a u t i o n / w a r n i n g g r o u p on MDC-11 p r o v i d e a v i s u a l indication of t h e s e
malfunctions. Monitoring of voltage and f r e q u e n c y of e a c h phase on e a c h
b u s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d b y s e l e c t i o n with the AC INDICATORS switch.
Readings a r e displayed on s e p a r a t e AC VOLTS and FREQUENCY m e t e r s
located on MDC-18. E a c h p h a s e voltage and $ A f r e q u e n c y i s t e l e m e t e r e d
t o MSFN s t a t i o n s .
2.6.4
2.6.4.1
AC and DC Data.
AC and DC p e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the E P S i s a s follows
AC
Phases
Displacement
lZO* 2 d e g r e e s
Steady- s t a t e voltage
115*2 v a c ( a v e r a g e of 3 p h a s e s )
T r a n s i e n t volt age
115 ( $ 3 5 , -65) v a c
Recovery
To 115*10v within 15 ms, s t e a d y

s t a t e within 50 m s
Un b a1a n c e
2 v a c ( w o r s t phase f r o m a v e r a g e )
Frequency limits
N o r m a l ( s y n c h r o n i z e d to
c e n t r a l timing equipment)
400*2 c q s
E m e r g e n c y ( l o s s of c e n t r a l
t i m i n g equipment)
400*7 c p s
Wave c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ( s i n e wave)
5 percent
Maximum distortion
4 percent
Highest h a r m o n i c
1.414*10 p e r c e n t
C r e s t factor
1250 v a
Rating
Mission
Change Date
page
2.6-30
WTTERV CHARGERMNA
Figure 2 . 6 - !
Mission
Basic
SMZA -03 - SCO I 2
SYSTEMS DATA
i
M T T E R Y CWUGERMNB
Figure 2.6-11.
Battery Charger and CM D - C Bus Control Circuits

Mission
Change Date
P a g e 2 . 6 - 3 1f 2 . 6 - 3 2
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
INVERTER NO. 1
INVERTERNO. 1
ONLY ONE INVERTER

ANY ONE TIME
ANY ONE TIME
INVERTER NO. 3
INVERTER NO. 3
AC S M R
SIG-AC 2
A@
AC SENSE UNIT
AC SENSE UNIT
INDICATORSSW
INDICATORS SW
PUMP MOTORS -FUEL CELL 1
PUMP MOTORS FUEL CELL 1
pH SENSOR @A)

pH SENSOR (@A)
PUMP MOTORS - FUEL CELL 3
pH SENSOR (6)
pH SENSOR UA)
CRYOGENIC FLEL QTY AMPL I ( I C )
CRYOGENIC FUEL QTY WPL 2 (ZC)
---)
CRYOGENK FAN MOTORS SYS I
CRYOGENIC FAN MOTORS SYS 2
BATTERY CHARGER
MTTERY CHARGER
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ECS GLYCOL PUMP
ECS GLYCOL PUMP
ECS SUIT COMPRESSOR
ECS SUIT COMPRESSOR
ECS CABIN RECIRC, TEMP CONTROL

AND WASTE MGT BLOWER
ECS CABIN RECIRC CON1 AND

TEMP CO NT
ECS SPACE RAD ISOLATION AND VENT

VALVE (#A AND B)
ECS SPACE RAD ISOLATION AND

VENT VALVE (PA AND C)
--
STAO.AND CON1 SYS
STAB.AND CON1 SYS

SPS
- GROW I
STAB. AND CON1 SYS GROW 1
- GROW 2
STAB. AND CON1 SYS GROW 2
SPS GAUGING (BC)
GAUGING (BC)
noted, .I1
LIGHTING L GLN SIG COND (bs)
.
)
NOTE: UIlerr o t h a r r i ~
lmdi use
LIGHTING 6 GLN SIG COND (fin)
0-c
2$
mer.
GAS ANALYZER (#A)
F i g u r e 2.6-12.
A-C P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.6-33
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
DC
Steady- s t a t e voltage l i m i t s
Normal
During postlanding and
p r e f l i g h t checkout p e r i o d s
Ripple voltage
2.6. 4. 2
29*2.0 vdc
27 to 30 vdc
1v P-P
Power Requirements.
P o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e E P S a r e a s follows:
Total Input
Power
(Watts)
Unit Input
Power
(Watts)
Unit
Unit
2uantity
Control
AC
AC
DC
DC
F U E L CELLS
Hydrogen pump
F U E L CELL PUMP-1, -2,

and - 3 s w (MDC-22)
100.0
300.0
Glycol p u m p
FUEL C E L L PUMP-1, -2,

20.0
60.0
pH i n d i c a t o r
F U E L FELL PUMP-1, -2,

and - 3 s w (MDC-22) and
F U E L C E L L INDICATORS
sw (MDC-18)
2.0
6.0
2.5
7.5
Power factor
correction for
above i t e m s
Total
including pf
correction
373.5
Pressure
transduce r s
sw (MDC-18)
2.0
18.0
H2 f l o w m e t e r
circuits
sw (MDC-18)
1.0
3.0

Mission
Change Date
Page
2-6-34
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Unit Input
Power
(Watts)
Unit
Unit
Quantity
Control
AC
T o t a l Input
Pow e r
(Watts)
DC
AC
DC
O2 f l o w m e t e r
circuits
F U E L C E L L INDICATOR!
sw (MDC-18)
1.0
3.0
H2 p u r g e
line h e a t e r
H2 PURGE LINE
HEATER (MDC- 15)
2.0
4.0
P u r g e solenoid
FUEL CELL-1, -2, -3,

and H2 PURGE/O2
PURGE sw (MDC-18)
17. 5
105.0
F u e l c e l l inline
heater
None
(Automatic on a t
t 3 8 5*5 F)
( A u t o m a t i c off at
t 390*5 F)
160.0
480.0
H2 HEATERS-1 and - 2
sw (MDC-13)
20.0
40.0
O2 HEATERS-1 and - 2
(MDC- 13)
155.0
310.0
H2 FANS-1 and - 2 s w
:MDC-13)
5.0
to. 0
3 2 FANS -1 and - 2 s w
14. 5
58.0
Pressure
t r an s duc e r
ESSENTIAL-3 ( 1 5 3 )
SIB
Signal
conditioner
ZRYOGENIC SYSTEM2 T Y A M P L - 1 and - 2 j C C / B (MDC-22)
BATTERY CHARGER
s e l e c t o r sw (MDC-18)
CRYOGENICS
H2 t a n k h e a t e r
0 2 tank h e a t e r
SW'
H2 t a n k fan
0 2 tank fan
BATTERY
CHARGER
: MDC - 13)
1.5
4.0
6.0
.6. 0
i5. 0
nax
84.0
max
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change D a t e
page
2.6-35
S M 2 A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T o t a l Input
Power
(Watts)
Unit Input
Power
(Watts)
Unit
Quantity
Control
Unit
AC
DC
AC
DC
SENSING UNITS
D-C u n d e r voltage s e n s i n g
unit ( 2 c i r c u i t s )
MAIN BUS A and BR E S E T I O F F sw (MDC-18)
0.5
A-C u n d e r and
o v e r v o l t a g e and
overload
s e n s i n g unit
(2 circuits)
AC BUS 1 and 2 - R E S E T /
O F F sw (MDC-18)
1.0
PHASE
SYNCHRONIZER
INV PHASE LOCK

( p a n e l 208)
7.5
7.5
UNIT
INVERTERS
( S e e note)
AC INVERTER-1, - 2 ,
NOTE With a 28-volt d - c input, e a c h i n v e r t e r will

operate'at a i r efficiency of 76 p e r c e n t m i n i m u m with
a 1250 v o l t - a m p e r e load, 0 . 9 power f a c t o r , and
74 p e r c e n t m i n i m u m with a 625 v o l t - a m p e r e l o a d ,
0 . 9 power f a c t o r .
2.6. 5
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS,
2.6. 5 . 1
F u e l C e l l P o w e r Plants.
F u e l c e l l power p l a n t s a r e designed to function under a t m o s p h e r i c
and high v a c u u m conditions. E a c h m u s t b e a b l e to m a i n t a i n i t s e l f at
s u s t a i n i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s and m i n i m u m e l e c t r i c a l l o a d s a t both e n v i r o n m e n t
e x t r e m e s . To function p r o p e r l y , fuel c e l l s m u s t o p e r a t e under the
following l i m i t a t i o n s and r e s t r i c t i o n s :
e
E x t e r n a l nonoperating t e m p e r a t u r e
-20" to t 1 4 0 " F
Operating t e m p e r a t u r e i n s i d e S / M
t30" to t 1 3 0 " F
E x t e r n a l nonoperating p r e s s u r e
Atmospheric
N o r m a l voltage
27 to 31 vdc
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 NOV 1966
Change Date
Page
2-6-36
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0
M i n i m u m o p e r a t i n g voltage
Emergency operation
Normal operation
20. 5 vdc a t 2295 w a t t s

( g r o s s power l e v e l )
27 v d c
M a x i m u m o p e r a t i n g voltage
31 vdc
F u e l c e l l d i s c o n n e c t ( o v e r l o a d and
r e ver se c u r r e n t r el a y )
75 a m p e r e s f o r o v e r
1 5 m i n u t e s , 112 a m p e r e s
f o r 25 to 300 s e c o n d s
Maximum r e v e r s e c u r r e n t
1 second m i n i m u m
Minimum sustaining power/fuel cell

power p l a n t (with i n - l i n e h e a t e r off)
In-line h e a t e r
563 w a t t s
H2 p u r g e l i n e h e a t e r
4 watts
M a x i m u m g r o s s power u n d e r
e m e r g e n c y conditions
2295 w a t t s
Nitrogen p r e s s u r e
52 to 70 p s i a
Reactant p r e s s u r e
qxygen
Hydrogen
62 to 75 p s i a
60. 5 to 75 p s i a
R e a c t a n t c o n s u m p t i o n / f u e l cell
p o w e r plant
Power Level
160 w a t t s
563W
0.0476
0.378
Hydrogen
Oxygen
2295W
0.262 l b / h r
2.08 l b / h r
Electrolyte w a t e r concentration
Minimum stack t e m p e r a t u r e f o r
self- sustaining operation
Approximate external environment

t e m p e r a t u r e range outside S / C
( f o r radiation)
-260" to t 4 0 0 " F
F u e l c e l l p o w e r plant o p e r a t i n g s k i n
t e m p e rat u r e
t 3 8 5 " to t 5 0 0 " F
Condenser exhaust operating

temperature
$155" to t 1 7 5 " F
Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 6 - 3 7
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0
Purging frequency
Nominally e v e r y 24 h r s .
(dependent on r e a c t a n t p u r i t y
a f t e r tank fill)
0 2 s w i t c h ON t i m e
H 2 switch ON t i m e
0
2 minutes
80 s e c o n d s
Additional flow r a t e while purging

Up to 0.6 l b / h r
Up t o 0 . 7 5 l b / h r
02
H2
2. 6. 5. 2
C r v o nenic Sto r a n e Sub s vs tem.

T h e c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e s u b s y s t e m m u s t b e a b l e to meet the following
r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n of the f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s and t h e
ECS:
0
M i n i m u m u s a b l e quantity
Oxygen
H yd rog en
320 lb e a c h tank
2 8 l b e a c h tank
T e m p e r a t u r e at time of f i l l
Oxygen
Hydrogen
- 2 9 7 F (approx)
-423 OF ( a p p r o x )
Operating p r e s s u r e range
Oxygen
H yd r o g e n
865 to 935 p s i a
225 to 260 p s i a
Temperature probe range

Oxygen
H yd r o g en
-325" to t 8 0 " F
-425" t o -200F
M a x i m u m allowable d i f f e r e n c e
in quantity balanc e between t a n k s
Oxygen t a n k s No. 1 and 2
Hydrogen tanks No. 1 and 2
15 l b
1 lb
P r e s s u r e relief v a l v e o p e r a t i o n
Crack pressure
Oxygen
H yd r og e n
Reseat pressure
Oxygen
H yd r o g e n
F u l l flow, m a x i m u m relief
Oxygen
Hydrogen
998 p s i a
288 p s i a
980 p s i a
283 p s i a
1025 psia
300 p s i a
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.6-38
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.6.6
T h e following is a c o m p l e t e list of all EPS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that is
m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . T h e l a s t
c o l u m n c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and type of S / C c r e w display. T h e d i s p l a y
u t i l i z e s t h e s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e as t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e
m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r is included in t h e d i s p l a y column.
An a s t e r i s k (:::) by t h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s information
which is n o t a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g
P C M low b i t r a t e operation.
Measurement
Number
Normal
Operating
Range
Description
Sensor
Range
CC 0175 T
T e m p static i n v e r t e r 1
t 3 2 / t 248 F
CC 0176 T
T e m p static inverter 2
t 32/ t248a F
t 4 0 " to t 1 4 0 " F INV 1 T E M P HI C&W

light
t 4 0 " to t 1 4 0 " F
CC 0177 T
Temp static inverter 3
t32/ t248O
t 4 0 " to t 1 4 0 " F
;::CC 0178 T
Temp battery A case
4CC 0179 T
Temp battery B case
*CC 0188 P
P r e s s bat compartment
(Manif)
cc 0200 v AC voltage m a i n b u s 1
phase A
:::cc 0201 v AC voltage m a i n b u s 1
phase B
:::cc 0202 v AC voltage m a i n b u s 1
phase C
CC 0203 V AC voltage m a i n b u s 2
phase A
:kCC 0204 V A C voltage m a i n b u s 2
phase B
+CC 0205 V AC voltage m a i n b u s 2
phase C
CC 020.6 V DC voltage m a i n b u s A
CC 0207 V DC voltage m a i n b u s B
:::cc0210 v DC voltage b a t t e r y
bus A
*cc 0211 v DC voltage b a t t e r y
bus B
2 e r o / t 18
psia
Zero/t150
vac
Z e r o / t 150
vac
Zero/t150
vac
Zero/tl50
vac
Zero/tl50
vac
Zero/tl50
vac
Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc
Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc
Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc
Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc
C r e w Display
t 5 0 " t o 1 1 0 F None
( 2 0 0 F entry)
t 5 0 " to 1 1 0 F None
(200F entry)
Auxiliary DC VOLTS
Zero
meter
113 to 117 v a c A C VOLTS m e t e r
113 t o 117 v a c
A C VOLTS m e t e r
113 to 117 v a c
AC VOLTS m e t e r
113 to 117 v a c
AC VOLTS m e t e r
113 to 117 vac
AC VOLTS m e t e r
113 to 117 v a c
AC VOLTS m e t e r
27 to 31 vdc
27 to 31 vdc
3 5 to 37 vdc
open c i r c u i t
27 to 29 vdc
on load
DC VOLTS m e t e r
DC VOLTS m e t e r
DC VOLTS m e t e r
DC VOLTS m e t e r
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
we_ 2.6-39
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
*cc 0212 v
*CC 0213 F
Description
DC voltage p o s t landing
battery
*CC 0214 V
*CC 0217 F
*cc 0222 c
*CC 0223 C
*CC 0224 C
CC 0232 V
*SC 2060 P
*SC 2061 P
Sensor
Range
Frequency ac bus 1
phase A
DC voltage b a t c h a r g e r
Normal
Operating
Range
Z e r o / + 4 5 vdc 35 to 3 7 . 2 vdc
open c i r c u i t
27 to 29 vdc
on load
+3a0/+420
393 t o 407
CPS
CPS
Z e r o / + 4 5 vdc 37 to 39 vdc
+380/+420
F:z:uency
a c bus 2
393 t o 407
phase A
CP S
CPS
- 3 / t 1 0 0 a m p - 3 to 30
DC c u r r e n t b a t t e r y A
-3/+100 a m p -3 to 30 a m p s
DC c u r r e n t b a t t e r y B
DC c u r r e n t p o s t landing - 3 / t 1 0 0 a m p - 3 to 30 a m p s
battery
Z e r o / f 4 5 vdc 25 to 36.5
DC voltage b a t t e r y
vdc
relay bus
Zero/ t 7 5
50 to 5 4 p s i a
N2 p r e s s u r e F / C 1
regulated
psia
r e g ul a t ed
Z ero/+75
r e g ul a t e d
2ero/ t 75
*SC 2066 P
0 2 pressure F/C 1
r e g ul a t ed
Zeroit75
psia
59 to 65 p s i a
*SC 2067 P
0 2 pressure F / C 2
regulated
Zero/+75
psia
59 to 65 p s i a
*SC 2062 P
50 to 5 4 p s i a
psia
50 to 54 p s i a
psia
C r e w Display
DC VOLTS m e t e r
FREQUENCY m e t e r
DC VOLTS meter
FREQUENCY m e t e r
DC AMPS m e t e r
DC AMPS m e t e r
DC AMPS m e t e r
None
F / C 1 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
HI-Nz event indic a t o r , and auxili a r y DC VOLTS
meter.
F / C 2 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
H I - N z event indic a t o r , and auxili a r y DC VOLTS
meter
F / C 3 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
HI-Nz event indic a t o r , and auxili a r y DC VOLTS
meter
F / C 1 C&W light,
R E G OUT PRESS
H I - 0 2 event indic a t o r , and auxili a r y DC VOLTS
meter
F / C 2 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
meter
Mission
B a e i c Date
l 2 Nov l 9 6 6
Change Date
page
2.6-40
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Description
Normal
Operating
Rang e
Sensor
Range
::SC 2068 P
0 2 pressure F / C 3
regulated
Zero/t75
psia
59 to 65 p s i a
*sc 2069
H2 p r e s s u r e F / C 1
regulated
Zero/t75
psia
5 7 . 5 to 63. 5
psia
*SC 2070 P
regulated
Z e r o / t 75
psia
57. 5 to 63. 5
psia
*:SC 2071 P
regulated
Zero/t75
psia
57.5 to 63. 5
psia
SC 2081 T
T e m p F / C 1 cond
exhaust
$1 5O/t25O0 F
t 1 5 7 " to
t172"F
SC 2082 T
exhaust
$1 5O/t25O0F
t157" to
t172"F
SC 2083 T
exhaust
t l 5 0 / $250 F
t157" to
t172"F
SC 2084 T
T e m p F / C 1 skin
+ 8 0 / t 5 5 0 'F
t385" to
+460 ' F
SC 2085 T
t80/ t550 F
t385" to
+460 a F
C r e w Display
F / C 3 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
meter
F / C 1 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
HI-HZ event indic a t o r , and auxili a r y DC VOLTS
meter
F / C 2 C&W light,
REG OUT PRESS
HI-H, event indi-
REG OUT PRESS

HI-Hz event indic a t o r , and auxili a r y DC VOLTS
meter
F / C 1 C&W light,
and MODULE
T E M P COND-EXH
indicator
F / C 2 C&W light,
and MODULE
T E M P COND-EXH
indicator
F / C 3 C&W light,
and MODULE
T E M P COND- EXH
indicator
F / C 1 C & W light
and MODULE
T E M P - SKIN
indicator
F / C 2 C&W light
and MODULE
TEMP-SKIN
indicator
Mission
Change Date
Page
2.6-41
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Description
Normal
Ope r a t i n g
Range
Sensor
Range
SC 2086 T
t80/t55O0F
t 3 8 5 " to
t 4 6 0 'F
SC 2087 T
Temp F / C 1 radiator
outlet
- 50 / t 3 0 0
-30"
SC 2088 T
outlet
- 5O/t30O0F
-30"
SC 2089 T
outlet
-50/+300" F
-30"
SC 2113 C
DC c u r r e n t F / C 1
output
output
output
F u e l cell 1 6 u s A
di s connect
Zero/tlOO
amps
Zero/t100
amps
Z e r o / t 100
amps
Off / on
event
18 t o
SC 2114 C
SC 2115 C
C r e w Display
F / C 3 C&W light
and MODULE
T E M P - SKIN
indicator
to t 3 0 0 " F F / C 1 C&W light,
F / C RAD T E M P
LOW event indicat o r and a u x i l i a r y
DC VOLTS m e t e r
to +300"F F / C 2 C&W light,
F / C RAD T E M P
DC VOLTS m e t e r
to + 3 0 0 " F F / C 3 C&W light,
F / C RAD T E M P
DC VOLTS m e t e r
DC AMPS m e t e r
22 a m p s
-+-
18 to 22 a m p s
DC AMPS m e t e r
18 to 2 2 a m p s
DC AMPS m e t e r
Connect e d
F / C BUS DISCONNECT C&W light

and F U E L CELL-1MAIN BUS A
switch event
indicator
and FUEL CELL-2MAIN BUS A
s w i t c h event
indicator
and F U E L CELL-3MAIN BUS A
switch event
indicator
sc
2120
sc
2121
Fuel cell 2 bus A

disconnect
Off / o n
event
Connected
sc
2122
Fuel cell 3 bus A

disconnect
Off/on
event
Disconnected
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Sensor
Range
Normal
Ope r a t i n g
Range
SC 2125 X
Fuel cell 1 bus B

disconnect
Off / on
event
Disconnected
SC 2126 X
Fuel cell 2 bus B

d i s c onne c t
OffJon
event
Connected
SC 2127 X
Fuel c e l l 3 b u s B
disconnect
Off/on
event
Connected
4SC 2139 R
Flow r a t e H2 F / C 1
Zero/+O. 2
lb/hr
0 . 0 4 6 to 0.056
lbs/hr
ikSC 2140 R
Zero/+O. 2
lb/hr
0.046 to 0 . 0 5 6
lbs/hr
*SC 2141 R
Zero/+O. 2
lb/hr
0.046 t o 0.056
lbs/hr
*SC 2142 R
Flow r a t e 0 2 F J C 1
Zero/+I. 6
lb/hr
0.370 to 0.450
lbs/hr
::SC 2143 R
Flow r a t e 0 2 F / C 2
Zero/+l, 6
lb/hr
0. 370 to 0.450
lbs/hr
:tSC 2144 R
Flow r a t e 0 2 F / C 3
Zeroli-l.6
lb/hr
0. 370 t o 0. 450
Ibs/hr
:::SC 21 60 X
DH f a c t o r w a t e r condition F / C 1
N o r m a l / high
event
Normal
::SC 2161 X
?H f a c t o r w a t e r condition F / C 2
N o r m a1/ high
event
Normal
::SC 2162 X
pH f a c t o r w a t e r condition F / C 3
N o r m a l / h igh
event
Normal
C r e w Display
and F U E L CELL-1MAIN BUS B
switch event
ind i c ato r
switch event
indicator
switch event
indicator
F / C 1 C&W light
and FLOW-H2
indicator
F / C 2 C&W light
and FLOW-H2
indicator
F / C 3 C&W light
and FLOW-HZ
indicator
F / C 1 C&W light
and F L O W - 0 2
indicator
F / C 2 C&W light
and F L O W - 0 2
ind i c a to r
F / C 3 C&W light
and F L O W - 0 2
indicator
F / C 1 C&W light
and pH HI e v e n t
indicator
F / C 2 C&W light
and pH HI event
ind i c ato r
F / C 3 C&W light
and pH HI event
indicator

Mission
Change Date
pag>
2.6-43
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
Measurement
Number
~~
Normal
Ope r a t i n g
Range
Sensor
Range
Description
~~~~
C r e w Display
SC 2323 X
F u e l c e l l 1 s h u t off m o n C l o s e / o p e n
event
Open
SC 2324 X
F u e l c e l l 2 s h u t off m o n Clo s e / o pen

event
Open
SC 2325 X
F u e l c e l l 3 s h u t off m o n C l o s e / o p e n
event
Open
SF 0030 Q
Quantity H2 t a n k 1
Zero/+28 lb
SF0031 Q
Quantity H2 t a n k 2
Zeroli-28 lb
SF 0032 Q
Q u a n t i t y 0 2 tank 1
SF 0033 Q
Quantity O2 tank 2
SF0037 P
P r e s s 0 2 tank 1
Z e r o I t 3 20
lb
z e r o / +3 20
lb
+50/+1050
psia
t 2 8 l b s to
zero
+28 l b s t o
zero
t 3 2 0 lbs to
zero
t 3 2 0 lbs t o
zero
8 6 5 to 935
psia
SF 0038 P
P r e s s 0 2 tank 2
t50/+1050
psia
8 6 5 t o 935
psia
SF 0039 P
Press H2 tank' 1
Zer0/+35O
psia
225 t o 260
psia
S F 0040 P
P r e s s H2 t a n k 2
i! ero/+35O
psia
225 t o 260
psia
SF 0041 T
T e m p O2 t a n k 1
-325 /+80 F
SF 0042 T
T e m p O2 t a n k 2
-3 251 t 8 0 a F
SF 0043 T
T e m p H2 t a n k 1
-425 / - 200 F
SF 0044 T
T e m p H2 tank 2
-4251 - 2 0 0 F
-284" t o
-140F
-284" t o
-140F
-417" to
-340F
-417" to
-340F
FUEL CELL
REACTANTS e v e n t
indicator
FUEL CELL
REACTANTS e v e n t
indicator
FUEL CELL
REACTANTS event
indicator
TANK QUANTITYH2- 1 i n d i c a t o r
TANK QUANTITYH2-2 i n d i c a t o r
TANK QUANTITY0 2 - 1 indicator
TANK QUANTITY0 2 - 2 indicator
0 2 PRESS C&W
light and TANK
PRESSURE-02- 1
indicator
0 2 PRESS C&W
light and TANK
PRESSURE-02 -2
indicator
H2 PRESS C&W
l i g h t and TANK
PRESSURE-HZ-1
indicator
H2 PRESS C&W
light and TANK
PRESSURE- H2 - 2
indicator
None
None
None
None
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
C h a n g e Date
Page
2.6-44
SM2A-03-SC012
-_
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e a u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS m e t e r , FUNCTION S E L E C T and T E S T
S E L E C T s w i t c h e s , located o n panel 200 in t h e C / M R H F E B , p r o v i d e a
m e a n s of m o n i t o r i n g v a r i o u s t e l e m e t e r e d m e a s u r e m e n t s within t h e S / C
and v e r i f y i n g c e r t a i n p a r a m e t e r s d i s p l a y e d only b y e v e n t i n d i c a t o r s .
T h e following l i s t p r e s e n t s t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s t e s t c a n b e m o n i t o r e d using
t h e a u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS m e t e r , t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e switch p o s i t i o n s , and the
r a n g e of e a c h s e n s o r
N o r m a l o p e r a t i n g p a r a m e t e r s of m e a s u r a b l e i t e m s
a r e c o v e r e d in t h e t e l e m e t r y l i s t i n g .
Switch P o s i t i o n s
A u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS M e t e r
Indication ( T e l e m e t r y Identity)
and Code No.)
Function
Select
Test
Select
S e n s o r Range
N2 p r e s s u r e , p s i a
F / C 1 SC 2060 P
F / C 2 SC 2061 P
F / C 3 SC 2062 P
0 to 75 p s i a
1
0 2 pressure, psia
F / C 1 SC 2066 P
F / C 2 SC 2067 P
F / C 3 SC 2068 P
0 t o 75 p s i a
H2 p r e s s u r e , p s i a
F / C 1 SC 2069 P
F / C 2 SC 2070 P
F / C 3 SC 2071 P
0 to 75 psia
E P S radiator outlet temp

F / C 1 SC 2087 T
F / C 2 S C 2088 T
F / C 3 SC 2089 T
-50" to t 3 0 0 " F
C/M-RCS oxidizer valve t e m p

- P engine, s y s A CR 2205 T
tY engine, s y s B CR 2203 T
- P e n g i n e , s y s B CR 2204 T
CW engine, s y s B CR 2206 T
CCW e n g i n e , s y s A CR 2201 T
- Y engine, s y s A CR 2202 T
-50" to t 2 5 0 " F
P I P A t e m p CC, 2300 T
$125" to t 1 3 5 " F
IRIG t e m p CG 2301 T
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2.6-45
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
I
Switch P o s i t i o n s
A u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS M e t e r
Indication ( T e l e m e t r y Identity)
and Code N o . )
Function
Select
Test
Select
IMU c u r r e n t
H e a t e r C G 2302 C
B l o w e r CG 2303 C
S e n s o r Range
0 to 5 a m p s
7
8
B a t t e r y manifold
P r e s s u r e , p s i a CC 0188 P
E C S r a d i a t o r inlet
T e m p S F 0665 T
lo
0 to 18 p s i a
t 6 0 " to t 1 5 0 " F
T h e c o n v e r s i o n of t h e p r e v i o u s l y l i s t e d t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s
t o t h e a u x i l i a r y DC V O L T S m e t e r indication is p r e s e n t e d as follows:
AUiliary
DC
VOLTS
Meter
Display
N2,02,
H2
P r e ssure
(PSIA)
E PS
Radiator
Outlet
Temp
(OF)
CIMRCS
3xidizer
Valve
Temp
I
PIPA
Temp
(OF)
( O F )
- 50
IRIG
Temp
(OF)
IMU
Heater
and
Battery
B l o w e r Man if old
Current Pressure
(PSIA)
(Amps)
t6
t20
- 50
-38
- 26
-14
-2
t10
t125.0
t125.4
t125.8
t126.2
t126.6
t127.0
t128. 5
t128.9
t129.3
t129.7
t130.1
+130. 5
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
18
21
24
27
30
t34
t48
t62
t76
+90
t22
t34
t46
t58
t 70
t127.4
t127.8
t128.2
t128.6
t129.0
t130.9
t131.3
t131.7
t132. 1
t132. 5
1.2
1.4
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
33
36
39
42
45
t104
t118
+132
+146
t160
t82
t94
tl06
t118
t130
t129.4
t129.8
t130.2
t130.6
t131.0
3.2
3.4
3. 6
3. 8
4.0
48
51
54
57
60
t174
+188
t202
t216
t 230
t142
t154
t166
t178
t190
$131.4
t131.8
t132.2
t132.6
t133.0
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
-8
12
15
1.2
1.4
1.6
1. 8
2.0
0
3
6
-36
-22.
ECS
Rad ia t o r
Inlet
Temp
( O F )
0.00
0.72
1.44
2.16
2.88
3.60
t60.0
t63.6
t67. 2
t70.8
t74.4
$78.0
1.8
2.0
4. 32
5. 0 4
5. 76
6.48
7.20
t81.6
t85.2
t88.8
t92.4
t96.0
t132.9
$133.3
$133.7
t134. 1
t134. 5
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
7.92
8.64
9.36
10.08
10.80
t99.6
t103.2
tio6.8
t110.4
$114.0
t134.9
t135.3
t135. 7
t136.1
t136.5
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
11.52
12.24
12.96
13.68
14.40
t117.6
$121.2
t124.8
t128.4
t132.0
1.6
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.6-46
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
AUiliary
DC
VOLTS
Meter
Display
4.2
4.4
4.6
4. 8
5.0
NZ, 0 2 ,
HZ
P r e s s u re
(PSIA)
63
66
69
72
75
C/MRCS
EPS
Radiator Oxidizer
Outlet
Valve
Temp
Temp
PI P A
Temp
(OF)
(OF)
( O F )
t244
t258
t272
t286
t300
t202
t214
t226
t238
t250
t133.4
t133.8
t134.2
t134.6
t135.0
IRIG
Temp
(OF)
IMU
Heater
and
Blower
Current
(Amps)
Battery
Manifold
Pressure
(PSIA)
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
15.12
15.84
16.56
17.28
18.00
t136.9
t137.3
t137.7
t138.1
t138. 5
ECS
Radiator
Inlet
Temp
( O F )
t135.6
t139.2
t142.8
t146.4
t150.0
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change D a t e
page 2 . 6 - 4 7 1 2 . 6 - 4 8
SMZA-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 7
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS)
2.7.1
INTRODUCTION.
The environmental control system (ECS) is designed to provide a
c o n t r o l l e d e n v i r o n m e n t f o r t h r e e c r e w m e n within t h e Apollo C / M f o r
m i s s i o n s up to 14 d a y s . The s y s t e m a l s o s u p p l i e s s e v e r a l of the m e t a b o l i c
r e q u i r e m e n t s , a s well a s functioning i n t h e r e m o v a l of b y - p r o d u c t s r e s u l t ing f r o m t h e n o r m a l m e t a b o l i c p r o c e s s . The c o n t r o l l e d e n v i r o n m e n t
c o n s i s t s of a p r e s s u r e suit c i r c u i t f o r u s e during n o r m a l o r e m e r g e n c y
conditions, and a s h i r t s l e e v e a t m o s p h e r e within the C / M c a b i n , f o r u s e
when n o r m a l conditions p r e v a i l . Oxygen and t h e r m a l l y c o n t r o l l e d w a t e r
a r e supplied f o r c r e w c o n s u m p t i o n ; w h e r e a s , c a r b o n dioxide and o d o r s ,
w a t e r - p r o d u c t i o n , and h e a t output a r e r e m o v e d . In addition, the ECS
d i s p e r s e s equipment h e a t l o a d s and p r o v i d e s f o r venting the w a s t e s t o r a g e
c o m p a r t m e n t . C o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s a r e l o c a t e d in s e v e r a l a r e a s within
t h e C / M c a b i n ; t h e s e , in conjunction with a u t o m a t i c a l l y functioning c o m p o n e n t s , and s e n s i n g and p r o t e c t i v e d e v i c e s , a i d the c r e w in t h e o p e r a t i o n of
the s y s t e m . T h e five s u b s y s t e m s composing the ECS a r e t h e oxygen supply,
pressurezvsuit c i r c u i t , c a b i n p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l , w a t e r glycol coolant, and w a t e r supply.
The oxygen supply s u b s y s t e m c o n t r o l s t h e inflow of oxygen f o r the
e n t i r e -4pollo m i s s i o n . T h i s function i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r , demand r e g u l a t o r s , s t o r a g e t a n k s , check v a l v e s , and m a n u a l shutoff
v a l v e s . T h e p r e s s u r e suit s u b s y s t e m a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l s t h e flow,
p r e s s u r e , t e m p e r a t u r e , and c o m p o s i t i o n of t h e p r e s s u r e s u i t g a s . In c o n j u n c t i o n with t h e C / M p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m , it a l s o
c o n t r o l s t h e e n v i r o n m e n t conditions in the cabin when one, o r a l l of t h e
c r e w a r e out of t h e i r p r e s s u r e s u i t s . T h e s e functions a r e p r o v i d e d by
w a t e r s e p a r a t o r s , t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s , a suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r , a d e b r i s
t r a p , g a s c o m p r e s s o r , CO2-odor a b s o r b e r s , and a w a t e r g l y c o l - t o - g a s
heat exchanger.
The c a b i n p r e s s u r e a n d t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m a u t o m a t i c a l l y
m a i n t a i n s t h e p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e cabin within s p e c i f i e d l i m i t s .
T h i s function i s a c c o m p l i s h e d in conjunction with t h e p r e s s u r e suit s u b s y s t e m by m e a n s of r e g u l a t e d oxygen inflow, r e c i r c u l a t i o n b l o w e r s , a h e a t
e x c h a n g e r , a t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l and s e n s o r s , v e n t v a l v e s , and o t h e r
v a l v e s and c o n t r o l s r e q u i r e d . T h e w a t e r - g l y c o l s u b s y s t e m is a n i n t e r m e d i a t e h e a t t r a n s f e r l o o p which p e r m i t s e x c e s s h e a t to be t r a n s f e r r e d
f r o m t h e C / M i n t e r i o r to t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s w h e r e i t is r e j e c t e d to the
c o s m i c sink. This function is a c c o m p l i s h e d by p u m p s , heat e x c h a n g e r s ,
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date
P a g e 2 . 7-
SMZA-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
c o l d p l a t e n e t w o r k s , v a l v e s , and c o n t r o l s . The w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m
c o l l e c t s , s t o r e s , and p r o v i d e s w a t e r f o r s u p p l e m e n t a l h e a t t r a n s f e r o p e r a tion, and c o l l e c t s and s t o r e s potable w a t e r f o r consumption by t h e c r e w .
T h e s e functions a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by utilizing w a t e r t a n k s , p r e s s u r e
controls, cyclic accumulators, and valves.
. O t h e r t h a n t h e c i r c u i t r y r e q u i r e d f o r c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s or e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r , t h r e e points of i n t e r f a c e e x i s t between t h e ECS and o t h e r S I C
s y s t e m s . All oxygen supplied to t h e ECS flows f r o m the c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e
t a n k s , which a r e c o n s i d e r e d a p a r t of t h e EPS. The fuel c e l l s , a l s o a p a r t
of t h e EPS, f u r n i s h t h e o n b o a r d supply of potable w a t e r that i-s s t o r e d by the
ECS. T h e t h i r d i n t e r f a c e point is with t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m ,
which c o n n e c t s into t h e ECS o v e r b o a r d dump line.
2 . 7. 2
T h e ECS r e q u i r e s a m i n i m u m a m o u n t of c r e w t i m e be spent for
n o r m a l s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n . In addition t o p e r i o d i c a l l y m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m
i n d i c a t o r s , t h e c r e w i s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e a c c o m p l i s h m e n t of s e v e r a l
n o r m a l t a s k s on a n i n f r e q u e n t b a s i s . F o r conditions o t h e r t h a n n o r m a l ,
t h e d u t i e s of the c r e w will i n c r e a s e . E l e c t r i c a l and m a n u a l o v e r r i d e a n d
backup c a p a b i l i t i e s e x i s t throughout the ECS t o m a i n t a i n the r e q u i r e d
r e l i a b i l i t y l e v e l of the s y s t e m .
T h e oxygen supplied t o t h e ECS f r o m t h e s t o r a g e t a n k s i n t h e S/M
is u s e d to c a r r y o u t a v a r i e t y of s y s t e m functions. Upon r e a c h i n g t h e ECS,
oxygen is a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e g u l a t e d and m a n u a l l y r o u t e d to v a r i o u s s u h s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s by a s y s t e m of v a l v e s and l i n e s . Also i n c o r p o r a t e d a r e
a u t o m a t i c a l l y functioning c o m p o n e n t s t o m a i n t a i n suit a n d l o r cabin p r e s s u r e
i n t h e event of c a b i n d e c o m p r e s s i o n of equipment malfunction.
T h e a t m o s p h e r e of t h e p r e s s u r i z e d cabin, a s well a s t h a t of the

p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l i e s (PGA), is r o u t e d t h r o u g h t h e suit c i r c u i t f o r
c o n t a m i n a n t r e m o v a l and h u m i d i t y c o n t r o l . T h e flow, p r e s s u r e , and
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l within t h e s u i t c i r c u i t , a r e m a i n t a i n e d by o t h e r c o m p o n e n t s of t h e s u b s y s t e m . T h i s is a c c o m p l i s h e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y by u s i n g
t r a n s d u c e r s , s e n s o r s , and c o n t r o l u n i t s to r e g u l a t e t h e s e functions.
M e c h a n i c a l - t y p e oxygen p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s a u t o m a t i c a l l y m a i n t a i n cabin
p r e s s u r e within p r e s c r i b e d l i m i t s . The t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e cabin is c o n t r o l l e d by a n a u t o m a t i c unit t h a t reg1 l a t e s t h e output of t h e c a b i n heat
e x c h a n g e r with the a i d of s e n s o r s a n d a n t i c i p a t o r s .
C a r b o n dioxide and o d o r s a r e r e m o v e d f r o m t h e suit c i r c u i t and
c a b i n g a s e s by routing t h e g a s flow t h r o u g h two f i l t e r s i n t h e C 0 2 - o d o r
a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r s . E a c h f i l t e r c o n t a i n s sufficient lithium hydroxide
( C 0 2 r e m o v a l ) and a c t i v a t e d c h a r c o a l ( o d o r r e m o v a l ) f o r a 12-hour duty
p e r i o d f o r a c r e w of t h r e e . T h e s u i t c i r c u i t and cabin a t m o s p h e r e s a r e
a l s o s a m p l e d by a g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h t h a t will i d e n t i f y up t o 28 g a s c o m p o n e n t s t h a t m a y be p r e s e n t .
.-

Mission
Basic Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2. 7 - 2
SMZA-03-SC012
-
SYSTEMS DATA
H e a t , g e n e r a t e d by t h e c r e w a n d t h e m a n y i t e m s of e l e c t r i c a l equipm e n t l o c a t e d in the cabin, is a b s o r b e d by r e c i r c u l a t i n g w a t e r - g l y c o l . T h e
h e a t is t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l a s it flows t h r o u g h t h e s u i t h e a t
e x c h a n g e r , t h e cabin h e a t e x c h a n g e r , a n d t h e cold p l a t e n e t w o r k f o r t h e
e l e c t r i c a l equipment. T h e w a r m w a t e r - g l y c o l is t h e n r o u t e d t h r o u g h s p a c e
r a d i a t o r s in t h e S / M , w h e r e t h e h e a t is r a d i a t e d t o s p a c e . Supplementing
t h e r a d i a t o r s a n d / o r a s a b a c k u p m o d e , w a t e r e v a p o r a t o r s a r e employed
f o r any a d d i t i o n a l t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l of s u i t g a s e s o r insufficiently cooled
w a t e r -glycol.
P o t a b l e a n d w a s t e w a t e r a r e g e n e r a t e d o n - b o a r d t h e S I C . The potable
w a t e r i s a b y - p r o d u c t of t h e E P S fuel c e l l s a n d flows t o t h e ECS w h e r e i t is
s t o r e d . Cold potable w a t e r is a v a i l a b l e t o t h e c r e w f o r d r i n k i n g , and hot o r
cold potable w a t e r is a v a i l a b l e f o r food r e c o n s t i t u t i o n . W a s t e w a t e r is
d e r i v e d f r o m t h e m o i s t u r e t h a t c o n d e n s e s in t h e w a t e r s e p a r a t o r of t h e s u i t
e x c h a n g e r . It i s c o l l e c t e d and s t o r e d by t h e ECS a n d u s e d f o r e v a p o r a t i v e
cooling i n tlie s u i t h e a t e x c h a n g e r e v a p o r a t o r a n d t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l
evaporator.
2.7.3

P e r t i n e n t d e s i g n d a t a in r e g a r d t o c o m p o n e n t s , t h e i r function within
e a c h s u b s y s t e m , and how t h e y i n t e r f a c e i s contained u n d e r m a j o r c o m p o n e n t / s u b s y s t e m d e s c r i p t i o n . T h e d e s c r i p t i o n follows t h e l o g i c a l flow,
component by c o m p o n e n t , t h r o u g h e a c h s u b s y s t e m of t h e ECS.
2 . 7. 3. 1
Oxygen Supply S u b s y s t e m .
T ~ cor y o g e n i c oxygen s t o r a g e t a n k s ( p a r t of t h e e l e c t r i c a l power
s y s t e m ) supply 900*35 p s i a oxygen flow t o t h e ECS. E a c h t a n k c o n t a i n s
320 pounds of oxygen, a n d of t h e t o t a l supply, a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e - t h i r d i s
c o n s u m e d by t h e ECS. Oxygen flows u n r e s t r i c t e d i n p a r a l l e l l i n e s f r o m t h e
S / M supply t a n k s into t h e C / M . In t h e C / M , oxygen flows i n e a c h supply
line through a filter, a capillary r e s t r i c t o r , and a check valve upstream to
t h e i r connection t o a c o m m o n d i s t r i b u t i o n line. T o a s s u r e u n i f o r m flow,
the capillary r e s t r i c t o r s a r e coiled around a warm water-glycol line to
i n c r e a s e t h e oxygen t e m p e r a t u r e . E a c h r e s t r i c t o r a l l o w s a m a x i m u m flow
of 4 . 5 pounds p e r h o u r into t h e ECS t o l i m i t t h e d e m a n d s p l a c e d on t h e
c r y o g e n i c oxygen s t o r a g e t a n k s a n d enable t h e tank h e a t e r s t o m a i n t a i n the
p r e s c r i b e d tank p r e s s u r e s . T h e m i n i m u m flow r a t e will not d e c r e a s e
below 3. 4 pounds p e r h o u r a s t h e oxygen d e n s i t y d e c r e a s e s due t o u s a g e .
I l l u s t r a t e d i n t h e ECS i n t e g r a t e d s c h e m a t i c ( f i g u r e 2. 7-13) t h e m a n u a l S / M
supply shutoff valve, l o c a t e d on t h e LHEB panel 307, i s n o r m a l l y in t h e ON
position a n d p l a c e d t o O F F p r i o r t o SCM s e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e e n t r y p h a s e of
t h e m i s s i o n . Downstream of the S / M shutoff v a l v e 90W35 p s i a oxygen i s
d i s t r i b u t e d t o a s u r g e tank, a n e n t r y 0 2 t a n k , a PLSS f i l l v a l v e , a n d t h e
m a i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y . Oxygen flows t o t h e s u r g e tank t h r o u g h
a m a n u a l s u r g e tank i s o l a t i o n v a l v e , l o c a t e d on t h e LHEB panel 307. T h e
s u r g e tank p r o v i d e s a r e s e r v o i r of O2 f o r t h e e n t r y m i s s i o n m o d e s , and
d u r i n g flow r e q u i r e m e n t s a b o v e t h e 0 . 9 pound p e r hour m a x i m u m
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
P a g e 2. 7 - 3
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
allowable by the c a p i l l a r y r e s t r i c t o r s . Approximately 3. 7 pounds of
oxygen is a v a i l a b l e a t nominal inlet p r e s s u r e of 900*35 p s i a . A s u r g e tank
p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r output is displayed by the TANK PRESS 0 2 1 i n d i c a t o r ,
l o c a t e d o n MDC panel 13. T h e i n d i c a t o r input m u s t be s e l e c t e d by t h e
switch position, SURGE TANK, l o c a t e d below t h e indicator. T o r e d u c e the
d e m a n d l o a d s on t h e c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e s y s t e m , high flow r a t e s f r o m the
s u r g e tank will m a i n t a i n cabin p r e s s u r e f r o m 5 t o 3. 5 p s i a f o r 5 m i n u t e s ,
with a 0. 5 - i n c h - d i a m e t e r p u n c t u r e i n t h e cabin. The flow r a t e into the
c a b i n i s a function of r e g u l a t o r v a l v e s d o w n s t r e a m of the s u r g e tank. T h e
5-minute p e r i o d a l l o w s unsuited c r e w m e m b e r s t o don PGAs. When i s o l a t e d
by t h e s u r g e tank m a n u a l shutoff valve, t h e tank is p r o t e c t e d b y a p r e s s u r e
r e l i e f and m a n u a l shutoff valve a s s e m b l y . The r e l i e f portion i s s e t between
1 0 2 0 a n d 1 0 7 0 p s i g . Should t h e r e l i e f v a l v e fail or not r e s e a t p r o p e r l y , the
m a n u a l shutoff valve will i s o l a t e the relief v a l v e function f r o m the s y s t e m .
Downstream 0 2 supply is a l s o s t o r e d in a one-pound e n t r y 0 2 tank,
t h r o u g h a m a n u a l t h r e e - w a y s e l e c t o r valve, a c h e c k valve, and a check
v a l v e b y p a s s . When the m a n u a l s e l e c t o r valve is i n t h e F I L L position, the
e n t r y 0 2 supply tank r e c e i v e s high p r e s s u r e 0 2 through the check valve
b y p a s s . When the tank i s c h a r g e d , the s e l e c t o r valve m a y be positioned t o
O F F t o i s o l a t e the tank supply, o r t o O N whereby the 0 2 tank supply m a y
a u g m e n t the s u r g e tank function. T h e check valve p r e v e n t s a r e v e r s e flow
i n c a s e of e n t r y 0 2 tank damage. An i s o l a t i o n check v a l v e between the two
t a n k s p r e v e n t s r e v e r s e flow a n d a m a n u a l valve p e r m i t s c h a r g i n g PLSS
oxygen t a n k s f r o m t h e ECS.
T h e 9 0 W 3 5 - p s i g oxygen supply, f r o m t h e c r y o g e n i c t a n k s , i s r e g u l a t e d
t o 100*10 p s i g by the m a i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y i l l u s t r a t e d i n
figure 2. 7-1, T h e m a i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a m a n u a l
s e l e c t o r v a l v e , two r e g u l a t o r s , and two r e l i e f and check v a l v e s . NORMAL
position of t h e m a n u a l s e l e c t o r v a l v e p a r a l l e l s the r e g u l a t o r s . P o s i t i o n
No. 1 o r No. 2 s e l e c t s i t s r e g u l a t o r r e s p e c t i v e l y . T h e O F F position
i s o l a t e s a l l 0 2 supply f o r t h e c r e w a n d cabin. Should a r e g u l a t o r fail open,
t h e r e l i e f v a l v e for t h a t r e g u l a t o r will l i m i t the p r e s s u r e to 140 psig downs t r e a m a n d v e n t a m a x i m u m flow of 0. 75 pounds p e r minute into the cabin.
T h i s fault should be c o r r e c t e d by s e l e c t i n g t h e a l t e r n a t e r e g u l a t o r only.
An oxygen flow t r a n s d u c e r , d o w n s t r e a m of the m a i n r e g u l a t o r ,
p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l t o the flow i n d i c a t o r , located on the m a i n display console
panel 13, and t h e 0 2 FLOW HI light. Although s h o r t p e r i o d s of flow in
e x c e s s of 0 . 4 5 pounds p e r hour a r e c o n s i d e r e d n o r m a l , a continuous flow
r a t e between 0.45 and 1. 0 pound p e r h o u r should not be t o l e r a t e d . Flow
r a t e s above 1. 0 pounds p e r hour a n d f o r a period of 15 s e c o n d s a n d above
a c t i v a t e the r e d 0 2 FLOW HI w a r n i n g light located on the caution and
w a r n i n g (C%W) panel 11. T h e 15-second t i m e d e l a y p r e v e n t s the O2 FLOW
HI light f r o m lighting d u r i n g O2 flow r e q u i r e m e n t s of the c y c l i c a c c u m u l a t o r s t h a t r e m o v e w a t e r from t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r , and during t r a n s i e n t
conditions. Continued flow r a t e s in t h i s r a n g e a r e indicative o f cabin
l e a k a g e , 0 2 supplied s u b s y s t e m leakage, o r s u b s y s t e m m i s m a n a g e m e n t .

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2-7-4
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
.-
SYSTEMS DATA
SELECTOR VALVE
PRESSURE REGUL.ATOR
F i g u r e 2. 7- 1.
Main Oxygen P r e s s u r e R'egulator
Connected t o t h e lOO*lO-psig regulated p r e s s u r e line i s a fluid tank

p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a n d relief v a l v e a s s e m b l y , l o c a t e d on t h e OXYGEN
CONTROL P A N E L No. 314. It c o n s i s t s of redundant p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s
a n d relief v a l v e s which provide oxygen a t r e g u l a t e d p r e s s u r e t o t h e expuls i o n b l a d d e r s i n s t a l l e d i n t h e potable w a t e r tank, w a s t e w a t e r tank, and the
w a t e r - g l y c o l ( W / G ) r e s e r v o i r . Two f o u r - p o s i t i o n s e l e c t o r v a l v e s a r e
employed a t the i n l e t a n d outlet, and enable i s o l a t i o n of malfunctioning
e l e m e n t s o r c o m p l e t e shutoff a s d e s i r e d . T h e p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r i s a
n o r m a l l y opened, diaphragm - o p e r a t e d poppet m e t e r i n g valve which
functions to r e d u c e lOO*lO-psig supply p r e s s u r e t o 20*2-psig 0 2 p r e s s u r e
t o the fluid t a n k s , i n r e l a t i o n t o cabin p r e s s u r e . The r e l i e f valve i n c o r p o r a t e d in t h e a s s e m b l y outlet c h a m b e r functions t o r e l i e v e 0 2 p r e s s u r e in
e x c e s s of 25*2 psig into the cabin.
Should a r e g u l a t o r diaphragm r u p t u r e , and i s i s o l a t e d by the inlet
m a n u a l s e l e c t o r v a l v e , the m a n u a l outlet s e l e c t o r v a l v e m u s t a l s o be
positioned t o i s o l a t e the r e l i e f portion of the failed r e g u l a t o r . T h i s
p r e v e n t s a feedback f r o m t h e a l t e r n a t e r e g u l a t o r flowing oxygen through
t h e r u p t u r e d diaphragm of the failed r e g u l a t o r into the cabin.
Should the s e l e c t o r i n l e t valve of t h e a s s e m b l y be placed to position 1,
the s e l e c t o r outlet valve m u s t a l s o be placed t o position 1 ( o r NORMAL).
If i n s t e a d , t h e s e l e c t o r outlet valve w e r e placed to position 2 , the valve
p o r t t o p r e s s u r i z e the t a n k s would be c l o s e d , a n d the p o r t t o the r e l i e f
~
~~~~
~~

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page 2 . 7 - 5
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
v a l v e would r e m a i n open. T h i s p e r m i t s t h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f function a f t h e
v a l v e t o r e m a i n o p e r a t i v e but p r o h i b i t s s u b s e q u e n t tank p r e s s u r i z a t i o n .
C o n v e r s e l y , when t h e s e l e c t o r o u t l e t v a l v e is s e t t o position 2 , t h e s e l e c t o r
i n l e t v a l v e m u s t a l s o be s e t to position 2 ( o r NORMAL). T h e O F F position
of t h e i n l e t and outlet s e l e c t o r v a l v e s is n o r m a l l y f o r ground checkout;
however, i f both p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s malfunction d u r i n g flight, t h e s e l e c t o r
inlet v a l v e m u s t be s e t t o t h e O F F position. T h i s e l i m i n a t e s t h e tank
p r e s s u r i z a t i o n function, but d o e s not a f f e c t t h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f function. In
r e s p o n s e to the p o s s i b i l i t y of both r e l i e f v a l v e s malfunctioning, t h e s e l e c t o r
outlet valve m u s t be s e t to t h e O F F position. T h i s a c t i o n will e l i m i n a t e
both t h e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n and p r e s s u r e r e l i e f functions.
T h e lOO+lO-psig oxygen supply is c o n t r o l l e d by the e m e r g e n c y cabin
p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r , l o c a t e d on p a n e l 314, to provide i n c r e a s e d oxygen flow
t o t h e c a b i n , and p r e v e n t r a p i d d e c o m p r e s s i o n . T h e e m e r g e n c y cabin
p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r c o n s i s t s of d u a l a n e r o i d - o p e r a t e d , n o r m a l l y c l o s e d
v a l v e s to p r e v e n t o v e r p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of t h e a n e r o i d s , and a m a n u a l f o u r p o s i t i o n s e l e c t o r v a l v e with p o s i t i o n s d e s i g n a t e d No. 1 , No. 2 , NORMAL,
and O F F . A P R E S S - T O - T E S T button, which c l o s e s t h e cabin p r e s s u r e
s e n s e p o r t a l l o w s a fix bleed of 1 0 0 c c p e r m i n t o p r e s s u r i z e a n a n e r o i d
c h a m b e r and d r i v e t h e v a l v e open. N o r m a l l y t h e lOO*lO-psig oxygen
supply to t h e c a b i n is c o n t r o l l e d by t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y .
It c o n s i s t s of d u a l , a n e r o i d - a b s o l u t e type n o r m a l l y c l o s e d v a l v e s , and e a c h
will d e l i v e r a m i n i m u m of 0 . 2 pound p e r hour oxygen flow a t a cabin p r e s s u r e of 5. MO. 2 p s i a . F a i l u r e m o d e of t h e v a l v e i s n o r m a l l y c l o s e d . -4
m a n u a l c o n t r o l valve m a y be opened and allow a m i n i m u m 6 pounds p e r
h o u r flow of 0 2 d i r e c t l y into t h e c a b i n f o r r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n f r o m 0. 0 to 5. 0
p s i a within one h o u r . T h e cabin p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and t h e e m e r g e n c y
c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a r e a s s o c i a t e d with t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e and
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m ( p a r a g r a p h 2 . 7. 3. 3). Oxygen d i s t r i b u t i o n
a t 100510 p s i g i s routed to a m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d m e t e r i n g v a l v e , for d i r e c t
flow into t h e suit inlet duct. In t h e full open position, oxygen will flow f r o m
0 . 6 to 0. 7 pound p e r m i n u t e .
D o w n s t r e a m t h e dual suit d e m a n d p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f v a l v e ,
l o c a t e d on LHEB panel 310, c o m p a r e s suit c o m p r e s s o r inlet p r e s s u r e to
c a b i n a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e . When t h e c o m p r e s s o r inlet p r e s s u r e is 2. 5 to 3. 5
i n c h e s of w a t e r p r e s s u r e below c a b i n p r e s s u r e , the demand r e g u l a t o r
c o n t r o l s O2 flow into t h e suit c i r c u i t a t flow r a t e s up to 0. 007 pound p e r
m i n u t e . When the c o m p r e s s o r inlet p r e s s u r e i s above 2 to 9 i n c h e s of
w a t e r p r e s s u r e above c a b i n p r e s s u r e , t h e r e l i e f valve v e n t s t h e suit
c i r c u i t g a s e s t o t h e c a b i n a t a m a x i m u m flow r a t e of 0 . 6 6 pound p e r minute.
N o r m a l l y t h e c o m p r e s s o r inlet manifold is r e g u l a t e d to a n a v e r a g e of 6. 10
i n c h e s of w a t e r above c a b i n a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e . When cabin a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e is l e s s than 4 p s i a , a 100 c c m bleed within the demand r e g u l a t o r i s
u s e d to m a i n t a i n t h e suit c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e a t 3. 7 5 * 0 . 2 5 p s i a . With c a b i n
a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e below 3. 5 p s i a and a 0. 66 pound p e r m i n u t e suit l e a k a g e ,
t h e demand r e g u l a t o r should s u s t a i n suit c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e a t 3. 7550. 25 p s i a .
-4 f o u r - p o s i t i o n manual s e l e c t o r v a l v e with c o n t r o l p o s i t i o n s d e s i g n a t e d a s
No. 1, No. 2 , both, and O F F p r o v i d e s i s o l a t i o n of a fault. T h e demand p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f v a l v e a r e d e s c r i b e d in p a r a g r a p h 2. 7. 3. 3.
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2. 7 - 6
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Oxygen r e g u l a t e d a t lOO*lO-psig p r e s s u r e is u s e d a s a motive f o r c e in
t h e r e m o v a l of w a s t e w a t e r f r o m the suit c i r c u i t and then expelled into the
suit heat exchanger.
2 . 7. 3 . 2
P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t S u b s y s t e m .
The p r e s s u r e s u i t s u b s y s t e m is a loop o r c i r c u i t designed t o supply a
conditioned a t m o s p h e r e f o r a c r e w o f t h r e e , w h e t h e r they be in o r out of
t h e i r PGAs. T h e c i r c u i t p r o v i d e s f o r ventilation and cooling f o r t h e c r e w ,
t h e r e m o v a l of c a r b o n dioxide a n d o d o r s , and the c o n t r o l o f r e l a t i v e humidity.
Suit c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e is m a i n t a i n e d by controlling t h e a m o u n t of oxygen
entering the subsystem.
A s u p p l y - r e t u r n hose a s s e m b l y i s connected between e a c h c r e w m a n ' s
PGA and a s u i t h o s e c o n n e c t o r a s s e m b l y . T h i s a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a c o m bined supply- r e t u r n connection. A t h r e e - p o s i t i o n s u i t flow c o n t r o l valve,
which d i v e r t s oxygen into t h e c a b i n when a c r e w m e m b e r i s u n s u i t e d , and a
c h e c k v a l v e p r e v e n t s r e t u r n flow f r o m the cabin. N o r m a l o p e r a t i o n i s to
d i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e a t the suit. T h e r e is a l s o a v e n t u r i - t y p e flow l i m i t e r ,
l o c a t e d u p s t r e a m in e a c h supply l i n e , to l i m i t flow to a n y one s u i t t o a m a x i m u m of 0. 7 pound p e r minute. During the t i m e a c r e w m e m b e r is i n the
s h i r t s l e e v e m o d e , the flow c o n t r o l v a l v e i s positioned t o p e r m i t s u i t c i r c u i t
flow into t h e C / M cabin, t h r o u g h the s u i t h o s e , which is r e m o v e d a t t h e PGA
connection. The r e t u r n s e c t i o n of t h e s u i t h o s e is capped
to p r e v e n t c a b i n
..
g a s flowing into the s u i t c i r c u i t when c r e w m e n r e m o v e t h e i r s u i t s .
Cabin g a s e s a r e r e t u r n e d t o t h e s u i t c i r c u i t f o r r e m o v a l of c a r b o n
dioxide, o d o r s , h e a t , a n d m o i s t u r e . T h e s e g a s e s e n t e r a t the s u i t c i r c u i t
r e t u r n a i r v a l v e a s s e m b l y , which c o n s i s t s of two c h e c k v a l v e s in s e r i e s ,
and a m a p u a l shutoff v a l v e f o r isolating t h e s u i t c i r c u i t i f t h e cabin b e c o m e s
c o n t a m i n a t e d . T h e combined c a b i n a n d s u i t c i r c u i t a t m o s p h e r e f i r s t flows
through t h e d e b r i s t r a p , w h e r e s m a l l p a r t i c l e s of s o l i d m a t t e r a r e r e m o v e d .
T h e t r a p contains a b y p a s s valve in the event t h e f i l t e r s c r e e n b e c o m e s
clogged.
Two s u i t c o m p r e s s o r s , connected i n p a r a l l e l , m a i n t a i n c i r c u l a t i o n
within the s u i t c i r c u i t . N o r m a l l y only one c o m p r e s s o r i s o p e r a t e d a t a
t i m e ; h o w e v e r , both m a y be o p e r a t e d f o r a s m a l l advantage in s e n s i b l e heat
r e m o v a l with a l a r g e i n c r e a s e in power consumption i n a l l c a s e s except
p r e l a u n c h , o r when t h e t h r e e c r e w m e m b e r s a r e unsuited in a 5-psia
p r e s s u r i z e d cabin. A d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r between t h e i n l e t
and outlet m a n i f o l d s of t h e c o m p r e s s o r s u p p l i e s s i g n a l s f o r indication on
the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e (panel 13). C o m p r e s s o r output i s dependent on t h e
mode of o p e r a t i o n . In n o r m a l s p a c e o p e r a t i o n , the o p e r a t i n g c o m p r e s s o r
d e l i v e r s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 35 cubic f e e t p e r m i n u t e of s u i t g a s a t a p r e s s u r e
r i s e of 10 i n c h e s of w a t e r within the condition of 4 . 9 3 p s i a and 8 8 F . When
t h e cabin is u n p r e s s u r i z e d , t h e o p e r a t i n g c o m p r e s s o r d e l i v e r s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 34. 5 cubic feet p e r minute s u i t g a s a t a p r e s s u r e r i s e of 6 . 9 i n c h e s
of w a t e r when inlet conditions a r e 3. 51 p s i a a t 8 5 F .
.-

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
.
Page
2* 7-7
SMZA-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
T h e suit d e m a n d p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r ( f i g u r e 2. 7 - 2 ) c o n t r o l s suit
c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e i n n o r m a l a n d e m e r g e n c y m o d e s . It s u p p l i e s oxygen to t h e
s u i t s w h e n e v e r t h e suit c i r c u i t i s i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e cabin, and d u r i n g
d e p r e s s u r i z e d o p e r a t i o n s . It a l s o r e l i e v e s e x c e s s g a s to p r e v e n t o v e r pressurizing the suits.
T h e r e g u l a t o r c o n s i s t s e s s e n t i a l l y of two redundant d e m a n d r e g u l a t o r s , and a r e l i e f v a l v e . A s e l e c t o r v a l v e i s provided for s e l e c t i n g e i t h e r
o r both r e g u l a t o r s , N o r m a l l y both a r e in o p e r a t i o n .
E a c h r e g u l a t o r s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of a n a n e r o i d c o n t r o l , and a d i f f e r e n t i a l d i a p h r a g m housed in a r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r . The d i a p h r a g m is connected
by a r o d to t h e demand valve. T h e demand valve will be opened whenever a
p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l is s e n s e d a c r o s s t h e d i a p h r a g m . In o p e r a t i o n t h e r e i s
a c o n s t a n t b l e e d flow of oxygen f r o m t h e supply into t h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r ,
ANEROID
TEST
,SUIT RELIEF
VALVE REFERENCE
CHAMBERS
'SUIT
RELl EF
VALVE
I-DEMAND
.
I
)
REGULATOR
S U I T RELIEF
F L O W S ---e
~
CONTROLLED BLEED
""'**
REFERENCE CHAMBER RELIEF
ClRCUlTl
F i g u r e 2 . 7-2.
ORIFICE
Oxygen Demand P r e s s u r e R e g u l a t o r and Relief Valve

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page 2 s 7 - 8
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a r o u n d t h e a n e r o i d , and out t h r o u g h t h e c o n t r o l p o r t into the cabin. A s long
a s the cabin p r e s s u r e i s g r e a t e r t h a n 3 . 7 5 p s i a , t h e flow of oxygen t h r o u g h
t h e c o n t r o l p o r t i s v i r t u a l l y u n r e s t r i c t e d , so t h a t t h e p r e s s u r e within t h e
r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r is e s s e n t i a l l y t h a t of t h e cabin. T h i s p r e s s u r e a c t s on
t h e u p p e r s i d e of the d i a p h r a g m , while suit p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the u n d e r s i d e . The d i a p h r a g m c a n be m a d e to open t h e demand valve by e i t h e r
i n c r e a s i n g t h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e , o r by d e c r e a s i n g the s e n s e d
suit p r e s s u r e.
T h e i n c r e a s e d p r e s s u r e mode o c c u r s during d e p r e s s u r i z e d o p e r a t i o n s .
A s t h e cabin p r e s s u r e d e c r e a s e s t h e a n e r o i d expands. At 3. 75 p s i a the
a n e r o i d w i l l have expanded. sufficiently to r e s t r i c t t h e outflow of oxygen
t h r o u g h t h e c o n t r o l p o r t , t h u s i n c r e a s i n g the r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e .
D e c r e a s e d suit p r e s s u r e mode o c c u r s whenever the suit c i r c u i t i s
i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e cabin, and c a b i n p r e s s u r e i s above 5 p s i a . In the p r o c e s s
of r e s p i r a t i o n t h e c r e w will e x h a l e c a r b o n dioxide and w a t e r v a p o r . In
c i r c u l a t i n g t h e s u i t g a s e s through t h e C 0 2 - o d o r a b s o r b e r a n d t h e suit h e a t
e x c h a n g e r , t h e CO2 and w a t e r a r e r e m o v e d . T h e r e m o v a l r e d u c e s the
p r e s s u r e in t h e suit c i r c u i t , which is s e n s e d by t h e r e g u l a t o r on the u n d e r s i d e of t h e d i a p h r a g m . When the p r e s s u r e d r o p s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 i n c h e s
H 2 0 below c a b i n p r e s s u r e , t h e d i a p h r a g m will open t h e demand v a l v e .
The r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s a poppet-type r e l i e f valve which is
i n t e g r a l with t h e suit p r e s s u r e s e n s e p o r t . During o p e r a t i o n s when the
c a b i n p r e s s u r e is above 3. 75 p s i a , the r e l i e f v a l v e is loaded by a coil
s p r i n g which a l l o w s e x c e s s suit g a s to be vented w h e n e v e r s u i t p r e s s u r e
r i s e s 2 to 9 i n c h e s H 2 0 above c a b i n p r e s s u r e . When the c a b i n p r e s s u r e
d e c r e a s e s t o 3. 75 p s i a , t h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e is i n c r e a s e d by
the t h r o t t l i n g effect of t h e expanding a n e r o i d . T h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r
p r e s s u r e i s a p p l i e d through d u c t s to two r e l i e f - v a l v e loading c h a m b e r s
which a r e a r r a n g e d i n t a n d e m above t h e r e l i e f v a l v e poppet. The p r e s s u r e
in t h e loading c h a m b e r s a c t s on t a n d e m d i a p h r a g m s which a r e f o r c e d
a g a i n s t t h e r e l i e f valve poppet. The r e l i e f p o r t i o n of the v a l v e is t h u s
i n c r e a s e d t o 3. 75 p s i a p l u s 2 t o 9 i n c h e s HZO.
Two p a r a l l e l C 0 2 - o d o r a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r s , d o w n s t r e a m of the suit
c o m p r e s s o r s , function i n t h e r e m o v a l of c a r b o n dioxide and o d o r s . A
r e m o v a b l e f i l t e r within e a c h c a n i s t e r c o n t a i n s sufficient lithium hydroxide
( f o r CO2 r e m o v a l ) and a c t i v a t e d c h a r c o a l ( f o r o d o r r e m o v a l ) to l a s t 1. 5
m a n - d a y s of o p e r a t i o n . T h i s o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t r e q u i r e s e a c h f i l t e r be
changed, on a n a l t e r n a t i n g b a s i s , e v e r y 12 h o u r s . An i n t e r n a l b y p a s s i s
i n c o r p o r a t e d within e a c h f i l t e r to f u r n i s h t h e r e q u i r e d flow during the ECS
e m e r g e n c y m o d e ( c a b i n depres3surize.d); but w i l l a l s o i n c r e a s e the flow
u n d e r n o r m a l conditions. Although 50 p e r c e n t of t h e flow is p e r m i t t e d to
b y p a s s t h e lithium hydroxide, t h e t o t a l flow m u s t p a s s through the c h a r c o a l
filter.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page 2.7-9
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e CO2-odor a b s o r b e r f i l t e r change s e q u e n c e involves n u m e r i c a l l y
identified f i l t e r s and a l p h a b e t i c a l l y identified f i l t e r stowage c o n t a i n e r s .
Although t h e f i l t e r s a r e r e p l a c e d in n u m e r i c a l s e q u e n c e , the stowage c o n t a i n e r s a r e not opened i n a l p h a b e t i c a l s e q u e n c e r e l a t i v e t o f i l t e r r e p l a c e m e n t . O d d - n u m b e r e d f i l t e r s will a l w a y s b e i n s t a l l e d in s u i t c i r c u i t
c a n i s t e r A ( u p p e r ) and e v e n - n u m b e r e d f i l t e r s i n s t a l l e d in c a n i s t e r B ( l o w e r ) .
A f t e r t h e p r o p e r f i l t e r s t o w a g e c o n t a i n e r is l o c a t e d by t h e c r e w m a n , t h e
c o r r e c t f i l t e r is obtained a n d t h e f i l t e r change a c c o m p l i s h e d . T h e u s e d
f i l t e r is t h e n stowed i n t h e c o n t a i n e r f r o m which t h e u n u s e d r e p l a c e m e n t
c a m e . W h e r e two f i l t e r s a r e stowed one above t h e o t h e r , t h e u s e d f i l t e r
will a l w a y s be p l a c e d below t h e r e m a i n i n g u n u s e d f i l t e r . T h i s p r o v i d e s a
m o r e r e a d i l y a c c e s s i b l e u n u s e d f i l t e r a t t h e next 1 2 - h o u r r e p l a c e m e n t
p e r i o d . F i l t e r r e p l a c e m e n t d a t a , s u c h a s f i l t e r n u m b e r and m i s s i o n t i m e ,
i s r e c o r d e d by t h e c r e w in t h e flight log.
A d i v e r t e r v a l v e l o c a t e d a t t h e c a n i s t e r s inlet i s n o r m a l l y positioned
t o d i r e c t g a s flow t h r o u g h both f i l t e r s . In conjunction with check v a l v e s ,
l o c a t e d a t e a c h c a n i s t e r outlet, r e p o s i t i o n i n g t h e d i v e r t e r valve i s o l a t e s a n
expended f i l t e r . A m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d vent v a l v e f o r e a c h c a n i s t e r a l l o w s
e q u a l i z a t i o n to cabin p r e s s u r e p r i o r to t h e r e m o v a l of a f i l t e r .
Suit c i r c u i t g a s e s , upon leaving t h e COZ-odor a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r

a s s e m b l y , a r e a t a h i g h e r t e m p e r a t u r e a n d h u m i d i t y l e v e l than at a n y o t h e r
point in t h e s u i t c i r c u i t . H e a t h a s b e e n g e n e r a t e d in flowing through t h e
c o m p r e s s o r s a n d t h e c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y . Also, t h e a l r e a d y humid g a s e s
have picked up a d d i t i o n a l m o i s t u r e due to c h e m i c a l r e a c t i o n between the
c a r b o n dioxide and lithium hydroxide. T h e s u i t heat e x c h a n g e r r e m o v e s
t h i s h e a t and humidity f r o m t h e suit g a s e s .
N o r m a l l y t h e h e a t t r a n s f e r fluid, w a t e r - g l y c o l , flowing through t h e
suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r r e m o v e s t h e s u i t c i r c u i t h e a t l o a d s t o s p a c e t h r o u g h
space radiators. A water-glycol evaporator supplements heat t r a n s f e r
when t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a r e inadequate. A s u i t e v a p o r a t o r ( p a r t of t h e
s u i t heat e x c h a n g e r ) is p r o v i d e d and used only i n t h e event of a n e m e r g e n c y .
Under a l l o t h e r conditions t h e suit e v a p o r a t o r c o n t r o l s a r e t o r e m a i n in t h e
O F F position. T h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h (SUIT EVAP, AUTO - M.4N, l o c a t e d on
panel 13) c o n t r o l s e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r t o t h e s y s t e m . T h i s o p e r a t i o n a l change
will not i m p o s e added c o n s t r a i n t s on t h e m i s s i o n ; h o w e v e r , i f t h e w a t e r glycol e v a p o r a t o r should fail when i t i s r e q u i r e d f o r cooling of e l e c t r o n i c s ,
e t c . , t h i s would be s u f f i c i e n t c a u s e t o t e r m i n a t e t h e m i s s i o n .
Should t h e a b i l i t y of t h e suit e v a p o r a t o r s y s t e m d e m o n s t r a t e p r o p e r
o p e r a t i o n , t h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h would be p l a c e d t o the AUTO position. When
w a t e r - g l y c o l inlet t e m p e r a t u r e s to t h e s u i t h e a t e x c h a n g e r e x c e e d 5 2 F o r
t h e outlet t e m p e r a t u r e s of t h e suit c i r c u i t g a s e s f r o m the h e a t e x c h a n g e r
e x c e e d 6 0 " F , t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r i s b y p a s s e d by t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l flow
t h r o u g h a d i v e r t e r valve. When t h e a u t o m a t i c - c o n t r o l l e d d i v e r t e r valve i s
i n t h e full b y p a s s p o s i t i o n , an i n t e g r a l s w i t c h in t h e d i v e r t e r v a l v e a s s e m b l y
i s a c t i v a t e d . T h e d i v e r t e r valve s w i t c h a c t i v a t e s the suit e v a p o r a t o r s t e a m
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l unit. T h e c o r r e c t s t e a m duct p r e s s u r e is a u t o m a t i c a l l y
Mission
Change Date
Page
2. 7-10
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
e s t a b l i s h e d f o r a given t e m p e r a t u r e e r r o r by t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l
unit, p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r , and t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l valve. Initial
opening of t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l valve c a u s e s a s w i t c h in that valve
a s s e m b l y to a c t i v a t e the w e t n e s s c o n t r o l unit. W a t e r inlet t h r o u g h a
solenoid valve to t h e suit e v a p o r a t o r is a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by s e n s i n g
the suit e v a p o r a t o r w e t n e s s and t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e suit g a s e s a t the
h e a t e x c h a n g e r outlet. When suit g a s t e m p e r a t u r e s r e t u r n t o n o r m a l , t h e
e v a p o r a t o r mode i s s e q u e n c i a l l y d e a c t i v a t e d and w a t e r - g l y c o l flow is
r e - e s t a b l i s h e d . By o v e r r i d i n g t h e s u i t g a s e s t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a t t h e
outlet of the h e a t e x c h a n g e r t h e s y s t e m m a y a l s o be a c t i v a t e d , providing
t h e SUIT EVAP c o n t r o l switch is in the AUTO position. S i m u l a t e d high heat
load i s i n i t i a t e d by t h e SUIT HT EXCH switch ( L H E B -310).
A s t h e m o i s t u r e - l a d e n suit g a s e s a r e c o o l e d , c o n d e n s a t i o n t a k e s
p l a c e within t h e h e a t e x c h a n g e r . T h i s m o i s t u r e is a b s o r b e d by a wick-like
m a t e r i a l , r e m o v e d by c a p i l l a r y a c t i o n and t h e s u c t i o n of t h e HzO a c c u m u l a t o r , and pumped into t h e w a s t e w a t e r s y s t e m .
T h e two a c c u m u l a t o r s a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d , s e l f - c y c l i n g ,
r e c i p r o c a t i n g pumps. Oxygen a t 100*10 p s i g p e r i o d i c a l l y a c t i v a t e s the
pumps on the expulsion s t r o k e , while a r e t u r n s p r i n g is u t i l i z e d f o r t h e
s u c t i o n s t r o k e . Only one a c c u m u l a t o r can be o p e r a t e d a t a t i m e with t h e
second f o r standby u s e in t h e event of a malfunction. A m a n u a l backup
m o d e of a c c u m u l a t o r o p e r a t i o n is a l s o i n c o r p o r a t e d . Following t h e d i s c h a r g e of suit c i r c u i t g a s e s f r o m the suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r , t h e n o r m a l flow
i s t o t h e t h r e e suit h o s e c o n n e c t o r a s s e m b l i e s . A suit flow r e l i e f valve i s
i n c o r p o r a t e d in the b y p a s s line between t h e o u t l e t of t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r
and t h e inlet to t h e suit c o m p r e s s o r . T h e valve opens a t a A P of 5. O*O. 2
in. H20 and a u t o m a t i c a l l y m a i n t a i n s a n e a r l y c o n s t a n t flow in the event
of suit c i r c u i t flow r e s i s t a n c e fluctuations.
2. 7. 3 . 2 . 1
C 0 2 Sensor.
T h e C 0 2 s e n s o r , s i t u a t e d between t h e inlet and outlet m a n i f o l d s of
t h e suit c i r c u i t , is a c o m p a c t unit t h a t o p e r a t e s on the i n f r a r e d a b s o r p t i o n
p r i n c i p l e . T h e unit m e a s u r e s t h e a m o u n t of i n f r a r e d e n e r g y a b s o r b e d by
t h e C 0 2 in t h e a t m o s p h e r i c s a m p l e p a s s i n g t h r o u g h t h e s e n s o r . T h i s i s
a c c o m p l i s h e d by c o m p a r i n g two d i f f e r e n t wavelengths in the i n f r a r e d
s p e c t r u m . One wavelength is a b s o r b e d by C 0 2 , while t h e o t h e r a c t s a s a
r e f e r e n c e . T h i s e s t a b l i s h e s a r a t i o s i g n a l which i s a m p l i f i e d and r e a d s out
a s a d - c voltage p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e p a r t i a l p r e s s u r e of COz in the s a m p l e
gas.
The s e n s o r i s divided into t h e o p t i c s s e c t i o n and t h e e l e c t r o n i c s
section. T h e o p t i c s s e c t i o n i n c l u d e s a n i n f r a r e d e n e r g y s o u r c e ( a s m a l l
tungsten f i l a m e n t l a m p ) , and o p t i c a l l e n s e s and m i r r o r f o r focusing the
beam through two wavelength f i l t e r s and t h e a t m o s p h e r i c s a m p l e onto a
d e t e c t o r . Both wavelength f i l t e r s ( 4 . 3 m i c r o n s f o r s a m p l i n g and 4. 0
m i c r o n s for r e f e r e n c e ) a r e a t t a c h e d to a tuning f o r k which v i b r a t e s a t

Mission
Change Date
Page
2. 7-11
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
600 c y c l e s p e r s e c o n d . The f i l t e r s move back and f o r t h a c r o s s t h e focused

light b e a m , a l t e r n a t e l y t r a n s m i t t i n g e n e r g y a t t h e s a m p l e a n d r e f e r e n c e
wavelengths.
T h e b a s i c p u r p o s e of t h e e l e c t r o n i c s s e c t i o n is to d e t e c t and t r a n s f o r m s i g n a l i n f o r m a t i o n . M i n i a t u r i z e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e mounted on s e v e n
p r i n t e d c i r c u i t b o a r d s , which a c c o m p l i s h a l l t h e e l e c t r i c a l functions.
T h e s e functions include supplying t h e p o w e r f o r t h e i n f r a r e d s o u r c e l a m p
and t h e o p e r a t i o n of the tuning f o r k , t h e d e t e c t o r , and the v a r i o u s p r e a m p l i f i e r s and a m p l i f i e r s . T h e output s i g n a l a c t i v a t e s t h e C 0 2 PP HI s y s t e m s
s t a t u s light (MDC-11) and the C 0 2 P A R T PRESS i n d i c a t o r (MDC-13).
2. 7. 3. 2 . 2
Gas Chromatograph.
T h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h is a n i t e m of G F E t h a t is i n s t a l l e d in s e v e r a l
of t h e Apollo Block I s p a c e c r a f t f o r flight qualification p u r p o s e s . T h e unit
is c a p a b l e of identifying and m e a s u r i n g the c o n c e n t r a t i o n s of 2 8 g a s c o m p o n e n t s , and t h e r e s u l t i n g d a t a i s then t e l e m e t e r e d to MSFN. T h i s c o m p a c t
i t e m of e q u i p m e n t i s i n s t a l l e d in the L E B , and it i n t e r f a c e s t h e inlet and
outlet m a n i f o l d s of t h e suit c i r c u i t in t h e LHEB.
The g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h o p e r a t e s on t h e b a s i c p r i n c i p l e of routing
s a m p l e s of t h e suit c i r c u i t a n d f o r c a b i n a t m o s p h e r e t h r o u g h t h r e e s e p a r a t e
c a p i l l a r y c o l u m n s and d e t e c t o r s . L o w - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m is u s e d a s t h e
c a r r i e r g a s f o r t h e s a m p l e s t r e a m s . T h e helium supply, even u n d e r
continuous d e m a n d , will l a s t t h e length of any p r o p o s e d m i s s i o n . The
helium is s t o r e d o i n a r e s e r v o i r a t 6000 p s i g and is r e g u l a t e d to i t s n o r m a l
working p r e s s u r e of 42 p s i a . In t h e event of r e g u l a t o r malfunction, p r e s s u r e r e l i e f is*p r o v i d e d by a 200-psig r u p t u r e d i s c . E a c h c a p i l l a r y c o l u m n
and d e t e c t o r i d e n t i f i e s a s p e c i f i c n u m b e r of g a s c o m p o n e n t s . One c o l u m n d e t e c t o r w i l l identify five of the p e r m a n e n t g a s e s ; n a m e l y , h y d r o g e n , n i t r o gen, oxygen, m e t h a n e , and c a r b o n monoxide. Another i s c o n c e r n e d only
with t h e s e p a r a t i o n a n d d e t e c t i o n of a m m o n i a , c a r b o n dioxide, and w a t e r .
T h e t h i r d c o l u m n - d e t e c t o r i d e n t i f i e s 20 t r a c e c o n t a m i n a n t s l i s t e d a s
follows: F r e o n 11, m e t h y l a l c o h o l , m e t h y l e n e c h l o r i d e , e t h y l a l c o h o l ,
b e n z e n e , ?-dioxane, a c e t o n e , h y d r o c h l o r i c a c i d , hydrogen sulfide, ethylene
oxide, i s o p r e n e , diethyl sulphide, n i t r o g e n dioxide, ethylene glycol, v i n y l i dene c h l o r i d e , m e t h y l c h l o r o f o r m , a c e t y l e n e , d i m e t h y l sulfide, F r e o n 114,
and 1, 1 t r i c h l o r o e t h a n e .
C r o s s - s e c t i o n ionization-type d e t e c t o r s a r e u s e d in conjunction with
t h e t h r e e c o l u m n s f o r g a s component i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . The output c u r r e n t of
t h e d e t e c t o r s p r o d u c e s a m i n i m u m - s t r e n g t h s i g n a l t h a t m u s t be g r e a t l y
a m p l i f i e d , t h e n conditioned f o r t e l e m e t r y . T h e c a p i l l a r y c o l u m n s , t h e
d e t e c t o r s , and the e l e c t r o m e t e r a m p l i f i e r s a r e h o u s e d in a n oven, t h e
t e m p e r a t u r e of which is m a i n t a i n e d within a v e r y c l o s e t o l e r a n c e . T h e
b a l a n c e of t h e e l e c t r o n i c s , i n s t a l l e d in a s e p a r a t e package, c o n s i s t of a
t r a n s f o r m e r , a p r o g r a m m e r , and a r e g u l a t e d p o w e r supply. S o l i d - s t a t e
c i r c u i t r y is u s e d e x c l u s i v e l y throughout t h e e l e c t r o n i c s of t h e unit.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 7 - 1 2
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h will c o m p l e t e one identification c y c l e in
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 0 m i n u t e s , r e g a r d l e s s of the s a m p l i n g mode s e l e c t e d .
S a m p l e s a r e taken f r o m the s u i t c i r c u i t a t m o s p h e r e , the cabin a t m o s p h e r e ,
o r f r o m e a c h a t m o s p h e r e on a l t e r n a t i n g c y c l e s depending on t h e positioning
of a s e l e c t o r switch l o c a t e d on the L E B panel 120. T h e s e l e c t o r switch may
be positioned t o CABIN AIR/AUTO/SUIT AIR by c o m m a n d .
T h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h is s e r v i c e d a n d i n s t a l l e d by ground s u p p o r t
p e r s o n n e l p r i o r to flight c r e w i n g r e s s .
-4 t h r e e - p o s i t i o n S T A R T / O F F / P R E H E A T switch, c o n t r o l s power for
o p e r a t i o n , and m u s t be placed t o the PREHEAT position f o r a minimum of
8 0 m i n u t e s b e f o r e switch is s e t t o START. A push-type switch, A M P L CAL, for bench c a l i b r a t i o n only a n d the S T A R T / O F F / P R E H E A T switch,
a r e located on panel 120.
During t h e m i s s i o n , the flight c r e w will not be r e q u i r e d t o m a k e
c o n t r o l a d j u s t m e n t s t o t h e unit u n l e s s d i r e c t e d to do so by MSFN. During
d e s c e n t , the r e m a i n i n g helium in the r e s e r v o i r is dumped into the c a b i n by
t h e action of a p y r o v a l v e i n s i d e the unit. A full tank ( a b o r t condition) c a n
b e e m p t i e d in a m a x i m u m of 3 m i n u t e s . P y r o v a l v e initiation i s s i m u l t a neous with t h e C / M - R C S p r o p e l l a n t purge operation.
2. 7. 3 . 3
Cabin P r e s s u r e a n d T e m p e r a t u r e Control Subsystem.

The p r e s s u r i z a t i o n a n d t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l of the C / M c a b i n a r e
p r i m a r i l y a u t o m a t i c functions with m a n u a l backup and o v e r r i d e m o d e s
provided. Cabin p r e s s u r i z a t i o n is m a i n t a i n e d by t h e cabin p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r as.sembly ( f i g u r e 2 . 7 - 3 ) . T h i s unit c o n s i s t s of dual r e g u l a t o r s and a
m a n u a l r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n v a l v e o p e r a t e d by a k n u r l e d knob. Both r e g u l a t o r s
o p e r a t e s i m u l t a n e o u s l y a s t h e r e i s no s e l e c t o r valve i n c o r p o r a t e d and no
off position. T h e r e g u l a t o r s a u t o m a t i c a l l y m a i n t a i n t h e c a b i n at 5 i O . 2 p s i a
d u r i n g n o r m a l conditions a n d a t a m a x i m u m oxygen flow r a t e of 1. 3 pounds
p e r hour. If t h e c a b i n should become d e p r e s s u r i z e d for any r e a s o n , the
r e g u l a t o r s c l o s e a t a p r e s s u r e of 3. 5 p s i a t o c o n s e r v e oxygen. T h e m a n u a l
valve, with a m a x i m u m flow r a t e of 7 . 2 pounds p e r h o u r , m a y be adjusted
t o m a i n t a i n c a b i n p r e s s u r e in event of r e g u l a t o r malfunction. However, i t
i s p r i m a r i l y u s e d t o r e p r e s s u r i z e the c a b i n following d e c o m p r e s s i o n ,
r e q u i r i n g a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 h o u r t o r a i s e t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e back to 5. OkO. 2
psia.
An e m e r g e n c y c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 2. 7 - 4 ) will
flood the cabin with oxygen t o p r e v e n t r a p i d d e c o m p r e s s i o n in the event of
cabin wall puncture. A s cabin d e c o m p r e s s i o n is h a z a r d o u s to life only when
a c r e w m a n is in the s h i r t s l e e v e mode, the r e g u l a t o r s a r e not s e l e c t e d f o r
The r e g u l a t o r
u s e until j u s t p r i o r t o a c r e w m a n removing h i s %A.
ENVIRONMENTAL C O N T R O L SYSTEM
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page 2. 7-13
SM2A-03-SCO 12
-SYSTEMS DATA
-ANEROID
SUPPLY PRESSIJ RE I NLET

REP'RESSUR IZATl ON
""I
.I
IITER
.."L
ECS-24A
Figure 2. 7-3.
(3)
Cabin P r e s s u r e Regulator
a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a f o u r - p o s i t i o n m a n u a l s e l e c t o r valve a n d two redundant r e g u l a t o r s which, when s e l e c t e d f o r u s e , a u t o m a t i c a l l y open when the

c a b i n p r e s s u r e d r o p s t o 4. 5*0. 1 p s i a . The e m e r g e n c y c a b i n p r e s s u r e
m o d e of 3. 5 p s i a is contingent upon Apollo d e s i g n l i m i t s and m e t e o r i t e t e s t s
a n d allows u n s u i t e d c r e w m e n t i m e t o don t h e i r PGAs. T h i s minimum p r e s s u r e c a n be m a i n t a i n e d f o r 5 m i n u t e s , providing that m e t e o r i t e h o l e s do not
e x c e e d t h e total equivalent a r e a of a hole 0. 5 inch in d i a m e t e r . At t h e end
of t h i s t i m e , the p r e s s u r e will d r o p m o r e rapidly, going to 2. 0 p s i a in
10 m i n u t e s and to 1. 0 p s i a in 15 m i n u t e s .
The dual cabin p r e s s u r e relief v a l v e ( f i g u r e 2 . 7 - 5 ) provides positive
a n d negative p r e s s u r e relief f o r the cabin throughout the e n t i r e m i s s i o n .
Although t h e y function a u t o m a t i c a l l y , c a b l e - o p e r a t e d m a n u a l o v e r r i d e
c o n t r o l s , l o c a t e d on panel 3 0 7 , a r e provided for a d j u s t m e n t s during flight
t o c l o s e relief v a l v e s for i malfunction, o r t o p r e v e n t s e a w a t e r inflow
a u r i n g postlanding phase and ground checkout p r o c e d u r e s . When the cabin
p r e s s u r e b e c o m e s higher t h a n the e x t e r n a l a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e , the relief
v a l v e s l i m i t the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e t o 6 (to. 2 , - 0 . 4) psi. During the
a s c e n t p h a s e , t h i s d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e m a y go a s high a s 7 . 0 p s i f o r a
s h o r t p e r i o d of t i m e . C o n v e r s e l y , when the cabin p r e s s u r e b e c o m e s lower
than t h e e x t e r n a l a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e (as during d e s c e n t ) , the relief v a l v e s
l i m i t the differential p r e s s u r e to a m a x i m u m of 25 inches of w a t e r . The
a s s e m b l y is located in t h e s t e a m duct o v e r b o a r d line which p r o v i d e s the
m e a n s of venting the positive and negative cabin p r e s s u r e s .
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 7 - 14
_-
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SUPPLY PRESSURE I M l
F i g u r e 2. 7 - 4 .
E m e r g e n c y Inflow Regulator
Ventilation within the C / M is provided by dual f a n s , which c i r c u l a t e

cabin g a s e s through the cabin h e a t e x c h a n g e r . N o r m a l l y , both cabin a i r
fans a r e s e l e c t e d by the c r e w f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s operation. If e i t h e r fan
malfundtions o r is shut down f o r a n y r e a s o n , a c l o s u r e ( c o v e r ) is manually
installed o v e r the inlet of the i n o p e r a t i v e fan t o p r e v e n t backflow. A cabin
a i r c o n t r o l l o u v e r , l o c a t e d a t the outlet of the cabin heat e x c h a n g e r , i s
manually a d j u s t e d f o r d i r e c t i o n a l flow of g a s e s within the cabin.
Although cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l is n o r m a l l y a n a u t o m a t i c function,
r e s o r t to m a n u a l backup and o v e r r i d e m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n m a y be utilized.
Cabin g a s e s a r e heated o r cooled by t h e i r c i r c u l a t i o n through the cabin heat
e x c h a n g e r , which u s e s w a t e r - g l y c o l as the heat t r a n s f e r medium. A c a b i n
t e m p e r a t u r e control unit c o m p a r e s a d e s i r e d t e m p e r a t u r e , s e l e c t e d by the
c r e w , to the t e m p e r a t u r e that is s e n s e d a t t h e inlet t o the c a b i n a i r fans.
Any difference r e s u l t s in a signal that r e p o s i t i o n s the m o t o r - o p e r a t e d cabin
t e m p e r a t u r e control valve. This valve r e g u l a t e s the amount of hot o r cold
w a t e r - g l y c o l flowing into the cabin h e a t exchanger. A t e a c h e n d of valve
full t r a v e l , the total hot o r cold flow is routed through the h e a t exchanger;
w h e r e a s , a t i n t e r m e d i a t e v a l v e positions, the w a t e r - g l y c o l flow through the
heat exchanger v a r i e s . A c a b i n t e m p e r a t u r e a n t i c i p a t o r , l o c a t e d a t the
c a b i n a i r c o n t r o l louver d i s c h a r g e , s e n s e s the t e m p e r a t u r e r a t e o f change
a n d s i g n a l s the cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l unit, preventing o v e r c o r r e c t i o n
by the c o n t r o l valve.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page 2. 7 - 1 5
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
_SYSTEMS DATA
E
U F R U N I I A L MCRIlNG VALW
ECS-3bB
F i g u r e 2 . 7-5.
(
3
1
Cabin P r e s s u r e Relief Valve
Ventilation during the postlanding p h a s e i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by c i r c u l a t i n g

outside a m b i e n t a i r t h r o u g h t h e cabin. A l l of the equipment n e c e s s a r y t o
c a r r y out thi! function ( o t h e r t h a n c o n t r o l s ) i s located on the C / M f o r w a r d
tunnel c o v e r . Outside a i r is d r a w n into t h e c a b i n through a n i n l e t duct
containing a shutoff valve and fan. The inlet duct includes a flexible e x t e n s i o n f o r promoting m o r e efficient ventilation. After c i r c u l a t i n g within the
cabin, the a i r is expelled o v e r b o a r d through a n adjacent outlet duct and
shutoff v a l v e . Both m o t o r - o p e r a t e d shutoff ( v e n t ) valves and t h e vent fan
a r e c o n t r o l l e d by the VENT FAN switch on MDC-25. High- o r low-speed
fan o p e r a t i o n is a v a i l a b l e , and e i t h e r switch position will s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
a c t i v a t e the fan and open the cabin vent v a l v e s . An a s s e m b l y consisting of
a pendulum-type a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g switch and a n a d j a c e n t o v e r r i d e c o n t r o l
switch ( P L Y C ) a r e i n s t a l l e d i n the LHEB. The pendulum is f r e e t o move
only in the Z - a x i s . Should the C / M r o l l beyond a specified l i m i t o r become
i n v e r t e d ( s t a b l e I1 condition), the attitude s e n s i n g switch a c t i v a t e s t h e cabin
vent v a l v e s t o the c l o s e d position to p r e v e n t w a t e r ingestion. If a l l e f f o r t s
t o r e t u r n t h e C / M to the upright ( s t a b l e I) condition should fail, the PLVC
switch (LHEB-141) is s e t t o OPEN. T h i s o v e r r i d e s the closing a c t i o n of
the a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g switch by opening both cabin vent v a l v e s a n d flooding
the f o r w a r d portion of the C / M . The p r e s s u r e on the tunnel hatch then
b e c o m e s equalized, thus allowing its r e m o v a l f o r the e s c a p e of the c r e w .
T h e PLVC switchima): a l s o be u s e d t o open the cabin vent v a l v e s if the
a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g s w i t c h should fail a f t e r having closed the v a l v e s . In o r d e r
t o p r e v e n t t h e i n a d v e r t e n t opening of the vent v a l v e s in flight, two p r e c a u t i o n s a r e taken. A lockpin is i n s t a l l e d in e a c h vent v a l v e , and the c i r c u i t
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2 . 7 - 16
SMZA -0 3 -SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
b r e a k e r applying power t o the P L V s y s t e m is not engaged during flight.
T h e r e f o r e , before the P L V s y s t e m c a n be o p e r a t e d , the lockpins m u s t be
r e m o v e d (pulled out a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0. 5 in. ) p r i o r t o CSM s e p a r a t i o n and the
applicable c i r c u i t b r e a k e r engaged a f t e r landing.
2. 7. 3.4
Water-Glycol Coolant S u b s y s t e m .
The w a t e r - g l y c o l coolant s u b s y s t e m is a c l o s e d loop through which a n
aqueous ethylene-glycol m i x t u r e ( w a t e r - g l y c o l ) is continuously c i r c u l a t e d .
The m i x t u r e r a t i o by weight c o n s i s t s of 62. 5 p a r t s of glycol to 37. 5 p a r t s of
w a t e r . B a s i c a l l y , t h e s u b s y s t e m p r o v i d e s a h e a t t r a n s p o r t fluid loop f o r
the cabin a t m o s p h e r e , the s u i t c i r c u i t a t m o s p h e r e , t h e e l e c t r o n i c equipm e n t , a n d a portion of the potable w a t e r . It a l s o s e r v e s a s a s o u r c e of h e a t
f o r the c a b i n a t m o s p h e r e when r e q u i r e d . A l l of the unwanted h e a t a b s o r b e d
by the w a t e r - g l y c o l is t r a n s p o r t e d e i t h e r t o the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s , w h e r e it
is r a d i a t e d t o s p a c e , o r to the w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r , w h e r e it is r e j e c t e d
by the evaporation of w a t e r .
The w a t e r - g l y c o l ( W / G ) e v a p o r a t o r outlet t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t be m a i n tained between 4 0 " a n d 4 3 F (nominal 4 1 . 5 " F ) . S e n s e d a t t h e W/G
e v a p o r a t o r inlet f r o m the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s W/G t e m p e r a t u r e s between 4 2 . 9 "
and 4 5 . 9 " F (nominal 4 5 F ) a c t i v a t e s t h e a u t o m a t i c mixing valve c o n t r o l
s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2. 7-6). H i g h - t e m p e r a t u r e W/G f r o m the w a t e r - g l y c o l pump
is m i x e d with t h e l o w e r W/G t e m p e r a t u r e f r o m the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s t o m a i n tain t h e e v a p o r a t o r outlet n o m i n a l t e m p e r a t u r e of 41.. 5 F . The m a n u a l
o v e r r i d e f o r the mixing valve is l o c a t e d on t h e coolant c o n t r o l panel 311
(GLYCOL E V A P T E M P I N ) a n d a switch l o c a t e d on p a n e l 13 allows s e l e c tion of AUTO o r MAN o p e r a t i o n .
T h r e e l i n e s f r o m the w a t e r - g l y c o l pump a s s e m b l y a r e p a r a l l e l e d t o
the w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r inlet. The a f o r e m e n t i o n e d oxygen supply
c a p i l l a r y r e s t r i c t o r s a r e wound a r o u n d the line routed t o the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s
and relief valves. The o t h e r line is routed t o t h e mixing valve. To i n s u r e
p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n of t h e oxygen supply r e s t r i c t o r s , in the l i n e between the
c r y o g e n i c 0 2 s t o r a g e in the S / M t o the s u r g e tanks in the C / M during cabin
r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , full w a t e r - g l y c o l flow through the line to the s p a c e
r a d i a t o r s is r e q u i r e d . Sufficient heat m u s t be available to p r e v e n t c r y o genic oxygen e n t e r i n g t h e C / M oxygen s y s t e m a n d p r e c l u d e the possibility of
f r e e z i n g the water-glycol. To a c h i e v e t h i s , the mixing valve m u s t be
manually placed t o the full c l o s e d position 15 to 30 m i n u t e s before r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n a n d r e m a i n c l o s e d until t h e s u r g e tank r e t u r n s to m a x i m u m
p r e s s u r e a f t e r r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of the C / M .
H i g h - t e m p e r a t u r e w a t e r - g l y c o l between 48" and 50. 5 F f r o m the
s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a n d s e n s e d a t the e v a p o r a t o r inlet i n i t i a t e s the w a t e r - g l y c o l
e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s y s t e m . Once the e v a p o r a t o r mode i s
i n i t i a t e d by the e v a p o r a t o r inlet s e n s o r , a n e v a p o r a t o r outlet s e n s o r
s u p p l i e s t h e controlled v a r i a b l e s i g n a l s t o the c o n t r o l l e r . If a heating
t e m p e r a t u r e e r r o r i s s e n s e d by t h e e v a p o r a t o r outlet s e n s o r , the s t e a m
p r e s s u r e v a l v e begins t o open a n d r e p o s i t i o n s a t a velocity p r o p o r t i o n a l to
~~

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page 2 . 7 - 1 7
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12
i i
SYSTEMS DATA
l2
1 9 6 6 Change Date
B a s i c Date
page
.
2.7-18
V
4
(3
SMZA -03-SCO12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
the t e m p e r a t u r e e r r o r . E v a p o r a t o r wicks a r e m a i n t a i n e d i n a wet condition
t o provide i m m e d i a t e boiling when the s t e a m p r e s s u r e valve is opened.
Should the s t e a m p r e s s u r e d r o p below 5.0lt0.2 m m Hg a b s , a p r e s s u r e
switch o v e r r i d e s the t e m p e r a t u r e s i g n a l and c l o s e s t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e
valve. The o v e r r i d e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h p r o v i d e s adequate p r e s s u r e m a r g i n
above the f r e e z i n g p r e s s u r e of 4. 58 m m Hg a b s . A switch in the s t e a m
p r e s s u r e valve a s s e m b l y is a c t i v a t e d when t h e valve i s initially c r a c k e d
open. The switch a c t i v a t e s t h e w e t n e s s c o n t r o l f o r replenishing w a t e r t o
the e v a p o r a t o r through a w a t e r - s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l valve. Signals f r o m t h e
wick t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a r e indicative of the r e l a t i v e w e t n e s s of the e v a p o r a t o r wicks. A s w a t e r e v a p o r a t e s , t h e wick s e n s o r t e m p e r a t u r e i n c r e a s e s
a n d e x c e e d s a n e v a p o r a t o r inlet r e f e r e n c e s e n s o r s i g n a l and c y c l e s the
w a t e r c o n t r o l valve open. The r e f e r e n c e input s e n s o r v a r i e s the c o n t r o l a s
a function of heat load t o m a i n t a i n the d e s i r e d wick t e m p e r a t u r e with no
w a t e r c a r r y o v e r into the s t e a m duct. When the e v a p o r a t o r wicks become
replenished with w a t e r , the wick s e n s o r t e m p e r a t u r e d e c r e a s e s and
a p p r o a c h e s the s a t u r a t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e c o r r e s p o n d i n g to the s t e a m p r e s s u r e
and c y c l e s t h e w a t e r c o n t r o l valve closed. The w a t e r control valve c o n t i n u e s to cycle a s long a s w a t e r - g l y c o l cooling by w a t e r evaporation i s
r e q u i r ed.
The s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l valve c a n be e l e c t r i c a l l y repositioned t o
c o n t r o l t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e f o r 40" t o 4 3 F outlet glycol t e m p e r a t u r e u s i n g
the p r e s s u r e m o n i t o r indicator (panel 13, GLY E V A P - O U T L E T T E M P ) .
The c o n t r o l switches (GLYCOL E V A P - STEAM PRESS) m u s t be placed t o
the MAN position, and then to INCR f o r open and DECR f o r closing t h e
s t e a m p r e s s u r e valve. The H 2 0 FLOW switch ( p a n e l 13) should be in the
AUTO position f o r the a u t o m a t i c w e t n e s s c o n t r o l t o be effective. Should t h e
w e t n e s s , c o n t r o l fail, the w a t e r i n l e t control v a l v e c a n be e n e r g i z e d open by
placing the H 2 0 FLOW switch to ON. When o p e r a t i n g in this m o d e , a
p o r t a b l e indicating unit should be u s e d t o p r e v e n t w a t e r c a r r y o v e r into the
s t e a m duct. T h e p o r t a b l e indicating unit c o n s i s t s of a f o u r - p o s i t i o n
s e l e c t o r switch f o r s e l e c t i n g O F F , WICK T E M P . , E V A P INLET T E M P .
AND NUL. The unit h a s its own 175-hour b a t t e r y - o p e r a t e d power supply.
WICK TEMPERATURE i n d i c a t o r m a r k i n g s a r e 4 0 " t o 7 0 " F , WATERGLYCOL INLET TEMPERATURE i n d i c a t o r m a r k i n g s a r e 40" to 1 0 0 " F ,
and the NUL indicator m a r k i n g s a r e a r e d line a c r o s s the midlength s e c t i o n
of the dial f a c e and i s m a r k e d above the r e d line on t h e dial WATER ON, a n d
below on dial WATER O F F . A w a t e r c o n t r o l tabulation c h a r t ( f i g u r e 2. 7 - 7 )
f o r operation of W / C e v a p o r a t o r i n the m a n u a l mode, is provided showing
wick t e m p e r a t u r e v e r s u s i n l e t glycol t e m p e r a t u r e . The portable indication
unit should a l s o be u s e d when m a n u a l w a t e r bypass c o n t r o l v a l v e (GLY
E V A P WATER CONTROL BYPASS panel 317) is used. The p o r t a b l e indic a t o r unit w i l l connect t o 539 (panel 311). The m a i n w a t e r - g l y c o l flow next
e n t e r s the cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l valve, w h e r e i t is routed e i t h e r t o the
c a b i n h e a t exchanger o r t o the r e m a i n i n g t h e r m a l coldplates. The a c t i o n i s
dependent upon the t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l unit, which a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l s
t h e movements of the m o t o r - o p e r a t e d cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l valve. The
v a l v e i s S O c o n s t r u c t e d that in the cabin full cooling mode, the total flow of
cool w a t e r - g l y c o l ( 1 6 7 pounds p e r h o u r ) is routed f i r s t through the cabin
\

I
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2. 7-19
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Evaporator Inlet
Temperature Sensor
Wick T e m p e r a t u r e
Sensor
E v a p o r a t o r Inlet
T e m p e r a t u r e Sen so r
(OF)
( O F )
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
41. 62
42. 1 3
42.65
43. 1 5
43.65
44. 1 4
44.63
45.11
45.58
46. 04
46. 50
46.95
47.39
47.82
48.25
48.67
49. 08
49.49
49. 89
50. 30
50. 39
51.07
51. 45
51.83
52.20
52. 56
52. 92
53.27
53.62
53.96
54. 30
65
66
67
68
69
70
F i g u r e 2. 7-7.
Wick T e m p e r a t u r e
Sensor
(OF)
(OF)
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
a7
88
89
54.63
54.96
55.28
55.60
55.9 1
56.21
56.51
56.80
57.08
57.37
57.66
57.93
58.19
58.46
58. 71
58.96
59.2 1
59.46
59. 71
59.94
60.17
60.40
60.63
60.85
61.06
61.28
61.49
61.69
61.90
62. 10
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
W a t e r Flow C o n t r o l C h a r t
h e a t e x c h a n g e r and t h e n t h r o u g h t h e t h e r m a l c o l d p l a t e s . In t h e c a b i n full
h e a t i n g m o d e , t h e t o t a l flow is r o u t e d t h r o u g h t h e t h e r m a l c o l d p l a t e s first,
w h e r e t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l a b s o r b s h e a t , and f r o m t h e r e flows t h r o u g h t h e
cabin heat exchanger, The intermediate valve positions a r e f o r the partial
cooling o r p a r t i a l h e a t i n g m o d e s . In t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e p o s i t i o n s , t h e quant i t y of c o o l o r w a r m w a t e r - g l y c o l flowing t h r o u g h t h e heat e x c h a n g e r is
r e d u c e d i n p r o p o r t i o n t o t h e d e m a n d f o r cooling o r heating. Although t h e
a m o u n t of w a t e r - g l y c o l flowing t h r o u g h t h e c a b i n h e a t e x c h a n g e r will v a r y ,
t h e t o t a l flow t h r o u g h the t h e r m a l c o l d p l a t e s w i l l a l w a y s be 200 pounds p e r
h o u r . ( S e e f i g u r e , 2, 7-8. ) An o r i f i c e r e s t r i c t o r i s i n s t a l l e d between t h e
c a b i n t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e a n d t h e i n l e t t o t h e c o l d p l a t e s . Its p u r p o s e
is t o m a i n t a i n a c o n s t a n t flow r a t e t h r o u g h t h e c o l d p l a t e s by r e d u c i n g t h e
~

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page 2 - 7 - 2 0
.__--
- -
SMZA 0 3 SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
F":
Water-Glycol
Evclpomtor
40" to 50.5OF
'
IMU
COLDPLATE
BRANCH
NO. 1
r ----
I
I
I
ORIFICE
F":
- ---1
COUPLING
DISPLAY
UNIT
RATE
GYRO
ASSY
II
II
I
I
ATTITUDE
GYRO
ACCEL
ASSY
Vol "e
52' to 70'F
WARN
COLDPLATE
BRANCH
NO. 2
j-
-- - -
I
I
AUDIO
I
I
CENTER CENTRAL
TIMING
AGC
POWER 4
SERVO
ASSY
=
DISPLAY
AGAA
I'
YAW
--
PCM
NO.l
--
To:
Cobin
Control
Volve
KM
N0.2
I
I
I
DATA
STORAGE
PMP
ECA
USBE
UDL
INV
INV
INV
ROLL
ECA
--
AUX
ECA
--
I
PITCH
ECA
L--
-------J
--,--.-----
SM-ZA-628D
F i g u r e 2. 7-8.
E q u i p m e n t Coldplate F l o w D i a g r a m

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2. 7 - 2 1
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
-__-
SYSTEMS DATA
heating m o d e flow r a t e to t h a t of t h e cooling mode flow r a t e . Another
o r i f i c e r e s t r i c t o r , l o c a t e d i n t h e coolant line f r o m the IMU, m a i n t a i n s a
c o n s t a n t flow r a t e t h r o u g h t h i s component r e g a r d l e s s of s y s t e m flow
fluctuations.
T h e t o t a l flow leaving t h e c a b i n t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l valve e n t e r s the
w a t e r - g l y c o l pump a s s e m b l y which p r o v i d e s t h e continuous coolant c i r c u l a t i o n within the s u b s y s t e m . T h e a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of two w a t e r - g l y c o l
p u m p s , two pump o u t l e t c h e c k v a l v e s , a full-flow f i l t e r , an a c c u m u l a t o r ,
a n d a n a c c u m u l a t o r i s o l a t i o n shutoff v a l v e . The t n o p u m p s , mounted in
p a r a l l e l , can only be o p e r a t e d one a t a t i m e with t h e s e c o n d pump f o r
s t a n d b y redundancy. E a c h pump outlet c h e c k valve p r e v e n t s coolant backflow t h r o u g h the nonoperating pump. W a t e r - g l y c o l e n t e r i n g t h e a s s e m b l y
f i r s t p a s s e s t h r o u g h the f u l l - f l o w f i l t e r b e f o r e r e a c h i n g the pumps. T h e r e
is a l s o a s i d e p a s s a g e that l e a d s t o the a c c u m u l a t o r .
T h e p u r p o s e of t h e a c c u m u l a t o r is t o m a i n t a i n c o r r e c t pump inlet
p r e s s u r e and to c o m p e n s a t e f o r s m a l l a m o u n t s of l e a k a g e a n d / o r t h e r m a l
e x p a n s i o n / c o n t r a c t i o n . The m a n u a l shutoff valve in t h e s i d e p a s s a g e is
c l o s e d to i s o l a t e t h e a c c u m u l a t o r in c a s e of a p u n c t u r e d bellows, which
would p e r m i t t h e coolant t o l e a k into t h e c a b i n , c a u s i n g contamination. If
t h e w a t e r -glycol a c c u m u l a t o r quantity i n d i c a t o r on the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e
shows a s t e a d y d e c a y to z e r o , a l e a k i n t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l s y s t e m is t h e
p r o b a b l e c a u s e . However, a n indication showing a slow s t e a d y d e c r e a s e ,
which s t o p s a t a point above z e r o , is p r o b a b l y due to t h e r m a l c o n t r a c t i o n
indicating t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l t e m p e r a t u r e is below t h e n o m i n a l r a n g e .
L o c a t e d d o w n s t r e a m of the pump a s s e m b l y is t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l pump outlet
p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r which m e a s u r e s t h e s t a t i c p r e s s u r e of t h e w a t e r -glycol
a t the pump outlet, t h u s giving a n indication of pump p e r f o r m a n c e .
At t h i s point in the s u b s y s t e m , t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of the w a t e r - g l y c o l
h a s g r e a t l y i n c r e a s e d due t o t h e a b s o r p t i o n of t h e v a r i o u s heat l o a d s . The
t o t a l flow of hot w a t e r - g l y c o l is r o u t e d t h r o u g h a p a s s a g e in t h e s t e a m
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e t o p r e v e n t i c e f r o m f o r m i n g within t h e v a l v e opening.
Icing a t t h i s location could r e s u l t in valve malfunction a n d / o r blocking of
t h e s t e a m duct. T o p r e v e n t i c e f r o m f o r m i n g a t t h e o u t l e t of t h e s t e a m
d u c t , two redundant e l e c t r i c h e a t e r s a r e u s e d . The two 3-watt h e a t e r
e l e m e n t s i n s i d e t h e duct extend a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 i n c h e s u p s t r e a m f r o m t h e
outlet.
The w a t e r - g l y c o l n e x t flows t o t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r inlet
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e ( p r e v i o u s l y d e s c r i b e d ) . The hot w a t e r -glycol
t h a t is not u s e d f o r mixing by t h i s valve is r o u t e d to t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s f o r
cooling. Any p r e s s u r e l o s s e s in t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r c i r c u i t , r e g a r d l e s s of
t h e n u m b e r of r a d i a t o r s in o p e r a t i o n , will be l i m i t e d by the a c t i o n of the
d u a l w a t e r - g l y c o l p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s . T h e s e two v a l v e s a r e in p a r a l l e l
and a r e l o c a t e d between the inlet and o u t l e t l i n e s of t h e r a d i a t o r c i r c u i t .
J u s t u p s t r e a m of e a c h p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e i s a m a n u a l shutoff v a l v e . By
c o n t r o l l i n g t h e shutoff v a l v e s , one r e l i e f v a l v e a t a t i m e is n o r m a l l y
s e l e c t e d f o r u s e with t h e s e c o n d f o r s t a n d b y redundancy. When a A P of
~
~~
~~

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
P a g e 2. 7 - 2 2
SMZA -03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
11 p s i is r e a c h e d , t h e r e l i e f v a l v e s open to bypass coolant t o t h e r a d i a t o r
r e t u r n line, c l o s i n g a t a A P of 8. 5 psi. In o r d e r t o p r e s e r v e t h e w a t e r glycol c l o s e d loop, t h e r e l i e f v a l v e s function a s a bypass when a l l s p a c e
r a d i a t o r i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d o r when the w a t e r - g l y c o l r a d i a t o r s h u t off valve is c l o s e d . T h i s is a m a n u a l shutoff valve t h a t c o n t r o l s the flow of
w a t e r - g l y c o l f r o m t h e C / M to t h e S / M . It is p l a c e d to t h e c l o s e d position
s h o r t l y b e f o r e CSM s e p a r a t i o n t o p r e v e n t t h e coolant in the C / M f r o m
flowing o v e r b o a r d a f t e r s e p a r a t i o n .
Two s p a c e r a d i a t o r s with a n a r e a of 30 s q u a r e feet e a c h a r e l o c a t e d
on opposite s i d e s of the S / M i n s e c t o r s I1 and V. E a c h r a d i a t o r p a n e l
c o n t a i n s two s e p a r a t e s e t s of t u b e s . The flow of w a t e r - g l y c o l t h r o u g h t h e
f o u r tube c i r c u i t s is individually r e g u l a t e d by a m o t o r - o p e r a t e d r a d i a t o r
i s o l a t i o n valve l o c a t e d o n t h e inlet s i d e of e a c h tube c i r c u i t . The f o u r
v a l v e s a r e r e m o t e l y c o n t r o l l e d f r o m t h e C / M and give t h e c r e w s o m e
d e g r e e of l a t i t u d e in t h e i r s e l e c t i o n of cooling a r e a . However, t h e p r i m a r y
p u r p o s e of t h e v a l v e s is to i s o l a t e tube c i r c u i t s should they develop l e a k s .
A c h e c k v a l v e in e a c h tube c i r c u i t o u t l e t line p r e v e n t s the backflow o f
coolant f r o m e n t e r i n g a n y r a d i a t o r tube c i r c u i t that is leaking. F r e e z i n g
within the r a d i a t o r s is t h e point a t which flow c e a s e s , and m a y be p r e v e n t e d
by maintaining the inlet t e m p e r a t u r e above 7 5 F . T h i s t e m p e r a t u r e is
obtained on the A U X DC VOLTS m e t e r ( R H F E B - 2 0 0 ) o r f r o m MSFN i f the
c r e w is unable to l e a v e t h e c o u c h e s .
The w a t e r - g l y c o l , a f t e r leaving t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a n d r e - e n t e r i n g
t h e C / M , flows through a c a p i l l a r y r e s t r i c t o r . T h i s is placed in the line to
m a k e t h e p r e s s u r e d r o p through
- t h e r a d i a t o r s c o m p a t i b l e with t h a t through
t h e w a t e r -glycol t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e during the mixing mode. Upon
leaving t h e r e s t r i c t o r , the w a t e r - g l y c o l flows t h r o u g h two c h e c k v a l v e s in
s e r i e s . T h e s e v a l v e s p r e v e n t coolant f r o m flowing o v e r b o a r d following
CSM s e p a r a t i o n , A t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , l o c a t e d between t h e s e c h e c k
v a l v e s , g i v e s a n indication on the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e of t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
of the coolant leaving t h e r a d i a t o r s . The i n d i c a t o r is l o c a t e d on MDC- 13.
Under n o r m a l s p a c e flight conditions t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r is
i s o l a t e d f r o m the coolant s u b s y s t e m by t h e p r o p e r positioning of t h r e e
glycol r e s e r v o i r m a n u a l shutoff v a l v e s . The w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r inlet
and outlet v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d , and the r e s e r v o i r b y p a s s v a l v e between t h e
inlet and outlet l i n e s is opened. During t h e p r e l a u n c h and a s c e n t p h a s e s ,
h o w e v e r , the position of t h e s e t h r e e v a l v e s is r e v e r s e d t o p e r m i t coolant
flow through the r e s e r v o i r . The one gallon of w a t e r - g l y c o l contained i n t h e
r e s e r v o i r is then u t i l i z e d a s a h e a t sink, which b e c o m e s n e c e s s a r y during
the a s c e n t phase. The s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a r e not effective during a s c e n t and
e v a p o r a t i v e cooling t a k e s p l a c e only a f t e r t h e a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s
0. 05 p s i a , which is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 150, 000 f e e t a l t i t u d e ( T t 2 m i n u t e s and
1 0 seconds).
If a w a t e r - g l y c o l l e a k should o c c u r , the coolant s u b s y s t e m m a y be
r e f i l l e d f r o m the l i m i t e d supply in t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r a f t e r the
l e a k is i s o l a t e d . T h e glycol r e s e r v e shutoff v a l v e , l o c a t e d in the line f r o m

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 7 - 2 3
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
t h e r e s e r v o i r t o t h e inlet s i d e of t h e pump, is u s e d f o r t h i s p u r p o s e . A s
t h e r e s e r v o i r c o n t a i n s a b l a d d e r t h a t is u n d e r 20*2 psig oxygen p r e s s u r e ,
p o s i t i v e expulsion of the coolant is a s s u r e d . The p r e s s u r i z e d r e s e r v o i r
m a y a l s o s e r v e a s an a c c u m u l a t o r f o r t h e coolant s u b s y s t e m , i f t h e r e g u l a r
w a t e r - g l y c o l a c c u m u l a t o r b e c o m e s i n o p e r a t i v e and is i s o l a t e d . The flow of
w a t e r - g l y c o l , e i t h e r through t h e r e s e r v o i r o r bypassing it, next e n t e r s t h e
w a t e r -glycol e v a p o r a t o r ( p r e v i o u s l y d e s c r i b e d ) , thus c o m p l e t i n g t h e coolant
loop.
During p r e l a u n c h o p e r a t i o n s , t h e flow of t e m p e r a t u r e - c o n t r o l l e d
w a t e r - g l y c o l is f u r n i s h e d by GSE through l i n e s connected t o the f i l l and vent
couplings in the S / M . The s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d w a t e r -glycol shutoff v a l v e ,
u p s t r e a m of t h e o u t l e t coupling, is c o n t r o l l e d a t the GSE and is opened t o
p e r m i t coolant flow t h r o u g h t h e s p a c e c r a f t loop and back to t h e GSE.
2. 7.3.5
W a t e r Supply S u b s y s t e m .
T h e p r i m a r y function of t h e w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m is t h e s t o r a g e and
c o l l e c t i o n of potable and w a s t e w a t e r . P o t a b l e w a t e r p r o d u c e d by t h e fuel
c e l l s and w a s t e w a t e r r e c o v e r e d f r o m t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r w a t e r s e p a r a t o r a r e s t o r e d in s e p a r a t e t a n k s in t h e C / M . Supplementing t h i s supply a r e
two w a t e r t a n k s in t h e S / M t h a t contain potable w a t e r for refilling t h e C / M
potable w a t e r s t o r a g e tank. T h e w a t e r s u p p l y s u b s y s t e m a l s o s u p p l i e s hot
and cold potable w a t e r to t h e c r e w and w a s t e w a t e r to t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l
e v a p o r a t o r and suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r f o r e v a p o r a t i v e cooling.
The wate9. p r o d u c e d by the f u e l c e l l s in the S / M is a s t e a d y s o u r c e of
potable w a t e r and is s t o r e d in a 36-pound c a p a c i t y tank l o c a t e d in t h e aft
c o m p a r t m e n t of t h e C / M . T h e tank, which c o n t a i n s a b l a d d e r , is p r e s s u r i z e d with oxygen a t 20*2 psig by t h e tank p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f
v a l v e a s s e m b l y , t h u s a s s u r i n g p o s i t i v e expulsion of fluid. F u e l c e l l w a t e r
flows i n t o t h e tank a t a potential p r e s s u r e of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 61. 5 p s i a , which
is high enough t o o v e r c o m e t h e tank p r e s s u r e . The potable w a t e r tank m a y
be s e r v i c e d b e f o r e flight by t h e m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d s e r v i c i n g v a l v e , which i s
a l s o in t h e a f t c o m p a r t m e n t a n d not a c c e s s i b l e t o t h e c r e w . A quantity
i n d i c a t o r on t h e m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e g i v e s t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s obtained by
t h e tank quantity t r a n s d u c e r . Located i n a w a t e r l i n e between t h e fuel c e l l s
and t h e potable w a t e r tank is a c h e c k v a l v e and t h e potable tank inlet shutoff
v a l v e . The c h e c k valve p r e v e n t s any r e v e r s e flow of potable w a t e r . The
shutoff v a l v e , when c l o s e d , p r e v e n t s f u e l c e l l w a t e r t h a t h a s b e c o m e cont a m i n a t e d f r o m e n t e r i n g t h e C / M potable w a t e r network.
T e m p e r a t u r e - c o n t r o l l e d potable w a t e r i s a v a i l a b l e to t h e c r e w f r o m
two c o m p o n e n t s within t h e C / M . Cold w a t e r , which is m a i n t a i n e d to 5 0 F
( a t t h e w a t e r c h i l l e r ) , i s a v a i l a b l e a t both t h e food p r e p a r a t i o n w a t e r supply
u n i t a n d t h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y unit. Hot w a t e r , h o w e v e r , i s a v a i l a b l e only a t
t h e food p r e p a r a t i o n w a t e r supply unit. T h i s component u t i l i z e s a s m a l l
tank with a n e l e c t r i c h e a t e r to r a i s e t h e w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e t o 154"*4"F.
By s e l e c t i n g t h e , p r o p e r v a l v e , hot o r cold w a t e r i s m e t e r e d out f o r food
r e c o n s t i t u t i o n o r o t h e r c r e w n e e d s . T h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y unit is u s e d by the
E N V I R O N M E N T A L CONTROL SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 7 - 2 4
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
c r e w exclusively f o r drinking p u r p o s e s . It c o n s i s t s of a housing containing
a c o i l e d flexible tube and a w a t e r d e l i v e r y valve f o r u s e with t h e individual
mouthpieces of the t h r e e c r e w m e n . U p s t r e a m of t h i s unit i s the drinking
w a t e r supply shutoff valve t h a t is c l o s e d i f t h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y valve should
leak.
Waste w a t e r collected f r o m m o i s t u r e condensate within the s u i t h e a t
e x c h a n g e r i s d r a w n into one of the cyclic a c c u m u l a t o r s and f r o m t h e r e
pumped into the w a s t e w a t e r network. If, however, t h e r e is a w a t e r demand
by e i t h e r the w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r o r t h e s u i t h e a t exchanger e v a p o r a t o r ,
the w a s t e w a t e r flows d i r e c t l y t o the w a t e r c o n t r o l valve of the a p p r o p r i a t e
e v a p o r a t o r . T h e 56-pound capacity w a s t e w a t e r tank contains the p r e s s u r ization a n d quantity m e a s u r i n g f e a t u r e s of the potable w a t e r tank. A
s e r v i c i n g valve is l o c a t e d on the w a t e r c o n t r o l p a n e l in t h e C / M cabin and,
t h e r e f o r e , is a c c e s s i b l e to the c r e w , i f n e c e s s a r y .
Although w a s t e w a t e r n e v e r e n t e r s the potable w a t e r network, potable
w a t e r m a y e n t e r t h e w a s t e w a t e r network u n d e r c e r t a i n conditions. If the
potable tank b e c o m e s full, the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e between t h e n e t w o r k s
will eventually o v e r c o m e the 6.0+0. 5 p s i a t t h e w a s t e tank inlet v a l v e , thus
p e r m i t t i n g w a t e r flow. P o t a b l e w a t e r a l s o e n t e r s t h e w a s t e w a t e r network
if t h e w a s t e tank i s e m p t y and t h e r e is a w a t e r d e m a n d by e i t h e r e v a p o r a t o r .
The low p r e s s u r e c r e a t e d by t h i s w a t e r demand is r e s p o n s i b l e f o r w a s t e
tank inlet valve activation. T h e v a l v e a l s o i n c o r p o r a t e s a manual shutoff
f e a t u r e f o r u s e if the relief valve portion malfupctions. Closing the valve
t h u s p r e v e n t s t h e p r e m a t u r e dumping of potable w a t e r into the w a s t e w a t e r
network. ,.A check valve, located d o w n s t r e a m of t h e relief valve, s e p a r a t e s
t h e potable and w a s t e w a t e r networks by p e r m i t t i n g flow in one d i r e c t i o n
only.
To p r e v e n t o v e r p r e s s u r i z i n g the w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m , a p r e s s u r e
r e l i e f a s s e m b l y is i n s t a l l e d d o w n s t r e a m of t h e check v a l v e s that s e p a r a t e
t h e potable and w a s t e w a t e r networks. The a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a s e l e c t o r
v a l v e and two redundant p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s i n p a r a l l e l . When the
potable a n d w a s t e w a t e r t a n k s a r e full, the continued supply of w a t e r
produced by t h e fuel c e l l s will be dumped o v e r b o a r d by t h e s e r e l i e f v a l v e s .
N o r m a l l y , both v a l v e s a r e s e l e c t e d f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s u s e , a n d dumping
o c c u r s when the w a t e r p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 32 p s i above the
outside a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e . Another l i n e , with two check v a l v e s in s e r i e s ,
b y p a s s e s fuel c e l l w a t e r output d i r e c t l y t o the p r e s s u r e relief a s s e m b l y .
However, t h i s action will t a k e p l a c e only in event the w a s t e tank inlet valve
f a i l s closed. The b y p a s s p r e v e n t s fuel c e l l w a t e r flow f r o m being blocked,
t h e r e b y preventing total fuel c e l l fail-ure due t o flooding within the c e l l s .
To provide sufficient w a t e r f o r a m a x i m u m d u r a t i o n e a r t h o r b i t a l
m i s s i o n , two 56-pound w a t e r t a n k s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n the S/M. T h e s e tanks
a r e s i m i l a r t o the C / M w a s t e w a t e r tank but l a c k the quantity m e a s u r i n g
capability. A s e p a r a t e tank p r e s s u r i z i n g s y s t e m is u s e d for positive
expulsion of the w a t e r . Nitrogen a t 9 0 0 psig is s t o r e d in a s m a l l tank that
is p r o t e c t e d a g a i n s t o v e r p r e s s u r e by a relief valve s e t a t 1045*25 psig. In
~

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page
2.7-25
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a d d i t i o n t o a n i t r o g e n f i l l v a l v e , t h e r e is a p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f
v a l v e t o r e d u c e and r e g u l a t e n i t r o g e n p r e s s u r e in the w a t e r t a n k s . T h e s e
t a n k s a r e p r e s s u r i z e d a t 40*2 p s i g , and t h e r e l i e f valve will function a t
44 t o 48 psig.
A t t h e w a t e r outlet of e a c h t a n k , t h e r e is a m a n u a l f i l l valve and a
s o l e n o i d shutoff valve. The shutoff v a l v e s a r e c o n t r o l l e d by t h e WASTE
H2O T K R E F I L L s w i t c h in t h e C / M . T h e s e v a l v e s c o n t r o l t h e flow of
w a t e r f r o m t h e t a n k s to a c o m m o n l i n e in the S / M that s u b s e q u e n t l y c o n n e c t s
i n t o t h e potable w a t e r l i n e f r o m t h e f u e l c e l l s . When the C / M potable w a t e r
t a n k quantity is low, i t w i l l be r e f i l l e d f r o m t h e s e S / M w a t e r t a n k s a t a flow
r a t e of 2.92 pounds p e r minute.
2. 7 . 3 . 6
E C S - W a s t e Management S y s t e m I n t e r f a c e .
Although the w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m (WMS) and C / M b a t t e r y v e n t ing n e t w o r k a r e not s u b s y s t e m s of t h e ECS, they w i l l be c o v e r e d a s s u c h in
t h e AOH b e c a u s e of s y s t e m i n t e r f a c e . T h e i n t e r f a c e mentioned is i n r e f e r e n c e t o t h e E C S w a t e r overflow line. A l l of the u r i n e and t h e f e c a l o d o r s of
t h e WMS, as w e l l a s g a s p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e C / M b a t t e r i e s , a r e a l s o routed
o v e r b o a r d t h r o u g h this s i n g l e ECS w a t e r d u m p line. I n c o r p o r a t e d a t the
o u t l e t of t h e dump l i n e ( u r i n e / w a t e r ) is a 0. 055 inch o r i f i c e nozzle that
r e s t r i c t s g a s flow to a m a x i m u m of 1 c f m and liquid flow to l e s s than 1 cfm.
The g a s flow is l i m i t e d t o p r e v e n t e x c e s s i v e l o s s of cabin a t m o s p h e r e during
f e c a l c a n i s t e r u s a g e . The r e s t r i c t i o n on liquid flow, in conjunction with a
5 . 7 - w a t t , continuously o p e r a t i n g d u m p n o z z l e h e a t e r , p r e v e n t s t h e f o r m a t i o n ' o f i c e a t t h e n o z z l e , which could block a l l flow.
T h e fu?ction of c o n t r o l l i n g a n d / o r d i s p o s i n g of w a s t e s o l i d s , liquids,
and g a s e s is a c c o m p l i s h e d by t h e WMS. Except for t h e f e c a l c a n i s t e r and
o t h e r i t e m s of stowed e q u i p m e n t , t h e m a j o r p o r t i o n of t h e s y s t e m is l o c a t e d
i n t h e RHEB. The WMS is b a s i c a l l y divided into t h e u r i n e l f e c a l and the
vacuum c l e a n e r s u b s y s t e m s . S e v e r a l components t h a t are no l o n g e r
functional have not been r e m o v e d f r o m t h e WMS, as shown in f i g u r e 2. 7 - 9 .
T h i s is due t o r e c e n t m o d i f i c a t i o n s t h a t would not p e r m i t t h e i r r e m o v a l
b e c a u s e of s c h e d u l e i m p a c t .
The c o m p o n e n t s f o r t h e u r i n e p o r t i o n of t h e u r i n e / f e c a l s u b s y s t e m
c o n s i s t of a s e p a r a t e u r i n e s a m p l e v o l u m e m e a s u r i n g s y s t e m unit (USVMS)
f o r e a c h c r e w m e m b e r . ( R e f e r t o s e c t i o n 5 . ) The unit is u s e d f o r e a c h
u r i n a t i o n in o r d e r to p r o v i d e a u r i n e s a m p l e , with the r e m a i n d e r of the
c o n t e n t s being dumped o v e r b o a r d in t h e following m a n n e r . The USVMS is
f i r s t a t t a c h e d by q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t t o a n i n l i n e f i l t e r , which r e m a i n s
a t t a c h e d (by q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t ) to t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t d u m p line. The
USVMS v a l v e is s e t t o t h e DUMP p o s i t i o n , followed by s e t t i n g t h e WASTE
MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR v a l v e on RHEB-201 to URINE F E C E S and t h e
a d j a c e n t O V B D DRAIN v a l v e t o DUMP. A 5 - p s i d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e ,
p r o v i d e d by t h e valve s e t t i n g s , w i l l e m p t y the c o n t e n t s of t h e collection bag
o v e r b o a r d t h r o u g h the u r i n e f w a t e r d u m p line. Should a USVMS unit f a i l ,
d i r e c t o v e r b o a r d u r i n a t i o n m a y be a c c o m p l i s h e d by u s i n g t h e u r i n e
______
~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~~
_______~

Mission
Basic Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.7-26
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
URINENATER
DUMP NOZZLE
A N D HEATER
F i g u r e 2. 7 - 9 .
W M S Functional Flow Diagram
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 7 - 2 7
SM2A -0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
r e c e p t a c l e , which is a backup component. T h e PHA u r i n e collection d e v i c e
(UCD) m a y be u s e d d u r i n g p r e l a u n c h , and if SO, is e m p t i e d i n m u c h the
s a m e way. The t r a n s f e r v a l v e (of t h e u r i n e r e c e p t a c l e l t r a n s f e r valve
a s s e m b l y ) is i n s e r t e d i n t o t h e UCD a f t e r it is r e m o v e d f r o m t h e PGA. The
u r i n e r e c e p t a c l e is then a t t a c h e d by q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t to the f i l t e r on the
w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t dump line. The WASTE MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR
and OVBD DRAIN v a l v e s a r e s e t to t h e URINE F E C E S and DUMP p o s i t i o n s
r e s p e c t i v e l y , emptying t h e c o n t e n t s o v e r b o a r d . Upon completion, t h e PGA
UCD i s stowed i n t h e PGA stowage bag. Although t h e WMS blower w i l l
o p e r a t e w h e n e v e r the SELECTOR v a l v e is s e t t o t h e URINE F E C E S position,
f u n c t i o n a l o p e r a t i o n of t h e blower is f o r vacuum cleaning only.
F o r t h e f e c a l p o r t i o n of t h e u r i n e l f e c a l s u b s y s t e m , c o m p o n e n t s c o n s i s t only of t h e f e c a l c a n i s t e r and h o s e a s s e m b l y . N o r m a l l y stowed out of
t h e way, t h e c a n i s t e r is s e c u r e d t o t h e c e n t e r C 0 2 - o d o r a b s o r b e r f i l t e r
s t o r a g e c o n t a i n e r a t t h e LEB. T h e . h o s e is then a t t a c h e d by quickd i s c o n n e c t t o t h e f i l t e r on t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t d u m p line. The WASTE
MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR valve is s e t t o URINE F E C E S and the OVBD
DRAIN v a l v e is s e t to DUMP. D i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e of 5 p s i is t h u s c r e a t e d ,
routing t h e o d o r s o v e r b o a r d t h r o u g h the u r i n e l w a t e r d u m p line.
The v a c u u m c l e a n e r s u b s y s t e m is m a d e up of t h e vacuum a s s e m b l y
and a n 8-foot flex h o s e , which a r e stowed in the vacuum stowage c o m p a r t m e n t . After r e m o v i n g t h e vacuum c l e a n e r f r o m t h e s t o r a g e c o m p a r t m e n t ,
i t is p l a c e d i n o p e r a t i o n by s e t t i n g t h e WASTE MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR
v a l v e t o VACUUM CLEANER. T h i s s i n g l e a c t i o n a c t i v a t e s t h e WMS blower
and opens t h e v a l v e p o r t that c o n n e c t s t h e vacuum c l e a n e r l i n e to t h e blower.
T h e WMS blower p r o v i d e s a g a s flow of 5 cfm a t a A P of - 4 . 9 i n c h e s H 2 0 to
e f f e c t i v e l y r q m o v e d e b r i s , e i t h e r s o l i d o r liquid. A p o r o u s bag, i n s e r t e d
into t h e vacuum a s s e m b l y , t r a p s the d e b r i s while t h e g a s e s a r e exhausted
into t h e C / M cabin.
T h e C / M b a t t e r y venting n e t w o r k c o n s i s t s of a manifold, . a BATTERY
VENT valve (RHEB-202), and l i n e s t h a t a r e routed to connect into t h e
u r i n e / w a t e r dump line. The vent v a l v e is to r e m a i n in the VENT position
d u r i n g n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n to provide u n r e s t r i c t e d flow f o r i n t e r m i t t e n t
b a t t e r y r e l i e f v a l v e o p e r a t i o n . Only in event of a b a t t e r y c a s e r u p t u r e o r
vent manifold l e a k a g e will t h e vent v a l v e be c l o s e d . T h i s p r e v e n t s l o s s of
c a b i n a t m o s p h e r e o v e r b o a r d , the r e by, c o n s e r v i n g oxygen.
2. 7. 3. 7
E l e c t r i c a l Pow e r Distribution.
T h e t y p e s of e l e c t r i c a l power r e q u i r e d f o r t h e o p e r a t i o n of t h e ECS
a r e 28 v o l t s dc and 1 1 5 / 2 0 0 - v o l t s 4 0 0 - c y c l e s 3-phase a c . (See f i g u r e
2 . 7 - 1 0 . ) The l a r g e r m o t o r s of t h e s y s t e m utilize 200-volt 3 - p h a s e p o w e r ,
w h e r e a s t h e s m a l l e r m o t o r s and c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s o p e r a t e f r o m a single
p h a s e of t h e a c a t 115 v o l t s . E x c e p t f o r t h e postlanding ventilation s y s t e m ,
t h o s e c o m p o n e n t s using 2 8 v o l t s dc w i l l r e c e i v e power f r o m the fuel c e l l s
b e f o r e CSM s e p a r a t i o n and f r o m b a t t e r i e s a f t e r s e p a r a t i o n . The postlanding v e n t i l a t i o n s y s t e m will o p e r a t e f r o m b a t t e r i e s , exclusively.
____
~ _ _ _ _

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change'Datk'
P a g e 2. 7-28
POTABLE WATER
QUANTITY
TRANSDUCER
H 0 SHUTOFF
V h V E TANK 2
WASTE WATER
QUANTITY
TRANSDUCER
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERS
HEATER-FOOD
PRE PA RA 1 IO N
H 2 0 SHUTOFF
VALVE TANK 1
TRANSDUCERS
7'r'
INSTRUMEMATION
POWER C O M R O L
ESSEMIAL -2
(WEB-5)
TRANSDUCERS
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT N O . 1
FTI"S-1
FAIL SEMOR
..
. .
. -
UNIT N 0 . 2
E
cc
H 0 SHUTOFF
VmVE TANK 2
STEAM PRESSURE
CONTROL
EVAP WATER
CONTROL VALVE
I I
HEATEP-FOOD
PRE PA F A T IO N
ANSDUCERS
fSS.
POSTUNDING
VENT FANPL BUS-FLOAT BaG 2
INSTRUMENTS
IESS-MN B
HTeMN A
(RHEB-5)
iy
-
(MDC-25)
HTRS-MN 8
(RHEB-5)
db5A
POSTUNDING
VENT FAN
HIGH
IMTRJMENTATlON
POWER CONTROL
ESSENTIAL -2
(RHE8-6)
SUIT EVAP
DIVERTERVALVl
CONTROL U N l l
L I
PLV FAN
LIl
VALVES (2)
SUIT EVAP
DIVERTER
VALVE
STEAM PRESSURE
CHROMA TOGRAPH
UNIT
'A PRESSURE
IOL SECTION
<.a
NOTE: Unless othamisa listed,
all circuit brsoken o n
located on MDC-22.
I-I
ECS-
js
ECS-
ECSCABIN
AIR FANAC 2#A
6.
mJ
ECSGLKOL
PU*
AC 2-
SUIT
MDC
-h
AUTO
0,
SUIT N A P
DIVERTER VALVE
CONTROL UNIT
VALVES (2)
DIVERTER
VALVE
MAN
S T E A M mss
C O M R O L UNIT
STEAM PRESS
VALVE
SUIT
NAP
WETNESS
CONTROL UNIT
WATER I N F L W
CONTROL VALVE
WATER-GLYCOL
TEMP CONTROL
WATER-GLYCOL
TEMP CONTROL
Miss ion
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
CABIN TEMP
CONTROL
RAD ISOLATION
RAD ISOLATION
VALVE
To: & t u b e
sector 5
CABIN TEMP
CONTROL
CABIN AIR
FAN- 1
(MDC-21)
AUTOA
:F
MAN
OFF
ECS
RADIATOR1-A
(MDC-21)
(MDC-13)
4lube
circuit in
sector 5
RADIATC
2-A (MD
ECS-
GLYCOL
PUMPSAC 1-
ECSCABIN
AIR FANAC 2-
ECSUBIN
AIR FANAC 2-
CABIN
.(
.(
uc
ECSGLKOL
PUMPSAC 2#A
ECSGLYCOL
PUMPSAC 2-
GLYCOL
WMPSAC 1-
ECSGLYCOL
PUMPSAC 2-
-0L
ECSRAD VALVEAC 21)

ECSRAD VALVEAC I B
ECSRAD VALVEAC 2A
(0C)
A
AC BUI
2A
(MDC-21)
uc
UB
PUMP
ECSRAD VALVEAC I A
2- 1)
(MDC-2 I )
ECS-
RAD ISOLATION
VALVE
To: 4 * u k
circuit in
sector 2
VALVE
To: b t u b e
circuit in
AIR FANAC 2#A

A
11A
TO:
UMP
2
WATER-GLYCOL
PUMP
N0.2
SM24-709G
F i g u r e 2. 7- 10.
ECS Power Distribution Diagram
Mission
Change D a t e
P a g e 2.1-2912.7-30
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.7.4
2.7.4.1
Metabolic Data.
T h e following table contains the a v e r a g e m e t a b o l i c r a t e s , t h e r m a l
b a l a n c e , and w a t e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r S / C c r e w m e m b e r s .
Par am e t e r
2.7.4.2
P r e s s u r i z e d Cabin
( N o rm a l )
D e p r e s s u r i z e d Cabin
(Emergency)
T o t a l m e t a b o l i c load
BTU p e r m a n / d a y
11,200
12,000
Water production
lb p e r man/day
4.0
9.8
C 0 2 production
lb per man/day
2.12
2.27
0 2 , consumption
lb p e r manfday
1.84
1.97
W a t e r consumption
lb p e r man/day
6.6
12.4
U r i n e production
lb p e r m a n / d a y
2.6
2.6
Oxygen Supply Subsystem.

P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n data f o r the oxygen supply s u b s y s t e m a r e
a s follows:
a M a x i m u m oxygen flow rate to ECS from c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e tanks:
9.0 l b p e r h r
0
S u r g e tank quantity: 3 . 7 l b ( a p p r o x )
S u r g e tank nominal p r e s s u r e : 900*35 p s i g
S u r g e tank p r e s s u r e r e l i e f setting: 1045*25 psig
E n t r y tank quantity: 1 l b ( a p p r o x )
E n t r y tank nominal p r e s s u r e : 900*35 p s i g
E n t r y tank p r e s s u r e relief setting: None
Regulated working oxygen p r e s s u r e : 100*10 p s i g

P r e s s u r e relief setting: 130*10 p s i g
Flow r a t e : 0.7 lb p e r m i n max
Regulated tank p r e s s u r i z a t i o n oxygen p r e s s u r e : 20*2 p s i g

P r e s s u r e relief setting: 25*2 p s i g
F l o w r a t e : 0.075 l b p e r m i n (one r e g u l a t o r ) a n d 0. 15 l b p e r min
(two r e g u l a t o r s )
.-

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.7-31
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.7.4.3
P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the p r e s s u r e s u i t c i r c u i t s u b s y s t e m
a r e a s follows:
2.7.4.4
H e a t e x c h a n g e r cooling capacity:
W a t e r e v a p o r a t i o n rate:
Regulated d e m a n d p r e s s u r e
N o r m a l : 2.5 to 3.5 in. H 2 0 below cabin p r e s s u r e
E m e r g e n c y : 3.75 i 0 . 2 5 p s i a
F l o w r a t e : 0.67 l b p e r m i n max
Suit c o m p r e s s o r v o l u m e t r i c flow
N o r m a l flight: 35 c f m
E m e r g e n c y flight: 33.6 c f m
Automatic t e m p e r a t u r e control:
Max 0 2 flow into s u i t circuit:

valve)
2100 BTU p e r h r max (Gly o r evap)
1.97 lb p e r h r max
45" to 5 5 F
0.66 l b p e r m i n ( r e g u l a t o r o r m a n u a l
Cabin P r e s s u r e and T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l S u b s y s t e m .
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the c a b i n p r e s s u r e a n d t e m p e r a t u r e
c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m a r e as follows:
H e a t e x c h a n g e r cooling capacity:
1250 BTU p e r h r max
Regulated cabin p r e s s u r e : 5.0*0.2 p s i g

F l o w r a t e : 0.65 lb p e r h r (one r e g u l a t o r ) and 1. 3 l b p e r h r
(two r e g u l a t o r s )
E m e r g e n c y inflow p r e s s u r e ( m a x i m u m of 0 . 5 in. d i a m e t e r total

l e a k a g e ' a r e a ) : 3.5 p s i a f o r 5 m i n u t e s
F l o w r a t e : 0.67 lb p e r m i n m a x
Cabin p r e s s u r e relief
P o s i t i v e relief: 6.0 (to. 2, -0.4) p s i g
Negative relief: 10 to 25 in. H 2 0
e D i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e ( C / M cabin-to-aft section)
N o r m a l a s c e n t : 7.0 p s i g max.
A b o r t a s c e n t : 8.6 p s i g max.
0
Automatic t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l (flight): 70" t o 80F
0 2 r e q u i r e d f o r cabin r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , 0 to 5 p s i g a t 7 0 F : 9. 1 lb
2.7.4.5
W a t e r -Glycol Coolant Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and design d a t a f o r t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l coolant s u b s y s t e m

a r e a s follows:
0
R e s e r v o i r quantity: 9 lb ( a p p r o x )
T o t a l s y s t e m quantity ( l e s s r e s e r v o i r ) :
E v a p o r a t o r cooling capacity:
18 lb (approx)
7620 B T U p e r h r m a x
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.7-32
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2.7.4.6
W a t e r evaporation rate:
7.5 l b p e r h r m a x
A c c u m u l a t o r quantity:
P u m p flow:
Pump pressure
Inlet: 7.5*1.5 p s i g
Outlet (flight): 3 8 ( t 8 , -12) p s i a
Automatic t e m p e r a t u r e control:
1.36 lb (approx)
200 lb p e r h r
4 0 " to 50. 5 F
W a t e r Supply Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m a r e a s
follows :
P o t a b l e tank quantity:
2.7.4.7
36 l b
Waste tank quantity:
56 l b
S / M w a t e r tank quantity:
S / M n i t r o g e n tank quantity ( p r e s s u r a n t ) : capacity of 3 . 7 lb, filled

to 1.5 l b (approx)
N i t r o g e n tank f i l l p r e s s u r e :
N i t r o g e n tank p r e s s u r e relief setting:
Nitrogen s y s t e m r e g u l a t e d p r e s s u r e :
Nitrogen s y s t e m p r e s s u r e relief setting:
O v e r b o a r d dump p r e s s u r e : a p p r o x 32 p s i above outside a m b i e n t

F l q w rate: 2. 5 l b p e r m i n max
Food p r e p a r a t i o n w a t e r supply unit

Capacity: 1. 9 l b
Hot w a t e r : 154"*4"F
Cold w a t e r : 50F (at w a t e r c h i l l e r )
112 l b (2 tanks)
900 p s i g
1045*25 p s i g
40*2 p s i g
44 to 48 p s i g
W a s t e Management System.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n data f o r t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m i s
a s follows:
0
2.7.4.8
U r i n e / w a t e r dump nozzle orifice:
0.055 in.
ECS P o w e r Consumption Data.

T h e following l i s t contains the l a t e s t available data on e l e c t r i c a l
power c o n s u m e d by components of the ECS. T h e wattage f i g u r e s a r e f o r
the e a r t h o r b i t p h a s e only, a n d apply to o p e r a t i o n s during the n o r m a l mode
( p r e s s u r i z e d cabin).

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
l966
Change Date
.
Page
2.7-33
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Subsystem
a n d Component
Watts p e r Unit
No,
of
JnitE
Control
AC
DC
T o t a l Watts
AC
DC
OXYGEN S U P P L Y
0 2 flow t r a n s d u c e r
ECS-TRANSDUCERP R E S S GROUPS-2
c b (2)
2.4
2.4
0 2 press transducer
E C S - T RANS DUCERP R E S S GROUPS-2

c b (2)
0.8
0.8
SUIT C 0M P R E SS 0RS
sw
A P sensor
E C S - TRANSDUCERP R E S S GROUPS- 1
cb (2)
1.28
1.28
C02 sensor
ECS - TRANSDUCERP R E S S GROUPS - 2

cb (2)
1.0
1.0
D i v e r t e r valve
c o n t r o l unit
SUIT E V A P s w
2.5
2.5
D i v e r t e r control valve
SUIT E V A P s w
:7.2
:7.2
Steam p r e s s c o n t r o l
SUI? E V A P s w
2.5
2. 5
S t e a m p r e s s cont valve
SUIT E V A P s w
t7.2
r7. 2
Steam d u c t abs p r e s s
sensor
SUIT E V A P s w
W e t n e s s c o n t r o l unit
SUIT E V A P s w
W a t e r inflow c o n t r o l
val ve
SUIT E V A P s w
:::3. 0
:#3.0
Wetness s e n s o r
SUIT E V A P s w
0.2
0.2
W a t e r - gl y t e m p
sensor
SUIT E V A P s w
0.001
0.001
E v a p o u t l e t air t e m p
sensor
SUIT E V A P s w
0.001
0.001
PRESSURE SUIT
CIRCUIT
Suit c o m p r e s s o r
t 85.0
85.0
170.0
- ..
unit
1. 28
5.0
1.28
5. 0
* I n t e r m i t t e n t o p e r a t i n g componehts
t O n l y one component o p e r a t e s a t a t i m e

Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2.7-34
SMZA-03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
Subsystem
a n d Component
No.
of
Jnitz
Control
W a t t s p e r Unit
AC
DC
Total W a t t s
AC
DC
0. 8
Suit p r e s s t r a n s d u c e r
ECS-TRANSDUCERPRESS GROUPS- 1
cb (2)
Suit t e m p s e n s o r
E CS - TRANSDUCER T E M P GROUP c b ( 2 )
C a b i n air fan
CABIN AIR FAN- 1 & 2

s w (2)
19.0
38.0
Cabin t e m p control
unit
CABIN T E M P - A U T O /
MAN s w
2.5
2.5
Cabin t e m p cont valve
CABIN T E M P - A U T O /
MAN s w
r7.2
*7.2
Cabin t e m p s e n s o r
ECS-TRANSDUCERT E M P G R O U P cb (2)
0.001
Cabin t e m p anticipatox
ECS-TRANSDUCERT E M P GROUP cb ( 2 )
0.001
Cabin p r e s s
transducer
ECS-TRANSDUCERPRESS GROUPS - 2
cb ( 2 )
0. 8
W a t e r - glycol pump
E C S GLYCOL s w
P u m p outlet p r e s s
t r an sdu c e r
cb ( 2 )
0. 8
0. 8
Water-gly a c c u m qty
sensor
cb ( 2 )
0. 8
0. 8
0.04
0.8
0 . 04
CABIN PRESSURE &

T E M P CONTROL
0. 8
WATER -GLY COL

COOLANT
t36. 0
36. 0
::Intermittent o p e r a t i n g c o m p o n e n t s
+Only one component operates at a time

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l 9 6 6
Change Date
Page
2.7-35
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
Subsystem
a n d Component
No.
Watts p e r Unit
of
Unit$ AC
DC
Control
Water-gly t e m p
control unit
GLYCOL E V A P T E M P IN s w
Water-gly temp
control valve
--
T o t a l Watts
AC
~~
2.5
2.5
GLYCOL E V A P T E M P IN s w
r7.2
*7.2
W a t e r -gly t e m p
sensor
GLYCOL E V A P T E M P IN s w ; GLY
EVAP-STEAM
P R ESS-AUTO/MAN
S W ; GLYCOL E V A P H 2 0 FLOW sw
Steam p r e s s control
unit
GLY E V A P - S T E A M
P R E S S -A UT O/MA N
sw
2.5
2.5
S t e a m p r e s s cont
valve
GLY E V A P - S T E A M
PRESS-INCR / D E C R
sw
k7.2
=7.2
E CS - T R A NSD UCE R -
TBD
5. 0
S t e a m duct p r e s s
switch
DC
0.001
0.005
----
TBD
TBD
TBD
PRESS GROUPS- 1
cb (2)
W a t e r c o n t r o l unit
GLYCOL E V A P - H 2 0
FLOW sw
Water control valve
GLYCOL EVAP-HZO
FLOW sw
Wick t e m p s e n s o r
GLYCOL EVAP-H2O
FLOW s w
Rad o u t l e t t e m p
sensor
E CS - TRA NSDU C E R -
0 . 04
Rad i s o l a t i o n valve
E C S RADlATOR s w
$14. 4
5.0
*3.0
*3. 0
0.28
0. 28
0. 04
T E M P GROUP c b ( 2 )
(4)
::57. 6
*Intermittent operating components
--ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
l966
Change Date
Page
2.7-36
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Subsystem
and Component
No.
of
Jnitt
Watts p e r Unit
T o t a l Watts
Control
P o t w a t e r qty
transducer
ECS-TRANSDUCERWASTE & P O T HZOMN A & B c b (2)
1. 2 8
1.28
Waste w a t e r qty
transducer
ECS-TRANSDUCERWASTE & POT H 2 0

MN A & B cb (2)
1.28
1. 28
Food p r e p w a t e r
supply unit
P O T H 2 0 HEATER
sw
H 2 0 accum control
unit
H 2 0 ACCUM-AUTO/
MAN s w
3.0
3.0
H 2 0 accum valve
H 2 0 ACCUM-ON/
O F F sw
*3* 0
::3* 0
H 2 0 accum fail
sensor
ECS-H2O ACCUMMN A & B c b ( 2 )
1.5
1.5
S / M w a t e r tank shutoff valve
WASTE H 2 0 TK
REFILL sw
160.0
:160. 0
WMS blower
WASTE MANAGEMENT S E L E C T O R
valve
Urine /water dump

no z z l e h e a t e r
ECS-STEAM DUCT
HTR-MN A & B c b
(2)
5. 7
5. 7
S t e a m duct heater
ECS-STEAM DUCT
H T R - M N A & B cb
(21
3.0
6. 0
T e m p x d u c e r pwr
supply
E CS - TRANSDUCER -
10.5
10.5
AC
DC
AC
DC
WATER S U P P L Y
*45.0
r45.0
MISCELLANEOUS
c20.0
*20.0
T E M P GROUP cb
(2 1
:?'Inte1' m i t t e n t o p e r a t i n g components

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.7-37
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
Subsystem
a n d Component
No. Watts p e r Unit

of
Units AC
DC
Control
Temp sensor
amplifier
ECS-TRANSDUCERT E M P GROUP c b
(2)
Steam duct t e m p
s e n s o r signal
conditione r
ECS-TRANSDUCERT E M P GROUP cb
(2)
GAS ANAL-AC
Gas chromatoeraoh
1 cb
0.04
~~
T o t a l Watts
AC
DC
0.2
1.5
1.5
* I n t e r m i t tent ope r a t i n g components
2.7.5
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
2.7. 5. 1
ECS Caution P l a c a r d s .
Caution notes b o r d e r e d by yellow and black s t r i p e s a p p e a r a d j a c e n t t o
the postlanding vent v a l v e s in the f o r w a r d tunnel a r e a . The notes r e a d ,
"POST LANDING VENT VALVE-PULL P I N BEFORE OPERATING VENT
FAN. ' I If the pins w e r e not in place d u r i n g flight, i n a d v e r t e n t opening of
the cabin v e n t v a l v e s would i m m e d i a t e l y d u m p all c a b i n p r e s s u r e , with
possible catastrophic results.
A p l a c a r d o n e a c h CO2-odor a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r c o v e r cautions the
c r e w m a n to "PUSH BUTTON B E F O R E OPENING, I ' and includes a n a r r o w to
indicate dire,ction button should be pushed. T h i s i n s t r u c t i o n m u s t be
followed any time a c a n i s t e r c o v e r is t o be opened. By p r e s s i n g the pushbutton, the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e is equalized and the c o v e r m a y then be
removed.
T h e caution note on LHEB-314 p e r t a i n s to filling the PLSS oxygentanks

and, t h e r e f o f e , is not appLicable to e a r t h o r b i t a l (Block 1) m i s s i o n s . It
r e a d s , "CAUTION 900 PSI CLOSE VALVE B E F O R E REMOVING C A P . ' '
2.7.5.2
ECS Caution Notes.

Design r e s t r i c t i o n s r e q u i r e that c e r t a i n p r o c e d u r e s be followed when
positioning the inlet and outlet s e l e c t o r valves of t h e tank p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r
a n d relief valve a s s e m b l y . If t h e i n l e t s e l e c t o r valve is p l a c e d to position 1
( o r 2 ) . the outlet s e l e c t o r valve m u s t a l s o be p l a c e d to position 1 ( o r 2) or to
NORMAL position. T h i s p r e v e n t s shutting off the supply of oxygen f o r p r e s s u r i z i n g the potable and w a s t e w a t e r tanks and the w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r .
C o n v e r s e l y , i f the outlet s e l e c t o r valve is placed to position 1 ( o r 2 ) , the
i n l e t s e l e c t o r valve m u s t be placed to position 1 ( o r 2 ) o r to NORMAL
position.
_
~

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.7-38
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 7. 5 . 3
ECS G e n e r a l Data.
S e v e r a l E C S c o n t r o l s a r e i n a c c e s s i b l e d u r i n g the m i s s i o n . T h o s e
affected a r e l o c a t e d behind the two r e m o v a b l e Y - a x i s a t t e n u a t o r p a n e l s in the
LHEB. They include a l l c o n t r o l s mounted o n LHEB-311, t h e s u i t c i r c u i t
r e t u r n a i r m a n u a l valve, and t h e d i v e r t e r v a l v e handle f o r t h e C 0 2 - o d o r
a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r s . The a t t e n u a t o r p a n e l s a r e i n p l a c e d u r i n g the e n t i r e
m i s s i o n , but a r e r e m o v e d to gain a c c e s s to t h e s e ECS c o n t r o l s , and t h e n
i m m e d i a t e l y r e i n s t a l l e d . They p r o v i d e a n a d e q u a t e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e f o r the
Y - a x i s a t t e n u a t o r shock s t r u t pad f o r t h e landing i m p a c t .
T h e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r f o r the postlanding v e n t i l a t i o n s y s t e m i s not
engaged until a f t e r landing i m p a c t . T h i s p r e c a u t i o n , in conjunction with the
lockpins p r e v i o u s l y i n s e r t e d i n t h e postlanding v e n t v a l v e s , a s s u r e s t h a t the
c a b i n p r e s s u r e w i l l not b e i n a d v e r t e n t l y dumped d u r i n g flight.
High-oxygen flow d u r i n g c a b i n r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , o r when filling a n
e m p t y (150 p s i a m i n ) s u r g e tank, m a y c a u s e w a t e r - g l y c o l f r e e z i n g . T h i s will
o c c u r when t h e r e is l e s s t h a n full flow t h r o u g h t h e w a r m w a t e r - g l y c o l l i n e
upon which t h e flow r e s t r i c t o r s a r e wound. F u l l c o o l a n t flow a t t h i s l o c a t i o n ,
t h e r e f o r e , m a y be a s s u r e d i n the following m a n n e r . Between 1 5 a n d 30
m i n u t e s p r i o r t o a n t i c i p a t e d high oxygen flow, s e t the GLYCOL E V A P - T E M P
IN s w i t c h (MDC-13) t o MAN, a n d o v e r r i d e t h e GLYCOL E V A P T E M P I N
v a l v e (LHEB-311) to the f u l l cool position.
R a d i a t o r h e a t r e j e c t i o n (as f r e e z i n g ) i s a function of r a d i a t o r i n l e t
t e m p e r a t u r & and r a d i a t o r o r i e n t a t i o n . T h u s , if the r a d i a t o r i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e
d e c r e a s e s to 7 5 " F , t h e S / C m u s t be p l a c e d i n a 2 t o 5 R P H ( 0 . 2 to 0. 5 d e g r e e
p e r s e c o d d ) r o l l rate. During t h i s t i m e r a d i a t o r i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t not
d e c r e a s e below 7 0 " F , o r t h e individual r a d i a t o r o u t l e t t e m p e r a t u r e below
30 O F .
2.7. 5 . 4
Cabin Depressurization Rates.

The t i m e r e q u i r e d f o r t h e C / M cabin to b e c o m e d e p r e s s u r i z e d i s c o n t i n g e n t upon how p r e s s u r e is r e l e a s e d . If t h e c a b i n is intentionally d u m p e d ,
the t i m e i t t a k e s t o r e a c h z e r o p r e s s u r e will be a s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 7 - 11,
s h e e t 1 of 2 . H o w e v e r , if the p r e s s u r e i s l o s t a s t h e r e s u l t of m e t e o r o i d
p u n c t u r e s , the t i m e w i l l v a r y a c c o r d i n g to the s i z e and n u m b e r of h o l e s .
F i g u r e 2 . 7-11, s h e e t 2 of 2 , only r e f l e c t s flow r a t e d a t a f o r m e t e o r o i d h o l e s
t h a t do n o t e x c e e d a t o t a l e q u i v a l e n t a r e a of 0. 5 in. i n d i a m e t e r . The s a m e
c h a r t a l s o a p p l i e s to t h e flow r a t e of o n e c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e l i e f valve t h a t h a s
f a i l e d open while i n the NORMAL position.
2. 7. 5 . 5
Cabin R e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s .
The C / M cabin may be r e p r e s s u r i z e d by u s i n g e i t h e r of two flow r a t e s .
TO r e t u r n t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e to n o r m a l i n the s h o r t e s t p o s s i b l e t i m e , t h e
conditions a s s e t f o r t h i n f i g u r e 2 . 7-12, s h e e t 1 of 2 , m u s t be c o m p l i e d with.
The flow r a t e , h o w e v e r , i s d e p e n d e n t upon a full supply of oxygen in the
Mission
Change Date
Page
2-7-39
S M 2 A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION 5 TO 0 PSlA

INTENTIONAL DUMP TIME 6 MI N, 1 1 SEC
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
I .5
1 .o
0.5
TIME
CONDITIONS: I .
- MINUTES
EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to OFF
2 . CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to clore.
3 . CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF valve

4.
set to
DUMP.
Normal cabin pressure ngularon autanatically close at
3.5 p i a .
SM-2A-890
F i g u r e 2 . 7-11.
Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 1 of 2 )

Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2.7-40
SM2A-03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION 5 TO 0 PSlA

UNINTENTIONAL DUMP TIME 45 MIN, 40 SEC*
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1 .o
0.5
0
0
15
10
20
25
TIME
CONDITIONS: 1 .
30
35
40
45
50
- MINUTES
EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to NORMAL.
2. CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to close

3 . CABIN PRESSURE RELlEFvalves set to NORMAL.
4. Noma1 cabin pressure regulaton autanotiwlly clored at 3 . 5 psia.

5 . EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to OFF p i t i o n
when pressure reaches 3 . 5 psia (5 minutes).
*Depressurization is through a 0.5-inchdiameter (or equivalent) mateomid puncture,

or the maximum flow through one CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF valve that hilr open while
in the NORMAL porition.
SM-2A-888
Figure 2. 7-11.
Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 2 of 2)
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL S Y S T E M
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2,7-41
SM2A -03 -SCO 1 2

SYSTEMS DATA
CABIN REPRESSURIZATION 0 TO 5 PSIA+

MINIMUMTIME 52 MIN, 22 SEC
---
TIME -MINUTES
CONDITIONS: 1. EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set t o NORMAL.

2. CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to OPEN.
3 . When surge tank p m u n i n d i a t w decto 1M p i a , EMERGENCY

CABIN PRESSURE wlectar valve set to OFF; suge tank minimum
p n u u m (150 p i a ) maintained by regulating CABIN REPRESS manual
valve until valve i s full open and surge tank p n u u n starts to incrarse.
4.
Normal cabin pressure regulaton a u t m a t i c a l l y open at 3.5 pi0
5. When surge tank p n w n again decreases to 150 p i a , CABIN

REPRESS m a n w l valve regulated to maintain this minimum surge
tank p n u u m .
6. When cabin preuura indicator m a c h a 5.0 pia, n o m 1 cabin
p n u u r e regutaton autamatially close and CABIN REPRESS manual
Valve set t 0 C l M C .
t Requires 9.1lb oxygen at 70F cabin tcmpemture
SM-2A-089A
F i g u r e 2. 7-12.
Cabin R e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 1 of 2 )

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.7-42
SlM2A - 0 3 - S C 0 12
. .
SYSTEMS DATA
CABIN REPRESSURIZATION 0 TO 5 PSlAY

NORMAL TIME 74 MIN, 25 SEC
TIME
- MINUTES
CONDITIONS: 1 . EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to OFF.
2. CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to OPEN.

3. Nom1 cabin pressure regulaton autanatically open a1
3.5 p i a .
4 . When cabin pressure indicator reaches 5 . 0 p i a , normal
cabin pressure mguloton autanaticolly close and CABIN
REPRESS manual valve set to c l p e .
* Requires 9.1lb oxygen at 70F cabin temperature
Figure 2. 7-12.
Cabin R e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 2 of 2 )

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.7-43
S M 2 A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
s u r g e tank. When the s u r g e tank i s not f u l l , o r the r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n t i m e is
not c r i t i c a l , t h e conditions f o r the flow r a t e a s shown in f i g u r e 2. 7-12, s h e e t
2 of 2. a r e u s e d .
2.7.6
T h e following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of a l l ECS t e l e m e t r y d a t a t h a t i s m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and g r o u n d s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . T h e l a s t c o l u m n
c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and type of S I C c r e w d i s p l a y . The d i s p l a y u t i l i z e s t h e
s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t
n u m b e r is included in the d i s p l a y column.
An a s t e r i s k (:::) by the m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s i n f o r m a t i o n which
is not a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g P C M low-bit
rate operation.
Measurement
Number
Sensor
Range
Description
Normal
Operating
Range
C r e w Display
C F 0001 P
P r e s s u r e cabin
0117 p s i a
5.0*0.2
C F 0002 T
Temp cabin
401125F
7 0 " to 8 0 F
T E M P - CABIN
indicator
C F 0005 P
P r e s s CO partial
2
0 1 3 0 mm Hg
:7.6 mm Hg
P A R T PRESS C 0 2
i n d i c a t o r and CO2
PP HI C & W light
P r e s s s u r g e tank
50/1050 p s i a 3 0 0 * 3 5 p s i a
* C F 0006 P
psia
PRESS - CABIN
indicator
TANK PRESS - 1 0 2 indicator
T e m p s u i t supply manf
L0/95"F
55 " F
T E M P - SUIT
indicator
C F 0009 Q
Quantity w a s t e w a t e r
tank
U/lOO%
Variable
WATER - QUANTITY
indicator
C F 0010 Q
Quantity potable H 2 0
tank
U/lOO%
Variable
WATER - QUANTITY
indi c a t o r
C F 0012 P
P r e s s suit demand reg

sense
0117 p s i a
3 . 75*0.25
PRESS - SUIT
indicator
C F 0015 P
P r e s s suit c o m p r e s s o r
diff
311 p s i d
Min 0. 3 to 0 . 4 L P SUIT COMPR

indicator
Isid
C F 0016 P
P r e s s glycol pump
outlet
0160 p s i a
37 to 45 p s i a
%+CF0 0 0 8 T
3sia
PRESS GLY DISCH

indicator

M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.7-14
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
WF 0017 T
Sensor
Range
Description
Normal
Operating
Range
C r e w Display
T e m p glycol e v a p outlet 2 0 / 9 5 ' F

steam
>45'F
None
C F 0018 T
T e m p glycol e v a p outlet 2 5 1 7 5 F
liquid
4 0 " to 50. 5 F
GLY E V A P OUTLET T E M P
indicator
C F 0019 Q
Quantity glycol a c c u m
0 / 10 0 7 0
40 to 60%
GLY ACCUM QUA NT ITY indi c a t o r
C F 0020 T
Temp space radiator

outlet
Variable
E C S RAD - O U T L E T
T E M P i n d i c a t o r and
GLYCOL T E M P
LOW C & W light
:::CF 0025 P
P r e s s p u m p package
inlet
0160 p s i a
7 psi min
None
Back p r e s s glycol
evaporator
0.05/0.25
psia
0. 0 9 8 to 0. 154 GLY E V A P STEAM

psia
PRESS indicator
Flow r a t e ECS 0 2
0.211.0
Lb/hr
3.425 l b / h r
FLOW 0 2 i n d i c a t o r
* C F 0036 P
P r e s s outlet 0 2 r e g
supply '
0 / 150 p s i a
100*10 p s i a
None
i'CF 0120 P
P r e s s HzO and glycol

tanks
0 1 5 0 psia
18 to 35 psid
None
*:CF 0135 R
Flow r a t e manifold
inlet to s u i t 1
010.2 l b / h r
TBD
None
:::CF 0136 R
i n l e t to s u i t 2
O / O . 2 lb/hr
TBD
None
'::CF 01 37 R
i n l e t LO s u i t 3
010.2 lb/hr
TBD
None
+ C F 0148 P
D P supply and r e t u r n
manif old
0 1 0 . 8 psid
3. 25 to 0. 5
Dsid
None
;'CF 0153 T
T e m p c o m p r e s s o r inlet 5 0 1 125 "F
TBD
None
'::CF 0184 T
Temp C02 absorber

outlet
I'BD
None
C F 0034 P
C F 0035 R
5 0 1t 1 0 0 " F
?O/2OOoF

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
l966
Change Date
.
Page
2.7-45
SM2A -03-SCO 12
...-
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Sensor
Range
Description
~
Normal
Operating
Range
Crew Display
~~
'BD
None
1/50 psia
8 t o 35 psid
None
' r e s s w a s t e H2O tank

rain
1/50 p s i a
8 to 3 5 psid
None
:\CF 0481 T
'emp C P branch 1
ilet
k0/150 " F
? BD
None
l:CF 0482 T
'emp C P branch 1
utlet
& O / 150 "F
:BD
None
* C F 0483 T
'emp C P branch 2
ilet
k O / 150 "F
:BD
None
:gCF 0484 T
'emp C P branch 2
utlet
k0/150 "F
TBD
None
* C F 0549 P
)iff p r e s s coldplate
ranch 1
112. 0 p s i d
:BD
None
* C F 0550 P
)iff p r e s s c o l d p l a t e
ranch 2
1/10 p s i d
:BD
None
C T 0108 K
; a s a n a l y s i s - s u i t and
abin
v /A
J/A
None
SF 0665 T
'emp space radiator

ilet
50/15O0F
rariable
None
S F 0671 T
' e m p ECS r a d i a t o r
utlet 1
)/50"F
Tar i a ble
ECS RAD OUT

T E M P - 1 indicator
S F 0672 T
' e m p ECS r a d i a t o r
utlet 2
1 / 5 0 "F
rariable
ECS RAD OUT

T E M P - 2 indicator
* C F 0245 T
' e m p O2 r e g i n l e t
* C F 0326 P
' r e s s potable H 2 0 tank

rain
WF 0327 P
Mission
50141 50 "F
ENVIRONMENTAL C O N T R O L SYSTFM
.*;
..
B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
2-7-46
SfM I C/M
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SIM
OM
OVERBOARD
...
..
Mission
c
~
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
-m
Figure 2. 7 - 1 3 .
E C S Schematic Diagram
Mission
Change Date
Page 2.7-4712.7-48
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 8
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
2 . 8. 1
INTRODUCTION.
The t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n ( T / C ) s y s t e m i n c l u d e s the s p a c e c r a f t ( S / C )
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and d a t a equipment r e q u i r e d f o r v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s ;
a c q u i s i t i o n , p r o c e s s i n g , s t o r a g e and t r a n s m i s s i o n of o p e r a t i o n a l and flight
qualification t e le m e t r y (TLM), t e l evi s ion (TV ), a n d bi omed i c a1 d a t a ; r e c e p tion of u p - d a t a ; and t r a n s m i s s i o n of a p p r o p r i a t e t r a c k i n g and ranging s i g n a l s .
At l e a s t p a r t of the T / C s y s t e m w i l l be i n o p e r a t i o n d u r i n g all p h a s e s of the
mission-from
p r e l a u n c h through r e c o v e r y . The following l i s t s u m m a r i z e s
T / C c a p a b i l i t i e s a s utilized on SC-012.
-_
S / C i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s between c r e w m a n
H a r d l i n e voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV and T L M d a t a

to t h e Launch C o n t r o l C e n t e r ( L C C ) v i a the s e r v i c e module u m b i l i c a l
(USM) d u r i n g p r e l a u n c h
In-flight v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s with the manned spdceflight n e t w o r k

(MSFN)
Voice t a p e r e c o r d i n g of c o m m e n t s , o b s e r v a t i o n s , opinions, e t c . , with

time correlation
Acquisition and p r o c e s s i n g of TLM, TV, and o p e r a t i o n a l b i o m e d i c a l

d a t a f r o m t h e S / C s t r u c t u r e and s y s t e m s , TV c a m e r a , and c r e w man biomedical s e n s o r s , respectively
TLM data storage
T r a n s m i s s i o n of r e a l - t i m e o r s t o r e d T L M d a t a
Reception of up-data (guidance and navigation, and t i m i n g d a t a and

r e a l - t i m e c o m m a n d s ) f r o m the MSFN
T r a n s m i s s i o n of C-band t r a c k i n g p u l s e s in r e s p o n s e t o r e c e i v e d
r a d a r signals
L i m i t e d c a p a b i l i t i e s , f o r S - b a n d o p e r a t i o n , including t r a n s m i s s i o n
of voice and T L M d a t a p l u s TV, s t o r e d analog, o r p s e u d o - r a n d o m
noise ( P R N ) , ranging c o d e s , and r e c e p t i o n of voice and up-data
Postlanding r e c o v e r y a i d s including v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and

r e c o v e r y beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-1
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0
2.8. 2
G e n e r a t i o n of timing s i g n a l s f o r synchronization of the T / C and

other S / C systems.
T h e functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the T / C s y s t e m is divided into four p a r t s :
v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , d a t a o p e r a t i o n s , t r a c k i n g and ranging, and S-band
o p e r a t i o n s . T h e unified S-band s u b s y s t e m (USBS), used f o r a l l S-band
o p e r a t i o n s , p r o v i d e s back-up voice, data, t r a c k i n g and ranging capabilities,
and the s o l e m e a n s f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV o r analog data.
2.8.2. 1
Voice Communications.
2. 8 . 2. 1. 1
Gene r a1
All S / C voice, communications (figure 2 . 8 - 1)originate and t e r m i n a t e

in the c r e w m e n ' s p e r s o n a l communication a s s e m b l i e s (headsets). Each
c r e w m a n h a s two h e a d s e t s ; one is l o c a t e d i n the "bump-hat" f o r u s e while
w e a r i n g the c o n s t a n t - w e a r g a r m e n t ; the o t h e r is located in the s p a c e s u i t
h e l m e t . E a c h h e a d s e t is c o m p r i s e d of two independently operating e a r phones and two m i c r o p h o n e s with self-contained p r e a m p l i f i e r s . T h e
h e a d s e t s a r e used f o r a l l voice t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception.
Each c r e w m a n ' s h e a d s e t is connected to the audio c e n t e r ( A / C ) equipm e n t by a s e p a r a t e e l e c t r i c a l umbilical assembly, commonly r e f e r r e d t o as
a I t c o b r a cable. I t In addition to the audio c i r c u i t s , e a c h of the t h r e e c o b r a
c a b l e s contains w i r i n g f o r the o p e r a t i o n a l biomedical s e n s o r s in the constant
w e a r g a r m e n t s and the p u s h - t o - t a l k ( P T T ) c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y . The P T T
c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y c o n s i s t s of a pushbutton-type P T T key and a P T T / C W
s e l e c t o r switch. With the P T T / C W s e l e c t o r switch in the P T T position,
the P T T key p e r m i t s m a n u a l c o n t r o l of voice t r a n s m i s s i o n b y the a p p r o p r i a t e t r a n s m i t t e r a n d m i k e a m p l i f i e r c i r c u i t in the audio c e n t e r module.
T h e PTT mode w a s designed t o be used during the launch phase of the
m i s s i o n when high n o i s e l e v e l s would p r e c l u d e usage of the VOX c i r c u i t r y .
In t h i s mode, the P T T key will enable the m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice
r e c o r d e r , VHF-AM and S-Band t r a n s m i t t e r s i f the l a t t e r t h r e e have t h e i r
attendant c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s configured p r o p e r l y . The audio c e n t e r power
switch and the c o b r a c a b l e mode switch would be in P T T position during
this mode.
The C W m o d e w a s a l s o designed to be used d u r i n g the high-noise
l e v e l s of the launch phase. In this mode, however, the V H F and S-band
downvoice communications l i n k s a r e not enabled. This gives u s a P T T
c o n t r o l l e d i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . The voice r e c o r d e r could a l s o be
enabled i n this m o d e i f needed. The audio c e n t e r power switch would a l s o
be i n t h e P T T position, but the mode switch on the c o b r a cable m u s t be in the
CW position, It should be noted that on o l d e r c o b r a c a b l e s , the CW position
w a s used only f o r e m e r g e n c y key. Now, t h i s position will be used f o r both
Mission
Basic Date
12
NOV
1966 Change Date
Page
2.8-2
SM2A-03 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
HEADSET
EARPHONES
d MIKE AMPLS
To:
NOTES: 1 .
2.
There ore three heodsets, t n r w connecting

cobm cobler, thne audio control pnels,
ond three audio center oqvipnent modulesm e ret for mch crewnun.
Additimol PTT keys ore DIU)lourtd

m the tmnrlotim cmtmls.
VOLUU
3. All
cmtrds ond witches shown o n
(MOC-13, 23, AND -26)
on
MDC-20 unless otherwise indicated.
F i g u r e 2.8-1.
SM- 2A-843D
Voice Communications
M i s s ion
Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2. 8 - 3
SM2 A- 0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
e m e r g e n c y key and the P T T i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s functions. P T T k e y s a r e
a l s o l o c a t e d o n t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s . T h e i r function d u p l i c a t e s t h a t of
t h e P T T key with t h e P T T / C W s e l e c t o r i n t h e P T T p o s i t i o n on t h e c o b r a
cable.
The head of e a c h c o b r a c a b l e h a s two e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r s , m a r k e d
NORM and EMER. N o r m a l l y , the c o n n e c t o r m a r k e d NORM will be u s e d ;
h o w e v e r , i n t h e event of f a i l u r e i n o n e of t h e A / C m o d u l e s , t h e affected
c r e w m a n m a y connect the c a b l e f r o m his s p a c e s u i t to the c o n n e c t o r m a r k e d
E M E R T h i s w i l l connect his audio c i r c u i t s to a n o t h e r A / C module and
allow t h e s a m e module to be s h a r e d by two c r e w m e n .
A s t r a p h a s been added to t h e c o b r a c a b l e so the P T T button c a n be
held i n the ON p o s i t i o n i f d e s i r e d . T h i s would allow a continuous i n t e r c o m
i f t h e Audio c e n t e r POWER s w i t c h , (MDC 13, 23, 26) i s i n t h e P T T position.
The A / C equipment contains t h r e e s e p a r a t e but i d e n t i c a l m o d u l e s ,
one f o r e a c h c r e w m a n , and a commonly connected i n t e r c o m bus. T h i s
equipment s e r v e s a s a c o n t r o l and d i s t r i b u t i o n c e n t e r f o r all S / C audio
s i g n a l s . E a c h of t h e t h r e e m o d u l e s h a s a s e p a r a t e but i d e n t i c a l s e t of
c o n t r o l s l o c a t e d on MDC-26, -13, and - 2 3 f o r t h e c o m m a n d pilot, s e n i o r
pilot, and pilot, r e s p e c t i v e l y . Thus e a c h c r e w m a n is provided with i n d e pendent c o n t r o l of all audio inputs and o u t p u t s to and f r o m his own headset.
A POWER switch o n e a c h panel c o n t r o l s application of power to its r e s p e c tive A / C module and s e l e c t s the P T T o r v o i c e - o p e r a t e d r e l a y (VOX m o d e )
of o p e r a t i o n . The P T T m o d e p e r m i t s m o n i t o r i n g of incoming audio s i g n a l s
p l u s P T T a c t i v a t i o n of the m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice r e c o r d e r , and the
enabling of any c o m m u n i c a t i o n s t r a n s m i t t e r s i f t h e i r a t t e n d a n t c o n t r o l
s w i t c h e s a r e p r o p e r l y configured.
The VOX m o d e p e r m i t s t h e m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r to be a c t i v a t e d by
t h e v o i c e - o p e r a t e d switching c i r c u i t r y within t h e audio c e n t e r . The audio
output of t h e a m p l i f i e r is t h e n applied to i s o l a t i o n and switching d i o d e s
c o n t r o l l e d i n p a r t by the audio c e n t e r c o n t r o l s l o c a t e d o n p a n e l s MDC-26,
-13, and - 2 3 .
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n o v e r , t h e a c t i v a t e d unified S-band equipment is
allowed by placing t h e S-BAND switch to REC (MDC-26, -13, -23), s e t t i n g
t h e c o b r a c a b l e P T T / C W s w i t c h a t P T T and closing the P T T pushbutton on
e i t h e r t h e c o b r a c a b l e o r the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s .
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n o v e r , the H F t r a n s c e i v e r is l i m i t e d to t h e p o s t landing p h a s e of t h e m i s s i o n ; h o w e v e r , t h e R C D R / H F s w i t c h (MDC-26, -13,
-23) i n the T / R p o s i t i o n p r o v i d e s a ground f o r the p o w e r c o n t r o l r e l a y in the
voice r e c o r d e r . The i n t e r c o m s w i t c h (MDC-26, -13, - 2 3 ) w o u l d a l s o have to
be i n t h e T / R p o s i t i o n so the audio s i g n a l would b e a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g .
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n o v e r , :he a c t i v a t e d VHF-AM t r a n s m i t t e r is
allowed by placing t h e VHF-AM s w i t c h to T / R (MDC-26, - 1 3 , -23), s e t t i n g
t h e c o b r a c a b l e P T T / C W s w i t c h to P T T , and c l o s i n g the P T T pushbutton on
e i t h e r the c o b r a c a b l e o r the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s . Monitoring t h e VHF-AM
is provided b y placing the VHF-AM T / R / O F F / R E C switch to REC.
Mission
B a s i c Date
12
NOV
1966 Change Date
Page 2 . 8 - 4
SM2A- 0 3 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
E a c h audio c o n t r o l panel h a s t h r e e thumbwheel-type p o t e n t i o m e t e r
c o n t r o l s : a VOX SENS c o n t r o l f o r adjusting the s e n s i t i v i t y of the VOX
c i r c u i t , a n INTERCOM BALANCE c o n t r o l f o r d e c r e a s i n g the l e v e l of the
audio s i g n a l s r e c e i v e d f r o m the R F equipment r e l a t i v e to that r e c e i v e d
f r o m the i n t e r c o m b u s , and a VOLUME c o n t r o l f o r changing the o v e r a l l
l e v e l of all audio s i g n a l s to the e a r p h o n e s . E a c h channel, in the A / C
m o d u l e s , a l s o c o n t a i n s sidetone c i r c u i t r y which e n a b l e s a c r e w m a n to
m o n i t o r h i s own t r a n s m i s s i o n .
2 . 8. 2. 1. 2
S / C Intercommunications.
S/C i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and h a r d l i n e voice communications a r e

conducted via the i n t e r c o m bus, which i s commonly connected to e a c h of
t h e t h r e e A / C m o d u l e s , to t h e LCC d u r i n g p r e l a u n c h via t h e USM, and to
r e c o v e r y f o r c e s via the s w i m m e r e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r d u r i n g r e c o v e r y
o p e r a t i o n s . To c o m m u n i c a t e , a c r e w m a n m u s t a c t i v a t e h i s A / C module by
placing t h e POWER switch to VOX or P T T and s e t t i n g the INTERCOM
s w i t c h to T / R .
An A / C i n t e r c o m t r a n s m i s s i o n can only be i n i t i a t e d with the P T T key,
i f the P T T position of the power s w i t c h i s s e l e c t e d . In the VOX position,
e i t h e r t h e VOX c i r c u i t o r t h e P T T key will i n d i c a t e a n i n t e r c o m t r a n s m i s s i o n . If only a n i n t e r c o m t r a n s m i s s i o n is d e s i r e d , the P T T / C W s w i t c h
on the c o b r a c a b l e should be i n the CW position. N o r m a l l y , the A / C
m o d u l e s will r e m a i n a c t i v a t e d throughout the e n t i r e m i s s i o n .
2 . 8 . 2. 1. 3
I n - F l i g h t Voice Communications.
In-flight voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s with t h e MSFN +ll be conducted o v e r
t h e USBS and the VHF-AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment. C o n t r o l s f o r
t h e S-band and the VHF-AM g r o u p s a r e l o c a t e d o n MDC-20, and MDC-26,
-13, and -23. The VHF-AM c o n t r o l s on MDC-20 c o n s i s t of a
T / R / O F F / R E C s w i t c h t h a t c o n t r o l s a p p l i c a t i o n of power, a RCVR s w i t c h
to c o n t r o l which of two r e c e i v e r m o d e s 1 s i m p l e x , 2 duplex, a r e o p e r a t i o n a l ,
a SQUELCH c o n t r o l to e s t a b l i s h t h e l e v e l of R F s i g n a l r e q u i r e d to p a s s
audio s i g n a l s to the audio c e n t e r , and a VHF ANTENNA s w i t c h to manually
s e l e c t t h e u p p e r (tZ),or l o w e r ( - Z ) , antenna, Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n via
VHF-AM i s c o n t r o l l e d by the p l a c e m e n t of the VHF-AM s w i t c h (MDC-26,
- 13, or -23)to T / R , the c o b r a c a b l e MODE s w i t c h to P T T , and d e p r e s s i n g
t h e P T T pu'shbutton on the c o b r a cable. E i t h e r T / R or REC p e r m i t s voice
r e c e p t i o n f r o m t h e MSFN.
Voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n i s p o s s i b l e i n a l l o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s of the USBS,
with t h e exception of t h e e m e r g e n c y key mode, providing the S-BAND switch
(MDC-26, -13, o r -23) i s placed a t REG. T r a n s m i s s i o n i s c o n t r o l l e d by
the P T T pushbutton on the c o b r a c a b l e , providing the c o b r a c a b l e MODE
s w i t c h i s i n the P T T position. ( R e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 2. 8 . 3. 3. 4 f o r additional
i n f o r m a t i o n o n the unified S-band o p e r a t i o n s . )
2 . 8. 2 . 1.4
R e c o v e r y Voice Communications.
After touchdown, t h e H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment will be utilized f o r
voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . I t is c o n t r o l l e d by the RECOVERY-HF s w i t c h e s o n
Mission
Change Date
Page
2. 8-5
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
MDC-20 which include a n O N - O F F switch and a SSB/BCN/AM switch f o r
s e l e c t i n g mode. E i t h e r the s i n g l e sideband (SSB)o r amplitude modulat i o n ( A M ) m o d e s m a y be used f o r voice communications. T h e beacon
(BCN) mode is used to t r a n s m i t a continuous wave beacon f o r t r a c k i n g
purposes.
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n in e i t h e r the SSB o r AM mode c a n be VOX- o r
P T T - c o n t r o l l e d when the R C D R / H F s w i t c h (MDC-26, -13, - 2 3 ) is placed
to T / R .
T h e H F t r a n s c e i v e r utilizes the H F r e c o v e r y antenna. T h i s antenna
m u s t b e deployed a f t e r touchdown by setting the POSTLANDING-ANTENNA
DEPLOY s w i t c h e s on MDC-25 to t h e i r upper positions, A and B, while the
MASTER EVENT S E Q CONT switches 1 and 2 (MDC-24) a r e a t a r m a n d
MASTER EVENT SEQ CONT ARM A and B c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s (MDC-22) a r e
closed.
T h e V H F / A M t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment c a n be used as backup
by utilizing VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 which c a n be s e l e c t e d by setting
the VHF ANTENNA switch (MDC-20) to RECOVERY. Also, the C F A E
s u r v i v a l t r a n s c e i v e r c a n be used i n s i d e the S / C by connecting i t s coaxial
c a b l e to VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 1 o r No. 2 a t the coaxial b r a c k e t ,
MDC-9. T h e s e coaxial c o n n e c t o r s m a y be utilized, d u r i n g the i n t e r v a l
p r e c e d i n g the a r r i v a l of the r e c o v e r y f o r c e s , in the m o s t advantageous
manner. Any combination of VHF r e c o v e r y beacon, G F A E s u r v i v a l
t r a n s c e i v e r , a n d VHF-AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r m a y be employed a s
w a r r a n t e d by t h e s e r v i c e a b i l i t y of t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s equipment.
U
2. 8. 2. 2
Data O p e r a t i o n s .
2. 8. 2. 2. 1
General.
T / C s y s t e m d a t a capabilities include the p r o c e s s i n g , s t o r a g e , and
t r a n s m i s s i o n of T L M data t o the MSFN; the reception and p r o c e s s i n g of
u p - t e l e m e t r y d a t a (up-data) r e c e i v e d f r o m the MSFN; and d u r i n g USBE
testing, the t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV f r o m the TV c a m e r a . In addition to
t r a n s m i t t e d d a t a , v e r b a l c o m m e n t s m a y b e r e c o r d e d on the voice r e c o r d e r .
(See f i g u r e 2. 8-2. )
2. 8. 2. 2. 2
T L M T r a n s m i s s i o n and S t o r a g e .
TLM d a t a m a y s i m u l t a n e o u s l y be t r a n s m i t t e d via VHF-FM a n d / o r
S-band and r e c o r d e d in the DSE f o r delayed t i m e t r a n s m i s s i o n when
r e q u e s t e d b y M S F N . The s y s t e m configuration prohibits t r a n s m i s s i o n o r
r e c o r d i n g of r e a l t i m e d a t a while t r a n s m i t t i n g s t o r e d data.
T L M d a t a f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n t o the M S F N c o n s i s t s of analog and digital
s i g n a l s obtained f r o m the guidance and navigation s y s t e m , c e n t r a l timing
equipment, i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s a n d t r a n s d u c e r s located throughout the
S / C s t r u c t u r e a n d o p e r a t i o n a l s y s t e m s , and biomedical s e n s o r s w o r n by
--..
.-:
Mission
Change Date
Page
2. 8-6
--
R\
OR
INMI-,
VCM
0..
s/c
DISPLAYS
I
OPERATIONAL
IMTR
r n u INMI-,
YOMD
(MDC- 19)
2-KMC PORTIOI.
SCIN A N T E N h
rz'l
I-UNO
UPPER
(-z)
(MDC-I 9)
A G C VOLTAGE
N
CAMERA
j-J I
EQUIP
I - Y N D 4Nl
DOWN-DA TA
VIDEO
AL-TIME PCM DATA
USBE
PMP
STORED
PCM DATA)
S-BAND
WR
A NAMPL
D
- 4
DIPLEXER
4
I STORED
-p
PANEL
PCM DATA ( O N L Y )
--+-
REAL-TIME
COMMAND
RELAY BOX
OR
(MDC- 19)
,+
VHF-FM
TRANSMITTER
ON
- P-DATA
(S-BAND
MODE)
UP-DATA (UHF MODE)
EQUIP
M i s s ion
Basic
SYSTEMS DATA
VOICE
[D
4fC-
(MDC-26, -13, -23)
VOICE RECORD
.-
(MDC-26, -13, -23)

VOICE
NOTES: I .
All witches shown me on MDC-20 unless

otherwise indicated.
2. Not scheduled tor we on SC 012 and SC 014.
Figure 2 . 8 - 2 .
Data Operations
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Mission
Basic Date
page2 . 8 - 7 1 2 . 8 - 8
SM2A-0 3 - SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
2.8.3. 1
I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n Equipment Group.
T h e S I C i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment c o n s i s t s of v a r i o u s types of
s e n s o r s and t r a n s d u c e r s f o r providing environmental, o p e r a t i o n a l s t a t u s ,
and p e r f o r m a n c e m e a s u r e m e n t s of the S I C s t r u c t u r e , operational s y s t e m s ,
and e x p e r i m e n t a l equipment. The outputs f r o m t h e s e s e n s o r s and t r a n s d u c e r s a r e conditioned t o s i g n a l s suitable f o r utilization by the S I C d i s p l a y s ,
p r e s e n t a t i o n to the P C M T L M equipment, o r both. In addition, v a r i o u s
digital s i g n a l s a r e p r e s e n t e d t o the P C M T L M equipment, including event
information, guidance and navigation data, and a t i m e s i g n a l f r o m the C T E .
Many of t h e s i g n a l s emanating f r o m the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s a r e
of f o r m s o r l e v e l s which are unsuitable f o r u s e by the S / C d i s p l a y s o r PCM
T L M equipment. Signal conditioners are used t o convert t h e s e s i g n a l s t u
f o r m s and l e v e l s which c a n be utilized. Some s i g n a l s a r e conditioned a t
or n e a r the s e n s o r by individual conditioners l o c a t e d throughout the S f C.
Other s i g n a l s a r e f e d to the signal conditioning equipment (SCE), a s i n g l e
e l e c t r o n i c s package l o c a t e d i n the l o w e r equipment bay. ( R e f e r to signal
conditioning equipment i n the Voice and Data Equipment Group. ) In addition
to conditioning m a n y of the s i g n a l s , the S C E also supplies 5-vdc excitation
power t o s o m e s e n s o r s . T h e S C E c a n be turned on o r off with the POWERS C E switch on MDC-20. T h i s is the only c o n t r o l that the c r e w c a n e x e r c i s e
o v e r i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment f o r o p e r a t i o n a l and flight qualification
m e a s u r e m e n t s . T h e s e two i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n g r o u p s a r e d i s c u s s e d in the
following two p a r a g r a p h s . I n f o r m a t i o n on s c i e n t i f i c a n d s p e c i a l i n s t r u m e n t a tion can be found i n s e c t i o n 4 of t h i s manual, E x p e r i m e n t s and Scientific
Equipment.
2. 8 . 3. 1. 1
O p e r a t i o n a l Instrumentation.
O p e r a t i o n a l m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e those which a r e n o r m a l l y r e q u i r e d f o r
a routine m i s s i o n and include t h r e e c a t e g o r i e s : in-flight m a n a g e m e n t of
the S I C , m i s s i o n evaluation and s y s t e m p e r f o r m a n c e , and preflight checkout of the S / C . The Operational i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s and t r a n s d u c e r s
a r e capable of making the following types of m e a s u r e m e n t s : p r e s s u r e ,
t e m p e r a t u r e , flow attitude, r a t e , quantity, a n g u l a r position, c u r r e n t ,
voltage, frequency, R F power, a n d "on-off" type events.
2 . 8 . 3 . 1. 2
Flight Qualification Instrumentation.

Flight qualification m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e those which will v a r y on
different S/C, depending on m i s s i o n objectives and s t a t e of h a r d w a r e d e v e l opment. Most of t h e m will b e pulse-code modulated along with the o p e r a tional m e a s u r e m e n t s and t r a n s m i t t e d to the MSFN. O t h e r flight qualification
m e a s u r e m e n t s will be s t o r e d i n t h e F Q R f o r postflight a n a l y s i s only.
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NoV 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-14
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
m e a s u r i n g the t i m e l a p s e between t r a n s m i s s i o n of the s i g n a l and reception

of the r e s p o n s e s i g n a l the MSFN c a n a c c u r a t e l y d e t e r m i n e the S / C range.
Once e s t a b l i s h e d , this value c a n then be continually updated by m e a s u r i n g
the d o p p l e r shift i n the S-band c a r r i e r . A ranging m o d e c a n be s e l e c t e d
a g a i n a t l a t e r t i m e s , t o v e r i f y o r up-date the d o p p l e r data.
2.8.3

To f a c i l i t a t e this p r e s e n t a t i o n , the equipment c o m p r i s i n g the T / C
s y s t e m (figure 2.8-4) h a s been divided into four groups designated as
i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment, voice and d a t a equipment, R F e l e c t r o n i c s
equipment, and antenna equipment. Specifically, t h e s e equipment groups
contain the following:
I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment g r o u p
Operational instrumentation
Flight qualification i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n
0
0
Voice and d a t a equipment group

Audio c e n t e r ( A / C ) equipment
Signal conditioning equipment (SCE)
P u l s e - c o d e m o d u l a t i o n - t e l e m e t r y ( P C M T L M ) equipment
T e l e v i s i o n (TV) equipment
P r e m o d u l a t i o n p r o c e s s o r ( P M P ) equipment
Data s t o r a g e equipment (DSE)
Flight qualification r e c o r d e r (FQR) equipment
Up-data link ( U D L ) equipment
C e n t r a l t i m i n g equipment ( C T E )
Voice r e c o r d e r
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R F e l e c t r o n i c s equipment g r o u p
0
0
0
0
0
0.
V H F / A M t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment
H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment
VHF/FM t r a n s m i t t e r equipment
Unified S-band equipment (USBE)
S-band power a m p l i f i e r equipment
C-band t r a n s p o n d e r equipment
VHF r e c o v e r y beacon equipment
Antenna equipment group
VHF/2-KMC omni-antenna equipment

H F antenna equipment
VHF r e c o v e r y antenna equipment
a C-band beacon antenna equipment
0
0
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2-8-13
SM2A-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
A f t e r touchdown, the H F r e c o v e r y antenna m u s t be deployed by
setting the POSTLANDING - ANTENNA switches (MDC-25) to DEPLOY
A a n d B while the MASTER EVENT SEQ CONT s w i t c h e s (MDC-24) a r e
a t PYRO ARM 1 and 2. H F beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n a t a p r e a s s i g n e d frequency
of 10.006 m c is a c c o m p l i s h e d by placing the RECOVERY - H F s w i t c h
(MDC-20) to ON and the RECOVERY - HF-SSB/BCN/AM switch to BCN.
The C F A E s u r v i v a l t r a n s c e i v e r ( p a r t of the c r e w s p e r s o n a l equipm e n t ) c a n a l s o be o p e r a t e d i n a beacon mode. If used i n s i d e the S/C, one
of the VHF r e c o v e r y antennas (No. 1 o r No. 2 ) c a n be used by manually
connecting i t to the applicable coax connector on MDC-9.
T h e V H F antennas and cominunications equipment condition, as
d e t e r m i n e d by the c r e w d u r i n g the postlanding p r e - r e c o v e r y p e r i o d , will
d e c i d e the utilization of the c o a x i a l c a b l e c o n n e c t o r s located on MDC-9.
The c o n n e c t o r s a r e , i d e n t i c a l and the r e c o v e r y equipment coaxial c a b l e s
m a y b e interchanged to provide the m o s t beneficial t r a c k i n g configuration.
2.8.2.4
Unified S-Band O p e r a t i o n s .
2. 8. 2.4. 1
General.
T h e USBS is p r i m a r i l y designed to be used as a d e e p - s p a c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s link between the S / C and the MSFN. N e v e r t h e l e s s , on m i s s i o n 205
s o m e of i t s c a p a b i l i t i e s will be t e s t e d a n d it m a y be called upon f o r u s e as
backup equipment f o r voice communications, P C M d a t a t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
up-data reception, o r S I C t r a c k i n g and ranging when the S / C is within
r a n g e of a MSFN s t a t i o n equipped f o r S-band operations. In addition, only
the USBS is capable of t r a n s m i t t i n g TV.
The USBS c o n s i s t s of the S-band t r a n s m i t t e r and r e c e i v e r combined
in a single e l e c t r o n i c package c a l l e d the unified S-band equipment (USBE)
and the S-band power a m p l i f i e r (PA). The function of the S-band P A is t o
provide additional power amplification of the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r output.
Two l e v e l s of amplification (high and low) a r e possible. A bypass mode is
a l s o p o s s i b l e w h e r e i n the S-band P A is t u r n e d off and t h e output of the
USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is s e n t t o the S-band antenna equipment a s is.
The
2 - k m c portions of the upper and l o w e r SCIN antennas a r e used f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n and r e c e p t i o n of S-band s i g n a l s . Antenna s e l e c t i o n is m a d e by
placing the S-BAND ANTENNA switch (MDC-20) to U P P E R , LOWER, o r
AUTO. In the AUTO position, the antenna will be automatically switched
if the signal falls below a m i n i m u m threshold.
The P M P is controlled i n conjunction with the USBE by the S-BAND
s w i t c h e s to provide the p r o p e r v o i c e and data inputs t o the USBE i n a c c o r d a n c e with the S-band m o d e selected.
When o p e r a t i n g i n a ranging mode, the MSFN c a n t r a n s m i t a Ilcoded
p s e u d o - r a n d o m n o i s e (PRN) p u l s e to the S / C via the S-band c a r r i e r . T h e
S / C USBE will respond by t r a n s m i t t i n g a n identical p u l s e to the M S F N . By
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-12
-_-
SM2A-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
C-BAND ANTENNAS
2-KMC PORTIONS O F
SCIN ANTENNAS
I
I
UPPER
T O W E R
(+Z)
I
I
IN-FLIGHT C-BAND TRACK1 NG
---------
\.-
fI
AGC VOLTAGE
L
I'p
COAXIAL BRACKET (MDC.
.T.
'
-I I
VHF RECOVERY ANTENNAS
WF-KN
~~
(MDC-PO)
(MDC-ZO)
IN-FLIGHT S-BAND TRACK1 NG AND RANG1 NG
HF RECOVERY
ANTENNA
To:
--5
VHF ANT
switch
RECOVERY
BEACON
HF
TPANSCEIVER
(BEACON MODE)
VHF RECOVERY TRACK1 NG

NOTES:
1.
2.
The GFAE wrvivol transceiver

con be manually connected to VHF
recovery ontenno N o . 1 or N o , 2 o f
the cwxiol brocket M K - 9 .
The COOK coble connectors
are identicol ond may be
interchonged, as required,
following estimotion of the
postlanding situation.
HF RECOVERY TRACKING
SM-2A-845C
Figure 2 . 8 - 3 .
T r a c k i n g and Ranging
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966
Change Date
Page
2 . 8.-11
SMZ A-0 3 -SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
timing d a t a f o r up-dating the c e n t r a l timing equipment (CTE), and r e a l t i m e
c o m m a n d s ( R T C s ) f o r providing the MSFN with l i m i t e d c o n t r o l of c e r t a i n
on- b o a r d functions.
During n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n s , up-data is r e c e i v e d by the U H F / F M
r e c e i v e r contained in the up-data link (UDL) equipment. Once r e c e i v e d ,
the s i g n a l is p r o c e s s e d and decoded, and the i n f o r m a t i o n is routed to the
G&N s y s t e m , the C T E , o r UDL-RTC r e l a y box. F o r backup, up-data
c a n a l s o be t r a n s m i t t e d by MSFN s t a t i o n s t o the S / C v i a the S-band
c a r r i e r . When this o c c u r s , the up-data is r e c e i v e d by the USBE r e c e i v e r
which e x t r a c t s the up-data s u b c a r r i e r and r o u t e s i t to the P M P w h e r e the
intelligence is r e m o v e d f r o m the signal and s e n t to UDL equipment f o r
p r o c e s s i n g , decoding, and distribution. I n this S-band m o d e , the U H F / F M
r e c e i v e r is bypassed. Selection of the U H F o r S-BAND m o d e is m a d e with
the UP-DATA switch on MDC-20. T h e U P T L M CMD - R E S E T / O F F switch
(MDC-19) e n a b l e s the c r e w t o nullify p r e v i o u s RTCs and r e t u r n c o n t r o l t o
the S / C . An U P T L M - A C C E P T / B L O C K switch (MDC-14) is a l s o provided
s o that G&N up-data c a n be p r e v e n t e d f r o m effecting the c o m p u t e r and the
attendant validity s i g n a l being s e n t to the P C M f o r m a t .
2. 8. 2. 3
T r a c k i n g and Raneine.
2 . 8 . 2 . 3. 1
In-Flight T r a c k i n g and Ranging.

The function of the in-flight tracking and ranging equipment (figure
2. 8 - 3 ) is to a s s i s t the MSFN i n d e t e r m i n i n g S / C position and velocity. T h e
p r i m a r y method employed is C-band tracking. The C-band t r a n s p o n d e r
o n - b o a r d the S / C is u s e d f o r t h i s purpose. It o p e r a t e s i n conjunction with
conventional, e a r t h - b a s e d , r a d a r equipment by t r a n s m i t t i n g r e s p o n s e
p u l s e s t o the 'MSFN when r a d a r p u l s e s f r o m the e a r t h a r e received. It
o p e r a t e s in a "1-pulse" or a t 1 2 - p u l s e t 1mode, depending on the type of
r a d a r equipment being used a t the n e a r e s t MSFN station. A s i n g l e control,
the C-BAND switch on MDC-20, is used to a c t i v a t e the C-band t r a n s p o n d e r
i n e i t h e r mode.
Backup tracking and ranging capabilities a r e provided by the USBS.
2.8.2. 3.2
R e c o v e r y Tracking.
Line-of-,sight and beyond-line-of-sight beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n c a p a bilities a r e provided to a s s i s t r e c o v e r y p e r s o n n e l i n locating the S / C during
p a r a c h u t e d e s c e n t and a f t e r touchdown. Line-of-sight beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n
is a c c o m p l i s h e d using the VHF r e c o v e r y beacon equipment. T h e beyondline-of-sight capability is f u r n i s h e d by o p e r a t i n g the H F t r a n s c e i v e r i n a
beacon mode.
During p a r a c h u t e d e s c e n t the VHF r e c o v e r y beacon is activated by
s e t t i n g the RECOVERY - VHF-BCN switch (MDC-20) t o ON. T h i s c a u s e s
a 2-second, modulated VHF p u l s e to be t r a n s m i t t e d e v e r y 5 seconds
f r o m VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 1, which is deployed automatically with
VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 when the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a r e deployed.
~~
Mission
B a s i c Date 12 NOv 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-10
SM2A-03-SCO 12
-SYSTEMS DATA
the c r e w m a n . S o m e of the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s i g n a l s r e q u i r e conditioning
before they can be utilized. T h i s is a c c o m p l i s h e d by the s i g n a l conditioning
equipment (SCE) activated by the POWER-SCE switch on MDC-20. The
r e m a i n i n g T L M s i g n a l s a r e e i t h e r conditioned a t t h e i r s o u r c e by l o c a l
s i g n a l c o n d i t i o n e r s , which r e q u i r e s no a c t i o n on the p a r t of c r e w m e n , o r
do not need conditioning. The operational i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s i g n a l s a r e used
f o r S / C d i s p l a y s a n d real time or delayed T L M t r a n s m i s s i o n via VHF-FM
a n d / o r S-band. Those t o be t e l e m e t e r e d a r e routed to the pulse-code
m o d u l a t i o n - t e l e m e t r y ( P C M T L M ) equipment. Most of the flight qualification s i g n a l s a r e routed t o the PCM T L M equipment along with the
o p e r a t i o n a l T L M s i g n a l s . A few, however, a r e r e c o r d e d as analog s i g n a l s
i n t h e flight qualification r e c o r d e r (FQR) f o r postflight a n a l y s i s only.
T h e FQR will be activated a t b r i e f i n t e r v a l s only during c r i t i c a l p h a s e s of
the m i s s i o n b y the FLIGHT QUAL RCDR switch on MDC-19.
T h e PCM T L M equipment combines the signals t o b e t e l e m e t e r e d and
c o n v e r t s t h e m to a single, digital, p u l s e t r a i n which is then fed to the p r e modulation p r o c e s s o r equipment ( P M P ) and the d a t a s t o r a g e equipment
(DSE). T h e P C M TLM equipment is activated a t all t i m e s . I t s only c o n t r o l
is the T L M INPUTS - P C M switch on MDC-20. T h i s switch is used to
s e l e c t the P C M b i t - r a t e . In the HIGH (51. 2 KBPS) position, all T L M
inputs t o the P C M TLM equipment a r e p r o c e s s e d and combined into the
output signal. The LOW (1.6 KBPS) position e l i m i n a t e s the less e s s e n t i a l
p a r a m e t e r s and is u s e d only when a PCM p u l s e t r a i n of reduced bandwidth
is r e q u i r e d . The reduced bandwidth allows P C M d a t a to be r e c o r d e d a t a
reduced (3.75 i p s ) speed when long p e r i o d s of d a t a r e c o r d i n g a r e r e q u i r e d .
.-.-
T h e ' X M s i g n a l is fed to the P M P a n d DSE simultaneously, f o r r e a l t i m e ( R / T ) t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d / o r s t o r a g e . F o r R / T t r a n s m i s s i o n , the

s i g n a l i S p r o c e s s e d through the P M P to the V H F / F M a n d / o r S-BAND t r a n s m i t t e r s . The P M P is controlled b y the P O W E R - P M P switch, the S-BAND
g r o u p of s w i t c h e s , and t h e T A P E RECORDER - PLAY switch. When R / T
t r a n s m i s s i o n is not possible, the P C M d a t a c a n be s t o r e d i n the DSE,
which is c o n t r o l l e d by the T A P E RECORDER group of switches and the
T L M INPUTS - P C M switch d i s c u s s e d i n the previous p a r a g r a p h . When
played b a c k l a t e r , the s t o r e d PCM d a t a is a l s o p r o c e s s e d through the P M P
t o t h e V H F / F M a n d / o r S-BAND t r a n s m i t t e r s f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n . The sole
function of the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r is the t r a n s m i s s i o n of R / T o r s t o r e d
P C M data. I t s only c o n t r o l is the VHF-FM - O N / O F F switch on MDC-20.
It u t i l i z e s the same antennas as the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r , namely,
the upper o r l o w e r SCIN antenna as s e l e c t e d by the VHF antenna switch.
Backup capability f o r the t r a n s m i s s i o n of PCM T L M d a t a is provided
b y t h e USBS. ( R e f e r to a subsequent d i s c u s s i o n of unified S-band
operations. )
2. 8 . 2 . 2. 3
Up-Data Reception.
Up-data which c a n b e t r a n s m i t t e d to the S / C by the MSFN c o n s i s t s
of t h r e e types: G & N d a t a f b r .;$-dating the Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r ,
~~
T E L E C OMMU NIC AT ION S YST E M

.'C
Mission
.#,*
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 196'6. *ChalrgC!Date
Page
2 - 8-9
HF
RECOVERY
ANTENNA
VHF RECOVERY
ANTENNAS
1
VHF PORTION OF TM
VHFR - KMC SCIN ANTE
COAX
CONNECTORS
VHF ANTENNA
SWITCH
5765
MC
5690
MC
VHF & UHF
I,
VHF MULTIPLRER
10.006 MC-
VOICE RECORD ,
C- BAND
X-PONDER
EQU IP.
VOICE
RECORDER
(MDC-19)
2968MCv
VHNAM
243 M C
259.7 MC
XMTR-RCVR
EQUIP,
VHF
RECY B C N
EQUIP.
HF
XCVR
EQUIP.
r----d
1 4
L---,
NASA SUPPLIED BODY WORN BIO-ME0 EQUIPMENT
CWMANDER'S UMB I L l C A L
- - ---
REDUNDANT SIGNAL
I I
- - - . J JI I
I1
AUDIO
I
4-
NAVIGATOR'S UMB lL l CAL
HF
BCN
CONT
---
CONTROCS
MDC-20
REDUNDANT SIGNAL
S-BAND KEY
ENG INEER' 5 UMB I L I CAL

REDUNDANT SIGNAL
I
MIKE
S-BAND K F I + - - - - - -
swITCH TRANSLATION CONTROLLER--
LEGEND
SIGNAL FLOW
CONTROL
4
- - - - - - - - - - - - 4--- - - - - - - -1-1-- - - - &+I- - _7 ;' - A -1I
-
PTI
--- -
-f
-- --I r------------*
II
V I DE0
TO RECY INTERCOM
I
I
AUDIO
I LCC V I A SIC
HF
RECOVERY
ANTENNA
ID ANTENNAS
VHF RECOVERY
ANTENNAS
NO. 2
VHF PORTION OF THE

VHFl2 - KMC SCIN ANTENNAS
COAX
VHF ANTENNA
SWITCH
VHF h UHF
I
I)
VHF MULTIPLMER
10.006 MC243 MC
2968MCt
v 259.7 MC
I
VHF
VHFlAM
RECY B C N
XMTR-RCVR
1
EQUIP.
EQUIP,
VOICE RECORD
i l
EDUNDANT SIGNAL
EARPHONE
PTTM Isw
KE
S-BAND KEY
ATOR'S U M B I L I C A L
i D U N D A N T S IGNAL
q
)
Tb
I
I
45%
237.8 M C I
VHFKM
I
XMTR
)UIP.
b
- A--d
UHF
FM
RC\
G&N UPDATA
EQUIP
II
I
C W MAN DER' S
I I Jt ]i
---
. 1.
iI
NAVIGATOR'S
AUDIO CONTROLS
IMDC-U)
h
II II
'I
I!
-DUNDANT SIGNAL
EARPHONE
,,
I
I
2
*
ENGINEER'S
AUDIO CONTROLS
(MDC- 23 1
CI
4
I
----{ -
CONTROLS
MDC-20
AUDIO
CENTER
EQU IP.
- - - - - --
I
I
IHARDLIM BIO-mtD
4
DATA
'
I 2 6 BITS D I G I T A L
(PARALLEL) TO
PHOTO EQU IP M E N l
~-~
- CON1
--
+-
T I M I N G PUL!
AND RESET
VALIDATION SIGNA1
LI - -AUDIO
- (MDC-26)
& CONTROLS
-------
URPHONE
MIKE
Pl-r sw
S-BAND KEY
ER'S U M B I L I C A L
HF
XCVR
EQUIP.
+ 4 +
(MDC-191
UMBILICAL
1-
A
7
"DER'S
r-------
RELEASE
BAND
ONDER
7u I P.
2-KMC PORTION OF THE

VHFIZ-KMC S C I N ANTENNAS
UPVOICE &
4 & DOWNVOIC
ECEIVED UP-DI
S-BAND
AUDIO
I
I
r-I
I
I
I
I
I
ITCH TRANSLATION CONTROLLER----
--r ------ - -1
--e-
--
~ I O ~ V I D E O
1I
TO RECY INTERCOM
ILCC
AUDIO
V I A SIC
Mission
Bas:
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2-KMC PORTION Gf THE

VHF/Z-KMC S C I N ANTENNAS
.'AS
AUTO CONTROL
----_-----------------1
DIPLEXER
2-KMC ANTENNA
SWITCH
-------1
;-CFT?
PWR A M P L
EQUIP.-
S-BAND
EQUIP.
XMIT
+
I
4 -------------__
+_ _ _ _
--
'
237.8MCi
VHFlFM
I
XMTR
EQUIP.
I
.
_t7d
%
FM
LINK
RCVR EQUIP
I---
A--
G&N UPDATA & COMMANDS

REALTIME COMMANDS
6 V D C T I M I N G EXCITATION
T I M I N G PULSETRAINS
AND RESEl
------------a
G&N COMPUTER
* & CONTROL PANEL

~
UDL
RELAY
BOX
APPLICABLE
SIC SYSTEMS
' F R O M G&N
VALIDATION SIGNAL
DI..
ANALOG & DIGITAL DATA
- - - - - --- ------ -.+
I
I
126 BITS D I G I T A L
(PARALLEL) TO 4
I PHOTO EQU IP M E M
UNCONDITIONED
ANALOG
4
2
----
--
CENTRAL
TIMING
EQUIP.
4
26 PARALLEL BITS TIME CODE

1 ,
40 KC
+ scs
6.4 KC INVERTER SYNC
,EPS
IOCPS
b DISPLAY EQUl P.
1 PULSE PER 10 MIN
ECS
KC
SYNC
I
N
PUT
1024
QG&N
VALIDATION SIGNAL
LOW LEVEL ANALOG INPUTS
START, STOP, B I T T I M I N G
PCM DATA
& 512 KC
w RZ DATA
5L 2 KBS
SUB FRAME RATE

TIMING 1 P P S
~~
ill0
>S/C
CONTROLS & D I SPLA Y S
I ANALOG h
I DIGITAL
+
DISTRI- I,INPUTS
4*
I BUTION
SIC
PANEL 8 5 V D C
OPERATI ONAL
t>Dg-I NSTR
I
I DATA
I M BlO-mtD
- 4I H A R D LDATA
'A & UPVOICE &
*E
CONDITIONED
INSTR OUTPUTS
5 V D C INSTR
MClTATlONPWR
SIGNAL
COND.
>
=1
I BODY-WORN ~ O M EDATA
D
BIOMED
I
EQUIP
I
2287,5 MCt
I '
I
t
EQUIP.
RECORDER
?.
II
ANALOG INPUTS
FLIGHT
QUAL
INSTR
A
ANALOG AND DIGITAL DATA
Figure 2.8-4.
Telecommunications S y s t e m
T EL EC 0 M M UNIC A T I 0 NS
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966 Change Date
Page 2 . 8 - 1 5 / 2 . 8 - 1 6
SM2A-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.8. 3. 2
Voice and Data Equipment Group.
2.8. 3 . 2. 1
Audio C e n t e r ( A / C ) Equipment.
The A / C equipment ( f i g u r e 2. 8-5) c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s e p a r a t e identical
modules located in a s i n g l e e l e c t r o n i c s package i n the l o w e r equipment bay.
Each module is controlled independently by i t s own c o n t r o l panel and
supplied with 28-vdc power through s e p a r a t e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s . T h e t h r e e
c o n t r o l p a n e l s , MDC-26, -13, and -23, a r e located in s t a t i o n s 1, 2, and 3 ,
r e s p e c t i v e l y . Each of the a s t r o n a u t ' s h e a d s e t s , containing two m i c r o p h o n e s
and two microphone a m p l i f i e r s , and two independently operating e a r p h o n e s ,
is connected to one of the A / C modules by a c o b r a cable. Thus e a c h
a s t r o n a u t h a s a s e p a r a t e h e a d s e t , audio c e n t e r module, and audio c o n t r o l
p a n e l to provide h i m with individual c o n t r o l of voice t r a n s m i s s i o n and
reception.
Each A / C module contains a microphone a m p l i f i e r , VOX c i r c u i t r y ,
a n e a r p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , and v a r i o u s s i g n a l attenuation, switching, and
i s o l a t i o n c i r c u i t s . The earphone and microphone a m p l i f i e r s amplify the
voice s i g n a l s to and f r o m the headset. The VOX c i r c u i t r y is a v o i c e o p e r a t e d keying c i r c u i t that supplies a ground r e t u r n path n e c e s s a r y f o r
activating the microphone a m p l i f i e r and the t r a n s m i t t e r keying r e l a y s in
the H F t r a n s c e i v e r , i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s y s t e m , and the power c o n t r o l
r e l a y in the operating voice r e c o r d e r .
Audio s i g n a l s a r e provided t o and f r o m the H F t r a n b c e i v e r equipm e n t , VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment, USBE (via the P M P ) ,
and the i n t e r c o m bus. The i n t e r c o m bus is c o m m o n to all t h r e e m o d u l e s
and p r o v i d e s f o r the h a r d l i n e communications between c r e w m e n a n d with
the LCC and r e c o v e r y f o r c e s .
Inputs and outputs a r e controlled by the RCDR/HF, VHF/AM, S-BAND,
and INTERCOM switches on the audio c o n t r o l panels. E a c h of t h e s e
s w i t c h e s h a s t h r e e positions: T / R , O F F , and REG. Setting any of the
s w i t c h e s to T / R (except S-BAND) p e r m i t s t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception of
voice s i g n a l s o v e r i t s r e s p e c t i v e equipment. REC p e r m i t s r e c e p t i o n
only, and O F F d i s a b l e s the input and the output. The o p e r a t i o n of the
m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r in e a c h module is controlled by the VOX keying
c i r c u i t o r the P T T pushbutton on the c o b r a cable o r the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r .
The VOX c i r c u i t is e n e r g i z e d by the position of the POWER - P T T / O F F / V O X
switch on e a c h audio c o n t r o l panel. T h e P T T position p e r m i t s monitoring
and activation of the m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice r e c o r d e r HF, VHF/AM
and S-band voice t r a n s m i s s i o n c i r c u i t s by the P T T key. The VOX position
p e r m i t s all the functions of the P T T position plus VOX activation of the
m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice r e c o r d e r and H F t r a n s m i t t e r .
T h r e e p o t e n t i o m e t e r c o n t r o l s a r e a l s o provided on e a c h audio control
Panel: VOX SENS, INTERCOM BALANCE, and VOLUME. The VOX SENS
c o n t r o l i s used to a d j u s t the sensitivity of the VOX c i r c u i t r y , d e t e r m i n i n g
the amplitude of the voice signal n e c e s s a r y to t r i g g e r the VOX keying
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 NOv 1966 Change Date
page
2.8-17
SM2A-03 - SCO 12
-.--
SYSTEMS DATA
VOLUME
To: R E O INTERCOM SWIMMER CONNECTOR 4
'I
1
To: MODULE NO. 2
I
I
VOICE
EARPHONES I N
COMMND
PILOT'S
1 NTERCOM
T/R
SWITCH 6
Fm:
PMP UPVOICE DISCR
INTERCOM
BALANCE
SWITCH 6
ISOLATION
S-BAND
I
I-
ADJUST
I
I
t
DIODE
SWITCH 6
VOICE
To:
ON-BOARD
VOICE
TAPE
RECORDER
DIODE
SWITCH 6
To: UZBE
VHF-AM
-I.
I
VOICE
Fmn:
SWITCH 6
ISOLATlON
If p~
VHF/AM
XMTR-RCVR
(-+A+
DIODE
SWITCH 6
ISOLATION
HF KEYING RELAY A N D ON-BOARD T/R
To:
zi!%/R
SIDE-
VOICE TAPE RECORDER POWER
10: HF
SWITCH 6
ISOLATION
XCVR
DIODE
MIKE AMPL
INCMDR'S
' 9.
VOICE
I .
(COBRA CABLE)
POWER
0 PTT
L-~OFF
FUGHT
k&
:, M
BUS
A l l controls and witch- o n

on MDC-26 u n l m othemise
-TIC1
GROUP4
28 VDC
i
I
L-
1H-I
&
0-
ovox
j3
I
I
SWITCH
---
vox
SENS
-0
To:
identical except that controls

and switchr am locotd on
MDC-13 ond -23,hwdseh am
for SENIOR PILOT ond PILOT,
I
I
ELECT.
T/C circuit btsaken om

GROUP- 5 and -3, respectively
Additioml PTT ptshbuttonr
(not i l l m t m t d ) am locotd
on tmnrlotion controls.
The VOX switch provideso
grovrd d u m path thrwgh the
POWER switch when enabled by
the VOX circuitry
SM-24-740F
Ond
4.
a~cuirs
Only Module NO. i and its

controls am i n d i w t d .
5.
(MDC-22)
Figure 2.8-5.
Audio C e n t e r Equipment
M i s s ion
Change Date
page2.8- 18
SMZA- 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
~~
c i r c u i t . The INTERCOM BALANCE c o n t r o l a d j u s t s the l e v e l of voice

s i g n a l inputs f r o m the R F equipment r e l a t i v e to the l e v e l of voice signal
inputs f r o m the i n t e r c o m bus. The VOLUME c o n t r o l a d j u s t s the output of
the e a r p h o n e a m p l i f i e r ,
2 . 8 . 3. 2 . 2
Signal-Conditioning Equipment (SCE).

The signal-conditioning equipment ( S C E ) is contained i n a single
e l e c t r o n i c s package located i n t h e LEB. (See figure 2. 8-6. ) Its functions
a r e t o c o n v e r t v a r i o u s kinds of unconditioned s i g n a l s f r o m the i n s t r u m e n t a tion equipment into compatible, 0 - to 5-volt d - c analog s i g n a l s , and to p r o vide excitation voltages to s o m e of the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s and
transducers.
The SCE u s e s the following module types: The a c t i v e a t t e n u a t o r , to
attenuate high-signal voltages; the a c - ( a m ) to-dc c o n v e r t e r , t o d e t e c t the
amplitude v a r i a t i o n s of a n a - c signal; the d c differential a m p l i f i e r , to
amplify small s i g n a l s ; the d c d i f f e r e n t i a l bridge a m p l i f i e r , to d e t e c t
r e s i s t a n c e changes; the bi-phase d e m o d u l a t o r , to c o n v e r t S I C position
r e s o l v e r outputs; the frequency d e m o d u l a t o r , to d e t e c t f r e q u e n c y changes
i n a n a - c signal; and the power supply, to provide t 2 0 volts and -20 volts to
the SCE c i r c u i t r y , 10 volts as b r i d g e excitation, and 5 volts to excite o t h e r
SIC sensors.
The conditioned output s i g n a l s f r o m the SCE a r e routed to the d a t a
d i s t r i b u t i o n panel (DDP). The DDP p r o v i d e s p a r a l l e l outputs, w h e r e
n e c e s s a r y , and r o u t e s the s i g n a l s to the P C M t e l e m e t r y equipment, S / C
d i s p l a y s , and GSE connections.
The only e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l f o r the SCE i s the two-position POWERSCE toggle switch o n MDC-20. P l a c i n g this s w i t c h to ON a p p l i e s 28 volts
d c to the l a t c h winding of the latching r e l a y , which $ l o s e s contacts applying
3-phase a - c power to the power supply module. I n the O F F position, the
r e l a y is ,unlatched, removing a - c power f r o m the power supply.
2. 8. 3. 2 . 3
P u l s e - C o d e Modulation T e l e m e t r y ( P C M TLM) Equipment.

The function of the P C M T L M equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 7 ) is to c o n v e r t
TLM d a t a inputs f r o m v a r i o u s s o u r c e s into one serial digital output signal.
This s i n g l e output s i g n a l is routed to the P M P for t r a n s m i s s i o n to the MSFN
or to the DSE f o r s t o r a g e . The P C M TLM equipment is contained i n two
s e p a r a t e units located i n the l o w e r equipment bay: P C M unit 1 and P C M
unit 2.
Input s i g n a l s to the P C M TLM equipment a r e of f o u r g e n e r a l types:
low-level analog, high-level analog, p a r a l l e l digital, and serial digital.
Some of the low-level analog inputs a r e supplied d i r e c t l y f r o m the i n s t r u mentation s e n s o r s ; o t h e r d a t a inputs are routed through the d a t a distribution
panel (DDP).
Two m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e possible: the high- ( n o r m a l ) b i t - r a t e mode
of 5 1 . 2 kilobits p e r second (KBS)and the low- ( r e d u c e d ) b i t - r a t e mode of
1. 6 KBS. Operational mode is s e l e c t e d by placing the TLM INPUTS-PCM
switch o n MDC-20 t o HIGH o r LOW, as applicable. When the s w i t c h is i n
the L O W position, the high P C M b i t - r a t e c a n be c o m m a n d e d by the M S F N
via the UDL equipment.
TELECOMMUMCATION SYSTEM
Mission
Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page 2.8-19
SMZA-0 3- SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
SIGNAL CONDlllONlNG EQUlPMENT
1
-
-cPS
115V3~4WCPS
LATORS
ACIUS2.A
X S
IO SPS
I
I
I
I
DC D'FRRI AMPLIFIERS
ENTUL
7
7 CHANNELS
20t0250MVor
POSTUNDING,
MTTERY, MTTERY
CHARGER, FUEL CELL
I SPSI
EPS
ZCHANNELS
6 CHANNELS
RESOLVER wPUT: PITCH,

YAW, ROLL
10 SPS
iI
To KM
,TELEMETRY
MUP.
I
II
lo: s/c
'DISPUYS
TEMP SENSORS
4
CTool5V
SIG CON0
pos SUPPLY
:-
!n
,
6IIHANNELS
!
IOSPSI
I
I
SENSOR
IO VOLTS
F i g u r e 2. 8-6.
Signal Conditioning Equipment
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date 12
NOV
1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-20
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
LO LEVEL
ANALOG
INPUTS
M CHANNELS.
HI BIT RATE, I
10 CHANNELS LO BIT RATE
PCM UNIT NO. 1

ANALOG
INPUTS
HI LEVEL
ANALOG
MULTIPLEXER
,
LO LEVEL
AMPL.
*-I
, I
HI-SPEED
GATES h
CALIBRATOR
8 BIT PARALLEL
I I
DIGITAL DATA
I CHANNEL, 0
16 BITS PER WORI
'
1
I
-l ONLY
x)sps
DIGITAL
MULTIPLEXER
16 BITS PER WORI
I W sps
HI
MSPS
25
125 - HI BIT RATE

Lo.I sps O M - LO BIT RATE
1W - HI BIT RATE
4
M - LO BIT RATE
HI -10 S P S
85 PERCENT
PCM UNIT NO. 2
I f
CONTROL
DATA
TRANSFER
NOS. 1-17 DRIVER
-+START PULSE
-+,STOP
PARALLEL DIGITAL
TRANSFER N0S.I-I2
512 KC
I CPS SYNC] Fra'
I-
I,
PULSE
-pB
syr'c
IT
PROGRAMMER
I CHANNEL,
,:]
L-
I CHANNEL, 0
32 BITS PER WORl
I 5 PERCENT
ANALOG
GATE DRIVERS
I I
HI 811 RATE 28 CHANNELS, 0

LO BIT RATE 26 CHANNELS,
8 BITS PER WORD
OF CHANNELS
CODER
PARALLEL
D1G I TAL
INPUTS
NO.
200 SPS
SOURCE EXT
OR INT
' I
UDL RTC
RELAY BOX
I ONLY
osps
FOR h 4 4 T
ID SELECOUTPUT
I CHANNEL
o
24 BITS PER WORI
DATARATE TIMING
PARALLEL BIT PCM WORDS (8)
KM
POWER SUPPLY
UNITS
NO.l h
N0.2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PCM TLM
WORD FROM
GhN
ll5VAC30
Fmm: 0
NON ESS
T/C sw
F i g u r e 2.8-7.
LEGEND
5IZKCSUBCARRIER To:
IREF
PMP
Rz SERIAL
*PCM DATA
e51.2KBPSDATA To LCC
RATE TIMING VIA S/C
FRAME RATE
- - - CONTROL 6 COMMAND CIRCUITS

*
MDC-22
DSE
REGISTER
SIGNAL AND POWER

Refer to DSE illustmtion for
dditional switch circuitry
S M - -A- 7 i 5 D
P u l s e Code Modulation T e l e m e t r y
Mission
Change Date
Page
2.8-21
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.8. 3. 2 . 4
T e l e v i s i o n ( T V ) Equipment.
The TV equipment c o n s i s t s of a s m a l l , p o r t a b l e , TV c a m e r a ( f i g u r e
2. 8-8)t h a t c a n b e hand-held o r mounted i n one of f o u r l o c a t i o n s i n the
c o m m a n d module. Its function i s to a c q u i r e r e a l - t i m e video i n f o r m a t i o n
f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n to the MSFN d u r i n g S-band testing.
The f i r s t c a m e r a mounting p o s i t i o n is l o c a t e d below the m a i n d i s p l a y
c o n s o l e , and w i l l p e r m i t a f r o n t view of t h e c r e w lying i n t h e i r c o u c h e s . The
s e c o n d p o s i t i o n i s l o c a t e d behind t h e head of t h e c e n t e r s e a t , and will p e r m i t
viewing of c r e w a c t i v i t i e s i n the m i d d l e of the c o m m a n d module. The
s e c o n d p o s i t i o n i s a l s o p r o v i d e d with a five-foot s t r e t c h c a b l e to p e r m i t
hand-held u s e of t h e c a m e r a f o r c o v e r a g e of any d e s i r a b l e t a r g e t i n s i d e o r
o u t s i d e the S I C . The t h i r d p o s i t i o n is l o c a t e d i n the right-hand equipment
bay, and p e r m i t s viewing of a s t r o n a u t s a t w o r k i n that a r e a . The final
p o s i t i o n u t i l i z e s a s p e c i a l b r a c k e t which allows t h e TV c a m e r a to look out
t h e right-hand docking window.
The TV c i m e r a is connected d i r e c t l y to the PWR c a b l e a t t h e f i r s t
mounting position. If the TV c a m e r a is to be u s e d i n t h e mounting p o s i t i o n
behind the c e n t e r couch, the PWR c a b l e m u s t be connected to the c o n n e c t o r
m a r k e d " T V C a m to Hatch J107, ( I and t h e c a m e r a , i n t u r n , should be connected to t h e c o n n e c t o r a t t h a t p o s i t i o n ( J 1 9 1 ) , by the s t r e t c h c a b l e . If the
TV c a m e r a i s to be mounted by the right-hand equipment bay, t h e P W R
c a b l e m u s t be connected to t h e c o n n e c t o r m a r k e d " T V C a m to RHEB, I t and
t h e TV c a m e r a connected t o the c o n n e c t o r a t t h a t l o c a t i o n ( J 1 9 5 ) by t h e
s t r e t c h cable.
The TV c a m e r a i s c o n s t r u c t e d with a p i s t o l - g r i p type of handle on the
bottom, which c a n be extended to f a c i l i t a t e p o r t a b l e u s e . The TV c a m e r a
is fitted with a fixed-focus wide-angle l e n s f o r p i c t u r e taking within t h e
c o m m a n d module. F o r taking p i c t u r e s of t h e e a r t h o r moon t h r o u g h t h e
C / M window, a n i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e z o o m l e n s i s provided. The zoom l e n s h a s
a look a n g l e of f r o m 9 d e g r e e s through 30 d e g r e e s . It is fitted with a
t h r o u g h - t h e - l e n s type v i e w e r t h a t will e n a b l e the o p e r a t o r to s e e the change
i n field of view and r e l a t i v e s i z e of t h e s c e n e while the l e n s is adjusted.
The e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t r y i n t h e c a m e r a is equipped with a n a u t o m a t i c gain
c o n t r o l to allow f o r d i f f e r e n c e s i n t a r g e t i l l u m i n a t i o n .
The TV c a m e r a is a c t i v a t e d by a s l i d e s w i t c h i n the p i s t o l - g r i p handle,
which a p p l i e s 28 volts d c to the c a m e r a p o w e r supply when s e t to on. This
e n e r g i z e s the e n t i r e c a m e r a and r e s u l t s i n a video output s i g n a l t h a t i s fed
to t h e P M P . In t h e P M P , t h e video s i g n a l i s f r e q u e n c y multiplexed with the
t e l e m e t r y d a t a and voice, which is t r a n s m i t t e d to e a r t h via t h e USBE. The
USBE m u s t be o p e r a t i n g i n a TV m o d e to p e r m i t this t r a n s m i s s i o n . An
AUTO LIGHT CONTROL s w i t c h h a s b e e n added to t h e c a m e r a , p e r m i t t i n g it
to c o m p e n s a t e f o r e i t h e r peak o r a v e r a g e s c e n e i l l u m i n a t i o n s f r o m 0. 1 to
30 foot c a n d l e s .
2. 8 . 3 . 2 . 5
P r e m o d u l a t i o n P r o c e s s o r ( P M P ) Equipment.
The P M P equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 9 ) functions a s a d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and
d i s t r i b u t i o n c e n t e r providing n e c e s s a r y i n t e r f a c e , w h e r e r e q u i r e d , between
t h e voice, d a t a , and R F equipment. The P M P c o n s i s t s of t e n m o d u l e s
mounted in a s i n g l e e l e c t r o n i c s package l o c a t e d i n t h e l o w e r equipment bay.
T h e s e m o d u l e s contain f i l t e r s , o s c i l l a t o r s , m o d u l a t o r s , d e m o d u l a t o r s ,
d e t e c t o r s , switching c i r c u i t s , d i s c r i m i n a t o r s , mixing and keying n e t w o r k s ,
and a p o w e r supply.
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOv 1966
Change Date
Page 2.8-22
SM2A-0 3-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
TARGET
VOLTAGE
N CAMERA
,To:
PMP
ALC
witch
PREAMPLIFIER
HIGHPEAKER
CLAMP
+ PROCESSING
AMPLIFIER
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
-r--+-1-+I-
I I
I
1
- --.-
----- -
SWEEPS AND BEAM CURRENT GENERATOR
POWER
SUPPLY
SLIDE SWITCH
O N TV CAMERA
HANDLE
To. VIDICON
ELECTRODES
6 CIRCUIT
BOARDS
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
GROUP 5
MDC-22
AND POSTLANDING
nus
SM-2A-738C
F i g u r e 2. 8-8.
T e l e v i s i o n Equipment
Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 8 - 2 3
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
The P M P c a n o p e r a t e i n m a n y p o s s i b l e m o d e s . All of the e x t e r n a l

c o n t r o l s f o r the P M P a r e switches located on MDC-20. The s w i t c h e s which
affect the P M P c o n s i s t of the POWER - P M P switch, the S-BAND - VOICE
g r o u p of s w i t c h e s , the S-BAND - EMERG switch, and the T A P E
RECORDER - PLAY and - RECORD/PLAY switches. Also, d u r i n g e m e r gency key operation, the P T T keys on the c o b r a c a b l e s a n d t r a n s l a t i o n
c o n t r o l s , c o n t r o l the P M P e m e r g e n c y key network. All of the s i g n a l inputs
a v a i l a b l e t o t h e P M P a r e l i s t e d i n the P M P INPUTS table a t the end of t h i s
p a r a g r a p h . P M P outputs a r e dependent upon s w i t c h configuration. T h e
P M P OUTPUTS table, a l s o a t the end of t h i s p a r a g r a p h , shows the v a r i o u s
c o m p o s i t e output s i g n a l p o s s i b i l i t i e s along with t h e i r destinations and the
s w i t c h positions r e q u i r e d f o r a n y mode of operation. It should be noted that
the S-BAND and T A P E RECORDER s w i t c h e s a l s o affect the o p e r a t i o n a l
m o d e of the USBE and DSE.
One function of the P M P is t o p r o c e s s the P C M T L M s i g n a l obtained
f r o m the P C M T L M equipment o r DSE and route i t to the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r equipment f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n t o the MSFN. T h i s output will be
provided w h e n e v e r a P C M input is available, r e g a r d l e s s of mode and
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y with o t h e r P M P outputs.
A l l r e m a i n i n g P M P functions involve i n t e r f a c e with the USBE. Inputs
to the P M P f r o m the USBE a r e the 70-kc up-data and 30-kc up-voice subc a r r i e r s . T h e s e a r e fed into the up-data and up-voice d i s c r i m i n a t o r
c i r c u i t s . T h e s e two c i r c u i t s (as w e l l as c i r c u i t r y needed f o r e m e r g e n c y
S-band m o d e s ) do not r e q u i r e the F W R - P M P switch to be on. They a r e
supplied with power independently whenever the USBE is i n operation.
Outputs f r o m the up-data and up-voice d i s c r i m i n a t o r s a r e fed to the UDL
and A / C equipment, r e s p e c t i v e l y .
--
T h e P M P s u p p l i e s a n output to one of the t h r e e USBE inputs, depending

on S-band mode as s e l e c t e d by the S-BAND - VOICE group of s w i t c h e s and
the S-BAND - EMERG switch. T h e USBE inputs a r e designated PM, FM-1,
and FM-2. During n o r m a l S-band modes, the P M P supplies e i t h e r a P M o r
F M - 1 output t o the USBE. T h e P M output supplies r e a l - t i m e PCM T L M and
voice to the USBE when the USBE is o p e r a t i n g in a n o r m a l voice o r a
ranging mode. If the USBE ranging only mode is s e l e c t e d , the PCM T L M
portion of the output is eliminated, leaving only voice s i g n a l s in the P M - 1
output. When r e c o r d e d d a t a o r TV d a t a is t o be t r a n s m i t t e d along with PCM
T L M and v o i c e d a t a , the F M - 1 output is supplied to the USBE. T h i s mode
p e r m i t s the g r e a t e r bandwidth which is r e q u i r e d f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of this
data.
T h e r e a r e t w o e m e r g e n c y m o d e s ; e m e r g e n c y voice and e m e r g e n c y
key, s e l e c t e d by the S- BAND - EMERC switch and used to p e r m i t e m e r g e n c y
t r a n s m i s s i o n of voice o r code o v e r the USBE with the P M P shutdown. With
the S-BAND - EMERG switch i n the c e n t e r ( O F F ) position, the PWR - P M P
switch c o n t r o l s the application of power to the P M P . However, with the
S-BAND - EMERC switch s e t to e i t h e r VOICE o r KEY, a - c power is
r e m o v e d f r o m the P M P . In the KEY position, a s e p a r a t e 28-volt d - c
._.-
Mission
Changd Date
page 2.8-24
I-.
F m : PCM T L M EQUIP. +
f-$:
&?D1
STORED
--4
I
l-AyR:rON
< PCM
*RNG1
+ u
SWITCHES
i
-
0
-
LY
I -
0
N
I
LI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TAPE RECORDER
PLAY
1
PCM
L I ,
P W F M MODE CONTPO
REAL-TIME ANALOG MOD
NORM
0
STORED ANALOG MODE
i
F m : DSE
LANDING
Bus
GROUP-5
(r
-0
STORED ANALOG DATA
I
I
__
OFF
KEY
NORMAL V o l C V K M W C
EMERG KEY MODE CONTROL)
I---
4,
XPONDER
0
__
OFF
USBE WR
.1
20 VDC
VOLTAGE 4@
REGUIATOR
Ca
AF
From TVCAMERA .* "IDEo
FS-BAND
Fra
'ph'NG1
I-~w
To
Fmn
OFF
PCMTLMEQUIP
REAL TIMEPcMITLM
+
DSE 4
DSE
PREMODULATION PROCESSOR
rREAL
TIME/
STORED
% PCM
.o
DATA
LIMITER
SWITCHES,
A
------------lSOlATlON
AMPL
+ STORED PCMlTLM
I
ONLY
ORNG
----
r--I
AMPL
..
_c
LOWPASS
FILTER
A
BI-MASE
MODULATOR'
PM
BANDPASS
RLTER
-b
AMPL'S
MlXlP
NETWC
vI
Tv
- - SWITCH
BIOMED
.
a
SWITCH
P W F M MODE CONTROL
REAL-TIME ANALOG MODE CONTROL
STORED A N A L O G MODE CONTROL
I
Fmm. DSE
f
m . AUDIO CENTER EQUPMENT
I5 VAC
4P
K3
1
I
I
STORED ANALOG DATA
SPEECH
,ON
PMP P N R OFF CONTROL

N O W 1V o l C V K M h V C
KEY
EMERG KEY MODE CONTROL
(9)
vco
512KC
MIXER
6 FILTER
-c
TUNED
+
VOICE
OFF
ANALOG
SCO'S
FREQ
x2
BANDPASS
+
FILTER
AMP
rPOWER
pMp 1 r S - B A N D i
EMERG
'C
-- _-_ K3
uy) CPS
-c
AMPL
SUBCARRIER .
INTERRUPTER
EMERG KEY
.OUTITPUT sw
r-20 VDC
XPONDER
REGULATOR
co OFF
XPONDER
PWRAMPL
(MDC-20)
USBE P N R
OFF CONTROL
K2
CKT UTIUZATlON
P l l CIRCUIT
(SEE AUDIO CENTER Q U I
ILLUSTRATION. )
From: CTE
BOX
0
Figure 2 . 8 - 9 .
~
M i s s ion
Basic D a t e 2
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
AMPL
_+I
LOWPASS
FILTER
PCM TLh4
To: VHF-FM
XMTR
81-PHASE
MODULATOR
* BANDPASS
FILTER
--t
AMPL,S
PM
PM
<ING
-+
+-+
OUTPUT
VOICE 6 PCM OR VOICE ONLY (PM)

OR EMERG KEY CW
w To: USBE
I
EMITTER
FOLLOWER
7
=TpJ-
3NTROL
I I
MIXING
NETWORK
ANALOG
SCO'S
VOICE
PLi
OR BIOMED (FM-I
P(IM
EM,TTER
--c FOLLOWER
N , ANALOG,
+ To:
EMERG VOICE (FM-2)
i -
vco
-.c
FREQ
BANDPASS
FILTER
x2
I
I
I
II
m US8E
T o VSBE
II 1 .
AMpL,s
----------I----
I
MXER
A FILTER
USBE
SH USBE i l l m t m t i a , for
odditionol w i t c h Lnctiar.
2. +28 vdc to thae points i s supplied
by PMP p M r wpply
3 . lhasa c i r c u l k o n not d o n
s/c 012.
4 . This contml lirw mova power fmn
the PCM procuing circulk, doto limllar,
bi-phose modulotor, ond K M a n p l l f i e n .
5 . he x ) VDC r w u l o t w supplies p o r o r to
F i g u r e 2.8-9.
Premodulation P r o c e s s o r Equipment
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Mission
Change D a t e
PageZ. 8 - 2 5 / 2 . 8 - 2 6
SM2A-03-SCO 12
...
SYSTEMS DATA
s o u r c e is used to enable the e m e r g e n c y key network only, which p e r m i t s
a 512-kc s i g n a l f r o m the C T E to b e keyed by the P T T key i n the c o b r a
cable. T h i s signal is applied to the P M input of the USBE. In the VOICE
position, voice s i g n a l s f r o m the audio c e n t e r equipment a r e routed d i r e c t l y
through the P M P and supplied to the F M - 2 ( e m e r g e n c y v o i c e ) input of the
USBE.
T h e following m a t r i x shows the switching configurations of the
S-band s y s t e m i n several o p e r a t i o n a l modes.
P M P Inputs
Source
Application
R e a l - t i m e PCM
TLM
P C M T L M equipment
T r a n s m i s s i o n to M S F N via
USBE or V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r
Video
TV equipment
T r a n s m i s s i o n t o M S F N via
USBE
Voice
Audio c e n t e r
equipment
T r a n s m i s s i o n to MSFN via
USBE
Recorded PCM TLL
DSE
T r a n s m i s s i o n t o MSFN v i a
USBE o r V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r
512-kc s q u a r e wave
CTE
CW t r a n s m i s s i o n t o MSFN
Signal Type
during e m e r g e n c y key mode

512-kc s q u a r e wave
Mission
PCM TLM
e quipmen t
S u b c a r r i e r f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of
PCM T L M to MSFN v i a USBE
70-kc up-data
subcarrier
USBE
Detection of up-data r e c e i v e d
f r o m MSFN via USBE
30-kc up-voice
s u b c a r rier
USBE
Detection of up-voice r e c e i v e d
f r o m M S F N v i a USBE
Basic Date
12 N O v 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-27
Mission
e:
W
Q
cr:
w
cr:
zn"
a
5
6
w
u,
>
2
u)
e:
w3
SMZA-03 - SCO 12
..
E:
L.
P)
Pi
Pi
b
P)
E:
z a
0 2
k
01
02
e:hZ
ic
0 2
Z "
w
PI
01
a
0
i)
m
.r(
E:
0
2
E:
2.8-28
_&_
.*
(0
'i;
m
0
u
a
c
01
0
0
E:
01
w
Id
e:
i)
.*
>
0)
U
.*
Page
.*
TELECOMMUNICATION DATA
B a s i c Date
.-
:
a
u
i)
-Mission
e:
w3
!z
0
.r(
Y
c
m
.d
Y
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
ii
ii
ai
I
Id
e,
0 2
%e,
sE
:
Y
3
0
m
.d
.f
e,
w
rd
m
e,
0
.$m
.d
2-8-29
42
Page
0
m
e,
P
Change Date
TELECOMMUNICATION DATA
SM2A-03- SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 8 . 3 . 2. 6
Data S t o r a g e Equipment (DSE).

T h e DSE (figure 2 . 8 - 1O)is a t h r e e - s p e e d , 1 4 - t r a c k m a g n e t i c t a p e
r e c o r d e r and r e p r o d u c e r located i n the LEB. It is used to s t o r e d a t a during
p h a s e s of the m i s s i o n which inhibit o r p r e v e n t the s u c c e s s f u l t r a n s m i s s i o n
of this d a t a t o the MSFN. Data c a n be r e c o r d e d i n p a r a l l e l on five digital
channels, and played back d u r i n g a l a t e r p h a s e of the m i s s i o n f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n to the MSFN. Each r e e l contains 2250 f e e t of one-inch-wide, magnetic,
Mylar tape.
T h e P C M T L M d a t a is obtained f r o m the PCM T L M equipment as a
s i n g l e serial pulse t r a i n a t a high b i t - r a t e of 51. 2 KBPS o r a low b i t - r a t e
of 1. 6 KBPS, depending on the P C M T L M mode. In the DSE, a s e r i a l - t o p a r a l l e l c o n v e r t e r c i r c u i t c o n v e r t s this signal into four p a r a l l e l digital
channels, each of which a s a r e s u l t i n g p u l s e repetition r a t e ( P R R ) of only
12.8 KBPS o r 0 . 4 KBPS (one-fourth of the original PRR). The P C M T L M
equipment a l s o f u r n i s h e s a 51.2-kc o r 1. 6-kc s q u a r e wave timing signal to
the DSE, which is a l s o divided by four. T h e s e five s i g n a l s , the four
channels of P C M T L M and the clock signal, a r e amplified by the five digit a l r e c o r d a m p l i f i e r s and f e d t o the digital r e c o r d heads. Only one analog
channel, the 25-kc r e f e r e n c e and timing s i g n a l f r o m the FQR, is scheduled
f o r u s e onSCO12.
During playback, the playback h e a d s pick up the r e c o r d e d d a t a and
p r e s e n t i t t o the d i g i t a l playback a m p l i f i e r s . T h e four p a r a l l e l channels of
r e c o r d e d digital d a t a and the clock s i g n a l divided by f o u r a r e picked up by
the five digital playback h e a d s and p r e s e n t e d to the five digital playback
a m p l i f i e r s . T h e amplified s i g n a l s a r e then routed to the p a r a l l e l - t o - s e r i a l
c o n v e r t e r and the r e p r o d u c e module. T h e f o u r digital s i g n a l s a r e converted
back to a s i n g l e serial pulse t r a i n which is fed to the P M P equipment. The
b i t - r a t e of t h i s output will always be 51. 2 KBPS, even if the r e c o r d e d d a t a
w a s originally 1. 6 KBPS. T h i s is due to d i f f e r e n t s p e e d s used i n r e c o r d i n g
and reproducing. T h e 51. 2 KBPS high b i t - r a t e PCM s i g n a l is r e c o r d e d a t
15 i n c h e s p e r second ( i p s ) and played back a t the s a m e speed. The low bitr a t e s i g n a l of 1. 6 KBPS i s r e c o r d e d a t 3. 75 i p s , however, and played back
a t 120 i p s , a n i n c r e a s e of 32 t i m e s . T h i s i n c r e a s e s the 1 . 6 KBPS P R R to
51. 2 KBPS.
T h e DSE is a bidirectional m a c h i n e with a tape t r a n s p o r t m e c h a n i s m
capable of f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e o p e r a t i o n a t any of t h r e e s p e e d s : 3.75 i p s
(low speed), 15 i p s ( n o r m a l speed), and 120 i p s (high speed). The low
s p e e d of 3. 75 i p s i s used only to r e c o r d low b i t - r a t e P C M T L M data. The
DSE playback e l e c t r o n i c s is automatically d i s a b l e d whenever this speed is
s e l e c t e d . T h e n o r m a l s p e e d of 15 i p s is used to r e c o r d and play back high
b i t - r a t e P C M T L M data. The high s p e e d of 120 i p s i s used f o r f a s t dump
of the low b i t - r a t e P C M TLM d a t a which was r e c o r d e d a t 3.75 ips. The
high s p e e d is a l s o used f o r f a s t f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e rewinding. Maximum
o p e r a t i n g t i m e s , t o r e c o r d o r play back the e n t i r e 2250 feet of tape, a r e a s
follows: 2 h o u r s a t the low speed of 3. 75 i p s , 30 minutes a t the n o r m a l
s p e e d of 15 i p s , and 3 . 7 5 m i n u t e s at t h e high s p e e d of 120 ips.
Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 NOv 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-30
SM2A-0 3 -SCO 1 2
'
1
CONVERTER
FWD'REV
RELAY
REC RfmO
F"
KM
TLM
EOUll
CLOCK
:Y
CLOCK
0 ANALOG
INWJS
'
e
,
INPUT
PATCH
PANEL
ro
PUP
I
I
PARALLELTO-SERIAL
CONVERTER
AMP'S
K M DATA
-4
c
K
: :1
ti
ANALOG
RECORD
AMPLS
I
I
I
NOTES
I
All w t c h e s , h a " ore
l0cot.d on MOC-20
2 For ddahoml witch
crrcultv, %e. PMP
o d K M TLM q w p m.nt
< Ilu,tmt,om
No1 scheduled for

YV
5C-012
swircti
SM-2A-7590
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 10.
Mission
B a s i c Date
D a t a S t o r a g e Equipment
12 N O V 1966
Change Date
page 2 . 8 - 3 1
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T a p e speed and d i r e c t i o n a r e controlled by the T A P E RECORDER S P E E D and - F W D / O F F / R E V switches on MDC-20. Other T A P E
RECORDER s w i t c h e s a r e the RECORD/PLAY switch which selects the
r e c o r d o r playback mode, and the PLAY switch which s e l e c t s t h e type of
d a t a t o be reproduced. T h e PLAY switch h a s two positions: P C M and
NORM. In e i t h e r position, only P C M T L M d a t a is r e p r o d u c e d and routed
to the P M P equipment. The S-BAND - VOICE
T A P E s w i t c h m u s t be s e t
to T A P E before the T A P E RECORDER - PLAY switch b e c o m e s e f b c t i v e .
T h e T L M INPUTS - P C M switch a l s o affects tape r e c o r d e r operation when
recording. T h e i n t e r l o c k c i r c u i t i n the DSE s y s t e m c o n t r o l logic, which
p r e v e n t s s e l e c t i o n of conflicting o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s , locks the tape s p e e d a t
15 i p s ( n o r m a l ) when the T L M INPUTS- P C M switch is set t o HIGH. When
s e t t o LOW, the tape s p e e d is locked a t 3.75 ips. T h e p r o p e r c o n t r o l s w i t c h
configuration f o r all DSE m o d e s is shown i n the table a t the end of this
paragraph.
A n end-of-tape s e n s i n g c i r c u i t in the DSE automatically r e m o v e s

power f r o m the tape d r i v e m e c h a n i s m and e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t s when the end
of the tape is reached.
S u i t <h P u a t l i o n s
5-BAN&
VOICE
TAPEOff
ANALOG
Functions
R e c o r d high bit r a t e
TAPERECORDEH
PLAY
PCMNORMANALOG
OFF
SPEED
HIGHNORM
LOW
NORM
Any
FWD
RECORD-
011-
011-
PLAY
REV
t LVD.'
RE< ORD
i,r
REV
R e c o r d low b i t r a t e
,OFF
LO w
Any
F'WD
RECORD
L,
KEV
Playback recorded
TAPE
hrgh b i t r a t e
PCM
or
NORM
NORM
REV
TAPE
PC M
or
NORM
HIGH
Playback r e c o r d e d * *
m i r e d brl r a t e
TAPE
PC M
NORM
OFF
i. W'U
or
Playback recorded
l o w bit r a t e
R e p o s i t i o n t a p e to
end oi r e e l ( r e w i n d l
PLAY
t YD
or
PLAY
H Ev
t-WD
PLAY
0r
or
VORM
REV
4nY
PLAY
HIGH
t iVD
,>r
tli:v
r
: S ~ n c e t h e DSE is d b r d l r e < t i o n a l m a < h r n e , 11 can r r c o r d . p l a y b d c k . o r r r w t n d
..-Under
p r e h e n i m ~ s s ~ op n
r o r c d u r e s . t h i s mode s h o u l d n o t be n e c e s s a r y .
$1)
V L I ! > C ~d i r t , t l o i ;
Illegal M o d e s .
I.
H i g h bit r a l e m u s t be r e c o r d e d a1 n o r m a l s p e e d
L.
Low h i t r a t e m u s t be r e c o r d e d a t low s p e e d o r tape m o t i o n w i l l s t o p .
UT
tape m o t i o n w r l l s t o p
I.
If t a p e
15
p l a y e d b a r k a t l o r s p r c d , I h r t a p e w i l l m o v e . but t h e r e * , I 1
4.
It tape
IS
p l a y e d back At high s p e e d a n d ' o n t a i n r d h i y h bit rdtr data. I h r pldv b a c k dat.< * i l l
5.
I1 a FWD or R E V c o m m a n d <only i s y i v c n to
srlrcred (prelerablv
PLAY1 b e t o r c
intl>dic a
tie nu
pi.*) b d c k d . l l . s
r - u l n d . t h e r e u i l l bc no tape
, ~ ~ . * ~ l . n l11,
>lc
rhr
mv11u11
tranSr,,ittt.r%
c.<rbled
%'
rl,l)m
8 1 ,
st
o,.
tape w i l l m o i v
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.8-32
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 8.3. 2 . 7
Flight Qualification R e c o r d e r (FQR).

The FQR is a 1 4 - t r a c k m a g n e t i c tape r e c o r d e r which is used to r e c o r d
c e r t a i n flight qualification m e a s u r e m e n t s d u r i n g c r i t i c a l p h a s e s of the mis sion. (See f i g u r e 2.8-11. ) T h i s d a t a will be u s e d f o r postflight a n a l y s i s
only; the FQR h a s no in-flight playback o r t r a n s m i s s i o n capability. It will
be. activated i n a r e c o r d mode during the a s c e n t and e n t r y p h a s e s of the
m i s s i o n and during SPS burns.
Flight qualification d a t a is r e c o r d e d i n analog f o r m . (Digital d a t a
cannot be r e c o r d e d on the F Q R . ) Two r e c o r d i n g t r a c k s (one r e c o r d head
in each of two r e c o r d - h e a d s t a c k s ) a r e used f o r r e f e r e n c e and t i m e code
r e c o r d i n g . T o a c c o m p l i s h this, . a n elapsed t i m e code g e n e r a t o r is used to
modulate a narrow-band VCO. The output of the VCO is then m i x e d with the
output of a 50 kc r e f e r e n c e o s c i l l a t o r . T h i s c o m p o s i t e s i g n a l is p r e s e n t e d
to e a c h of the two r e c o r d heads through two d i r e c t r e c o r d a m p l i f i e r s .
T h e FQR o p e r a t e s at a r e c o r d speed of 15 i p s and a rewind s p e e d of
120 ips. . T h e 15 i p s r e c o r d speed allows a t o t a l of 30 m i n u t e s r e c o r d i n g
t i m e p e r reel of tape. Because t h e r e a r e no provisions f o r c r e w m e m b e r s
to change tape reels during the m i s s i o n , the FQR m u s t be used c o n s e r v atively. Normally, the rewind function will not b e used u n l e s s i t is r e q u i r e d
to back the tape up to the beginning during prelaunch a c t i v i t i e s . End-of-tape
s e n s i n g i s provided, which will automatically halt the tape motion and r e m o v e
power f r o m the e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t s when the end of the tape is r e a c h e d in
, e i t h e r direction.
C r e w m a n c o n t r o l of the FQR is provided by the FLIGHT QUAL RCDR.
3-positibn toggle switch on MDC-19. In the S T O P position, all a - c and d - c
power is removed. Placing the switch to RECORD a c t i v a t e s all e l e c t r o n i c
c i r c u i t r y and the tape t r a n s p o r t m e c h a n i s m , which m o v e s the tape f o r w a r d
a t 15 ips. The REWIND position a c t i v a t e s the tape t r a n s p o r t m e c h a n i s m to
move the tape backward a t 120 ips.
T h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r s and n a m e s of the p a r a m e t e r s s t o r e d i n
the FQR a r e p r e s e n t e d i n the following l i s t . T h i s does not include the two
FQR channels utilized f o r s t o r a g e of r e f e r e n c e and timing code storage.
Me as u r e ment
Number
CG 2010
CG 2030 V
CG 2050 V
CK 0004 A
CK 0005 A
Identity
X P I P A output, i n phase
Y P I P A output, in phase
Z PIPA output, in phase

L i n e a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s t r u c t u r e X axis A
L i n e a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s t r u c t u r e Y axis A
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOV 1966 Change Date
Page
2.8-33
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
..
SYSTEMS DATA
I
I >
I'
I
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
vco
F":
FLIGHT
QUAL
INSTR
50 K C
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
MIXER
L
ANALOG
INPUTS (9)
-T/C
F r m:
TELCOMNON ESS
SWITCH
HEADS
----WIDEBAND
VCO'S
9 CHANNELS
TRANSPORT
MECHANISM
CONTROL
LOGIC
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
RECORD
RECORD
AMPL
I
I
I
BUS
I CHANNEL
NARROWBAND
VCO'S
28 VDC
TI NSTRUMENTSi
PAM XMTR
NON ESS
1 CHANNEL
----_
FLIGHT
QUAL RCDR
(MDC-19)
RECORD
FfiFN-
RECORD
AMPL
.--t,
NON
AMPL
LOW-FREQ
ANALOG
INPUTS (3)
OSCILLATOR
TIME
CODE
GENERATOR
I
I
I
l!
DIRECT
RECORD
AMPL'S
MIXER
To:
ELECTRONIC
CI RCUl TS
--J
POWER
SUPPLY
W
llEI5-04
SM-24-8548
F i g u r e 2. 8 - 11.
F l i g h t Qualification R e c o r d e r Equipment
Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 8 - 3 4
I
I
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
CK
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
2. 8. 3. 2. 8
0006
0514
0520
0623
0624
0625
0626
Identity
L i n e a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s t r u c t u r e Z axis A
CCW r o l l engine p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m A
CCW r o l l engine p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m B
Fuel line pressure, system A
Fuel line pressure, s y s t e m B
Oxidizer l i n e p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m A
Oxidizer line p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m B
P
P
P
P
P
P
Up-Data Link (UDL) Equipment.

The function of the UDL equipment is to r e c e i v e , verify, and d i s t r i b u t e
digital up-dating information s e n t to the S / C by the MSFN a t v a r i o u s t i m e s
throughout the m i s s i o n t o up-date o r change the s t a t u s of o p e r a t i o n a l s y s t e m s . The UDL (figure 2. 8-12) c o n s i s t s of a UHF-FM r e c e i v e r , a t r a n s i s t o r
mode switch, detecting and decoding c i r c u i t r y , a buffer s t o r a g e unit, output
relay d r i v e r s , and a power supply. The UDL provides the m e a n s f o r MSFN
to update the AGC, the C T E , and t o s e l e c t c e r t a i n vehicle functions.
Two operational m o d e s a r e possible: UHF and S-band. The mode
n o r m a l l y used is UHF. In this mode, the incoming 450-mc up-data c a r r i e r
is r e c e i v e d by the VHF omni-antenna equipment and fed to the UHF r e c e i v e r
i n the UDL. The intelligence is detected f r o m the c a r r f e r and routed
through the mode switch t o the sub-bit d e t e c t o r , which c o n v e r t s i t to a
serial digital signal. The digital output f r o m the sub-bit d e t e c t o r is fed to
the remaining- UDL c i r c u i t r y , which s t o r e s and checks the digital
data,
d e t e r m i n e s the p r o p e r destination of the d a t a , and p r o c e s s e s i t to the
a p p r o p r i a t e S / C s y s t e m o r equipment.
R e a l - t i m e commands f r o m the r e a l - t i m e command ( R T C ) d r i v e r s
a r e supplied to the UDL RTC r e l a y boxwhich contains four, RTC,
2-position, latching r e l a y s . Thus eight r e a l - t i m e commands a r e possible:
four " s e t " commands and f o u r " r e s e t " commands. The c h a r t o n the
following page lists the eight c o m m a n d s by n u m b e r and function.
The S-band up-data mode can be s e l e c t e d when the USBE is in o p e r a tion. In this mode, the UHF r e c e i v e r i n the UDL is deactivated and i t s
function is r e p l a c e d by the USBE r e c e i v e r and the PMP. Up-data i n f o r m a tion can be t r a n s m i t t e d to the S / C within the 2-kmc S-band signal. When
this signal is received by the USBE receiv.er; the 70-kc s u b c a r r i e r containing the up-data information is e x t r a c t e d and s e n t to the up-data
d i s c r i m i n a t o r in the P M P . The r e s u l t i n g composite audio frequency signal
is routed to the sub-bit d e t e c t o r i n the UDL.
T h e r e a r e t h r e e e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l s f o r the UDL equipment. One is the
three-position, center-off, UP-DATA switch on IMDC-20. When s e t to the
Mission
B a s i c Date
12
NOV
1966
Change Date
Page
2-8-35
' SM2A-0 3 -SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
UDL Rral-Time Conimands
UDL
Command
Aclion
Relay
MDC-LO
SW PositLon
Rcsulls
00
Deactivates s y s t e m A
abort request lighl
K I (RESET)
MIX-3
01
Aclivalrs system A
abort request light
K I (SET)
MUC-3 turns on abort lighl.
OL
Effect on C-band
equlpmcnl operation
determined by position
of C-band s w i t c h on
MDL-20
K i (RESET)
03
Turns C-band equipmen1 on ~n 2-pulr?

mode
K3 (SETI
C-BAND
1 PULSE
C-band cqvipmenl cont,nut-s to

oprratP in I-pulbr mode.
OFF
(:-band
L PULSE
C-band equipment continues

oprrate rn 2-pulse mode.
C-BAND
1 PULSE
C-band equipment continues to

operate but swLlrhea to 2-puIsr
mode.
OFF
E n r r g i r r r C-band equipment
which o p r r a t ~ stn 2-pulbc
2 PULSE
So r f l r c l
VHF-FM
N o d e c l on
L ransmitlrr.
vqulpmrnl n . m d ~ n s011.
IO
mode.
04
05
EIIecl on VHF-FM
transmission of PCM
data drtermined by
position of VHF-FMONlOFF and T L M
INPUTS-HICH/LOW
s w i t c h e s on MDC-LO
K 4 (RESET)
Turns VHF-FM
t r a n s m u t e r on and
changes bit r a t e f r o m
low lo hLgh
K 4 (SETI
ON
on
C-band o p e r a t i o n .
VHF-FM
OFF
K O r f f r c l on VHF-FM
t r a n s m ~ l trr.
1 LM INPUTS
PCM HIGH
PC.M TLM remains
LOW
PCM TLM output
VHF-FM
S o effect on VHF-FM
t ran s m L I t~ r.
ON
OFF
LI
in 51.L KItS.
1.6 KBS.
Energiir, VHF-FM
1ransmilte r .
TLM INPUTS
PCM HIGH
Yo ? l f e r l
LOW
S u t l c h r s f r o m 1 . 6 K D 5 lo
51. 2 K D S .
on bi: r a l c
VOTE If data 11 bemg rrcordrd.

1 E E w t l l automatically a t o p 11
TAPE RECORD-SPEED > u t i ( h
I) riot poaitionrd 10 111<,11.
Ob
Deactivates s y s t e m B
abort request l i g h t
KL ( R E S E T )
Activates bystem B
r.-qucst lrghl
K L (5ET)
M i>c
-3
abort
T E L E C OMMUNICA TION SYSTEM

Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.8-36
SM2A - 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
---
RCVR
To
6V
DET d DECODER
To
RET
BV
6V
-6V
RET
I GREQUEST
ORT
POWER
SUPPLY
light
1
I
SYSTEM8
I
UP-DATA
S-YND
OFF
UHF
L
FLIGHT &
POSTUNDING
nus
RESET
O2
GROUP4
++m wc
7.5A
.r--
VHF-FM
XMTR
+26 VDC
RESET
NOTES.
I.
A l l RTC Iolching relays
2.
o r e h o r n in ns.1 m i l i o n
All r r i t c h a am on
UP T L M
CMD
(MDC-19)
To
MDC-20 d e s o t h e w i m
indicrrtd.
All
windings
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 12.
Basic Date
Up-Data Link Equipment
Mission
PCM T I M
EQUIP
12 NoV 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-37
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
UHF position, the UHF up-data mode is s e l e c t e d and 28-volt d - c power is
applied to the UDL power supply. T h e S-BAND position a l s o applies
28-volt d - c power, but s e l e c t s the S-band up-data m o d e and d e a c t i v a t e s the
U H F / F M r e c e i v e r . Another control, located on MDC-19, is the twoposition spring-loaded U P T L M CMD switch. When s e t m o m e n t a r i l y to
the RESET position, all " r e s e t " c o m m a n d s l i s t e d i n the UDL real time
c o m m a n d s c h a r t a r e commanded.
T h i s nullifies all r ' s e t " c o m m a n d s
which have been r e c e i v e d f r o m the MSFN. An U P T L M - ACCEPT/BLOCK
s w i t c h (MDC-14) is a l s o provided which enables the c r e w to p e r m i t o r p r e vent G&N up-data f r o m affecting the guidance c o m p u t e r .
2.8.3. 2. 9
C e n t r a l T i m i n g Equipment (CTE).
The C T E p r o v i d e s p r e c i s i o n s q u a r e wave timing pulses of s e v e r a l
f r e q u e n c i e s to t i m e - c o r r e l a t e all S / C t i m e - s e n s i t i v e functions. It a l s o
. g e n e r a t e s and s t o r e s the r e a l - t i m e day, h o u r , minute, and second t i m e f r o m - l a u n c h ( T F L ) in binary-coded d e c i m a l (BCD) f o r m a t f o r d i s p l a y and
t r a n s m i s s i o n to the M S F N . (See f i g u r e 2. 8-13. )
In the p r i m a r y o r n o r m a l mode of operation, the Apollo guidance
c o m p u t e r (AGC) p r o v i d e s a 1024-kc s y n c p u l s e to the C T E . This autom a t i c a l l y s y n c h r o n i z e s the C T E with the AGC and p r o v i d e s a stability of
iZ x
p a r t s i n 14 d a y s . In the event of s y n c pulse f a i l u r e , the C T E
a u t o m a t i c a l l y switches to the s e c o n d a r y mode of operation with no t i m e
l a p s e and o p e r a t e s using i t s own c r y s t a l o s c i l l a t o r a t a s t a b i l i t y r e d u c e d
to iZ. 2 x
p a r t s i n 5 days.
T h e CTEocontains two power supplies f o r redundancy. Each one i s
supplied f r o m a different power s o u r c e and through s e p a r a t e c i r c u i t
b r e a k e r s . T h e s e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s , CENTRAL TIMING S Y S - MN A and
- MN B on M b C - 2 2 , provide the only e x t e r n a l m e a n s of c o n t r o l f o r the
CTE. The two power supplies provide p a r a l l e l 6-volt d - c outputs, e i t h e r
one of which is sufficient to power the C T E .
The timing s i g n a l s g e n e r a t e d b y the C T E , and t h e i r applications, a r e
l i s t e d in the CTE Outputs c h a r t .
C T E Outputs
Purpose
Signal
Des tination
512-kc
s q u a r e wave
PCM TLM
equipment
Synchronization of i n t e r n a l clock
PMP
Modulating s i g n a l f o r S-band e m e r g e n c y key

transmission
equipment
6.4-kc
s q u a r e wave
EPS
inverters
(thee)
Synchronization of 400-cycle a - c power
Mission
B a s i c Date 12
NOV
1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-38
--
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
TIMING
MONITOR
CENTRAL TIMING EQUIPMENT
From:
AGC
PULSE FAIL DETECTOR
512 K C
PMP
1024 KC
SYNC
'
+PCM/TLM
EQUIP
512 K C
--}
5.4 K C
+
4 KC
BUS A
ACPOWER
INVERTERS
OUTPUT
BUFFER
tMPLI Fl ERS
--* scs
POWER SUPPLY
28 VDC
PP
I
5 A MN A
D-C M A I N
0 CPS
+EVENT
TIMER
I CPS
28 VDC
---* PCM/TLM
EQUl P
START/STOP EXCITATION
UP DATA
EQUl PMENT
2661T TIME
ACCUMULATORSEC. M I N , HR, DAY
TIMING PULSE TRAINS 6 RESET
'
1
ECS (ONE IO SEC
PULSE PER IO M I N )
CENTRAL
TIMING
SM-?A-S65E
F i g u r e 2. 8-13.
Central T i m i n g E q u i p m e n t
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page 2.8-39
SMZA- 0 3 - SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
Signal
2 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 10
Destination
Purpose
4-kc
s q u a r e wave
scs
Synchronization of X-axis a c c e l e r o m e t e r
integrator
10-cps
s q u a r e wave
Displays
Digital event t i m e r
1 cps
PCM TLM
e quipmen t
Synchronization of s u b f r a m e of P C M d a t a ,
Displays, and T - T i m e r
DC
PCM T L M
equipment
P u l s e - f a i l detection and indication.

(Sampling r a t e equals 10 s a m p l e s / s e c ,
5p s e c p u l s e duration. )
Binary
coded
decimal
time code
P C M TLM
equipment
P r o v i d e s t i m e code d a t a to T L M in BCD
f o r m a t ( T L M m e a s u r e m e n t No. CT0142F,
C T-GM5 32 bit).
1 pulse p e r
10 m i n u t e s
ECS
Supplies pulse e v e r y 10 m i n u t e s to ECS

c i r c u i t r y which opens a solenoid f o r 10
seconds i n e v e r y 10 m i n u t e s to r e m o v e
water f r o m space suits.
Voice R e c o r d e r s
Two voice r e c o r d e r s have been provided to enable the c r e w m e m b e r s
to k e e p a v o i c e log of m i s s i o n a c t i v i t e s . Both units a r e mounted in the
right-hand equipment b a y , one in a n o p e r a t i n g condition and the o t h e r
stowed. Changeover to the inoperative r e c o r d e r is m a d e by changing the
e l e c t r i c a l power connector.
E a c h tape r e c o r d e r provides 450 feet of 114-inch tape which o p e r a t e s
a t a speed of 0 . 6 i n c h e s p e r second. T h e u s e of tape r e v e r s a l , a u t o m a t i c
head switching, and four individual r e c o r d i n g heads provide ten h o u r s of
usable r e c o r d i n g t i m e p e r t a p e r e c o r d e r . The i n f o r m a t i o n contained on
the tape cannot be dumped d u r i n g flight but m u s t be played back utilizing
suitable GSE.
T o r e a d y the connected voice r e c o r d e r f o r operation, the following
switch positions m u s t be s e l e c t e d : the RCDR/HF switch t o T / R (MDC-13,
- 2 3 , - 2 6 ) , the i n t e r c o m switch t o T / R , the H F power switch to O F F
(MDC-20), and the mode s e l e c t o r to SSB o r AM. (See figure 2 . 8-14. )
Actual activation of the voice r e c o r d e r is p o s s i b l e t h r e e ways: two c o r r e c t ;
one wrong. T h e f i r s t c o r r e c t activation path h a s the POWER switch a t
P T T (MDC-13, - 2 3 , - 2 6 ) and the P T T pushbutton on the c o b r a cable
d e p r e s s e d . The o t h e r c o r r e c t method of activation r e q u i r e s the POWER
switch to b e a t V O X and the V O X c i r c u i t enabled o r the P T T pushbutton
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date 12 N o V 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-40
SM2A - 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
FORWARDREVERSE
I
I
I
I
SENSORS
I +I7 VDC
I I
I
I
*rI
I
I
I
I
I
SWITCH
I
I
To: HF
TRAN SCEl VE R
TRANSMITRECEIVE KEYING
RELAY
I
I
I
-5 VDC +I2 VDC

SIGNAL CONDITIONER
ELECTRONICS
I
I
y-]
MIXER
VOX SENS
VOICE
RECORDER
I
I
i
vco
TIME CODED DATA FROM
TELECOIMUNICATIONS
GROUP 4
+28 vDC ,Ao
FLIGHT AND
POSTLANDING
BUS
NOTE:
IO
(MDC- 22)
MDAS TIMING GENERATOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
GROUP 1
- * A
BUS I
115 VAC
39
AC I
m-
2A
BUS 2
115 VAC
3 9 400-
(MDC-22)
ONLY C O M W N D PILOT AUDIO CENTER MODULE AND CONTROLS ARE INDICATED.
SM-24-955C
F i g u r e 2.8-14.
Voice Tape R e c o r d e r
Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 8 - 4 1
SM2A-0 3-SCO12
_SYSTEMS DATA
~
~~
d e p r e s s e d . The connected voice t a p e r e c o r d e r c a n be i n a d v e r t e n t l y a c t i v a t e d

by positioning t h e H F m o d e s w i t c h to BCN (MDC-20). T h i s would continuo u s l y r u n t h e connected voice t a p e r e c o r d e r until i t used up i t s tape. A
VOICE RECORD flag i n d i c a t o r (MDC- 19) will d i s p l a y the s t r i p e d a r e a when
r e c o r d i n g is i n p r o g r e s s . The i n d i c a t o r g r e y a r e a will be d i s p l a y e d when
voice r e c o r d i n g is not i n p r o g r e s s o r the t a p e supply h a s b e e n e x h a u s t e d
during recording.
The stowed voice r e c o r d e r m a y be placed i n o p e r a t i n g condition by
moving t h e R C D R / H F switch to O F F (MDC-13, -23, and -26), removing
t h e e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e e x h a u s t e d r e c o r d e r , and i n s t a l l i n g i t to
t h e c o n n e c t o r on the stowed r e c o r d e r . O p e r a t i o n i s r e s u m e d by moving t h e
R C D R / H F s w i t c h to T / R (MDC-13, -23, or -26).
NOTE To i n c l u d e t h e t i m i n g r e f e r e n c e while r e c o r d i n g
o n t h e voice t a p e r e c o r d e r , t h e MDAS MAIN POWER s w i t c h
m u s t be O N ( L E B c o m p a r t m e n t C) and the TIMER s w i t c h
m u s t be a t "NORMAL. I '
2. 8. 3. 3
R F E l e c t r o n i c s Equipment Group.
The R F e l e c t r o n i c s equipment g r o u p i n c l u d e s all T / C equipment which
functions as R F t r a n s m i t t e r s or r e c e i v e r s . The antenna u s e d by t h i s equipm e n t a r e mentioned only b r i e f l y i n t h i s p a r a g r a p h . M o r e i n f o r m a t i o n on the
a n t e n n a s c a n be found i n t h e p a r a g r a p h o n antenna equipment.
2.8. 3. 3 . 1
VHF/AM T r a n s m i t t e r - R e c e i v e r Equipment.
The VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 1 5 ) p r o v i d e s
the p r i m a r y m e a n s f o r in-flight voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s with t h e MSFN. It is
contained i n t h e s a m e e l e c t r o n i c s package as t h e VHF r e c o v e r y beacon
e q u i p m e n t , i n t h e LEB.
Two m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n are p o s s i b l e : s i m p l e x and duplex. The

s i m p l e x mode will n o r m a l l y be utilized. The duplex mode w i l l be u s e d on
f u t u r e m i s s i o n s f o r EVA and LEM c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . During r e c o v e r y , t h e
t r a n s m i t t e r c a n be utilized as a backup VHF r e c o v e r y beacon by holding
down t h e P T T key.
The t r a n s m i t t e r o p e r a t e s a t 296.8 m c i n both o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s . The
The r e c e i v e 1 f r o n t end o p e r a t e s a t
r e c e i v e r c o n t a i n s two "front e n d s .
296. 8 m c and is u s e d f o r s i m p l e x o p e r a t i o n s . F o r dupiex o p e r a t i o n s , the
r e c e i v e 2 f r o n t end, which o p e r a t e s a t 259. 7 m c , is s e l e c t e d .
The VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r is c o n t r o l l e d by the VHF-AM cont r o l s o n MDC-20. The T / R / O F F / R E C s w i t c h a c t i v a t e s t h e t r a n s m i t t e r and
r e c e i v e r when i n t h e T / R position; the REC position a c t i v a t e s the r e c e i v e r
a l o n e ; the O F F position r e m o v e s p o w e r f r o m both. Simplex o r duplex
o p e r a t i o n i s s e l e c t e d by placing t h e RCVR switch to 1 o r 2, r e s p e c t i v e l y .
The r e m a i n i n g , thumbwheel-type SQUELCH c o n t r o l c a n be r o t a t e d up or
down to i n c r e a s e o r d e c r e a s e the s e n s i t i v i t y o f t h e s q u e l c h g a t e .
Audio to and f r o m t h e VHF-AM is c o n t r o l l e d by the V H F - A M - T / R /
O F F / R E C switch on MDC-13, -23, -26. Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n is p o s s i b l e
when t h i s s w i t c h is a t T / R , the POWER s w i t c h is at P T T , the c o b r a c a b l e
P T T / C W s w i t c h is at P T T and the P T T key is p r e s s e d .
NOTE The POWER s w i t c h c a n a l s o be a t VOX, but a c t u a l
keying of t h e VHF/AM m u s t be via t h e P T T c i r c u i t .
~
~~
~~
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.8-42
VHFlAM TRANSMITTER-RECEIVER
lo: A U D I O
CENTER EOUlP-
AMPLS
t-
SQUELCH
GATE
DETECTOR
IF
AMPLS
,
----c
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
AGC
AMPLS
05?
n
MIXER
259.7 M C
I
I
J
OSC-TRIPLER
*I
-e--
'
I
IlA121
--------
'I-
VHF A M
SOUElCH
71
RECEiM 1 FRONT E N D
-
MIXER
C.
v
RF
AMP1
294.8 MC
RECEIVER
'I II
1I - OSC-TRIPLER
I .
L
------- -.J
---.
-----------------------?
OSC-TRIPLER ---C
From: A U D I O
CENTER EQUIP
c-
RF
---+
AMPLS
DRIVERS
-+
POWER
AMPLS
TUNED
CAVlTY
AUDIO
AMPLS
-*
-
ODULATORS :
ISOV PLUS
MODULATION
MODULATION
DIR
COUPLER
----*
LO-PASS
FILTER
POWER To
TRANSMITTER
7
296.8 M C
VHFlAM TRANSM IllER-RECEIVER
SQUELCH
GATE
_.
DETECTOR
. .
1 -
AGC
IF
AMPLS
I '
I .
'
AMPLS
MIXER
RF
AMPLS
259.7 M C
* I
To: VHF ANTENNA

SWITCH
MULTIPLEXER
I
I
I
OK-TRIPLER
RECEIM
RECEIVE 2
FRONT END
RECEIVER
RCVR 1 DISABLE VOLTAGE
RF
AMPLS
- - +
-+
DRIVERS
A
POWER
AMPLS
>
TUNED
CAVlTY
DIR
COUPLER
LO-PASS
FILTER
296.8MC
A I
I
ISOV PL LJS
MODULATION
MODULATION
jODULATORS
POWER To
TRANSMITTER
TRANSISTORS
TRANSM Il l E R
--
TO: S-BAND T/R CONTROL
To: FILAMENTS
VHF A M
(MDC-26, 13, -23)
To: S-BAND P M P
PTT
Figure
Mission
Basic
SMZA-03-SC012

SYSTEMS DATA
To: VHF ANTENNA

- XER
SWITCH
DC-DC
SWITCHER
VHF AM
REGULATOR
AND
TRANSIENT
SUPPRESSOR
(MDC- 20)
'
2
RECEIVE
RECl
SWITCH
A N D RC
FILTER
RECEIVE 2
FRONT END
+1
sv
.a
I
POWERTO
RECEIM I
FRONT END
+12
-vDc
RCVR
RECEIVE
IAND
2
1
TR SW
RCVR 1 DISABLE VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY
*-
1
i
i
TRANSFORMER
4VAC
TELECOMMUNCIATIONS
GROUP 4
(MDC- 2a
FLIGHT
A N D PO51
L A N D ING
?.SA
SM-24-677D
F i g u r e 2.8-15.
V H F / A M T r a n s m i t t e r - R e c e i v e r Equipment
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Mission
Change D a t e
Page 2.8-4312.8-44
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS: DATA
The VHF p o r t i o n of the u p p e r o r l o w e r SCIN antenna is u s e d d u r i n g
flight. VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 i s u s e d d u r i n g r e c o v e r y . Antenna
s e l e c t i o n i s m a d e with the VHF ANTENNA switch on MDC-20.
2. 8. 3. 3. 2
H F T r a n s c e i v e r Equipment.
The H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment ( f i g u r e 2. 8 - 1 6 ) is t h e p r i m a r y m e a n s to
a i d r e c o v e r y o p e r a t i o n s d u r i n g t h e postlanding p h a s e of the m i s s i o n by p r o viding long - r a n g e , s i m p l e x , voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and beyond line -of - sight
d i r e c t i o n finding c a p a b i l i t i e s . It is contained i n the s a m e e l e c t r o n i c s packa g e as the VHF-FM t r a n s m i t t e r equipment i n the LEB.
The H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment is c o n t r o l l e d by the RECOVERY-HF
s w i t c h e s o n MDC-20. The O N / O F F s w i t c h , when p l a c e d to ON, connects
d - c p o w e r to the t r a n s c e i v e r . The SSB/BCN/AM s w i t c h i s used to s e l e c t
t h e o p e r a t i o n a l mode. T h r e e m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e a v a i l a b l e ; single s i d e band (SSB), beacon (BCN), and a m p l i t u d e modulation (AM). The BCN mode
is used to t r a n s m i t a n unmodulated, continuous wave, d i r e c t i o n finding
beacon. The SSB and AM m o d e s a r e used f o r l o n g - r a n g e , s i m p l e x , voice
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . The o p e r a t i n g f r e q u e n c y is 10. 006 m c f o r the t r a n s m i t t e r
and r e c e i v e r i n all m o d e s .
The audio c e n t e r equipment s u p p l i e s the audio input to the m o d u l a t o r i n
t h e t r a n s l a t o r module and a c c e p t s the d e t e c t e d audio s i g n a l f r o m t h e r e c e i v e r
module of the t r a n s c e i v e r . The H F t r a n s m i t t e r i s keyed by VOX o r P T T .
The H F r e c o v e r y antenna is used f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n and r e c e p t i o n and
will be deployed a f t e r touchdown a s p a r t of the postlanding s e q u e n c e of
o p e r a t i o n s . The t r a n s c e i v e r m u s t not be o p e r a t k d p r i o r to antenna deployment o r damage may occur.
2. 8. 3 . 3. 3
V H F / F M T r a n s m i t t e r Equipment.
The s o l e function of t h e V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 1 7 )
i s to t r a n s m i t PCM TLM d a t a to t h e MSFN. T h e s e d a t a a r e supplied to the
V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r by t h e P M P i n t h e f o r m of a 3-volt p - p pulsating d - c ,
modulating s i g n a l a t a r a t e of 51, 200 b i t s p e r second ( b p s ) o r 1600 bps. The
bit r a t e depends o n the P C M r a t e s e l e c t e d .
'L
The nominal ( c e n t e r ) f r e q u e n c y of t h e e m i t t e d R F c a r r i e r is 237.8 m c .

B e c a u s e the t r a n s m i t t e r is f r e q u e n c y modulated, the 3-volt p - p modulating
s i g n a l c a u s e s a f r e q u e n c y d e v i a t i o n of *125 kc. The r e s u l t i n g 10-watt R F
output i s fed to the VHF p o r t i o n of the VHF/2-KMC SCIN a n t e n n a s .
The only e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l f o r t h e V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r equipment i s
the VHF-FM - O N / O F F switch o n MDC-20 which e n e r g i z e s a r e l a y i n the
t r a n s m i t t e r , applying a - c p o w e r to the equipment. If the switch is s e t to
O F F , the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r c a n b e a c t i v a t e d f r o m the MSFN by a r e a l t i m e command via the UDL equipment,
Mission
Change Date
Page 2.8-45
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
ON
0 551)
I
I
I
I
t
I
%HF OSC
4.775MC
IF HF
OSClLUTOR
,-
'*
TRANSMITTER
BUFFER
-----
--i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I .
I
CARRIER
REINSERTION
SWITCH
I
I
-OFF
O REC
II
AUTO LOA
CONTROL
HF
(MDC- 13,
-23, -26)
T/R
AUDIO
CENTER EQUAP
---
DRIVER
ALC
AMPL
IF AMPLS
-0
&CLIPPER
44'
>
+
I
I
RF
AMPL
RF
AMPL
ALC
ATTENUATOR
-C
RF
AMPL
-;-,
FLIGHT & P O S T U N D I N G BUS-
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 16.
TELECOMMUNICATIONSGROUP 4
(MDC-22)
SM-2AdBOD
H F T r a n s c e i v e r Equipment
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
lq66
Change Date
Page
2.8-46
SMZA-0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
---------------------------I
I
I
BUFFER
AMPL
FREQ
x 4
FREQ
--*
x 3
CRYSTAL
DISCR
VARICAP 4
>
FREQ
x z
.--.C AMPLS
BIAS
+ DRIVER +
POWER
LO-PASS
FILTER
-ANDDET
1I
I
I
I
I
L-,
----------5 1 . 2 OR
1.6 kbpi
?--
L1
AC BUS
NO. 1
SM-2A-6790
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 17.
V H F / FM T r a n s m i t t e r Equipment
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2 . 8 - 4 7
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 8. 3. 3. 4
Unified S-Band Equipment (USBE).

The USBE (figure 2.8-18) c o n s i s t s of a r e c e i v e r , t r a n s m i t t e r , and
power supply contained i n a single e l e c t r o n i c s package in the l o w e r equipm e n t bay. Although p r i m a r i l y designed f o r d e e p - s p a c e communications,
the USBE will be t e s t e d o n t h i s m i s s i o n and u s e d a s backup f o r in-flight
voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , t r a c k i n g a n d ranging, t r a n s m i s s i o n of P C M data,
and r e c e p t i o n of up-data. T h e USBE a l s o p r o v i d e s the s o l e m e a n s f o r
t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV
The USBE tracking method employed is the two-way o r double-doppler
method. I n t h i s technique, a s t a b l e c a r r i e r of known frequency is t r a n s m i t t e d t o the S I C w h e r e i t i s r e c e i v e d by the phase-locked r e c e i v e r , m u l t i plied by a known r a t i o , and then r e t r a n s m i t t e d to the MSFN for comparison.
B e c a u s e of t h i s capability, t h e USBE is a l s o r e f e r r e d to as the S-band
t r a n s p o n d e r . F r o m the double-doppler t r a c k i n g method, S / C velocity,
. a c c e l e r a t i o n , and r a n g e c a n be d e t e r m i n e d ,
F o r d e t e r m i n i n g S / C range, the MSFN p h a s e - m o d u l a t e s the t r a n s m i t t e d c a r r i e r with a p s e u d o - r a n d o m n o i s e ( P R N ) binary ranging code.
T h i s code is d e t e c t e d by the S I C USBE r e c e i v e r and used t o phase-modulate
the c a r r i e r t r a n s m i t t e d to the MSFN. T h e MSFN r e c e i v e s the c a r r i e r and
m e a s u r e s the amount of t i m e d e a l y between t r a n s m i s s i o n of the code and
r e c e p t i o n of the s a m e code, t h e r e b y obtaining a n a c c u r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t of
range. Once e s t a b l i s h e d ] this r a n g e c a n be continually up-dated by the
double-doppler m e a s u r e m e n t s d i s c u s s e d e a r l i e r . The M S F N c a n a l s o
t r a n s m i t up-data c o m m a n d s and voice s i g n a l s to the S / C USBE by m e a n s
of two s u b c a r r i e r s : 7 0 kc f o r up-data and 30 kc f o r up-voice.
0
The USBE r e c e i v e r is a p h a s e - t r a c k i n g r e c e i v e r that a c c e p t s a

2106.4-mc, phase-modulated R F s i g n a l containing the up-data and up-voice
s u b c a r r i e r s and a p s e u d o - r a n d o m noice ( P R N ) code when ranging is d e s i r e d .
T h i s s i g n a l is supplied to the r e c e i v e r via the d i p l e x e r in the S-band power
a m p l i f i e r equipment and p r e s e n t e d to two s e p a r a t e d e t e c t o r s : the loop
p h a s e d e t e c t o r and the ranging phase d e t e c t o r . In the ranging p h a s e
d e t e c t o r , the 9. 531-mc I F is detected; and the 70-kc up-data and 30-kc
up-voice s u b c a r r i e r s a r e e x t r a c t e d , amplified, and routed to rhe up-data
and up-voice d i s c r i m i n a t o r s in the P M P equipment. Also, when operating
i n a ranging m o d e , the P R N ranging s i g n a l i s d e r i v e d , f i l t e r e d ] and routed
to the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r a s a modulating s i g n a l input to the phase modulat o r . In the loop p h a s e d e t e c t o r , the 9. 531-mc IF s i g n a l is d e t e c t e d by
c o m p a r i n g it with the loop r e f e r e n c e frequency, The r e s u l t i n g d - c output
i s used to c o n t r o l the f r e q u e n c y of the 19. 0625-mc voltage-controlled
o s c i l l a t o r (VCO). T h e output of the VCO is used as the r e f e r e n c e frequency
f o r r e c e i v e r c i r c u i t s a s well as f o r the t r a n s m i t t e r . The r e c e i v e r i s a l s o
provided with a u t o m a t i c gain c o n t r o l (AGC) and antenna s e l e c t o r c i r c u i t r y
which a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t s the p r o p e r SCIN antenna when the S-BAND
ANTENNA switch is i n the AUTO position. T h e AGC c i r c u i t r y a l s o supplies
a signal to the S-BAND A N T S - m e t e r located on MDC-19. By o b s e r v i n g
this m e t e r and rotating the S I C , the o p t i m u m S I C attitude f o r S-band
communications c a n be attained.
Mission
B a s i c Date
NOv 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-48
SM2A-0 3 - SCO 12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
UNIFIED S-BAND EQUIP

70 KC UP-DATA 6
NOTES:
All switches r h w n am on MDC-20.
2.
3.
S u PMP illuitmtion
4.
(WO)meom nomally open or non-cmducting;

(WC)means mrmolly c l a d or c d u c t i n g .
Sea S-Bond PA
for o d d i t i o m l switch circuitry.

illustmtion f o r d d i t i o m l rwitch circuitry
LANDING
BUS
SM- 2A-74lC
F i g u r e 2. 8-18.
Unified S-Band E q u i p m e n t
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2 NoV I 9 6 6
Change Date
P a g e 2.8-49
SM2A-0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
The USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is capable of t r a n s m i t t i n g a 2287. 5 - m c signal,
e i t h e r p h a s e - m o d u l a t e d o r frequency-modulated. In the P M mode, the
i n i t i a l t r a n s m i t t e r f r e q u e n c y is obtained f r o m one of two s o u r c e s : the VCO
i n the phase-locked USBE r e c e i v e r o r the a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r i n the t r a n s m i t t e r . When o p e r a t i n g i n the F M mode, the VCO o r a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r
i n i t i a l f r e q u e n c y is not multiplied and used d i r e c t l y , but is used to c o n t r o l
the f r e q u e n c y of a t h i r d o s c i l l a t o r , the F M VCO. The F M VCO is the s o u r c e
f o r the frequency-modulated 2287. 5 - m c signal.
Output m o d e and f r e q u e n c y s o u r c e a r e controlled b y the S-BAND g r o u p
of s w i t c h e s on MDC-20. The VOICE and EMERG s w i t c h e s , contained i n
t h i s group, a l s o have a n e f f e c t on P M P operation, thus e n s u r i n g compatib i l i t y between USBE and P M P m o d e s . All d a t a to be t r a n s m i t t e d by the
USBE is supplied by the PMP. Normally, the i n i t i a l t r a n s m i t t e r frequency
is obtained f r o m the r e c e i v e r VCO. In c a s e of f a i l u r e of the VCO o r
S-band PA equipment, ,the a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r c a n b e s e l e c t e d . T h i s is
done by moving the OSC switch f r o m PRIM to SEC (with the RNG/RNG
ONLY s w i t c h a t the n o r m a l , c e n t e r position) o r by placing the EMERG
s w i t c h to VOICE. If the l a t t e r is done, the P M P will provide a voice
modulating s i g n a l d i r e c t l y to the a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r .
With all t h r e e S-BAND - VOICE s w i t c h e s and the S-BAND - EMERG
switch s e t a t t h e i r c e n t e r positions, the USBE t r a n s m i t s a phase-modulated
s i g n a l containing P C M T L M and voice d a t a f r o m the P M P . Setting the RNG/
RNG ONLY switch t o RNG, e n a b l e s the PRN ranging code to be t r a n s m i t t e d
a l s o . Setting this s w i t c h to RNC ONLY, adds the PRN ranging code but
e l i m i n a t e s the P C M T L M p o r t i o n of the P M input f r o m the P M P . T h i s
m o d e ' i s used to i n c r e a s e the s t r e n g t h of the PRN ranging code r e c e i v e d b y
the MSFN. The o t h e r two S-BAND - VOICE s w i t c h e s a r e the T A P E and
the TV switches. F o r P M operation, both of t h e s e s w i t c h e s m u s t be a t t h e i r
c e n t e r , off position. Setting e i t h e r of t h e m to a n y o t h e r position changes
the USBE m o d e to F M f o r i n c r e a s e d band-width and s e l e c t s the FM-1 output
of the P M P . Thus, t h e s e f o u r switches (the t h r e e VOICE s w i t c h e s and the
EMERG s w i t c h ) are used to e s t a b l i s h the o p e r a t i o n a l mode. Only one
switch a t a t i m e m a y be placed to any position o t h e r than c e n t e r f o r p r o p e r
o p e r a t i o n of the USBE and PMP. F o r f u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n of P M P outputs,
r e f e r to the d i s c u s s i o n of the P M P equipment.
T h e USBE is activated by the S-BAND- XPONDER/XPONDER P W R
A M P L switch. Setting this switch to XPONDER o r XPONDER PWR A M P L
e n e r g i z e s a r e l a y that a p p l i e s 115 volts a c to the USBE power supply, which
p r o v i d e s t 1 5 volts d c and -15 volts d c outputs to the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r and
r e c e i v e r . The R F output of the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is fed to the S-band
power a m p l i f i e r equipment. H e r e , the s i g n a l is e i t h e r bypassed d i r e c t l y
to the S-BAND ANTENNA switch o r amplified and then fed t o the S-BAND
ANTENNA switch.
2.8. 3 . 3 . 5
S-Band P o w e r Amplifier Equipment.

The S-band power a m p l i f i e r ( P A ) equipment (figure 2 . 8 - 1 9 ) is u s e d to
a m p l i f y the R F output f r o m the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r when additional s i g n a l
Mission
Change Date
Page
2.8-50
SMZA-0 3-SCO 1 2
A P O L L O ,OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
----------.--.
S-BAND POWER AMPLIFIER
TO
USBE
:"F
USBE
NOTE. All latching n l a y latch

and unlatch coils a n
designated 1and U,
115VAC
Fm:
SM-2A-7600
F i g u r e 2.8-19.
S-Band P o w e r A m p l i f i e r Equipment
M i s s ion
Change Date
page
2.8-51
SM2A-03-SC012
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
s t r e n g t h is r e q u i r e d f o r adequate r e c e p t i o n of the S-band s i g n a l b y the
MSFN. It c o n s i s t s of a diplexer, a traveling-wave tube f o r amplification,
p o w e r s u p p l i e s , and the n e c e s s a r y switching r e l a y s and c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y .
T h e S-band P A is contained i n a s i n g l e e l e c t r o n i c s package located i n the
l o w e r equipment bay.
A l l r e c e i v e d and t r a n s m i t t e d S-band s i g n a l s p a s s through the S-band
P A d i p l e x e r . T h e 2106.4-mc S-band c a r r i e r r e c e i v e d by the S / C e n t e r s
the S-band P A diplexer f r o m the S-band antenna equipment. T h e d i p l e x e r
p a s s e s the s i g n a l s t r a i g h t through to t h e USBE receiver. T h e 2287. 5 - m c
output s i g n a l f r o m the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r e n t e r s the S-band P A w h e r e it is
e i t h e r bypassed d i r e c t l y to the d i p l e x e r and out to the S-band antenna equipm e n t , o r amplified f i r s t a n d then fed to the d i p l e x e r . T h e r e a r e t h r e e
power a m p l i f i e r m o d e s of operation: bypass, low power, and high power.
Two of the S-BAND s w i t c h e s on MDC-20 a r e used to c o n t r o l the
S-band power a m p l i f i e r . Setting the XPONDER/XPONDER PWR A M P L
s w i t c h t o the XPONDER P W R A M P L position e n e r g i z e s the USBE power
supply and a p p l i e s 3 - p h a s e 115-volt a - c power to the S-band PA through
r e l a y K1 i n the c i r c u i t utilization box. T h i s a l s o a c t i v a t e s the 90-second
t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y i n the S-band PA. Upon i n i t i a l application of power, only
the low-voltage power supply is e n e r g i z e d , which applies power t o the
t r a v e l i n g wave tube h e a t e r . A f t e r 90 s e c o n d s , the R F s i g n a l f r o m the
USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is switched f r o m the bypass c i r c u i t to the a m p l i f i e r
c i r c u i t and 3-phase 115-volt a-c power i s applied t o e i t h e r the low power
o r high power s e c t i o n of the high-voltage power supply, which supplies the
c o r r e c t o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e s to the r e m a i n i n g e l e m e n t s of the traveling-wave
tube. Selection of the low power (LOW)o r high power (HIGH) mode is
c o n t r o l l e d by the S- BAND - PWR A M P L - HIGH/LOW switch.
2.8.3.3.6
C-Band T r a n s p o n d e r Equipment
An e a r t h - b a s e d C-band t r a c k i n g a n d ranging s y s t e m is used to provide
S / C position d a t a to the MSFN during the launch, n e a r - e a r t h , and e n t r y
p h a s e s of the m i s s i o n . The function of the S / C C-band t r a n s p o n d e r equipm e n t ( f i g u r e 2. 8 - 2 0 ) is to effectively extend the r a n g e of the s y s t e m beyond
that which would b e p o s s i b l e using skin-tracking techniques only. Upon
r e c e p t i o n of a p r o p e r l y coded pulsed i n t e r r o g a t i o n f r o m the e a r t h - b a s e d
equipment at 5690 m c , the C-band t r a n s p o n d e r t r a n s m i t s a r e s p o n s e p u l s e to
the e a r t h after a 3 - m i c r o s e c o n d delay a t 5765 mc.
T h e C-band t r a n s p o n d e r contains f o u r r e c e i v e r s , a t r a n s m i t t e r , a
power supply, and a s s o c i a t e d c i r c u i t r y f o r c o m p a r i n g and decoding r e c e i v e d
s i g n a l s and switching antennas. T h e r e a r e f o u r C-band antennas, one f o r
e a c h r e c e i v e r , l o c a t e d a r o u n d the p e r i m e t e r of the command module. The
i n t e r r o g a t i o n m a y be r e c e i v e d by a n y one o r m o r e of the four antennas and
routed through c i r c u l a t o r s to the a s s o c i a t e d r e c e i v e r s . If the p u l s e s a r e
p r o p e r l y coded the c o m p a r a t o r d e t e r m i n e s which antenna received the
s t r o n g e s t s i g n a l and a c t i v a t e s the switch d r i v e r , which d r i v e s the R F
Mission
Change Date
Page
2.8-52
SMZA-03-SCO1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
-c
I
I
c(
>
c
$
I
I
.I
0
%
I
,
0
00
d
*
8
i!
-1
-a
u
z
X
I
"
z z z
G O E
3
Y
r
L:
0
n
u
>
C
Y
L
0
ui
K
0
.,
2
>
b
3
m
ui
t-
I:
b
Y
3
C
I
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N O V 1966
Change Date
Page 2.8-53
SM2A- 0 3 - SGO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
r----------
-------,-
------------------)
I
I
I
I
I
II
GATION
II
--
I
I
5745 MC
PULSES
I
I
TRANSMITTER
I
I
I
COMPARATOR
XMTR OUTPUT
6 POST-
GROUP-I
SM-2A-724D
F i g u r e 2. 8-20.
C-Band T r a n s p o n d e r Equipment
Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 8 - 5 4
SM2A-03- SCO 12
__-
SYSTEMS DATA
switch to the proper antenna position. T h r e e microseconds a f t e r i n t e r r o g a tion, the t r a n s m i t t e r sends a response pulse to the selected antenna. This
3-microsecond delay gives the R F switch time to operate. It a l s o enables
MSFN personnel to simultaneously o b s e r v e the transponder reply and the
skin t r a c k reply on the s a m e visual display device (cathode r a y tube) f o r
comparison.
Two modes of operation can be selected: 1 pulse o r 2 pulse. Mode
selection will depend on the type of e a r t h - b a s e d r a d a r equipment that is
being used a t a p a r t i c u l a r a r e a in the o r b i t a l path. During the launch and
ascent phases of the m i s s i o n , the 2-pulse mode will be used.
The only external control f o r the C-band transponder equipment is the
C-BAND three-position toggle switch on MDC-20. The O F F position
removes a - c power f r o m the equipment; the 1 PULSE and 2 PULSE positions
apply a - c power to the equipment and s e l e c t the mode of operation. Activation and mode selection can a l s o be commanded f r o m the MSFN by a r e a l time command via the UDL equipment.
2. 8 . 3. 3. 7
VHF Recovery Beacon Equipment.

The VHF recovery beacon equipment (figure 2. 8-21) provides a l i n e of-sight direction finding capabilities to aid i n locating the S / C during the
recovery phase of the mission. It is located i n the s a m e e l e c t r o n i c s package a s the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment i n the LEB. The
beacon signal emitted i s a n interrupted 243-mc c a r r i e r , modulated by a
1000-cps s q u a r e wave. The signal is transmitted f o r 2 seconds, then
interrupted f o r 3 seconds.
Manual control of the equipment i s provided by the RECOVERY
VHF-BCN, two-position O N / O F F switch on MDC-20.
The output of the VHF recovery beacon equipment is fed to VHF

recovery antenna No. 1, which is deploved automaticallv when the main
chutes &e deployed.
-
2. 8. 3. 3. 8
GFE VHF Survival B e a c o n / T r a n s c e i v e r .

The VHF b e a c o n / t r a n s c e i v e r is a hand-held G F E i t e m to be used in
the recovery phase of the Apollo mission. The unit, plus a n e x t r a battery,
i s s t o r e d with the survival equipment.
Figure 2.8-22 shows the t h r e e m a j o r p a r t s of the unit, the t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r assembly, the battery pack assembly, and the q u a r t e r wave
antenna.
The r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y and battery pack a s s e m b l y m a t e to
f o r m a water-tight unit measuring 8 by 4 - 1 / 2 by 3 inches. The antenna i s
an 11- 1/2-inch-long tapered flexible s t e e l tape, t e r m i n a t e d i n a coaxial R F
connector, and i s normally s t o r e d i n a retaining spool and clip on top of the
radio unit.
The radio i s capable of line-of-sight operation i n e i t h e r of two modes
(beacon o r voice) through use of e i t h e r i t s own antenna o r a suitable connected remote antenna. The t r a n s m i t t e r output is protected against damage
while operating due to accidental shorting of the antenna o r submergence of
the unit i n s a l t water. In the beacon mode, the t r a n s m i t t e r o p e r a t e s
unattended, f o r periods up to 24 hours, to t r a n s m i t a n interrupted 1000-cps
tone, amplitude modulated 25 percent on the 243-mc R F c a r r i e r . In the
Mission
Change Date
Page
2.8-55
S M Z A - 0 3 - S C O12

SYSTEMS DATA
VHF RECOVERY
ANTENNA No. I
VHF RECOVERY BEACON
- - b
OSCILLATOR
OUADRUPLER
(243 MC)
MODULATION
AMPL
RF
AMPL'S
DRIVER
AMPL
POWER
AMPL
LO-PASS
FILTER
I KC
UODULAnON
tmmc
POWER
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
1
MULTIVIBRATO
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
A
GROUP 3
RECOVERY
VHFBCN
ON
0
OFF
SM-2A-478A
F i g u r e 2.8-21.
V H F R e c o v e r y Beacon Equipment
TELECOMMUNICATION S Y S T E M
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2 NOV 1966 Change Date
Page
2.8-56
SM2A- 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
,ANTENNA
ANTENNA 51
F i g u r e 2.8-22.
Survival B e a c o n / T r a n s c e i v e r Radio
voice m o d e , the radio provides two-way AM voice communication through

u s e of a n i n t e g r a l s p e a k e r - m i c r o p h o n e and PUSH-TO-TALK switch.
2. 8. 3. 4
Antenna Equipment Group.

The antenna equipment group contains a l l of the S / C antennas and
a n c i l l a r y equipment u s e d i n the T / C s y s t e m . ( S e e f i g u r e s 2 . 8 - 2 3 and
2. 8-24. )
2.8. 3. 4. 1
VHF/2-KMC Omni-Antenna Equipment.

The V H F / 2 - k m c omni-antennas and c o r r e s p o n d i n g a n c i l l a r y equipment
c o n s i s t s of t y o V H F / 2 - k m c SCIN a n t e n n a s , a VHF m u l t i p l e x e r , a VHF
antenna switch, a 2 - k m c antenna switch, and the n e c e s s a r y signal and cont r o l c i r c u i t s . The function of t h i s equipment i s to provide capabilities f o r
radiation and pickup of R F s i g n a l s i n the VHF and S-band s p e c t r u m s . The
VHF portion of this equipment i s used i n conjunction with the up-data link
(UDL) r e c e i v e r , the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r , and the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r r e c e i v e r o n two f r e q u e n c i e s . The 2 - k m c portion of t h i s equipment is used
with the USBE.
The VHF m u l t i p l e x e r is a p a s s i v e , six-channel, filtering device which
e n a b l e s s i x items of V H F t r a n s m i t t i n g o r r e c e i v i n g equipment to utilize one
VHF antenna simultaneously. The s i x channel f i l t e r s a r e composed of two
o r t h r e e tuned c a v i t i e s , e a c h of which function a s bandpass f i l t e r s . NO
power i s r e q u i r e d by the device and t h e r e a r e no e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l s .
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
.
Page
2.8-57
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
HF RECOVERY
ANTENNA (14
Fl)
NON-SURVIVI NG
2-KMC
VIEW
VHF
VHF/2-KMC SCIN
ANTENNAS (2)
SURVIVING
SCIN ANTENNA
-X
+z
VHF RECOVERY
ANTENNAS
NON-SURVIVING
ANTENNA
C-MND
P/
..
VIEW
C-BAND ANTENNAS (4)
RECOVERY INTERCOM
SWIMMER CONNECTOR
SURVIVING
KIN ANTENNA
-Z
F i g u r e 2 . 8-23.
Antenna L o c a t i o n s
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page
2.8-58
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
VHF RECOVERY ANTENNAS
+Z SCIN
ANTENNA
-Z SCIN
ANTENNA
HF RECOVERY
ANTENNA
I
No. 1
No. 2
C-BAND ANTENNAS
21
Ah
AL
AL
AL
C-BAND TRANSPONDER
I
I
VHF
ANTENNA
RECOJERY
UPPER
FUGHT A N D ,
POST LANDING BUS
TELECOMMUNATIONS
E::c 7T
1s;
AUTO
UPPER
I
I
I
BEACON
RECEIVER
I
I
I
I
I
VHF
MULTIPLEXER
TRANSMlllER
I
I
-LOWER
NGE:
I
I
I
POWER AMPL
I
S-BAND
ANTENNA
HF
I XPONDEI
L WR AMP
THRESHOLD
411 controls lomted on

M D C - D unless otherwise
indicated
F i g u r e 2 . 8 24.
I
I
VH F/AM
XMTRAND RCVR 1
(296.8 MC)
----VHF/AM
RCVR 2
(259.7 MC)
Antenna R F a n d C o n t r o l C i r c u i t r y
SM-2A-721C
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 NOV 1966
Change Date
Page
2-8-59
SM2A-0 3 -SCO 12
The VHF/Z-kmc S U N antennas are dual-purpose antennas with approximately h e m i s p h e r i c a l radiation patterns. F i g u r e s 2.8-25 and 2.8-26 show
the propagation p a t t e r n s of the VHF-UHF and S-band portions of the antenna,
respectively. The word f t S C I N fis a n acronym f o r "SCImitar" and "Notch. I f
Because of its c h a r a c t e r i s t i c shape, that portion of the antenna used for VHF
is called a s c i m i t a r . In the broad end of the s c i m i t a r i s a notch which
functions independently and i s used f o r S-band frequencies.
T h e r e a r e two VHF/Z-kmc SCIN antennas; they a r e located on opposite
s i d e s of the S/C. One is located n e a r the tZ axis and is called the tZ o r
l o w e r SCIN antenna; the o t h e r is located n e a r the - Z axis and is called the
- Z o r upper SCIN antenna. Because of t h e i r approximate hemispherical
radiation p a t t e r n s , fully omnidirectional capabilities can be obtained only by
switching f r o m one antenna t o the other. This is accomplished with the VHF
ANTENNA remote control switch on MDC-20 f o r VHF communications, g r
with the S-BAND ANTENNA r e m o t e control switch, a l s o on MDC-20, f o r
.S- band communications.
-Z SURVIVING ANTENNA
---
NONSURVIVING ANTE
:
-Z ANTENNA USED WHEN VEHICLE/

MSFN LINE OF SIGHT IS I N -Z
HEMISPHERE, +Z ANTENNA USED
WHEN VEHICWMSFN LINE OF SIGHT
I S I N +Z HEMISPHERE; BCEPT
WHEN LINE OF SIGHT I S WITHIN
45 DEGREES OF +X AXIS; THEN USE
@'..#?
OPPOSITE ANTENNA.
'*
CD-272
F i g u r e 2 . 8-25.
Mission
i.! + )
Antenna Switching Regions, VHF-UHF
Basic Date 12 NOV 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-60
SMZA-03- SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
NONSU RV IV I NG
ANTENNA
F i g u r e 2 . 8-26.
Antenna Switching Regions, S-Band
The l o w e r (tZ)SCIN antenna m a y be burned off d u r i n g e n t r y . The

u p p e r ( - Z )SCIN antenna is l o c a t e d at a m i n i m u m h e a t point and is c o v e r e d
with ablative m a t e r i a l to provide t h e r m a l p r o t e c t i o n f o r e n t r y s u r v i v a l .
?..
8. 3 . 4. 2
H F R e c o v e r y Antenna Equipment
The H F r e c o v e r y antenna is provided s o l e l y f o r u s e with the H F t r a n s c e i v e r to provide f o r voice communication with r e c o v e r y f o r c e s a f t e r touchdown. It i s stowed i n s i d e a c a n i s t e r , l o c a t e d i n the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t of
the S I C , until deployed by m a n u a l activation of a pyrotechnic device. The
pyrotechnic device is activated by setting the POST LANDING- ANTENNA
DEPLOY s w i t c h e s t o t h e i r u p p e r positions ( A and B), while the MASTER
EVENT SEQ CONT Switches ( 2 ) a r e at PYRO ARM (MDC-24) position.
2.8. 3 . 4 . 3
VHF Recovery Antenna Equipment.

T h e r e a r e two VHF r e c o v e r y antennas, No. 1 and No. 2 , stowed i n the
f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t of the S/C. E a c h antenna c o n s i s t s of a q u a r t e r w a v e
Mission
Change Date
page 2.8-61
SMZA- 03-SCO 12
stub, 11 inches long, and a ground plane. They are automatically deployed
8 seconds a f t e r m a i n parachute deployment during the d e s c e n t phase of the
m i s s ion.
V H F r e c o v e r y antenna No. 1 i s connected to the V H F r e c o v e r beacon
equipment through a coaxial connector on the coaxial bracket, MDC-9. V H F
r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 is to be used with the V H F / A M t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r
equipment, thus i t is connected to the V H F antenna switch, a l s o through a
connector on the coaxial bracket. The purpose of the coaxial b r a c k e t , i s to
allow e i t h e r of the V H F recovery antennas to be used with the G F A E survival
t r a n s c e i v e r . This r e q u i r e s that the coaxial cable f r o m one of the antennas
be manually disconnected a t the coaxial bracket and reconnected to the
s u r v i v a l t r a n s c e i ve r
2. 8 . 3 . 4. 4
C-Band Beacon Antenna Equipment.

T h e r e a r e four, flush-mounted, C-band beacon antennas located
around the p e r i m e t e r of the S I C n e a r the f o u r S / C a x e s : tZ, - Z , tY, and
-Y. All four antennas a r e connected a t all t i m e s to the C-band transponder
equipment with reception by all four antennas. C i r c u i t r y in the C-band
transponder equipment d e t e r m i n e s which antenna received the s t r o n g e s t
signal and automatically s e l e c t s that antenna f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of response
pulses.
2. 8. 3. 5
E l e c t r i c a l Power Distribution.
E l e c t r i c a l power distribution f o r the voice and data, and the R F
equipment groups is shown on sheet 1 of figure 2. 8-27. Instrumentation
equipment power distribution is shown on s h e e t 2 . E l e c t r i c a l power to
m o s t of the equipment on sheet 1 i s controlled by the T / C switches on
MDC-20. These switches and control c i r c u i t s can be found on the i l l u s t r a tions f o r the'individual components i n p a r a g r a p h s 2. 8. 3 . 3 and 2. 8. 3 . 4.
2.8. 4
P E R F O R M A N C E AND DESIGN DATA

The following c h a r t contains the a - c and d - c power consumption values
f o r the T / C voice, data. and R F equipment.
Mission
Basic Date
l2
NOV
1966 Change Date
Page
2.8-62
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
FLIGHT 6
POSTLANDING
rTELECOMMUNI-CATIONS
VHF
R E C Y BCN
COMMAND
PILOT
MIKE
AUDIO CENTER
EQUIPMENT
PILOTS
MIKE
-------MODULE
COMMAND
SENIOR
XMTR KEY1NG
CIRCUITS
--------
XMTR-RCVR
COMMAND
-------MODULE
UP-DATA
SENIOR
SENIOR
PILOT
N CAMERA
NON
-INSTRUMENTSPAMXMTR
BUS
I
I
BUS
.-TELECOMMUNI-
ZA
SIG COND
S-BAND PA
DC
A
rCEMRAtTIMING SYS
LEGEND
-28 VDC POWER
- - - VDC CONTROL POWER ONLY

-----I5 VAC 400 30 POWER
28
(MDC-22)
DC
CPS
h4AI N
BUS B
NOTE: K I , K2 and K3
am relays located
in the circuit utilization box.
SM-2A-648F
F i g u r e 2 . 8-27.
Telecommunications P o w e r Distribution (Sheet 1 of 2 )

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
page 2.8-63
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
(LEE- 704)
LIMITER
CURRENT
LIMITER
I
p?,
DC MAIN
C/M
-
I
I
NON ESS BUS
I
I
NON
ESSENTIAL
BUS NO.l
T
NON
ESSENTIAL
BUS N 0 . 2
C/M
S/M
:/M
CURRENT
LIMITER
5 VDC
28 vDc
C/M OPERATIONAL
INSTRUMENTATION
ELS, EPS, 6 ECS SIG

CONDS 6 SENSORS
VDC
SPS SIG
CONDS
SENSORS
CURRENT
LIMITER
SPS,EPS
STRUCT
SIG CONDS
6 SENSORS
S/M
OPERATIONAL
INSTRUMENTATION
-*
C'MIS'MTo:
S/M FLIGHT QUAL

INSTRUMENTATION
To:
C/M FLIGHT QUAL
INSTRUMENTATION
CMDR'S
SPACESUIT
BIOMED
(MDC-20)
1
NAVIGATOR'S
SPACESUIT
BIOMED AMPLS
SCIEN
7 - 2
(NOT USED)
7'5A
SCIEN
EQUlP
-!'+E?
0 PERATIONAL
BIOMEDICAL
I NSTRUMENTATION
SEB-1
la:
SCIENTIFIC
EQUlPMENT
I-?:
cBIOMED COMM-
$IN
BUS B
(MDC-25)
Figure 2.8-27.
Fmm: T/C GROUP-5

CIRCUIT BREAKER(See sheet I )
NOTES. I . A l l circuit breoken and w i t c h e s ore located

an MDC-22 unless otherwise indicated.
2 . Current limiter boxes consist mainly of terminal
boards o d fuses
SM-Z-B~~B
T e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOV 1 9 6 6
C h a n g e Date
page 2 . 8 - 6 4
--
S M Z A - 03-sc012
-
SYSTEMS DATA
T I C Equipment P o w e r Consumption
Equipment
Quantit
XI
Control
1 - C Wat
A-C W a t t s
I - C Watc
\-C Watts
A-C e q u i p m e n t
P W R s w i t c h t o VOX,
MDC ( 1 3 , 23, 26)
SCE
S C E P W R s w i t c h ON,
MDC 20
45.0
45.0
P C M TLM equipment
P C M c o n t r o l button ON,
MDC 22
10. 5
10.5
TV c a m e r a
P W R s w i t c h ON, T V
c a m e r a handle
6.0
PMP
P M P P W R s w i t c h ON,
MDC 20
2. 6
4. 0
2. 6
6.4
t T A P E SWITCH O N ,
MDC 20
2. 6
6. 4
2. 6
6.4
E M E R VOICE s w i t c h
O N , MDC 20
3.2
3. 2
E M E R K E Y ON, MDC 20
3.6
3. 6
RECORD/PLAYBACK
switch other than OFF,
MDC 20
0.5
32. 5
0. 5
32. 5
34. 0
15. 0
34. 0
15. 0
DSE
FOR
RECORD switch to
R E C O R D MDC 19
UD L
UDL s w i t c h to VHF,
MDC 20
CTE
2-CTE c o n t r o l buttons
O N , MDC 22
VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r receiver
HF transceiver
VHFIFM transmitter
12. a
4. 3
6. 0
9.6
9. 6
21.0
21.0
V H F I A M s w i t c h to REC,
MDC 20
1.5
1. 5
V H F I A M s w i t c h to T / R ,
MDC 20
15. 5
15. 5
V H F I A M s w i t c h to T / R ,
P T T button ON, c o b r a
c a b l e MODE s w i t c h to P T '
61. 5
61. 5
0. 6
0. 6
H F P W R s w i t c h ON,
MODE s w i t c h t o BCN o r
AM, MDC 2 0 , c o b r a c a b l e
P T T button ON
29. 0
29. 0
H F PWR switch ON,

MODE s w i t c h to SSB,
P T T button on c o b r a
c a b l e ON
40. 0
40.0
H F P O W E R s w i t c h ON,
MDC 20
VHF FM switch ON,

MOC 20
I. 5
50. 0
1. 5
50.0
page
2.8-65
TELECOMMUNICATION S Y S T E M
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOV 1966
Change Date
SMZA- 03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
Equipment
Quantity
Control
D - C Watt
A-C Watts
T
D-C Watt
1
t-C Watts
USBE
S-BAND XPONDER
s w i t c h to XPONDER
MDC 20
S-band P A
S-BAND XPONDER
s w i t c h to XPONDER PWI
AMP, P W R A M P s w i t c h
LOW, MDC 20
3. 0
27. 4
3.0
27. 4
S-BAND XPONDER
s w i t c h to XPONDER
P W R AMY PWR A M P
s w i t c h HIGH
3.0
80. 0
3.0
80. 0
C-band t r a n s p o n d e r
C-BAND P W R s w i t c h
1 pulse o r 2 pulse.
MDC 20
3.0
75. 0
3. 0
75.0
V H F recovery beacon
V H F BCN s w i t c h ON..
MDC 20
8. 0
8. 0
2-KMC a n t e n n a s w i t c h
S-BAND XPONDER
s w i t c h ON S-BAND
s w i t c h changed,
MDC 20
15. 0
15. 0
Voice r e c o r d e r
H F s w i t c h and I N T E R COM s w i t c h to TR,

MDC 2 0 ; P T T button
ON o n c o b r a c a b l e
13. 5
0.025
1.99
13.5
,025
1.99
-TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
M i s s ion
Basic Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-66
SM2A- 03 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 8. 5
2. 8. 5. 1
Antennas.
F o r S-band t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception, the SCIN antenna on the s i d e
of the S / C n e a r e s t to the M S F N s t a t i o n m u s t be utilized. F o r VHF t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception, the S C I N antenna indicated i n f i g u r e 2.8-25 should
be utilized. T h i s m a y r e q u i r e switching between the u p p e r ( - 2 ) and l o w e r
( t Z ) SCIN antennas while making a s i n g l e s t a t i o n p a s s . F o r VHF o p e r a t i o n s
this m u s t b e done manually with the VHF ANTENNA switch. F o r S-band
o p e r a t i o n s , this c a n be a c c o m p l i s h e d e i t h e r manually o r automatically with
the S-BAND ANTENNA switch.
At g r e a t e r s l a n t r a n g e s , null points m a y e x i s t in the SCIN and C-band
beacon o v e r a l l antenna p a t t e r n s along the c e n t e r l i n e of the S / C , f o r w a r d
and aft of the C / M . Pointing e i t h e r of t h e s e null points a t the MSFN s t a t i o n
m a y c a u s e communications to be i n t e r r u p t e d .
The l o w e r (tZ)SCIN antenna will be burned off d u r i n g e n t r y . Thus
a f t e r e n t r y , the upper ( - Z ) SCIN antenna o r VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2
m u s t b e utilized f o r communications v i a the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r .
2.
a. 5. 2
Data S t o r a g e Equipment.
a . Maximum DSE running times f o r the e n t i r e r ? e l of tape a t the t h r e e
o p e r a t i n g s p e e d s a r e as follows: 3 . 7 5 i p s (LOW - 120 m i n u t e s , 15 ips
(NORM) - 30 m i n u t e s , 120 i p s (HIGH,f o r rewind and LBR P C M dump
only) - 3 . 7 5 m i n u t e s .
b. S t o r e d HBR a n d LBR P C M d a t a , if i n t e r m i x e d o n the tape, cannot be
dumped within one s t a t i o n p a s s , due to the different playback s p e e d s
r e q u i r e d . LBR P C M m u s t be r e c o r d e d a t 3 . 7 5 i p s and m a y be played back
a t 15 i p s o r 120 i p s ; HBR P C M m u s t b e r e c o r d e d at 15 i p s a n d played back
a t 15 ips.
c. S t o r e d P C M TLM need not be played back in the s a m e d i r e c t i o n i n
which i t was r e c o r d e d . P l a y b a c k i n the d i r e c t i o n of r e c o r d i n g r e q u i r e s
rewinding of the tape between r e c o r d i n g a n d dumping.
d.
T h e r e is no p r o v i s i o n f o r r e c o r d i n g TV data.
e. High-bit rate P C M m u s t be r e c o r d e d at n o r m a l speed o r tape motion

will stop.
f.
Low-bit r a t e PCM m u s t be r e c o r d e d a t low s p e e d o r tape motion
w i l l stop.
g. If tape is played back a t low s p e e d , the tape will move but t h e r e will
be no playback d a t a available to the t r a n s m i t t e r s .
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.8-67
SMZA-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
h. If high-bit r a t e data is played back a t high speed, the t r a n s m i t t e r
data will be garbled.
i. If only a F W D or REV command is given to initiate a rewind, t h e r e

will be no tape motion. A mode ( p r e f e r a b l y PLAY), m u s t a l s o be selected
before tape will move.
Refer t o p a r a g r a p h 2 . 8.3.2.6 f o r p r o p e r DSE operating functions.
j.
2.
a.
5.3
Unified S-Band Svstem.
a. S-band operations will be limited due to the limited number of

MSFN stations that will have operational S-band capabilities.
b. If one of the S-band mode switches ( T A P E OFF ANALOG or TV

O F F P U S ) is moved f r o m the OFF position, the FM selection of the
S-band t r a n s m i t t e r will be selected, reducing the c i r c u i t m a r g i n s and
disabling the S-band tracking.
c.
TV can only be transmitted via the USBE.
d. The secondary o s c i l l a t o r can only be selected in normal operation

with the RNG-RNG only switch in the off position and the OSC switch is
SEC.
e. The TAPE and TV switches a r e 3-position switches with the down

position no longer performing valid functions. The down position of these
switches should not be selected.
f . The TAPE and TV switches should never be positioned up
simultaneously.
g. Refer to p a r a g r a p h 2. 8.3.2. 5 f o r valid unified S-band equipment

operational modes and t h e i r attendant switching configuration.
2. 8. 5 . 4
General.
a. The maximum slant range f o r reliable VHF-FM TLM communications should not exceed 1500 nautical m i l e s . Also, the maximum elevation
angle f r o m the e a r t h to the S / C should not be l e s s than 5 d e g r e e s .
b. Real-time and recorded PCM TLM cannot be transmitted simultaneously. One o r the o t h e r , however, can be transmitted via the VHF/FM
t r a n s m i t t e r and the USBS a t the s a m e time, and r e a l - t i m e P C M data may
be r e c o r d e d while i t is being transmitted.
c. The FQR has a maximum recording time of approximately
30 minutes. To maintain sufficient t i m e f o r a l l scheduled recordings of
flight qualification analog data, the FQR m u s t be used conservatively.
Miss ion
Basic Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.8-68
SMZA-03 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
d. When the P C M TLM equipment is operating in the LOW (low b i t - r a t e )
m o d e , a p p r o x i m a t e l y 34 p e r c e n t of the total P C M m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e
available f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n o r s t o r a g e . Also, many of t h e s e m e a s u r e m e n t s
a r e sampled a t slower rates.
2.8.6
T h e following is a complete l i s t i n g of all T / C t e l e m e t r y d a t a that is
monitored by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground support p e r s o n n e l . The l a s t
column contains the n a m e and type of S / C c r e w display. The display utilizes
the same pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e as t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r is included in the display column. Additional t e l e m e t r y
m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e found a t the end of each s y s t e m .
An a s t e r i s k (*) by the m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r denotes information
which is not available f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g
PCM low b i t - r a t e operation.
Mea s u r e m e n t
Number
* CJ 0002 J
* C J 0066 J
8
*
*
*
*
*
CJ
CJ
CJ
CJ
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
0067 J
0210 X
0211 X
0212 X
0012 X
0013 X
0015 V
0016 V
0017 V
0018 V
0055 V
0089 V
0098 V
0120 X
0125 V
0126 V
0127 V
0128 V
0141 X
0142 F
0147 V
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
CT
0191
0212
0215
0261
0262
0320
0330
0340
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
X
P n e u m s e l e c t o r s w out s i g
EKG a x i s 1 s e l s w out s i g
EKG a x i s 2 sel sw out s i g
S e l s w position ASTRO 1
Sel s w position ASTRO 2
S e l s w position ASTRO 3
T a p e motion monitor o p e r a t i o n a l
T a p e motion m o n i t o r R a n d D
Sig cond pos supply volts
Sig cond neg supply volts
S e n s o r excitation 5 volts
S e n s o r excitation 10 volts
TV c a m e r a t a r g e t voltage
C-band XMTR output m o n i t o r
C-band d e c o d e r out
P C M bit r a t e change 8 b i t s
P C M HI level 85 p e r c e n t ref
P C M HI level 15 p e r c e n t ref
P C M LO l e v e l 85 p e r c e n t ref
PCM LO l e v e l 15 p e r c e n t ref
C T E timing mode m o n i t o r
C e n t r a l timing GMT 32 b i t s
S-band r e c AGC voltage
VHF/AM r e c AGC voltage
S-band RCVR s t a t i c phase e r r o r
S-band XMTR detected rf output
U D L receiver signal strength
UDL s y s validity signal 8 b i t s
VHF/AM XMTR detected rf output
V H F / F M XMTR P A detected r f out
PCM timing s o u r c e e x t o r int
0.1 +5 mv
0. 1 +5 m v
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
Digital
0 to 5. 0 vdc
0 to 5 . 0 vdc
0 to 0 . 0 4 0 vdc
0.040 vdc
Event
Digital
Digital
Event
M i s s ion
Crew
Display
S e n s o r Range
Change Date
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
S-BAND
ANT, m e t e r
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Page 2.8-6912.8-70
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 9
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
2.9. 1
INTRODUCTION.
The sequential s y s t e m s c o n s i s t of c o n t r o l and detection s y s t e m s
which function during a s c e n t and e n t r y p o r t i o n s of a m i s s i o n o r in p r e o r b i t a l a b o r t s . The c o n t r o l functions a r e s e n s i n g L / V s t a t u s , displaying
L / V s t a t u s to the c r e w , a u t o m a t i c a l l y initiating LES a b o r t s in a n e m e r gency d u r i n g e a r l y a s c e n t , a n d a u t o m a t i c a l l y sequencing the E L S during
d e s c e n t . Backup c o n t r o l s a r e provided f o r c r i t i c a l functions and n o r m a l
e v e n t s . The s y s t e m s a r e the s e q u e n t i a l events c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SECS),
e m e r g e n c y detection s y s t e m (EDS), launch e s c a p e s y s t e m ( L E S ) , a n d
e a r t h landing s y s t e m (ELS). The s y s t e m s i n t e r f a c e with the r e a c t i o n
c o n t r o l s y s t e m (RCS), guidance and navigation ( C & N ) , s e r v i c e propulsion
s y s t e m (SPS), stabilization a n d c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SCS), e l e c t r i c a l power
s y s t e m ( E P S ) , telecommunications ( T / C ) , and c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s ( C & D ) .
2.9.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The p u r p o s e of the sequential s y s t e m s is to provide s a f e t y f o r the
c r e w d u r i n g the a s c e n t a n d d e s c e n t p h a s e s of a m i s s i o n , a n d to p e r f o r m
n o r m a l s e p a r a t i o n functions. The EDS m o n i t o r s o p e r a t i o n of the L / V and
will ini'tiate a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t in a n e m e r g e n c y . The LES i s provided
f o r u s e d u r i n g a n e m e r g e n c y a r i s i n g f r o m malfunction of the L / V o r
o t h e r s y s t e m s affecting c r e w safety. The LES will be utilized to a b o r t
the m i s s i o n in a n e m e r g e n c y by s e p a r a t i n g the C / M f r o m the L / V and
S / M . The LES can be o p e r a t i o n a l f r o m the launch pad until the launch
e s c a p e tower i s jettisoned. Following second s t a g e b o o s t e r ignition, the
LES tower i s jettisoned f r o m the C S M - L / V combination. The E L S i s
provided to stabilize a n d d e c e l e r a t e the C / M following a n e n t r y into the
e a r t h a t m o s p h e r e o r following a n a b o r t . The E L S p a r a c h u t e s will lower
the C / M a t a suitable velocity a n d attitude until t i m e of touchdown. A
functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the sequential s y s t e m s i s contained in the
following p a r a g r a p h s .
2.9.2. 1
Sequential Events Control S y s t e m (SECS)

The SECS c o n s i s t s of c o n t r o l l e r s (figure 2 . 9 - 1 ) that provide auto-.
m a t i c , s e m i a u t o m a t i c , and m a n u a l c o n t r o l f o r initiation o r t e r m i n a t i o n
of functional events d u r i n g v a r i o u s p h a s e s of the Apollo m i s s i o n . The
c o n t r o I I e r s a r e the m a s t e r events sequence c o n t r o l l e r ( M E S C ) , e a r t h
landing s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e r (ELSC), C / M r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n t r o l l e r ( C / M RCSC), s e r v i c e module j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r (SMJC). E a c h
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
2*9-1
SMZA-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
c o n t r o l l e r c o n s i s t s of redundant r e l a y s , t i m e r s , and o t h e r d e v i c e s to
c o n t r o l s y s t e m s o p e r a t i o n and a u t o m a t i c timing of e v e n t s . Two c o n t r o l l e r s
a r e provided in a l l c a s e s f o r dual redundancy. The SECS will c o n t r o l the
a u t o m a t i c a l l y sequenced events d u r i n g a m i s s i o n a b o r t , n o r m a l CSM-SLA
s e p a r a t i o n , n o r m a l C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , and events d u r i n g the e a r t h
landing p h a s e . The SECS p r o v i d e s conditioned signals to t e l e m e t r y
equipment through the data d i s t r i b u t i o n box s o that vital information m a y
be t e l e m e t e r e d to MSFN.
The SECS will c o n t r o l the launch e s c a p e s y s t e m (LES) during a n
a b o r t up to the t i m e of n o r m a l launch e s c a p e tower j e t t i s o n . The SPS
engine i s utilized during an a b o r t a f t e r LES tower j e t t i s o n to p r o p e l the
CSM a w a y f r o m the L / V . N o r m a l s e p a r a t i o n of the SLA is p e r f o r m e d
by the SECS following m a n u a l initiation a f t e r e a r t h o r b i t i s a t t a i n e d .
E m e r g e n c y s e p a r a t i o n of the SLA i s p e r f o r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y 1. 7 seconds
a f t e r a n SPS a b o r t is manually initiated. C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n i s p e r f o r m e d by the SECS, and i s manually initiated d u r i n g the e n t r y p h a s e o r
subsequent to a n SPS a b o r t . During a LES a b o r t , the C / M - S / M s e p a r a tion i s p e r f o r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y by the SECS. Events p e r f o r m e d by the
e a r t h landing s y s t e m a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by the SECS during
n o r m a l d e s c e n t . Switches a r e provided f o r m a n u a l backup of c r i t i c a l
events.
The b a s i c functions p e r f o r m e d by the SECS a r e a s follows:
Originates
Event
Function /Input
Manual Control
Auto a b o r t enable
MESC
Lift-off signal
EDS AUTO switch

(MDC - 16)
L E and P C
motors fire
MESC
C/M-S/M s e p a r a tion r e l a y s
LES MOTOR F I R E
switch (MDC-5)
Pitch motor
inhibit
C / M RCSC
Lift-off t 61
seconds
ABORT SYSTEMOX DUMP switch

(MDC-16)
Auto RCS o x i d i z e r
d u m p inhibit
C / M RCSC
Lift-off t 61
seconds
ABORT SYSTEMOX DUMP switch

(MDC - 16)
LES tower
jettison
MESC
E L S a r m e d and
24K f t b a r o s w i t c h
closure on
LES a b o r t s ,
manual 3 minutes
a f t e r lift-off
ABORT SYSTEMMODE switches

A and B (MDC- 16)
CSM -S LA
separation
MESC
Translation cont r o l t 1 . 7 seconds
ADAP S E P switch
(MDC - 5 )
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2.9-2
---
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Originate s
Event
F u n c t i o n /Input
~
Manual Control
~~
RCS/SCS e n a b l e
MESC
Adapter s e p a r a tion t 2 . 5 s e c o n d s
o r C/M-S/M
deadface t 1 second
REACTION CONTROL
SYSTEM -CMD
s w i t c h (MDC- 16)
LES a b o r t
initiation
MESC
EDS a b o r t s i g n a l
from L/V-IU
Translation control
C /M-S /M
separation
MESC
C/M-S/M deadface relays

to. 1 s e c o n d
C/M-S/M S E P
switches A and B
(MDC-15)
C a n a r d deploy
MESC
L E S a b o r t lockup
r e l a y s t 11
seconds
CANARD D E P L O Y
s w i t c h (MDC - 5 )
SPS abort
initiation
MESC
Manual
T r a n s la tion c o n t r o l
RCS/SCS d i s a b l e
MESC
ELS a r m e d and
closure
REACTION CONTROL
SYS-CMD s w i t c h
(MDC-16)
Apex c o v e r
jettison
MESC
ELS a r m e d and
closure
to. 4 s e c o n d
A P E X COVER
J E T T switch
(MDC-5)
Drogue parachutes
deploy
ELSC
ELS a r m e d and
closure
+2 seconds
DROGUE D E P L O Y
s w i t c h (MDC-5)
Drogue p a r a c h u t e s
r e l e a s e and m a i n
p a r a c h u t e s deploy
ELSC
ELS a r m e d a n d
closure
t 14 s e c o n d s t
closure
MAIN D E P L O Y
s w i t c h (MDC-5)
R CS p r o p e l l a n t s
burn
C / M RCSC
Manual
C/M PROP J E T T
DUMP s w i t c h
(MDC-8)
RCS p u r g e
C / M RCSC
Manual
C/M PROP J E T T
PURGE s w i t c h
(MDC-8)
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change D a t e
Page
2.9-3
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Event
2.9. 2.2
Originates
Function/Input
Manual C o n t r o l
Main p a r a c h u t e s ,
release
ELSC
Manual
MAIN CHUTE
r e l e a s e switch
(MDC - 16)
Postlanding
a n t e n n a deploy
MESC
Manua 1
P O S T LANDINGANTENNA - D E P L O Y
switches A and B
(MDC-25)
E m e r e e n c v Detection S v s t e m .
The EDS is d e s i g n e d to d e t e c t a n d d i s p l a y s t a t u s and e m e r g e n c y
conditions of the l a u n c h v e h i c l e - s p a c e c r a f t combination to the a s t r o n a u t .
The EDS a l s o p r o v i d e s a u t o m a t i c a b o r t i n i t i a t i o n , u n d e r c e r t a i n condit i o n s , a f t e r lift-off up to the n o r m a l t i m e of LES t o w e r j e t t i s o n .
The EDS d i s p l a y c i r c u i t r y i s e n a b l e d when the EDS POWER s w i t c h

(MDC-24) i s in the O N p o s i t i o n a n d w i l l i l l u m i n a t e lights on M D C - 5 to
i n d i c a t e L / V s t a t u s . The r e d L / V R A T E l i g h t will i l l u m i n a t e when
L / V r a t e s a r e in e x c e s s of 20 d e g r e e s p e r s e c o n d in r o l l and 5 d e g r e e s
p e r s e c o n d in p i t c h a n d yaw. T h e r a t e s a r e s e n s e d by t h r e e r a t e g y r o s
m o u n t e d on e a c h L / V a x i s in the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n unit ( I U ) . The r e d
L / V GUID light (MDC-5) i l l u m i n a t e s to i n d i c a t e f a i l u r e of the guidance
unit which i s a l s o l o c a t e d in the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n unit. The yellow L / V
ENGINES l i g h t s ( M D C - 5 ) i l l u m i n a t e when a r e s p e c t i v e S-I b o o s t e r engine
i s developing l e s s than 9 0 p e r c e n t of t o t a l t h r u s t output. The L / V
ENGINES lights a r e m o n i t o r e d f o r engine s t a t u s d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s
During s t a g i n g , the L / V ENGINES l i g h t s a r e m o n i t o r e d f o r i l l u m i n a t i o n
to i n d i c a t e BECO and e x t i n g u i s h to i n d i c a t e s t a g e s e p a r a t i o n . A f t e r
s t a g i n g , the n u m b e r 1 L / V ENGINE light i n d i c a t e s the s t a t u s of the
S-IVB S t a g e e n g i n e , i t will be extinguished when the engine i s producing
65 p e r c e n t r a t e d t h r u s t . The ABORT light (MDC-3) i s a r e d l a m p
a s s e m b l y containing 4 b u l b s . Two bulbs a r e in s y s t e m A and two bulbs
a r e in s y s t e m B f o r redundancy. The ABORT light i s i l l u m i n a t e d i f
a n a b o r t i s r e q u e s t e d by l a u n c h c o n t r o l c e n t e r f o r a pad a b o r t o r a n
a b o r t d u r i n g lift-off via r a d i o . The ABORT light c a n be i l l u m i n a t e d
a f t e r lift-off by the R a n g e S a f e t y O f f i c e r t r a n s m i t t i n g a d e s t r u c t a r m
c o m m a n d . The d e s t r u c t a r m c o m m a n d will a l s o i n i t i a t e BECO. An
a b o r t m a y a l s o be r e q u e s t e d via r a d i o f r o m the MSFN after lift-off
+10 s e c o n d s .
T h e EDS a u t o m a t i c a b o r t c i r c u i t r y is enabled a t lift -off providing
t h e EDS AUTO s w i t c h (MDC-16) is in t h e AUTO p o s i t i o n . (See
f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 2 . ) A c i r c u i t i s c o m p l e t e d t h r o u g h t h e lift-off e n a b l e and
first m o t i o n r e l a y s a t lift off. T h e lift-off e n a b l e r e l a y s a r e l a t c h i n g
SEQUENTIAL S Y S T EMS
Mission
Basic D G
#,
1 2 Nov l 9 6 6 Change Date

*
..
Page
2.9-4
-.-
--
LIFT-OFF SIGNAL
S-IV B
INSTRUMENTATION
u rdti
L/V GUID,
L/V RATE
AND
LV ENGINES
STATUS
SPS A B 0
LES A B 0
LIFT-OFF SIGNAL
ENABLE EDS
,
LAUNCH
ESCAPE
SYSTEM
-ER ENGl NE CUTOFF (BECO)
EXP NUTS FIRE
LES ABORT SIGNAL
INHIBIT P/C MOTOR FIRE (LIFT OFF + 61 SECONDS)
LES ABORT SIGNAL
CSM-I& SEPARATION SIGNAL

START S/M JETTISON SEQUENCE
i STATUS
CSM-L/V SEPARATION
SIGNAL TO A G C
S-IVB STAGE
JE STATUS
MASTER
EVENT
SEQUENCE
CONTROLLER
(MESC)
5-IB STAGE
FIRE DIRECT ULLAGE JETS (4)

APEX COVER JETTISON
+ I
RCS/SCS DEACTIVATE
CONTROL
SYSTEM (RCS)
TOWER JETTISON
SPS ABORT SIGNAL
-1
ELS ACTIVATE (LES ABORT)
C/M RCS PRESSURE
LES ABORT SIGNAL
t--.
EARTH
LANDING
APEX COVER JETT
UM-S/M DEADFACE
SYSTEM
IOMROLLER
W C )
UMBILICAL GUILLOTINE
d
M A N U A L INITIATED
EVENTS
ADAPTER SEP PYRO
DEPLOY DRO
SYSTEMS DATA
START 61 SEC TD
C/M-S/M SEPARATION
S~GNALTO AGC
PYRO ARM
:LOSE N/O OX 6FUEL
LES ABORT SIGNAL+
OX DUMP
H DUMP
MODULE
REACTION
COMROL
SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
(C/M RCSC)
REACTION
CONTROL
SYSTEM
fRCSl
BURN RCS PROPELLANTS
INlTlATED
FUEL 6 OX
SCS-RCS ENABLE
DRIVERS
I
1
1
TRANSFER
ENTRY
BATTERIES
TO A W N
BUSES
U N D lN G
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
POWER SYSTEM
SELECTION
LOGIC
I
I
ELECTRONICS
PYRO
COMlNUlTY
/EM FICATION
BOX (PCVB)
re
INHIBIT PITCH 6 YAW ECA
G I N AND ROTATION CONTROL INPUTS

DEPLOY MAINS
RELEASE DROGUES
i
1
-&
NOT PART OF SECS(INTERFACE).
SM-2A-821C
SECS Controllers Interface Block Diagram
Figure 2 . 9 - 1 .
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Basic Date
Mission
.. .
. .
. . - .
l2
..
lg66
Change Date
f&
._. m g x.3
F.
.
Page
.- .
2.9-512.9-4
BATTERY
1
EDS 3
BAT B
(MDC-2
r--1
I
WV
I
J
, , ,L
Q-MLL
VECTOR SUM
e
3
Q-MLL
+---
r --~-
IL-,
EDS ABORT
LOGIC RELAYS
0 l @ 10
I
4 4 +37 VDC
+o +37 VDC
+o +37 VDC
BATTERY
ED52
IGSE)
(MDC-25)
).
LI n-
LIFT-OFF
LIGHT
ENABLE
NO. 1
4A.R
(MDC-24)
SIGNAL A
OFF ON
TO UP DATA LINK
To: ZZK2-8 (SYSTEM B)
I
E DS
QI
EDS CHAh
OVERnus
r----
----t----CW133V
EDS ABORT
LOGIC IN
+oh36 VDC
THREE
VOTING
LOGIC
L,,,,
MESC-A L o C l C
B A T A (MDC-22)
B-
v
I
MESC LOGIC BUS A
Z3Kl-A
1-
Ll
LIGHT
LIFI-OFF
.ABLE
Ll
'1
T-f
-
Z4KI-A
IZ3K2-A
Z4KZ-A
Z4Kl-A Z4K2-A
3. 1
EVENT
TIMER
CD0315X
ENABLE A
OFF ON
(MDC-5)
LES ABORT MODE
He
SIGNAL A
OFF/ON
Z6K2-A Z6K1-j
EDS CHANGE
OVER BUS
ENABLE
:ZbKl-A
; Z6K2-A
)WNDER'S
4NSLATION
)MROL
OR7 SWITCH
l0OSTER CUTOFF
Mission(
SMZA - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
p
T
BATTERY BUS A
MESC-A LOGIC BB A T A (MDC-22)
MESC-A ARM 0BAT B (MDC-22)
MESC-A ARM 0BAT A (MDC-22)
1
MESC LOGIC BUS A
a
.I
ZSKl-A
Z4K2-A
CHANGEOVER BUS
(MDC -2 5)
OFF
TO SYSTEM B
I FROM
LES ABORT MODE
Z3KW
H+
P.?
,"
Z3KlA
A*
Z6K2A
v
.I
Z6KlA
SWITCH
I)
RANGE U F E T Y
DESTRUCT ARMED
FROM S-IVB OR
PAD ABORT REQUEST
FROM GSE
+
POWER FROM
EDS POWER
SWlTCH
(MDC-24
UP-DATA
LINK
: 26K1 -A
Z6K2-A
!DER'S
;ION
Z3K2-A
LES MODE
(MDC-16)
VlTCH
(1
Z3Kl-A
Q
e
1)
Im
.-
-)
oTWR JElT
sps
TO SWITCH 2
)TO LESTOWER
JETTISON RELAY
)TO
SYSTEM 8
FROM SWITCH 2
TO LES TOWER JElllSON

RELAY
RADIO
+SIGNAL
41
Br'
EDS AM)RT
REOUEST A
OFF ON
NOTE: System A s b n ,
system B similar.
Figure 2.9-2.
EDS F u n c t i o n a l S c h e m a t i c
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 N o v 1966 Change D a t e
Page
2.9-7 12.9-8
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
type a n d a r e latched closed by CSE j u s t p r i o r to lift-off. The n o r m a l l y
c l o s e d f i r s t motion r e l a y s r e m a i n e n e r g i z e d by CSE until a c t u a l lift-off
o c c u r s . A c i r c u i t i s completed through the r e l a y s and the EDS AUTO
switch upon lift-off. The white L I F T - O F F light (MDC-5) i l l u m i n a t e s and
the r e d NO AUTO ABORT light (MDC-5) should r e m a i n extinguished.
The a s t r o n a u t p r e s s e s the NO AUTO ABORT switch-light i f i t i l l u m i n a t e s .
The NO AUTO ABORT switch-light should a l s o be p r e s s e d i f the L I F T
O F F light d o e s not illuminate a t lift-off. This would indicate that the
c i r c u i t w a s not completed f o r illuminating the L I F T O F F light and e n e r gizing the auto a b o r t enabling r e l a y s . P r e s s i n g the NO AUTO ABORT
switch-light will e n e r g i z e the auto a b o r t enabling r e l a y s through c i r c u i t r y
in the MESC. The EDS AUTO switch m u s t be a t AUTO to complete the
c i r c u i t . The L I F T O F F light would not illuminate in this c a s e . ( R e f e r
to Malfunction P r o c e d u r e s in section 9. ) The L I F T O F F light is extinguished by c i r c u i t r y in the L / V IU a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 seconds a f t e r
illumination a t lift-off. The EDS will a u t o m a t i c a l l y initiate an a b o r t
when two L / V engines fail o r L / V e x c e s s i v e r a t e s a r e s e n s e d i f t h e s e
two functions a r e enabled. The two functions a r e enabled with the
ABORT SYSTEM - 2 ENG OUT switch (MDC-16) and ABORT SYSTEM RATES switch (MDC-16). The two switches a r e s e t to off to inhibit the
two functions p r i o r to S-IB staging. L / V guidance f a i l u r e will not initiate
a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t . The c r e w will contact MSFN and a d e c i s i o n m a d e
on the action to be taken. If a d e s t r u c t a r m command i s t r a n s m i t t e d
p r i o r to inhibiting the two-engine out auto a b o r t capability, the EDS w i l l
d e t e c t BECO and initiate a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t . If a d e s t r u c t a r m c o m m a n d
i s t r a n s m i t t e d a f t e r the two-engine out auto a b o r t capability i s inhibited,
a m a n u a l a b o r t m u s t be initiated i m m e d i a t e l y when the ABORT light
i l l u m i n a t e s . S t r u c t u r a l b r e a k u p o r s e p a r a t i o n of. the s t r u c t u r e between
the IU and C / M will a l s o be d e t e c t e d by the EDS and a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t
initiate'd. During a s c e n t on a n o r m a l m i s s i o n , the EDS AUTO s w i t c h m u s t b e
s e t to O F F p r i o r to launch e s c a p e t o w e r jettison. Inhibiting of the
auto a b o r t capability e n s u r e s that a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t can not be initiated
a t the s a m e t i m e that the launch e s c a p e tower i s being jettisoned. An
a b o r t m a y be initiated m a n u a l l y b y rotating the c o m m a n d e r ' s t r a n s l a t i o n
c o n t r o l to the counterclockwise detent position (20 d e g r e e s ) .
The p a r a m e t e r s being s e n s e d by the EDS a r e e x t r e m e l y t i m e c r i t i c a l a t v a r i o u s p e r i o d s d u r i n g the boost p h a s e . When t h e s e p a r a m e t e r s a r e exceeded, a n LES a b o r t is a u t o m a t i c a l l y initiated to p r o p e l
the escapii g vehicle ( C / M and LES) s a f e l y away f r o m the launch vehicle
p r i o r to a c a t a s t r o p h i c condition. C o n c u r r e n t l y with a b o r t initiation,
e i t h e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y o r manually, logic c i r c u i t r y will shut down engines
in the L / V a c t i v a t e s t a g e . The engine shutdown signal is inhibited by
c i r c u i t r y in the I U f o r the f i r s t 40 seconds of launch b e c a u s e of range
safety restrictions.
A Q-ball (figure 2 . 9 - 3 ) mounted above the LES m o t o r s , provides
a n e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l input to the L / V AOA/SPS Pc i n d i c a t o r on MDC-3
and a n e l e c t r i c a l signal input to ground c o n t r o l via t e l e m e t r y .
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2.9-9
SMZA -03-SCO12

SYSTEMS DATA
PITCH
CMRa/
MOTOR
CANARD
SWFACES
(DEPLOYED)
\hUUST
U
U
ESCAPE
MOTOR
COMPARTMENT
JETTISON
iMOTOR
STRUCTURAL SKIRT
LAUNCH BCAE T W E R
EXPLOSIVE SEPARATION NUTS
+z
-Y
Is
SM-2A-7470
F i g u r e 2. 9-3.
Launch E s c a p e S y s t e m
The Q-ball h a s four s t a t i c p o r t s for m e a s u r i n g A P which is a

function of angle of a t t a c k . The A P i s related to pitch and yaw, and i s
electronically analyzed and displayed on the L / V AOA SPS Pc indicator
on MDC-3. The indicator i s graduated to 1 5 0 p e r c e n t because of s t a r t
t r a n s i e n t s of the SPS. The indicator i s monitored f o r the L/V AOA
function f r o m 40 seconds a f t e r lift-off until approximately one minute
and 40 seconds.
Position of the r e d line i s based on vehicle s t r u c t u r a l l i m i t s and
launch vehicle capabilities. A decision f o r manual a b o r t initiation will
be made when the indicator pointer r e a c h e s the red line and a movement
i s a l s o observed on the FDAI.
2.9.2.3
Launch Es caDe Svs tern

P u r p o s e of the LES (figure 2 . 9-3) i s to provide immediate a b o r t
capabilities f r o m the launch pad to the n o r m a l time of LES tower jettison.
The A B O R T SYSTEM - MODE switches 1 and 2 (MDC-16) a r e in the
LES MODE position p r i o r to LES tower jettison, and an a b o r t will be
accomplished by utilizing the launch e s c a p e s y s t e m . A manual o r
~~~~
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion
Basic Date
NOv
1966
Change Date
Page
2.9-10
SM2A -03-sco 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a u t o m a t i c initiated a b o r t s i g n a l will a c t i v a t e a m a s t e r e v e n t s e q u e n c e
c o n t r o l l e r ( M E S C ) . The MESC will i n i t i a t e C / M - S / h I s e p a r a t i o n , and
ignite the launch e s c a p e and pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r s . F i r i n g of the p i t c h
c o n t r o l m o t o r i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y inhibited 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off by a
t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y . The L E S m o t o r s p r o v i d e sufficient t h r u s t f o r the lift
a n d l a t e r a l t r a n s l a t i o n of the C / M a w a y f r o m the launch pad, o r t r a j e c t o r y of the l a u n c h v e h i c l e . Two c a n a r d s u r f a c e s (figure 2 . 9 - 3 ) a r e
deployed 11 s e c o n d s a f t e r a b o r t initiation to o r i e n t the C / M to a blunte n d - f o r w a r d a t t i t u d e . ( R e f e r to A b o r t P r o c e d u r e s in s e c t i o n 9. )
D u r i n g a n o r m a l m i s s i o n , the LES t o w e r i s j e t t i s o n e d s h o r t l y a f t e r
s e c o n d s t a g e b o o s t e r (S-IVB) engine ignition. LES t o w e r j e t t i s o n i s
m a n u a l l y i n i t i a t e d a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 m i n u t e s a f t e r lift-off by s e t t i n g the
A B O R T SYSTEM - MODE s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 (MDC-16) to the TWR J E T T
SPS MODE p o s i t i o n . E i t h e r s w i t c h will e n a b l e s y s t e m s A and B of the
r e d u n d a n t c i r c u i t r y . Both s w i t c h e s should be s e t a t the s a m e t i m e .
Any a b o r t , a f t e r LES t o w e r j e t t i s o n , m u s t be a c c o m p l i s h e d i n the SPS
m o d e by utilizing the S P S e n g i n e . ( R e f e r to A b o r t P r o c e d u r e s in
s e c t i o n 9. )
A b o o s t p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r ( B P C ) c o m p l e t e l y c o v e r s the c o n i c a l
s e c t i o n o f the c o m m a n d m o d u l e . The c o v e r p r o t e c t s the c o m m a n d
m o d u l e a n d windows f r o m heating d u r i n g the a s c e n t p h a s e , a n d s o o t a t
launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n i n the e v e n t of a n a b o r t . The c o v e r i s
a t t a c h e d to and is j e t t i s o n e d with the L E S t o w e r . A r e m o v a b l e s e c t i o n
a l l o w s a c c e s s to the C / M c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . The c o v e r h a s one window
f a b r i c a t e , 9 of f u s e d s i l i c a g l a s s a n d i s l o c a t e d o v e r the f o r w a r d viewing
window.
2.9. 2 . 4
E a r t h Landing S v s t e m .
The ELS p r o v i d e s f o r s a f e r e t u r n of the c o m m a n d m o d u l e and
c r e w following a n e a r t h o r b i t a l m i s s i o n , a l u n a r m i s s i o n , o r m i s s i o n
a b o r t . The E L S c o n s i s t s of two e a r t h landing s y s t e m c o n t r o l l e r s ( E L S C )
and p a r a c h u t e s . T h e ELS logic c i r c u i t r y i s a r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y d u r i n g
a n a b o r t in the LES m o d e , and is a r m e d m a n u a l l y with the E L S LOGIC
s w i t c h on MDC-8 d u r i n g a S P S a b o r t o r n o r m a l e n t r y . The E L S C c o n t a i n s b a r 0 s w i t c h e s and t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y s . A f t e r the logic c i r c u i t r y i s
a r m e d , the E L S C a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e n s e s a l t i t u d e a n d i n i t i a t e s d e p l o y m e n t
of the p a r a c h u t e s a t the p r o p e r t i m e . The t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y s c o n t r o l
initiation of a u t o m a t i c e v e n t s a f t e r the 24, 000 f e e t b a r o switch c l o s e s .
The p a r a c h u t e s ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 4 ) a r e l o c a t e d in the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t o !
the C / M , u n d e r the a p e x c o v e r . D u r i n g a n o r m a l e n t r y o r d e s c e n t f r o m
a n a b o r t i n i t i a t e d above 3 0 , 000 f e e t , the 2 4 , 000 f e e t b a r 0 s w i t c h c l o s e s
and c o m p l e t e s a c i r c u i t to the MESC which j e t t i s o n s the launch e s c a p e
t o w e r . The MESC i n i t i a t e s a p e x c o v e r j e t t i s o n 0. 4 s e c o n d s a f t e r launch
e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n . C l o s i n g of the 24, 000 f e e t b a r 0 switch c o m p l e t e s
a c i r c u i t to a 2 - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y and a 1 4 - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y to j e t t i s o n
the d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s i n 2 s e c o n d s . The 1 4 - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y c o m p l e t e s
a c i r c u i t to the 1 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t b a r 0 s w i t c h .
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2 . 9-11
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
DROGUE
PARACHUTIis (2)
APEX COVER
M A I N PARACHUTES
(3 PLACES)
PARACHUTES (3)
DROGUE PARACHUrES
A N D MORTARS
PILOT PARACHUTES
A N D MORTARS
(3 PLACES)
M A I N PAPACHUTES IN
DEPLOYMENT BAGS (3)
S M - U - ~ Q ~ ~
F i g u r e 2. 9-4.
ELS P a r a c h u t e E q u i p m e n t
S E Q U E N T I A L SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
2-9-12
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
The drogue p a r a c h u t e s a r e held in a r e e f e d condition f o r 8 s e c o n d s
b y two reefing l i n e s . E a c h reefing line h a s two reefing l i n e c u t t e r s . A
pyrotechnic t i m e - d e l a y t r a i n in e a c h reefing line c u t t e r i s ignited at t h e
t i m e of d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e l i n e s t r e t c h , causing automatic d i s r e e f i n g a f t e r
8 seconds. The d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s r e m a i n attached t o the c o m m a n d
module until d e s c e n t t o a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t w h e r e the 1 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t
b a r 0 switch c l o s e s t o initiate d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e disconnect. Simultaneo u s l y with d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e d i s c o n n e c t , t h r e e pilot p a r a c h u t e s a r e
independently m o r t a r deployed, which r e m o v e s the m a i n p a r a c h u t e p a c k s
f r o m t h e C / M and e x t r a c t s t h e m a i n p a r a c h u t e s f r o m t h e i r deployment
b a g s . The m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a r e r e e f e d f o r 8 seconds. D i s r e e f i n g then
o c c u r s , and the p a r a c h u t e s fully inflate t o lower the C / M s a f e l y t o
landing. T h r e e reefing line c u t t e r s a r e employed on e a c h of the two
reefing l i n e s f o r t h e m a i n p a r a c h u t e s .
A 27-1/Z-d,egree hang-angle of t h e C / M i s maintained by m e a n s of
the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a t t a c h m e n t . The hang-angle c o n t r i b u t e s to the c r e w
t o l e r a n c e impact by e n s u r i n g t h a t i m p a c t o c c u r s at the specifically
designed C / M s t r u c t u r a l attenuation point. T h i s attenuation point i s on the
+Z-axis.
Special note should be m a d e that t h e apex c o v e r j e t t i s o n and deploym e n t of the drogue p a r a c h u t e s m a y be manually initiated a t 45, 0 0 0 f e e t
during a n o r m a l e n t r y if the flight c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the command
module b e c o m e unstable. ( R e f e r to operational l i m i t a t i o n s and
restrictions. )
An E L S - AUTO/MAN switch (MDC-16) i s provided f o r the c r e w t o
inhibit a u t o m a t i c deployment of the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s during a low-altitude
a b o r t iAitiated p r i o r to 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off. The switch i s s e t to the
AUTO position p r i o r t o launch. In the event of an a b o r t p r i o r to 61 s e c o n d s
a f t e r lift-off, t h e c r e w will set t h e switch to MAN a f t e r drogue p a r a c h u t e
deployment if the C / M i s above a n altitude of 3300 feet. Deployment of the
m a i n p a r a c h u t e s will b e m a n u a l l y initiated by p r e s s i n g the MAIN DEPLOY
switch on MDC-5, when t h e a l t i m e t e r pointer r e a c h e s the adjustable m a r k e r
setting (3300 f e e t ) on the a l t i m e t e r f a c e . T h i s action will p r e c l u d e the
possibility of the command module drifting back on a land a r e a . The ELS
switch should b e r e t u r n e d t o AUTO a f t e r the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a r e deployed.
T h i s will allow a 14-second t i m e delay t o t i m e out and p e r m i t r e l e a s e of
the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s when the MAIN CHUTE RELEASE switch i s actuated
a f t e r touchdown.
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEAIS
SMZA-03-SC012
_SYSTEMS DATA
T h e postlanding r e c o v e r y a i d s c o n s i s t of a sea dye m a r k e r ,
s w i m m e r s u m b i l i c a l , C / M vent f a n , C / M uprighting s y s t e m , H F
r e c o v e r y a n t e n n a , and a f l a s h i n g b e a c o n light. The s e a dye m a r k e r and
s w i m m e r s u m b i l i c a l a r e deployed a u t o m a t i c a l l y when t h e r e c o v e r y
a n t e n n a i s deployed. T h e m a r k e r and s w i m m e r s u m b i l i c a l a r e t e t h e r e d
to the C / M f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t d e c k . The s e a dye m a r k e r w i l l l a s t
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 12 h o u r s . The C / M vent fan ( p a r t o f t h e ECS) i s t u r n e d on
a f t e r landing to vent the C / M t o the o u t s i d e a t m o s p h e r e . The C / M
u p r i g h t i n g s y s t e m i s a c t i v a t e d only if the C / M i s in a s t a b l e i n v e r t e d
a t t i t u d e . ( R e f e r to C o m m a n d Module Uprighting S y s t e m in s e c t i o n 2 . )
The f l a s h i n g beacon light a n d two VHF a n t e n n a s l o c a t e d o n the
f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t d e c k on the C / M a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y deployed to
a n u p r i g h t position a f t e r m a i n p a r a c h u t e deployment. The r i s e r s of
the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a c t u a t e r e e f i n g line c u t t e r s , which c u t r e t e n t i o n
t i e s and a l l o w s the b e a c o n l i g h t and V H F a n t e n n a s t o b e e x t e n d e d i n 8 s e c o n d s .
The beacon light h a s a s e l f - c o n t a i n e d p o w e r supply capable of o p e r a t i n g
the light f o r t h r e e 8 - h o u r duty c y c l e s . The f l a s h r a t e i s 1 5 p e r m i n u t e
a t a n i n t e n s i t y of 1 . 2 c a n d l e - s e c o n d s p e r f l a s h .
T h e postlanding c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s a r e l o c a t e d on MDC-25. A
r e c o v e r y pickup c a b l e i s provided o n t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e f o r r e t r i e v a l
by r e c o v e r y forces.
2.9.3
MAJOR COMPONENT/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION

E a c h of t h e s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s e m p l o y redundant c i r c u i t s f o r
r e l i a b i l i t y . Seven b a t t e r i e s a r e p r o v i d e d in t h e s p a c e c r a f t t o f u r n i s h
e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r f o r t h e s p a c e c r a f t p o r t i o n of t h e s y s t e m s d u r i n g o p e r a tion. E n t r y b a t t e r i e s A, B, and C, and two p y r o b a t t e r i e s a r e l o c a t e d
in t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e , and two S / M j e t t i s o n b a t t e r i e s a r e l o c a t e d i n t h e
s e r v i c e m o d u l e . E n t r y b a t t e r i e s A, B , and C a r e t h e only b a t t e r i e s t h a t
a r e r e c h a r g e a b l e d u r i n g t h e mission.
E n t r y b a t t e r i e s A and B f u r n i s h p o w e r f o r t h e EDS d i s p l a y s and
MESC l o g i c c i r c u i t r y . T h e p y r o b a t t e r i e s f u r n i s h p o w e r f o r detonation
of p y r o t e c h n i c d e v i c e s d u r i n g a b o r t s , s e p a r a t i o n f u n c t i o n s , and p a r a c h u t e o p e r a t i o n d u r i n g t h e n o r m a l landing s e q u e n c e . (See f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 5
f o r a C / M b a t t e r y b u s t i e - i n s c h e m a t i c . ) A d e s c r i p t i o n of e a c h of t h e
s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s i s contained in t h e following p a r a g r a p h s .
2.9.3. 1
Sequential E v e n t s C o n t r o l S y s t e m .
T h e SECS c o n s i s t s of two m a s t e r e v e n t s s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e r s
( M E S C ) , two e a r t h landing s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e r s ( E L S C ) , two c o m m a n d
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
Change Date
Page 2 - 9 - 1 4
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
ENTRY
BATTERY A
BATTERY C
BATTERY B
BATC
IOOA
)I PWR (LEB-150)
BATTERY BUS A
V
D 5A ) I B A TSA1
MESCLOGIC
A-BAT
(MDC-
(MDC-25)
(MDC-25)
MESCLOGIC
B- BAT B
[MDC22)
22)
I!
MASTER EVENT
SEQ CONT- 2
SEQ C O N T - I
MESC PYRO BUS B
LOGIC BUS A
LOGIC BUS B
SM-2A-75iE
F i g u r e 2 . 9-5.
C / M Battery Bus T i e - I n S c h e m a t i c
I\ii i s s i o n
mortars
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966
ELSC
C h a n g e Date
Page
(MDC-5)
2.?-13
S M Z A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
m o d u l e r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n t r o l l e r s ( C / M RCSC), a n d two s e r v i c e
m o d u l e j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s (SMJC). The SMJC is l o c a t e d i n t h e s e r v i c e
m o d u l e . All o t h e r c o n t r o l l e r s a r e l o c a t e d i n t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e . E a c h
c o n t r o l l e r c o n s i s t s of r e l a y s , t i m e r s , a n d o t h e r d e v i c e s t o provide a u t o m a t i c a n d s e m i a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l of the s y s t e m s .
Many o p e r a t i o n s i n t h e SECS a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by p y r o t e c h n i c
d e v i c e s of v a r i o u s t y p e s . Apollo s t a n d a r d i n i t i a t o r s (ASI) a r e u s e d
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Function and
P y r o Device
b.
C/M-RCS pressurizing valves
c.
Circuit interrupters
d.
C /M-S /M umbilical
guillotine
e.
LE a n d P c m o t o r s
igniter cartridges
LE t o w e r (TWR) j e t t i s o n
a.
TWR t o C / M a t t a c h ing nuts (explosive)
b.
TWR j e t t i s o n m o t o r
igniter cartridges
P o s t l a n d i n g antenna
deploy
N o r m a l Actuating
C o n t r 01
Automatic signal f r o m
MESC o r m a n u a l c o n t r o l
f r o m ABORT SYSTEM MODE s w i t c h e s 1 a n d 2
Backup C o n t r o l
ABORT SYSTEM - MODE

s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 (MDC-16)
Manual a c t u a t i o n of
POS TLANDING DEPLOY switches 1
and 2 (MDC-25)
u
2 . 9. 3 . 1. 1
M a s t e r E v e n t s S e q u e n c e C o n t r o l l e r s (MESC).
The MESC ( f i g u r e 2. 9 - 6 ) p r o v i d e s the logic a n d timing to i n i t i a t e and
t e r m i n a t e e v e n t s a s s o c i a t e d with t h e a s c e n t and a b o r t m o d e s . C o n t r o l l e r
A i s in s y s t e m A and c o n t r o l l e r B i s in s y s t e m B of t h e redundant s y s t e m s .
C r o s s o v e r c i r c u i t r y b e t w e e n c o n t r o l l e r s A and B e n s u r e s c o r r e c t outputs
f o r detonating p y r o t e c h n i c d e v i c e s e v e n if one redundant c i r c u i t i s i n o p e r a tive. T h e l o g i c c i r c u i t r y is a r m e d with t h e two MESC-LOGIC ARM
s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 o n MDC-25. T h e p y r o c i r c u i t r y i s a r m e d with t h e two
MASTER E V E N T S E Q C O N T - P Y R O ARM s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 o n MDC-24.
Backup c o n t r o l s a r e p r o v i d e d f o r m o s t of t h e e v e n t s c o n t r o l l e d by t h e
XAl7CP
+-+-
--.
AUTO AK)I(T 2
CROSSOMR
AUTO M O R T I
CROSSOVEL
TW
B O O S T E R ENGINIS
CUTOFF (UCO)
C/M-S/M
SE?
PYhJ CONTROL
BATTERY
m-+,
1
C / M - I N SEI SWITCH
n M t DELAY
I
I1.0JECOK)S
nM
DELAY
(MDC-15)
M[X LOGIC ARM

SWITCH A IMDC-'255)
UTTEKY
LOCK
POS
0.1
uc
nm
DEUY
3
3
$1
MONITOR
3_J
T.D.
I.7SEC
nru DELAY
Figur
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12

SYSTEMS DATA
____----
M 4 S T E R EVENTS
$fOCfNE CONTROLLER A
I
I .o StC
I
I
I
I
Yj?
0.4
su
JETTISON
Figure 2 . 9 - 6 .
M a s t e r Events Sequence Controller Block Diagram
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
12
No''
1966
Change Date
Page 2 . 9 - 1 9 / 2 . 9 - 2 0
ENTRY BATTERY A
APEX COVER
JETT (SWITCH)
r----
r---1I
I
M4STER
I
I
I
I
EVENTS
SEQUENCE
CONTROLLERA
II
I
l p m
I
I
.,,,L
L
*I
II
I
MASTER
EVENrj
SEWEhCE
c-
r-----
!PYRO PWR
I
I
I
II
I LOGIC
lp?
APEX COVER
J E l l (SWITCH)
ENTRY BATTERY B
PYROPWR
1 7 A N D 18
0.4SECOND
swl
I
I
88
I LOGIC+
I
I
I
I
I
II
1
I
I
I
II
II
BAR0
SWlTC
I .
II
I LOGIC*
r
0ARO
SWITCH
Ipm
II
T I M DELAY
3AND4
b
-
- BAR0
SWITCH 2
38,500 FT (MAX)
24,000 FT(M1N)
K I (4PDT)
+-
14 SECONDS
--
TIME DELAY
1 AND2
2 SECONDS
ia,m n (MA)()
10,oOO FT (MIN)
I
'
i
"
IC2 (4 POT)
1
J
L
w
DROQJE DEPLOY
(SWITCH)
J
WIN I
(SW:
Fi
Mission
SMZA-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
MAIN CHUTE
MAIN DEPLOY
(SWITCH)
XUE
DROGUE
MORTAR
NO. 2
7 TAR
'.
-71
?TAR
DROCUE
MORTAR
N0.2
4
1
RELEASE
PILOT
CWTENO. 1
DEPLOY
DROGUE
RELWE
DROGUE
RELEASE
PILOT
CWTE NO. I
DEPLOY
PILOT
C W T E NO. 2
DEPLOY
PILOT
W T E NO. 3
DEPLOY
PILOT
C W T E NO. 2
DEPLOY
PILOT
C W T E NO. 3
DEPLOY
MAIN
CWTE
DISCONNECT
MI\ IN
CHJTE
DISCONNECT
-t
PCVB "I'
1)
--------------- ---------------------------1
I
.i
LEGEND:
18,ooO F l ( M U )
10,OOO
CROSSOVER PYRO POWER
PCVB
n (MIN)
BARO
WITCH 3 --&
CROSSOVER LOGIC POWER
PYRO CONTINUITY
VERIFICATION M3X
i I
EARTH LANDING SEQUENCE CONTROLLER B
13 (4 PDT)
I
-
K4 (4 PDT)
! I
'
BARO
SWITCH 4
M I N DEPLOY
(SWITCH)
1
MAIN CHUTE
RELEASE
(SWITCH)
SMU-742D
Figure 2 . 9 - 7 .
Earth Landing S y s t e m Controller Block Diagram

~
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion
Basic Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page 2 . 9 - 2 112.9-22
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
the b a r 0 switch setting. O t h e r e v e n t s a r e controlled by t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y s
a f t e r the b a r 0 s w i t c h e s close. R e f e r to functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the ELS.
2. 9. 3. 1. 3
Command Module Reaction Control S y s t e m C o n t r o l l e r s ( C / M RCSC).

T h e C / M RCSC ( f i g u r e 2. 9-8) p r o v i d e a u t o m a t i c and m a n u a l control
of e v e n t s that o c c u r i n t h e r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m . Two redundant
c o n t r o l l e r s a r e provided f o r dual redundancy. During a n a b o r t initiated
p r i o r t o 6 1 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off, t h e C / M RCS oxidizer and helium a r e
a u t o m a t i c a l l y dumped. When t h e a b o r t signal is r e c e i v e d , t h e following
p y r o valves a r e f i r e d by i n i t i a t o r s t o p r e s s u r i z e and dump t h e RCS
oxidizer:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Two h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s
Helium i n t e r c o n n e c t valve
Oxidizer i n t e r c o n n e c t valve
Two oxidizer o v e r b o a r d dump valves
T h e oxidizer o v e r b o a r d d u m p valves r o u t e t h e oxidizer t o a blow-out plug

in t h e aft h e a t shield of the C/M. P r e s s u r e buildup s h e a r s a pin which
r e l e a s e s the blowout plug and d u m p s t h e o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d .
T h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r e is dumped into the aft c o m p a r t m e n t 18 s e c o n d s
after a b o r t initiation when t h e following p y r o valves a r e f i r e d b y i n i t i a t o r s :
a.
b.
c.
Helium i n t e r c o n n e c t v a l v e
Two oxidizer tanks b y p a s s v a l v e s
Helium o v e r b o a r d d u m p valve
The t h r e e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y connected to d - c m a i n
b u s e s A and B during a n LES a b o r t o r n o r m a l C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , RCS
c o n t r o l i s t r a n s f e r r e d (S/M to C / M ) . (See f i g u r e 2. 9-9 f o r RCS c o n t r o l
s c h e m a t i c , ) The c o n t r o l l e r s inhibit a u t o m a t i c o x i d i z e r d u m p , h e l i u m
d u m p , and LES pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r firing- a u t o m a t i c a l l y a t 61 seconds
a f t e r lift-off. RCS p r o p e l l a n t b u r n and p u r g e m u s t be manually s e l e c t e d .
The p y r o b u s e s a r e a r m e d when the MASTER EVENT SEQ CONT PYRO ARM switches 1 and 2 a r e s e t to the PYRO ARM position. Backup
c o n t r o l s a r e provided f o r m o s t of the functions p e r f o r m e d by the RCSC.
2. 9. 3. 1. 4
S e r v i c e Module J e t t i s o n C o n t r o l l e r s (SMJC).
The SMJC (figure 2 . 9-10) p r o g r a m the o p e r a t i o n to i m p a r t a
d e s i r e d motion to the s e r v i c e module a f t e r C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n . The
S / M r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m will be c o n t r o l l e d by the SMJC and c o m m a n d
continuous f i r i n g of the -X j e t s . It is p o s s i b l e that the r e s u l t a n t - X
t h r u s t i n g will be offset f r o m the S / M X - a x i s ; t h e r e f o r e , the S / M RCS
t roll jets a r e activated for a 5.5-second interval, 2 seconds after
s e p a r a t i o n . T h i s e n s u r e s that a m a j o r component of the j e t t i s o n t h r u s t ing will be in a d i r e c t i o n that was p a r a l l e l to the CSM ( - X ) a x i s a t
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 19b6 Change Date
Page
2-9-23
SM2A 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
s e v e r a n c e . The dual c o n t r o l l e r s a r e p o w e r e d by d u a l s e p a r a t i o n
b a t t e r i e s l o c a t e d i n t h e S I M . The b a t t e r i e s a r e not r e c h a r g e a b l e
during the mission.
2. 9. 3 . 1. 5
C / M - S / M Separation Mechanism.
The C I M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n m e c h a n i s m ( f i g u r e 2 . 9- 11) c o n s i s t s of
e l e c t r i c a l circuit i n t e r r u p t e r s , s h e a r compression pads, tension t i e s ,
l i n e a r - s h a p e d c h a r g e s , a n d a d u a l - b l a d e guillotine ( u m b i l i c a l s e v e r a n c e
d e v i c e ) . Redundant s y s t e m s (A and B) in the MESC p r o v i d e d u a l r e d u n d a n t c o m m a n d s to f i r e d u a l i n i t i a t o r s and c h a r g e s to e n s u r e sudden
c o m p l e t e t e n s i o n a n d u m b i l i c a l s e v e r a n c e with a d e q u a t e r e l i a b i l i t y .
P r i o r to u m b i l i c a l s e v e r a n c e , s e n s i t i v e c i r c u i t s in the u m b i l i c a l a r e
d e a d f a c e d by c i r c u i t i n t e r r u p t e r s . The s h e a r c o m p r e s s i o n p a d s a r e
d e s i g n e d f o r i n t e r f e r e n c e - f r e e s e p a r a t i o n a f t e r the tension t i e s a r e
s e v e r e d . A s e p a r a t i o n s i g n a l i s s e n t to d u a l r e d u n d a n t s e r v i c e module
j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s which c o n t r o l the S / M a f t e r i t s e p a r a t e s f r o m the
C/M.
2 . 9. 3. 1 . 6
S p a c e c r a f t L E M A d a p t e r (SLA)S e p a r a t i o n M e c h a n i s m .
A c o m m a n d f o r CSM-SLA s e p a r a t i o n i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e n t to the
MESC when a SPS a b o r t i s m a n u a l l y i n i t i a t e d . A n A D A P T S E P switch
on MDC-5 m a y be u s e d a s a backup a n d f o r n o r m a l CSM-SLA s e p a r a t i o n
d u r i n g a n o r m a l m i s s i o n . S e p a r a t i o n of the a d a p t e r into four p a n e l s
( f i g u r e 2 . 9-12) i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by a n e x p l o s i v e t r a i n . The e x p l o s i v e
t r a i n c o n s i s t s of 28 c h a r g e h o l d e r s , 2 i n i t i a t o r s and s h i e l d s , 8 p a n e l
t h r u s t e r s , 8 i n i t i a t o r p r e s s u r e c a r t r i d g e s , and a n u m b i l i c a l s e p a r a t i o n
s y s t e m . Redundant d e t o n a t o r a s s e m b l i e s f i r e d u a l l i n e s of m i l d d e t o nating f u s e ( M D F ) i n s t a l l e d between the a d a p t e r p a n e l s , top a n d b o t t o m ,
and between e a c h p a n e l . E i t h e r l i n e will s e v e r the s p l i c e p l a t e s between
the f o u r p a n e l s a n d a r o u n d both e n d s . C r o s s o v e r b o o s t e r s a r e u s e d in
the c h a r g e h o l d e r j o i n t s to e n s u r e t h a t both l i n e s a r e f i r i n g s i m u l t a n e o u s l y for c o m p l e t e r e l i a b i l i t y . The detonating l i n e s a r e continuous l e a d
s h e a t h s s u r r o u n d i n g an e x p l o s i v e c o r e which i s v i r g i n R D X , c l a s s G .
The m i l d detonating fuse s e p a r a t e s the a d a p t e r p a n e l s and f i r e s c a r t r i d g e s f o r the p a n e l t h r u s t e r s which open the f o u r p a n e l s . S i m u l t a n e o u s l y with t h i s o p e r a t i o n , u m b i l i c a l d i s c o n n e c t t a k e s p l a c e . F o u r
s p r i n g - l o a d e d r e e l s hold the p a n e l s in a 4 5 - d e g r e e open position. The
p a n e l s a r e . stopped in the open position by eight a t t e n u a t o r s that have
honeycomb c o r e s .
2.9.3.2
E m e r e e n c v Detection S v s t e m .
T h e EDS c o n s i s t s of s e n s o r s , l o g i c c i r c u i t r y and s i g n a l condit i o n e r s l o c a t e d in t h e l a u n c h v e h i c l e , d i s p l a y s and c o n t r o l s l o c a t e d in
t h e C I M , and Q - b a l l which i s l o c a t e d on t h e f o r w a r d t i p of t h e L E S t o w e r
a b o v e t h e c a n a r d . T h e d i s p l a y s and c o n t r o l s c o n s i s t of L / V r a t e s , L / V
g u i d a n c e , a b o r t , and e n g i n e s l i g h t s , along with a n a n g l e - o f - a t t a c k
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.9-24
--
APOLL
M T T E R Y BUSA
W
T
PYRO A
SEQ A
(LEE-150)
1
u b
A PNR
MESCAARMEUTA
OXIDIZER .
DUMP SIGNAL
'
(AUTO)
K1
K4
PITCH CONTROL
MOTOR FIRE ENABLE
KS
K4
K5
K4
::
Ks
1.
I
I
START
CM PROP JETTPURGE SWITCH
(MDC-8) r
POWER FROM C/M
PROP JETT-LOGIC
SWITCH (MDC-8)
REACTION CONTROL
SYSTEM-TRANS
SWITCH (MDC- 16)
-+
WIN BUS
I
I
I
I
K3
K6
5 C/M RCS JETS
K7
FUEL BYPASS
K9
(LEE-150)
OXDWPAND
ISOLATION VALVES
O X INTERCONNECT
KB
U T B M
LES ABORT OR C/M-S/M

SEPARATION SIGNAL-+
CM PROP JEll-DUMP
SWI1C.q (MDC-E)
1m) ENTRY
CM PROP JETT-DWP
SWITCH (MDC-8)
GAS CHROMATOGRAPH
CM PROP JETTPURGE SWITCH

(MM-8)
O X BYPASS
POWER FROM C/M

PROP JETT-LOGIC
L
r
I
-I
START
K3
. Ha DUMP
'1
1 .
61 SE<
LIFT OFF SIGNAL
Figure 2 . 9 - 8 .
C/M Reac
SEQ
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
PYROB
lel
MESCAARMB-
---e---
----------
TO ELSC PYRO Bus
RCS PYRO Bus
L--c--&
LES ABORT OR C/M-S/M

SEPARATION SIGNAL
-lI
I
OXIDIZER
DUMP SIGNAL
MP AND
- I O N WLVES
PITCH CONTROL
MOTOR FIRE ENABLE
RCONN ECT
STARTIiiqL9
CM PROP JETT-DUMP
CS JETS
K7
PASS
CM PROP JmPURGE SWITCH

(MDC-8)
7OMATOGRAPH (ECS SYS)
He INTERCONNECT
FUEL INTERCONNECT
AND 5 C/M RCS JETS
I
d
;
+
*FUEL BYPASS
POWER FROM C/M

PROP JETT-LOGIC
SWITCH (MDC-8)
ASS
K6
SWITCH (MDC-8)
OX DUMP AND
ISOLATION VALVES
GAS CHROMATOGRAPH (ECS SYS)

OX BYPASS
REACTION CONTROL
SYSTEM-TRANS
SWITCH ( M M - 1 6 )
csr
'1 Lg.4
I
He INTERCONNECT
K13
K12
. -
LIS
- - -SWITCH (EPS SYS "A")

1
SYSTEM
;OR
N
A - S/M
--J
MAIN B L 6
TIE-BAT M C
WITCH (MDC-22)
K3
'I
DISCRETE
M I N BUS TIE M070R

SWITCH (EPS S Y S 3")
I
NEGATIVE DC MAIN BUS
SM-U-814D
Figure 2 . 9 - 8 .
C/M Reaction Control S y s t e m Controller Schematic

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
I966
Change Date
Page 2 . 9-2512. 9 - 2 6
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
(MDC - 7)
SPS ABORT
INPUT
From: D C M A I N
BUS A
From: DCMAIN-
M A I N BUS A
nus B
,4
A1
+X
JETS
S/M RCS
ULLAGE
FIRE
RO-TATION
CONTROL INPUTS
(ENABLED)
---- -1
PITCH AND
YAW INHIBIT
INPUT 14 SEC AFTER

LOW ALTITUDE ABORT
OR 24K' BAR0 SWITCH
CLOSING DURING
DESCENT
1
-_____
Fa
DlRECl
RCS
?--
* w
scs
(MDC-16)
S/M RCS
DIRECT COILS
ENGINES)
i
ROTATION CONTROL
NO. 2 (DIRECT MANUAL
CONTROL OF RCS
ENGINES)
F i g u r e 2.9-9.
DIRECT COILS
,
I
SCS-RCS CONTROL FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
'
NOTE:
System
A Shown
System
E Simulor
sM- a-980
SCS-RCS Functional Block D i a g r a m

Mission
Basic Date
page
2.9-27
SM2A-03-SCO 12
APOLLO O P E R A T I O N S HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
FLY-AWAY
UMBILICAL
SEPARATION BATTERY A
RESET
-1
r
I
SEPARATION
SIGNAL
FROM MESC
ZlKlA
ZlKlA
TZIKZA
ZZKIA
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Z3K 1 A
I
W~-TRANSLATION
CONTROL
CONTROL
F i g u r e 2. 9 - 10. S e r v i c e M o d u l e J e t t i s o n C o n t r o l l e r S c h e m a t l c
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
-,
'.
Page
2.9-28
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
LINEAR SHAPE CHARGE
DETONATOR
AL GUILLOTINE
C/M UMBILICAL
FAlRlNG
LINEAR SHPAED CHARGE
S/M UMBlLlCAL
FAIRING
TENSION TIE STRAP
'BRACKET
SM-U-897A
Figure 2 . 9 - 11. C/M-SIM Separation Mechanism
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
Basic Date
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
WaJ.,r>oUT FWAMt
Change Date
Page 2.9-2912.9-30
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
'
!I n
UMBILICAL
SEPARATION
PANEL THRUSTER
I NlTlATOR A N D
SHIELD
NEGATOR SPWNGREEL'
(4 PLACES)
ATTENUATOR
(8 PLACES)
SM-ZA-895 A
F i g u r e 2 . 9- 12. Adapter S e p a r a t i o n M e c h a n i s m
-.-
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
2.9-31
Si
M 2A 0 3 SC 0 12

SYSTEMS DATA
i n d i c a t o r a n d c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s . The L / V p o r t i o n of t h e EDS and t h e
Q - b a l l a r e p o w e r e d by eight L / V b a t t e r i e s . The d i s p l a y s a r e p o w e r e d
by two e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A a n d B.
2. 9. 3. 3
Launch Escape System.

T h e L E S c o n s i s t s of two m a j o r a s s e m b l i e s ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 3 ) t h a t a r e
i n s t a l l e d on top of the c o m m a n d m o d u l e p r i o r to l a u n c h . The f i r s t
s t r u c t u r e i s a f o u r - l e g g e d , welded t u b u l a r t i t a n i u m t o w e r . The tower
i s a t t a c h e d to the c o m m a n d m o d u l e with f o u r f r a n g i b l e n u t s on s t u d s .
TWOd e t o n a t o r a s s e m b l i e s a r e i n s t a l l e d in e a c h n u t to b r e a k i t when
L E S t o w e r j e t t i s o n i s c o m m a n d e d . T h e second s t r u c t u r e i s c y l i n d r i c a l
in s h a p e topped b y the Q - b a l l , a n d h o u s e s the launch e s c a p e , t o w e r j e t t i s o n , a n d p i t c h c o n t r o l m o t o r s . A c a n a r d s u b s y s t e m i s i n s t a l l e d n e a r the
f o r w a r d e n d below the Q - b a l l .
2 . 9 . 3. 3. 1
LES Motors.
E a c h of the t h r e e m o t o r s in the LES ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 3 ) a r e f i r e d by two
i g n i t e r a s s e m b l i e s . The t h r e e m o t o r s a r e the l a u n c h e s c a p e m o t o r ,
t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r , a n d p i t c h c o n t r o l m o t o r . The pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r
w o r k s in conjunction with the launch e s c a p e m o t o r d u r i n g a L E S a b o r t
i n i t i a t e d p r i o r to 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off. The pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r h a s a
f i x e d z e r o - d e g r e e , s i n g l e - e x h a u s t n o z z l e a n d i s m o u n t e d below the b a l l a s t
e n c l o s u r e in a h o r i z o n t a l p o s i t i o n . T h e m o t o r p r o d u c e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y
2500 pounds of t h r u s t f o r a b o u t 0. 5 s e c o n d to f o r c e the n o s e of the LES
t o w e r in the - Z d i r e c t i o n . F i r i n g of the p i t c h c o n t r o l m o t o r i s inhibited
61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off by a s i g n a l f r o m the C /M RCSC. T h e l a u n c h
e s c a p e m o t o r h a s f o u r n o z z l e s t h a t have a c e n t e r l i n e c a n t a n g l e of
35 d e g r e e s . T h e r e s u l t a n t t h r u s t v e c t o r deflection i s obtained by offsizing
t h e n o z z l e t h r o a t d i a m e t e r s and producing a t h r u s t v e c t o r in t h e - Z d i r e c tion. T h r u s t output is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 pounds which s t a r t s dropping
in a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 s e c o n d s . Lateral t r a n s l a t i o n of the e s c a p e v e h i c l e i s
a i d e d by t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r a l i g n m e n t o f f s e t d u r i n g an LES a b o r t . T h e
t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r h a s two n o z z l e s in which t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r a l i g n m e n t
is o f f s e t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 d e g r e e s t o p r o d u c e a t h r u s t component i n t h e
+ 2 d i r e c t i o n . T h r u s t output i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 3 , 0 0 0 pounds.
2.9.3.3.2
Canard Subsystem.
T h e c a n a r d s u b s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 3 ) c o n s i s t s of two deployable
s u r f a c e s f a i r e d into the o u t e r s k i n of the L E S below t h e Q - b a l l i n t e r f a c e .
E a c h s u r f a c e i s m o u n t e d on two h i n g e s a n d is o p e r a t e d open by a p y r o t e c h n i c t h r u s t e r with redundant g a s c a r t r i d g e s . The s u r f a c e s a r e
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 47 i n c h e s long, c l a m - s h e l l s h a p e d , a n d c o n s t r u c t e d of
double - s k i n r i b b e d i n c o n e l . T h e c a n a r d s u r f a c e s a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
o p e n e d d u r i n g a L E S a b o r t a n d a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s a c t i n g o n the s u r f a c e s c o n t r o l a t u r n a r o u n d m a n e u v e r of t h e C / M . ( R e f e r to Abort
P r o c e d u r e s i n s e c t i o n 9. )
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Change Date
Page
2.9-32
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.9. 3 . 4
E a r t h Landing S u b s y s t e m .
The E L S c o n s i s t s of the p a r a c h u t e s u b s y s t e m (figure 2 . 9 - 4 ) , two
e a r t h landing sequence c o n t r o l l e r s (figure 2 . 9 - 7 ) , and the a p e x c o v e r
jettison m e c h a n i s m .
The p a r a c h u t e s u b s y s t e m is c o m p r i s e d of two f i s t - r i b b o n - t y p e
nylon drogue p a r a c h u t e s , 1 3 . 7 f e e t in d i a m e t e r ; t h r e e r i n g - s l o t - t y p e
nylon pilot p a r a c h u t e s , 7 . 2 feet in d i a m e t e r ; t h r e e r i n g - s a i l - t y p e nylon
m a i n p a r a c h u t e s , 83. 5 f e e t in d i a m e t e r ; deployment bags; b r i d l e s ; s u s pension l i n e s ; m o r t a r s ; and the n e c e s s a r y h a r d w a r e f o r a t t a c h m e n t to
the C / M . T h e p a r a c h u t e s u b s y s t e m is housed i n the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t under the apex c o v e r of t h e C / M .
The e a r t h landing sequence c o n t r o l l e r s a r e located in the right
equipment bay of t h e C / M and c o n t r o l s automatic o p e r a t i o n of the ELS.
C r o s s o v e r c i r c u i t r y between the c o n t r o l l e r s e n s u r e s c o r r e c t output
s i g n a l s . Backup e m e r g e n c y s w i t c h e s a r e provided on MDC-5 f o r apex
c o v e r j e t t i s o n and p a r a c h u t e deployment. The apex c o v e r i s j e t t i s o n e d
by four g a s - o p e r a t e d t h r u s t e r s . Two g a s - t y p e c a r t r i d g e s a r e employed
f o r redundancy and o p e r a t e two t h r u s t e r s each. E i t h e r p a i r of t h r u s t e r s
will j e t t i s o n the apex c o v e r . A pilot p a r a c h u t e and m o r t a r a r e installed
in the f o r w a r d end of the a p e x c o v e r . The m o r t a r i s f i r e d a t e x a c t l y
the s a m e time a s the a p e x c o v e r t h r u s t e r s to deploy the p a r a c h u t e . The
p a r a c h u t e will pull the a p e x c o v e r f r o m the negative p r e s s u r e a r e a
iollowing the C / M .
2. 9 . 4

E h t r y d e s c e n t v e l o c i t i e s , altitude, and time a r e contained in the
following tabulated data. The f i g u r e s a r e b a s e d on a command module
r e c o v e r y weight of 1 1 , 0 0 0 pounds and a s t a n d a r d day b a r o m e t r i c
p r e s s u r e.
The tabulated d a t a s t a t e s t h e a u t o m a t i c e v e n t s t h a t n o r m a l l y
o c c u r in the ELS during d e s c e n t . Under c e r t a i n e n t r y conditions, the
apex c o v e r m a y be manually j e t t i s o n e d , and t h e drogue p a r a c h u t e s
m a n u a l l y deployed a t 45, 000 feet. R e f e r t o o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s and
r e s t r i c t i o n s that follow the tabulated data.
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
l 2 N O v 1966 Change Date
Page
2-9-33
SM2A - 0 3 -SC0 12

SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Occurrence
T i m e on
P a r a c hu t e s
Altitude
~~
Descent
Velocity
TWO D R O G U E PARACHUTES
24, 000 f e e t b a r 0 s w i t c h c l o s e s
24, 9 0 0 to 2 1 , 500 feel
Apex c o v e r jettison
24, 000 f e e t b a r 0
s w i t c h c l o s u r e t 0. 4
seconds
425 f t J s e c
Drogue parachutes ( 2 ) deploy
24,000 feet b a r 0
switch c l o s u r e t 2 . 0
seconds
410 f t / s e c
1 0 , 000 f e e t b a r o s w i t c h
closes
10, 950 to 9 , 100 f e e t
Drogue parachutes (2) r e l e a s e

and m a i n parachutes deploy
10, 000 f e e t bar0

switch c l o s u r e
15 to 46 s e c o n d
235 ft/sec
Main p a r a c h u t e s open ( r e e f e d )
a f t e r two d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s
release
Main parachutes d i s r e e f
225 f t J s e c
8400 * S O 0 f e e t
3 seconds after
line s t r e t c h
110 f t / s e c
1 0 , 0 0 0 feet bar0
switch c l o s u r e
40 s e c o n d s
275 f t J s e c
O N E DROGUE PARACHUTE
Drogue parachute (1) r e l e a s e s
and m a i n c h u t e s d e p l o y
290 f t / s e c
Main p a r a c h u t e s open
( r e e f e d ) a f t e r one d r o g u e
parachute releases
8 seconds after
line s t r e t c h
120 f t / s e c
Touchdown ( 3 m a i n
parachutes .
5 minutes
28 f t / s e c
Touchdown ( 2 m a i n
parachutes)
4. 2 m i n u t e s
33. 5 f t / s e c
Main parachutes d i s r e e f
8200 * 5 0 0 f e e t
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
Change D a t e
page 2.9-34
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 9 . 4. 1
Power Requirements.
The SECS r e q u i r e s p o w e r only d u r i n g t h e l a u n c h and a s c e n t p h a s e , f o r
CSM-SLA s e p a r a t i o n i n o r b i t , f o r C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n d u r i n g t h e p r e - e n t r y
p h a s e , and d u r i n g t h e p a r a c h u t e d e s c e n t phase. Most all e v e n t s p e r f o r m e d
by t h e SECS o c c u r i n s t a n t a n e o u s l y , and not o n a continuous duty c y c l e . I n
a c c o r d a n c e with the M i s s i o n M o d u l a r D a t a Book (SID 66-1177), d a t e d
1 S e p t e m b e r 1966, t h e r e a r e no p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r the SECS.
2.9. 5

Under c e r t a i n e n t r y conditions, t h e s p a c e c r a f t m a y b e c o m e u n s t a b l e .
B e c a u s e of t h e e r r a t i c a e r o d y n a m i c d a m p i n g c o e f f i c i e n t s , wind g u s t s , and
s h e a r s , t h e a s t r o n a u t m a y not b e a b l e to d a m p t h e o s c i l l a t i o n s with s i n g l e
RCS. If t h i s should o c c u r , t h e a p e x c o v e r and d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s m a y b e
m a n u a l l y deployed a t 4 5 , 0 0 0 feet. T h i s will s t a b i l i z e and k e e p the C / M i n
a h e a t s h i e l d f o r w a r d d e s c e n d i n g a t t i t u d e . F i g u r e 2 . 9 - 1 3 p o r t r a y s the
d r o g u e d e v e l o p m e n t d e s i g n envelope. The following p r e c a u t i o n s should be
o b se r v e d.
Manual i n i t i a t i o n of a p e x c o v e r j e t t i s o n and d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e
d e p l o y m e n t should n e v e r be a c c o m p l i s h e d a b o v e 4 5 , 0 0 0 f e e t
during entry.
The C / M RCS m u s t be t u r n e d off p r i o r to a p e x c o v e r j e t t i s o n .
The L E S t o w e r and a p e x c o v e r should n e v e r b e m a n u a l l y j e t t i s o n e d
a b o v e the a u t o m a t i c m o d e of 24,0 0 0 f e e t d u r i n g L E S a b o r t s .
ENTRY E N V E L O P E
50
40
U
c
30
I
W
c
1
4:
20
10
n
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.0
wcn NUMBER
F i g u r e 2 . 9 - 13.
0.9
SM-2A-096
D r o g u e P a r a c h u t e D e p l o y m e n t D e s i g n Envelope
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion
Change Date
page
2.9-35
SIMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.9.6
T h e following is a c o m p l e t e list of all s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s t e l e m e t r y
d a t a t h a t is m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and g r o u n d s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .
The l a s t c o l u m n c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e a n d type of S / C c r e w d i s p l a y . T h e
d i s p l a y u t i l i z e s the s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e s a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a
s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r is included i n the d i s p l a y c o l u m n .
bit rate ope ration.

Measurement
Number
Sensor
Range
Description
Crew
Display
CD 0136 X
EDS a b o r t l o g i c out B
Event
None
CD 01-40 X
Direct ullage on A
Event
None
CD 0141 X
D i r e c t u l l a g e on B
Event
None
CD 0170 X
RCS activate signal A
Event
None
CD 0171 X
RCS a c t i v a t e s i g n a l B
Event
None
CD 0173 X
CM-RCS p r e s s u r i z e signal A
Event
None
CD 0174 X
CM-RCS p r e s s u r i z e signal B
Event
None
*CD 0200 V
DC v o l t a g e l o g i c bus A
t o . 1.37 vdc
None
*CD 0201 V
DC v o l t a g e l o g i c bus B
+O/+37 vdc
None
CD 0 2 3 0 X
F o r w a r d heat shield jettison A
Event
None
CD 0231 X
F o r w a r d heat shield jettison B
Event
None
CD 0315 X
EDS e n a b l e A
Event
None
CD 0316 X
EDS enable B
Event
None
CD 1006 X
LES m o t o r f i r e initiate A
Event
None
CD 1007 X
LES m o t o r f i r e initiate B
Event
None
C E 0001 X
D r o g u e deploy r e l a y c l o s e A
Event
None
C E 0002 X
D r o g u e deploy r e l a y c l o s e B
Event
None
C E 0003 X
Main parachute deploy-drogue r e l e a s e relay A
Event
None
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date
12
1966
Change Date
Page
2-9-36
SM2A - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
Description
C E 0004 X
Main parachute deploy-drogue r e l e a s e r e l a y B
Event
None
C E 0007 X
Baroswitch lock-in relay close A
Event
None
C E 0008 X
Baroswitch lock-in relay close B
Event
None
B a r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e static r e f e r e n c e
t O / t 1 5 psia
Indicator
C E 0321 X
Main chute disconnect relay A
Event
None
C E 0322 X
Main chute disconnect r e l a y B
Event
None
Q-ball v e c t o r s u m output
+ 0 / + 5 vdc
Indi c a t o r
BS 0016 X
Launch vehicle guidance fail A
Event
L / V GUID
light
BS 0020 X
Launch vehicle r a t e excessive A
Event
L / V RATE
light
BS 0 0 3 0 X
E n g i n e No. 1 o u t A
Event
ENGINES 1
light
BS 0032 X
Event
ENGINES 2
light
BS 0034 X
Event
ENGINES 3
light
BS 0036 X
Event
ENGINES 4
light
BS 0 0 3 8 X
Event
BS 0040 X
Event
ENGINES 6
light
BS 00.42 X
Event
ENGINES 7
light
BS
Event
ENGINES 8
light
Lift-off s i g n a l B
Event
LIFT OFF
light
Sensor
Range
Crew
Di s play
*CE 0035 P
'kLS 0 0 0 1
0044 X
BS 0061 X
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
C h a n g e Date
Page
2.9-37
SiM2A -03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number
cs
Sensor
Range
Description
Crew
Display
EDS a b o r t r e q u e s t A
Event
ABORT
light
*LS 0090 X
Tower physical separation monitor A
Event
None
hkLS 0 0 9 1 X
Tower physical separation monitor B
Event
None
cs 0100 x
CM-SM physical s e p a r a t i o n monitor A
Event
None
cs 0101 x
CM-SM p h y s i c a l s e p a r a t i o n m o n i t o r B
Event
None
ss 0120 x
SM/adapter physical separation monitor A
Event
None
SM/adapter physical separation monitor B
Event
None
ss
0080
0121
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page 2.9-38
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2.10
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM (C&WS)
2.10.1
INTRODUCTION.
T h e C&WS m o n i t o r s c r i t i c a l p a r a m e t e r s of m o s t S I C s y s t e m s in the
C / M a n d S / M . When a malfunction o r o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e condition o c c u r s in
a n y of t h e s e s y s t e m s , the c r e w is i m m e d i a t e l y a l e r t e d in o r d e r that c o r r e c t i v e action m a y be taken.
2.10.2
Upon r e c e i p t of malfunction o r o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e s i g n a l s , the C&WS
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y identifies the a b n o r m a l condition and a l e r t s the c r e w to i t s
existence. E a c h signal will a c t i v a t e a n a p p r o p r i a t e s y s t e m s s t a t u s indicat o r and a m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t . T h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t visually and
a u r a l l y a t t r a c t s the c r e w ' s attention by alarm i n d i c a t o r s on the MDC and a n
a l a r m tone in the h e a d s e t s . C r e w acknowledgement of a n a b n o r m a l condition
c o n s i s t s of r e s e t t i n g the m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t , but retaining the p a r t i c u l a r
s y s t e m s s t a t u s malfunction indication. The capability e x i s t s f o r the c r e w to
s e l e c t s e v e r a l m o d e s of o b s e r v i n g s y s t e m s s t a t u s and m a s t e r a l a r m indic a t o r s , a n d of m o n i t o r i n g C / M o r S / M s y s t e m s .
2.10.3
MAJOR COMPONENT /SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

T h e C&WS c o n s i s t s of one m a j o r component, the detection unit, It is
located behind iMDC-13 and, t h e r e f o r e , is n e i t h e r v i s i b l e n o r a c c e s s i b l e to
the c r e w d u r i n g the m i s s i o n . The balance of the s y s t e m i s m a d e up of
v i s u a l i n d i c a t o r s , a u r a l a l e r t i n g and a s s o c i a t e d c i r c u i t s , and those switches
r e q u i r e d to c o n t r o l the v a r i o u s s y s t e m functions, V i s u a l i n d i c a t o r s include
the five u p p e r - m o s t e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l event d e v i c e s on MDC-18, a s well
as a l l s y s t e m s s t a t u s and m a s t e r a l a r m lights.
T h e detection unit c i r c u i t s c o n s i s t of c o m p a r a t o r s , logic, l e v e l
d e t e c t o r s , l a m p d r i v e r s , a n d a m a s t e r a l a r m and tone g e n e r a t o r . A l s o
i n c o r p o r a t e d a r e two redundant power supplies that f u r n i s h r e g u l a t e d t12
Inputs to the detection unit conand -12 d - c voltages f o r the e l e c t r o n i c s .
s i s t of both analog a n d event-type s i g n a l s .
T h e analog s i g n a l s , totaling 51 inputs, a r e in the 0 - to 5-volt d-c
r a n g e , A l a r m l i m i t s f o r t h e s e s i g n a l s t r i g g e r voltage c o m p a r a t o r s , which,
i n t u r n , a c t i v a t e logic and l a m p - d r i v e r c i r c u i t s . T h i s c a u s e s activation of
the m a s t e r alarm c i r c u i t and tone g e n e r a t o r , illumination of application
s y s t e m s s t a t u s lights on MDC-10 and -11, a n d / o r activation of applicable
e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l event i n d i c a t o r s on 1MDC-18. A total of 25 event inputs
a r e fed to the C&WS detection unit. T h e s e s i g n a l s o r i g i n a t e f r o m solid
s t a t e a n d m e c h a n i c a l switch c l o s u r e s in malfunction s e n s i n g d e v i c e s . Of
this n u m b e r , 19 s i g n a l s will d i r e c t l y illuminate a p p l i c a b l e s y s t e m s t a t u s
l i g h t s , and through logic c i r c u i t r y , a c t i v a t e the m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t ( a n d
tone g e n e r a t o r ) . Two o t h e r event s i g n a l s d i r e c t l y i l l u m i n a t e the s y s t e m
CAUTION AND WARNING S Y S T E M

Mission
Change Date
Page
2.10-1
SlM2A 0 3 -SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
s t a t u s l i g h t s , but r e q u i r e l e v e l d e t e c t o r s t o a c t i v a t e the m a s t e r a l a r m c i r cuit. E a c h of the f o u r r e m a i n i n g e v e n t s i g n a l s to s e t to a n O R g a t e , which
i s a l s o f e d b y two a n a l o g s i g n a l s . T h e r e s u l t i n g output will a c t i v a t e l a m p
d r i v e r s a n d t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t . One o t h e r event s i g n a l , o r i g i n a t i n g
within t h e d e t e c t i o n unit d i r e c t l y , i l l u m i n a t e s the CAUT/WARN F A I L light,
o u t a c t i v a t e s only the MASTER ALARM l i g h t s of t h e MASTER ALARLM
circuit.
T h e m a s t e r alarm c i r c u i t a l e r t s c r e w m e m b e r s whenever a b n o r m a l
conditions a r e d e t e c t e d . T h i s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d v i s u a l l y by the illumination
of r e m o t e iMASTER ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t s on M D C - 3 and -18, and the
iMASTER ALARM light on L E B - 1 0 3 . An a u d i o a l a r m tone, s e n t to the t h r e e
h e a d s e t s , a u r a l l y a l e r t s the c r e w , r e g a r d l e s s of w h e t h e r the t e l e c o m s y s t e m
is a c t i v a t e d . T h e output s i g n a l of the tone g e n e r a t o r i s a s q u a r e wave that
i s a l t e r n a t e l y 750 c p s a n d 2000 c p s , changing at a f r e q u e n c y of 2. 5 c p s .
Although t h e tone i s a u d i b l e a b o v e t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n l e v e l , it d o e s not r e n d e r
n o r m a l c o n v e r s a t i o n i n d i s t i n c t o r g a r b l e d . When the c r e w h a s noted the
a b n o r m a l condition, t h e t h r e e a l a r m l i g h t s and the tone g e n e r a t o r a r e
d e a c t i v a t e d a n d r e s e t by p r e s s i n g e i t h e r MASTER !iLARlM s w i t c h - l i g h t , both
of which i n c o r p o r a t e a p u s h - s w i t c h . T h i s a c t i o n l e a v e s t h e s y s t e m s s t a t u s
l i g h t s i l l u m i n a t e d , a n d r e s e t s t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t f o r a l e r t i n g the cre\v
t o t h e next a b n o r m a l condition. T h e individual s y s t e m s t a t u s l i g h t s will
remain i l l u m i n a t e d u n t i l the m a l f u n c t i o n o r o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e condition i s
corrected.
T h e C & W S p o w e r s u p p l i e s i n c l u d e s e n s i n g a n d switching c i r c u i t r y t h a t
a s s u r e unit s e l f - p r o t e c t i o n should high-input c u r r e n t , o r high- o r lowoutput voltage o c c u r . Any of t h e s e conditions will c a u s e the i l l u m i n a t i o n of
t h e m a s t e r alarm l i g h t s a n d t h e CAUT-WARN F A I L s y s t e m s s t a t u s light,
T h e tone g e n e r a t o r , h o w e v e r , w i l l not b e a c t i v a t e d due t o r e q u i r i n g the
1 2 - v o l t output f r o m t h e m a l f u n c t i o n e d p o w e r supply f o r i t s o p e r a t i o n . T h e
c r e w m u s t t h e n m a n u a l l y s e l e c t the r e d u n d a n t p o w e r supply to r e t u r n the
C&WS t o o p e r a t i o n . I n s o doing, the CAUT/WARN F A I L s t a t u s light i s
e x t i n g u i s h e d , , but t h e m a s t e r alarm c i r c u i t is a c t i v a t e d , thus r e q u i r i n g i t to
be reset.
I n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e C & W S i s t h e capability to t e s t t h e l a m p s of s y s t e m s s t a t u s a n d m a s t e r alarm l i g h t s , P o s i t i o n 1 of the L A M P T E S T sw4tch
(.MDC-23) c o n t r o l s the i l l u m i n a t i o n of s t a t u s l i g h t s on MDC-10 and the
M A S T E R ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t s on IMDC-3 a n d IMDC-18. P o s i t i o n 2 t e s t s
only t h e s t a t u s l i g h t s on iMDC-11. T h e r e m a i n i n g iMASTER ALARM light
i s on L E B - 1 0 3 , a n d is t e s t e d along with the nine G & N condition lights on
t h a t p a n e l by p r e s s i n g t h e CHECK CONDITION LAMPS p u s h - s w i t c h on
L E B - 1 0 5 . Although t h e s e nine l i g h t s a r e not p a r t of the C&WS, all but t h r e e
of t h e m (PGNS, Z E R O ENCODER, a n d IiMU DISPLAY) a r e d u p l i c a t e d on
Ll DC - 10.
S w i t c h e s on t h e .MDC e n a b l e the c r e w to s e l e c t CSrlVS o p e r a t i o n a l
m o d e s . T h e Tosition of t h e MODE s w i t c h (MDC-11) e s t a b l i s h e s the S / C
s y s t e m s to b e m o n i t o r e d . B e f o r e s e p a r a t i o n a n d e n t r y , s y s t e m s in both the
C / M a n d S / M a r e m o n i t o r e d f o r m a l f u n c t i o n or o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e conditions.
A f t e r CSlM s e p a r a t i o n , h o w e v e r , only t h o s e s y s t e m s in the C/.M a r e m o n i t o r e d . R e p o s i t i o n i n g the s w i t c h a l s o p r e v e n t s S / M s y s t e m s s t a t u s lights
and event indicators from remaining activated after separation.
T h e C / W s w i t c h (MDC-13) p e r m i t s t h r e e m o d e s of s t a t u s and a l a r m
light illumination. F o r m o s t of t h e m i s s i o n t h e s w i t c h i s s e t to the
NORMAL p o s i t i o n to give n o r m a l C&WS l i g h t o p e r a t i o n ; t h a t i s , upon r e c e i p t
of a b n o r m a l condition s i g n a l s , all s y s t e m s s t a t u s lights a n d m a s t e r a l a r m
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966 Change Date
Page
2.10-2
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
l i g h t s a r e c a p a b l e of illumination. During t h e a s c e n t p h a s e t h e s w i t c h i s s e t
t o t h e BOOST p o s i t i o n , s o t h a t although a l l o t h e r C&WS lights o p e r a t e n o r m a l l y , t h e MASTER ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t o n MDC-3 will not i l l u m i n a t e .
T h i s p r e v e n t s p o s s i b l e confusion on MDC-3 between t h e r e d MASTER
ALARM light a n d t h e a d j a c e n t r e d ABORT light. T h e ACK s w i t c h p o s i t i o n
i s s e l e c t e d when t h e c r e w d e s i r e s t o a d a p t t h e i r e y e s t o o r b i t a l d a r k n e s s , o r
i f a continuously i l l u m i n a t e d s y s t e m s s t a t u s light is u n d e s i r a b l e . While in
t h i s m o d e , i n c o m i n g s i g n a l s will a c t i v a t e only t h e m a s t e r a l a r m l i g h t s a n d
t h e t o n e g e n e r a t o r . T o d e t e r m i n e t h e a b n o r m a l condition, t h e c r e w m u s t
p r e s s e i t h e r MASTER ALARM switch-light. T h i s i l l u m i n a t e s t h e a p p l i c a b l e
s y s t e m s s t a t u s l i g h t , a n d d e a c t i v a t e s a n d r e s e t s t h e master a l a r m c i r c u i t .
T h e s y s t e m s s t a t u s light w i l l r e m a i n i l l u m i n a t e d only as long as t h e s w i t c h light is p r e s s e d . H o w e v e r , it m a y b e r e c a l l e d as long as t h e a b n o r m a l
condition e x i s t s b y a g a i n p r e s s i n g e i t h e r switch-light.
2. 10.3. 1
E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
T h e C&WS only r e c e i v e s p o w e r f r o m 28-volt d - c s o u r c e s . (See
f i g u r e 2 . 1 0 - 1 . ) B e f o r e C S M s e p a r a t i o n , t h e p o w e r s o u r c e i s f r o m t h e fuel
c e l l s i n t h e S / M , a n d following s e p a r a t i o n , f r o m b a t t e r i e s l o c a t e d in t h e
C/M.
2. 10.4
P E R F O R M A N C E AND DESIGN DATA.
2. 1 0 . 4 1
C&WS P o w e r C o n s u m p t i o n Data.
T o t a l p o w e r c o n s u m e d b y t h e C&WS a m o u n t s t o 7.5 w a t t s , which is t h e
m a x i m u m q u i e s c e n t p o w e r f o r d e t e c t i o n unit o p e r a t i o n . V e r y s m a l l a m o u n t s
of p o w e r a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d to i l l u m i n a t e s e v e r a l l a m p s w h e n e v e r t h e C&WS
is a c t i v a t e d by malfunction input s i g n a l s . T h e s e s m a l l a m o u n t s , h o w e v e r ,
a r e not c p n s i d e r e d i n t h e o v e r a l l C&WS p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s .
2. 10.5
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICT IONS.
2. 10.5. 1
C&WS G e n e r a l Data.
With t h e C / W s w i t c h i n t h e BOOST p o s i t i o n d u r i n g a s c e n t , t h e
MASTER ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t o n MDC-3 w i l l not i l l u m i n a t e s h o u l d a m a l function o c c u r . T h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t r e s e t c a p a b i l i t y of t h e light i s
a l s o d i s a b l e d d u r i n g t h i s t i m e . T h i s r e q u i r e s t h e MASTER ALARM s w i t c h light o n MDC-18 t o b e u s e d e x c l u s i v e l y f o r m o n i t o r i n g a n d r e s e t t i n g
functions.
S e v e r a l p e c u l i a r i t i e s should b e noted i n r e g a r d t o t h e CAUT /WARNPOWER switch. Whenever t h i s s w i t c h i s m o v e d f r o m , o r t h r o u g h , t h e O F F
p o s i t i o n t o e i t h e r p o w e r supply p o s i t i o n , t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t i s a c t i v a t e d , which t h e n r e q u i r e s it b e r e s e t . A l s o , switching f r o m one p o w e r
supply t o a n o t h e r (when t h e r e is not p o w e r supply f a i l u r e ) will c a u s e t h e
CAUTiWARN F A I L s t a t u s light t o i l l u m i n a t e at t h e O F F p o s i t i o n , a n d t h e n
b e extinguished when t h e o t h e r p o w e r supply p o s i t i o n is r e a c h e d .

Mission
B a s i c Date
12
"J 1966
Change Date
page
2 . 10-3
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
DETECTION UNIT
+12 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
NO. 1
-12 VDC
NO. 2
CAUT/WARN
MN A
(MDC-25)
U
MASTER
L1-----J
I-
(LEB- 103)
STER ALAR
- C m LAM;
TEST
C N
(MDC-13)
oBOOST
I1
ICA
I
h--
CSk
ACK
t
To: S/M
event
chonnalr
(4) for
ACK mode
To:
M
event
chonnlr
(1 I ) for
To: S/M
event
indiwton
(5)
ACK mode
F i g u r e 2. 10-1. C&WS P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n D i a g r a m
Mission
204A
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page
2.10-4
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Should t h e r e d u n d a n t p o w e r s u p p l y also f a i l , t h e C&WS is d e g r a d e d t o
t h e following extent. R e n d e r e d i n o p e r a t i v e i s t h e c o m p l e t e m a s t e r a l a r m
c i r c u i t , a s w e l l a s t h o s e s t a t u s l i g h t s t h a t i l l u m i n a t e as t h e r e s u l t of a n a l o g t y p e input s i g n a l s . T h i s l e a v e s only t h o s e s t a t u s l i g h t s o p e r a t i v e t h a t
r e q u i r e e v e n t - t y p e input s i g n a l s . Included a r e t h e following S / M a n d C / M
l i g h t s : CDU F A I L , G & N A C C E L F A I L , IMU F A I L , G & N ERROR, IMU
T E M P , G M B L LOCK, A G A P T E M P , S P S ROUGH E C O , H z P ACCUM
F A I L , P I T C H G M B L DR F A I L , YAW G M B L DR F A I L , S P S P U SNSR
F A I L , 0 2 F L O W HI, F / C BUS DISCONNECT, AC 1 BUS F A I L , AC BUS 1
OVERLOAD, AC 2 BUS F A I L , AC BUS 2 OVERLOAD, MN BUS A
UNDERVOLT, MN BUS B UNDERVOLT, a n d CAUTIWARN FAIL.
T h e CAUTIWARN-MODE s w i t c h m u s t b e i n t h e CSM p o s i t i o n i n
o r d e r t o conduct a l a m p t e s t of t h o s e s t a t u s l i g h t s a s s o c i a t e d with S / M s y s t e m s . T h e s t a t u s l i g h t s of C / M s y s t e m s m a y b e t e s t e d with t h e MODE
s w i t c h i n e i t h e r position. C i r c u i t d e s i g n a l s o p e r m i t s a c o m p l e t e l a m p t e s t
t o be c o n d u c t e d with t h e C / W s w i t c h in t h e ACK position.
N o r m a l l y , e a c h a b n o r m a l condition s i g n a l w i l l a c t i v a t e t h e C&WS
master a l a r m c i r c u i t a n d t o n e g e n e r a t o r , a n d i l l u m i n a t e a n a p p l i c a b l e s y s t e m s s t a t u s light. T h e one e x c e p t i o n t o t h i s c o n c e p t is w h e n t h e C&WS
p o w e r supply f a i l s . T h e v i s u a l i n d i c a t o r s w i l l function, but not t h e t o n e
g e n e r a t o r p o r t i o n of t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t . T h i s i s d u e to t h e tone
g e n e r a t o r r e q u i r i n g t h e t l 2 a n d -12 d - c v o l t a g e output of t h e f a i l e d p o w e r
s u p p l y f o r its o p e r a t i o n .
T h e MASTER ALARM light on L E B - 103 is p a r t of t h e m a s t e r a l a r m
c i r c u i t of t h e C&WS. A s s u c h , it is i l l u m i n a t e d w h e n e v e r t h e m a s t e r
a l a r m c i r c u i t i s a c t i v a t e d by a n i n c o m i n g a b n o r m a l c o n d i t i o n s i g n a l . A
l a m p c h e c k of t h i s l i g h t , h o w e v e r , it not a c c o m p l i s h e d b y t h e C&WS.
I n s t e a d , t h e light is c h e c k e d by p r e s s i n g t h e CHECK CONDITION LAMPS
p u s h - s w i t c h on LEB-105. T h e p r i m a r y function of t h i s s w i t c h i s t o c h e c k
t h e l a m p s of t h e nine G & N condition l i g h t s on L E B - 1 0 3 , none of which a r e
p a r t of t h e C&WS.
2. 10. 5. 2
S y s t e m S t a t u s L i g h t Data.
T h e following l i s t p r o v i d e s the l a m p t r i g g e r v a l u e s and a s s o c i a t e d
i n f o r m a t i o n f o r all s y s t e m s t a t u s l i g h t s on MDC-10 and -11.
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEhl

Mission
B a s i c Date
page
2.10-5
SM2A-03-SCO 12

SYSTEMS DATA
~~~
Status L i g h t
TLM
Code No.
L a m p T r i g g e r Value
Other Indication
SI c
'Mode
Remarks
CG5002X
PGNS l i g h t i l l u m i n a t e d
( L E B -103).
C/M
L i g h t e n a b l e d in f i n e
a l i g n m o d e only.
LOSS (-50%)3200 c p s
L o s s ( - 5 0 % ) 800 c p s w h e e l
power
1G s e r v o a i r > 2 . 9 m r f o r
2 seconds
MG s e r v o a i r > 2 . 9 m r f o r
2 seconds
OG s e r v o a i r > 2 . 9 m r f o r
2 seconds
CG5001X
( L E B - 103).
CIM
Inhibited ( b y AGC
p r o g r a m ) in c o a r s e align
mode.
CG5006X
None
CIM
IRIG t e m p ( 1 3 5 F ) is
i n t e r n a l and not end c a p
temp.
4.
IRIG t e m p C 1 3 2 " F
IRIG t e m p > 1 3 8 " F
PIPA tempC132'F
PIPA temp>l38"F
AGAP T E M P
1.
2.
Any B M A G ( 1 6 0 " F
Any B M A G 7 1 7 1 ' F
CHZ030V
None
CIM
G&N A C C E L
FAIL
1.
X P I P A e r r o r > 2 7 m r for
5 seconds
Y PIPA e r r o r >27 m r for
5 seconds
Z PIPA e r r o r >27 mr for
5 seconds
CC5OOOX
(LEB-103).
c/ M
Down T L M w o r d r a t e too
high o r low
Up T L M b i t r a t e too high
U p - l i n k d a t a in e r r o r
CC5005X
DSKY T M F A I L
( L E B - 1 0 6 ) and PGNS
lights (LEB-103)
illuminated.
C/M
CG5003X
FDA1 a t t i t u d e b a l l r e d
z o n e u n d e r new axis
indicator.
C/M
SF0039 P
TANK PRESSURE-H2-1
indicator
TANK PRESSURE-H2-1
indicator
SIAM
C / M RCS P R E S S - F
indicator
C I M RCS PRESS-OX
indicator
c / .\I
L i g h t f u n c t i o n a l only
when CAUTI WARNMODE s w i t c h in C I W
C I M RCS P R E S S - F
indicator
C I M RCS PRESS-OX
indicator
Clhl
Light functional only

when CAUTI WARNMODE switch in C I M
[LEB-103).
C/M
CDU F A I L
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
IMU F A I L
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
IMU T E M P
1.
2.
3.
2.
3.
G & N ERROR
1.
2.
3.
LOSS( - 5 0 % ) 2 5 . 6 K C s u p p l y
L o s s (-50%) motor excitation
ICDU e r r o r 7 1 . 2 m r for
5 seconds
MCDU e r r o r > 1 . 2 m r f o r
5 seconds
OCDU e r r o r > l . 2 m r f o r
5 seconds
G M B L LOCK
MG a n g l e > *60 '
H2 P R E S S
1.
2.
1.
+,
C I M RCS A
C I M RCS B
1(220
12270
2 <220
2 >270
psia
psia
psia
psia
SFOOIOP
1. F u e l tk H e p r e s s ( 2 6 5 p s i a
?. F u e l tk H e p r e s s > 3 2 5 p s i a
3 . Ox tk H e p r e s s < 2 6 5 p s i a
&. Ox tk H e p r e s s > 3 2 5 p s i a
C ROO0 5 P
CROOO6P
3.
1.
F u e l tk H e p r e s s <265 p s i a
F u e l t k He p r e s s >325 p s i a
Ox tk H e p r e s s < 2 6 5 p s i a
Ox tk H e p r e s s >325 p s i a
L.
2.
1.
L o s s 0 1 - 2 8 vdc s u p p l y
L o s s 0 1 -13 vdc s u p p l y
L o s s of - 3 vdc s u p p l y
ZCi030X
I.
2.
AGC PWR
FAIL
Tank
Tank
Tank
Tank
CROOllP
CROOlLP
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
Change Date
Page
2.Lo-6
SM2A -03-SCO12

SYSTEMS DATA
~~
O2 PRESS
S/M
S / M RCS T E M P - P K G
indicator
S / M RCS PRESS-MANF
indicator
SI M
indicator
S I M RCS PRESS-MANF
indicator
SIM
S I M RCS T E M P - P K G
indicator
S I M RCS PRESS-MANF
indicator
SI M
None
E n g i n e c u t s off.
S/M
None
None
CIM
Fwd c u r r e n t a t 75 a m p s
f o r 1 5 m i n , o r a t 112 a m p s
for 2 5 to 300 s e c o n d s
Reverse current at 4 amps
f o r IO s e c , o r 20 a m p s f o r
I sec.
,
sc212ox
SC212lX
s c 2122x
sc2125x
SC2126X
sc2127x
MN BUS A e v e n t
indicator (3)
SI M
SC2139 R
1.
H2 f l o w < 0 . 0 1 8 I b l h r
H2 flow > O . 16 l b l h r
O2 flow<O. 14 I b l h r
O 2 f l o w > I . 27 I b l h r
At p H f a c t o r of 9
Skin t e m p < 3 6 0 ' F
Skin t e m p > 5 0 0 " F
Cond e x h ( 1 5 5 F
Cond e x h > 1 7 5 " F
Rad out t e m p e r a t u r e
b e l o w -30 F
H2 r e g p r e s s >75 p s i a
2.
0 2 reg p r e s s > 7 5 psia
SC2066P
3.
N 2 r e g p r e s s >70 p s i a
SC2060 P
1.
2.
3.
I.
2.
3.
4.
S I M RCS D
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tank
Tank
Tank
Tank
1 <800 psia
SFOO37P
1 >950 psia
2<800 psia
2 >950 p s i a
SF0038P
Pkg
Pkg
Reg
Reg
temp~63"F
t e m p >175'F
He p r e s s < l 5 5 psia
H e p r e s s >215 p s i a
SR5065T
Pkg
Pkg
Reg
Reg
temp<63"F
temp >175"F
He p r e s s < I 5 5 psia
He p r e s s >215 psia
SR5066T
Pkg
Pkg
Reg
Reg
t e m p <63 F
temp >175"F
He p r e s s ( 1 5 5 psia
He p r e s s >215 psia
SR5067T
Pkg
Pkg
Reg
Reg
temp<63"F
temp >175"F
He p r e s s < 1 5 5 p s i a
H e p r e s s >215 p s i a
SR5068T
2.
H2O ACCUM
FAIL
T h r e e O 2 b u b b l e s ( m i n ) in
outlet w a t e r line
F I C BUS
DISCONNECT
I.
2.
FIC I
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
0.
ISY 1
SR5776P
SR5817P
SR5830P
18OG's f o r 70 m s e c o n d s
3 6 0 6 ' s f o r 30 m s e c o n d s
S P S ROUGH
ECO
1.
SR5729P
SC216OX
SC2084T
SC2081T
S C 20 8 7 T
SC2069P
G-levels are peak-topeak.
MN BUS B e v e n t
indicator (3)
FUEL CELL-FLOW-
S/M
H2 i n d i c a t o r
SC2142R
Remarks
indicator
S / M RCS PRESS-MANF
indicator
I.
2.
3.
4.
S I M RCS C
SI c
Mode
S/M
4.
S I M RCS B
Other Indication
TANK PRESSURE-02- 1
indicator
TANK PRESSURE-02-2
indicator
1.
2.
3.
4.
S / M RCS A
TLM
C o d e No.
Status Light
FUEL CELL-FLOW0 2 indicator

p H HI e v e n t ind
MODULE TEMP-SKIN
indicator
MODULE TEMP-COND
EXH indicator
F / C RAD T E M P LOW
event indicator
REG OUT PRESS HI
- H 2 e v e n t ind
R E G O U T P R E S S HI
- 0 2 e v e n t ind
R E G O U T P R E S S HI
- N 2 e v e n t ind
At 2 4 1 F
CC0175T
None
CIM
At - 3 0 F
CFOO2OT
CLY EVAP-OUTLET
TE.MP i n d i c a t o r
CIM
E v e n t i n d i c a t o r s pH.
HI, F I C RAD T E M P
LO. n2 PRESS, o2
P R E S S , and N 2 P R E S S
a r e activated a t l a m p
trigger values.
T E h l P HI
GLYCOL
T E M P LOW
CAUTION AND WARNING S Y S T E M
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 Nov 1 9 6 6
Change Date
Page
2.
S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Status Light
TLM
C o d e No.
F/C 2
I.
11.
H2 f l o w < 0 . 0 1 8 l b / h r
H2 flow > O . 16 l b / h r
0 2 flow ( 0 . 1 4 l b / h r
0 2 f l o w > I . 27 l b / h r
At pH f a c t o r of 9
Skin t e m p < 3 6 0 F
Skin t e m p > 5 0 0 " F
Cond exh < 1 5 5 ' F
Cond exh > 1 7 5 " F
Rad o u t t e m p
below -30 F
H2 r e g p r e s s > 7 5 psia
2.
O2 r e g p r e s s > 7 5 p s i a
SCZO67P
3.
N2 r e g p r e s s > 7 O p s i a
SCZO6lP
10.
P I T C H GMBL
DR F A I L
SW006P
F u e l tk H e p r e s s <160 p s t a
F u e l tk H e p r e s s >ZOO p s i a
Ox t k H e p r e s s <160 p s i a
Ox t k H e p r e s s >200 p s i a
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
INV 2
T E M P HI
1.
2.
3.
4.
At 240 F
1.
2.
Under 6 a m p s
O v e r 40 a m p s
s/c
O t h e r Indication
S P S PRESS
~~
Mode
PRESSURE- F U E L
indicator
PRESSURE-OX
ind ic a t o r
SI M
F U E L - C E L L - FLOWH2 i n d i c a t o r
FUEL CELL-LOW0 2 indicator
pH HI e v e n t ind
MODULE T E M P - S K I N
indicator
MODULE T E M P - C O N D
EXH indicator
event indicator
R E G OUT P R E S S HIH2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
REG OUT P R E S S H10 2 event indicator
REG OUT P R E S S HIN2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
S/M
CC0176T
None
CIM
SPlOOOX
None
S/M
SW003P
SC2 140 R
SC2143R
SCZ 161X
SC2085T
SC2082T
SC 20 88 T
SC2070P
Remarks
E v e n t i n d i c a t o r pH HI,
/ C RAD T E M P LO.
H2 P R E S S , 0 2 P R E S S ,
a n d N2 P R E S S a r e
activated a t l a m p
trigger values.
O v e r c u r r e n t condit i o n s d e p e n d e n t upon
t i m e and t e m p .
S P S WALL
T E M P HI
At 3 7 8 F
SFUO2OT
None
S IM
.
F/C 3
I.
H2 f l o w < 0 . 0 1 8 l b l h r
H2 flow > O . 16 I b / h r
0 2 f l o w <O. 1 4 l b / h r
0 2 flow >1.27 l b / h r
At pH f a c t o r of'9
Skin t e m p < 3 6 0 ' F
Skin t e m p > 5 0 0 ' F
Cond e x h < 1 5 5 " F
Cond e x h > 1 7 5 " F
0. Rad o u t t e m p b e l o w
-30'F
1. H2 r e g p r e s s > 7 5 p s i a
5C2141R
FUEL CELL-FLOWHZ i n d i c a t o r
FUEL CELL-FLOWO2 i n d i c a t o r
pH HI e v e n t ind
MODULE T E M P - S K I N
indicator
MODULE T E M P - C O N D
EXH i n d i c a t o r
F I C RAD T E M P LOW
event indicator
REG OUT PRESS HIH2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
REG OUT P R E S S H l 0 2 event indicator
REG OUT P R E S S HIN2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
SIM
ZCO 177 T
None
C/M
Under b a m p s
O v e r 40 a m p s
;PI OOlX
None
si M
3 v e r c u r r e n t condition
lependent upon t i m e
tnd t e m p .
F i O X ratio unbalance o v e r
300 I b s , o r 90mo of c r i t i c a l
unbalance.
P r i m a r v and a u x s y s t e m s
1 to 3 4 discrepancy.
Vone
UNBALANCE i n d i c a :or ( f o r o v e r 300

. b s only)
S/ M
-ight f u n c t i o n a l o n l y
luring S P S firing.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
INV 3
T E M P HI
YAW G M B L
DR F A I L
S P S PU
SNSR F A I L
SC2144R
SCZ162X
SC2086T
SCZ083T
X2089T
SC2071P
2.
O z r e g p r e s s >75 p s i a
jC2068P
3.
N2 r e g p r e s s > 7 0 p s i a
5CZO62P
At 2 1 1 ' F
1.
2.
1.
2.
E v e n t i n d i c a t o r s pH
HI, F / C RAD T E M P
L O , HZ PRESS, 0 2
PRESS, and N2 P R E S S
a r e activated a t l a m p
trigger values.
--
CAUTION AND WARNING SY.5TE.M
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
1 2 N o v 1966
Change Date
page
2.70-a
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
TLM
Code No.
Status Light
SI c
O t h e r Indication
Mode
Remarks
MN BUS A
UNDERVOLT
At 26.25*0. 1 v d c
CG0206V
DC VOLTS m e t e r
CIM
MN B U S B
UNDERVOLT
At 26.25*0. I v d c
c GO 207v
DC V O L T S m e t e r
CIM
C O z PP HI
At 7 . 6 mm Hg
C F O O O 5P
P A R T P R E S S CO2
indicator
CIM
AC BUS I
FAIL
At 9 5 i 3 v d c
At 130+2 v d c
CGOZOOV
cGo201v
cGo202v
AC V O L T S m e t e r
CIM
2.
AC BUS 2
FAIL
1.
2.
At 95*3 v d c
At 130i2 v d c
CCO203V
CC0204V
C C0205V
CIM
C A U T I WARN
FAIL
1.
At + 1 1 . 7 v d c o r - 1 1 . 7 v d c
At t 1 3 . 9 vdc o r -13.9 vdc
None
MASTER ALARM
lights ( 3 )
CIM
2.
0 2 F L O W HI
At 1 . 0 l b l h r
None
FLOW 0 2 indicator
CIM
AC BUS 1
OVERLOAD
30 a t 9 a m p / 0 f o r 1 5 i 5 s e c
10 a t I 1 a m p f o r 5 i l s e c
None
C/M
2.
Overload disconnects
i n v e r t e r f r o m bus.
AC BUS 2
OVERLOAD
I.
2.
30 a t 9 a m p / @ f o r 15+5 s e c
I 0 a t 11 a m p f o r 5 i 1 s e c
None
c 1M
O v e r l o a d d i s c o n n r c Is
inverter from bus.
1.
1.
A l a r m tone inoperatlve.
C A U T I O N AND WARNING S Y S T E M
Mission
Basic Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
2 . 10-9
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 10.6
T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS
The following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of a l l C&WS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that i s
m o n i t o r e d b y flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground support p e r s o n n e l . T h e l a s t
c o l u m n c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and ty-pe of S / C c r e w display. The d i s p l a y
u t i l i z e s t h e s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e
m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r i s included in the d i s p l a y column.
Measurement
Numb e r
cso15ox
I
I
Description
M a s t e r caution-warning on
I
I
S e n s o r Range
Off/on event
I
I
C r e w Display
MASTER ALARM lights
Mission
Basic Date
Page
2.10-10
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2.11
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS DATA
2.11.1
INTRODUCTION.
Miscellaneous s y s t e m s d a t a p e r t a i n s to i t e m s t h a t w e r e not c o v e r e d in
a p r e v i o u s s y s t e m . T h e s e i t e m s c o n s i s t of c l o c k s , t i m e r s ; a c c e l e r o m e t e r s
( G - m e t e r ) , i n t e r i o r lighting, etc.
2.11.2
CLOCKS.
Two clocks and two clock-like event t i m e r s , all m e c h a n i c a l , a r e
provided f o r the c r e w i n the command module. The 400-hour clock
(MDC-12), u s e d i n monitoring m i s s i o n e l a p s e d t i m e , is i l l u m i n a t e d by
floodlights. The GMT 24-hour clock and two 10-hour event t i m e r s a r e
l o c a t e d on panel 306 i n the LH f o r w a r d equipment bay and lighted by i n t e g r a l
bulbs c o n t r o l l e d by the CLOCKS-BRT/OFF/DIM switch on L E B 100. F o r
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to s e c t i o n 4.
2.11.3
DIGITAL EVENT TIMERS.

The digital event t i m e r s provide the c r e w with a m e a n s of monitoring
and timing events. One event t i m e r is located on MDC-5 the o t h e r is
l o c a t e d on MDC- 11. The event t i m e r s start automatically when lift-off
o c c u r s , and the t i m e r located o n MDC-5 will be r e s e t i f a n a b o r t is autom a t i c a l l y o r manually initiated. F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to
s e c t i o n 3.
2 . 11. 4
ACCELEROMETER (G-ME T E R ) .
The a c c e l e r o m e t e r o r G - m e t e r (MDC-2), p r o v i d e s the c r e w w i t h a
v i s u a l indication of s p a c e c r a f t positive and negative G-loads. This m e t e r
is i l l u m i n a t - d by floodlights controlled by the LH a r e a c o n t r o l panel
(MDC-26). F o r d e t a i l e d i n f o r m a t i o n on the a c c e l e r o m e t e r ( G - m e t e r ) , r e f e r
to s e c t i o n 4.
2.11.5
COMMAND MODULE INTERIOR LIGHTING,

The i n t e r i o r lighting p r o v i d e s light f o r the m a i n display console and
LEB panels i n the c o m m a n d module.

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
2.11-1
SMZA-03-SC012

SYSTEMS DATA
2. 1 1 . 5 . 1
Functional Description.
The i n t e r i o r lighting equipment c o n s i s t s of eight floodlight f i x t u r e
a s s e m b l i e s and t h r e e c o n t r o l panels. Each f i x t u r e a s s e m b l y contains two
f l u o r e s c e n t l a m p s ( o n e p r i m a r y and one s e c o n d a r y ) and a c o n v e r t e r . The
i n t e r i o r lighting is powered by 2 8 volts d c f r o m m a i n b u s e s A and B f o r
redundancy ( f i g u r e 2. 11-1). T h i s a s s u r e s a power s o u r c e f o r l i g h t s i n a l l
a r e a s i n the event that e i t h e r bus fails. The c o n v e r t e r i n e a c h floodlight
f i x t u r e c o n v e r t s 28 volts d c to a - c power to o p e r a t e the f l u o r e s c e n t l a m p s .
The floodlights a r e used to light t h r e e a r e a s : the m a i n display console
( l e f t and r i g h t a r e a s ) and the LEB a r e a . Control panel (MDC-26) is located
o n the l e f t and c o n t r o l panel (MDC-23) is located on the right of the m a i n
d i s p l a y console ( f i g u r e 2. 11-2). The t h i r d c o n t r o l panel i s l o c a t e d i n the
l o w e r equipment bay a r e a on LEB-100. The floodlight f i x t u r e s a r e located
a r o u n d the i n t e r i o r of the c o m m a n d module. (See f i g u r e 2. 1 1 - 2 . )
E a c h c o n t r o l panel h a s a p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y c o n t r o l f o r the floodl i g h t s i n its r e s p e c t i v e a r e a . The p r i m a r y control i s a r h e o s t a t that cont r o l s b r i g h t n e s s of the p r i m a r y floodlights. The s e c o n d a r y control is a n
O N - O F F s w i t c h f o r the s e c o n d a r y floodlights and is turned to ON when
additional b r i g h t n e s s i s d e s i r e d . The floodlight c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s a r e on
MDC-25. The o p e r a t i o n a l u s e , o r b r i g h t n e s s l e v e l of the floodlights
depends on two f a c t o r s : the g - l e v e l and the t a s k being p e r f o r m e d . The
floodlights should be t u r n e d up bright d u r i n g a s c e n t and e n t r y . The floodl i g h t s will be a d j u s t e d a s r e q u i r e d while i n e a r t h o r b i t . The FDAI (MDC-4)
is lighted by i n t e g r a l bulbs which a r e c o n t r o l l e d by the FDAI LTG switch on
MDC-25 and FDAI BRIGHTNESS r h e o s t a t o n MDC-2. A switch is provided
on the L E B floodlight c o n t r o l panel to control lighting f o r the c l o c k s on
LHFEB - 30 6.
2. 11. 6
COMMAND MODULE UPRIGHTING SYSTEM.

The C / M uprighting s y s t e m is manually controlled and o p e r a t e d a f t e r
the C / M h a s a s s u m e d a s t a b l e i n v e r t e d floating attitude. The s y s t e m consists of t h r e e inflatable air bags, two r e l a y s , t h r e e solenoid c o n t r o l valves,
two air c o m p r e s s o r s , c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s , and a i r l i n e s . The inflatable bags
a r e located in the C / M f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t and the a i r c o m p r e s s o r s a r e
l o c a t e d i n the aft c o m p a r t m e n t . The control s w i t c h e s and c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s
a r e l o c a t e d i n the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . Switches 1 and 2 a r e powered by the
postlanding bus s w i t c h 3 and the c o m p r e s s o r s a r e powered by b a t t e r y b u s e s
A and B. ( S e e f i g u r e 2 . 11-3. )
2. 11. 6. 1
Functional D e s c r i p t i o n .
POSTLANDING - FLOAT BAG switch 1 c o n t r o l s inflation of the a i r
bag on + Y a x i s , switch 2 c o n t r o l s inflation of the a i r bag o n the - Y a x i s ,
and s w i t c h 3 c o n t r o l s inflation of the air bag o n the + Z axis o f the C / M .
(See f i g u r e 2 . 11-3. ) E a c h bag is 4 3 i n c h e s in d i a m e t e r and h a s a capacity
of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 24 cubic f e e t when inflated. If the C / M b e c o m e s i n v e r t e d
_MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS DATA

Mission
Change Date
page 2 . 1 1 - 2
Mission
SM2A-03-SC012
S Y S T E M S DATA
Change Date
MISCELLANEOUS S Y S T E M S DATA
B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966
page
0
Y
k
3i
2.11-3
SMZA- 03 -SCOl2
SYSTEMS DATA
(MDC-26)
(TYPICAL LH AREA AND RH AREA CONTROLS)
(LEE AREA CONTROL)
I-LIGHTING-I
-FLOODS1
SM-ZA-820A
F i g u r e 2 . 11- 2 .
C / M I n t e r i o r Lighting Configuration

Mission
Basic Date
Nov 1966 C h a n g e D a t e
Page
2.11-4
SM2A-03-SC012
S Y S T E M S DATA
>
POST LANDING-VENT FAN-PL
FLOAT BAG 3
+)52-::::
------
FILL
TO:
FLOAT
BAG
To:
FLOAl
BAG
To:
FLOAT
BAG
-3
1iv 70::
I
LET
OFF
OUTLET
LET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E LS
LOGIC A
NORMCLOSED
- - _ _
PRESS FILL
NORMCLOSED
PRESS FILL
NORMCLOSED
I
c
CONTROL VALVE NO. 1

+Y BAG
CONTROL VALVE NO. 2

-Y BAG
CONTROL VALVE N O . 3
+Z BAG
BATTERY
BUS B
BATTERY
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL
RELAYS
(RHEB-205)
COMPRESSOR
NO.l
'
L
0,?
l1
F i g u r e 2. 11 - 3 .
B a s i c Date
COMPRESSOR =
NO. 2
C / M Uprighting System E l e c t r i c a l Schematic
M I S C E L L A N E O U S S Y S T E M S DATA
Mission
COMP N O . 2
(RHEB- 205)
1 1 I'Jov 1966
Change Date
.
Page
2.11-5
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
after landing, t h e c r e w m e m b e r a t s t a t i o n 1 i n i t i a t e s filling of the t h r e e bags
by s e t t i n g the POSTLANDING - FLOAT BAG s w i t c h e s 1. 2, and 3 to F I L L .
When the C / M is uprighted, the t h r e e F L O A T BAG s w i t c h e s will be s e t to
O F F . A 4.25*0. 25 psi r e l i e f valve i s l o c a t e d i n the i n l e t of e a c h bag.
Backup relief v a l v e s s e t at 13. 5 p s i a r e located i n the outlet of e a c h
c o m p re s so r.

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
page 2. 1 1 - 6
SMZA- 03 -SCO 1 2
SECTION 3
INTR ODU C T ION

T h i s s e c t i o n identifies e a c h control and display in the c o m m a n d module
and l i s t s panel location, i t e m n o m e n c l a t u r e , positions and r e l a t e d
functions, power s o u r c e , ' t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r , and a s s o c i a t e d
e x p l a n a t o r y data. C o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s a r e p r e s e n t e d in a tabulated list
in n u m e r i c a l o r d e r by panel n u m b e r . P a n e l n u m b e r s a r e those a p p e a r i n g
on the m a i n display console d r a w i n g and the l o w e r equipment bay d r a w i n g
in f i g u r e 3-1. (The c o m m a n d module itself d o e s not i n c o r p o r a t e n u m b e r s
on the p a n e l s . ) The following is a detailed explanation of the c o l u m n a r
d a t a p r e s e n t e d in the tabulated l i s t .
Location
Gives the location of a p a r t i c u l a r c o n t r o l o r

d i s p l a y by panel n u m b e r o r o t h e r d e s c r i p t i v e
information s u c h a s "LH couch a r m r e s t ,
etc. ' I
Name and Position
G i v e s the e x a c t n o m e n c l a t u r e of a p a r t i c u l a r
c o n t r o l o r display a n d the c o n t r o l positions,
a s p l a c a r d e d on the panel. In the a b s e n c e of
a p l a c a r d , a functional n a m e is a s s i g n e d and
the positions a r e d e s c r i b e d physically ("up, I t
"down, " e t c ) .
Function
D e s c r i b e s the function of e a c h c o n t r o l in e a c h
position.
Circuit Breaker
Gives the n a m e and location of the c i r c u i t

b r e a k e r ( s ) controlling the e l e c t r i c a l power to
e a c h control & display.
P o w e r Source
Identifies and gives the r a t i n g of the i m m e d i a t e bus o r s o u r c e supplying power to a

p a r t i c u l a r control o r display.
T e l e m e t r y Code No. a n d
Identity
Gives the m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r s f o r t e l e m e t r y s i g n a l s which a r e u s e d to m o n i t o r the

p e r f o r m a n c e of components, s y s t e m s , and
s u b s y s t e m s ; the s t a t u s of c o n s u m a b l e i t e m s ;
and the p r o p e r sequencing of c r i t i c a l
-_
Mission
B a s i c Date
Page
3-1
SM2A-03 -SCOl2
o p e r a t i o n s d u r i n g a l l p h a s e s of the s p a c e c r a f t
mission. This information is monitored a t
MSFN s t a t i o n s f o r s p a c e c r a f t m a n a g e m e n t
f r o m the ground by u s e of voice o r c o m m a n d
links. M e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r s a r e e n t e r e d
only f o r displayed m e a s u r e m e n t s . Those f o r
undisplayed m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e included in the
t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s table f o r the
a p p r o p r i a t e s y s t e m in s e c t i o n 2 of this
handbook.
The n u m b e r c o n s i s t s of s e v e n c h a r a c t e r s ;
two l e t t e r s followed by four n u m b e r s and one
letter. An e x a m p l e is a s follows:
S
9099
Module code letter
F u n c t i o n a l s y s t e m code l e t t e r
Discrete number
Measurement classification
a. The f i r s t l e t t e r d e s i g n a t e s the module in which the m e a s u r e m e n t

o r i g i n a t e s . Module code l e t t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Adapter
B Booster '
C C o m m a n d module
L Launch e s c a p e t o w e r
S S e r v i c e module
b. The second l e t t e r d e n o t e s the s y s t e m inwhich the m e a s u r e m e n t

o r i g i n a t e s . Functional s y s t e m code l e t t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Structures
C
D
E
F
G
H
K
P
R
S
T
E l e c t r i c a l power
Launch e s c a p e
E a r t h landing
Enviro'nmental c o n t r o l
Guidance a n d navigation
Stabilization a n d c o n t r o l
Life s y s t e m s
F l i g h t technology
Propulsion
Reaction control
Crew safety
T e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and
instrumentation
c. C h a r a c t e r s t h r e e through s i x a r e n u m e r a l s c o m p r i s i n g a n u m b e r
which i s a s s i g n e d to a p a r t i c u l a r m e a s u r e m e n t point. T h e s e n u m b e r s a r e
l i s t e d sequentially o r a r e grouped f o r c l a r i t y within e a c h s y s t e m .

Mission
Change Date
Page
3-2
SMZA-03-SC012

d. The s e v e n t h l e t t e r d e n o t e s m e a s u r e m e n t c l a s s i f i c a t i o n .
c a t i o n code l e t t e r s a r e a s follows:
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
Acceleration
Phase
Current
Vibration
Power
Frequency
Force
Position
Biomedical
Radiation
Velcotiy
Mass
W
X
Y
Z
Camera
Pressure
Quantity
Rate
Strain
Temperature
Voltage
Time
Discrete event
Acoustical
pH - a c i d i t y
Contains additional d a t a and e x p l a n a t o r y r e m a r k s ,
Remarks
3.1
N
P
Q
R
S
T
V
Classifi-
CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX.
To aid in finding d a t a within t h i s s e c t i o n , a l o c a t o r index p r e c e d e s

the t a b u l a t e d l i s t . T h e index i s s u b - d i v i d e d into s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s .
Under e a c h s y s t e m i s l i s t e d , i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r , a l l c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s a s s o c i a t e d with the p a r t i c u l a r s y s t e m with c r o s s r e f e r e n c e t o t h e
p a n e l o n which the c o n t r o l or d i s p l a y i s l o c a t e d . W h e r e items, s u c h a s
c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s , a r e a s s o c i a t e d with m o r e t h a n one s y s t e m , s u c h i t e m s
are repeated under each applicable system. Each panel number i s
p r e c e d e d by a n a b b r e v i a t e d d e s c r i p t o r to a i d i n quickly d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
g e n e r a l l o c a t i o n of e a c h item, a s follows:
MDC
LEB
LHEB
LHFEB
RHEB
RHFEB
m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e ( p a n e l s 1 t h r u 26)
loxrer equipment b a y ( p a n e l s 100 t h r u 107, 1 2 0 , 1 5 0 )
l e f t hand equipment bay ( p a n e l s 307 t h r u 317 and 319)
l e f t hand f o r w a r d e q u i p m e n t bay ( p a n e l s 300 t h r u 306 and 318)
r i g h t hand e q u i p m e n t b a y ( p a n e l s 201 t h r u 2 0 6 )
r i g h t hand f o r w a r d e q u i p m e n t bay ( p a n e l s 2 0 0 and 2 0 7 )
T h e c o n t r o l s / d i s p l a y s l o c a t o r index i s s u b - d i v i d e d a s follows:
Page
3 -5
3-7
3 -9
3-11
3-13
3-17
3-18
3-20
Guidance and Navigation

S t a b i l i z a t i o n and C o n t r o l
Service Propulsion System
Reaction Control
Electrical Power
Sequential S y s t e m s (ELS, LES, EDS, SECS)
T el e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
Environmental Control
Mission
Basic Date
Page
3-3
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
Page
3-23
3-24
3-25
Caution and Warning

M i s c e llaneou s S y s t e m s
Scientific E x p e r i m e n t s
CONTROLS A N D D I S P L A Y S
Mission
B a s i c Date
1 2 NOV1966 Change Date
Page-
SMZA-03-SC012
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
Type
Panel L o c a t o r
Lt
Lt
sw
Lt
Lt
Control
sw
Control
Lt
Lt
sw
sw
Windows (2)
Lt
sw
sw
Lt
Lt
C B (2)
sw
Lt
Control
Keys
sw
Lt
sw
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
sw
Ind
C B (2)
Lt
L E B - 103
MDC14, L E B - 1 0 6
LEB-107
MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
L E B - 101
L E B - 105
L E B - 105
MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
LEB-101
L E B - 105
L E B - 105
LEB-105
L E B - 106
LEB-105
MDC- 14, L E B - 106
LEB-101
MDC-14
MDC-22
L E B - 105
LEB-106
LEB-105
MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
LEB-101
MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
LEB-101
MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
MDC-10
MDC-10
MDC - 22
L E B - 101
MDC - 22
LEB-103
MDC-IO, L E B - 1 0 3
MDC-22
MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
LEB-105
LEB-105
LEB- 105
L E B - 105
L E B - 102
MDC- 14, L E B - 106
MDC- 14, L E B - 106
LEB- 101
LEB-105
MDC-3, L E B - 1 0 3
Control/Display Name
ACCEL FAIL
ACTIVITY C O M P
AGC MODE
AGC PWR F A I L
A T T CONT MODE
ATTITUDE IMPULSE
ATTITUDE IMPULSE E N A B L E
BRIGHTNESS
CDU F A I L
CDU MAN MODE
CHECK CONDITION L A M P S
CHECK COOLANT
CHECKCOOLANT
CHECK F A I L
CHECK MODE LAMPS
CLEAR
COARS ALIGN MODE
COMP FAIL
COMPUTER
CONDITION L A M P
COUNTER F A I L
DOOR LATCH
DSK Y
ENTER
B
ENTRY MODE
ERROR R E S E T
F I N E ALIGN MODE
GMBL LOCK
G&N ACCEL FAIL
G & N ERROR
G & N VIEWER
IMU-CDU D I F F E R E N C E
IMU
IMU DELAY
IMU F A I L
IMU HTR
IMU T E M P
IMU T E M P MODE GAIN IRIG
I M U T E M P MODE GAIN P I P A
IMU T E M P MODE
IMU T E M P MODE Z E R O
INNER GIMBAL ( P I T C H )
KEY R L S E
KEY R L S E
MANUAL ALIGN
MARK
MASTER ALARM
LOCATOR INDEX
Lt
CB (2)
Lt
sw
sw
Mode sw
sw
Ind
Lt
sw
Lt
sw
Lt
G U D A N C E AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
LOCATOR INDEX
SMZA-03-SC012
C o n t r o l / D i s p l a y Name
MIDDLE GIMBAL (YAW)
- ( m i n u s s i g n switch)
NOUN
NOUN
OPTICS
OPTICS CONTROLLER MODE
OPTICS CONTROLLER S P E E D
Optics hand c o n t r o l l e r (no p l a c a r d )
OPTICS HOLD
OPTICS
OPTICS SLAVE T E L E S C O P E
OUTER GIMBAL (ROLL)
P A N E L BRIGHTNESS
PARITY F A I L
PGNS
+ (plus s i g n switch)
PROG A L M
PROGRAM
REGISTER 1
REGISTER 2
REGISTER 3
R U P T LOCK
Sextant (not p l a c a r d e d )
SCALER F A I L
S H A F T ANGLE
SHAFT
T e l e s c o p e (not p l a c a r d e d ) ,
TC TRAP
TM FAIL
TRANSFER
TRUNNION ANGLE
TRUNNION
UPTELACCEPTBLOCK
VERB
VERB
VIEWER
ZERO ENCODE MODE
Z E R O ENCODER
2X TRUNNION
Panel Locator
Ind
sw
sw
End
C B (2)
sw
sw
Control
SW
Mode sw
sw
Ind
C ont r ol
Lt
Lt
sw
Lt
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
Lt
SXT
Lt
Ind
Manual d r i v e
SC T
Lt
Lt
SW
Ind
Manual d r i v e
SW
Ind
SW
CB (2)
Lt
Lt
Ind

Mission
LOCATOR INDEX
B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date
L E B - 102
MDC- 14,
MDC-14,
MDC-14,
MDC-22
LEB-105
L E B - 105
LEB-105
L E B - 105
LEB-105
L E B - 105
LEB-102
L E B - 105
LEB-106
L E B - 103
MDC-14,
L E B - 106
MDC-14,
MDC-14,
MDC- 14,
MDC-14,
L E B - 106
L E B - 104
LEB-106
LEB-102,
L E B - 104
L E B - 104
L E B - 106
LEB-106
LEB-101
LEB-104
L E B - 104
MDC-14
MDC-14,
MDC-14,
MDC-22
L E B - 101
LEB-103
L E B - 102
L E B - 106
LEB-106
LEB-106
LEB-106
LEB-106
LEB-106
L E B - 106
LEB-106
-_-LEB-104
LEB-106
LEB-106
LOCATOR INDEX
Page
3-6
SMZA-03-SC012
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM- CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

AGAP T E M P
ATTDEADBAND
ATT SET
ATTITUDE IMPULSE-ENABLE
ATTLTUDE /MONITOR/ENTRY
A T T I T U D E S E T - R O L L , P I T C H , YAW
A T T I T U D E S E T - R O L L , P I T C H , YAW
BMAG POWER
C/W-NORMAL/BOOST/ACK
CAUT/WARN-MNA, MNB
CAUTION /WARNING -MODE
DLRECT RCS
D I R E C T ULLAGE
F C S M AUTO/OVERRJ.DE
FCSM ON/RESET
FDAI
F D A I ALIGN
F D A I BRIGHTNESS
FDAI LTG
FDAI S E L F TEST
. 0 5 G ENTRY
GIMBAL POSITION
G&N/SCS
G & N SYNC
L C L VERT
LIMIT C Y C L E
MASTER E V E N T SEQ CONT-A LOGIC BBAT A, BAT B
N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON
P A R T I A L SCS POWER
R A T E GYRO POWER
R A T E GYRO-ROLL, PITCH, YAW
REACTION CONTROL SYS-TRANS
R o t a t i o n a l C o n t r o l l e r s (not p l a c a r d e d )
ROTATION CONTROL POWER

SCS CHANNEL-A&C R O L L , B & D R O L L ,
PITCH, YAW
STABILIZATION & CONTROL SYSTEMA & C ROLL-MNA, MNB
B & D ROLL-MNA, MNB
D I R E C T CONT-MNA, MNB
G R O U P 1-AC1, AC2
G R O U P 1-MNA, MNB
G R O U P 2 - A C l , AC2
G R O U P 2-MNA, MNB
Panel Locator
Type
~
W a r n It
sw
sw
sw
sw
Thumbwheel (3)
k.ld (3)
sw
sw
CB ( 2 )
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
Ind
sw
Control
sw
sw
sw
Ind
SW'
sw
sw
sw
CB ( 2 )
sw
sw
sw
s w (3)
sw
C o n t r o l s (2)
MDC-10
MDC-8
MDC - 6
LEB-105
MDC-8
MDC-6
MDC-6
MDC-24
MDC-13
MDC -2 5
MDC- 1 1
MDC-8
MDC-7
MDC-2
MDC-2
MDC-4
MDC-6
MDC-2
MDC-25
MDC-2
MDC - 8
MDC-6
MDC-8
MDC-25
MDC-8
MDC-8
MDC-22
MDC-7
MDC-24
MDC-24
MDC-8
MDC- 16
LH couch, R H a r m r e s t , RH couch,
LH a r m r e s t
sw
- 24
s w (4)
MDC-8
CB (18)
MDC-25
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM- ;ONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

Mission
B a s i c D a t e 12 NOV1966
Change Date
Page 3-7
SMZA-03-SCO12

STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
LOCATOR INDEX
.Panel Locator
THRUST ON
Translational Controllers (not placarded)
sw
Control (2)
TVC 1 POWER
TVG 2 POWER
sw
AV
AV REMAINING
AV S E T
YAW, PITCH
sw
Ind
sw
Thumbwheel ( 2 )
sw
MDC-7
LH couch,
LH a r m r e s t
MDC-24
MDC-24
MDC-8
MDC-7
MDC-7
MDC-6
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS

Mission
Change Date
LOCATOR I N D E X
Page
3-8
SM2A-03-SC012
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM- CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

Panel Locator
Control /Display Name

ABORT SYSTEM-TWR J E T T S P S MODE-A ( B
two
CAUT/ WARN-MNA (MNB)
AV
AV REMAINING
AV S E T
D I R E C T ULLAGE
FCSM-G&N
FCSM-SCS
G&N/SCS
GIMBAL POSITION- P I T C H
GIMBAL POSITION- P I T C H
GIMBAL POSITION- YA W
GIMBAL POSITION-YAW
He TANK-PRESS
He T A N K - T E M P
INSTRUMENTS-ESS-MNA (MNB)
L / V AOA/SPS P,
L / V AOA/SPS P,
MASTER E V E N T S E Q CONT-A LOGIC BBAT A (BAT B)
N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON ( T h r u s t )
OXID FLOW
OXID FLOW-DECREASE
OXID FLOW-INCREASE
2 I T C H GMBL DR F A I L
PRESSURE-ENG I N L E T - F U E L
PRESSURE-ENG INLET-OX
PRESSURE- F U E L
PRESSURE- OX
QUANTITY -FUEL
QUANTITY - 0 X I D
SENSOR
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEMGAUGING-AC1 (AC2)
GAUGING-MNA (MNB)
GIMBAL MOTOR CONTROL - 1 P I T C H
- B A T A ( P I T C H 2-BAT B)
GlMBAL MOTOR CONTROL -1 YAW
-BAT A (YAW 2-BAT B)
He VALVE-MNA (MNB)
SPS ENGINE I N J E C T VALVE -1 (2, 3, 4)
SPS GAUGING
S P S HELIUM (left hand and r i g h t hand)
S P S HELIUM (left hand and r i g h t hand)
SPS-INJECT PRE-VALVES-A (B)
SPS-GIMBAL MOTORS - 1 P I T C H ( P I T C H 2 )
sw
MDC-16
CB ( 2 )
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
Ind
Thumbwheel
Ind
Thumbwheel
Ind
Ind
CB ( 2 )
Ind
sw
CB ( 2 )
MDC-25
MDC-8
MDC-7
MDC-7
MDC-7
MDC-2
MDC-2
MDC-8
MDC-6
MDC-6
MDC-6
MDC-6
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-22
MDC-3
MDC-3
MDC-22
sw
sw
Ind
Ind
Status Its
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
Display
Display
sw
MDC- 7
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-11
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-25
MDC-25
MDC-25
MDC-25
MDC-25
MDC-20
MDC-25
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-3
MDC-3

Mission
Basic Date
12 Nov I 9 6 6 Change D a t e
Page
3-9
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
~
LOCATOR INDEX
Panel L o c a t o r
SPS-GIMBAL MOTORS -1 YAW (YAW 2)

SPS L I N E H T R
SPS P R E S S
SPS P U SNSR F A I L
SPS ROUGH E C O
SPS TANK P R E S S
STABILIZATION & C O N T R O L SYSTEM
- D I R E C T CONT-MNA (MNB)
- 1 GROUP-AC 1 (GROUP 2-AC 2 )
- 1 GROUP-MNA (GROUP 2-MNB)
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 5
TEST/AUTO/TEST ( p r o p e l l a n t q u a n t i t y )
THRUST ON
TK PRESS-N2
UNBALANCE
VALVE
s w (2)
sw
Status I t s
Status Its
Status I t s
sw
~~
MDC-3
MDC-19
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC-10
MDC-20
MDC-25
MDC - 2 5
MDC-25
MDC-22
MDC-20
MDC-7
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC-20
--

Mission
B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e D a t e
Page
3-10
SMZA-03-SC012
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM- CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Display Name
ABORT SYSTEM-OX DUMP
CM P R O P J E T T - D U M P
CM P R O P JETT-LOGIC
CM P R O P J E T T - P U R G E
C / M RCS
C / M RCS A
C / M RCS B
C / M RCS HTRS
C / M RCS P R E S S F
C / M RCS T E M P He
C / M RCS P R E S S OX
C / M RCS P R P L N T - A
C / M RCS P R P L N T - A
C / M RCS P R P L N T - B
C / M RCS P R P L N T - B
C / M RCS T E M P He
C / M - S / M-SEP-A ( B )
DIRECT RCS
INSTRUMENTS- ESS-MNA ( M N B )
MASTER E V E N T S E Q CONT
-A ARM B-BAT A ( B A T B )
-A LOGIC B-BAT A ( B A T B )
P R O P E L L A N T QUANTITY- F U E L ( b o t t o m
window )
P R O P E L L A N T QUANTITY OXIDIZ E R
( t o p window)
P Y R O A-RCS F U E L DUMP
P Y R O B-RCS F U E L DUMP
RCS HEATERS-A MNB
RCS HEATERS-B MNA
RCS HEATERS-C MNB
RCS HEATERS-D MNA
RCS INDICATORS s e l e c t o r
C / M section
S / M section
REACTION CONTROL SYS-CMD
REACTION CONTROL SYS-C/M P R E S S
REACTION CONTROL SYS-TRANS
- C / M - S / M TRANSFER-MNA ( M N B )
-GAUGING-MNA ( M N B )
- P R O P ISOL-MNA (MNB)
S / M RCS-A ( B , Cy D)-HELIUM 1
S / M RCS-A ( B , Cy D)-HELIUM 1
S / M RCS-A ( B , C y D)-HELIUM 2
S / M RCS-A ( B , c, D)-HELIUM 2
S / M RCS P R E S S He
REACTION
Mission
c ONT ROL S YST EMBasic Date l 2
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
S t a t u s Its
Status I t s
sw
Ind
Ind
Ind
sw
Event ind
sw
Event ind
Ind
s w (2)
sw
CB (2)
~~~
Panel Locator
MDC- 16
MDC-8
MDC-8
MDC-8
MDC-26
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
RHFEB-200
MDC- 12
MDC-12
MDC- 12
MDC- 15
MDC- 15
MDC- 15
MDC- 15
MDC-12
MDC-15
MDC-8
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 12
Digital ind
MDC-12
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
LEB-150
LEB-150
MDC-21
MDC-21
MDC-21
MDC-21
sw
MDC-12
MDC-12
MDC- 16
MDC- 16
MDC- 16
sw
sw
sw
sw
MDC-25
MDC- 25
MDC- 25
MDC- 15
MDC-15
MDC- 15
MDC-15
MDC-12
CONTROLS / DISPLA YS LOCATOR INDEX
1966
Change Date
Page
3-1 1
SMZA-03-SC012
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
C o n t r o l / Display N a m e
S/M
S/M
S/M
S/M
S/M
S/M
S/M
S/M
RCS PRESS MANF

RCS-A ( B , C, D)-PROPELLANT
RCS-A ( B , C, D)-PROPELLANT
RCS T E M P PKG
RCS A
RCS B
RCS C
RCS D
Panel Locator
Ind
Event ind ( 4 )
s w (4)
Ind
S t a t u s Its
Status Its
S t a t u s Its
Status Its
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DEPLAYS

Mission
LOCATOR INDEX
Change Date
MDC-12
MDC- 15
MDC- 15
MDC-12
MDC-10
MDC- 10
MDC-10
MDC- 10
LOCATOR INDEX
3-12
Page
SM2A-03 -SC012
- .
E L E C T R I C A L P O W E R SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
Panel Locator
C o n t r o l / Display N a m e
A C BUS 1 F A I L
AC BUS 2 F A I L
AC BUS 1 OVERLOAD
AC BUS 2 OVERLOAD
AC INDICATORS
AC INVERTER-AC BUS 1 - R E S E T
A C INVERTER-AC BUS 2-RESET
A C INVERTER-1
A C INVERTER- 1 -AC BUS 1
AC INVERTER-1-AC
BUS 2
A C INVERTER-2
A C INVERTER-2-AC
BUS 1
AC INVERTER-2-AC BUS 2
A C INVERTER-3
AC INVERTER-3-AC
BUS 1
A C INVERTER-3-AC BUS 2
A C SNSR SIC-AC1
A C SNSR SIC-AC2
A C VOLTS
BAT A PWR-ENTRY
BAT B PWR-ENTRY
BAT CHGR
BATCHGR-BATC
BAT C PWR-POSTLANDING ENTRY
BAT RLY BUS-BAT A
BAT R L Y BUS-BAT B
BATTERY CHARGER
BATTERY CHARGER-AC P W R
BATTERYCHARGER-BATACHGE
BATTERY CHARGER-BAT B CHGE
BATTERY CHARGER-MNA
BATTERY CHARGER- MNB
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM-QTY AMPL-AC 1-PC
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM-QTY AMPL-AC 2-0C
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM-TANK HEATERS-H2
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM- TANK HEATERS -0 2
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 1-PA
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 1-PB
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 1-PC
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 2-PA
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 2-PB
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTOkS-AC 2-PC
DC AMPS
DC INDICATORS
DC SNSR SIC-MNA
DC SNSR SIC-MNB
DC VOLTS
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
CB
CB
Meter
CB
CB
sw
CB
CB
CB
CB
sw
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
Meter
sw
CB
CB
Meter
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
Mission
LOCATOR INDEX
Change Date
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC - 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 25
MDC - 25
MDC- 18
LEB-150
LEB-150
MDC- 22
LEB-150
L E B - 150
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 18
MDC- 22
MDC- 22
MDC- 22
MDC-22
MDC- 22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 22
MDC-22
MDC- 22
MDC-22
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 18
LOCATOR INDEX
3- 13
Page
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
DC VOLTS ( a u x i l i a r y )
F / C - B U S DISCONNECT
F / C VALVES
F/C 1
F/G 2
F/C 3
FREQUENCY
FUEL CELL-FLOW -H2
FUELCELL-FLOW-02
F U E L CELL-MAIN BUS A-RESET
F U E L CELL-MAIN BUS B-RESET
F U E L CELL-MODULE TEMP-COND EXH
F U E L CELL-MODULE TEMP-SKIN
F U E L C E L L 1-BUS CONT
FUEL C E L L 1-CIR & SEP MOTORS
F U E L C E L L 1-H2&02 VALVE
F U E L C E L L 1-PURGE
FUEL C E L L - 1-MAIN BUS A
F U E L CELL-1-MAIN BUS A
F U E L CELL-1-MAIN BUS B
FUEL CELL-1 purge
F U E L C E L L - 1-REACTANTS
F U E L C E L L - 1-REACTANTS
F U E L C E L L 2-BUS CONT
F U E L C E L L 2-CIR & SEP MOTORS
F U E L C E L L 2 - H 2 & 0 2 VAhVE
FUEL CELL-2-MAIN BUS B
FUEL CELL-2-MAIN BUS B
FUEL C E L L - 2 p u r g e
FUEL C E L L - 2-REACTANTS
FUEL CELL-2-REACTANTS
FUEL C E L L 3-BUS CONT
F U E L C E L L 3-CIR & SEP MOTORS
F U E L C E L L 3 - H 2 & 0 2 VALVE
FUEL CELL-3-MAIN BUS A
F U E L CELL-3 purge
FUEL C E L L - 3 -REACTANTS
F U E L CELL-3-REACTANTS
Panel Locator
Meter
Lt
Ind
sw
Lt
Lt
Lt
Meter
Ind
Ind
sw
sw
sw
Ind
Ind
CB
CB
CB
CB
Ind
sw
Ind
sw
sw
Ind
sw
CB
CB
CB
CB
Ind
sw
Ind
sw
sw
Ind
sw
CB
CB
CB
CB
Ind
sw
Ind
sw
sw
Ind
sw
Mission
B a s i c Date 1 2 NOv 1966
LOCATOR INDEX
Change Date
RHFEB-200
MDC- 11
MDC- 18
MDC-19
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC-18
MDC- 18
MDC-22
MDC - 22
MDC - 22
MDC-22
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC-18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC - 22
MDC-18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
LOCATOR INDEX
P a g e 3-14
SMZA-03-SC012
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM- CONTROLS/ DISPLA YS LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Dis play Name
F U E L C E L L PUMP-1
FUNCTION S E L E C T
H2 FANS-1
H2 FANS-2
H2 HEATERS- 1
H2 HEATERS-2
H2 PRESS
INVERTER CONTROL- 1
INVERTER CONTROL- 2
INVERTER CONTROL-3
INVERTER PWR-NO. 1 MNA
INVERTER PWR-NO. 2 MNB
INVERTER PWR-NO. 3 MNA
INVERTER PWR-NO. 3 MNB
I N V 1 T E M P HI
INV 2 T E M P HI
INV 3 T E M P HI
U I N A-BAT BUS A
MAIN A-BAT C
MAIN B-BAT BUS B
MAIN B-BAT C
MAIN BUS TIE-BAT A & C
MAIN BUS TIE-BAT B&C
MN BUS A UNDERVOLT
MN BUS B UNDERVOLT
NON ESS BUS
0 2 FANS-1
0 2 FANS-2
0 2 HEATERS-1
0 2 HEATERS-2
0 2 PRESS
pH H I
POST LDG-BAT BUS A
POST LDG-BAT BUS B
POST LDG-BAT C
POST LDG-MAIN A
POST LDG-MAIN B
REG OUT PRESS HI-H2
R E G OUT PRESS HI-NZ
R E G OUT PRESS HI-02
SNSR UNIT-AC BUS-1
SNSR UNIT-AC BUS-2
SNSR UNIT-DC BUS-A
SNSR UNIT-DC BUS-B
Panel Locator
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
Lt
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
Lt
Lt
LT
CB
CB
CB
CB
sw
sw
Lt
Lt
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
Lt
Ind
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
Ind
Ind
Ind
CB
CB
CB
CB
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
Mission
B a s i c Date 1 2 NOV 1966
Change Date
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
RHFEB-200
MDC- 13
MDC- 13
MDC-13
MDC- 13
MDC-10
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
RHEB -203
RHEB- 203
RHEB -203
RHEB - 203
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
RHEB - 20 3
RHEB -203
RHEB -203
RHEB - 20 3
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC - 22
MDC- 13
MDC-13
MDC- 13
MDC- 13
MDC- 10
MDC- 18
RHEB - 2 0 3
R HEB - 2 0 3
RHEB -203
RHEB -203
RHEB-203
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC- 18
MDC-21
MDC-21
MDC-21
MDC-21
LOCATOR INDEX
3- 15
Page
SMZA- 03 -SCO12
E L E C T R Z C A L POWER SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS L O C A T O R INDEX
TANK
TANK
TANK
TANK
TANK
TANK
TANK
PRESSURE-H2- 1
PRESSURE-H2-2
PRESSURE-02- 1
PRESSURE-02-2
QUANTITY-H2-1
QUANTITY-H2-2
QUANTITY-02- 1
TANK QUANTITY- 0 2 - 2
TEST SELECT
H2 P U R G E L I N E H T R
INV. P H A S E LOCK
Panel Locator
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
Ind
sw
sw
sw
Mission
B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966
Change Date
MDC- 13
MDC- 13
MDC- 13
MDC-13
MDC-13
MDC- 13
MDC-13
MDC- 13
RHFEB-200
MDC-15
RHEB 208
L O C A T O R INDEX
3-16
Page
a
. _.
.-
S-M2A -03-SCO 12
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS-
CONTROLS/ DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
ABORT
ABORT SYSTEM- MODE
ABORT SYSTEiM-L/V R A T E S
A B O R T SYSTEIM-OX DUMP
ABORT SYSTEM-2 ENG O U T
ADAPT S E P
ALTIMETER
A P E X COVER J E T T
CANARD D E P L O Y
C/M-S/M SEP
COUCHUNLOCK
Digital E v e n t T i m e r I n d i c a t o r ( n o p l a c a r d )
DIGITAL E V E N T TIMER-MIN
DIGITAL E V E N T T I M E R - R E S E T
DIGITAL E V E N T T I M E R - S E C
DICIT'AL E V E N T TIMER - START
Digital E v e n t T i m e r I n d i c a t o r ( n o p l a c a r d )
DIGITAL E V E N T TIMER-MIN
DIGITAL E V E N T TIIMER-RESET
DIGITAL E V E N T T I M E R - S E C
DIGITAL E V E N T TIIMER-START
DROGUE D E P L O Y
EDS
EDS
E D S POLYER
ELS
E L S LOGIC
EVENT TIMER
L E S iMOTOR F I R E
LIFT- O F F
LOCK/ UNLOCK
L / V AOAISPS Pc
L / V AOA/SPS PC
L / V ENGINE
L / V GUID
L / V RATE
MAIN CHUTE R E L E A S E
MAIN D E P L O Y
MAIN D E P L O Y - A U T O
M-4STER E V E N T S E Q CONT-ARM
MASTER E V E N T S E Q CONT- LOGIC
MASTER E V E N T S E Q C O N T - P Y R O ARM
MESC-LOGIC ARM
NO AUTO ABORT
POST LDG BEACON LIGHTS
PYRO A-RCS FUEL DUMP
PYRO'A-SEQ A
P Y R O B - R C S F U E L DUMP
PYRO B-SEQ B
Panel Locator
Lt
sw ( 2 )
sw
sw
sw
sw
Indicator
sw
sw
sw (2)
sw
LVindow
sw
sw
sw
sw
Window
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
CB ( 3 )
sw
CB ( 3 )
sw
CB ( 2 )
sw
Lt
Control
Ind
sw
Lt ( 8 )
Lt
Lt
sw
sw
sw
CB ( 2 )
CB ( 2 )
sw (2)
sw (2)
Lt
sw
CB
CB
CB
CB
iMDC - 3
IMDC-16
MDC-16
MDC-16
MDC-16
MDC - 5
MDC-1
MDC-5
MDC-5
MDC-15
-1MDC- 8
MDC - 5
1MDC-8
MDC-8
MDC-8
MDC-8
iMDC- 11
MDC- 11
iMDC-11
MDC-11
MDC- 11
iMDC - 5
MDC - 16
iMDC-25
MDC - 24
MDC-25
MDC-8
MDC-25
MDC-5
iMDC - 5
iMDC - 5
MDC-3
MDC-3
MDC-5
MDC - 5
MDC-5
MDC-16
MDC-5
MDC- 16
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-24
iMD c - 2 5
MDC-5
1MDC-26
L E B - 150
LEB-150
LEB-150
LEB-150
...
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

hli s s ion
Change Date
Page
3-17
SM2A- 03-SCO12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DLSPUYS
BIO-MED COMM-MNA
BIO- MED COMM-MNB
C-BAND
C E N T R A L TIMING SYS-MNA
CENTRAL TIMING SYS-MNB
FLIGHT QUAL RCDR
RCDR/HF
INST P W R CONT
ESSENTIAL 1 THRU 4
NON-ESSENTIAL 5 THRU 10
INSTRUMENTS- ESS-MNA
INSTRUMENTS- ESS-MNB
INSTRUMENTS- NONESS
INST RUME NTS NO NESS BUS
INSTRUMENTS- RCDR NONESS
INST RUMENTS-SCIEN
INTERCOM
INTERCOM BALANCE
NONESS BUS
POSTLANDING ANTENNA DEPLOY
POWER
POWER-PMP
P O W ER-SCE
RECOVERY-HF-ON/OFF
RECOVERY -HF-SSB/ BCN/AM
RECOVERY-VHF BCN
S-BAND
S-BAND ANT
S-BAND ANTENNA
S BAND EMERG
S BAND OSC
S-BAND-PWR A M P L
S BAND VOICE RNG / RNG ONLY
S- BAND- VOICE- T A P E
S- BAND-VOICE-TV
S-BAND-XPONDER/XPONDER P W R A M P L
T A P E RECORDER-FWD/REV
T A P E RECORDER-PLAY
T A P E RECORDER-RECORD/PLAY
T A P E RECORDER-SPEED
TELECOM-ESS
TELECOM- NONESS
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 1 A C
TELECOMMUMCATIOhS-GROUP 2 A C
TELECOMMUNICATIONS -GROUP 3
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 4
T ELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 5
LOCATOR INDEX
Panel Locator
CB
CB
sw
CB
CB
sw
sw
C B (4)
CB ( 6 )
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
Ind
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
MDC 25
MDC-25
MDC-20
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 19
MDC-13, -23, -26
RHEB-204
MDC - 22
MDC 22
MDC 22
MDC 22
MDC-22
MDC- 22
MDC-13,
MDC-13,
MDC-22
MDC-25
MDC-13,
MDC 20
MDC 20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC 20
MDC-13,
MDC- 19
MDC- 20
MDC-20
MDC- 20
MDC 20
MDC 20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC- 20
MDC- 20
MDC-20
MDC 20
MDC - 20
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC- 22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
-23, -26
-23, -26
-23, -26
-23, -26
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DLSPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

Mission
B a s i c Date 12 NOV1966
Change Date
Page
3-18
SM2A - 0 3 - S CO 12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

Control/Display N a m e
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-PCM T L M AC
TELECOMMUNICATIONS -SIC COND S- BAND
P A AC
T L M INPUTS -BIOMED
T L M INPUTS-PCM
U P DATA
U P TLM CMD
VHF-AM
VHF-AM RCVR
VHF-AM SQUELCH
VHF-AM- T / R / REC
VHF-ANTENNA
VHF-FM
VOICE RECORD
VOLUME
VOX SENS
Panel Locator
CB
CB
MDC-22
MDC-22
sw
MDC - 20
MDC 20
MDC 20
MDC- 19
MDC-13, -23, -26
MDC 20
MDC- 20
MDC- 20
MDC-20
MDC-20
MDC- 19
MDC-13, - 2 3 , -26
MDC-13, -23, -26
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
Control
sw
sw
sw
Indicator
Control
C ont r o l
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX.

Mission
B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 - C h a n g e Date
Page
3-19
SM2A-03 -SC012
ENVIRONMENTAL C O N T R O L SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
BATTERY VENT
C a b i n air c o n t r o l l o u v e r
CABIN A I R / A U T O / S U I T AIR
CABIN A I R F A N - 1 & 2
CABIN P R E S S U R E R E L I E F
CABIN R E P R E S S
CABIN T E M P
CABIN T E M P - A U T O
CABIN TEMP-AUTO /MAN
C02-odor absorber diverter
C 0 2 PP HI
DIRECT 0 2
DRINKING W A T E R S U P P L Y
A P SUIT C O M P R
ECS-CABIN AIR F A N - I & 2
E C S - G L Y C O L P U M P S - A C 1 & AC 2
E C S - G L Y C O L - P U M P 1/ P U M P 2
ECS-HzO ACCUM-MNA & MNB
E C S - P O T H 2 0 HTR-MNA & MNB
ECS-RADIATOR
E C S RAD-OUTLET T E M P
E C S RAD O U T T E M P - 1 & 2
ECS-RAD VALVE-AC 1 & AC 2
E C S S T E A M DUCT HTR-MNA & MNB
ECS-SUIT COMPRESSORS-AC 1 & A C 2
ECS-TRANSDUCER-PRESS GROUPS 1 & 2
E C S - T R A N S D U C E R - T E M P - M N A & MNB
ECS-TRANSDUCER-WASTE & P O T H2OMNA & MNB
E M E R G E N C Y CABIN P R E S S U R E
E V A P H20
FLOW 0 2
F O O D P R E P A R A T I O N W A T E R - C O L D & HOT
GAS A N A L
G L Y ACCUM-QUANTITY
GLYEVAPWATERCONTROLBYPASS
G L Y C O L ACCUMULATOR
GLYCOL EVAP-H2O FLOW
G L Y C O L E V A P - S T E A M PRESS-AUTO/MAN
GLYCOL EVAP-STEAM PRESS-INCR/DECR
G L Y C O L E V A P - S T E A M P R E S S - T E M P IN
G L Y C O L E V A P T E M P IN
GLYCOL P R E S S R E L I E F BYPASS-I & 2
GLYCOL RESERVE
G L Y C O L RESERVOIR-BYPASS
GLYCOL RESERVOIR-INLET
G L Y C O L RESERVOIR-OUTLE T
G L Y C O L T E M P LOW
LOCATOR INDEX
a
TYPe
Panel Locator
V a Ive
Control
sw
Valve
Valve
Ind
Valve (2)
CB
Ind
Valve
Valve
sw
sw
sw
SW
Valve
Valve ( 2 )
Valve
Valve
Valve
Valve
Light
RHEB-203
LHFEB-303
LEB-120
MDC-21
L H E B -307
L H E B - 3 14
L H F E B 303
MDC- 1 3
MDC-13
LHEB-313
MDC-11
MDC-24
L H F E B - 304
MDC-13
MDC - 22
MDC-22
MDC-21
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-21
MDC-13
MDC-19
MDC-22
RHEB-206
MDC-22
MDC-22
iMDC-22
MDC-22
L H E B - 3 14
LHEB-311
MDC- 13
L H F E B - 305
MDC-22
MDC-13
L H E B - 317
LHEB-312
MDC- 1 3
IMDC-13
MDC-13
MDC-13
LHEB-311
LHEB-309
LHEB-311
L H E B - 307
L H E B - 307
LHEB-307
MDC- 11
.
I
SMZA- 03 -SCO12
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
C o n t r o l/ D i s p l a y N a m e
Panel Locator
G L Y C O L T O RAD
GLY EVAP-OUTLET T E M P
GLY E V A P STEAM PRESS
H 2 0 ACCUM-AUTO/MAN
H 2 0 ACCUM F A I L
H 2 0 ACCUM-ON 1 / O N 2
H 2 0 ACCUMULATOR-1 & 2
H 2 0 IND
INST P W R CONT-ESSENTIAL 2
MAIN REGULATOR
0 2 F L O W HI
0 2 P R E S S IND
OXYGEN-ENTRY
OXYGEN-S/M S U P P L Y
OXYGEN-SURGE TANK
PART PRESS C 0 2
PGA p r e s s u r e
PLSS FILL
PLVC
P O S T LANDING-VENT F A N
P O S T LANDING-VENT F A N - P L B U S / F L O A T
BAG 2
P O T A B L E TANK I N L E T
POT H 2 0 HEATER
P R E S S -CABIN
P R E S S G L Y DISCH
PRESS-SUIT
PRESSURE R E L I E F '
START /OFF /PREHEAT
Suit c i r c u i t r e t u r n a i r
SUIT C O M P R E S S O R - C O M P R 1 / C O M P R 2
Suit demand p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s e l e c t o r
SUIT E V A P
SUIT E V A P
SUIT E V A P G L Y C O L
SUIT F L O W
SUIT F L O W R E L I E F
SUIT H T EXCH
SUIT T E S T
SURGE TANK PRESSURE R E L I E F
TANK P R E S S U R E - 0 2 - 1
T E M P -CABIN
TEMP-SUIT
WASTE H 2 0 TK R E F I L L
WASTE MANAGEMENT-OVBD DRAIN
WASTE M A N A G E M E N T - S E L E C T O R
Valve
Ind
Ind
sw
Light
sw
Valve (2)
sw
CB
Valve
Light
sw
Valve
Valve
Valve
Ind
Ind ( 3 )
Valve
SW
sw
CB
Valve
sw
Ind
Ind
Ind
Valve
sw
Valve
sw
Valve
sw
Valve
Valve
V a l v e (3)
Valve
sw
Valve
Valve
Ind
Ind
Ind
sw
Valve
Valve

Mission
LOCATOR INDEX
Change Date
L H E B - 307
MDC- 1 3
MDC-13
MDC-13
MDC- 11
MDC- 1 3
LHEB-311
MDC-13
RHEB-204
L H E B - 3 14
MDC- 11
MDC-13
L H E B - 307
L H E B - 307
LHEB-307
MDC-13
PGA s l e e v e
LHEB - 3 14
LHEB-316
MDC-25
MDC-25
L H E B - 3 15
MDC-21
MDC-13
MDC-13
MDC- 1 3
L H E B - 3 15
L E B - 120
L H E B - 3 19
MDC-21
L H E B - 3 10
MDC-13
L H E B - 3 11
LHEB-311
L H F E B - 3 0 0 , -301,
- 302
L H E B - 31 1
L H E B - 310
LHEB-310
L H E B - 308
MDC-13
MDC-13
MDC- 1 3
MDC-13
R H E B - 20 1
RHEB-201
LOCATOR INDEX
Page
3-21
SMZA-03-SC012
LOCATOR INDEX
Control/ Display Name
Panel Locator
~
WASTE TANK INLET
WASTE TANK SERVICING

WATER & GLYCOL TANKS PRESSUREREGULATOR-SELECTOR INLET
WATER & GLYCOL TANKS PRESSURERELIEF-SELECT OR OUT LET
WATER-QUANTITY
Valve
Valve
LHEB- 31 5
LHEB 315
Valve
LHEB - 3 14
Valve
Ind
LHEB - 314
MDC-13

Mission
~~
Change Date
LOCATOR INDEX
Page
3-22
SM2A-03-SC012
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM-LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Dis play Name
A C B U S 1 FALL
A C BUS 2 F A I L
AC BUS 1 OVERLOAD
AC BUS 2 OVERLOAD
AGAP T E M P
AGCPWRFAIL
CAUT/WARN-FAIL
CAUTIWARN-MNA & MNB
CAUT/ WARN-MODE
CAUT/ WARN-POWER
CDU F A I L
C / M RCS A
C / M RCS B
C 0 2 PP HI
'
c/w
-.
C / W LAMP T E S T
F/C 1
F/C 2
F/C 3
F / C BUS DISCONNECT
GLYCOL T E M P LOW
GMBL LOCK
G&N A C C E L FAIL
G & N ERROR
H 2 0 ACCUM FAIL
H 2 PRESS
I M U FAIL
IMU T E M P
INV 1
INV 2
INV 3
MASTERALARM
MASTER ALARM
MASTER ALARM
MN BUS A UNDERVOLT
MN BUS B UNDERVOLT
0 2 FLOW HI
0 2 PRESS
P I T C H GMBL DR F A I L
S / M RCS A
S / M RCS B
S / M RCS C
S / M RCS D
SPS PRESS
SPS P U SNSR FAIL
SPS ROUGH ECO
SPS WALL T E M P HI
YAW GMBL DR FAIL
TYQe
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
CB ( 2 )
sw
sw
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
sw
sw
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
Lt
I
I
~
Panel Locator
MDC-11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC-10
MDC- 10
MDC- 1 1
MDC - 25
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC-10
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC- 11
MDC-13
MDC - 23
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC-11
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC-11
MDC-3
MDC- 18
L E B - 103
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
MDC- 10
MDC- 11
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC- 10
MDC-10
MDC- 11
MDC-11
MDC- 10
MDC- 11
MDC- 11
SMZA-03-SCO 12
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Controls /Display Name
COUCH ATTEN- FLOODLIGHTS
ELS-FLOAT BAG 3
FLOODLIGHTS- PRZMARY
FLOODLIGHTS-SECONDARY
FLOODLIGHTS-PRIMARY
FLOODLIGHTS-SECONDARY
LIGHTING - C LOC KS
LIGHT I NG - FL 00DS - PRIMARY
LIGHTING-FLOODS-SEC
POST LANDING-FLOAT BAG
POST LANDING-FLOAT BAG 1 PL BUS
POST LANDING-VENT FAN-PLBUS-FLOAT
BAG 2
UPRIGHTING SYSTEM-COMPR NO. 1 AND
NO. 2
Type
CB
CB
MDC- 25
MDC-25
MDC- 23
MDC - 23
MDC - 26
MDC-26
LEB-100
L E B - 100
LEB-100
MDC-25
MDC - 25
MDC - 25
CB
R HEB - 205
CB ( 2 )
CB
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
sw
s w (3)
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS -CONTROLS/DISPLAYS

Mission
Panel Locator
Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date
LOCATOR INDEX
Page
3-24
SM2A-03-SC012
S C I E N T I F I C EXPERIMENTS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS
Controls/Display Name
S C I E N E Q U I P SEB 1
SCLEN E Q U I P S E B 2
I N S T R U M E N T S -SCIEN
SCLEN E Q U I P H A T C H
Mission
( n o t used)
L O C A T O R INDEX
Panel L o c a t o r
CB
CB
CB
CB
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
MDC-22
S C I E N T I F I C E X P E R I M E N T S - C O N T R O L S / DISPLAYS L O C A T O R INDEX
B a s i c D a t e 1 2 Nov 1966 C h a n g e D a t e
P a g e 3-25
U
L
' Ad
U
." o
i3;
C
0
.-
.-
SM2A-03-SC012

>
v)
uo a
o
u,
u o
3 E
a>
a
Basic ~~t~
12 XOV 1 9 6 6
a
a
h
SMZA- 03 -S C 0 1 2
L2
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANE
Change Date
page
3-26Al3-2bB
0
.u
Lr,
Mission
%5
-;-
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
-1
>
.
C h a n g e Date
2 AND 3
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
M A I N DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L S
Basic Date
rl
>
.
Page
3-27
Mission
Basic Date
S M Z A - 0 3 -SCO12
Change Date
M I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-28
---
n
Y
Mission
SMZA - 03 -SCO 12
Change Date
&
:.
1 2 Nov 1966
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
In
w
>
cld
P
d
'i<
2:
*<
i4
L*
0
Basic Date
h
h
Page
3-29
Mission
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-30
iMi s s i o n
):
1 0
.: -u
Basic Date
- - S CO 12
SMZA 0 3
CONTROLS AND D I S P L A Y S
1966
Change D a t e
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 4

12 Nov
Page
3-31
c
C
."
s
Mission
>
s
B a s i c Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12

I
>
el
Change Date
MAIN DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L
1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-32
--
c
0
U
."
-1
-
Mission
9
F'
SMZA - 03 - S CO 12
CONTROLS A N D DISPLAYS
?
h
Change Date

12 N o v 1 9 6 6
4
i
;
M
.
z"
2
;
.
M
z"
:2 2
B a s i c Date
Page
7-33
Mission
4d
'5
wa
ln
a
Basic Date
SMZA -03 -SCO 12
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page 3-34
A4 i s s ion
SMZA-03-SCO 12
0)
.d
E
M
d
d
.d
3
U
0
4
u u u
u u u
m m m
0
"
N
I l l
5 AND 6
In
......
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANELS
Basic Date
Page
3-35
4
0
.Y
.?
Mission
z"
It:
1 0
:E
Basic Date
[r
[r
SMZA-03 -SCO12
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-36
*
d
iMi s s ion
r-
B a s i c Date
"
al
SMZA-03 - S CO 12
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
I
"l
Page
3-37
C
6
u
.+
3
iMi s s ion
B a s i c Date
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
Change D a t e
1 2 Nov 1966
Page
.
3-38
Mission
,.
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
c
U
2
w
>
U
Change D a t e
L.
k4
m
0
I 2 N o v 1966
s
U
Page
3-39
Mission
CI
g
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03 -SCO12
0"z
a
Cl
0
d
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-40
.,.
0
u
-i
Mission
e-
h
I*
B a s i c Date
a
1
-1
H
a:
w
>
-1
u
SMZA-03 -SCO 12
h
h
0
c
u
'5
l-
a:
W
-1
>
V .
Change Date

12 N o v 1966
Page
3-41
~~~~
M i s s ion
-a
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SCOI2
w i )
Z
2u
Page
k.
Lr
3-42
Change Date
0
U
>.
a
c
12
Nov 1966
I
-1
lLli s s i o n
l4
l
4
B a s i c Date
SMZA- 0 3 -SCO12
z
*
Change Date
Ir
0
l4
12 Nov 1966
l4
ir
Page
3-43
L
C
..
k
c c
a .O
u .z
E "
Mission
e
d
h4
I.
c
u
3
2;
I4
I4
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03 -SCOI 2
.14
..E m2 e
"
629
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-44
__-
.
iMi s s i o n
Basic Date
SM2A -03 -SCO 12

Change D a t e

L 2 . N o v1 9 6 6
Page
3-45
.
2
.?
.z
E "
Q C
2;
.
m
'Itz
1 0
s :u
Mission
Basic Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
ir
ir
Change Date
1 2 N o v 1966
Lr
Lr
0
Page
3-46
..__-
---
Mission
z"
SMZA-03-SC012
Change Date
9 AND 10
Io
*A
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS
B a s i c Date
a:
4
W
3-47
a:
a:
z
a
Page
X
V
-1
-1
Miss ion
, -
SMZA-03-SC012
Page
Change Date
10
2
W
1966
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
lZ
0
4
. . a
.?
3
Y
+
I
Lo
B a s i c Date
3-46
Mission
SM2A - 0 3 - S C 0 1 2
a0
Change D a t e
10 AND 11
z"
L,
c
m
z"
-. -
1 2 Nov 1966
Basic Date
Page
3-49
Mission
E:
c m
.e
._I
M
0
3,
3
kl
0
-1
0"
L
L
4 0
z
u
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
m
v)
Change Date

Nov 1966
11
Basic Date - 1 2
Page
3-50
Mi s s ion
c m
'2 4
E,
Basic Date
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO12
m
,
m
Lo
Change Date
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE- PANEL 1 1

12 N o v 1966
Page
3-51
.
2
u: .
5 .i!
- E
E "
$
.*
u
d
2
Mission
, E
I
iu
B a s i c Date
SMZA- 0 3 -SCO 12
1I
Change Date

1 2 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
3-52
-_-
_A
c
.+
u
I*
Mission
Basic Date
SM2A-03 -SCO12
11
Change Date
1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-53
M i s s ion
0)
4
I.
u
uI.
a
4
0
rd
SMZA-03 -SCOI 2
rd
Change Date
11
I
0.
m
Y
V
4
5 .$
* a
12 N o v 1966
N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
$2
4 .$
4 a
Basic Date
Page
3-54
._-
Mission
*0 >0
Basic Date
SMZA-03 -SCO 12
11
A P O L L O OPERATIONS HANDBOOIQ
Change D a t e

1 2 Nov 1966
mu .-e
:. 5
Page
3-55
Mission
(r
Ir
0
Y
B a s i c Date
VI
11
SM2A-03-SC012
c
c
.-
2
w
Change Date

1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-56
C
0
Y
C
.Y
4
B a s i c Date
12 N o v 1966
SMZA- 03 -SC 0 1 2
L I N I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PPASEL
Change Date
page
.
3-56Al3-5bB
VI
Y
I.
.k.
~~~i~ ~~t~
1.2 Nov 1966
SMZA-03-SC012
11
M.IIN DISPL.4Y CONSOLE-P.4NEL
Change Date
Page
3-57
:
+
U L :
Basic Date
U
Y
1 2 S o v 190b
3:
SMZA- 03-SCO 12
L,
z
4
z
12
al
v)z
LA
w
a:
R
X A I N DISPL-IIY CONSOLE-P.ANEL
Change Date
'I:
I.
i o
Page
3-58
LA
LA
a
a
_-
Y
F
=.
~~~i~D~~~
x
0
12 NOV1966
12
SM2A-03-SCO12
Change Date
Page
3-59
Mission
t
z
LI
U
3
c
0
s:
>
Nov 1966
SM2A -03-SCO12
Change Date
1 2 AND 13
12
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANELS
Basic Date
Page
3-60
C
0
.d
5
I
4
a
c c
WZ
dao
E "
2;
C
0
d
U
.,.
-1
LMission
. 4"
-. -
YI
B a s i c Date
SMZA - 0 3 -SC012
13
X
U
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-bl
Mission
TI
?!
-44
E2
B a s i c Date
13
SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
L*
0
l4
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-62
..
5
.r(
s
Mission
.
z
h
h
0
B a s i c Date
13
S M 2 A - 03 -S C 0 12
u0
c
Ir
cl
0
>
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-63.
Mission
c
ud
.-
p
M
4 ;
a
,
0
Basic Date
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
13
x-
t
Z
Change Date
W I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
12 N o v 1966
Page
3-64
Mission
0
Y
Po
M
k
r.
u
m
s
I+
B a s i c Date
13
SM2A -03-SCO 12
Em
..
E4
.e
can
cl:
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
GI
GI
0
Page
3-65
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SCO 12
13
:3
E
b *
8."
Change Date

12 N o v 1966
Page
3-66
Mission
c1
92
u;:
r4
0
b
Basic Date
SMZA - 0 3 - S CO 12
42
13
l
4
Ir
cld
2
4
h
0
Change Date
MAIN D I S P L A Y C O N S O L E - P A N E L
12 Nov 1966
cld
4 2
Page
*
3-67
Mission
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SC012
13
0
U
G
.C
Change Date

12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
I.
3-68
*
d
Mission
Basic Date
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
Change D a t e
13
1966
12 Nov
Page
3-69
c
.d
&a
a
u
s
Mission
L;
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SCO12
13
.4
Change Date
12 N o v 1966
Page
..c
3-70
M i s s ion
c
c
U
..
z
o
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03 -SCO 12
13
h
0
c
C
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
L*
Lu
O
Page
3-71
Mission
zu
du'
Basic Date
SMZA-03 -SCO 12
13
C h a n g e Date

1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-72
Mission
m
E d
z
0
Basic Date
13
SM2A-03-SC012
Change D a t e
12 No" 1966
Page
3-73
Mission
B a s i c Date
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO12
13
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-74,
-_.-
i
M i s sion
Q o
B
z
W
X
0
m
m
a
0
ns!4
SMZA - 03 - S C O 12
Change Date
13 AND 14
12 Nov 1966
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS
B a s i c Date
Page
0
L
u
..U
Q
..
e:
&
3-75
iLIi s s ion
u
J
V
a
W
3
il
Basic Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
14
R
c
f+
W
d
0
a;
d
Change Date
M A I N DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-76
00
._-
u
C
Lr
(r
1966
l2
c:
a
w
3
R
v
c
E
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
15
I.
0
Y
u
C
Change Date
Page
3-77
2 :
Mission
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SCO12
15
Change Date
12 N o v 1966
u)
Page
3-78
--
--
0
C
.u
Lr
Mission
a3
1
zzv
H
$2224
m
4
B a s i c Date
SMZA -03-SCO 12
a
u
d
Ti
I
a
u
M
9
a,
Epo
"
0
>
u
L
d
a
..-u
i;
0.
I.
M
2 t
Q
-1
z
1:
z
3
%
3-79
P
.
E
.
15
Page
Change Date
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL
12 Nov 1966
ILii s s ion
I !
Change Date
15 AND 16
SM2 A 03 - S CO 12
cd
U
.W
z
1
W
D
>
12 NOV1966
B a s i c Date
Page
3-80
dt!
Mission
SMZA-03-SC012
c
c
<
g s
u
16
>
'u0
8s
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
a 4
Basic Date
k4
L4
P a g e 3-81
Mission
! O
:u
m'
Basic D a t e
SMZA -03-SCO12
TI
16
Change Date
M A I N D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-82
Mission
.
V
'
Basic Date
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
I
4
!+
16
r;
W
Change Date
1 2 N o v 1966
9
w
2 . " ;
W
CI
Page
3-83
: J
s g
SMZA -03-SCO12
-e.
Mission
Basic D a t e
SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
18
W
.
Change Date

12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
3-85
iMi s s ion
rS
id
, -
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SCO 12
Change Date
il
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-86
Mission
c;F
rO
n o
B a s i c Date
SM2 A - 03 - S CO 12
18

111
Change D a t e

12 NOV1966
Page
3-87
.Mi s s ion
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
m
0
c.
*
18
a
3
[Y)
0
M
3
L
Change Date
12 Nov 1960
a:
-J
3
R
a
3
L
0
M
Page
3-88
-...-,-
M i s s ion
9 t ;
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03 -SCO12
18
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-89
hiission
Ls
0
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SC012
I8
c
U
u
0:
u .e 3
-c
E
2
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-90
--
-I
Mission
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
18
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
.
3-91
m.
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
SMZA - 03 - S CO 12
c
u
VI
.$
L,
0
'5
<
3-92
a
l4
18
Page
n:
4
3
r
W
0:
E-
C h a n g e Date
12 Nov 1966
M i s s ion
Basic Date
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
18
Change Date

1 2 N o v 1966
Page
5-93
B a s i c Date
1 2 N o v 1966
SM2A-03-SCO12
18
1 I M X DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
Change Date
Page
3-94
Mission
2:
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
18
C O N T R O L S A N D DISPLAYS
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
er
u
4
Page
3-95
Lllission
.z
u - 5
<
.-
Basic Date
SMZA-03 -SCO12
18
Change Date
12 No\, 1 9 6 6
Page
3-96
r:
m
J
ad
3
hli s s i o n
N
N
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SCO12
-..
I
.c
'
a
t
0
c3.
i.
Change Date
C
b
rl
.
Y
X
12 Nov 1966
Lu
Lu
Page
3-97
Mission
Basic D a t e
SM2A -03-SCO 12
a
V
1~
Change D a t e
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-98
13
3
c.
Li .5
u=
4
-
I d
1
Y,
U
I W
-0
9
.-C
71
71
3
I
"
I.
.d
i e '
u o
."
$ :'0
c c
.I
ha
nLr
ah
a"!
mz
no
"
~5
a
15
Lr
Lz
19
SM2A-03-SC012
n
z
4
?
i m
M.4IN DISPLAY CONSOLE-P.4NEL
>
w,
W
Lz
Lz
u
0
a
z
a:
-I
;z
2 0
E2
Basic Date
1966
SMZA- 03-S C 0 12
u
w
1
.
>
19
cC0
3
0
I
u
v
0
u
0
*
B
u
0
>
Change Date
Page
3-100
b'
Basic Date
l2
1966
SM2A-03-SC012
19
Change Date
Page
3-10'
Mission
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SCO 12
Lr
I4
Change Date
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL LO

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-102
.*--
Mission
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SC012
20
A P O LLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
n
M
I.
V
w
m
>
2
0
Change Date

1 2 N o v 1966
2
0
Page
3-103
E
U
.+.0
a
L*
a
M
U
>
2
0
I.
0
c
*0
U
0
c
C
c(
Mission
V
0.
I
-1
t
0
Pd
Yz
U c
a 0
T U
'2c
w
b
3,
w
a
B a s i c Date
SM2A -03-SCO 12
ii
Change Date
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 2 0

12 N o v 1 9 6 6
Page
3-104
_-
m
u
.u
-i
Mission
>
l-
N-
va
>
Fl
Basic D a t e
SMZA-03-SC012
4
.
8
>
w
2
.+
.
u
'22
20
9
0
>
a
W
C h a n g e Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
)-lo5
L
.
!\
Mission
Y
YJ
);
1 0
iu
*w
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
L*
20
w
C
0)
Change Date

1 2 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
3-106
._-
Mission
mu
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
20
Cl
a
a
>
Change Date
MAIN DLSPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL

12 Nov 1966
r*
L
0
Page
u
w
d
3-107
Mission
>
L)
4p
w c
.-C
!
a
Basic Date
- -
SM2A 0 3 S CO 12
20
Change Date
I 2 Nov 1966
a
I
?
f4
3:
>
Page
z
"
3-108
bl
Ir
.-
Mission
c
X
Basic D a t e
SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
20
I4
c
.
Change D a t e
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
<
.
z
c
Y
u
3
.-
Page
3-109
Mission
a
c
.c
w
a
-4
1
G
SMZA-03-SC012
APOLLO OPERATIONS H A N D B O K
c
M
I
c
U
V
4
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
20
..
E
N
V
m
a
2
a
0
u
U
.d
o
z
I.
a
0
I
m
"
[I
0]
u
1
B a s i c Date
Page
3-110
.__.
Mission
c
U
0
C
B a s i c Date
SMZA 03-SCO12

u
Z c
0
Change Date

1966
20
l2
Page
c
0
3-111
V
I
Mission
i
d
3
0
rl
Basic D a t e
S M 2 A -03-SCO12
20
Ji
Change Date

12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
3-112
i
9)
=:
.-
e
.-.
m
0)
C
*
0
B a s i c ~~t~
1 2 NOV1966
io
v1
w
d
a
N
E
z
SMZA - 03 -SC0 1 2
- 1 5
B r ,
30
e3
L-1
20
.
I
&.
0
*
m
u
zc - w1
'-
2 "
2
.
1
d
R
Change Date
Page
3-113
Mission
w
>
Cl
c
>
B a s i c Date
.
4
z'
%
z
Change Date

1966
20
SMZA-03 -SCO 12
l2
Page
3-114
--
Mission
Basic Date
SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
20
*
0
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
e'
...
m
a
0
.
u
;a
.
3-115
Mission
B a s i c Date
20
ID
SM2A -03-SCO 12
.e
Change Date

1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-116
--
I
-
.--
Mission
K
c
.-
:J-i
3 0
mu
SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
2 0 AND 2 1
Change Date
u
c
A P O L L O OPE RATIONS HANDBOOK
X
3
12 Nov 1966
MAIN DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L S
Basic Date
Page
8"
3-11?
E Y
8v
4 2
Y d
5 5*
..
u
4
21
SM2A -03-SCOI 2
1
S N
V6
4 2
h l u
3
R
$
d
Mission
<
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
'S
$
Y
21
2
0
e,
Lr
Lr
Change Date

12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
L*
GI
3-119
Mission
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
ir
ir
21
u
c
d
8
Change Date

12 N o v 1966
n~
Page
3 - 120
._..
E l -
Mission
Basic D a t e
SM2A-03-SC012
21
c
h
Change Date
1 2 Nov 1966
id
Page
3-121
.Pc
m
N
4
Mission
d d
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
21
v)
z
v)
Change Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Page
VI
.
3-122
.(r
Mission
.
3
.cu
ul
8u
Basic Date
SMZA -03-SCO 12
.-
O Q J
22
222.2
Change Date
M A I N DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L
"2 Nov 1 9 6 6
e~
3-123
cl6
e,
4 t
cld
<z
Page
iMi s s ion
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
22
Ir
L*
<
Change Date
MAIN DLSPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL

12 Nov 1966
Page
cU
.-01
n
3 - 124
3 1
* w*
u
.r(
G.$
.-0
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
e,
nN
4.2
Lld
Lld
Change Date
r(
22

1 2 Nqv 1966
r
m
.r(
s
3
au
Y
.r(
m
c
.-a
c
u
'$3
Page
3 - 125
C
.4
Y
u
r*
.*
s
Mission
1
P h
n-
w
<
5
5
z
J
-4
.c
.d
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SCOlZ
22
e ,
4 2
cld
U
4
Change Date

1 2 Nov 1966
U
4
Page
c.
3
D N
a z
cld
3- 126
B a s i c Date
l2
L966
SMZA-03-SCO12
22
Change Date
Page
.
3-127
V
>
00
N
SMZA- 03 -SC0 12
u 9
El
82
> . .
m
> ua
m o
-0u
-91m
R"
Lf;
>
22
-1
WX
25
-_.-
Mission
N
co
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SCO 12
22
0
U
4
0
d
m,
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
VI
1
Page
u'a
~~
3 - 129
Mission
In
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
22
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-130
.z G
a x
m
V
u
k
SI;;
.
Lil
Mission
.
z
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
22
Change Date

1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-131
Mission
Dd U
N
0
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
22
m
N
L
U
Change D a t e

1 2 Nov 1966
Page
e
Ln
3 - 132
Mission
I
N
B a s i c Date
SMZA 03 -SCO 12
22
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3- 133
E
.
YI
u
Y
iq
Mission
a
u
V
m
0
.e
a
?-
25
v':
Basic Date
SMZA -03-SCO 12
22
Change Date
M A I N D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL
12 N o v 1 9 6 6
Page
*
3-134
--
Mission
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SCO12
22
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
L
al
M
3
.u
al
Page
3,135
CI
v)
A!
i
M i s s ion
Basic Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
22
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3-136
.-
2
Mission
.
l
Basic Date
l-
-rs
E
SM2A-03-SC012
<
.
C
.4
U
Q
-u
c1.
d 2 .
a
z
r-
VI
I
<
!Is
0
22
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
19
a
u m
m a
> u
V I0
0
-*
3-137
Mi s s ion
z"
I
Z
-V
m
u m
* 0
$
a
m o
-*0
B a s i c Date
22
CONTROLS AND DISPLA-YS
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SC012
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBbOK
a
3
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
N N N
--< m u
aaa
3- 138
2:
.I4
Mission
N
m
:E 2
n o
v':
Basic Date
SMZA-03 -SCO 12
Change Date
22
1966

1 2 Nov
Page
3-139
$ 2
Mission
CQ
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SCO12
Change Date
ii;a
12 Nov 1966
Page
u m
m
.u a
m *
o
-0
3- 140
Mission
P
c)
ULa
rda
> u
m o
-- *0
B a s i c Date
SMZA 0 3 -SCO 12
Change Date
22
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Page
3 - 141
* u
a::
Mission
I
1-
12
-
I$
I
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
22
M M
-. -.
dd
--
Change Date

1 2 N0.v 1966
Page
3-142
Mission
?-
vz
z
E
- -
SMZA 0 3 SCO 12
u m
d
b UP
-In0
0v
-.rQ
Change Date
22 A N D 23
12 Nov 1966
U I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS
B a s i c Date
b
*
"0
ul
N
c)
2
r
2
a
Page
.-c
3
3- 1 4 3
Lr
Lr
0
Mission
L
L
0
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
23
>
hl
8a
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
.
n
Page
3 - 144
Mission
?=
2%
U c
n o
i4
Lr
Basic Date
45
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
.c- 24
LI
Change Date
>
a
V
23
>
i
i4
>
1966
l2
Page
>
V
a
3 - 145
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
S M 2A - 03 -SCO 12
2 3 AND 24
f ! f ! e : 9
L*
L*
0
i z
i o
1
Change Date
l 2 Nov l 9 6 6
VI
W
L*
Page
?- 146
nm
-a
.-E
a
u
.-
s
Mission
.*
.
L4
61
0
PI
V
4
a
u
.d
,E
Basic Date
n~
PI
0
Q
c)
3
a
a2
I;, ..
M
m C
.s '5
2:
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
24
e,
i ddad
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3 - 147
Mission
B a s i c Date
1966
SMZA-03-SC012
Change Date
l2
[r
[r
Page
3-148
_-
Mission
w
U
wc
. " %
-r
y-
Q Z
2!?
A
P
h
h
Basic Date
SMZA -03-SCO12
n N
0;
;a
dd
V
4
Change D a t e

NOV1966
24
-12
Page
3-149
Mission
<
2
SMZA-03-SC012
U
Ln
B
m
Change Date
24 AND 25
2 Nov 1966
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEIS
Basic Date
I4
Ir
Page
3 - 150
Ip
Miss ion
3
0
el
Lq
LU
0
B a s i c Date
S M 2A 0 3 -SCO 1 2
25
Change Date

. I 2 NOV1966
Page
3-151
0 0
B .5
I d
Mission
-B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
25
N
4)
Change Date

12 N o v 1966
Page
3 - 152
Mission
v
d
N
m
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03 -SCO 1 2
25
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Page
3- 153
22
U c
2
Mission
'
l.
C
>
!!
r"
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
25
N
0
Change Date
1966
a
2
Page
3 - 154
.I
-1
-
Mission
L,
,
4
B a s i c Date
SM2A -03-SCO 12
v - 0
id n m
b u m
mor,
~
- 0
.
z
C
nl
u
4
25
a
3
0
d
Change D a t e

12 Nov 1966
3
0
Page
C
0
m
3- 155
Mission
u m u
m a m
> V I 0
.
z
V
4
m
k
-Yu
a
3
0
p:
z
2
B a s i c Date
..
SMZA- 03 -SCO 1 2
a:
50 5
Y
u
m
k
;a
Change Date
25
i d
1966
lZ
Page
3-156
Mission
d;
B a s i c Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
y1
Change Date
25
1966

l2
V
4
3- 157
V
4
Page
Mission
N
4)
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
Change Date
25
!a,
CL"
E9
I2
1966
9
VI
NOV
M A I N DLSPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
12
PJ
Page
4L"
E."
m=
3 - 158
r *
.r(
e
1 Y
u m
* e
i3g
C
0
.r(
Ir
Mission
*z
V
VI
'
A .e
.e va
s
VI
Basic Date
SMZA-03 -SCO12
L r u
Change Date
25
h
VI
V I <
1966
l2
.
z
Page
3 - 159
c
0
B~~.~ ~~t~
12 Nov 1966
SMZA-03-SC012
25
Change D a t e
Page
3-160
Mission
Y
W
:z
u c
c l o
IU
B a s i c Date
SMZA- 03 -SCO 1 2
Change Date
25
u a
1966
12 N o v
.Em M
c
E '2
u 5
4 3
Page
3 - 161
Mission
V
N
00
e
4
B a s i c Date
SM2A -03-SCOl2
25 AND 26
mln
--
d d
Change Date
M A I N D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANELS
12 Nov 1966
Page
3 - 162
I
.
Mission
i
d
2 3
0
s
u
.c
d
W
B a s i c Date
H
H
SMZA-03 -SCO12
::
>
-5
5
B
4
H
hh
26
h
h
Change Date
12 Nov 1966
Q
0
L
0
0
c
.0
>
V
c .
5
T
d
Lr
.
0
d
tl
Page
b
h
3- 1 6 3
Mission
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SCOl2
c u
4
n
U
0
L.
0
.-.
4.c
26
.I
>
V
Change Date

I 2 Nov 1966
Page
3 - 164
hli s s ion
r
z
[r.
I
i
-3
N
;;
22
iu
E L
.-C
...
.J
0
Basic Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SC012
0
4
v)
Change Date
MAIN DISPLAY C O N S O L E - - P A N E L 26
L O W E R E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANEL 100
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-165
E!
C
u
l4
C
.u
,LIi s s ion
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC01.Z
I:
w
n
.4
YI
.-Em
em
Change Date
LOWER E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PASEL 1 0 1
1 2 Nov 1966
Page
3-166
.
I
-
--
W
0
e:
w
N
YCI
4
u)
d
4
0
V
SMZA-03-SC012
I01 A N D 102
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY-PANELS
P
U
s
Mission
3
1
r!
r!
[r
SM2A-03-SC012
Change Date
103
[r
12 Nov
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL
B a s i c Date
a:
w
0
ij
s"w
z
3-168
Page
-.-
Mission
7. ,
C
t,
-I
SMZA-03-SC012
Change Date
103 A N D 104
Nov 1966
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY-PANELS
B a s i c Date 12
Page
169
'-
SM2A-03-SC012
tr
C
U
."
0
cl
Mission
n
3
-Basic Date
S M 2 A - 03 -SCO 12
105
Change Date

12 N o v 1966
-P a g e
3-171
Mission
3
N
4mp:
a
*
a
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
b
U
!
W
1966
Change Date
LOWER EOUIPMENT B A Y - P A N E L
"J
105
12
!2
a
Page
a
W
w3
3-172
.c0
4.4
-I
'5 8
W
.
Mission
6
0
:
*
.I!
h C
u c
N
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
105
Change D a t e
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY-PANEL

12 Nov 1966
u
u u u
u u m
m m.
e
.
. O N
m a 0
"
UP,
- N O
e . .
0 m.
m.0
D .
m
0
in0
m o -
n3
22s
Page
U PU)
m
m a
m.
u u m
'.m
u u
m o -
.a
0..
m.
u u m
..
...
m
tno
m o m - o
3-173
C
Y
._
Y
G.
Mission
P
u
*
0
m
h
0
a.
m
SMZA-03-SCOl2
Change Date
105 AND 106
V
b
<
a:
w
+C
12 Nov 1966
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANELS
B a s i c Date
51
h
.-C
.-m
2
k
Page
3-174
Mission
.4
Basic Date
SM2A-03-SC012
p:
H
i?
U
w
d
106
.C
Y
0
l.
l4
.e
s
.-
z
d
L
U
>
Change Date

12 Nov 1966
Y
l.
cr:
m
Page
c
4.8
-c
m
P
2
W
m
W
J
W
d
*
w
.
3 - 175
u
-.
?
.
Mission
SM2A 03 -SCO 12
9e
Change Date
"d
zv
4 4
106, 107' , AND I 2 0
CONTROLS AND DISPLAY'S
12 Nov 1966
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANELS
B a s i c Date
Page
3- 176
--
Basic Date
C
0
12 N o v 1966
SMZA- 03-SCO12
P A N E L 120 AND 150
3
+
n
.
z
LOIi-ER E Q U I P M E N T B A Y -
Change Date
Page
3-177
w
C
<
.
z
c c
XI
0 2
E "
g2
id
u
."*
.d
c
0
C
0"
2M
<
.
z
Date
s
qBasic
12 N o v 1966
SMZA-03-SC012
150
'-
."
XI
u1
0
.
Y
3
.3
LOIVER EQLTPMENT BAY-PANEL
Change Date
Page
3-178
--
0)
2
u
N
m
.
z
u
*
U
71
u
m
u
SM2A-O 3 -SCO12
L.
k4
L.
200
l-
o.
w
e
w
v)
RH FORWARD EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL
.-d
m
n
i
n
l-
0
*
0
.C
k;
0
in
hl
L n
0
.e
0
M
C
0)
M
C
h
4
c-,
0
h
0
h
h
0
"m
k
0
3
Mission
.n
m
m
-4
SMZA-03-SCOlZ
Change Date
200
-m
m
12 Now 1966
RH FORWARD EOUIPMENT B A Y -PANEL
B a s i c Date
Page
3-180
Mission
!a
e
uM
h
rd
h
0
u
h
E+
;o
x : 2
SM2A-03-SC012
.C
Ln
r0
0
Change D a t e
200
M
01
im
.C
io
VI
.e
Ln
r0
.C
r0
c
0
M
e
.C
VI
.C
M
0
rd
h
h
0)
0
h)
h
0
'
*0
N
a
3:
12 Nov 1966
R H FORWARD EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL
Basic Date
Page
3-181
Mission
m
0
.2
m
0
.-m
Basic Date
SMZA -03 -SCO 12
Li
L N
.
z
"
-4
JD
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
R H F O R W A R D E Q C I P M E N T BAY-FAXELS L O O A N D 2 0 7
R H EQL'IFhlENT B A Y - P A N E L 2 0 1
b.
M
0
m
.I
W
0
C
LOq*
Page
>
3
.-.
3 - 182
I
-
Y
I.
.-u
l
4
M i s s ion
n 0
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
4 N
'0
? N
l4
l4
i?
0
C
.
n
4'.
12 Nov 1966
Change D a t e
R H E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANELS 2 0 1 , 2 0 2 , AND 2 0 3
>
V
4
4 2
Basic Date
Page
si
v
V
X
N
.
z
m
w m
- 0
X N
3-183
,Mi s s ion
>
m
N
;.=:
;m
5::
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SC012
203
Change Date
RH EQUIPMENT BAY-PANEL
12 Nov 1966
.*
Page
3 - 184
2
3
U
A
-
hf i s s ion
B a s i c Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO12
Change Date
R H EQUIPMENT BAY-PANELS 2 0 3 , 2 0 4 , A N D 2 0 5
12 Nov 1966
Page
3-185
0
>
U
0
111
a
V
I
.
-
: r
Y)
-P
SMZA- 03-SCOI 2
G.
I4
i
I
k.
k.
206, 2 0 8
300, 301, A N D 3 0 2
1
I
RH E Q U I P M E N T BAY-P.4NELS
LH F O R W A R D E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S
-.-
.
z
4
.
z
~~~i~~~t~
I.!
Nov 1966
SMZA- 03-SCOI 2
Page
3 0 0 , 301, A N D 3 0 2
LH F O R W A R D E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S
Change Date
.
3-16
Mi s s ion
.
Z
SMZA-03-SCOl2
Change Date
Page
300, 301, 302, A N D 303
.
z
4
.
z
1966
L H FORWARD EOUIPMENT BAY-PANELS
B a s i c Date
3-188
--
--
C
C
."
d
Lr
XIi s s ion
.
z
4
.
z
0
5
1
k
a
SM2A-03-SC012
.
z
4
.
z
!2
w
Change Date
rE:
oc
N
Page
304, 305, 3 0 6 , A N D 3 1 8
12Nov 1966
LH FORWARD EQUIPMEST BAY-PANELS
B a s i c Date
3-189
12
12
1Mi s s ion
.
z
B a s i c Date
1966
SM2A- 03 -sco 12
Change Date
L H E Q U I P M E N T BAY - P A N E L
307
l2
Page
3-190
0
Y
Lr
.,.0
mU
:
3
9 %
f c 0
j22
Basic Date
a
C
12 Nov 1966
SM2A-03-SC012
*a
307
LH E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANEL
Change Date
Page
3-191
Mission
B a s i c Date
1966
Change Date
307
SMZA-03 -SCOlZ
I!!
"J
LH EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL
12
Page
3 - 192
XI i s s ion
z"
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
z
0
.4
.
z
307, 308, AND 309
Change Date
il
il
.
z
.
-?
z
m .
c
>.
c
o
M
0
ir
ir
-4
12 Nov 1966
LH E O U I P M E N T BAY-PANELS
Basic Date
(r
(r
Page
3 - 193
Lr
Lr
alu
g;
a::
Mission
...
N
B a s i c Date
SMZA 03 -SCO 12
a
w
II)
310
L,
I=.
Change Date
LH E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L
12 s o v I O 6 6
c
[+
page
3-194.
Xlission
--.
.
z
SMZA-03 -SCO12
d
.
-1
3
Change Date
tL
310 A N D 311
1966
tL
l2
LH E O U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S
Basic Date
Page
3-195
M i s s ion
.
z
4
.
z
u
>
>
e!
Basic Date
SM2A-03 -SCO12
311
C h a n g e Date
LH E O U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L
12 N o v 1 0 6 6
Page
3 - 196
--
iLli s s ion
i
!a
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SCO12
311
>
Change Date
LH EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL
1 2 Nov 1966
Page
>
$
w
e:
(0
3 - 197
Llis s i o n
SMZA-03-SC012
C O N T R O L S A N D DISPLAYS
Change Date
3 1 1 A N D 312
.
z
.
z
.
z
C
o
12 No\, 1 9 0 6
LH E U U I P h l E N T BAY-PANELS
Basic Date
Page
Is
Is
3 - 198
--
bl i s s i o n
<
.
z
h
u
L
S M 2 A - 03 -SCO 12
ir
Lr
Date
LH E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANELS
12 NOV1966-Change
3 1 3 AND 314
.
4
4
z
*
0
4 2
B a s i c Date
Page
.
3-199
d
.
.-0
Ir
Xlission
<
.
z
.
z
v1
0 0
314
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
w3
Change Date
LH E Q U I P h l E N T B A Y - P A N E L
12 Nov 1 9 6 6
d O
Basic D a t e
Page
3 - 200
Llission
.
Z
Basic Date
SMZA-03-SC012
314
h
U
M
0
Change Date
LH E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L
1 2 NOV1 9 6 6
a:
Page
..-.
1
z
w
a
3-201
.-3
U
m
h l i s s ion
.
z
>
U
>
n
e,
19bb
SMZA -03 -SCO 12
Change Date
314 AND 3 1 5
ii
l2
LH E O U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S
R
0
B a s i c Date
Page
3-202
LJ
m
?
3
IMi s s ion
<
.
z
-1
SMZA -03 -SCO 12
z
W
R
0
Change Date
315, 316, 317, A N D 319
>
12 Nov 1960
LH E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S
Basic Date
Page
3-203
lllis s ion
zc L
EU
X
J < G
B a s i c Date
SM2A-03-SC012
Change Date
L E F T A R M R E S T , LH COUCH
12 N o v 1966
Page
3-204
_.-
0
u
.4
3
llission
SMZA- 03 -SCO 12
01
U
0
1 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
L E F T A R M R E S T , LH COUCH
CREW COUCHES
P R E S S U R E G A R M E N T ASSEMBLY
Basic Date
Page
3-205/3-206
i
26
-I
0088
00
cdus. Wt <
25
/
@
AREA B
RD ASSEMBLY
BE REMOVED
RlOR TO LAUNCH
.g
e3
TO VHF/AM RECOVERY
ANT. NO. 2
MA1N DI SPLAY CONSOLE (MDC)

!
e
e
E (MDC)
INDEX
MDC I
PANEL
NO.
I:
2
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
CONTROL OR DISPLAY
ALTIMETER
FDA1
LONG ACCEL
FCSM group
L/V AOA/SPS Pc n*
AOA/SPS Pc indicator meter
ABORT light
M A S T E R ALARM light
sps Woup
FDA1
A l l controls 6 d i p l a p
All controls 6 d i p l a p
A l l controls 6 dirplop
s\
Ix
St
S?
SP
S?
SE
C6
SP
Mission
.- -
., .
. .
.~
SMZA-03-SCO12
&
INDEX
CONTROL OR DISPLAY
--
IN D M
PANE1
NO.
22
8
8
4LTIMETER
FDA1
LONG ACCEL
'CSM W a r p
-fl AOA/SPS Pc II
J'V AOA/SPS P, i d i c a t r r m t e r
ABORT l i ~ h t
MASTER ALARM light
5ps wwp
C6W
22
22
22
22
22
SPS, SEQ
SPS, SEO
10
22
22
11
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
xs
iDAl
111 controls 6 d i p l o p
411 controls 6 d i p l a p
A l l controls 6 diplayr
SEQ
g
EPS
I1
11
12
12
I3
13
13
13
14
15
I5
15
16
16
16
18
18
I9
I9
19
19
20
20
CAUT /WARN
MISSION ELAPSED TIME

Area A
Area B
Area C
Area D
A l l controls 6 display
All controls 6 d i p l o p except C/M-S/M
SEP FOUP 6 H2 PURGE LlNE HTRS
C/M-S/M SEP FW
H2 PURGE LINE HTRS
ABORT SYSTEM FW6 E L S AUTO
MAIN CHUTE RELEASE
REACTION CONTROL MS FOup

A l l controls 6 d i p k p axcept
MASTER ALARM L I G M
Ecs FOUP
C E M M L TIMING SYS FOUP

XIEN EQUIP
M T RLY WS p u p
M l l E R Y CHARGER l a u p
Figure 3-1.
Mission
25
E PS
ECS
GIN
RCS
25
25
25
25
SEQ
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
SEO
SEO
RCS
EPS
SPS
SM-RCS
EPS
ECS
ECS
ECS
ECS
ECS
EPS
ECS
EXP
EPS
EPS
EPS
XlEN E Q U I P HATCH
MAIN WS TIE warp
MT CHGR and NONESS WS
DC SNSR SIG warp
TK
AREA
22
22
22
22
22
21
22
25
C6W
EPS
T/C
25
25
MlSC
C6 W
MASTER ALARM LIGHT

F/C VALVES
S - M N D ANT., W T l M CMD, FLIGHT
QUAL RCDR and VOICE RECORD
ECS, U D O U l TEMP
SPS LINE HTR
AREA A
RCS HEATERS p ~ ~
S N S R UNIT F w p
ECS RADIATOR weup
CABIN AIR FAN wow
POT HS HEATER
ECS GLYCOL
SUIT COMPRESSOI
A l l controls on top row
25
C6W
SEQ
RCS
DIGITAL EVENT TIMER

A l l cmhols 6 d i p l o p except
MISSION ELAPSED TIME
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
21
IN D M
MDC
MDC
PANE
NO.
-SYSTEM
::i
26
26
26
ECS
SPS
TK
CONTRCX OR DISPLAY
G 6 N LIGHTING
TELCOM govp
TELECOMMUNlCATlONS garp
MASTER EVENT SEQ C O N 1 grwp
GUIDANCE 6 NAVIGATION c a r p
1 CRYOGENIC SYS TANK F A N
MOTORS 2
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM group
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
SYSTEM W a r p 1
INSTRUMENTS-ESS ~ o u p
INSTRUMENTS-NONESS WS
INSTRUMENTS-NONESS
INSTRUMENTS-PAM XMTR NONESS
INSTRUMENTS-SCIEN
GAS ANAL
AREA A
AREA B
AREA C
AREA A
AREA B
DIRECT 0 2
POSTUNDING F LOA1 M G 1 PL WS
b POSTLANDING FLOAT M G 1, 2 6
3 switch
>OSTUNDING VENT F A N PL BUS
:LOAT BAG 2
POSTLANDING VENT F A N HIGH LOW
OFF
>OS1LANDING-VENT F A N warp
a S T LANDING ANTENNA
XPLOY coup
$4EX LOGIC ARM ALB
:VENT TIMER warp
:OUCH ATTEN 6 FLOQDLIGHTS
STABILIUTION & CONTROL SYSTEM
Povp
)IO MED C O W warp
SRVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM warp
G6N
T/C
T/C
StO
GIN
EPS
EPS
ECS
ECS
EPS
T/C
T/C
EXP
ECS
MIX
C6W
T/C
SE 0
SCS
ECS
MIX
CS, MIS(
ECS
ECS
T/C
SE0
SEQ
MIX
xs
T/C
tEACTION CONTROL SYS warp

SAUT/WARN
iDS poup
S?S
G6N
SPS
6
RCS
C6W
SEO
is FoUp
PQ
X N SYNC
iPS G A U G I N G
\C SNSR SIG p v
4REA A
UEA
MIX
SEO
UEA C except C M RCS Ha DUMP

M RCS H.DUMP
rK
RCS
EPS
SM-U-672J
EPS
Controls and Displays (Sheet 1 of 3 )
Basic Date 12 Nov 1966. Change Date
ULQQUXW
I
Page 3 2 0 7 / 3 - 208
CABIN AIR
CONTROL I
CREWMbrN
ELECTRICAL
UMBl LI CA L
CONNECTOR
/ RH COUCH
CONTROL
LEVER
COMROL
CENTER COUCH
LH CREWM4N
ELECTRICAL
UMBILICAL
CONNECTOR
' 301
0
LH COUCH
CONTROL
LEVER
FOOD PREPARATION WATER
Q
ll
LHFEB I N D M
PANEL
No.
LH UTILITY PLUG
304
PANEL NAME AND 9

I
304
DRINKING WATER SUPPLY SHb

(UNDERSIDE OF FWD EQUIPMI
300,301,302. SUIT CONNECTOR PANEL (3)(
t.'OLDOUII: FRAME
CMT
2-
303
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROi
305
F O O D PREPARATIONWATER SU
306
CLOCK AND WENT TIMERS PA
318
SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT RECEP

SWITCH (EXP)
LH WD EQUl PMENT BAY

(LHFEB)
LH EQUI PMENT BAY

(LHEB)
PAN
NO
305
5(K
30;
315
310
El@
308
PANEL
No.
3M
300,301,302.
PANEL NAME AND SYSTEM
31 2
313
314
315
31 1
316
317
DRINKING WATER SUPPLY SHUTOFF VALVE

(UNDERSIDE OF FWD EQUPMEM BAY) (ECS)
SUIT C l R C
SUIT CONNECTOR PANEL (3) (Ea)
SHUT-OFF \
303
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
305
FOOD PREPARATION WATER SUPPLY U M T (ECS)
306
CLOCK AND EVENT TIMERS PANEL (MISC)
318
SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE

SWITCH (EXP)
. .. .
.-
. ,
IPMENT BAY
FEE)
'I
f0
307
310
LHEB INDD(
L
PANEL
N0.
PANEL NAME AND SYSTEM
31 2
313
314
31 5
31 1
GLYCOL PRESSURE RELIEF BYPASS CONTROL PANEL (ECS)

SURGE TANK PRESSURE RELIEF SHUTOFF VALVE (ECS)
GIRTH FRAME SHELF CONTROLS ( E a )
SUIT CIRCUIT RETURN SHUT-OFF VAL- (EO)
02 D E W N D REGUTOR AND SUIT H.UT
WCHANGER SWITCH (ECS)
GLYCOL ACCUM SHUTOFF VALVE (MCK OF ATTENUATOR PANEL) (ECS)
C%
ODOR ABSORBER DIVERTER VALVE (EO)
OXYGEN CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
WATER CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
COOLANT CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
316
317
PLVC CONTROL PANEL (ECS)

GLY EVAP WATER CONTROL BYPASS PANEL (ECS)
309
XKI
307
319
310
SUIT C I R C U I T RETURN
SHUT-OFF VALVE
1-Gl
Mis
SMZA -03-SCO12
@I
310
SUI
tru
uvra
mvra
W N I.Iu
IYU
IIY N
0
314
f-
b
onw
Abw
'CONNECTS
TO
J39 ON PANEL 31 1
WATER ccma
PAIYL
315
~~
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR UNIT fECS)
fSTOWED UNDER CENTER COUCH)
Figuz-3-1.
Mission
Controls and Displays (Sheet 2 of 3 )
Change Date
Page 3-209f3-210
--
ed behind compartment
TRACKER sOWER on SC 014'
:"1
W R K REJECT
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY

(LEB)
10
ai
--
RH FWC
200
U S 1 YLKl
--,I
LEB INDEX
PANEL NO, CONTROL OR DISPLAY
10s
101 THRU 10;
I SYSTEM
loo
All contmls 6 displop
G6N
LI GHTl NG
Is0
Is0
Top
B o r t m mw
MlSC
SEQ
Ix)
All contmlr
ER
ECS
W R KREJECT on SC 014
eL--d
iH
SfQ A
MIA
TO P Y I D
nu5 T l f
SIOB
150
RHFEB I N D M
M T B
1 0 PYRO
DC VOLTS, FUNCTION
SELECT, and TEST
SELECT
BUS 1IE
MTCHCR M T C
WR
202
PYRO 6
LANDING
ENTIV
M T B
WR
UTILITY PLUG
MIA
PWR
200
C/M RCS HTRS
207
SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
RECEPTACLE SWITCH
W M
(
UT
1,
Missior
SM2A -03 -SCO1 2

RH EQUl PMENT BAY

(RHEBI
RH FWD EQUl PMENT BAY

(RHFEB)
I
0
303
sco12
v
(
UPRIGHTING
SYSTEM
bd
COMPR
NO. 1
COMPR
NO. 2
205
205
WASTE MANAGEMENT
o w Dum
yucla
VACLLY
Ry
104 ESSENTIAL
RHEB INDEX
I PANEL NO.
CONTROL OR DISPLAY
SYSTEM
1
201 THRU?OC
I E
201
202
NON ESSENTlAL
WASTE M N A G E M E N T
ACCESS
Figure 3-1.
Mission
All controls
E a
A l l controls
ESSENTIAL 2
ESSENTIAL I, 3, 4
o d NON ESSENTIAL
5, 6, 7. 8, 10
NON ESSENTIAL 9
All controls
EPS
ECS Ct T/C
T/C
ECS Ct T/C
I :'dl
INST
PWRCONT
C o n t r o l s and D i s p l a y s (Sheet 3 of 3 )
Change Date
page 3-21 1/3-212
SM 2A- 03 -S C 0 12
PERFORMANCE
SECTION
PERFORMANCE
INTRODUCTION.
This section contains information on crew display instrument
markings, instrument accuracy consumable requirements, thrusting
data (as available) , and S/C operational constraints and
limitations.
4.1
CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENT MARKINGS AND ACCURACY DATA.

Paragraphs 4.1.1 through 4.1.7.4include information on
instrument markings and instrument accuracy. Adjoining tabular
lists provide accuracy data for each indicator scale and list
the measurement number of the signal which is monitored on each
indicator scale. Some indicators can, by selection, monitor
more than one signal; in which case, the measurement number of
all signals monitored by the indicator are listed. Selector
switch and indicator fbnctions are covered in detail in
section 2.
System
SPS
Indicator Scale
Color
Marking
Basic Date
(upper limit) and -40F

(lower limit )
PROP TEMP
Red
80'F
PRESSURE-FUEL
Green
170 to 195 psia (normal band)
PRESS-OX
Green
Same as PRESSURE-FUEL scale.
( MDc-20)
( figure 4- 1)
Operating
Range or Limitation
CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENT MARKINGS AND ACCURACY DATA

l2
1966 Revision Date
Page
4-1
SM2A-03 -SC0112
_-
PERFORMANCE
System
Indicator Scale
PRESSURE-ENG
INLET-FUEL
Color
Marking
Green
Operating
Range o r L i m i t a t i o n
STATIC 170 t o 195 p s i a (normal

band )
FIRE 135 t o 1-65 psia (normal

band)
PRESSURE-ENG
INLET-OX
Green
L / V AOA/SPS Pc
indicator
Green
TANK PRESSURE-
Green
230 t o 265 p s i a (normal band)
TANK PRESSUREH2-2
Green
Same as TANK PRESSURE-H2-1

scale.
TANK PRESSURE-
Green
865 t o 935 p s i a (normal band)
Green
Same as TANK PRESSURE-02-1 s c a l e
FUEL CELL-FLOWH2
Green
0.03 t o 0.15 l b / h r (normal band)
FUEL CELL-FLOW-
Green
0.25 t o 1.20 l b / h r (normal band)
FUEL CELL-MODULE
TEMP-SKIN
Green
385" t o 495F (normal band)
FUEL CELL-MODULE
TEMP-COND EXH
Green
157.5" to 172.5"F (normal band)
ECS
(MDC-13)
PRESS GLY DISCH
Green
35 to 55 p s i a (normal band)
(figu r e 4-9)
TEMP-SUIT
Green
45" t o 65F (normal band)
PRESS-SUIT
Red
3.4 p s i a ( l o w l i m i t l i n e )
SPS
(MDC-31
Same as PRESSURE-ENG INLETFVEL s c a l e .
SPS FIRE 65 to 125% (normal

band
( figure 4-11)
EPS
(MDC-13
(figure 4-3)
H2-1
02-1
TANK PRESSUR,E02-2
( MDC-18 )
(figu r e 4-5)
02
Basic Date

l2
1966 Revision Date
Page
4-2
SM2A-03-SCO12

PERFORMANCE
System
Indicator Scale
Color
Marking
Operating
Range or Limitation
PRESS-CABIN
Red
4.7 psia (low limit line)
PART PRESS-C02
Red
Yellow
7.6 to 15 mm Hg (caution band)
Red
Green
2.0 to 3.5 psia (emergency band)

3.5 to 10 psia (normal band)
15 mm Hg (high limit line)
PGA
(figure 4-9)
PGA pressure
indicator
4.1.1
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM INDICATORS.

Instrument markings for the SPS indicators (MDC-20) are
shown in figure 4-1. The indicators present a visual display of
SPS temperatures and pressures. Visual displays of SPS fuel and
oxidizer remaining aboard the S/C are shown in the adjacent
OXID-FUEL QUANTITY display windows (as selected by the SPS
quantity SENSOR switch). (Refer to section 3 . )
PRESSURE1-
ENG INLET
PROP TEMP
pRHE"ss
F&L
OX
FUEL
ox
NOTE: Red lines on the propellant
tem-
perature scole show upper l i m i t of

80'Fand lower limit of -4O'F.
Vertical green color bands show
normal opemting mnges for fuel
and oxidizer pressure (170 to 195
psia) and engine inlet pressures
for STATIC (I 70 to 195 psia) and
FIRE (135 to 165 psia).
N2
TK PRESS-
SM-2A-689H
Figure 4-1. Service Propulsion System Indicators

Basic Date
1966 Revision Date
Page
4-3
SM2A- 03-SCO 12
PERFORMANCE
~~
The accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement

number of the associated signal is as follows:
Indicator Accuracy
Measurement Number
Indicator Scale
PROP TEMP
SP 0002 T
25F at 75F
210F at 0" and 150'F
He PRESS
SP 0001 P
2100 psia at 75F

2150 psia at 0" and 150F
Tk PRESS-N2
SP 0600 P (Primary)
SP 0601 P (Secondary)
2100 psia at 75F

PRESSURE-FUEL
SP 0006 P
25 psia at 75F
PRESSURE-OX
SP 0003 P
25 psia at 75F
PRESSURE-ENG
INLET-FUEL
SP 0010 P
PRESSURE-ENG
INLET-OX
SP 0009 P
4.1.2
25 psia at 75F
210 psia at 0" and 150'F
25 psia at 75F
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM INDICATORS.

Instrument markings for the S/M and C/M RCS indicators
(MDC-12) are shown in figure 4-2. The indicators present a
visual display of system temperatures and pressures. Visual
displays of S/M RCS fuel and oxidizer remaining are shown on the
adjacent PROPELLANT QUANTITY indicator (as selected by the RCS
INDICATORS switch). (Refer to section 3.)
The accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement
number of the associated signal is as follows:
Indicator Scale
Measurement Number
Basic Date
Indicator Accuracy
S/M RCS-TEMP PKG
SR
SR
SR
SR
5065 T (Quad A)
5066 T (Quad B )
5067 T (Quad C)
5068 T (Quad D)
25F at 75F
210F at 0" and 150F

1966 Revision Date
Page
4-4
-,-
SM2A- 03 -SC 0 1 2
---
PERFORMANCE
Indicator Scale
Measurement Number
Indicator Accuracy
S/M RCA-PRESS-He
SR
SR
SR
SR
5001 P (Quad A)
5002 P (Quad B )
5003 P (Quad C)
5004 P (Quad D)
2100 psia at 75F

S/M RCS-PRESS-MANF
SR
SR
SR
SR
5729 P
5776 P
5817 P
5830 P
At 75"F, 2 5 psia from 140

to 340 psia and 210 psia
over balance of scale. At 0"
and 150"F, 210 psia from 145
to 340 psia and k15 psia over
balance of scale.
SR
SR
SR
ST
5013 T (Quad A)
5014 T (Quad B )
5015 T (Quad C)
5016 T (Quad D)
S/M RCS-TEMP He
(Quad
(Quad
(Quad
(Quad
A)
B)
C)
D)
Same as S/M RCS-PRESSMANF indicator
.25"Fat 75F
210F at 0" and 150F
C/M RCS-He TEMP
CR 0003 T (System A)
CR 0004 T (System B)
C/M RCS-PRESS-He
CR 0001 P (System A)
CR 0002 P (System B )
2100 psia at 75F

C/M RCS-PRESS-F
CR 0005 P (System A)
Same as S/M RCS-PRESSMANF indicator.
C/M RCS-PRESS-OX
CR 0011 P (System A )
MANF indicator.
Same as S/M RCS-PRESS-
4.1.3
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM INDICATORS.
4.1.3.1
EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Pressure Indicators.
Instrument markings for the EPS (cryogenic storage) tank

pressure indicators (MDC-13) are shown in figure 4-3. The.
accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement number of
the associated signal is as follows:
NOTE TANK PRESSURE-02-1 scale is used to display
cryogenic storage tank 1 pressure or ECS surge tank
pressure as selected by 02 PRESS IND toggle switch
located immediately below the display.
B a s i c Date

12' Nov 1966 Revision Date
Pagb
4-5
SMZA-03-SCO 12
-4POLLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
PERFORMANCE
MANF
He
-ox
TEMP
-PRES-
C/M
._.,
RCS
SM-2Ad88C
Figure 4-2. S/hf and C/M Reaction Control System Indicators

~
Indicator Scale
~-
Measurement Number
Indicator Accuracy
TANK PRESSURE-H2-1
SF 0039 P
+5 psia at 75F
TANK PRESSURE-H2-1
SF OObO P
Same as TANK PRESSUREH2-1 indicator.
TANK PRESSURE-02-1
SF 0037 P (Storage tank)

CF 0006 P (Surge tank)
At 75"F, 2 5 psia at 850 to

950 psia and 23% of remaining scale.
At 0" and 150"F, +lo psia at
850 to 950 psia and 4% of
remaining scale.
TANK PRESSURE-02-2
SF 0038 P
Same as TANK PRESSURE02-2 indicator.

.-
Basic Date

Page
l2
1966 Revision Date
4-6
SM2A-03 -SCO1 2
PERFORMANCE
TA
-N
)K
PRESSURE-]
H2
02
NOTE : Vertical green color bands on the indicators

show normal operating ronga for hydrogen
tank pressures (230 to 265 psio) and oxygen
tank pressures (865 to 935 psia).
SM- 2A-6900
Figure 4-3.
4.1.3.2
EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Pressure Indicators
EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Quantity Indicators.

'Instrument markings for the EPS (cryogenic storage) tank
quantity indicator (MDC-13) are shown in figure 4-4. The
accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement nmber of
the associated signal is as follows:
~
Indicator Scale
Measurement Number
TANK QUANTITY-H2-1
SF 0030 Q
~~
Indicator Accuracy
k0.5 lb at 75F
at 0" and 150F
k1.0 lb
TANK QUANTITY-H2-2
SF 0031 Q
TANK QUANTITY-02-1
SF 0032 Q
Same as TANK QUANTITYH2-1 indicator.

55.0 lb at 75F
at 0" and 150F
k10.0 lb
TANK QUANTITY-02-2
B a s i c Date
SF 0033 Q
Same as TANK QUANTITY02-1 indicator.

l2
1966 Revision Date
Page
4-7
SMZA-03-SG012
PERFORMANCE
QUANTITY--$
T
1A
-NK
H2
02
5M-2A-6910
Figure
4.1.3.3
4-4.
EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Quantity Indicators
EPS Fuel Cell Power Plant Indicators.

Instrument markings for the EFT3 fuel cell power plant
Indicators (MDC-18)are shown in figure 4-5. The aecuracy for
each indicator scale and the measurement number of the
associated signal is as follows:
Indicator Scale
Measurement Number
Indicator Accuracy
FUEL CELL-FLOW-H2
sc
2140 R ~ F / C2 j
SC 2141 R (F/C 3)
20.0075 l b / h r at 0" and
150" F
FUEL CELL-FLOW-02
SC 2141 R (F/C 1)
SC 2143 R (F/C 2 )
SC 2144 R (F/C 3)
20.05 h r / h r at 75"F,
and at 0" and 150F
rmEL CELL-MODULE
TEMP-SKIN
SC 2084 T (F/C 1)
SC 2085 T (F/C 2 )
SC 2086 T (F/C 3)
At 75"F, +7"F for 400" to

550" scale and 3% of remaining scale. At 0" and 150F,
t 1 4 " F for 400" to 500" scale
and 3% of remaining scale.
mTEL CELLMODULE
TEMP-COND MH
SC 2081 T (F/C 1)
SC 2082 T (F/C 2 )
SC 2083 T (F/C 3)
23"at 75F
25F at 0" and 150F
Basic Date
l2 Nov 1966
Revision Date
Page
4-8
SM2A- 03 -SCOl2
PERFORMANCE
-FUEL
CELL-
02
SKIN
FLOW
"2
MODULE TEMP
COND EXH
NOTE: Vertical green color bands on the indicators

show normal operating ranger for hydrogen
flow (0.03 tu 0.15 lb/hr), oxygen flow
(0.25 tu 1.20 Ibhr), module skin tempemture (385' to 495'F), and the condenser exhaust
temperature (157.5' to 172.5'F).
Figure
Indicator Scale
4-5.
EPS Fuel C e l l I n d i c a t o r s
Measurement Number
I n d i c a t o r Accuracy
DC VOLTS
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0206
0207
0210
0211
0212
0214
0227
0228
V (Main Bus A )
V (Main Bus B )
V ( B a t Bus A )
V ( B a t Bus B )
V ( P o s t Ldg B a t )
V ( B a t Charger Output)
V (Pyro B a t A )
V (Py-ro B a t B )
A t 75"F, t 0 . 2 5 v o l t s f o r 25
t o 37 v o l t s s c a l e and 21.0
v o l t f o r b a l a n c e of s c a l e .
A t 0" and 150"F, 50.5 v o l t s
f o r 25 t o 37 v o l t s s c a l e and
21.0 v o l t f o r b a l a n c e of
scale.
DC AMPS
CC
CC
CC
SC
SC
SC
0222
0223
0224
2113
2114
2115
C ( B a t Bus A )
C ( B a t Bus B )
C ( P o s t Ldg Bat)
C (F/C 1 Output)
C (F/C 2 Output
C (F/C 3 Output)
t1.0% of fldl s c a l e a t 75F

+2.O% of f u l l s c a l e a t 0" t o
150"F
Basic Date

1$6
Revision Date
Page
4-9
SMZA-03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
SM-2A-69U
Figure
Indicator Scale
4-6.
EPS V o l t s , Amperes, and Frequency Meters

Measurement Number
I n d i c a t o r Accuracy
CHGH ( I n n e r S c a l e )
CC 0215 C ( B a t Charger Output)
Same as DC AMPS s c a l e
AC VOLTS
CC 0200 V (Bus
CC 0201 V (Bus
CC 0202 V (Bus
CC 0203 V (Bus
CC 0204 V (Bus
CC 0205 V (Bus
Between 0" and 150F,

21.0 v o l t f o r t h e 105
and 125 v o l t s s c a l e
and 22.0 v o l t s f o r
b a l a n c e of s c a l e . At
0" and 150"F, t2.0
v o l t s for t h e 105 and
125 v o l t s s c a l e .
F'REQ CPS
B a s i c Date
1 @A)
1 @B)
1 @C)
2 @A)
2 @B)
2 BC>
CC 0213 F (Bus 1 @A)

CC 0181 F (Bus 1 @B)
CC 0182 F (Bus 1 @C)
CC 0217 F (Bus 2 @A)
CC 0183 F (Bus 2 @B)
CC 0184 F (Bu's 2 @C)
From 50" t o llO"F, fl

c y c l e a t 400 c y c l e s .
From 0
' t o 150"F, 22
c y c l e s a t 400 c y c l e s
and 22.5 c y c l e s f o r
b a l a n c e of s c a l e .

1966 Revision Date
Page
4-10
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
4.1.4
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM INDICATORS.
4.1.4.1
ECS Pressure and Slow-Rate Indicators.

Instrument markings for the ECS pressure and rate-of-flow
indicator (MDC-13) are shown in figure 4-7. The accuracy for
Indicator Scale
Measurement Number
Indicator Accuracy
CF 0034 P
25% of f'ull scale between 0'
GLY EVAP STEAM

PRESS
PRESS GLY DISCH
and 150F
CF 0016 P
Same as above.
FLOW 02
CF 0035 R
Same as above.
AP SUIT COMPR
CF 0115 P
Same as above.
Measurement Number
Indicator Scale'
Indicator Accuracy
GLY ACCUMQUANTITY
CF 0019 Q
25%
WATER QUANTITY
CF 0010 Q (Potable Water)

CF 0009 Q (Waste Water)
Same as above.
ECS RAD-OUTLET
CF 0020 T
Same as above.
CF 0018 T
Same as above.
ECS RAD OUT TEMP-1
SF 0671 T
Same as
ECS RAD OUT TEMP-2
SF 0672 T
Same as above.
full-scale 0" to 150"~
TEMP
GLY EVAP-OUTLET
TEMP
CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
Basic Date
l2
1966
Revision Date
above.
AND ACCURACY DATA

Page
4-11
SMZA-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
GLY E V A P
FLOW
PRESS
LIP
NOTE: The g n e n c o l o r band on the glycol

discharge scale indicates a nom1
opemting mnge of 35 to 55 p i a .
SM-24-695E
F i g u r e 4-7.
ECS P r e s s u r e and Flow I n d i c a t o r s
ECS RAD OUT TEMP
Figure
Basic Date
4-8.
ECS Q u a n t i t y and Outlet Temperature I n d i c a t o r s

l2
1966 Revision Date
Page
4- 12
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
PERFORMANCE
4.1.4.3
ECS Suit and Cabin Temperature/Pressure Indicators.
Instrument markings for the ECS suit and cabin temperature/

pressure indicators are shown in figure 4-9. The accuracy for
Indicator Scale
Measurement Number
Indicator Accuracy
TEMP-SUIT
CF 0008 T
22.5"~overall at 0" to
150"F.
TEMP-CABIN
CF 0002 T
Same as above.
PRESS-SUIT
CF 0012 P
At 75"F, 20.25 psia between

0 and 6 psia and 23% for
remainder of scale. At 0"
and 150"F, k0.375 psia
between 0 and 6 psia, and
24% for remainder of scale.
PRESS-CABIN
CF 0001 P
Same as PRESS-SUIT scale.
PART PRESS-C02
CF 0005 P
At 75"F, 20.5 mm between 0

and 15 m Hg, and 21.0 mm
for remainder of scale. At
0" and 150"F, 21.0 mm
between 0.and 15 mm Hg,
and 1.5 mm for remainder
of scale.
PGA Pressure Indicator
None
?2 psia overall at normal

temperature range.
4.1.5
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM METERS.

Instrument markings for the telecommunication system
meters are shown in figure 4-10.
4.1.5.1
Auxiliary DC VOLTS Meter.

The auxiliary DC VOLTS meter, located on RHFEB-200
(figure 4-10), is used to monitor selected measurements for
which there is either no other crew display or the crew display
is an event 'indicator capable of displaying only in-tolerance
and out-of-tolerance conditions. The voltmeter is used in conjunction with the adjacent FUNCTION SELECT and TEST SELECT

Basic D a t e
l2
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-13
SM2A- 03-SCO12
- -
PERFORMANCE
SUlT
lEMP
CABIN SUIT
P
R
CABIN
PART PRESS
coz
NOTES: 1 , A verticol green color bond shows the normal opemting

range for the suit tempemture (45' to 65OF). Red
horizontol lines show l i m i h for suit pressure (3.4 pia),
d i n preuure (4.7 pia), ond C 0 2 pressure (15 mm He).
A vertical yellow color bond hws the caution mnge
for CO2 preuure(7.6 to 15 mm Hg).
PGA PRESSURE
INDICATOR
(LEFT FOREARM)
Figure
2. The PGA pressure indicator presents on opemting rang.

from 2 to 10 psi0 and a green and red color band. The
green bond (3.5 to 10 psia) shows noma1 prew re
rmquird during space flight. The red band (3.5 to 2 pdo)
shows the emergency limitations for craw mfety. During
ground opomtions, the indicobr needle w i l l be pegged
beyond 10 p i a because of ohnospheric pressure.
SM-2A-697C
4-9. ECS Suit and Cabin Temperature/Pressure Indicators
S-BAND ANT
Auxiliary DC VOLTS Meter
S-BAND ANT Meter
SM-2A-69X
Figure 4-10. Telecommunication System Meters

B a s i c Date
1966
R e v i s i o n Date
Page
4-14
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
switches to monitor 13 EPS, 6 RCS, 4 G&N and 1 ECS analog
measurements. Refer to Controls and Displays (section 3 ) for
information on.which measurements are selected for monitoring by
the auxiliary DC VOLTS meter.
The voltmeter provides a reading between 0 and 5 volts of
the selected measurement. By use of a voltmeter conversion chart
an interpolation of the value for the selected measurement can be
made. (Refer to section 2.)
NOTE The accuracy of the auxiliary DC VOLTS meter
(for the f u l l scale) is t1 percent at 75F and 2 2 percent
at 0" and 150F.
4.1.5.2
S-Band ANT Meter.

The S-Band ANT meter, on MDC-19 (figure 4-10), utilizes the
automatic gain control (AGC) signal in the S-Band receiver to
display, in a clockwise direction, the relative magnitude of
signals received by the unified S-band equipment (USBE). The
meter is used in determining the correct S-band antenna and S/C
attitude f o r optimum S-band performance.
NOTE The accuracy of the S-BAND ANT meter (for the f u l l
scale) is ?5 percent at temperatures between O'and 150F.
4.1.6
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS INDICATORS.

Instrument markings for the sequential systems indicators
are shown in figure 4-11. The indicators present visual displays
required during launch, in-flight SPS operation, and the earth
landing sequence of events. (Refer to paragraphs 4.1.6.1 and
4.1.6.2.)
4.1.6.1
Barometric Pressure Indicator (Altimeter).

The barometric pressure indicator, an altimeter on MDC-1
(figure 4-11), is used in conjunction with the earth landing
system (ELS) and indicates the pressure altitude of the S/C
under low-altitude, low-Mach conditions. This altimeter is
monitored during the earth landing phase o f the mission to verify
that the ELS sequencer is initiating various phases of landing
system deployment at the proper pressure altitude points. A knob,
located left of' the altimeter dial face, is used in setting the
adjacent marker (to display the corrected main parachute deploy
altitude for low-altitude aborts). The adjustable marker, based

B a s i c Date l2
Revision Date
Page
4-15
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
NOTE:
The green band on the
AOA/SPS Pc indicator
shows mnnol operating
pressures (65 to 125%) for the
SPS combustion chomber
during engine operation
in space flight.
L A
Barometric Pressure Indicator

(Altimeter)
V V AOA/SPS
Pc Indicator
SM-ZA-700F
Figure 4-11. Sequential System Indicators

on barometric pressure, is set prior to launch. (Refer to paragraph 4.4.2.2 for altimeter error and C/B base pressure effects.)
NOTE
The accuracy of the altimeter is +lo0 feet
from 0 to 4000 feet and 5 percent of the altimeter
reading from 4000 to 60,000 feet.
4.1.6.2
L/V AOA/SPS P, Indicator.

The L/V AOA/SPS Pc indicator, on MDC-3 (figure 4-11}, is
used to dispAay the launch vehicle angle of attack (in percentage of pressure from the Q-ball) during launch. After
launch vehicle separation from the S/C, the gauge is used to
display SPS combustion chamber pressure during engine operation.
Inputs to this time-shared gauge are determined by the position
of the L/V AOA/SPS Pc switch, located on the same panel.
NOTE
The accuracy of the L/V AOA/Pc indicator (for the

f u l l scale) is 1 percent at 75F and 2 percent at 0" and
150F.
4.1.7
MISCELLANEOUS INDICATdRS.
Instrument markings f o r mechanically operated indicators
such as clocks, timers, and an accelerometer are shown in
figure 4-12 and described in paragraphs 4.1.7.1 through 4.1.7.4.
NOTE The accuracy of the S/C clocks and timers at
temperatures between 60" and 90F (and z e r o gravity) will
not exceed 2 5 seconds for 10 consecutive days (the arithmetic average of the daily rates). For environmental
conditions above or below this temperature range, the
average of daily rates for 5 consecutive days will not
exceed 30 seconds.
Basic Date l2
NOv
Revision Date
Page
4-16
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
100-Hwr Clock
GMT Clock
To: EVENT Timer
From: EVENT 1im.r
SM-U-73ID
Figure 4-12. Miscellaneous Indicators
4.1.7.1
Mission-Elapsed Time (400-Hour) Clock.

The 400-hour clock, on MDC-12 (figure 4-12), has a 10-hour
dial face with second, minute, and hour hands. A display window
is a l s o provided to show mission elapsed time in 10-hour
increments up to 400 hours (when window display returns to 0.000).
The hour and minute hands are set by a knob at the bottom left of
the dial face. A knob at the top right of the dial is used to
reset, start, and stop the clock. This clock is illuminated
when the floodlights switch on MDC-27 is actuated.
4.1.7.2
GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) Clock.

The GMT clock, LHFEB-306 (figure 4-12), has a 24-hour dial
face with standard second, minute, and hour hands. A time-set
screw, at the bottom left of the dial face, is used to
Basic Date
CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENTMARKINGS AND ACCURACY D A T ~

Page'
1966 Revision Date
4-17
SMZA-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
s y n c h r o n i z e t h e c l o c k w i t h Greenwich mean t i m e . This c l o c k

i l l u m i n a t e s when t h e CLOCKS-BRT-OFF-DIM s w i t c h (LEB-98) i s
actuated.
4.1.7.3
TO EVENT and FROM EVENT T i m e r s .
The TO EVENT and FROM EVENT timers, on LHFEB-306 ( f i g ure 4-12 ), have 10-hour d i a l f a c e s w i t h second, minute, hour, and
10-hour hands. A knob a t t h e bottom l e f t of each t i m e r i s used
t o s e t t h e t i m e r hands. Each timer can be r e s e t , s t a r t e d , or
stopped by a pushbutton c o n t r o l a t t h e t o p r i g h t of t h e timer.
These timers i l l u m i n a t e when t h e CLOCKS-BRT-OFF-DIM switch
(LEB-100) i s a c t u a t e d .
4.1.7.4
Accelerometer I n d i c a t o r (G-Meter)
The a c c e l e r o m e t e r i n d i c a t o r o r g meter, on MDC-2

( f i g u r e 4-12), i s provided w i t h an i n d i c a t i n g p o i n t e r f o r
showing S / C p o s i t i v e and n e g a t i v e g loads. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e
i n d i c a t i n g p o i n t e r , t h e r e are two r e c o r d i n g p o i n t e r s (one f o r
p o s i t i v e and one f o r n e g a t i v e g l o a d s ) which f o l l o w t h e
i n d i c a t i n g p o i n t e r t o i t s m a x i m u m a t t a i n e d t r a v e l . The recordi n g p o i n t e r s w i l l remain a t t h e maximum p o s i t i v e and n e g a t i v e
p o s i t i o n s a t t a i n e d t o p r o v i d e a r e c o r d of m a x i m u m g l o a d s
encountered. To r e t u r n t h e r e c o r d i n g p o i n t e r s t o t h e normal 1-g
p o s i t i o n , it i s n e c e s s a r y t o p r e s s t h e RESET knob on t h e lower
l e f t - s i d e of ' t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r .
NOTE
The accuracy o f t h e g meter i s t 0 . 2 g from
o t o 4 g ' s , 20.3 g a t 6 g ' s , 50.4 g from 8 t o 10 g ' s ,
and k0.75 g a t 1 5 g ' s .
4.2
CONSUMABLE REQUIREMENTS.
I n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g t o S/C 014 consumable materials f o r t h e
RCS, SPS, EPS, and ECS i s provided i n t h i s s e c t i o n . For d e t a i l e d
consumable d a t a , r e f e r Mission Modular Data Book (MMDB).
4.2.1
S/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION DATA.

P r o p e l l a n t consumables u t i l i z e d by t h e 1 6 S/M RCS engines
p r o v i d e t h r u s t f o r t h r e e - a x e s r o t a t i o n a l and t r a n s l a t i o n a l
c o n t r o l o f t h e s p a c e c r a f t ( a f t e r S/C s e p a r a t i o n from t h e launch
v e h i c l e and u n t i l C/M-S/M s e p a r a t i o n p r i o r t o e n t r y ) . The
o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o (by w e i g h t ) f o r each engine i s 2.03+0.075:1
a t a p r o p e l l a n t flow r a t e of 0.360 l b / s e c . Nominal v a l u e s f o r
Basic D a t e
12 Nov
1%6
CONSUMABLE REQUIREMENTS
Page
4-18
.-
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
the individual S/M RCS consumables (maximum usable tank capacity

of 790 pounds) are as follows:
Weight
per Tank
Storage
Tank
Consumables
Filled
(lb)
Maximum
Usable
(lb)
Delivery
Rate to
Engine
(lb/sec)
Nitrogen tetroxide ( N2 04 )
(oxidizer)
138.1
131 * 7
0.241
50% unsymmetrical
dimethylhydrazine and
50% hydrazine (UDMH/
N$4) (me11
69.7
65.8
0.119
Helium (He) (pressurant)
0.52
0.52
N/A
S/M RCS propellant consumption rates for manual attitude

control maneuvers (proportional and direct control) are presented
in figure 4-13. Assumptions applicable to the curves shown in
figure 4-13 are as follows:
0
0
0
The dynamic disturbances accounted for are SPS propellant

slosh, the earth orbit aerodynamics and gravity gradient,
ECS steam venting, and rotating EPS and ECS equipment.
A nominal maneuver of 50k0.5 degrees per axis.

This data may be ratioed to account for different maneuver
angles. The propellant consumption must be decreased by
10 percent for a 30-degree maneuver and increased by
20 percent for a 100-degree maneuver.
The manual single-axis maneuver propellant consumption is

the same as the single-axis maneuver in paragraph 4.2.1.2.
4.2.1.2
Automatic Attitude Control Maneuvers and Attitude Hold.

S/M RCS propellant consumption rates for G&N control
maneuvers (attitude control and attitude hold), versus S/C
B a s i c Date
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-1-9
SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
M A N W L PROPORTIONAL RATE
- 3 AXIS
WEIGHT
CURM
(Le)
A
.
. _ ,
Szot
'
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
22,300
INERTIA (SLUEFEET S O W E D )
'xx
Iw
'zz
15,800
53,500
54,ooO
12,600
40,ooO
38,700
0.6
MANEUMR RATE (DEGREESAECOND)
-2
MANWL DIRECT qONTROL 3 AXIS
-_ -
.--I
'
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
NOTE: WEIGHTS AND INERTIAS

F O R CURMS A A N D B ARE
SAME AS SHOWN ON
UPPER CHART.
0.6
MANEUMR RATE (DEGREESAECOND)
TYPICAL MMDB INFORMATION
SM-24-1087
Figure 4-13. S/L RCS Prope,,ant Consumptam During Manual

Attitude Control Maneuvers
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
CONSUMABLE mQUIREMENTS
.Revision Date
Page
.
lr-20
SM2A- 0 3 - 2 x 0 1 2
PERFORMANCE
weight, are p r e s e n t e d i n f i g u r e 4-14.

The same assumptions i n
paragraph 4 . 2 . 1 . 1 a l s o a p p l y t o f i g u r e 4-14, i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e
following:
0
Non-maneuvered axes are held w i t h a narrow deadband of

degree w h i l e t h e o t h e r axes are moved.
20.2
0
A s p e c i f i c impulse (Isp)f o r a s i n g l e j e t RCS f i r i n g p e r

a x i s t h a t e q u a l s 180 seconds.
A maneuver rate of 0.5 d e g r e e p e r second.
The S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r a t e s f o r t h e a t t i t u d e

t h e r m a l ( b a r b e c u e ) c o n t r o l mode v e r s u s S/C weight are p r e s e n t e d
i n f i g u r e 4-15.
A p p l i c a b l e a d d i t i o n a l assumptions are as f o l l o w s :
0
A t t i t u d e hold i n p i t c h and yaw are a t a deadband of

24.2 degrees.
Roll a x i s s p i n i s 0.5 d e g r e e p e r second.
The S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r e q u i r e d t o damp f r e e

d r i f t rates (caused by dynamic d i s t u r b a n c e s ) v e r s u s t i m e i n
f r e e d r i f t are p r e s e n t e d i n f i g u r e 4-16.
4.2.1.3
T r a n s l a t i o n Maneuvers.
S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r e q u i r e d f o r s e t t l i n g SPS
p r o p e l l a n t s v e r s u s S/C weight, f o r t h r e e c o n f i g u r a t i o n s of RCS
e n g i n e u t i l i z a t i o n , i s p r e s e n t e d i n t h e upper c h a r t o f
The lower c h a r t shows p r o p e l l a n t r e q u i r e d f o r RCS
f i g u r e 4-17.
+X axis d e l t a v e l o c i t y maneuvers. Assumptions a p p l i c a b l e t o
b o t h c h a r t s i n f i g u r e 4-17 are c s f o l l o w s :
0
The RCS engine t h r u s t e q u a l s 100 pounds.
Isp a t a t t i t u d e c o r r e c t i o n e q u a l s 185 seconds.
Isp a t t r a n s l a t i o n e q u a l s 278 seconds.
Dynamic d i s t u r b a n c e s ( s t a t e d i n paragraph 4 . 2 . 1 . 1 )
neglected.
Roll c o n t r o l p r o p e l l a n t requirements are n e g l e c t e d .
are
~~
Basic D a t e
l2
Revision D a t e
Page
4-21
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
2.5
2.0
1.5
1 .o
0.5
0.0
15,000
20,000
25,oOO
30,OOO
35,000
40,000
SPACECRAFT WEIGHT (LB)

3-AXIS ATTITUDE HOLD
15,000
2
0
,
m
z,m
30,000
35,000
40,000
Figure
S M- 2A- 1088A
4-14.
S/M RCS Propellant Consumption During Attitude

Control Maneuvers and Attitude Hold
Basic Date
l2
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-22
SM2A-03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
I-
THERMAL CONTROL MODE (BBQ)
"
k2
V
Y
6
w
ss
201,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,OOO
32,000
30,000

SM-2A-1089
4-1 .5.
Figure
S/M RCS P r o p e l l a n t Consumption f o r Thermal C o n t r o l Modes
.3
10
100
FREE DRIFT TIME (HOURS)
F i g u r e 4-16.
Basic Date
SM-2A-1000
S/M RCS P r o p e l l a n t Consumption f o r Damping

Out Free DrifY Rate
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-23
SMZA-03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
CC4lflGURATION
ONE
PITCH
364
YAW
665
261
YAW
PITCH
YAW
THREE
USED K>R
7 a_
a.
NONE
NONE
nus X
TMNWflON
ATTITUDE CONTlOL
K)SlTlM NEGATIVE
1
2
7
8
3
4
DISABLED
PITCH
TWO
AXIS
S/M RCS ENGINES
361
765
1I
264
668
261
NONE
NONE
665
26I
665
S/M RCS PROPEUANT REQUIRED FOR WAGE
22
20
18
16
!2
14
12
S/M RCS PROPELLANT REQUIRED FOR +X TRANSLATION
NOTE:
C u m I, 2, and 3
"t
#nOM .ngim
culfigrmtiul OI o h .
22,OOO
2O:OOO
24,000
26,ooO
28,OOO
30,000
32,000
%,OW
SPACECRAR MIGHT &E)
TYt'lCAL MMDB INFORMATION
Figure
SM-24-IOPIA
4-17. S/M RCS Propellant Consumpt-Dn for SPS Propellant

Settling and Translation Maneuvers
Basic Date
l2
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-24
--
SM2A-03-SCO12
PE!RFORMANCE
~~
4.2.1.4
~~
A t t i t u d e Hold Following SPS Burn.

S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r e q u i r e d f o r a t t i t u d e h o l d
i n t h r e e axes, immediately f o l l o w i n g a n SPS burn and e x t e n d i n g
over a 10-minute p e r i o d after t h e SPS b u r n , i s p r e s e n t e d i n
' t h e upper c h a r t of figure 4-18.
( T h i s curve i n c l u d e s t h e t o t a l
RCS requirement and should n o t be added t o t h e r e s u l t s o b t a i n e d
from f i g u r e 4-14. However, a f t e r t h e end o f t h e 10-minute s l o s h
damping p e r i o d , t h e rates i n t h e lower c h a r t o f figure 4-14
s h o u l d be u s e d . ) For a t t i t u d e h o l d s delayed a f t e r t h e terminat i o n o f an SPS burn, b o t h c h a r t s i n f i g u r e 4-18 are used f o r
a d j u s t i n g RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption rates.
)L
.2.2
C/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION DATA.
P r o p e l l a n t consumables u t i l i z e d by t h e 1 2 C/M RCS e n g i n e s

p r o v i d e t h r u s t f o r three-axes r o t a t i o n a l and a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l of
t h e C/M ( a f t e r an a b o r t o r d u r i n g normal e n t r y ) . The o x i d i z e r /
f u e l r a t i o (by w e i g h t ) f o r each of t h e f o u r r o l l e n g i n e s i s
2.1+0.09 :1 a t a p r o p e l l a n t consumption r a t e o f 0.345 l b / s e c
The o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o (by w e i g h t ) f o r each of t h e e i g h t
remaining engines i s 2.0?0.09:1 a t a p r o p e l l a n t consumption
r a t e of 0.342 l b / s e c . Any remaining p r o p e l l a n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e
helium used as a p r e s s u r a n t , i s e j e c t e d p r i o r t o C/M touchdown
( f o r a l l m i s s i o n modes). Nominal v a l u e s f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l
C / M RCS consumables ( u s a b l e t a n k c a p a c i t y o f 225 pounds) are
as f o l l o w s :
Weight p e r Tank
S t orage
Tank
Consumables
Nitrogen t e t r o x i d e
(N2O4) ( o x i d i z e r )
Filled
(lb)
Usable
(lb)
89.2
75.0
D e l i v e r y Rat e
t o Engine
0.228 l b / s e c ( o x i d i z e r / f u e l
r a t i o of 2:1)
0.234 l b / s e c ( o x i d i z e r l f u e l
r a t i o o f 2.1:1)
45.2
Monomethylhydrazine
(MMH) ( f u e l )
37.5
r a t i o of 2:1)
r a t i o of 2 . 1 : 1 )
._
0.52
Helium (He)
(pressurant )
0.52
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Page
4-25
SM2A-03-SCO12
.
PERFORMANCE
S/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION FOLLOWING AN SPS BURN
100
80
ON
60
40
wl
3;
'
1 2 1 6 a O 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6 4 0 4 4 4 8 5 2
SPS BURN DURATION (SECONDS)
RELATIVE S/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION VERSUS

DELAY IN ATTITUDE HOLD FRQM END OF SPS BURN
PERCENT TO PROPELLANT
FROM CUR- ABOVE
TYPICAL MMDB INFORMTION
ATTITUDE HOLD DELAY (MINUTES)
SM-2A- 1092
Figure
4-18. S/M RCS Attitude Hola Propellant Consumption

Followinn SPS Burn
Basic Date
l2
1966
CONSUMABLE REQUIIGBENTS
Revision Date
,Page
4-26
._-
SM2A- 03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
R e p r e s e n t a t i v e C/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption time h i s t o r i e s

are p r e s e n t e d i n figure 4-19 f o r nominal and off-nominal s i n g l e system RCS e n t r i e s . The c u r v e s i n c l u d e p r e - e n t r y p r o p e l l a n t
expended ( 5 pounds f o r nominal and 9 pounds f o r off-nominal
rates )
4.2.3
SPS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION DATA.
Storage
(and
sump 1
Tank
Filled
(lb)
Usable
(1b)
Delivery
Rate t o
Engine
Nitrogen t e t r o x i d e
(N204) ( o x i d i z e r )
30,600
27,333
46.06 l b / s e c
50% unsymmetrical
dimethylhydrazine
( WMH/N2H4
(fuel)
15,300
13,677
23.03 l b / s e c
Helium ( H e )
(pressurant )
48.2
48.2
N/A
Consumables
Weight p e r Tank
S p a c e c r a f t weight i s p l o t t e d a g a i n s t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
v e l o c i t y f o r nominal and minimum v a l u e s of s p e c i f i c impulse.
(See f i g u r e 4-20.) A sample p a t h t r a c e s a t y p i c a l s o l u t i o n f o r
p r o p e l l a n t weight when i n i t i a l weight, s p e c i f i c impulse, and
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v e l o c i t y change are given. Arrows on t h e c h a r t ,
s t a r t i n g w i t h an i n i t i a l v a l u e f o r weight (W,) i n d i c a t e t h e
d i r e c t i o n of flow f o r t h e sample problem. It i s important t o
n o t e t h a t t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v e l o c i t y (V,) s c a l e does n o t
r e p r e s e n t v a l u e s of AV remaining aboard t h e S/C, b u t i s
i n t e n d e d t o serve as a r e f e r e n c e o n l y on which increments
( AVc) may b e t a k e n as shown i n t h e sample.
I n o r d e r t o account f o r a 4500 pound-seconds l o s s f o r each
SPS engine s t a r t , 1 4 . 5 pounds of p r o p e l l a n t must be added t o t h e
Basic Date
1966
Page
4-27
SMZA-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
ENTRY TIME (400,oOOTO 24,000 FT), +EN (SECONDS)

NOMINAL
24,216 FPS
-1.65 DEG
a
156 DEG
0 DEG
4EN ODEG
C h
-0.0004DEG
GUST NONE
0
52.7 DEG
RANGE 1547NM
Vg
Yg
0FF-N OM1NAL
24, 216 FPS

-1.65 DEG
156 DEG
0 DEG
0 DEG
-0.00006
HALF SINE WAVE
52.7 DEG
1547 NM
SM-2A-1093
Figure 4-19. C/M RCS Propellant Consumption

Time Histories - Single System
Basic Date
,
l2
CONSUMABLE REQUIRIDENTS
Revision Date
Page
4-28
SM2A-03 -SCOl2
PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTIC VELOCITY, Vc (FTAEC)
GIVEN: INITIAL SPACECRAFT WEIGHT, W1

SPECIFIC IMPULSE, 'Isp
CHARACTERISTIC VELOCITY
CHANGE, A V c
g = 32.174 FTAEC2
1
1
PROPELLANT WEIGHT, Wp = W1
I:( )I
A
SM-2A-1094
9 ISP
F i g u r e 4-20.
B a s i c Date E
1966
SPS P r o p e l l a n t Consumption
Revision Date
Page'
.
4-29
SMZA- 03 -SCO1 2
PERFORMANCE
p r o p e l l a n t consumption noted d u r i n g each f i r i n g .

(The t o t a l
p r o p e l l a n t requirements are l i m i t e d t o t h e t o t a l u s a b l e
p r o p e l l a n t s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e S/C.)
4.2.4
EPS AND ECS CONSUMPTION DATA.

Oxygen and hydrogen r e a c t a n t s (from t h e cryogenic s t o r a g e
system) are consumed by t h e EPS f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s i n t h e
g e n e r a t i o n of e l e c t r i c a l power for t h e S/C. Water, as a
by-product, i s provided f o r t h e ECS. Oxygen from t h e cryogenic
s t o r a g e system i s a l s o s u p p l i e d t o t h e ECS f o r m e t a b o l i c consumption by t h e crewmembers and f o r p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of t h e crew
compartment and t h e PGA. The cryogenic t a n k s f o r oxygen and
hydrogen are i n i t i a l l y f i l l e d t o a t l e a s t 97 p e r c e n t o f f u l l
c a p a c i t y . Nominal v a l u e s f o r t h e s e consumables a r e as f o l l o w s :
Weight p e r Tank
.Filled
(1b)
Usable
(lb)
Flow Rate
t o System
29.0
28.0
0.14 l b / h r (min)
0.27 l b / h r ( m a x )
( 0.75 lb/hr-purge o n l y )
327.0
320.0
S t orage
Tank
Consumables
Hydrogen (H2)
( s u p e r c r i t i c a l gas
Nitrogen ( N 2 ) ( f u e l
c e l l reference
p r e ss u re )
0.44
1.70 l b / h r (min)
2.58 l b / h r ( m a x )
(0.6 lb/hr-purge o n l y )
0.44
NOTE
Both t h e EPS and ECS u t i l i z e ,oxygen from
t h e sane cryogenic s t o r a g e system (489 pounds
of u s a b l e 02 f o r t h e EPS and 1 5 1 pounds f o r t h e
ECS).
4.2.4.1
EPS F u e l C e l l R e a c t a n t s Consumption.
The O2 and H2 consumption versus e l e c t r i c a l o u t p u t f o r

one, two, o r t h r e e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s i s shown i n
f i g u r e 4-21. Only t h e H2 curve i s given. (The 02 consumption
rate i s e i g h t t i m e s t h e H2 r a t e . ) Water g e n e r a t e d by t h e fuel
c e l l s may be c a l c u l a t e d by m u l t i p l y i n g t h e H2 consumption
r a t e by n i n e .
Basic Date
l2
1966 Revision Date
Page
4- 30
SM2A; 03 -SCOl2
PERFORMANCE
NOTE:
WATER GENERATION RATE IS
OBTAINED BY MULTIPLYING H2
CONSUMPTION RATE BY NINE
3.20
0.40
2.80
0.35
2.40
0.30
6-
2.00
0.25
1.60
0.20
1 .XI
0.15
I-
v)
0.80
cy
0.10
0.40
0.05
n
-50
&-70
50
55
I
20
15
I
60
80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

3 FlEL CELL CURRENT (AMPERES)
70 75 80 85 90 95
2 FUEL CELL CURRENT (AMPERES)
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
100
65
1
65
1
SM-2A-1095
1 FUEL CELL CURRENT (AMPERES)
Figure 4-21. Cryogenic Consumption Versus Fuel Cell Current

In order to maintain fuel cell operating efficiency,
purging of each power plant is accomplished every 7 hours. The
purges will normally be staggered so that a H2 purge will follow
an 02 purge by 3.5 hours. The present purging cycle of 7 hours
is based upon the maximum normal power output of 1420 watts per
fuel cell. The time between purges is based upon the ratio of
the present maximum of 1420 watts/fuel cell power plant to the
actual maximmi gross power demand times 7 hours. Thus, if the
actual miximum gross power demand is 710 watts/fuel cell
module, the nominal purge interval of 7 hours would be increased
by 1420/710 or 2. Multiplying 2 times 7 would then provide a
purge interval of 14 hours. During purging, the power plant
continues to consume reactants in the quantities required to
produce the power demanded by S/C electrical loads. The
duration of each H2 purge is 80 seconds and 120 seconds for
each 02 purge.
~~
Basic Date
l2
1966 Revision Date
Page
4-31
SM2A-03-SC012
---
PERFORMANCE
~
4.2.4.2
EPS E l e c t r i c a l Power OutDut.

During a normal m i s s i o n , from launch u n t i l e n t r y , about
618 kwh of e l e c t r i c a l power i s s u p p l i e d t o t h e S/C by t h r e e

fuel c e l l power p l a n t s o p e r a t i n g i n p a r a l l e l . If one power
p l a n t should f a i l , t h e remaining two w i l l p r o v i d e f o r normal
povrer loads. I n t h e event two power p l a n t s f a i l , S/C
emergency l o a d s can be accommodated. The t h r e e b a t t e r i e s ,
normally r e s e r v e d f o r e n t r y and p o s t l a n d i n g phases of t h e
m i s s i o n , can b e u t i l i z e d t o p r o v i d e f o r peak l o a d s above
operating fuel c e l l c a p a c i t i e s .
NOTE
The EFS r e q u i r e s a minimum s t e a d y - r a t e power
l e v e l of 1689 w a t t s w i t h t h r e e f u e l c e l l s o p e r a t i n g or
1550 watts w i t h two f u e l c e l l s o p e r a t i n g d u r i n g o r b i t .
However, a minimum t r a n s i e n t power l e v e l of 1.500 w a t t s
f o r t h r e e f i e 1 c e l l s can be reached w i t h o u t c a u s i n g an
o v e r v o l t a g e i n t h e EFS. (Tests a r e b e i n g conducted t o
determine i f a minimum t r a n s i e n t power l e v e l of 1200
watts f o r three f u e l c e l l s i s feasible,)
4.2.4.3
By drawing on b a t t e r y power and r e c h a r g i n g , an a d d i t i o n a l

1 . 0 kwh of energy can be o b t a i n e d f o r u s e d u r i n g o r b i t a l
flight.
The S/C i s capable of s u s t a i n i n g an emergency power l o a d

of 1200 w a t t s w i t h one h e 1 c e l l o p e r a t i n g d u r i n g o r b i t .
ECS Oxygen and Water Consumption.

Oxygen and w a t e r consumables are u t i l i z e d by t h e ECS i n
p r o v i d i n g f o r needs p e c u l i a r t o t h e presence of men aboard t h e
s p a c e c r a f t . Nominal v a l u e s f o r t h e ECS consumables a r e as f o l l o w s :
Consumables
Source
Cryogenic s t o r a g e
system t a n k s ( 2 ) .
Usable
Weight
(Ib)
151.0
NOTE
The cryogenic
s t o r a g e system supp l i e s O2 t o b o t h t h e
ECS and EPS ( 1 5 1
pounds f o r t h e ECS
and 489 pounds f o r
t h e EPS)
Remarks
The b a s i c purpose of t h e
ECS oxygen i s f o r crew
m e t ab oli c c on sumpt i o n
and c o n t r o l of t h e C/M
p r e s s u r e as f o l l o w s :
a.
Metabolic
t h r e e men
a t 0.075 lb/hr/man o r
0.225 l b / h r t o t a l
b.
C/M l e a k a g e
0.2 l b / h r
Basic D a t e l2
1966
Page
.
4-32
SM2A- 03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
Consumables
Source
Usable
Weight
(lb)
Remarks
c.
2 C/M
repressurizations
11.7 l b (5.85 l b / e a ) .
Surge t a n k
3.7
I n i t i a l l y f i l l e d during
ground s e r v i c e
Entry t a n k
1.0
ground s e r v i c e
P o t a b l e water
One C/M p o t a b l e water

supply t a n k
36.0
ground s e r v i c e ; t h e t a n k
i s replenished during
f l i g h t by t h e EPS f u e l
c e l l power p l a n t s a t a
nominal r a t e of 0.77 l b
p e r k i l o w a t t . If t a n k i s
full, water w i l l overflow
i n t o C/M waste water t a n k .
Waste water
One C / M waste water

supply t a n k
56.0
ground s e r v i c e and t h e n
by overflow of water
from p b t a b l e w a t e r t a n k .
Two S/M w a t e r
112.0
A d d i t i o n a l supply o f
water i s c a r r i e d i n S/M
t o r e p l e n i s h C/M water
tanks, i f necessary.
1.5
Used t o p r e s s u r i z e t h e
S/M water supply t a n k s .
supply t a n k s
One N2 supply t a n k
Nitrogen (N2)
(pressurant )
NOTE
The ECS p o t a b l e water w i l l be p r i m a r i l y u s e d . f o r
m e t a b o l i c purposes by t h e crew and not f o r c o o l i n g
purposes i n t h e S/C (unless w a s t e water becomes
depleted )
B a s i c D a t e J2
The ECS r a d i a t o r i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e i s a f f e c t e d by heat

t r a n s f e r from EPS components. A s t h e components become
warmer from i n c r e a s e d e l e c t r i c a l l o a d s , a g r e a t e r r a t e
of h e a t t r a n s f e r w i l l t a k e p l a c e . ECS r a d i a t o r f r e e z i n g
may r e s u l t i f b o t h r a d i a t o r s a r e exposed t o deep space f o r
more t h a n 1 hour and t h e i n l e t - t e m p e r a t u r e i s below 75F
1966
Page
4-33
SM2A- 03-SCO12
PEiiFORMANCE
w i t h an e l e c t r i c a l c u r r e n t l e v e l of about 55 amps
By
r o l l i n g o r tumbling t h e S/C, t o allow f o r p e r i o d i c exposure
of t h e r a d i a t o r s t o t h e sun, t h e i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e can be
70F w i t h an e l e c t r i c a l c u r r e n t l e v e l of about 50 amps
b e f o r e t h e space r a d i a t o r s s t a r t t o f r e e z e .
AND SPS THRUSTING DATA.
4.3
RCS
4.3.1
RCS TRANSLATION CONTROL.

S p a c e c r a f i t r a n s l a t i o n i s p o s s i b l e a t any time a f t e r S-IVB
s e p a r a t i o n and p r i o r t o t h e t i m e when S/M-C/M s e p a r a t i o n o c c u r s .
T r a n s l a t i o n maneuvers y r e provided through t h e S/M RCS e n g i n e s
and a r e normally i n i t i a t e d manually by t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
T-handle i n t h e "X, Y, and Z a x e s , or by t h e DIRECT ULLAGE switch
i n t h e +X a x i s . The t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l (manipulated i n t h e
counterclockwise p o s i t i o n t o t h e a b o r t d e t e n t f o r about 2 . 5
s e c o n d s ) a l s o p r o v i d e s for CSM/S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n . While t h e
c o n t r o l i s i n t h e a b o r t d e t e n t p o s i t i o n , t h e CSM a t t i t u d e i s n o t
c o n t r o l l e d . Upon c o n f i r m a t i o n of p h y s i c a l s e p h r a t i o n , t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l i s moved t o t h e +X p o s i t i o n and t h e SCS i n i t i a t e s
a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l t o a maximum deadband of 5 d e g r e e s . (Refer t o
s e c t i o n 2 f o r systems o p e r a t i o n . )
NOTE
Each S/M RCS engine nominally develops 100 pounds
of t h r u s t . If f o u r e n g i n e s a r e i g n i t e d ( a s i n a *X
t r a n s l a t i o n ) , t h e S/C w i l l a c c e l e r a t e a t 0 . 4 t o 0.8
ft/sec2,, depending on t h e S/C weight snd c o n t r o l mode.
(Only two e n g i n e s a r e i g n i t e d f o r +Y and LZ t r a n s l a t i o n s . )
0
4.3.2
The minimum RCS impulse d u r a t i o n , assuming average human

r e s p o n s e , i s on t h e o r d e r of 200 m i l l i s e c o n d s . The maximum t r a n s l a t i o n d u r a t i o n i s a f u n c t i o n o f t h e zv-ailable
propellant .
RCS ROTATION CONTROL.

Automatic o r manual r o t a t i o n a l c o n t r o l of t h e S/C i s prov i d e d i n b o t h t h e G&N 2nd t h e SCS c o n t r o l modes. ( R e f e r t o
s e c t i o n 2 f o r systems o p e r a t i o n . )
NOTE
The S/C can have a m a x i m a n g u l a r a c c e l e r a t i o n

from 1 . 0 t o 1 . 5 d e g r e e s p e r second2, depending on t h e
S/C mzss c o n f i g u r a t i o n and RCS e n g i n e s f i r e d . )
CONSUMABIX FXQUIFX:MENTS-RCS
B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov
1966
Revision Date
AND SPS THRUSTING DATA

Page
4-34
SMZA- 03 -SCO 12
PEWORMANCE
4.3.2.1
G&N A t t i t u d e C o n t r o l .
During t h e W a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode, t h e i n e r t i a l measurement u n i t (IMU) m a i n t a i n s t h e primary i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e

for t h e S/C. R o t a t i o n changes a r e commanded by e i t h e r t h e Apollo
guidance computer (AGC) when v e r b 70 i s e n t e r e d i n t h e S/C d i s p l a y
keyboard (DSKY) f o r manual maneuvers w i t h t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ,
o r by manually d i a l i n g t h e c o u p l i n g d i s p l a y u n i t s (CDU) for
maneuvers p r e p r o g r a m e d i n t h e A X .
NOTE
The AGC can be programmed t o command a t h r e e a x i s 60-degree r e o r i e n t a t i o n of t h e S/C (and i s
s i m i l a r i n o p e r a t i o n t o an a t t i t u d e o r i e n t a t i o n
alignment).
maneuver for an IMU
4.3.2.2
A l l preprogrammed AGC maneuvers a r e executed a t an

a t t i t u d e r a t e of 0.5 degree p e r second ( 4 . 0 d e g r e e s
p e r second f o r a b o r t o r e n t r y maneuvers o n l y ) . I n
t h e G&N mode, a k 4 . 2 degree maximum or a f0.2 degree
minimum a t t i t u d e e r r o r deadband i s a v a i l a b l e
The S/C
w i l l have a l i m i t c y c l e r a t e of l e s s t h a n 0.2 degree
p e r second w i t h i n t h e s e deadbands.
G&N a t t i t u d e maneuver r a t e s (used f o r IMU f i n e

alilgnments and checks) a r e l i m i t e d by t h e G&N
d i g i t a l program t o 0 . 5 degree p e r second i n
p i t c h , roll, and yaw.
SCS A t t i t u d e C o n t r o l .
During t h e SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode, t h e body mounted
a t t i t u d e gyros (BMAG) p r o v i d e an automatic r e f e r e n c e f o r h o l d i n g
t h e S/C a t a s p e c i f i c a t t i t u d e w i t h i n a f4 2 d e g r e e s maximum
o r a 1 0 . 2 degree minimum a t t i t u d e e r r o r deadband. If t h e S/C i s
t h e n maneuvered manually by t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , t h e a t t i t u d e
gyro coupling u n i t (AGCU) w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y cage t h e a t t i t u d e
g y r o s , c o r r e c t t h e a t t i t u d e hold r e f e r e n c e , and p r e s e n t a neb
d i s p l a y on t h e F D A 1 when t h e maneuver i s completed.
4.3.2.3
Manual A t t i t u d e C o n t r o l .
Manual maneuvers f o r a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l of t h e S/C a r e
provided by u s e of t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l for d i r e c t and prop o r t i o n a l r a t e s , and by t h e a t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l for
l o w - r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s (minimum i m p u l s e ) . The primary
SM 2A- 03 -SC0 12
PERFORMANCE
purpose o f t h e manual a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s and p e r t i n e n t d a t a
a r e a s follows:
1. D i r e c t r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , f o r emergency and backup cond i t i o n s , i s commanded by u s e of t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l

( s t i c k ) about t h e d e s i r e d axes t o i t s h a r d s t o p s . J u s t
b e f o r e engaging t h e h a r d s t o p s , a s w i t c h c l o s e s and a p p l i e s
a d i r e c t command t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . Rate feedback
i s n o t used t o c a n c e l t h e s t i c k movement, b u t t h e
BMAG-AGCU l o o p i s c l o s e d and m a i n t a i n s an a t t i t u d e
r e f e r e n c e t o i t s limits.
NOTE
The a t t i t u d e r a t e , commanded by d i r e c t r o t a t i o n ,
i s l i m i t e d o n l y by human endurance and t h e RCS p r o p e l l a n t
s u p p l y . S t a r t and s t o p t r a n s i e n t s depend on p i l o t
t e c h n i q u e and t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e ( F D A I or v i s u a l
landmark) used t o c l o s e t h e o u t e r c o n t r o l l o o p . The
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e s s t a r t t o accumulate e r r o r (due t o
gyro s l u e r a t e l i m i t a t i o n s ) a t a r a t e of 20 d e g r e e s
p e r second about t h e r o l l a x i s and 5.0 d e g r e e s p e r
second about t h e p i t c h o r yaw a x i s .
2.
Proportional rotation control, f o r a t t i t u d e corrections,

i s commanded by displacement of t h e manual S/C r o t a t i o n
c o n t r o l ( s t i c k ) i n t o a desired p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e (when
r e f e r r i n g t o S/C a t t i t u d e d i s p l a y on t h e FDAI).
NOTE The r e s u l t i n g p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e w i l l v a r y from
a m i n i m of 0 . 2 degree p e r second t o a m a x i m of
0.65 d e g r e e p e r second (depending on s t i c k d i s p l a c e ment). A t t i t u d e e r r o r deadbands a r e k 4 . 2 d e g r e e s
maximum and k0.2 degree minimum.
3.
A t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l , for commanding l o w - r o t a t i o n a l

r a t e s about all t h r e e a x e s , i s a v a i l a b l e i n e i t h e r G&N
o r SCS modes of o p e r a t i o n and i s used a s r e q u i r e d d u r i n g
n a v i g a t i o n a l s i g h t i n g p e r i o d s . T h i s i s accomplished
t h r o u g h t h e a t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l l o c a t e d on p a n e l
105.
A f t e r t h e a t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l i s enabled
NOTE
and d i s p l a c e d , a s w i t c h c l o s u r e i n t h e c o n t r o l u n i t
w i l l cause one p u l s e of 18k4 m i l l i s e c o n d s , which i s
a p p l i e d t o t h e RCS j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c . (One p u l s e
i s g e n e r a t e d for each a t t i t u d e impulse s w i t c h
closure. )
RCS
B a s i c Date l2
AND SPS THRUSTING DATA
Page
4-36
SM2A-03 -SCOl?
PERFORMANCE
A t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l i s n o t a p r o p o r t i o n a l cont r o l and does n o t p r o v i d e f o r a t t i t u d e h o l d . When

t h i s c o n t r o l i s e n a b l e d , r e l a y a c t i o n removes a l l
r a t e a t t i t u d e e r r o r and c o n t r o l i n p u t s from t h e SCS
electronics.
Use of minimum impulse ( f o r f i n e adjustment of S/C

a t t i t u d e ) e x c i t e s r a t e s of about 0.01 degree p e r
second minimum t o 0.5 degree p e r second m a x i m .
4.3.3
SFS ENGINE THRUST F'ERFOXWNCE.
4.3.3.1
SPS Small-Impulse Operation

The SPS engine i s capable of a c c e p t i n g a shutdown s i g n a l
a t any t i m e a f t e r r e c e i p t of a s t a r t s i g n a l . A nominal minimum impulse b i t of 12,000 pound-seconds i s developed when t h e
engine i s f i r e d f o r a n open-loop o p e r a t i o n p e r i o d of 0.6
seconds. (See f i g u r e 4-22.) The run-to-run minimum i m p u l s e - b i t
t o l e r a n c e i s +3OO pound-seconds (1 s i g m a ) . Impulse v a l u e a s a
f u n c t i o n of start-to-shutdown s i g n a l d u r a t i o n (FS1 t o FS2), i s
e s t i m a t e d from q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s g e n e r a t e d a t AEDC (Arnold
Engineering Development C e n t e r ) . ( P r o p e l l a n t consumption for
small impulse f i r i n g s i n c l u d i n g t h e 14.4-pound p r o p e l l a n t loss
f o r each SPS engine s t a r t i s covered by t h e e q u a t i o n
Wp = (Impulse +4500)/Isp.
4.3.3.2
SPS Engine S t a r t and Shutdown T r a n s i e n t s .

The SPS engine s t a r t and shutdown t r a n s i e n t s a r e p r e s e n t e d
Curves show t h e p e r c e n t a g e of r a t e d t h r u s t a s a
i n f i g u r e 4-23.
f u n c t i o n of e l a p s e d time from s t a r t (FS1) and s h u t d o m (FS2)
command s i g n a l s . Rated t h r u s t i s based on nominal i n l e t c o n d i t i o n .
A l l d a t a e s t i m a t e s a r e from AEDC q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s . The start
t r a n s i e n t t o t a l impulse from FS1 t o 90-percent r a t e d t h r u s t i s
l i m i t e d t o t h e range from 100 pound-seconds (minimum) t o
400 pound-seconds (maximum). The run-to-run t o l e r a n c e on s t s r t
t r a n s i e n t impulse i s ?lo0 pound-seconds (1 sigma). The shGtdob,n
imDulse from FS2 t o 10-percent r a t e d t h r u s t i s l i m i t e d t o 3
range from 8000 pound-seconds ( m i n i m ) t o 12,000 pound-seconds
(maximum). The run-to-run t o l e r a n c e on t h e shutdown impulse i s
?_100pound-seconds (1 sigma).
..
RCS AND SPS TKRUSTING DATA

B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Pal?e
4-37
SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
SPS SIGNAL DURATION (FS1 TO FS2) IN SECONDS

Figure 4-22.
4.3.3.3
SM-2A-1098
SPS Small Impulse F i r i n g s f o r Open-Loop Operations
SPS Delta V C a p a b i l i t y .
The SPS d e l t a V c a p a b i l i t y remaining v e r s u s SPS

p r o p e l l a n t remaining i s p r e s e n t e d i n f i g u r e 4-24.
4.3.3.4
SPS Engine Gimbal Angle Determinations.

The engine gimbal angle determinations for an SPS f i r i n g
(thrust v e c t o r through c e n t e r of g r a v i t y ) can be c a l c u l a t e d d u r i n g
RCS AND SPS "HRUSTING DATA
B a s i c Date G'
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-38
SM2A- 03 -SCO$2
APOLLO OPERATIONS M N D B O O K
PERFORMANCE
ELAPSED TIME IN SECONDS

SM-2A- 1099
Figure 4-23. SPS Engine Start and Shutdown Transients

flight by the amount of SPS fuel remaining aboard the spacecraft.
(See figure 14-25.
The ground controller will determine SPS
engine gimbal angles if propellant leaks and/or other than
nominal oxidizer to fuel ratios occur.
4.4
S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITATIONS.
4.4.1
OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS.
Attitude constraints are necessary to prevent excessive
exposure of certain spacecraft surface features to solar heating,
earth albedo, or deep space. These constraints are required to
control temperatures for the ECS radiator inlet, S/M RCS engines,
SPS propellant feedlines, and the heat shield.
RCS AND SPS THRUSTING DATA-S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITATIONS

Basic Date.
1g66
Revision Date
Page
4-39
SMZA-03-SCO12
E1ERFORMANCE
2Ooo
DELTA V REMAINING
- FPS
S M - a - 1 IOOA
Figure 4-24.
SPS D e l t a V Remaining Versus
P r o p e l l a n t Remaining
S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS
B a s i c Date 1? Nov 1966
AND LIMITATIONS
Page
4-40
B a s i c Date
l2
SMZA-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
Revision D a t e
Page
S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITATIONS
1966
.
4-41
a
E
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
4.4.1.1
ECS Radiator I n l e t T e m D e r a t u r e .
The ECS r a d i a t o r i n l e t temperature ( o b t a i n e d from MSFN o r
t h e a u x i l i a r y DC v o l t s meter on p a n e l 200) should be maintained
a t 75F o r w a r m e r t o prevent a g a i n s t r a d i a t o r f r e e z i n g . However,
e x c e s s i v e water b o i l i n g w i l l r e s u l t i f t h e r a d i a t o r s a r e d i r e c t l y
exposed t 6 t h e sun f o r prolonged p e r i o d s . S/C o r i e n t a t i o n s
exposing t h e ECS r a d i a t o r s u r f a c e t o s o l a r incidence angles l e s s
t h a n 45 degrees should not be maintained longer t h a n 20 minutes
p e r o r b i t . A l s o , t h e S / C a t t i t u d e should be c o n s t r a i n e d
i n e r t i a l l y o r h e l d f i x e d r e l a t i v e t o t h e e a r t h without r o l l f o r
a p e r i o d l o n g e r t h a n one o r b i t , i f t h e s o l a r incidence t o t h e
r a d i a t o r i s less than 45 degrees. To prevent excessive water
consumption ( b o i l i n g ) t h e S/C a t t i t u d e must not be c o n s t r a i n e d
i n an i n e r t i a l o r e a r t h - f i x e d o r i e n t a t i o n without r o l l f o r longer
t h a n 3 hours.
CAUTION
Extreme r a d i a t o r s o o t i n g can be d e t e c t e d
by a r a p i d d e p l e t i o n of t h e water supply
and high r a d i a t o r o u t l e t temperature.
If t h e r a d i a t o r o u t l e t temperature averages above

53F as a r e s u l t of extreme s o o t i n g , high e l e c t r i c a l
l o a d s , o r poor r a d i a t o r o r i e n t a t i o n , t h e water t a n k s
w i l l be d e p l e t e d a t a r a t e incompatible with t h e
planned mission d u r a t i o n time.
Observance of ECS r a d i a t o r c o n s t r a i n t s w i l l a l s o
NOTE
ensure a s a t i s f a c t o r y environment f o r EPS r a d i a t o r
o p e r a ti o n .
4.4.1.2
S/M RCS Ennine Temperatures.

The S/M RCS engines are q u a l i f i e d t o work within t h e range
of 35" t o 175"F, t h e p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e temperature l i m i t s . A r e d
warning l i g h t on panel 10 w i l l i l l u m i n a t e t o i n d i c a t e when t h e
temperatures exceed t h i s range. Temperatures above 175F a r e
not exp-ected, except t e m p o r a r i l y ( p o s s i b l e ) during b o o s t .
Heaters t h a t c y c l e a u t o m a t i c a l l y are provided on each quad t o
maintain temperatures above t h e lower l i m i t . However, i f one
quad i s continuously pointed away from t h e sun f o r longer than
1 0 hours, it i s p o s s i b l e f o r t h e 40F lower temperature l i m i t
( f o r t h e p r o p e l l a n t ) t o be reached a t t h e RCS t a n k o u t l e t .
NOTE
S/C a t t i t u d e should be monitored during extended
p e r i o d s between RCS f i r i n g s t o ensure t h a t s a f e
temperatures are maintained.

B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov l966
Page
4-42
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
_____
4.4.1.3
SPS P r o p e l l a n t F e e d l i n e Temperatures.
SPS p r o p e l l a n t f e e d l i n e s are normally maintained above
40F by h e a t e r s and i n s u l a t i o n . The MSFN should monitor SPS
e x t e r n a l l i n e t e m p e r a t u r e s and a d v i s e t h e crew whenever
If S / C a t t i t u d e i s maintained
t e m p e r a t u r e s drop below 50'F.
s o t h a t t h e SPS i s p o i n t e d away from t h e sun f o r an extended
p e r i o d and h e a t e r c a p a c i t y i s i n s u f f i c i e n t t o m a i n t a i n l i n e
t e m p e r a t u r e s above 40"F, t h e S/C should be r e o r i e n t e d u n t i l
a c c e p t a b l e SPS l i n e t e m p e r a t u r e s are reached.
4.4.1.4
Heat S h i e l d Temperature.
The h e a t s h i e l d a b l a t o r lower t e m p e r a t u r e l i m i t of -150'F

can be exceeded and cause s u r f a c e c r a c k i n g i f t h e t h i n ( - Z )
p o r t i o n o f t h e a b l a t o r i s p o i n t e d away from t h e sun f o r l o n g e r
t h a n 3 h o u r s . Because of t h e moderate r e s p o n s e t i m e , it i s
u n l i k e l y t h a t a c r i t i c a l c o l d c o n d i t i o n would b e approached
during t h e mission.
CAUTION
If t h e h e a t s h i e l d a b l a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
i s allowed t o r i s e and remain above 200'F
f o r any a g g r e g a t e p e r i o d l o n g e r t h a n 2 h o u r s , o u t g a s s i n g
w i l l r e s u l t and cause a corresponding d e g r a d a t i o n t o t h e
a b l a t o r stress margin.
4.4.2
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS.
The available d a t a i n t h e subsequent paragraphs shows
l i m i t a t i o n s imposed on t h e S/C and/or crew d u r i n g a s c e n t , d e s c e n t
or a b o r t s , s p a c e f l i g h t , and e n t r y .
4.4.2.1
Acoustic and V i b r a t i o n E f f e c t s .
The crew w i l l be exposed t o a c o u s t i c and v i b r a t i o n e f f e c t s
d u r i n g a s c e n t (130 seconds ) , p o s s i b l e LES a b o r t s ( 1 0 seconds ) ,
and e n t r y (100 s e c o n d s ) . V i b r a t i o n e f f e c t s w i l l a l s o be
experienced d u r i n g h i g h - a l t i t u d e a b o r t s (SPS induced) and
(See f i g u r e s 4-26 and 4-27.)
s p a c e f l i g h t SPS f i r i n g s .
4.4.2.2
A l t i m e t e r E r r o r ' a n d C / M Base P r e s s u r e E f f e c t s .
The altimeter ( b a r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ) e r r o r r e s u l t i n g
from v e l o c i t y p r e s s u r e s on t h e command module (below
14,000 f e e t ) i s shown i n figure 4-28.
4.2.2.3,
C / M L i f t / D r a g P r o f i l e and Entry E f f e c t s .
C h a r t s showing t h e C/M l i f t / d r a g
p r o f i l e and t i m e h i s t o r i e s
f o r normal e n t r i e s are shown i n f i g u r e s 4-29 through 4-31.

B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Revision Date
Page
4-43
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
CREW COMPARTMENT NOISE SPECTRA
AVERAGE OCTAVE BAND FREQUENCIES
55 db
79 db
120 db
140 db
160 .db
700 db
- CPS
= Sound pressure level EPL) under overoge office conditions.
= Moximum SPL inside SIC during space flight with 011 equipment operating.
NOTES: 1. During space flight, C/M inside noise
level is mainly due to oquipmont operation.
SPS and RCS engine firings have little
effect on the internal noise Iwd.
2. Eoch ostronout con reduce the crew comportment
noise Iwel about 15 db by utilizing his space
suit ond closing the helmet visor.
= SPL where discomfort is experienced.
= SPL where poin is w o u n t e r d .

= SPL where the human wr drum con be ruptured.
=
SPL equivolmt to o 5O-pound TNT b h at 10 M.

SM-2A-9348
F i g u r e 4 -26.
C/M Crew Compartment Acoustics

Basic Date l2
1*6
Revision Date
Page
4-44
SM2A-03-SCO12
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBO'OK
PERFORMANCE
ATMOSPHERIC RIGHT REGIONS
TIME FROM LIFTOFF (SKONDS)
NOTES: 1. Zero on the vertical scale indicates the maximum vibration experienced during flight. The vibration levels
are based on boilerplate and spacecraft flight test measurements.
2. Letter "A" indicates vibration time induced by booster engine exhaurt (influenced by the flame buckets) and
noire rdlected from the ground and launch pad.
3. Letter"'B" indicutes vibration induced by aerodynamic turbulence. As the launch vehicle velocity increases,
pressure fluctuations in the turbulent boundary layer (and woke turbulence from the launch escape tomr)
excite vibration of increasing intensity until a maximum is reached at approximately the time of maximum
aerodynamic pressure (MAX 0).
4. SPS engine operation provides the only significant source of C/M vibration during space flight maneuvers.
This vibration, transferred mechanically throughout the S/C structure, con generally be expected to decrease
with increasing distance from the engine. Since the RCS engines passes a very low thrust capacity, their
operation will only produce modest and localized vibration (mostly due.to iet impingement).
SM-2A-933B
Figure
Basic Date
4 -27.
S/C Relative Vibration Intensity Time History

l2 NOv lgbb
Revision Date
Page
4-45
SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
ACTUAL C/M PRESSURE ALTITUDE
- FT (MSL)
SM-2A-932A
Figure 4-28.
Altimeter Error and C/M Base Pressure Effects

Basic Date l2
NOv
l966
Revision Date
Page
4-46
Basic Date l2
PERFORMANCE
SM2A- 03-SCO 12
oiiva ovaaluii
Revision Date
Page
'Yb6
4-47
P
k
C
I
B a s i c Date l2
XS/U
Al13013h
PERFORMANCE
SM2A- 03 -SCO 1 2
1966
Revision Date
Page

NOv
4-48
v1
k
0
c,
0
I
E-
.-
B a s i c Date
SM2A- 03 -SCO1
z
PERFORMANCE

Page
1966 Revision Date
4-49/4-50
h
k
c1
wC
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
EXPERIMENTS AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA
SECTION 5
INTRODUCTION
T h i s section p r e s e n t s the objectives of m i s s i o n 204A e x p e r i m e n t s and
contains a d e s c r i p t i o n of a s s o c i a t e d equipment, stowage a r e a s (figure 5 - l ) ,
c r e w participation r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r data collection, and r e l a t e d scientific
equipment data. The in-flight t e s t s a r e c a t e g o r i z e d a s m e d i c a l ( M - ) , s c i e n tific ( S - ) , and t e c h n i c a l ( T - ) e x p e r i m e n t s a s follows:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
In-Flight E x e r c i s e r (M-3A) (M003)

In-Flight P h o n o c a r d i o g r a m (M-4A) (M004)
Bone D e m i n e r a l i z a t i o n (M-6A) (M006)
Human Otolith Function ( V e s t i b u l a r E f f e c t s ) ( M - g A ) (M009)
Cytogenetic Blood Studies (M-11) ( M o l l )
C a r d i o v a s c u l a r Reflex Conditioning (M-48) (M048)
Synoptic T e r r a i n Photography (S-5A) (S005)
Synoptic Weather Photography (S-6A) (S006)
In-Flight N e p h e l o m e t e r ( T - 3 ) (T003).
NOTE The Planning and Management Office of the E P O

( E x p e r i m e n t s P r o g r a m Office) i s t h e coordinating f a c i l -
i t y f o r a l l of t h e e x p e r i m e n t s d e s c r i b e d in t h i s section.
The e x p e r i m e n t s stowage a r e a s location will be found in figure 5-1.
5.1
SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT.
5.1.1
MEDICAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (MDAS).

The m e d i c a l d a t a acquisition s y s t e m , located in c o m p a r t m e n t C
(figure 5 - 2 ) , weighs 15.2 pounds and c o n s i s t s of a seven-channel t a p e
r e c o r d e r , a s s o c i a t e d signal c o n d i t i o n e r s , junction box, t i m e code g e n e r a t o r ,
and a front panel with s w i t c h e s and outlets f o r power and signal c a b l e s .
T h i s G F E unit u s e s 28-volt d - c power f r o m c o m p a r t m e n t A t o a c q u i r e and
p e r m a n e n t l y r e c o r d on m a g n e t i c tape a l l r e q u i r e d m e d i c a l ( o p e r a t i o n a l and
e x p e r i m e n t a l ) data. The o p e r a t i o n a l d a t a . r e q u i r e d c o n s i s t s of e l e c t r o c a r d i o g r a p h and impedance pneumograph outputs, while the e x p e r i m e n t a l
data c o n s i s t s only of phonocardiograph outputs. T h e s e m e d i c a l p a r a m e t e r s
a r e routed f r o m s e n s o r s and signal c o n d i t i o n e r s (attached t o a c r e w m a n )
through t h e PGA o r CWG a d a p t e r cable, c o b r a c a b l e , T - a d a p t e r , and
octopus cable t o specified channels in the MDAS. Although 100 watts of
e l e c t r i c a l power i s provided f o r the MDAS f r o m c o m p a r t m e n t A via the
octopus c a b l e , only about 19 watts a r e needed t o o p e r a t e the i n t e g r a l tape
M i s s ion
Change Date
Page
5- 1
Mission
SM2A -03-SCO 12
1966
Change D a t e
l2
Page 5-2
Basic Date
--
l
i
c
m
c)
Q)
.d
a
C
wx
0
..+
U
10
--
M i s s ion
SMZA -03-SCO12
Change Date
Page
E X P E R I M E N T S AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA
1966
SCIENTIFIC E Q U I P M E N T
B a s i c Date l 2
5-3
S M 2 A -03-SCO 12

CREWMAN/OXYGEN
A N D ELECTRICAL UMBILICAL
CONNECTORS (RIGHT A N D
CENTER CREWMAN)
RECEPTACLE
FUTURE
EXPERIMENT
RECEPTACLES
F i g u r e 5 - 2.
s M-a-a640
E x p e r i m e n t s T a p e R e c o r d e r and E l e c t r i c a l Connectors
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
5-4
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
i

r e c o r d e r . However, e l e c t r i c a l o u t l e t s on the MDAS f r o n t panel a r e
provided f o r additional o r f u t u r e e x p e r i m e n t s (via e l e c t r i c a l cabling connected d i r e c t l y t o t h e equipment and t h e MDAS). T h e MDAS f r o n t panel
a l s o contains a MAIN PWR switch f o r controlling power to t h e unit and unit
o u t l e t s , a n INSTR PWR s w i t c h f o r controlling power t o t h e t a p e r e c o r d e r
and t h e r e c o r d e r t e s t light, and a TIMER switch f o r c o r r e l a t i n g m i s s i o n
e l a p s e d t i m e on the t a p e r e c o r d e r .
All t h r e e c r e w m e m b e r s have t h e capability of being r e c o r d e d f o r t h e i r
physiological data when e l e c t r i c a l l y connected t o the t a p e r e c o r d e r . Howe v e r , only one c r e w m a n at a t i m e will have h i s outputs r e c o r d e d during
flight. (See f i g u r e 5 - 3 . ) Total r e c o r d i n g time f o r the t a p e r e c o r d e r i s 100
h o u r s m a x i m u m with 880 feet of u s a b l e tape. T h e r e a r e seven c h a n n e l s
available f o r collecting data (including the optional c h a n n e l f o r r e c o r d i n g
code s i g n a l s ) ,
T h e MDAS t a p e r e c o r d e r is removed f r o m the s p a c e c r a f t i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r flight, placed in a G F E m e t a l c o n t a i n e r f o r protection a g a i n s t s t r o n g
m a g n e t i c f i e l d s , and t r a n s p o r t e d t o the NASA-MSC ( w h e r e t h e m a g n e t i c
tape i s removed f r o m t h e r e c o r d e r ) .
5.1.2
ELECTRICAL CABLES AND ADAPTERS.
5. 1 . 2 . 1
Octopus Cable.
The octopus c a b l e (figure 5-2) plugs into the MDAS tape r e c o r d e r , is
p r o t e c t e d f r o m e l e c t r i c a l a r c i n g by a n on-off power switch on the r e c o r d e r
panel, and contains signal and power l i n e s f o r the following:
5. 1 . 2 . 2
P r o v i d e s f o r 28-volt d-c (100 w a t t s ) power f r o m c o m p a r t m e n t A t o

the MDAS in c o m p a r t m e n t C
P r o v i d e s f o r biomedical s i g n a l s f r o m a c r e w m a n ( a t t i r e d i n the PGA

o r CWC) t o t h e t a p e r e c o r d e r . T h e s e s i g n a l s c o n s i s t of E K G , phonoc a r d i o g r a p h , and i m p e d a n c e pneumograph outputs. T h i s cable weighs
1 . 5 pounds and i s stowed i n c o m p a r t m e n t D of the L H F E B d u r i n g
launch and e n t r y . T h e cable r e m a i n s connected t o the MDAS and a
c r e w m a n ' s T - a d a p t e r during o r b i t a l flight.
C o b r a C a b l e T-Adapter.
T h e T - a d a p t e r ( f i g u r e 5-2), provided f o r each c r e w m e m b e r , weighs
1 / 2 pound and r e m a i n s attached t o t h e c o b r a c a b l e a t a l l times. T h i s t h r e e way e l e c t r i c a l connector m a t e s the c o b r a c a b l e t o the a p p r o p r i a t e c r e w m a n
e l e c t r i c a l u m b i l i c a l c o n n e c t o r ( p a n e l s 300, 301, o r 302) and the octopus
cable. A r e l a y i n c o r p o r a t e d i n the T - a d a p t e r i s controlled by the TLM
INPUTS-BIOM,ED (MDC-20) o r the MDAS MAIN PWR switch in c o m p a r t m e n t C (providing the octopus c a b l e l e a d i s connected t o t h e T - a d a p t e r ) .
T h i s r e l a y p e r m i t s e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l s , f r o m a c r e w m a n ' s t o r s o , t o be
t r a n s m i t t e d a s o p e r a t i o n a l data and r e c o r d e d in-flight a s e x p e r i m e n t a l data.
M i s s ion
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
5-5
SlM2A 0 3 - SC 0 1 2
E X P E R I M E N T S AND S C I E N T I F I C E Q U I P M E N T DATA
NON ESS BUS

(MDC-22)
OFF
COMPARTMENT B
(WIRING O N L Y )
28 VDC POWER
OUTLET
COMPARTMENT C
MEDICAL DATA
ACQUISITION SYSTEM
FUTURE EXPERIMENTS
ASSEMBLY (PGA)'
OCTOPUS CABLE
PGA ELECTRICAL
ADAPTER CABLE
A (CONNECTS TO MDAS
A N D TO ONE 1-ADAPTER
AT A TIME)
CREWMAN 2 ELEC UMB C O N N (PANEL
CREW"
300)
1 ELEC UME C O N N (PANEL 301)
CREWMAN 3 ELEC U M B C O N N (PANEL 302)
TO AUDIO CENTER F O R
PCM TLM OPERATIONAL
MEASUREMENTS-DEPENDING
O N POSITION OF TLM
INPUTS SWITCH O N M D C - M
NOTES:
1.
Signal conditioners, sen",

and auociatcd
wiring on a crewman's tono (attached to
the Microdot connector inside the PGA or o n
the CWG) pmvide for PCM TLM operational
m w s u r m e n h and scientific experimenh dota.
2.
A 1-adapter permits simultaneous tmnmirrion of

operational measurements (selected far one crmmon
a t a time) and the recording of in-flight experiments dota.
However, optrational measurements con be transmitted
fmm one crewman while another crewman i s recording
experiments data
SM-2A-WZC
Figure 5-3.
Scientific Equipment P o w e r Distribution
Mission
*04A
B a s i c Date 16 SePt 1966
C h a n g e Date
Page
5-6
SM2A-03-SC012

~~
Operational d a t a f r o m one c r e w m a n m a y a l s o b e t r a n s m i t t e d while

e x p e r i m e n t a l d a t a f r o m a n o t h e r c r e w m a n is being taped on t h e MDAS.
However, only one o p e r a t i o n a l t r a n s m i s s i o n and one e x p e r i m e n t a l r e c o r d ing c a n b e taken at t h e s a m e t i m e .
5. 1.2. 3
PGA and CWG E l e c t r i c a l Adapter C a b l e s .

T h e PGA and CWG e l e c t r i c a l a d a p t e r c a b l e s ( c r e w p e r s o n a l equipm e n t ) a r e provided t o connect t h e c o b r a c a b l e t o signal c o n d i t i o n e r s and
communication equipment attached t o a c r e w m a n ' s body. (See f i g u r e 5-3
and refer to s e c t i o n 6 . )
5. 1 . 2 . 4
H a r d w a r e P o w e r and Signal Cables

H a r d w a r e power and signal c a b l e s a r e used f o r connecting equipment
e l e c t r i c a l l y to v a r i o u s outlets in t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . (See f i g u r e 5 - 3 . )
P r o t e c t i o n f r o m e l e c t r i c a l a r c i n g is provided by switches on t h e equipment
or on the outlet panels i n t h e c r e w cabin. T h e M-9A c a m e r a power c a b l e
( f i g u r e 5-3) connects t o t h e RH SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT outlet on panel
207. A SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT outlet on panel 318 ( n e a r t h e LH s i d e
window) is r e s e r v e d f o r a f u t u r e e x p e r i m e n t but c a n a l s o b e used a s a
backup outlet f o r t h e c a m e r a c a b l e . Outlets m a r k e d J102 through 5 1 0 5 on
the MDAS a r e r e s e r v e d f o r f u t u r e e x p e r i m e n t s . (See f i g u r e 5 - 2 . )
5. 2
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS.
5.2.1
IN-FLIGHT EXERCISER (M-3A) (M003).

T h e p u r p o s e of e x p e r i m e n t M-3A is to c o l l e c t c r e w d a t a f o r d e t e r mining' benefits of e x e r c i s e d u r i n g s p a c e flight. Recumbency (bed r e s t )
s t u d i e s have shown that e x e r c i s e w o r k t o l e r a n c e f o r a n individual i s
g r e a t l y reduced a f t e r being r e l a t i v e l y i m m o b i l e and in a horizontal position
f o r a f e w d a y s . Z e r o g r a v i t y d u r i n g s p a c e flight m a y f u r t h e r i n c r e a s e t h e
length of a c r e w m a n ' s reconditioning p e r i o d .
5. 2 . 1. 1
Equipment D e s c r i p t i o n .
T h e e x e r c i s e r f o r e x p e r i m e n t M-3A ( f i g u r e 5 - 4 ) weighs about 1-112
pounds and c o n s i s t s of two r u b b e r e l a s t i c (bungee) c o r d s with a retaining
c a b l e . A nylon e l a s t i c s l e e v e c o v e r s t h e bungee c o r d s and retaining c a b l e .
One end of t h e e x e r c i s e r contains a looped s t r a p m a d e of webbing cloth
t h a t c a n be s e c u r e d around a c r e w m a n ' s feet. The other end of the
e x e r c i s e r h a s a s p h e r i c a l p l a s t i c handle grooved t o f i t both hands of a
c r e w m a n . The retaining o r s a f e t y c a b l e within t h e e l a s t i c s l e e v e p e r m i t s
the e x e r c i s e r to be s t r e t c h e d f r o m 9-112 t o 21-112 i n c h e s .
A m e c h a n i c a l i n t e r f a c e between the equipment and t h e S I C e x i s t s
w h e r e t h e e x e r c i s e r container i s a t t a c h e d t o t h e C 0 2 a b s o r b e r container in
the L E B (opposite the R H couch). Although a l l t h r e e couches c a n be used
SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS
hli s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
- MEDICAL
Change Date
EXPERIMENTS
Page
5-7
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
E X P E R I M E N T S AND S C I E N T I F I C E Q U I P M E N T DATA
NOTE:
M-?A Exerciser i s p l o d
in tag ond o t b c h d b C o p
ahorbar m n k i n e r b r
rtowoge in LEI) (oppoaito
RH much).
M-3A EXERCISER
(CUTAWAY FOR CLARITY)
FOOT SUPPORT
RETRACTED
A N D LEGREST
DOWN
NYLON WEBBING STRAP
BUNGEE CORDS
U R T Y RETENTION CAME
PLASTIC HANDLE
MPERIMENTS S-5A AND S-6A

NOTE:
M P E R I M E N T 1-3
A l l 5-5A ond 5 - 6 4 axprimen,

OqUiptllUtt i1 I t - d in b m p r t m e n h
A and B during l o m h
r,;' _ r.
VELCRO MATING
MATERIA;,
j l R PASSAGE VENTS
CHANNEL
DISPLAY
ond mtry
/'
,"i o 1'
"
CAMERA RESET
HANDCRANK
DETACHABLE
RING SIGHT
SNAP-ON FILM
PACK (COLOR)
a i C / h 4
4,
>L'
'544
---r\ '
PARTICLE
DISPUY
INNER HATCH
COVER
OPERATE
( P ~ H SSWITCH
~ O N )
HAND-OPERATED STILI CAMERA

\ 'SHUTTER CONTROL
LENS (FILTER ATTACHED)
5-5A FILM PACK (COLOR)
FILM PACK (INFRARED)
'5-6A
FILM PACK (SLACK A N D WHITE)
\ADVANCE FILTER SWITCH

(PUSHBUTTON)
NOTE:
The nephelometer must be

r e t v m d to comprtmcnt
E for stomge after soch test
a n d p i s , if it i s nol provided
w i t h tie-d-n,
or Velcro.
Figure 5-4. Experiments Operational A r r a n g e m e n t (Sheet 1 of 2 )

MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Change Date
Page
5-8
SMZA -03-SCO12
M P E R IMENT M-9A
,----.
CAMERA BRACKET
fBACK OF DISPLAY
M-9A POWER OUTLET,

A
ON-OFF SWITCH.
POWER CABLE
CAMERA LOCKPlN
ENTl F I C EQU IPMENT

EPTACLE (TYPICAL
EACH SIDE WINDOW)
M-9A SEQUENCE
~UTHPIECE
AND SHAFT
M-9A GOGGLES
SM-2A-8650
F i g u r e 5-4. Experiments Operational Arrangement (Sheet 2 of 2)

during the M-3A isotonic and i s o m e t r i c e x e r c i s e s , only the center couch
provides adequate head room to comfortably p e r f o r m isotonic e x e r c i s e s
when d a t a recording periods a r e conducted. (Date includes EKG, impedance
pneumograph, and phonocardiograph recordings taped on t h e MDAS
recorder. )
5.2. 1 . 2
Experiment P r o c e d u r e s .
All crewmen w i l l e x e r c i s e in-flight for 10 minutes t h r e e t i m e s e v e r y
The base line preflight data w i l l s e r v e a s a control f o r t h e study.
A recording s e s s i o n is required once p e r d a y on one crewman before,
during, and after a n e x e r c i s e period. C r e w m e m b e r s w i l l a l t e r n a t e each
day for d a t a recordings. (Detailed procedures a r e provided in section 11. )
24 hours.
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
5 -9
SM2A -03-SCO12

5 . 2 . 1. 3
Crewman Participation.
Requirements f o r crewman participation in the e x e r c i s e experiment
a r e as follows:
a. Preflight - Each c r e w m a n will be tested for e x e r c i s e tolerance
(physical f i t n e s s l e v e l ) on t h r e e s e p a r a t e occasions 8 to 4 weeks p r i o r to
flight.
b. In-flight - Each c r e w m a n will b e required to e x e r c i s e 3 t i m e s daily
f o r 10 minutes each e x e r c i s e period. Medical data f r o m one c r e w m a n will
b e r e c o r d e d during one e x e r c i s e period each day. (It will take 3 days to
obtain medical data f r o m a l l t h r e e crewmen. )
c . Postflight - Each crewman will undergo re-evaluation e x e r c i s e s on
t h r e e s e p a r a t e occasions ( 1 2 to 24 hours, 1 week, and 2 weeks after touchdown).
5. 2 . 1 . 4
Recovery Requirements.
T h e r e a r e no special r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s for experiment equipment
because the in-flight e x e r c i s e r w i l l r e m a i n stowed in the S I C during recove r y . An e x e r c i s e r of equivalent design will b e available a t the s i t e where
postflight evaluations a r e p e r f o r m e d and the experiment i s completed. The
o n - s i t e c o o r d i n a t o r s will be responsible for removal of the magnetic r e c o r d ing tape f r o m the MDAS and d e l i v e r y of a l l d a t a to the NASA-MSC.
5.2.2
IN-FLIGHT PHONOCARDIOGRAM (M-4A) (M004).

The purpose of experiment M-4A is to obtain information on the functional c a r d i a c s t a t u s of two c r e w m a n during prolonged s p a c e flight. An
in-flight r e c o r d i n g of the phonocardiographic h e a r t sounds, compared with
the highest E,KG signal, will b e made to d e t e r m i n e the delta t i m e interval
between e l e c t r i c a l activation of the h e a r t m u s c l e ( m y c a r d i u m ) and the onset
of ventricular s y s t o l e ( h e a r t contraction).
5. 2 . 2 . 1
EauiDment DescriDtion.
The equipment worn by t h e c r e w commander and navigator in e x p e r i ment M-4A c o n s i s t s of two phonocardiogram t r a n s d u c e r s (microphone
biosensor s), a phonocardiograph signal conditioner package ( a m p l i f i e r ) with
v a r i a b l e gain, and a s s o c i a t e d e l e c t r i c a l wiring. The b i o s e n s o r s a r e attached
to t h e c r e w m a n ' s t o r s o (skin) and connected by e l e c t r i c a l leads to the signal
conditioner (fastened on t h e C W G ) and the Microdot connector on the P G A or
CWG. Signal outputs f r o m the c r e w m a n ' s body to the biomedical tape
r e c o r d e r ( c o m p a r t m e n t C ) a r e routed via the PGA or CWG a d a p t e r cable,
the c o b r a cable, T - a d a p t e r , and t h e GFE octopus cable. (See figure 5 - 3 f o r
tape r e c o r d e r and e l e c t r i c a l connectors, and r e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 5-1 for data
on scientific equipment. )
The total S I C e l e c t r i c a l power for recording the experiment is approximately 1 . 4 watts. T h e octopus cable, for connecting t h e tape r e c o r d e r t o
t h e PGA, is stowed in compartment D of the LHFEB. (See f i g u r e 5-1. )
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
5-10
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
5. 2. 2 . 2
Experiment Procedures.
Installation of p h o n o c a r d i o g r a m t r a n s d u c e r s on t h e c h e s t of the two
c r e w m e n and t h e positioning and hookup of e l e c t r i c a l l e a d s , w o r n outside t h e
CWG, a r e p e r f o r m e d d u r i n g t h e preflight suiting p r o c e d u r e . After hookup
d u r i n g flight, r e c o r d i n g s a r e t a k e n on t h e m e d i c a l d a t a a c q u i s i t i o n s y s t e m
(MDAS). Supporting d a t a s u c h as EKG and i m p e d a n c e pneumograph s i g n a l s
a r e a l s o r e c o r d e d d u r i n g t h e e x p e r i m e n t . (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s
a r e provided in s e c t i o n 11. )
5.2.2. 3
R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c r e w m a n p a r t i c i p a t i o n in the p h o n o c a r d i o g r a m
e x p e r i m e n t a r e a s follows:
a. P r e f l i g h t - S e n s o r application should not exceed one hour. Approxim a t e l y 5 m i n u t e s of r e c o r d i n g will b e r e q u i r e d f o r collecting b a s e l i n e d a t a
f r o m each crewman.
b. In-flight - No effort will b e r e q u i r e d by t h e c r e w m a n o t h e r than
hookup t o the MDAS. T h e one s p e c i a l exception could be t i m e spent i n
d e t e r m i n i n g optimum p l a c e m e n t or repositioning of a m i c r o p h o n e
biosensor.
c . Postflight - Approximately 5 m i n u t e s w i l l be r e q u i r e d f o r p o s t r e c o v e r y r e c o r d i n g for d a t a c o m p a r i s o n .
5. 2. 2 . 4
T h e r e a r e no s p e c i a l r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e e x p e r i m e n t o t h e r
than r e m o v a l of the magnetic r e c o r d i n g tape f r o m t h e MDAS. T h e r e c o r d e d
d a t a w i l l be p r o c e s s e d by conventional methods.
5.2.3
BONE DEMINERALIZATION (M- 6A) (MO0 6 ) .

T h e p u r p o s e of e x p e r i m e n t M-6A i s t o d e t e r m i n e t h e effect of weightl e s s n e s s and immobilization d u r i n g s p a c e flight on t h e d e m i n e r a l i z a t i o n of
c e r t a i n bones within the body of e a c h a s t r o n a u t .
5. 2 . 3 . 1
Equipment D e s c r i p t i o n .
T h i s e x p e r i m e n t d o e s not r e q u i r e any in-flight equipment, S I C pow e r
o r fuel, o r r e c o r d i n g equipment. ( T h e r e a r e no i n t e r f a c e p r o b l e m s between
e x p e r i m e n t M-6A and t h e S I C . )
5.2.3 . 2
Experiment Procedures.
In-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e not r e q u i r e d f o r t h i s e x p e r i m e n t . P r i o r t o
flight, c r e w m e n will h a v e X - r a y s t a k e n of t h e i r heel bones and the l a s t joint
of t h e l i t t l e finger on the right hand. T h e s e e x p o s u r e s will b e t a k e n b e f o r e
and a f t e r flight a t Kennedy Space C e n t e r X - r a y f a c i l i t i e s . The hematopietic
(i. e . , blood f o r m i n g m a r r o w ) a r e a s w i l l not b e exposed t o the r a d i a t i o n
s o u r c e s i n c e t h e e x p o s u r e field will be c a r e f u l l y l i m i t e d .
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
hlission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
5-11
SMZA -03-SCO 12
5 . 2. 3 . 3
Crew man Par tic ipat i on.

Requirements f o r c r e w m a n participation i n the bone demineralization
experiment a r e as follows:
a. Preflight - Approximately 4 5 minutes total t i m e i s required per
c r e w m a n f o r obtaining X - r a y f i l m s ( t h r e e 15-minute s e s s i o n s a t T minus
10 d a y s , T minus 2 d a y s , and T minus 220 minutes).
b. In-flight - None
c . Postflight - Approximately 15 minutes per astronaut a r e required for
obtaining X-ray f i l m s a f t e r s p a c e c r a f t r e c o v e r y . (A follow-on checkup may
be r e q u i r e d , depending on bone demineralization. )
5 . 2 . 3. 4
R ec ove r y R e qui r eme n t s .

On- s i t e investigators will develop X-ray f i l m s , make bone densitome t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s , and be responsible f o r d e l i v e r y of all data to the
NASA- MSC.
5.2.4
H U M A N OTOLITH FUNCTION (VESTIBULAR E F F E C T S ) (M-9A) (M009).

T h e purpose of experiment M-9A i s to d e t e r m i n e the effect of p r o longed weightlessness on a c r e w m a n ' s orientation sensation, p a r t i c u l a r l y
to t h e otolith organ (inner e a r ) . All data collected will be used to predict the
ability of s p a c e c r e w s to orient t h e m s e l v e s in a weightless environment,
especially when subjected to d a r k n e s s (eyes c o v e r e d ) .
5. 2 . 4 . 1
Equipment D e r c r iption.
The equipment used f o r t h e experiment c o n s i s t s of the otolith t e s t
goggles (a m a s k with a single eyepiece or monocular s c o p e ) , a mouthpiece
for each c r e w m a n to align the goggles with his head, a 16 m m sequence
c a m e r a ( p a r t of the operational equipment), f i l m packs f o r recording the
actual orientation of the s u b j e c t ' s head r e l a t i v e to the S/C, and an e l e c t r i c a l
c a b l e f o r providing 28-volt d - c power to the c a m e r a . (See figures 5-1 and
5-4. )
A b r a c k e t , stowed in c o m p a r t m e n t T on the aft bulkhead, i s mounted
behind the main display panel in the e g r e s s tunnel to s e c u r e the c a m e r a
during t h e experiment. The experiment goggles and mouthpieces weigh
about 5 pounds and a r e stowed with m o s t of the film packs in compartment B
of t h e LEB. Additional f i l m packs and the power cable a r e kept in c o m p a r t ment A with the operational c a m e r a and l e n s .
The 28-volt d - c power
s o u r c e for the c a m e r a i s provided by a n outlet near the c r e w cabin R H
s i d e window. (See f i g u r e 5 - 4 . )
5.2.4. 2
ExDeriment P r o c e d u r e s
In p r e p a r a t i o n for t h e experiment, shades a r e installed over the
windows and a l l cabin lights a r e turned on to maximum intensity. The t e s t
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
5-12
SM2A -03-SCO 12
subject (in the c e n t e r couch) o p e r a t e s t h e c a m e r a , c o v e r s his eyes with the
otolith t e s t goggles, and manually adjusts a self-luminous t a r g e t l i n e in the
monocular scope to what he thinks is straight ahead and parallel to the S / C
Y - Y a x e s . A s e r i e s of adjustments will b e r e c o r d e d by t h e c a m e r a (for
each c r e w m a n ) during flight and compared to t e s t r e s u l t s obtained during
preflight and postflight t e s t s . (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided
in section 11. )
5. 2 . 4 . 3
Crewman ParticiDation.
Requirements f o r crewman participation during the experiment a r e as
follows:
a. Preflight - A total t i m e of about 3 hours is required f o r f a m i l i a r i z a tion and training, including collection of b a s e line data (for all t h r e e
crewmen).
b. In-flight - One t e s t period of 15 minutes p e r d a y per c r e w m a n is
required.
c. Postflight - Each c r e w m a n w i l l b e subjected t o a 5-minute t e s t
period, as soon as possible a f t e r S I C r e c o v e r y (for a total t i m e of about
15 minutes) to complete the experiment d a t a .
5. 2 . 4 . 4
Recovery Requirements .
F a c i l i t i e s in the p r i m a r y r e c o v e r y a r e a w i l l b e used t o complete the
postflight examination and medical debriefing. The raw data consisting of
film i s r e c o v e r e d f r o m the S I C along with t h e goggles and mouthpiece for
d e l i v e r y to the on-site coordinators.
5.2. 5
CYTOGENETIC BLOOD STUDIES (M-11) (Mol 1).

The purpose of experiment M- 11 is t o conduct preflight and postflight
a n a l y s e s to d e t e r m i n e i f s p a c e environment produces cellular changes in the
blood of crewmen. These changes, which a r e important t o the medical and
scientific point of view, m a y not b e apparent f r o m routine monitoring
procedures.
5. 2 . 5. 1
Equipment Description.
This experiment does not r e q u i r e any in-flight equipment, S / C power
o r fuel, o r S I C recording equipment. ( T h e r e is no interface between
experiment M- 11 and the S I C . )
5. 2. 5. 2
Equipment P r o c e d u r e s .
On two occasions (preflight), approximately one month a p a r t , blood
specimens will be obtained f r o m t h e c r e w m e n for the experiment. The
second occasion f o r drawing blood s a m p l e s will b e scheduled a s close to
lift-off t i m e a s conveniently possible. Blood s a m p l e s for p a r t A of the
experiment (cytogenic studies of human hemic c e l l s ) and p a r t B of the
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
M i s s ion
Basic Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
5-13
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2

experiment (immunological s y s t e m ) w i l l be drawn a t a p r e d e t e r m i n e d
hospital s i t e f o r a n a l y s e s . Postflight r e q u i r e m e n t s will be essentially the
s a m e , except that t h r e e such s a m p l e s w i l l be required over a period of one
y e a r . The first postflight blood s a m p l e will be drawn shortly a f t e r the
t e r m i n a t i o n of flight. (In-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e not required for this
experiment. )
5 . 2 . 5. 3
Requirements for c r e w m a n participation in the M - 11 experiment a r e
a s follows:
a . Preflight - On two occasions p r i o r to flight (T minus 30 days and
T minus one d a y ) , blood s a m p l e s ( 1 0 c c f o r p a r t A and 15 to 20 c c for
p a r t B of the e x p e r i m e n t ) will b e drawn f r o m each crewman.
b. In-flight - None
c . Postflight - On t h r e e occasions a f t e r S / C r e c o v e r y , blood s a m p l e s
(10 c c for p a r t A and 15 t o 20 cc for p a r t B of the experiment) will b e drawn
f r o m the crewmen. It i s not e s s e n t i a l that blood s a m p l e s for p a r t s A and
B a r e d r a w n a t the s a m e time.
5.2.5.4
After mission completion, blood s a m p l e s m u s t be drawn f r o m the
c r e w m e n at a conveniently located, but p r e d e t e r m i n e d , hospital for a n a l y s e s .
Blood determinations made should include immunoelectrophoresis,
e l e c t r o p h o r e s i s , e l e c t r o p h o r e s i s on s t a r c h gel, m e a s u r e m e n t of gamma2,
g a m m a a , and gamma M globulin l e v e l s , m e a s u r e m e n t of whole hemolytic
complement, titration of blood group antibodies, and m e a s u r e m e n t of
p r e - existent, a n t i b a c t e r i a l antibodies.
5 . 2. 6
-=
CARDIOVASCULAR R E F L E X CONDITIONING (M-48) (M048).

The purpose of experiment M-48 i s t o d e t e r m i n e the effectiveness of
a lower body vascular support garment for preventing physical fatigue,
insufficient circulating blood volume to maintain adequate venous r e t u r n
(blood-pooling), and a l o s s of venomotor reflexes in the l e g s of a crewman
during entry and r e c o v e r y (when exposed to e a r t h 1-g gravity f o r c e ) .
5 . 2. 6. 1
The equipment used in experiment M-48 c o n s i s t s of a n 8-ounce pair
of waist-length tights for supporting veins in the lower portion of a c r e w m a n ' s body. T h e s e tights a r e composed of rubber s t r a n d s wrapped with
cotton and woven into a garment with d a c r o n . When worn, the tights will
extend f r o m the c r e w m a n ' s w a i s t to his heel and supply a d e c r e a s i n g p r e s s u r e f r o m the waist down. The M-48 equipment d o e s not r e q u i r e any S I C
e l e c t r i c a l power, fuel f o r attitude maneuvers, or recording equipment.
When not in u s e , the experiment tights a r e stowed in compartment A of the
LEB.
._,-
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date
12
NOV
1966
Change Date
Page
5-14
SMZA -03-SCO 12
5. 2. 6. 2
Experiment P r o c e d u r e s .
The M-48 vascular support tights a r e donned by a c r e w m a n p r i o r t o
e n t r y and j u s t before getting into t h e p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l y (PGA).
This c r e w m e m b e r a l s o w e a r s a two-piece constant w e a r g a r m e n t (CWG) to
facilitate getting into t h e tights and replacing the CWG. (Detailed in-flight
p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in section 11. )
5 . 2 . 6. 3
Crew man Participation.

Requirements f o r crewman participation in the conditioning experiment
a r e as follows:
a. Preflight - Each c r e w m e m b e r will be given a minimum of t h r e e t i l t table checkouts for control data (requiring about 90 minutes p e r crewman}.
T h e s e checkouts, p e r f o r m e d by qualified flight surgeons o r experiment
medical t e a m , w i l l be conducted within 4 weeks of launch d a t e .
b. In-flight - The in-flight portion of the experiment w i l l c o n s i s t of one
c r e w m e m b e r donning the vascular support g a r m e n t 1 to 2 hours p r i o r to
entry and wearing i t until the f i r s t postflight tilt-table checkout. A total
t i m e of about 3 minutes will be required f o r in-flight experiment
preparations,
c . Postflight - After r e c o v e r y , a s e r i e s of tilt-table t e s t s w i l l be given
t o both the control subjects and the experiment subject. The control subjects
will b e t e s t e d 2 to 4 , 8 to 12, 24, and 48 hours a f t e r r e c o v e r y . The e x p e r i ment subject, wearing the vascular support g a r m e n t , will b e initially tested
2 t o 4 hours a f t e r r e c o v e r y . Twenty minutes a f t e r his f i r s t tilt-table t e s t ,
the experiment subject w i l l be given a second t e s t without the support
g a r m e n t . The remaining t e s t s w i l l follow the s a m e sequence as d e s c r i b e d
f o r the, control subjects.
NOTE Tilt-table checkouts f o r the e x p e r i m e n t ' c o n s i s t of a

5-minute supine tilt, a 15-minute v e r t i c a l (70-degree
head-up position) tilt, and a 5-minute supine r e c o v e r y t i l t .
During each tilt phase, p e r f o r m e d on a manual tilt table
with a saddle support, t h e c r e w m e m b e r ' s blood p r e s s u r e
and h e a r t r a t e w i l l be automatically r e c o r d e d each minute.
Also, changes in t h e leg blood volume will be m e a s u r e d
each minute during the 70-degree and supine r e c o v e r y t i l t s .
Additional data required to complete the experiment such a s
p l a s m a volume, total blood volume, and red blood cell m a s s
will be obtained during preflight and postflight hematology
t e s t s by the experiment medical team.
5. 2 . 6 . -i
R ec overv Reauir ement s .
Tilt table, h e a r t r a t e , blood p r e s s u r e , and other medical support

equipment for the experiment a r e required in the r e c o v e r y a r e a f o r collection of postflight data (gathered and p r o c e s s e d by the experiment medical
team).
-.
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
.
Page
5-15
SMZA-03-SC012
5. 3
SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS.
5. 3 . 1
SYNOPTIC TERRAIN PHOTOGRAPH (S-5A) (S005).

T h e purpose of experiment S-5A is to obtain photographs of selected
a r e a s of t h e e a r t h f r o m the S / C a t orbital altitude. These photographs a r e
r e q u i r e d f o r r e s e a r c h in geology, geophysics, geographys, oceanography,
and f o r u s e i n planning photography f r o m a manned orbiting l a b o r a t o r y .
5 . 3 . 1. 1
The equipment used in experiment S-5A (figure 5-4) weighs about
5 pounds and c o n s i s t s of a hand-operated Hasselblad 7 0 - m m general purpose
c a m e r a (single f r a m e ) with a detachable ring sight, two c o l o r - f i l m packs
( 5 5 e x p o s u r e s each), and a n exposure dial and spotmeter (operational equipment used with the Hasselblad c a m e r a ) . Except for t h e f i l m packs in c o m p a r t m e n t s A and B, m o s t of the c a m e r a equipment is stowed in compartment
A . (See f i g u r e 5 - 1. ) This equipment c a n b e r e t r i e v e d and s e t up for
photography in about 5 minutes.
No special i n t e r f a c e problems a r e anticipated f o r this experiment.
When not in u s e , t h e c a m e r a may b e t e m p o r a r i l y s e c u r e d to the inner hatch
c o v e r , o r anywhere within the C / M w h e r e Velcro mating m a t e r i a l i s
provided.
5. 3 . 1 . 2
Experiment P r o c e d u r e s ,
This experiment w i l l c o n s i s t of photographing c e r t a i n a r e a s and
f e a t u r e s along the S / C flight path. T h e d e s i r e d c a m e r a angle for taking
p i c t u r e s (with S / C window in shade) w i l l be 90 d e g r e e s f r o m S / C level
flight over t h e e a r t h . The c r e w m a n will b e r e q u i r e d to r e c o r d the t i m e of
each photograph, subject, f r a m e number, and f i l m pack number in the
e x p e r i m e n t s log book. (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in
section 11. )
5 . 3 . 1. 3
Crewman P a r t i c i p a t i o n .
Requirements f o r c r e w m a n participation in experiment S - 5 A ( t i m e
s h a r e d with experiment S-6A) a r e a s follows:
a. Preflight - T h e crewman-subjects will be provided with a briefing
( 1 to 3 h o u r s ) on the a i m s , methods, and p r o c e d u r e s for in-flight photography of s elected t e r r e s t r i a l a r e a s .
b. In-flight - About 4 5 minutes (total t i m e ) will be devoted to photography
during 9 : O O AM to 3100 P M local tfme conditions.
c . Postflight - About one hour will be required for debriefing.
Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
5-16
SM2A -03-SCO 12
5 . 3. 1 . 4
T h e r e a r e no r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s other than removal of the
c a m e r a and film f r o m the S / C . P e r s o n n e l performing the postflight
debriefing w i l l be responsible f o r delivering the exposed film to the
coordinating facility f o r processing, a n a l y s i s , and evaluation.
5 . 3. 2
SYNOPTIC WEATHER PHOTOGRAPHY (S-6A) (S006).

The purpose of experiment S-6A is to obtain selective, high-quality
photographs of cloud patterns taken f r o m the s p a c e c r a f t a t orbital altitude.
These photographs will be- used for studies of weather s y s t e m s t r u c t u r e s
around the e a r t h .
5 . 3.2. 1
The basic equipment used in experiment S-6A (figure 5-4) is the s a m e
a s that used in experiment S-5A. In addition to the 70-mm general purpose
c a m e r a and ring sight, t h e S-6A equipment includes an ultraviolet f i l t e r ,
one c o l o r - f i l m pack, and one color-shifted i n f r a r e d f i l m pack. Except for
t h e f i l m packs i n compartments A and B , m o s t of the c a m e r a equipment is
stowed in compartment A.
No special interface problems a r e anticipated for t h i s experiment.
When not in use, the c a m e r a may b e t e m p o r a r i l y s e c u r e d to the inner hatch
cover o r anywhere within t h e C / M where Velcro mating m a t e r i a l i s provided
5 . 3.2. 2
This experiment w i l l consist of photographing c e r t a i n weather a r e a s
and cloud formations of special i n t e r e s t along t h e S / C flight path. (Detailed
in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in section 11. )
5. 3 . 2 . 3
Requirements f o r crewman participation ( t i m e s h a r e d with experiment
S-5A) in experiment S-6A a r e a s follows:
The crewman-subjects will be provided with a briefing
a . Preflight
( 1 to 3 h o u r s ) on t h e aims, methods, and p r o c e d u r e s for in-flight photographing of selected cloud formations.
b. In-flight - A s required during 9 : O O AM to 3 : O O PM local t i m e conditions (about 4 5 minutes total t i m e will be devoted to photography).
c . Postflight ,- About one hour will b e required f o r debriefing.
5. 3. 2 . 4
Recoverv Reouirements
T h e r e a r e no r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s other than removal of the c a m e r a
and f i l m f r o m the S / c . P e r s o n n e l performing the postflight debriefing will
b e responsible f o r delivering the exposed f i l m to t h e coordinating facility
f o r p r o c e s s i n g , a n a l y s i s , and evaluation.
Mi s s ion
Basic Date
l 2 NOv 1966
Change Date
Page
5-17
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2

5.4
TECHNICAL EXPERIMENTS.
5.4.1
IN-FLIGHT NEPHELOMETER ( T - 3 ) (T003).

The purpose of experiment T - 3 (figure 5 - 4 ) i s to d e t e r m i n e and obtain
a quantitative evaluation of the s i z e , concentration, and distribution of
p a r t i c l e s - p r e s e n t in the C / M c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . In-flight m e a s u r e m e n t s
will be made of p a r t i c l e s in t h e 0. 3 to 10 m i c r o n s i z e .
5 . 4 . 1. 1
The nephelometer is a portable, self-contained i n s t r u m e n t approximately 7 . 2 by 3 . 5 by 5 . 2 inches in s i z e , weighs about 5. 5 pounds, contains
i t s own battery power supply, e l e c t r o n i c s , a i r pump, and p r e s e n t s a readout
display (five channels f o r p a r t i c l e s i z e s i n five d i s c r e t e r a n g e s ) . This
equipment provides a collimated light beam that i s focused a t a point in a
moving path of g r o s s l y filtered a i r . The cabin a t m o s p h e r e , when being
evaluated f o r a e r o s o l p a r t i c l e s , is drawn through the p a r t i c l e s i z e detector
by t h e air pump within t h e a n a l y z e r .
T h e r e a r e no interface p r o b l e m s anticipated for this experiment.
When not in u s e , t h e nephelometer is stowed in compartment E of t h e LEB.
(See f i g u r e 5-1. )
-.-
5.4. 1.2
Experiment Procedures .
Experiment T - 3 r e q u i r e s that t h e nephelometer be initially positioned
in a p r e s e l e c t e d a r e a within the crew c o m p a r t m e n t for evaluating p a r t i c l e s
p r e s e n t in the cabin a t m o s p h e r e . The concentration of a e r o s o l per unit
volumes w i l l be determined in each of five r a n g e s ( 0 . 3 to 0 . 6, 0 6 to 1 2 ,
1. 2 to 2. 4, 2 . 4 to 4 . 8, and above m i c r o n s ) . Data will be r e c o r d e d a f t e r
each 2-minute t e s t r u n has been conducted, once e v e r y 6 h o u r s . Several
different locations may be used f o r taking p a r t i c l e m e a s u r e m e n t s a f t e r the
f i r s t 2 days of flight. (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in
section 11. )
NOTE To e n s u r e a c c u r a t e determinations, do not use analyzer

if visible p a r t i c l e s a r e floating in cabin; if t e m p e r a t u r e is
above 90'F; or i f relative humidity in cabin is over 7 0 p e r c e n t .
5 . 4 1. 3
Crewman P a r t i c b a t i o n
Requirements for c r e w m a n participation in experiment T - 3 a r e a s
follows:
a. Preflight - The crewman-subjects w i l l be provided with sufficient
t i m e f o r equipment familiarization and training.
-A'
TECHNICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date l 2 Nov l g 6 6
Change Date
Page
5-18
SM2A-03-SC012
---

b.
In-flight
Experiment m e a s u r e m e n t s will b e conducted once e v e r y
6 hours (for a 2-minute t e s t r u n ) until the nephelometer integral b a t t e r y

power is depleted. (The total duration of the experiment i s limited by a
b a t t e r y with a 3-hour lifetime. )
c . Postflight - About one hour will be required f o r debriefing.
5.4. 1 . 4
The r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l c o n s i s t of removing t h e nephelometer
and r e c o r d e d data f r o m t h e S I C . P e r s o n n e l performing the postflight
debriefing will be responsible f o r delivering data to the coordinating facility
f o r analysis and evaluation.
TECHNICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission
Basic Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
5-19/5-20
SM2A -03-SCO 12
CREW PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 6
INTRODUC TION.
T h i s s e c t i o n c o n t a i n s a d e s c r i p t i o n of C o n t r a c t o r - f u r n i s h e d c r e w
p e r s o n a l e q u i p m e n t a n d s p a c e c r a f t i n t e r f a c e d a t a on NASA-furnished c r e w
p e r s o n a l equipment. All m a j o r i t e m s a r e i d e n t i f i e d as C o n t r a c t o r - f u r n i s h e d
equipment ( C F E ) , Government-furnished equipment (GFE), o r Governmentfurnished property (GFP).
The following is a list of equipment o r s u b s y s t e m s f o r which c o v e r a g e
is provided.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6. 1
C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t Configuration
Sighting S y s t e m s ( G F E )
S p a c e Suit A s s e m b l y ( G F P )
1. C o n s t a n t W e a r G a r m e n t ( G F P )
( a ) C o m m u n i c a t i o n Hat ( G F P )
2. P r e s s u r e Garment Assembly (GFP)
C r e w Couches ( C F E )
R e s t r a i n t Methods ( C F E )
In-flight Data P a c k a g e ( G F E )
C r e w m a n In-flight Tool Set a n d W o r k / F o o d Shlf ( C F E )
Crew Water (CFE)
Food ( G F P )
P e r s o n a l Hygiene ( G F P )
M e d i c a l Supplies a n d Monitoring ( G F P )
S u r v i v a l Kit ( G F P )
Stowage
CREW COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION AND CREW E
[RONMENT.
The c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t is t h e p r e s s u r i z e d c o m p a r t m e n t within the

a i r t i g h t i n n e r s t r u c t u r e ( f i g u r e 6 - 1 ) . The t o t a l volume within the i n n e r
s t r u c t u r e is 366 cubic feet. A p p r o x i m a t e l y 121 cubic f e e t of t h i s
p r e s s u r i z e d s p a c e is o c c u p i e d by t h e e q u i p m e n t b a y s , a n d c o n t r o l a n d d i s play c o n s o l e s s u r r o u n d i n g the c r e w . T h e c o u c h e s , a s t r o n a u t s , a f t bulkhead
e q u i p m e n t , a n d m i s c e l l a n e o u s e q u i p m e n t occupy a n o t h e r 35 cubic f e e t
m a k i n g a t o t a l of 156 cubic f e e t . T h e r e is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 210 cubic f e e t of
u s a b l e a i r s p a c e . The c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t is p r e s s u r i z e d to 5 ~ 0 . 2p s i , with
100 p e r c e n t oxygen a t m o s p h e r e a n d a p p r o x i m a t e l y 50 p e r c e n t humidity.
~~~~
~~
CREW C O M P A R T M E N T CONFIGURATION A N D CREW ENVIRONMENT

Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
6-1
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
CREW PERSONA L EQUIPMENT
RIGHT HAND FORWARD

EQUIPMENT BAY
LEFT HAND FORWARD

EQU I PMENT BAY
EQU I PMENT BAY
AFT BULKHEAD
F i g u r e 6-1.
Apollo C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t , I n t e r n a l View F o r m - Z - A x i s
6.2
MIRRORS.
6. 2 . 1
I N T E R N A L VIEWING MIRRORS ( C F E ) .
(Figure 6 - 2 )
When t h e a s t r o n a u t i s i n t h e p r e s s u r e s u i t , p r e s s u r i z e d , a n d on the
couch, h i s f i e l d of v i s i o n is v e r y l i m i t e d . He c a n s e e only to the l o w e r
e d g e of t h e m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e (MDC), thus blanking out h i s s t o m a c h
a r e a w h e r e h i s r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s buckling and a d j u s t m e n t t a k e s p l a c e .
T h e i n t e r n a l viewing m i r r o r s a i d t h e a s t r o n a u t i n buckling a n d a d j u s t m e n t
of t h e r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s a n d l o c a t i n g c o u c h c o n t r o l s .
T h e r e a r e t h r e e m i r r o r s , one f o r e a c h couch position, The m i r r o r s
f o r t h e l e f t a n d r i g h t a s t r o n a u t a r e mounted on t h e s i d e of the lighting a n d
audio c o n t r o l c o n s o l e above t h e s i d e viewing window a n d fold. T h e c e n t e r
a s t r o n a u t ' s m i r r o r i s mounted on t h e left X - X h e a d a t t e n u a t o r s t r u t .
~
~~
CREW COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION AND CREW ENVIRONMENT-MIRRORS

hli s s i on
B a s i c Date
1 2 "J 1966
Change Date
Page
6-2
SiM2A - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
--
RNAL VIEWING MIRRORS-LEFT, CENTER,& RIGHT

RNAL VIEWING MIRRORS-2 SETS, LEFT 8 RIGHT
CS-502A
F i g u r e 6-2.
.. -.
i + j.
CM M i r r o r s , Block I and I1
The m i r r o r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a mounting b a s e , a t w o - s e g m e n t e d
a r m , and a m i r r o r . T h e m i r r o r i s r e c t a n g u l a r ( 4 by 6 i n c h e s ) , flat, r e a r
s u r f a c e d , with a demagnification f a c t o r of 1 : l . T h e two-segmented a r m
allows a r e a c h of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 22 i n c h e s f r o m t h e mount. The e n d s of the
a r m have swivel j o i n t s t o position the m i r r o r s in the d e s i r e d a n g l e s . The
m i r r o r s a r e locked in position by a c l a m p during boost and e n t r y .
b.
2. 2
EXTERNAL VIEWING MIRRORS ( C F E ) . ( F i g u r e 6-21

With the couches i n the 9 6 - d e g r e e position, the a s t r o n a u t s left and
right view, through the rendezvous windows, is r e s t r i c t e d t o i - 5 d e g r e e s to
42 d e g r e e s from the X-axis. T h e r e f o r e , two s e t s of e x t e r n a l viewing
m i r r o r s a r e insta.lled in the CM t o p e r m i t v e r i f i c a t i o n of p a r a c h u t e deployment during e n t r y ( f i g u r e 6 - 3 ) . Another function i s o r i e n t a t i o n of the
command module in the event of a n a b o r t .
MIRRORS
klis s ion
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
6-3
SMZA -03-SCO12
WITH M
(RIGHT
NOTE
FIELD OF V I S I O N S H W N
FOR M I R R O R S IS FOR
ONLY ONE SETTING.
u
F i g u r e 6-3.
P a r a c h u t e F i e l d of V i s i o n i n Couch 9 6 - D e g r e e P o s i t i o n
-4 s e t of m i r r o r s c o n s i s t of a n u p p e r m i r r o r a s s e m b l y and a lower
m i r r o r a s s e m b l y . The u p p e r m i r r o r a s s e m b l y is mounted on the s i d e wall
n e a r t h e u p p e r r i m o n t h e r e n d e z v o u s window f r a m e . The lower m i r r o r
a s s e m b l y is mounted on the r e n d e z v o u s window housing n e a r the lower r i m
of the window f r a m e .
The m i r r o r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a m i r r o r a n d a b r a c k e t . T h e b r a c k e t
h a s a s h o r t a r m with a swivel that allows positioning of the m i r r o r . The
s h o r t a r m h a s a lock t o i m m o b i l i z e the m i r r o r during landing. The m i r r o r s
will have a 1:l magnification f a c t o r a n d a r e r e c t a n g u l a r in shape.
6. 3
CREWMAN OPTIC-AL ALIGNMENT SIGHT (COAS). ( F i g u r e 6-4)

The c r e w m a n o p t i c a l a l i g n m e n t sight p r o v i d e s the c r e w m a n a fixed
line-of-sight a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e i m a g e which, when viewed through the f o r w a r d window, a p p e a r s t o be t h e s a m e d i s t a n c e away a s the t a r g e t . T h i s
i m a g e is f o r e s i g h t e d (by m e a n s of a sight m o u n t ) p a r a l l e l t o t h e c e n t e r l i n e
( X - a x i s ) of the CM a n d p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o the Y - Z plane.
MIRRORS-CREWMAN
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
OPTICAL ALIGNMENT SIGHT (COAS).
1966 Change Date
Page 6-4
SM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 12
S-IVB
TARGET
@)
I AB$!-
SCALE
,PROJECTED
ix
RECEPTACLE
U
H,
IMAGE
FORWARD
VIEWING WINDOW
\
/
Q
+z
MODULES
0 .
CS-531A .. a
F i g u r e 6-4.
Apollo C r e w m a n Alignment Sight System Configuration
T h e s i g h t i s a c o l l i m a t o r d e v i c e , s i m i l a r to a gunsight. It weighs
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1. 5 pounds a n d i s 8 i n c h e s in length. It h a s a c o r d a n d r e c e p t a c l e a n d r e q u i r e s a 28-vdc p o w e r s o u r c e . T h e sight i s stowed i n c o m p a r t m e n t T d u r i n g b o o s t a n d e n t r y . When o p e r a t i o n a l l y r e q u i r e d , it i s m o u n t e d
a t t h e left r e n d e z v o u s window f r a m e . T h e p o w e r r e c e p t a c l e i s c o n n e c t e d to
t h e SCIENTIFIC E X P E R I M E N T S r e c e p t a c l e ( o n t h e g i r t h s h e l f ) ,
0. 3.
OPER-qTIONAL USE.
When photographing a c t i v i t i e s o r s c e n e s outside the s p a c e c r a f t with
the 1 6 m m s e q u e n c e c a m e r a , t h e COAS i s u s e d to o r i e n t t h e s p a c e c r a f t a n d
a i m t h e c a m e r a . The c a m e r a will b e . m o u n t e d o n t h e left s i d e w a l l handhold
a t a 9 0 - d e g r e e a n g l e to t h e X - a x i s a n d will b e shooting out t h e left r e n d e z v o u s window v i a a m i r r o r a s s e m b l y .
D u r i n g r e n d e z v o u s m a n e u v e r s with t h e S-IVB, t h e C O h S c a n be u s e d
for alignment.
CREWMAN OPTIC-4L ALIGNMENT SIGHT (CO-AS)

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page 6-5
SM2A -0 3 -SC 0 1 2
When the TV c a m e r a is mounted on the g i r t h shelf f o r shooting out the

right rendezvous window p a r a l l e l to the X - a x i s , the COAS will be u s e d for
alignment. The COAS can a l s o be u s e d f o r backup f o r r e - e n t r y alignment
a n d m a n u a l t h r u s t v e c t o r control.
6. 4
SPACE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P ) .

T h e s p a c e suit a s s e m b l y ( S S A ) p r o v i d e s c r e w m e m b e r s with p r o t e c t i v e
clothing and a t m o s p h e r e f o r s p a c e c r a f t c o m m a n d module environment. The
a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a constant w e a r g a r m e n t (CWG) and p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t
a s s e m b l y ( P G A ) . F o r o p e r a t i o n a l p u r p o s e s , additional equipment i s needed,
s u c h a s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and oxygen h o s e s . The equipment will be d e s c r i b e d
in the two s u i t conditions: O F F and ON.
6. 4. 1
S P A C E SUIT O F F O R SHIRTSLEEVE ENVIRONMENT.

During ear'th o r b i t , n o r m a l conditions (nondynamic) will allow the
a s t r o n a u t s t o r e m o v e the p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l y . The a s t r o n a u t s will
w e a r a n u n d e r g a r m e n t c a l l e d the c o n s t a n t w e a r g a r m e n t ( C W G ) , a p a r t of
the s p a c e s u i t a s s e m b l y . F o r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , they will don a p e r s o n a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s soft hat, connect i t to a CWG a d a p t e r , and connect the
a d a p t e r to a n e l e c t r i c a l u m b i l i c a l which c o n n e c t s to the audio c e n t e r .
6. 4. 1. 1
Constant Wear G a r m e n t (CWG) [ G F P I .

T h e CWC ( f i g u r e 6 - 5 ) i s a o n e - p i e c e , synthetic f a b r i c g a r m e n t f o r
oxygen compatibility, It w i l l be long s l e e v e d o r s h o r t sleeved. The s h o r t
s l e e v e CWG h a s s l e e v e s t i f f e n e r s , T h e r e a r e a l s o pockets to hold radiation
d o s i m e t e r s . , .4round the m i d - s e c t i o n a r e pockets for biomed p r e a m p l i f i e r s .
T h e r e a r e one o r two c l o t h t a b s ( 1 i n c h ) n e a r t h e c h e s t to a t t a c h the c o b r a
c a b l e clip. -An opening a t the c r o t c h i s f o r u r i n a t i o n and t h e r e a r opening i s
for defecation. -4 z i p p e r u p the c h e s t allows e a s y donning and doffing.
The CWG c a n be worn f o r 6 t o 7 d a y s ; t h e r e f o r e , a change will be
needed. E a c h a s t r o n a u t will w e a r a CWG u n d e r the p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t
a s s e m b l y . T h r e e CWG's will be stowed in the left-hand equipment bay
c o m p a r t m e n t CONSTA4KT WE-4R GARMENT SAND.4LS. In t h e s a m e
c o m p a r t m e n t , t h r e e flight c o v e r a l l s , one for e a c h a s t r o n a u t and t h r e e p a i r
of w e i g h t l e s s s a n d a l s , will be stowed.
6 . 4. 1. 2
Flight C o v e r a l l s (GFP).
T h r e e flight c o v e r a l l s will be stowed i n t h e CHEB c o m p a r t m e n t ,
m a r k e d "CONST-ANT WE.4R GARMENT, " f o r u s e while in s h i r t s l e e v e
environment. T h e c o v e r a l l s will b e w o r n o v e r the CWG, and will a i d in
keeping the CWG c l e a n and the c r e w m a n w a r m .
SPACE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P )

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page 6 - 6
SMZA-03-SC012
CREW P E R S O N A L E Q U I P M E N T
F i g u r e 6-5.
n.
4. 1 . 3
C o n s t a n t W e a r G a r m e n t (CWG)
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Soft Hat ( G F P ) .
T h e p e r s o n a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s c a r r i e r is a soft h a t which s u p p o r t s
communications equipment: redundant microphone/earphone s e t s and a
connection to the audio c e n t e r .
T h e m i c r o p h o n e s ( v o i c e t u b e s ) h a v e two p o s i t i o n s : u s i n g a n d stowed.
T h e stowed p o s i t i o n i s b u t t e d t o w a r d t h e f o r w a r d e d g e of t h e h e l m e t . T h e
u s i n g position i s i n f r o n t of t h e m o u t h . Only o n e m i c r o p h o n e n e e d s t o be
u s e d . T h e e a r p h o n e s will be i n p l a c e o v e r both e a r s a l l t h e t i m e .
T h r e e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s c a r r i e r s w i l l be s t o w e d a t l a u n c h a n d e n t r y in
t h e PG-4 h e I m e t s t o w a g e b a g s o n t h e aft bulkhead.
T h r e e Lightweight H e a d s e t s w i l l be e v a l u a t e d d u r i n g t h e m i s s i o n a n d
w i l l s h a r e t h e s o f t h a t s t o w a g e i n t h e PG-4 h e l m e t s t o w a g e b a g s .
SP-ACE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P )
I
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date
Page 6-7
SMZA-03-SC012
6. 4. 1. 4
Constant Wear G a r m e n t E l e c t r i c a l i i d a p t e r ( C F E ) .
The function of t h e CWG a d a p t e r ( f i g u r e 6-6) i s to t r a n s m i t the c o m m u nications h a t s i g n a l s and t h e biomedical h a r n e s s s i g n a l s to the e l e c t r i c a l
u m b i l i c a l o r c o b r a cable.
The CWG a d a p t e r i s a 37-pin connector which c o n n e c t s t o the 21-socket
connector f r o m t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s s o f t hat. The nine-pin connector m a t e s
with the n i n e - s o c k e t connector of the b i o m e d i c a l h a r n e s s connector.
T h r e e C W G a d a p t e r s will be r e q u i r e d i f a l l a s t r o n a u t s g o s h i r t s l e e v e
simultaneously. The t h r e e a d a p t e r s will be stowed in the RHEB in a c o m p a r t m e n t m a r k e d ELECTRICAL ADAPTERS. The CWG a d a p t e r will t i m e s h a r e the c o m p a r t m e n t with t h r e e PG.4 a d a p t e r s .
CWG ELECTRICAL
B I O MED
PREAMP1.IFIERS
WEAR GARMENT
F i g u r e 6-6.
P e r s o n a ? Communications Equipment Connection, Block I (CWG)

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-8
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
6. 4. 1. 5
E l e c t r i c a l Umbilical "Sleep" Adapter.

Two e l e c t r i c a l u m b i l i c a l "sleep" a d a p t e r s will be stowed in the RHEB
c o m p a r t m e n t m a r k e d E L E C T R I C A L ADAPTERS. The p u r p o s e of the
"sleep" a d a p t e r s is t o e l i m i n a t e voice communication s i g n a l s p a s s i n g
t h r o u g h the c a u t i o n l w a r n i n g s y s t e m , thus enabling u n i n t e r r u p t e d s l e e p for
two c r e w m e n . T h e a d a p t e r , connected between the c o b r a c a b l e and the
CWG o r PGA a d a p t e r , will play a p i a n i s s i m o v e r s i o n of " B r a h m s Lullaby.
6.4. 2
SPACE SUIT ON ENVIRONMENT.
6.4. 2. 1
PGA U n p r e s s u r i z e d o r Ventilated.
During launch, boost, e n t r y , d e s c e n t , and landing p h a s e s of t h e
m i s s i o n , the c r e w will be r e q u i r e d t o be suited. The c r e w will be fully
suited but in the u n p r e s s u r i z e d o r ventilated condition. That i s , the cabin
p r e s s u r e will be 5 p s i and the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e of t h e suit will be a
plus 2 i n c h e s of w a t e r o r 0. 0 7 2 psi. T h i s i s enough differential p r e s s u r e to
hold the s u i t c o m f o r t a b l y away f r o m the body. The oxygen will be flowing
f r o m the ECS suit loop, through the oxygen h o s e into the suit and r e t u r n i n g
through the r e t u r n h o s e to the ECS s u i t loop. The cabin a i r i s c i r c u l a t e d
about the c a b i n by the c a b i n a i r fans 1 and 2.
An a l t e r n a t e m o d e of ventilated u s a g e i s with h e l m e t a n d gloves off,
using neck and w r i s t d a m s . T h e g a s c i r c u l a t i o n i s the s a m e , except t h e
a s t r o n a u t b r e a t h e s c a b i n oxygen. T h i s mode c a n only be s u s t a i n e d f o r 54
m a n - m i n u t e s out of 18 h o u r s (1:20) b e c a u s e the cabin oxygen b e c o m e s
s a t u r a t e d with w a t e r vapor which will condense on the s t r u c t u r e . T h i s i s
not a r e c o m m e n d e d mode.
6. 4. 2. 2
PG-4 Pr e s s u r i zed .
The PGA ( s p a c e s u i t ) will not be p r e s s u r i z e d except during a n e m e r gency. T h i s condition w i l l e x i s t during a cabin d e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n . If out of
the s u i t , the ECS c a n m a i n t a i n 3. 5 p s i in the cabin f o r 5 m i n u t e s i f the hole
o r leak is l e s s than 1 / 2 inch in d i a m e t e r . T h e r e f o r e , donning the suit m u s t
take l e s s than 5 m i n u t e s . When the suit i s p r e s s u r i z e d , the differential
p r e s s u r e will be a plus 3. 7 p s i i n t h e suit. T h i s condition c o n s t r a i n s the
body mobility. F o r t h i s r e a s o n , it i s n o r m a l l y not d e s i r e d to be p r e s s u r i z e d .
The c r e w w i l l p e r f o r m a c a b i n d e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n to d e m o n s t r a t e confidence in the s p a c e s u i t and p r o p e r function of the h a r d w a r e .
6 . 4. 3
PGA DESCRIPTION.
6 . 4. 3. 1
PGA ComDonents.
( F i g u r e 6- 7)
The PGA i s a t h r e e - p i e c e s u i t : t o r s o , h e l m e t , a n d gloves.

m a n u f a c t u r e d by C l a r k Manufacturing Co. of M a s s a c h u s e t t s .
It i s

Mission
Change Date
Page
6-9
SMZA -03-SCO12
GI
--
VENTILATION
DONN I N G l F l l l I NG
Figure 6-7.
COMMIINSTRUMENTATION
.4pollo Block I P r e s s u r e G a r m e n t - 4 s s e m b l y
A c c e s s o r i e s of t h e s u i t a r e the n e c k a n d w r i s t d a m s , blood p r e s s u r e
c u f f s , a n d u r i n e c o l l e c t i o n bag. O p e r a t i o n a l u s e of t h e a c c e s s o r i e s i s
o p t i o n a l a n d will v a r y i n a c c o r d a n c e with t h e m i s s i o n .
6.4.3.1.1
T h e T o r s o a n d Gloves
The PGA t o r s o h a s f o u r l a y e r s . F r o m the i n s i d e , t h e f i r s t l a y e r i s a
c o m b i n a t i o n l i n e r a n d v e n t i l a t i o n l a y e r . The ventilation d i s t r i b u t i o n t u b e s
guide incoming oxygen to all e x t r e m i t i e s . The oxygen a l s o p a s s e s through
net openings to c i r c u l a t e a r o u n d t h e a s t r o n a u t . The a c t u a l cooling t a k e s
p l a c e as t h e g a s flows f r o m the e x t r e m i t i e s ( h i g h e r p r e s s u r e ) to t h e r e t u r n
( l o w e r p r e s s u r e ) o v e r t h e CWG. The s e c o n d l a y e r i s a p r e s s u r e - t i g h t
l a y e r , to contain the oxygen o r the 3. 7 - p s i o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e . The t h i r d
l a y e r i s a r e s t r a i n t l a y e r of s t r o n g netting to r e s t r i c t bulging a n d e n l a r g i n g
s o m o v e m e n t will be u n i m p a r e d when p r e s s u r i z e d . The l a s t , and o u t s i d e
l a y e r is a p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r . T h e r e is a p r e s s u r e line f r o m the p r e s s u r e
SPACE SUIT -4SSEMBLY ( G F P )
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
.
Page 6-10
SM2A -03-SCO 12
-CREW PERSONAL EQUIPMENT

l a y e r (2nd l a y e r ) t o a s u r f a c e p r e s s u r e gauge to allow t h e a s t r o n a u t to
m o n i t o r the p r e s s u r e . At the w a i s t is a n intake connector valve on the left
and a r e t u r n connector valve on the right.
The outside p r o t e c t i v e l a y e r h a s pockets on the a r m s a n d l e g s . The
a r m pockets contain s u c h a r t i c l e s a s neck a n d w r i s t d a m s , handkerchiefs,
and p e n c i l s . The leg pockets contain s c i s s o r s .
The neck r i n g is a n a l u m i n u m ring, a n d when m a t e d with the h e l m e t ,
h a s O - r i n g s e a l s . C a b l e s a r e a t t a c h e d to the neck ring to hold i t down
when p r e s s u r i z e d .
T h e boots a r e attached t o t h e l e g s by l a c e s and a r e not a i r t i g h t . A
sock from the leg fits into the boot a n d i s a i r t i g h t . The boots w i l l not be
removed during t h e m i s s i o n .
The gloves a r e attached t o the a r m s with a ball r a c e lock and a r e
s c a l e d with O - r i n g s .
-4 zipper r u n s from the n a v e l , u n d e r n e a t h the c r o t c h , and u p the spine
to the neck ring. The t a b i s by the navel when s e a l e d ( c l o s e d ) and by the
neck ring when opened. To a s s i s t the o n e - m a n donning, t h e t a b h a s a 6 - t o
10-inch l a n y a r d a t t a c h e d t o it. The suit h a s the capability of o n e - m a n
donning in l e s s than 5 m i n u t e s . It c a n be donned by having the h e l m e t and
gloves a t t a c h e d o r attaching them a f t e r donning the t o r s o .
The communication a n d biomedical c a b l e s exit through a 61 -pin

connection at the left b r e a s t .
6.4. 3 . 1.2
The Helmet.
The h e l m e t is a p l a s t i c shell. It h a s a l i n e r i n s i d e , e a r cushions
with e a r p h o n e s , and two m i c r o p h o n e s . On the outside, a v i s o r is pivoted
a t the e a r s . A v i s o r p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r of thin p l a s t i c ( C y c o l a c ) c o v e r s the
top of the h e l m e t . A ring s e a l is a t the neck. It will set in the t o r s o neck
ring a n d is held in place by a c l a m p .
To p r e s s u r i z e the s u i t , the v i s o r ( o r f a c e p l a t e ) m u s t be closed. It i s
r o t a t e d down a c r o s s the face a n d p r e s s e s a g a i n s t a s e a l , a n d i s held i n
position by a c l a m p - l a t c h .
6 . 4. 3 . 1 . 3
Neck a n d W r i s t D a m s .
The p r i m a r y function of the d a m s is postlanding sealing of t h e PGA
during w a t e r activity.
T h e d a m s a r e wide r u b b e r bands. The neck dam fits o v e r the torso
neck ring and a r o u n d the neck. T h i s keeps the s e a w a t e r out of the suit.
The h e l m e t m u s t be r e m o v e d . When the gloves a r e r e m o v e d , the w r i s t
d a m s s e a l the w r i s t s a n d the c r e w m a n will float in the t o r s o .
SP.4CE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P )

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-11
SMZA-03-SCOl2

An optional d a m u s e during the m i s s i o n would be to cool the body
while in the s u i t with the gloves and h e l m e t off. T h i s is r e s t r i c t e d to a
s h o r t p e r i o d of t i m e as the c r e w m a n s r e s p i r a t i o n would p r o d u c e a n
e x c e s s i v e C 0 2 concentration. The c o m m h e l m e t will be u s e d f o r
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s during t h i s p e r i o d .
6.4. 3 . 1.4
U r i n e Collection Device ( G F P ) .
During the standby, hold, launch, a n d boost p h a s e s , the c r e w m a n
will be suited. A continuous s u i t e d p e r i o d of 3 to 6 h o u r s c a n be
e x p e r i e n c e d s o p r o v i s i o n s m u s t be m a d e to u r i n a t e within the PGA.
The function of the u r i n e collection bag i s to collect a n d s t o r e
1200 c c of u r i n e . T h e r e is a n e x t e r n a l c a t h e t e r ( r o l l - o n ) connected to the
bag. The bag f i t s a r o u n d the c r o t c h a n d hips and is held into p l a c e by
V e l c r o a t t a c h e d to Velcro on the CWG.
When m i s s i o n o p e r a t i o n s p e r m i t , the s u i t i s unzipped and the u r i n e
bag i s r e m o v e d . A valve on the bag will connect t o the waste m a n a g e m e n t
s y s t e m , a n d the u r i n e will be dumped o v e r b o a r d .
6.5
PGA STOWAGE.
6. 5 . 1
TORSO AND GLOVE STOWAGE.

The gloves will be left a t t a c h e d to the t o r s o and stowed t o g e t h e r .
The PGA h e l m e t s will be stowed s e p a r a t e l y . The s u i t stowage bag is m a d e
of s a g e g r e e n , nylon cloth, 36 i n c h e s long, 20 i n c h e s wide, a n d c a n be
expanded f r o m 3 to 1 2 i n c h e s high. It h a s a n aluminum r o d f r a m e to
m a i n t a i n the f o r m . -4 p a r t i t i o n s e p a r a t e s the bag into two c o m p a r t m e n t s .
On the top a r e flaps held c l o s e d with V e l c r o . T h r e e s t r i p s of V e l c r o loop
a r e on t h e bottom to a n c h o r the bag on t h r e e s t r i p s of V e l c r o hook on the aft
bu 1kh e a d
The two-PGA stowage a r e a is beneath the c o m m a n d e r ' s couch ( l e f t )

o n the aft bulkhead. An additional stowage bag is l o c a t e d beneath the head
of the pilot on the a f t bulkhead n e a r the hatch between the LiOH c a r t r i d g e
stowage boxes and the sidewall. The s u i t stowage bag i s s i m i l a r to the
two - s u i t bag.
6.5. 2
H E L M E T STOWAGE.
The PGA h e l m e t s a r e stowed only during nondynamic p e r i o d s , o r

z e r o g. T h r e e h e l m e t m i d - c o u r s e stowage bags a r e provided. The bags
( G F P ) a r e l o c a t e d o n the aft bulkhead u n d e r the c e n t e r couch.
-.SPACE SUIT -4SSEMBLY (GFP)-PGA
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
STOW-qGE
Page
6-12
SM2A -03-SCO 12

6. 6
PGA CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
6. 6. 1
PRESSURE GARMENT ASSEMBLY ( P G A ) E L E C T R I C A L A D A P T E R ( G F P ) .

T h e PGA e l e c t r i c a l a d a p t e r p r o v i d e s i n t e r f a c e b e t w e e n t h e PGA a n d
the c o b r a cable since t h e connectors a r e not compatible.
T h e PGA a d a p t e r i s 18 i n c h e s i n l e n g t h with a s u i t i n t e r f a c e of a 61s o c k e t c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e c o b r a c a b l e i n t e r f a c e with a 3 7 - p i n c o n n e c t o r .
There a r e three adapters.
When t h e s u i t s a r e r e m o v e d a n d s t o w e d , t h e PG.4 a d a p t e r s w i l l b e
d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m t h e s u i t a n d stowed. T h e y w i l l r e p l a c e t h e CWG a d a p t e r s
in t h e E L E C T R I C A L A D A P T E R s t o w a g e c o m p a r t m e n t i n t h e RHEB.
6. 6. 2
OXYGEN HOSE ( U M B I L I C A L ) ( G F P ) . ( F i g u r e 6 - 8 )
T h e function of t h e oxygen h o s e i s t o i n t e r c o n n e c t t h e PG.4 a n d t h e
CM ECS.
T h e oxygen h o s e i s a d u a l h o s e , e a c h h o s e h a v i n g a n i n s i d e d i a m e t e r
of 1. 25 i n c h e s a n d m a d e of s i l i c o n r u b b e r with s p i r a l i n g s t e e l w i r e
reinforcement.
T h e ECS e n d h a s a double D c o n n e c t o r while t h e s u i t e n d s p l i t s t h e
h o s e s a b o u t 1 5 i n c h e s f r o m t h e end. E a c h hos'e h a s a n elbow n o z z l e to
c o n n e c t to t h e s u i t .
T h e r e a r e two h o s e s : o n e 72 i n c h e s long a n d o n e 81 i n c h e s long.
A nylon s t r a p is bonded a p p r o x i m a t e l y e v e r y 12 i n c h e s to r e s t r a i n t h e
c o b r a c a b l e to t h e h o s e d u r i n g s u i t o p e r a t i o n s .
T h e double D c o n n e c t o r o n t h e ECS e n d r e m a i n s c o n n e c t e d d u r i n g
t h e m i s s i o n . T h e h o s e is r o u t e d b e h i n d t h e MDC a n d h e l d i n p l a c e by t i e down s t r a p s . When d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m t h e s u i t s , t h e e n d s a r e r o u t e d f r o m
t h e r e a r of t h e 'MDC t o t h e f o r w a r d b u l k h e a d a n d s t r a p p e d . T o p r e v e n t t h e
i n c o m i n g o x y g e n f r o m b e i n g s u c k e d i n t o t h e r e t u r n s i d e a n d not i n t o t h e
c a b i n , t h e r e t u r n n o z z l e w i l l be c a p p e d w i t h t h e o x y g e n h o s e r e t u r n c a p ,
which i s a t t a c h e d t o t h e h o s e with a l a n y a r d .
6. 7
CREW COUCHES.
The c r e w couches support the c r e w during a c c e l e r a t i o n and m a n e u v e r s
up to 30 g ' s f o r w a r d , 30 g ' s a f t , . 1 8 ' g ' s up a n d down, a n d 15 g ' s l a t e r a l l y .
The s p a c e c r a f t contains unitized c r e w couches integrally bolted
t o g e t h e r i n a unit s t r u c t u r e .
T h e c o u c h e s a r e d e s i g n a t e d o n e of t h r e e w a y s . S t r u c t u r a l l y , t h e y a r e
l e f t , c e n t e r , a n d r i g h t . By c r e w p o s i t i o n s , t h e y a r e 1. 2, o r 3 o r
c o m m a n d e r , s e n i o r pilot, and pilot (left to right).
PGA CONNECTING EQUIPMENT-CREW
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1 9 6 6 C h a n g e Date
COUCHES
Page
6-13
SMZA-03-SC012
CREW PERSONAL E Q U I P M E N T
COMMANDER
NAVIGATOR
ENG INEER
- 72"
- 72'
- 81"
DACRON STRAP
PGA ADAPTER (REF)

COBRA CABLE (REF)
WIW I RE RE I NFORC
CONNECTOR (ECS)
V16-601201
F i g u r e 6-8.
6. 7. 1
0 2 U m b i l i c a l H o s e A s s e m b l y , Block
CREW COUCH STRUCTURE.

T h e c r e w c o u c h s t r u c t u r e c o n s i s t s of t h r e e c r e w c o u c h e s : t h e l e f t ,
c e n t e r , a n d r i g h t ( f i g u r e 6-9). It i s f a b r i c a t e d of a l u m i n u m a n d weighs
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 400 pounds. The left a n d r i g h t c o u c h e s a r e i d e n t i c a l . The
c e n t e r c o u c h c o n n e c t s the left a n d r i g h t couch into a s i n g l e unified s t r u c t u r e .
T h e c o u c h s t r u c t u r e , i n a o n e - g e n v i r o n m e n t , is s u p p o r t e d by the
i m p a c t a t t e n u a t i o n s t r u t s : t h e f o u r X - X s t r u t s f r o m t h e f o r w a r d bulkhead,
t h e two Z - Z s t r u t s f r o m t h e a f t r i n g , a n d the two Y - Y s t r u t s in c o m p r e s s i o n
a g a i n s t t h e s i d e p a n e l s . The X - X a n d Z - Z s t r u t s c o n n e c t t o the c r e w c o u c h
s t r u c t u r e a t the l e f t a n d r i g h t c o u c h m a i n s i d e b e a m s .
T h e l e f t a n d r i g h t c o u c h e s a r e c a p a b l e of t h e 1 7 0 - d e g r e e position but
will not be p l a c e d i n t h a t p o s i t i o n b e c a u s e of e q u i p m e n t i n t e r f e r e n c e b e n e a t h
those couches.
CREW COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1 9 6 6 Change Date
Page
6-14
SM2A -03-SCO12
STRUTS
REF: V16-531501
F i g u r e 6-9.
C r e w Couch Installation
The additional L E B a c c e s s f d o c k i n g position will -e usei. d u r i n g o r b i t

to gain room n e a r the L E B . The s e a t pan a n g l e r e m a i n s 9 6 d e g r e e s while
the couch s t r u c t u r e ( a l l c o u c h e s ) m o v e s 6 . 5 i n c h e s toward the hatch.
6. 7. 2
b.
7. 2 . 1
CREW COUCH POSITIONS.

'
( F i g u r e 6-10)
Occupied Positions.
The m o s t utilized position is the 9 6 - d e g r e e position a s s u m e d f o r the
launch, o r b i t , and e n t r y phase. F o r a 50 p e r c e n t i l e c r e w m a n , the hip angle
i s 108 d e g r e e s a n d v e r y e a s y t o a s s u m e . It gives m a x i m u m s u p p o r t to the
body during high g loads.
The 1 7 0 - d e g r e e o r flat out position is u s e d p r i m a r i l y f o r e g r e s s i n g
f r o m the c e n t e r couch. All e g r e s s i n g to the L E B will be f r o m the c e n t e r
couch. F o r this r e a s o n , the l o w e r a r m r e s t s a r e r e m o v e d and stowed,
CREW COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date
1966
Change Date
Page
6- 1 5
SMZA-03-SCO 12
1I
S T W A G E ACCESS
_-
ON
(LH COUCH)
e?-.
CS-2025A
F i g u r e 6-10.
<+
C r e w Couch M i s s i o n P o s i t i o n s a n d Seat Angles, Block I
m a k i n g e a s y e g r e s s f r o m r i g h t a n d left c o u c h e s i n t o t h e c e n t e r couch.
Another u s e of t h e 1 7 0 - d e g r e e p o s i t i o n is G&N sighting. T h e 50 p e r c e n t i l e
c r e w m a n c a n p o s i t i o n h i m s e l f o n t h e s e a t pan with h i s f e e t in the f o o t r e s t s
and sight through the G & N eyepiece.
6. 7. 2 . 2
Unoccupied P o s i t i o n s .
T h e 6 6 - d e g r e e s e a t pan a n g l e position is u s e d p r i m a r i l y f o r r i g h t a n d
l e f t e q u i p m e n t bay s t o w a g e a c c e s s .
T h e 2 6 4 - d e g r e e p o s i t i o n n e c e s s i t a t e s r o t a t i n g t h e s e a t pan u n d e r t h e
b a c k r e s t . T h i s will c l e a r t h e L E B a r e a f o r m a i n t e n a n c e a c t i v i t i e s . Due t o
r e s t r i c t e d c l e a r a n c e beneath the left and right couches, this position is
r e s t r i c t e d t o t h e c e n t e r c o u c h only. D u r i n g u s e of t h e f e c a l c a n i s t e r , t h i s
is t h e d e s i r a b l e seat pan angle.
CREW COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966 Change D a t e ,
Page
6- 16
SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 7. 3
CREW COUCH COMPONENT DESCRIPTION. (Figure 6-1 1)

T h e c r e w c o u c h e s a r e b a s i c a l l y t h e s a m e and t h e m o d u l a r components
interchangeable. The b a c k r e s t a s s e m b l i e s differ the m o s t b e c a u s e of the
docking position m e c h a n i s m in t h e c e n t e r couch.
6. 7. 3 . 1
H e a d r e st.
The h e a d r e s t i s c o n s t r u c t e d of honeycomb aluminum and h a s folding
t i p s . It is padded on t h e i n s i d e a n d both s i d e s of the t i p s . During m a n e u v e r s
r e q u i r i n g P G A h e l m e t r e s t r a i n t , t h e t i p s a r e left extended. For o r b i t and
z e r o g, the t i p s a r e folded, affording f r e e d o m of m o v e m e n t f o r n o m i n a l
visibility
LOWER LEG REST

UPPER LEG REST
L W E R ARM REST
UPPER A R M REST
BACK ASSEMBLY
p..
CS-2055A
F i g u r e 6- 11.
Left-Hand Couch A s s e m b l y ( 9 6 - D e g r e e P o s i t i o n )
CREW COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-17
S~M2A-03-SC012
T h e h e a d r e s t h a s a 3 - i n c h l o n g i t u d i n a l m o v e m e n t f o r a d j u s t m e n t to
c r e w m a n t o r s o l e n g t h . T h e h e a d r e s t a n d s u p p o r t will fold u n d e r t h e couch
f o r p u r p o s e s of a c c e s s i b i l i t y a n d i n g r e s s to t h e c o u c h e s .
6.7. 3.2
Backrest
The b a c k r e s t i s constructed of r i b s and b e a m s c o v e r e d with

a l u m i n u m s h e e t a n d is 32 i n c h e s l o n g a n d 22 i n c h e s w i d e . T h e l e f t a n d
right couch back pans a r e attached to t h e integral side b e a m s , the inboard
b e a m of w h i c h is 56 i n c h e s long a n d t h e p r i m a r y s t r u c t u r a l m e m b e r of t h e
couch support.
T h e b a c k r e s t a s s e m b l y is c o n t o u r e d a n d c o n t a i n s t h e t a k e u p r e e l
s y s t e m f o r t h e s h o u l d e r s t r a p s . T h e b a c k p a n is padded in t h e a r e a s of
c r e w m a n contact.
6. 7. 3. 3
Armrests.
T h e a r m r e s t s a t t a c h to t h e f o r w a r d s u r f a c e of t h e b a c k r e s t a n d a r e
a d j u s t a b l e . T h e y c o n s i s t of a n u p p e r a n d l o w e r a r m r e s t . T h e u p p e r
a r m r e s t c a n be a d j u s t e d f o r l e n g t h of a r m a n d t o r s o .
T h e l o w e r a r m r e s t i n s e r t s i n t o a n d is s u p p o r t e d by t h e u p p e r a r m r e s t
at a n a n g l e of 90 d e g r e e s . It is s e c u r e d by a l e v e r i z e d p i n d e v i c e f o r q u i c k
r e m o v a l . A tubular shaft extends past the r e s t pad and contains the mounts
f o r t h e c o n t r o l s . A m a j o r function of t h e a r m r e s t s i s to m o u n t t h e SCS
c o n t r o l s . T h e l e f t c o u c h left a r m r e s t h a s a n a d a p t e r m o u n t f o r both
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s T1 a n d T 2 , a n d m o u n t s a t a n a n g l e of 120 d e g r e e s . A l l
o t h e r a r m r e s t s ( 3 ) m o u n t a t a n a n g l e of 90 d e g r e e s . T h e l e f t c o u c h r i g h t
a r m r e s t s u p p o r t s a r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( R l ) . T h e c e n t e r c o u c h h a s no
armrests.
On t h e r i g h t c o u c h l e f t a r m r e s t i s a f i t t i n g t o which t h e o t h e r
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( R 2 ) c a n be a t t a c h e d f o r u s e by t h e c e n t e r a s t r o n a u t . By
u s i n g a n a d a p t e r , one t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l ( T 2 ) c a n be m o u n t e d f o r u s e by t h e
right astronaut
Normally, the right couch right a r m r e s t supports the second rotation

c o n t r o l ( R 2 ) . A t h i r d p o s i t i o n f o r t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( R 2 ) i s a t t a c h e d to
t h e LEB G & N p a n e l f o r u s e d u r i n g n a v i g a t i o n a l s i g h t i n g s .
6 . 7 . 3.4
Seat P a n and Footrest.

The s e a t pan and footrest h a s t h r e e components: the hiprest, l e g r e s t ,
and footrests.
The h i p r e s t and upper l e g r e s t functions as a s e a t o r s e a t pan. The
lower l e g r e s t supports the lower legs, and the footrests support and
r e s t r a i n t h e f e e t . T h e h i p r e s t m a k e s a n a n g l e of about 1 7 0 d e g r e e s with
t h e u p p e r l e g r e s t , f o r m i n g t h e s e a t p a n . T h e r e a r e two pivot p o i n t s : one a t
CREW COUCHES
Mi s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
C h a n g e Date
P a g e 6-18
--
S M 2 A -03-SCO12
t h e a f t of t h e h i p r e s t , a n d t h e o t h e r w h e r e t h e h i p r e s t a n d l e g r e s t i n t e r s e c t .
P a r t of t h e m e c h a n i s m f o r p o s i t i o n i n g t h e s e a t a n g l e s a t 96, 170, a n d
264 d e g r e e s i s h o u s e d i n t h e h i p r e s t .
T h e l o w e r l e g r e s t h o u s e s t h e m e c h a n i s m f o r p o s i t i o n i n g t h e s e a t in
t h e 6 6 - d e g r e e a n g l e a n d t i g h t e n i n g o r l o o s e n i n g of t h e f o o t s t r a p s . T h e
u p p e r l e g r e s t to l o w e r l e g r e s t a n g l e is f i x e d a t 68 d e g r e e s . T h e f o o t r e s t s
p i v o t so t h e y c a n f o l d p a r a l l e l t o t h e l o w e r l e g r e s t . F o o t s t r a p r o t a t i o n
b a r s a r e spring-loaded t o t h e r e l e a s e p o s i t i o n a n d a r e p u l l e d to t h e
r e s t r a i n t p o s i t i o n by c a b l e s . T h e c a b l e s r u n t o a r e e l t h a t c a n be l o c k e d
o r r e l e a s e d by a c o n t r o l i n t h e l o w e r l e g r e s t .
6. 7. 3. 5
C r e w Couch P a d s .
T h e followipg p o r t i o n s of t h e c o u c h e s h a v e p a d s :
a r m r e s t s , and s e a t pan.
h e a d r e s t , back pan,
T h e padding is a t r i l o c m a t e r i a l 3 1 1 6 - i n c h t h i c k . It is s t r u c t u r e d of
woven d a c r o n w i r e - l i k e f i b e r s i n a l o w - d e n s i t y p a t t e r n giving good
v e nt ilat i o n
T h e b a c k p a n a n d s e a t p a n p a d s a r e c o m p o s e d of t h r e e l a y e r s of t r i l o c
c o v e r e d w i t h nylon n e t t i n g , m a k i n g a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 / 2 i n c h of padding.
The a r m r e s t and h e a d r e s t pads a r e 3116-inch-thick l a y e r s between
nylon n e t t i n g c o v e r s .
T h e p a d s a r e a t t a c h e d t o t h e m e t a l s u r f a c e s with V e l c r o s t r i p s a n d
c a n be c e m o v e d d u r i n g t h e m i s s i o n i f t h e n e e d a r i s e s .
6. 7. 4
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS.
6. 7. 4. 1
H e a d r e s t A dju s t m e n t s
( F i g u r e 6 - 12)
To adjust the h e a d r e s t f o r c r e w m a n height, t u r n the adjustment

w i t h t h e t o o l s e t 4 - i n c h C P S d r i v e r . It h a s a 7132-inch hex d r i v e .
T h e h e a d r e s t i s f o l d e d down by pulling t h e h e a d r e s t l o c k h e a d w a r d .
T h e h e a d r e s t is spring-loaded t o t h e s t o w e d (down) p o s i t i o n so i t s h o u l d be
r e s t r a i n e d by t h e hand. To b r i n g it u p , p u l l with t h e h a n d ; pull h e a d r e s t
l o c k h a n d l e b a c k t o c l e a r t h e hook, p o s i t i o n h e a d r e s t i n t h e n o r m a l p o s i t i o n ,
and push the lock handle footward.
6.7.4.2
A r m r e s t Adjustments.
T h e l o w e r a r m r e s t s a r e r e m o v e d by p u l l i n g t h e a r m r e s t l o c k p i n
r e l e a s e o u t w a r d to p u l l t h e pin, a n d t h e n pulling t h e a r m r e s t u p w a r d t o
r e m o v e . T h e l e f t c o u c h r i g h t a r m r e s t a n d t h e r i g h t c o u c h left a r m r e s t a r e
s t o w e d o n the c o u c h s i d e b e a m s by V e l c r o s e a t s a n d s t r a p s .
CREW COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
.
Page
6-19
SMZA -03-SCO12
LEG REST 6'
RELEASE KNOB
FOOT STRAP
"IT' RING
SHOULDER HARNESS LOCK
43FfwY-
REF: V16-531502
F i g u r e 6-12.
LH C r e w Couch O p e r a t i n g M e c h a n i s m s , Block I
To a t t a c h SCS c o n t r o l s , p u s h t h e SCS c o n t r o l pinlock t o t h e l e f t ; s l i d e

the control on the dovetail; and push the lock t o the right locking a retention
pin.
T h e l o w e r a r m r e s t c a n be e x t e n d e d by r o t a t i n g t h e e x t e n s i o n l o c k
t o w a r d t h e l e f t , e x t e n d i n g t h e a r m r e s t and locking i n t o p o s i t i o n b y p u s h i n g
the lock t o the right.
C R E W COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1 9 6 6
C h a n g e Date
Page
6-20
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO12

6 . 7.4. 3
Seat P a n Adjustment D i r e c t i o n s .
S P L H = Seat P a n
Lock Handle
LRRK
From
(Den)
A
1.
96
1.
170
2.
96
264
1.
2.
3.
264
96
1.
2.
3.
LROB = L e g r e s t O v e r r i d e
Pushbutton
Legrest
R e l e a s e Knob
Procedure
2.
Remarks
Lift the S P L H and push

with feet.
R e l e a s e t h e S P L M ; continue pushing with f e e t
until s e a t s t o p s at 170".
Lift the S P L H and pull
with f e e t .
Continue lifting SPLH,
pulling with f e e t until
seat s t o p s a t 9 6 " ,
r e l e a s e SPLH.
Lift S P L H and r o t a t e
downward.
Continue t o lift S P L H
p a s s i n g through 170'
position.
R e l e a s e S P L H and continue rotating until s e a t
s t o p s a t 264".
Lift S P L H and r o t a t e s e a t
toward 1 7 0 " / 9 6 " position.
Continue t o lift SPLH,
p a s s i n g through 170
po s i t ion.
Rotate to 96" position
and r e l e a s e SPLH.
1.
2.
Key locking the l e g pan

will disengage.
Key on pivot cylinder
will engage s i d e b e a m
keyway
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.

will disengage.
Key on pivot c y l i n d e r
will engage s i d e b e a m
keyway.
Key locking leg pan will
disengage.
Maintains the leg pan
pivot key in disengaged
position.
will engage in 264"
position slot.
Leg pan pivot k e y d i s e n g a g e s allowing rotation.
Leg pan pivot k e y m a i n tained in disengaged
position.
Leg pan point pivot key
will engage 9 6 " position
slot.
96
66
1.
P u l l up with feet until

6 6 " l a t c h e n g a g e s the
side beam.
1.
D i s e n g a g e s s e a t to hipr e s t detent. 66" l a t c h

will d r o p in s l o t on
b e a m s and catch.
66
96
1.
P r e s s the LRRK with

f e e t until 9 6 " position
is r e a c h e d .
1.
66" c a t c h d i s e n g a g e s .
On reaching 96" position, d e t e n t will engage.
CREW C O U C H E S
Mi s s i o n
Change Date
Page
6-21
SMZA-03-SCO 12
6. 7 . 4 . 4
F o o t r e s t and F o o t s t r a p Adjustments.
The f o o t s t r a p s a r e c o n t r o l l e d by a f o o t s t r a p D - r i n g (FSDR) between
the a s t r o n a u t ' s k n e e s . The D - r i n g is connected to a cable t h a t r u n s through
a tube to a d r u m - a x l e - d r u m m e c h a n i s m . By pulling on the D - r i n g and
r o t a t i n g the d r u m and a x l e , c a b l e s pull the f o o t s t r a p s to the r e s t r a i n e d
position. The d r u m s have r a t c h e t s that lock the f o o t s t r a p s in position and
r e t a i n the feet i n the f o o t r e s t . To r e l e a s e the f o o t s t r a p s , the FSDR i s
p r e s s e d , f o r c i n g the connecting tube to disengage the r a t c h e t and r e l e a s e
the f o o t s t r a p s .
6.7.4.5
D-Ring Handle Extension.

The D - r i n g handle can be r e a c h e d e a s i l y while the PCA i s
u n p r e s s u r i z e d . However, when p r e s s u r i z e d , the P C A slightly r e s t r i c t s
the 90 p e r c e n t i l e c r e w m a n f r o m r e a c h i n g the D - r i n g , thus making it
difficult to lock o r f r e e the f e e t . T h e D - r i n g extension h a s been designed
to connect to the D - r i n g handle. The extension h a s a 7 / 1 6 - i n c h hex shaft
to i n s e r t into the D - r i n g handle and c o n t r o l it ( p a r a g r a p h 6. 10. 10). It h a s a
b a l l - l o c k f e a t u r e to connect to the D - r i n g . The D - r i n g extension will be
a c c e s s i b l e on the right g i r t h shelf.
6. 7 . 4 . 6
DockinP P o s i t i o n Adjustment.
--
The m e c h a n i s m that r e l e a s e s t h e l o c k which allows the couch

s t r u c t u r e t o s l i d e to the docking position is l o c a t e d in the b a c k r e s t of the
c e n t e r couch; however, the docking l o c k handle is on the right s i d e beam of
the left couch.
The f o r w a r d end of the Z - Z s t r u t s a t t a c h e s to the couch by a s l i d e
t h a t r u n s i n t r a c k s in the s i d e b e a m s . A l e v e r - l o c k device (finger l a t c h )
l o c k s t h e s l i d e in two positions: n o r m a l a n d docking. The l e v e r - l o c k is
s p r i n g loaded i n the l o c k position. The docking lock handle (DLH)
d i s e n g a g e s the l e v e r - l o c k only while the DLH is lifted. The couch
s t r u c t u r e m u s t be pulled to the docking position b y the c e n t e r a s t r o n a u t
pulling on hand holds l o c a t e d on the side hatch.
When t r a n s v e r s i n g to the docking position, the s e a t s r e m a i n in the
9 6 - d e g r e e position. The l e f t c r e w m a n then lifts the DLH and the c e n t e r
c r e w m a n g r a b s a handhold and pulls the couches t o w a r d the s i d e hatch.
A f t e r m o v e m e n t , the DLH c a n be r e l e a s e d . When the couches have moved
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6. 5 i n c h e s , the l e v e r - l o c k s will d r o p into s l o t s , locking the
c o u c h e s in place.
To r e t u r n to the couch n o r m a l position, the D L H is lifted and the
couches a r e pushed t o w a r d the LEB. The DLH is r e l e a s e d and the l e v e r locks will d r o p into s l o t s when in position.
C R E W COUCHES
Mission
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6
Change Date
Page
6-22
SMZA -03-SCO 12
6. 7 . 4 . 7
Shoulder S t r a p Adjustment.
The s h o u l d e r s t r a p takeup r e e l s a r e on the couch b a c k r e s t . They
allow 10 inches of p l a y a n d a r e locked by the shoulder s t r a p lock on the left
s i d e s of the couches. A h e a d w a r d pull will unlock the s h o u l d e r s t r a p s ,
and a f o r w a r d and down push will lock the s h o u l d e r s t r a p s .
6.8
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS.
The c r e w m a n r e s t r a i n t s provide r e s t r a i n t a n d physical a t t a c h m e n t
t o the a s t r o n a u t s ,
a . In the couches during launch, weightless p h a s e s , a b o r t , e n t r y , and
landing
b. During weightless p e r i o d s while p e r f o r m i n g t a s k s out of the c r e w
couch
c . While in the s l e e p position
d. When p e r f o r m i n g e x t r a v e h i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s
6.8. 1
HIGH G-LOAD RESTRAINTS.
6.8. 1. 1
Crewman Restraint Harness.

T h e r e a r e t h r e e r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s e s p e r s p a c e c r a f t , one f o r e a c h
crewman.
The r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s c o n s i s t s of a l a p belt and two shoulder s t r a p s
i n t e r f a c i n g t h e l a p belt at the buckle. The harnes,s is p e r m a n e n t l y
a t t a c h e d to the couch a n d is not r e m o v a b l e . The l a p belt i n t e r f a c e s s t r a p s
connected between the s e a t and back p a n s . T h i s configuration p r o v i d e s
adequate hip s u p p o r t (figure 6-13).
The s h o u l d e r s t r a p s p a s s through s l o t s in the upper portion of the
back pan a n d a r e connected t o s p r i n g - l o a d e d t a k e u p r e e l s fastened on the
u n d e r s i d e of the back pan. The t a k e u p r e e l allows 10 additional i n c h e s
of s t r a p t r a v e l a t m a x i m u m 10-pound pull. The c r e w m e m b e r can lock o r
unlock t h e s e takeup reels siinultaneously by actuating a l e v e r on the s i d e
of the couch.
The l a p belt buckle is a l e v e r o p e r a t e d , t h r e e point r e l e a s e
m e c h a n i s m . By pulling a l e v e r , the shoulder s t r a p s and right l a p belt
s t r a p will be r e l e a s e d . The s t r a p ends and buckle a r e equipped with Velcro
patches a n d m a y be f a s t e n e d to m a t i n g p a t c h e s on the couch when not in u s e .
T h i s a l s o p r e v e n t s the buckles a n d a t t a c h m e n t s f r o m floating f r e e during
z e r o g. E a c h s t r a p c a n be individually tightened o r loosened by the
c r e w m a n (figure 6-14).
The m a x i m u m f o r c e on the h a r n e s s s t r a p s will be 31 1 5 pounds a t the
c h e s t s . The s t r a p s a r e d a c r o n , 1-718 i n c h e s wide, a n d have a s t r e n g t h of
6000 pounds.
~~~
CREW COUCHES-CREWMAN
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
RESTRAINTS
Change Date
Page
6-23
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
_.-
LAP BELT PLUG-IN F I l l I N C
TAKE-UP REEL CONTROL
F i g u r e 6-1 3 .
SHOULDER STRAP
HAND GRIP
C r e w m a n R e s t r a i n t H a r n e s s Components
The h a r n e s s will be on and locked d u r i n g a l l m a n e u v e r s when g loads

a r e e x p e c t e d s u c h a s launch, delta V, docking, e n t r y , and landing.
S e c u r i n g in the couch p r i o r to i m p a c t will include locking of the foot s t r a p s
in addition to fastening of the h a r n e s s . The h a r n e s s c a n be tightened and
l o o s e n e d r e a d i l y by the a s t r o n a u t .
6.8.1.2
Weightless R e s t r a i n t
To a s s i s t the c r e w in e g r e s s i n g f r o m the couch, five hand s t r a p s a r e

a t t a c h e d behind the MDC ( f i g u r e 6 - 1 5 ) .
When out of the couch, the a s t r o n a u t will r e s t r a i n himself with handholds a n d V e l c r o foot r e s t r a i n t s . P a r t of the a f t bulkhead will be s u r f a c e d
with V e l c r o hook m a t e r i a l . The a s t r o n a u t will w e a r V e l c r o pile m a t e r i a l
on the s o l e s a n d h e e l s of his PGA boots when in the PGA.
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS
Mission
Change Date
Page
6-24
SMZA -03-SCO 12
L A P BELT
RESTRA I NT
SHOULDER STRAP
RESTRAINT PADS
F i g u r e 6-14.
Restraint H a r n e s s Velcro Restraint Pads
Restraint sandals (figure 6-16) will be worn with the CWG. The
sandals a r e fabricated of a flexible plastic Royalite PR55. Velcro pile
m a t e r i a l is bonded on t h e ball and heel of the sole. The sandal i s held
closed and on the foot by Velcro patches.
T h e r e a r e t h r e e p a i r s of sandals which a r e stowed in the LHEB with
the CWGs and flight coveralls.
6 . 8. 1. 3
Guidance and Navigation Station Restraint.

Two positions m a y be utilized a t the G&N station: standing position
o r center couch G&N position. The a s t r o n a u t will r e s t r a i n himself in the
standing position by fastening h i s r e s t r a i n t sandals t o the aft bulkhead and
using a handhold on the left side of the G&N console.
The astronaut will r e s t r a i n himself in the c e n t e r couch a t the G & N
station by positioning the couch to the 170-degree hip angle and r e s t r a i n i n g
his feet with the couch foot s t r a p s .
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS
Mission
Basic Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
6-25
SMZA -03-SCO 12
....-
A-A
HAM DHOLG
EC S HANDSTRAP'
/"'..
1
1
/
CS-23159
F i g u r e 6-15.
6. 8. 1. 4
CM I n t e r i o r Handgrips
Crewman Sleeping R e s t r a i n t s .
( F i g u r e 6-1 7)
The c r e w m e n sleeping position will be under the left and right couch
with the heads toward the hatch. He will be r e s t r a i n e d i n position by the
c r e w m a n sleeping r e s t r a i n t .
The r e s t r a i n t s ( 2 ) a r e dacron f a b r i c , lightweight, sleeping bags,
64 inches long, with zipper openings f o r the t o r s o and 7-inch d i a m e t e r neck
openings. They a r e supported by two longitudinal s t r a p s that attach to the
LiOH c a n i s t e r s t o r a g e boxes on one end (LEB)and t o the CM inner s t r u c t u r e
a t the other end.
The c r e w m a n w i l l occupy the sleeping bag while wearing h i s CWG and
communications soft hat, o r lay on top i f wearing his PGA. The cobra cable
and "sleep" a d a p t e r w i l l r e m a i n connected. One sleeping r e s t r a i n t will be
stowed in each PGA stowage bag during boost and entry.
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS
M i s s ion
Basic Date
l2
1966 Change Date
Page
6-26
SMZA-03-SCOlZ
F i g u r e 6- 16.
6.9
Weightless C r e w m a n R e s t r a i n t Sandal
FLIGHT DATA F I L E (GFP).

The flight d a t a file ( f i g u r e 6-18) is a m i s s i o n r e f e r e n c e data file
that i s r e a d i l y available t o the c r e w m a n .
The data m u s t be a c c e s s i b l e t o the c o m m a n d e r and pilot in a
p r e s s u r i z e d s u i t while c o n s t r a i n e d in the c r e w couch. It m u s t be available
to the s e n i o r pilot a t the l o w e r equipment bay.
The flight d a t a file contains c h e c k l i s t s , m a n u a l s , a n d c h a r t s . The
c o m m a n d e r ' s and pilot's data file is stowed in nylon b a g s and the s e n l o r
pilot's i s stowed in a d r a w e r c o n t a i n e r .
CREW RESTRAINTS-FLIGHT
Miss ion
B a s i c Date
l2
DATA F I L E ( G F P )
1966 Change Date
Page
6-2!
SMZA -03-SCO 12
FEATURES
X
I N CWG. ASTRO SLEEPS I N BAG

IN PGA; ASTRO SLEEPS ON BAG
AND USES STRAPS FOR RESTRAINT
TENS IONER
RfH PGA STOW BAG
AFT RING TIE
F i g u r e 6- 17.
6.9. 1
Sleeping P o s i t i o n R e s t r a i n t Configuration
COMMANDER'S FLIGHT DATA F I L E .

The c o m m a n d e r ' s flight data file contains a c o m m a n d e r ' s c h e c k l i s t ,
flight plan, a n d stowage bag. The stowage bag is nylon cloth m a t e r i a l with
pouches t h a t c l o s e and a r e r e t a i n - c l o s e d by V e l c r o . A flap a t the top i s
lined on the r e v e r s e s i d e with V e l c r o attaching i t t o i t s stowage position.
It is stowed on the left g i r t h shelf n e a r the c o m m a n d e r ' s left s h o u l d e r .
6. 9.2
SENIOR P I L O T ' S FLIGHT DATA F I L E .

The s e n i o r p i l o t ' s data file contains a s e n i o r p i l o t ' s c h e c k l i s t ,
m i s s i o n log a n d data, and stowage bag. The stowage bag is the s a m e a s
the c o m m a n d e r ' s except f o r the n o m e n c l a t u r e . It i s stowed on the right
g i r t h shelf n e a r the s e n i o r p i l o t ' s left s h o u l d e r .
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS-FLIGHT
,', M i s s i o n
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
DATA F I L E ( G F P )
Change Date
Page
6-28
SM2A -03-SCO12
--
F i g u r e 6-18. F l i g h t Data F i l e Configuration, Block I
6. 9. 3
PILOT'S FLIGHT DATA FILE.

The p i l o t ' s data file contains a p i l o t ' s c h e c k l i s t , l a n d m a r k m a p s , s t a r
c h a r t s , S / C s y s t e m s data, o r b i t a l m a p , a n d e x p e r i m e n t s c h e c k l i s t . Stowage
is in a f i b e r g l a s s c o n t a i n e r 23 i n c h e s long, 9. 46 i n c h e s wide, and 1. 75 i n c h e s
deep. It h a s a hinged c o v e r t o contain the m a n u a l s when the c o n t a i n e r i s
r e m o v e d f r o m its stowage c o m p a r t m e n t i n LEB. The c o n t a i n e r h a s nylon
ribbon t a b on e a c h e n d t o a i d i n pulling it out of the c o m p a r t m e n t . The
c o m p a r t m e n t h a s a d o o r with a s i m p l e b a r l a t c h to r e s t r a i n the c o n t a i n e r .
FLIGHT DATA F I L E ( G F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
lqb6
Change Date
P a g e 6-29
SMZA-03-SC012
6. 10
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET AND WORKSHELF ( G F P ) .

The c r e w m a n in-flight tool s e t provides multipurpose tools and attachm e n t s f o r Apollo m i s s i o n activities. The c r e w m a n in-flight tool s e t
(figure 6-19) contains the following:
Torque wrench
Adapter handle
10" d r i v e r
5/32'' s h o r t hex d r i v e r
7/32" hex d r i v e r
4" torque s e t d r i v e r
E m e r g e n c y wrench
2 T-handles
2 end wrenches
20" t e t h e r
D-ring extension handle
Operationally, the tools a r e designated by a l e t t e r (A, B, C, D, etc.).
,/
Z-ADIUSlAbU [NO WR(W*S
rJIK KMIU
Y--.
cr-amc
F i g u r e 6 - 19.
Crewman In-Flight Tool Set Configuration, Block I
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET AND WORKSHELF ( G F P )

Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page 6 - 3 0
i31
SMZA -03-SCO 12
6. 10.1
TORQUE WRENCH (TOOL A).

The t o r q u e w r e n c h h a s a t o r q u e l i m i t i n g capacity of a p p r o x i m a t e l y
35 to 200 inch-pounds in the clockwise d i r e c t i o n . It h a s a r a t c h e t capability
in the clockwise a n d counterclockwise d i r e c t i o n . The pawl, which
i n d i c a t e s o p e r a t i o n , h a s t h r e e positions which a r e m a r k e d CW, LOCK,
a n d CCW. The m a x i m u m t o r q u e capability in the LOCK position is
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 400 inch-pounds.
The dual driving lug h a s a 7116-inch hex m a l e w r e n c h with a ball-lock
a n d a 5132-inch hex m a l e wrench. The d r i v e lug fits all d r i v e r s . The
pushbutton on top of the shaft c o n t r o l s the ball-lock which locks the d r i v e r s
on. The lug r e a c h e s 2-114 i n c h e s beyond the face of the w r e n c h .
T o r q u e s e t t i n g s of 50, 100, 150, a n d 200 inch-pounds a r e c a l i b r a t e d
and m a r k e d . The setting c a n be s e t by rotating the knob a t the end of the
handle and o b s e r v i n g the b a r in the s l o t on the u n d e r s i d e of the handle.
The following s y m b o l s indicate the t o r q u e values:
=
50
100
h = 150
= 200
+=
6. 1 0 . 2
inch-pounds
inch-pounds
inch-pounds
inch-pounds.
ADAPTER HANDLE (TOOL E ) .

The a d a p t e r handle is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3. 5 i n c h e s long and 1. 5 i n c h e s
in d i a m e t e r . It h a s a dual driving capability of 7116- and 5132-inch
h e x e s , a n d fits a l l d r i v e r s . A ball detent will assist in maintaining contact
with the d r i v e r s .
6. 10. 3
10-INCH DRIVER (TOOL H).

All d r i v e r s have a 7/16-inch i n t e r n a l hex d r i v e socket. The 10-inch
d r i v e r is 11. 125 inches long with a 10-inch shaft. The shaft end h a s a
5 / 32 -inch hex d r i v e .
6. 1 0 . 4
4-INCH DRIVER (TOOL L ) .

The 4-inch d r i v e r is 5.125 i n c h e s long with a 4-inch hex shaft of
7 I32 -inch.
6. 10. 5
EMERGENCY WRENCH (TOOL B ) .

The e m e r g e n c y w r e n c h is 6 . 2 5 inches long with a 2 . 5 - i n c h d r i v e
shaft. The d r i v e s h a f t h a s two hex d r i v e s : 7116- a n d 5132-inch. It is
capable of applying a t o r q u e of 1475 inch-pounds and i s a backup f o r the
torque wrench. It h a s a b a l l - l o c k device to lock i t i n a d r i v e . It i s
e s s e n t i a l l y a modified Allen head L - w r e n c h .
C R E W M A N IN-FLIGHT TOOL S E T A N D WORKSHELF ( G F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-31
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
6 . 10. 6
'T-HANDLE (TOOL C).

T h e r e a r e two T-handles p e r tool set. The T-handle is 2. 75 inches
long with a n aluminum body. It h a s a 3/8-inch d i a m e t e r ball-lock shaft
with a 5/32-inch hex wrench. T h e r e is a torque break f e a t u r e , c a l i b r a t e d
by a n adjustable s c r e w a t 35*5 inch-pounds, and then sealed. The ball-lock
device is r e l e a s e d by a pushbutton on the top of the handle.
6. 10. 7
END WRENCH (TOOL F) (2).

The adjustable end wrenches a r e a modified c r e s c e n t wrench.
v e r y lightweight, m a d e of aluminum, with a n isotactic foam handle.
j a w s openings width i s from 114 inch t o 1 inch.
6. 10. 8
It is
The
5/32-INCH SHORT DRIVER (TOOL J).

The 5132-inch s h o r t hex d r i v e r i s 3.62 inches long with a 5116-inch
round shaft and a 5132-inch hex drive of 0. 7 inch.
6. 10.9
4-INCH TORQUE SET DRIVER (TOOL R).

The 4-inch torque s e t d r i v e r h a s a No. 1 0 torque s e t on one end and a
5/16-inch d r i v e r on the other end.
6. 10.10
IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET TETHER.

The tool s e t t e t h e r is a 20-inch s t r a p with s n a p s a t each end. Each
tool h a s a t e t h e r ring o r band to which the t e t h e r snap can be attached.
6. 10. 11
D-RING EXTENSION HANDLE (TOOL N).

The D-ring extension handle is a r o d with a T-handle approximately
7 inches long. The rod end h a s a guide point tapering t o a 71 16-inch hex
about a n inch long. E v e r y o t h e r hex s u r f a c e h a s a ball-lock. The T-handle
h a s a pushbutton that c o n t r o l s t h e balls.
6. 10. 1 2
OPERATIONAL USE.
The in-flight tool s e t tools have multiple uses.
m a t r i x table f o r tool usage.
F i g u r e 6 - 2 0 is a
In t h e CM, i t e m s operated o r adjusted by tools w i l l have a s m a l l

s q u a r e placard n e a r b y designating the tool ( A through N and R) and the
torque setting of the torque wrench. If the torque wrench is not used, just
the designating l e t t e r ( 0 . 19-inch high) will be indicated.
The tool s e t is designated t o be used e i t h e r in the s h i r t s l e e v e
environment or the PGA p r e s s u r i z e d status.
6. 10. 13
STOWAGE.
( F i g u r e 6- 19)
The tool s e t tools a r e stowed a t v a r i o u s places. For launch and entry,

s o m e a r e stowed in positions r e a d y for a n emergency. During o r b i t , the
tools a r e stowed in a location that affords e a s y a c c e s s .
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET AND WORKSHELF ( G F P )

Mission
Basic Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-32
SMZA -03-SCO 12
L
z
i
P = PrimaryUse
B = Backup
E = Emergency
Function
I.
e,
(Designator)
a,
d
a
c
G
k
a,
CI
ld
t
3
Environmental Control System

1.
O p e n / c l o s e E C S v a l v e s on w a t e r (315) a n d
0 2 panel (314). (LHEB)
2.
C l o s e w a t e r - glycol a c c u m u l a t o r i s o l a t i o n
v a l v e on p a n e l 312. ( L H E B )
3.
U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s of ECU panel (313)

o v e r LiOH f i l t e r . ( L H E B )
4. O p e n / c l o s e w a t e r d e l i v e r y d e v i c e v a l v e
(304). ( L H E B )
5.
Tighten fluid a n d g a s l i n e connections.

(LHEB)
6. U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s of c a b i n a t m o s phere recirc.
7.
I.
screen.
(LHEB)
U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s ( 3 ) of a c c e s s panel
t o coolant c o n t r o l p a n e l (311). ( L H E B )
G u i d a n c e , Navigation, a n d C o n t r o l S y s t e m
1.
U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s of "LOOSE P.L\RTS
STOW-AGE" c o v e r f o r G&N h a n d l e s .
(LHFEB)
2.
R / R G & N h a n d l e s ( 2 ) on G & N panel.
3.
R / R r o t a t i o n a l c o n t r o l a d a p t e r on G & N
p a n e l ( 1 05). ( L E B )
3.
R / R o p t i c s panel (104)c o v e r .
F i g u r e 6-20.
(LEB)
(LEB)
C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool Set U s a g e C h a r t (Sheet 1 of 2 )
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL S E T AND WORKSHELF ( G F P )

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page 6-33
SMZA -03-SCO1 2
t
P = PrimaryUse
B = Backup
E = Emergency
Function
C.
(De s i g n a t o r )
5.
Adjust scanning t e l q s c o p e shaft a n d trunnior

axis. (LEB)
6.
W i n d / s e t GMT clock ( p a n e l 306).
7.
R / R s e x t a n t s h o r t a n d long e y e p i e c e f r o m
eyepiece.
8.
R / R scanning t e l e s c o p e s h o r t a n d long e y e piece from eyepiece assembly.
(LHFEB)
Mechanical Systems
1.
Adjust c r e w couch h e a d r e s t .
2.
-4djust couch u p p e r a r m r e s t .
3.
Stow t r a n s l a t i o n a l c o n t r o l a d a p t e r - c e n t e r
couch legrest.
4. Open s i d e c r e w p r e s s u r e ( i n n e r ) hatch f r o m
C /M.
D.
5.
Open s i d e c r e w h e a t s h i e l d / t h e r m a l hatch
from C/M (Emer).
6.
R / R s e a w a t e r a c c e s s tube plug.
7.
Lock/unlock couch f o o t s t r a p s when PCA

pressurized.
8.
T i g h t e n / l o o s e n m i r r o r U-joints.
(LHEB)
Mission Experiments
1.
Lock/unlock s c r e w s ( 2 ) of SCIENT EQUIP

B drawer.
F i g u r e 6-20.
C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool Set U s a g e C h a r t (Sheet 2 of 2 )
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL S E T AND WORKSHELF (GFP)

Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page 6-34
.--
SM2A - 0 3-SCO 12
6.10. 13. 1
I n - F l i g h t T o o l Set Stowage P o u c h a n d T o o l Set D r a w e r .

T h e t o o l s e t pouch is l o c a t e d i n t h e t o o l s e t d r a w e r o n t h e LEB. T h e
w o r k s h e l f i s s t o w e d i n t h e d r a w e r o n t o p of t h e t o o l s e t . T h e following t o o l s
a r e s t o w e d i n t h e pouch.
10" D r i v e r
4" D r i v e r
5 / 3 2 " hex s h o r t d r i v e r
4'' t o r q u e s e t d r i v e r
Adapter handle
2 end w r e n c h e s
Tether
T h e p o u c h is 2 1 . 2 5 i n c h e s long a n d 7 . 5 i n c h e s wide a n d i s m a d e of
g r e e n nylon c l o t h . It h a s a s m a l l p o u c h with a r e t e n t i o n s t r a p f o r e a c h t o o l
a n d i s m a r k e d with t h e t o o l n a m e a n d d e s i g n a t i o n . T h e t o o l s e t pouch i s
h e l d t o t h e d r a w e r b o t t o m by V e l c r o s t r i p s o n t h e u n d e r s i d e . T h e t e t h e r
w i l l be a t t a c h e d t o a d r i v e r t e t h e r r i n g a n d l a i d i n t h e d r a w e r . T h e t o o l s e t
d r a w e r s l i d e s i n a n d o u t o n t r a c k s a n d is h e l d c l o s e d by a l a t c h . In a
c o r n e r of t h e d r a w e r , a p o l y u r e t h a n e b l o c k with a cutout f o r t h e t o r q u e
wrench i s located.
6. 10. 13. 2
M i s c e l l a n e o u s Stowage.
T h e T - h a n d l e s a r e s t o w e d i n t h e ECS p a n e l s at a l l t i m e s when not
in use.
T h e e m e r g e n c y w r e n c h is p l a c e d i n t h e i n n e r h a t c h l a t c h m e c h a n i s m
f o r t h e m i s s i o n . If i t i s n e e d e d , i t c a n be r e m o v e d a n d u s e d .
The D-ring extension handle i s stowed n e a r the light fixture on the
right girth, shelf-accessible to the pilot.
6 . 1 0 . 14
WORKSHELF A S S E M B L Y .
( F i g u r e 6-21)
T h e w o r k s h e l f a s s e m b l y p r o v i d e s a t a b l e f o r food p r e p a r a t i o n a n d
m a p /manual reading.
T h e w o r k s h e l f is of a l u m i n u m s h e e t c o n s t r u c t i o n a p p r o x i m a t e l y
A t e a c h end, t h e r e is a hinged s u p p o r t f r a m e w i t h s l i d e
l a t c h e s . T h e s h e l f h a s two p i v o t s s o t h a t it c a n be folded l e n g t h w i s e ,
m a k i n g s t o r a g e e a s i e r . When s t o r e d , it i s 2 4 . 5 by 6 by 1 i n c h e s .
2 4 by 10. 5 i n c h e s .
T h e w o r k i n g t o p of t h e s h e l f i s s u r f a c e d with V e l c r o hook m a t e r i a l .
I t e m s t h a t w i l l be u s e d i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e s h e l f w i l l be equipped w i t h
Velcro pile m a t e r i a l , facilitating z e r o - g r e s t r a i n t .
CREWMAN I N - F L I G H T T O O L SET A N D WORKSHELF ( G F P )

Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
Page
6-35
S M 2 A - 0 3 - S C O 12
VELCRO
SUPPORT FRAME-
\\J 1 1
1
___--/<
/-
PRONG s
SLIDE LATCH-
Figure 6-21.
6. 10. 14. 1
W o r k s h e l f , Block I
Usage.
The w o r k s h e l f i s s t o r e d i n t h e l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay i n t h e tool s e t
d r a w e r next to t h e flight d a t a file s t o r a g e . To r e m o v e , s l i d e d r a w e r out,
lift, a n d unfold t h e shelf. F l i p t h e s u p p o r t f r a m e s t o t h e e x t e n d e d position
a n d i n s t a l l on t h e l o w e r bulkhead g i r t h s h e l f below the G & N equipment by
slipping t h e p r o n g s into t h e s l o t s . T h e . p r o n g s r e s t on s m a l l pins. L o c k
t h e s h e l f i n by a c t u a t i n g the s l i d e l a t c h o n e a c h s u p p o r t f r a m e . To r e m o v e ,
r e v e r s e t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e s s and s t o r e .
The food p a c k a g e s a n d flight d a t a m a n u a l s have p a t c h e s of V e l c r o
pile t o i n t e r f a c e with t h e w o r k s h e l f s u r f a c e .
C R E W M A N I N - F L I G H T TOOL SET A N D W O R K S H E L F ( G F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
Page
6- 36
SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 1 1
DRINKING WATER SUBSYSTEM. ( F i g u r e 6 - 2 2 )

T h e s o u r c e of cold w a t e r f o r drinking i s the w a t e r c h i l l e r . It i s the
s a m e line that is routed t o t h e cold w a t e r t a p of t h e potable w a t e r tank. The
c r e w m a n drinking w a t e r line is T ' d off, routed through a shut-off valve, to
the w a t e r d i s p e n s e r located beneath the m a i n display panel s t r u c t u r e . It i s
handy t o the left and c e n t e r couch positions.
T h e w a t e r d i s p e n s e r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a n aluminum mounting
b r a c k e t , a coiled h o s e , a n d a w a t e r d e l i v e r y valve in the f o r m of a pushbutton a c t u a t e d pistol. The p i s t o l i s G F E . It m e t e r s one-half ounce p o r t i o n s
of w a t e r when the pushbutton i s p r e s s e d . An a c c u m u l a t i v e c o u n t e r i s a l s o on
the s i d e . It h a s a s a f e t y pushbutton to p r e v e n t d i s c h a r g e of w a t e r when
p a s s i n g the pistol f r o m one c r e w m a n t o t h e o t h e r . T h e uncoiled h o s e \vi11
- ,
TYGON TUBING
F i g u r e 6-22.
C r e w m a n Water D i s p e n s e r A s s e m b l y
DRINKING WATER SUBSYSTEM

Mission
Change Date
Page
6-37
SMZA -03-SCO 1 2

r e a c h 72 inches. When the p i s t o l i s r e t u r n e d t o the mount, t h e h o s e will
r e - c o i l into the housing. T h e p i s t o l is s t o r e d in the mounting b r a c k e t and
is held i n p l a c e by a r e t a i n e r .
During o r b i t , a n a l t e r n a t e position i s located on t h e MDC.
is held i n p l a c e by V e l c r o t a b s .
6. 12
The pistol
FOOD.
T h e food f u r n i s h e s a balanced d i e t of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2650 c a l o r i e s p e r
day t o e a c h c r e w m e m b e r . T h e a s t r o n a u t ' s daily r e q u i r e m e n t f o r a n e a r t h
o r b i t a l m i s s i o n i s 2650 c a l o r i e s . H i s daily intake will be 1 . 2 pounds of
food, 6 pounds of w a t e r , and 2 pounds of oxygen. He will give off about
2 . 2 pounds of COz.
The food is in many f o r m s s u c h as dehydrated, f r e e z e - d r y , and bulk.
It c o n s i s t s m a i n l y of a highly n u t r i t i o u s and c o n c e n t r a t e d food. The food i s
packaged i n p l a s t i c bags o f a s p e c i a l design to allow food to be vacuum
packaged. The food bag h a s a one-way poppet valve through which the
potable w a t e r supply nozzle is i n s e r t e d . The bag h a s a n o t h e r valve through
which the food p a s s e s . The food bags a r e packaged in aluminum foilbacked p l a s t i c bags to m a k e one m e a l f o r e a c h a s t r o n a u t . B r e a k f a s t ,
lunch, a n d s n a c k s will be r e c y c l e d e v e r y 4 days during the m i s s i o n a n d the
d i n n e r e v e r y 8 days. The bags have r e d , white, and blue dots to identify
t h e m f o r t h e individual c r e w m a n .
6. 1 2 . 1
USE.
T h e f r e e z e - d r y food is r e c o n s t i t u t e d b y adding hot o r cold w a t e r
through a one-way v a l v e on t h e food bag neck. It i s then kneaded by hand
f o r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 m i n u t e s . When t h e food is reconstituted, t h e neck i s
cut o r t o r n off and placed in the mouth. A squeeze on the bag f o r c e s food
into t h e mouth. When finished, a g e r m i c i d e tablet, attached t o t h e bag, is
slipped t h r o u g h t h e mouth p i e c e , a n ounce of w a t e r added, and the bag shook.
The g e r m i c i d e will p r e v e n t f e r m e n t a t i o n and g a s . The bag is then rolled a s
small a s p o s s i b l e and r e t u r n e d t o t h e food stowage d r a w e r .
6. 12. 2
STOWAGE.
Food is stowed in t h r e e a r e a s : t h e food stowage c o m p a r t m e n t in the
l o w e r equipment bay ( L E B ) on t h e left hand s i d e , the a u x i l i a r y food c o m p a r t m e n t in t h e C / U - h a n d equipment bay ( R H E B ) , and the food stowage
c o m p a r t m e n t in the left-hand equipment bay (LHEB). Combined, they
o f f e r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6 , 0 0 6 cubic inches of food s t o r a g e volume.
6. 12. 2. 1
L E B F o o d Stowaee C o m p a r t m e n t .
The food stowage c o m p a r t m e n t is s t r u c t u r a l l y s e p a r a t e from the CM
s u p p o r t s t r u c t u r e a n d contains five bins a n d five d r a w e r s . T h e combined
d r a w e r v o l u m e is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3725 cubic i n c h e s . The c o m p a r t m e n t i s 2 3
i n c h e s high, 20 i n c h e s wide, 23 i n c h e s deep, a n d i s c o n s t r u c t e d a s a unit.
DRINKING WATER SUBSYSTEM-FOOD
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-38
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
--

The top, bottom, right s i d e , and s h e l v e s a r e 0 . 2 5 - i n c h honeycombed
a l u m i n u m sandwich. The left s i d e i s s h e e t a l u m i n u m 0.063-inch thick. The
r e t a i n e r d o o r s a r e a l u m i n u m s h e e t and hinged at t h e bottom. The d o o r s a r e
latched a t the top with l a t c h b o l t s that pin into the s i d e s u p p o r t s t r u c t u r e .
The food stowage d r a w e r s a r e c o n s t r u c t e d of 0.020-inch-thick
f i b e r g l a s s : t h e l a r g e s t weighs about 26 ounces. The end t o be opened h a s a
net c l o s u r e held in p l a c e b y V e l c r o providing e a s y a c c e s s when the door is
opened.
6. 1 2 . 2 . 2
RHEB Auxiliarv Food ComDartment D r a w e r .

T h e a u x i l i a r y food c o m p a r t m e n t d r a w e r i s s e p a r a t e f r o m the food
stowage c o m p a r t m e n t and i s located on the right-hand equipment bay. The
volume i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1000 cubic inches and i t s d i m e n s i o n s a r e 29 i n c h e s
long, 10 i n c h e s high, and 10 inches deep.
T h e a u x i l i a r y food c o m p a r t m e n t d r a w e r i s a 3 - p l y , f i b e r g l a s s box
0 . 0 3 0 i n c h e s thick. The f r o n t h a s a n e t c l o s u r e hinged a t the bottom and
attached a t t h e top by Velcro. It i s supported s t r u c t u r a l l y on a n a l u m i n u m
shelf and two s h e e t a l u m i n u m s t o p s in t h e Z - Z direction. I t s r e a r s i d e
f i t s a g a i n s t the i n n e r s t r u c t u r e face s h e e t . An a l u m i n u m d o o r holds the
d r a w e r in and g i v e s s t r u c t u r a l support.
6. 1 2 . 2 . 3
LHEB Food Stowaee C o m p a r t m e n t

The LHEB food stowage c o m p a r t m e n t has a volume of I 2 8 1 cubic
inches. The food stowage d r a w e r is a f i b e r g l a s s d r a w e r s i m i l a r in
c o n s t r u c t i o n to the o t h e r food d r a w e r s , with a net c l o s u r e o n the f r o n t .
d r a w e r r e s t s in the s t r u c t u r e and i s held in place by a sliding d o o r .
6. 13
The
PERSONAL HYGIENE ( G F P ) . ( F i g u r e 6-23)

P e r s o n a l hygiene i t e m s c o n s i s t of a n o r a l hygiene a s s e m b l y containing
a toothbrush a n d ingestible gum, wet and d r y cleaning c l o t h s , and towels.
6 . 13. 1
CLE.4NSING 3F T E E T H
ORAL HYGIENE ASSEMBLY.
An effective method of cleansing t e e t h i s T r i d e n t b r a n d chewing gum. It

i s chewed and then swallowed. One s t i c k i s u s e d a f t e r e a c h of four m e a l s
p e r day. .i s t i c k i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 by 718 inch. To m a i n t a i n healthy
g u m s , a toothbrush for m a s s a g i n g by brushing i s u s e d . The b r u s h a l s o h a s
a r u b b e r prong on the handle f o r dislodging food p a r t i c l e s .
T h e s e i t e m s a r e packaged i n a o n e - m a n module t o be u s e d for a 14-day
period. The module contains one t o o t h b r u s h a n d 2 8 p a c k s of gum. In e a c h
pack, t h e r e a r e two s t i c k s giving a total of 5 6 s t i c k s p e r a s t r o n a u t . T h e
module i s s t o r e d in the f i r s t days food s t o r a g e d r a w e r t o be u s e d for the
entire mission.
FOOD-PERSONAL
hvi i s s ion
Basic Date l 2
1966
HYGIENE ( G F P )
Change Date
Page
6-39
SMZA -03-SCO 12
---
WET CLEANS ING CLOTH
TOOTH B RUS H
(1 EACH ASTRONAUT)
I
-
YNGESTABLE
GUM PACK
TOWELS
(2 STICKS PER PACK)
n
e*-.
,
CS-5501D
F i g u r e 6-23.
6. 13. 2
P e r s o n a l Hygiene I t e m s
WET CLEANSING CLOTH.

Wet c l e a n s i n g c l o t h s will be u s e d f o r p o s t - m e a l a n d post-defecation
hygiene. The c l o t h s a r e 4 by 4 i n c h e s folded into a 2-inch s q u a r e and sealed
in p l a s t i c . They a r e s a t u r a t e d with a g e r m i c i d e and w a t e r . T h e c l o t h s f o r
p o s t - m e a l c l e a n s i n g a r e s t o r e d , along with the d r y c l e a n s i n g cloth, in the
food p a c k a g e s f o r e a s y a c c e s s i b i l i t y . The post-defecation c l e a n s i n g cloths
( 6 2 or m o r e ) a r e located i n a sanitation supply stowage box.
6. 13. 3
D R Y CLE.4NING CLOTH.
T h e d r y cleaning c l o t h s will be a l t e r n a t e d with the wet c l e a n s i n g cloths
f o r p o s t - m e a l cleanup. They a r e t h e s a m e s i z e and t e x t u r e ; however, they
do not contain w a t e r and a g e r m i c i d e . They a r e a l s o packaged with the food.
T h e r e a r e 168 wet a n d d r y c l e a n s i n g c l o t h s t o be placed in the food packages.
PERSONAL HYGIENE ( G F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
P a g e 6-4'
SIMZA
- 0 3 -SC 0 12

6. 13. 4
TO WE LS.
T h e t o w e l s will be u s e d f o r utility p u r p o s e s . T h e r e a r e 2 1 , e a c h
1 2 by 12 i n c h e s , and packaged i n 3 p l a s t i c bags. One bag i s stowed on the
left couch, and two b a g s a r e stowed i n the RHEB.
6. 13. 5
TISSUE DISPENSERS.
T h e cleansing t i s s u e s will a l s o b e used f o r defecation cleanup and
utility u s e . T h e r e a r e nine t i s s u e d i s p e n s e r s , seven a r e located on the
b a c k of the c e n t e r couch, and two in o t h e r a r e a s . They a r e mounted with
Velcro.
6. 14
MEDICAL S U P P L I E S ( G F P ) .
The m e d i c a l equipment i s used f o r the following:
0
0
Monitor c u r r e n t physiological condition of the c r e w m e n .

F u r n i s h m e d i c a l supplies f o r t r e a t m e n t of c r e w m a n in-flight m e d i c a l
emergencies.
The m e d i c a l equipment is subdivided into two functional types:

m o n i t o r i n g equipment and e m e r g e n c y m e d i c a l equipment. The monitoring
equipment includes t h e clinical physiological m o n i t o r i n g i n s t r u m e n t s e t ,
personal biomedical s e n s o r s instrument assembly, biomedical preamplifier
i n s t r u m e n t a s s e m b l y , and the p e r s o n a l radiation d o s i m e t e r s . T h e r e i s
a l s o a b i o i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n a c c e s s o r i e s kit f o r s p a r e s . The e m e r g e n c y
m e d i c a l equipment i s t h e e m e r g e n c y m e d i c a l kit.
6. 14. 1
iMONITORING EQUIPMENT.
6. 14. 1. 1
C l i n i c a l Physiological Monitoring I n s t r u m e n t Set.

T h e r e i s a r e q u i r e m e n t f o r p e r i o d i c m e a s u r e m e n t s of body t e m p e r a t u r e , blood p r e s s u r e , h e a r t b e a t r a t e , and r e s p i r a t o r y r a t e t o b e logged
by the c r e w m a n . T h i s s e t of i n s t r u m e n t s will a c c o m p l i s h t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s . The i n s t r u m e n t s include the following:
0
0
Individual t h e r m o m e t e r s f o r body t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e m e n t s
.Aneroid s p h y g m o m a n o m e t e r for m e a s u r i n g blood p r e s s u r e
Stethoscope for h e a r t beat m e a s u r e m e n t .
The physiological m o n i t o r i n g s e t is s t o r e d in the f o r w a r d m e d i c a l

c o m p a r t m e n t of the LEB.
~~
PERSONAL HYGIENE (GFP)-MEDICAL
M i s s ion
Basic Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
SUPPLIES ( G F P )
Page
6-41
SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 14. 1. 2
Personal Biomedical Sensors Instrument Assembly.

Constant m o n i t o r i n g of the h e a r t b e a t and r e s p i r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d . The
s e n s o r s a s s e m b l y a u t o m a t i c a l l y and continually s e n s e s t h e s e functions when
t h e m a i n d i s p l a y panel switch i s positioned t o the c r e w m a n t o be monitored.
T h e p e r s o n a l b i o m e d i c a l s e n s o r s i n s t r u m e n t a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of t h e
following:
0
0
Electrodes (silver silver chloride), 4 or m o r e

A c c e s s o r i e s , s u c h a s p a s t e a n d application tape.
T h e s e n s o r s will be u s e d to gain t h e following:
0
0
2 electrocardiographs (ECG)
Respiration rate,
The s e n s o r , a s s e m b l i e s a r e a t t a c h e d t o t h e body of the a s t r o n a u t a t

a r e a s of s p a r s e m u s c l e s ( t o r e d u c e a r t i f a c t level) by u s e of p a s t e and t a p e ,
and r e m a i n throughout the m i s s i o n .
6. 14. 1. 3
B i o m e d i c a l Pr e a m plifie r I n s t r u m ent -4s s e m bly
B e c a u s e of t h e i r weak magnitude, the s e n s o r s i g n a l s have t o be

amplified b e f o r e being t e l e m e t e r e d . T h i s function i s p e r f o r m e d by t h e
p r e a m p l i f i e r s ( o r s i g n a l c o n d i t i o n e r s ) . The p r e a m p l i f i e r s a r e about t h e
s i z e of a c i g a r e t t e pack and weigh about 100 g r a m s . They o p e r a t e on a
s o u r c e voltage of 16.8 v o l t s , t h e r e f o r e one d c - d c c o n v e r t e r , T h e r e a r e
t h r e e p r e a m p l i f i e r s which a r e to be u s e d for thc following m e a s u r e m e n t s :
i E C G No. 1
0 ECG No. 2 o r phonocardiograph ( u s e s same p r e a m p l i f i e r )
0 Respi,ration r a t e
The p r e a m p l i f i e r s fit into pockets in the constant w e a r g a r m e n t ,

c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l l y around the s t o m a c h d i a p h r a g m . W i r e l e a d s connect to
t h e s e n s o r s , which a c t as e l e c t r o d e s . The s e n s o r s a c t a s an e l e c t r o d e
f o r one o r m o r e p r e a m p l i f i e r s . The d i f f e r e n c e of r e s i s t a n c e between two
e l e c t r o d e s i s m e a s u r e d . Muscle activity ( b r e a t h i n g ) c h a n g e s the skin
r e s i s t a n c e and t h i s change i s m e a s u r e d and s e n t t o the t e l e m e t r y equipment.
One e l e c t r o d e o r s e n s o r can b e w i r e d to m o r e than one lead f o r a
p r e a m p l i f i e r . E a c h p r e a m p l i f i e r will have a lead ( t o a n umbilical) t e r m i nating with a c o n n e c t o r . The c o n n e c t o r s will plug into a l a r g e r common
umbilical.
6. 14. 1 . 4
B i o i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n A c c e s s o r i e s Kit.
A kit of s p a r e s and p o s s i b l e u s e f o r additional scientific e x p e r i m e n t s
will b e located in t h e right-hand equipment bay on the kick ring adjacent
t o the L E B . The kit will have 3 5 s e n s o r s , 50 m i c r o p o r e d i s c s , 8 wet wipe
t o w e l s , and 1 tube of e l e c t r o l y t e p a s t e .
MEDICAL S U P P L I E S ( C F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
-6 - 4 2
SM2A -0 3 -SCO 1 2
6. 14. 1 . 5
P e r s o n a l Radiation D o s i m e t e r s .
T h e c r e w will w e a r f i v e p a s s i v e d o s i m e t e r s in t h e f o r m of f i l m p a c k s
in t h e CWG. One c r e w m a n will a l s o w e a r a n ionization c h a m b e r of t h e
a c t i v e type in h i s CWG. P e r s o n a l d o s i m e t e r i n f o r m a t i o n will not b e
telemetered.
6. 1 4 . 2
MEDICAL KIT ( G F P ) .
The m e d i c a l s u p p l i e s a r e contained in o r a l d r u g s , i n j e c t a b l e d r u g s ,
d r e s s i n g s , t o p i c a l a g e n t s , and an i n h a l e r . The content of t h e m e d i c a l
kit i s a s iollows:
Oral Drugs
Drug
Use
No. of T a b s
Bismuth subcarbonate
F e v e r , pain r e d u c e r
24
D a r v o n compound 65
F e v e r , pain r e d u c e r
12
Globaline
S u p p r e s s e s infection
of gastro-inte s t i n a l
system
50
Tigan, Bonodoxin, o r
Marezine
Anti-nauseant
( 6- m a n d a y t r e a t m e n t )
24
Dexedrine
Stimulant
12
Acromycin (250 m g )
24
E l e c t i v e m e d i c at ion
Drug
Use
No. of Units
Morphine Sulphate
Demerol
Pain killer
Tigan,
Bonodoxin, o r
M a r e zine
Anti -nau s e a n t
MEDICAL S U P P L I E S ( G F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966
Change Date
.
Page
6-43
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2

Dressings
It em
Qty Reqd
E l a s t i c bandage o r c o m p r e s s (3" x 60")

Bandaids (1" x 3")
Item
2
12
Use
G e n e r a l p u r p o s e ointment,
antibiotic
Qty Reqd
2 (1/2
Skin i r r i t a t i o n s
02.
tubes)
A n t i - n a s a l congestant
Benzedrex inhaler
6. 14. 2 . 1
T h e m e d i c a l kit i s in a single package, a c c e s s i b l e a t a l l t i m e s during
t h e m i s s i o n . The package is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 by 5- 1 1 2 by 4 i n c h e s and
weighs 2 . 1 pounds.
6. 1 4 . 2 . 2
Storage.
(Figure 6-24)
T h e m e d i c a l kit will b e stowed on the b a c k of t h e l e f t couch l o w e r l e g

support
6. 14. 2 . 3
Medical Kit Additional Usage.

In the event t h e a s t r o n a u t s h a v e to evacuate t h e command module
d u r i n g t h e r e c o v e r y p h a s e , t h e m e d i c a l kit will b e detached f r o m the couch
and c a r r i e d b y a n a s t r o n a u t .
6. 15
SURVIVAL KIT ( G F P ) .
T h e r e a r e two s u r v i v a l k i t s with t h r e e p a c k a g e s in each. One
package contains t h r e e r a f t s ; the o t h e r package contains w a t e r and m i s c e l l a n e o u s s u r v i v a l equipment. T h e y a r e r e a d i l y a c c e s s i b l e f r o m the
right-hand f o r w a r d equipment bay by the right-hand s e a t occupant. The k i t s
and c o n t a i n e r s weigh a p p r o x i m a t e l y 70 pounds. In addition t o the s u r v i v a l
k i t , a s e a w a t e r p u m p is provided. The pump i s used a f t e r splashdown if
the c r e w r e q u i r e s w a t e r and the onboard supply is exhausted.
6 . 15. 1
STOWAGE.
T h e k i t s and t h e s e a w a t e r p u m p a r e stowed in t h e right-hand f o r w a r d
equipment bay. They a r e i n s e r t e d into t h e s t r u c t u r a l f r a m e w o r k f r o m the
bottom and held in p l a c e b y a q u i c k - r e l e a s e b a r r e t a i n e r .
SURVIVAL KIT ( G F P )
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date
1966
Change Date
Page
6- 44
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
C L I N I C A L MONITORING SET
BIOMED INSTRUMENTATION
\ACCESSORIES
KIT
M ICROPORE
~ D l S C S
WET W I P E
CLOTHS
.Q
1
F i g u r e 6-24.
M e d i c a l Supplies and E q u i p m e n t C / M L o c a t i o n s
Container
0.90 cubic f e e t
0 . 8 5 cubic f e e t
5 pounds
4 . 2 5 pounds
MEDIC-AL S U P P L I E S ( G F P ) - S U R V I V A L
B a s i c Date l 2
Volume
Weight
No. 1
No. 2
blission
ELECTRODE
PASTE
19b6
Change Date
KIT ( G F P )
Page
6-45
SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 15. 2
SURVIVAL KIT CONTAINER OPERATION.

After impact, and i f the CM is damaged or sinking, it h a s been d e t e r mined by the c r e w c o m m a n d e r t o evacuate, the pilot will r e l e a s e the survival
c o n t a i n e r s by pulling a ring on t h e b a r r e t a i n e r . He will hand a container to
each of the other a s t r o n a u t s . Two a s t r o n a u t s m u s t r e t r i e v e t h e flight data
m i s s i o n logs. The side hatch is removed and the a s t r o n a u t s e n t e r the water.
In the w a t e r , container top is removed by ( 1 ) pulling hinge pin completely out
and discarding and ( 2 ) rotating top against breakaway hinge until i t falls off.
Reach inside, pull out contents, activate the one-man raft and c l i m b aboard.
6. 15. 3
CONTENTS O F THE SURVIVAL KITS.
( F i g u r e 6-25)
Container No. 1 contains two cloth pouches. O n e pouch contains t h r e e

aluminum c o n t a i n e r s , each with 5 inches of water. The second pouch contains the following:
Survival radio with b a t t e r y
Survival radio battery
2 combination survival lights
3 survival glasses
2 survival knives
2 desalting k i t s with 16 tablets
cs- 70000
F i g u r e 6-25.
Apollo Survival Kit and Components, Block I

Mission
Basic Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-46
SMZA -03-SCO 12
C o n t a i n e r No. 2 c o n t a i n s o n e pouch with t h r e e o n e - m a n l i f e r a f t s
t e t h e r e d t o g e t h e r with 25-foot t e t h e r s . T h e p o u c h e s o p e n by u s e of z i p p e r s
a n d h a v e l a c i n g s o n t h e bottom t o a d j u s t t h e f i t .
6. 15. 4
DESCRIPTION AND USE O F SURVIVAL K I T COMPONENTS.
6. 15. 4. 1
Lifer aft s
T h e l i f e r a f t s a r e of l i g h t w e i g h t n y l o n o r m y l a r a n d i n f l a t e d w i t h COz.
E a c h h a s a s e a a n c h o r , s p o n g e pad, s u n bonnet, t e t h e r , a n d s e a dye m a r k e r .
6. 15. 4. 2
Beacon/ T r a n s c e i v e r .
T h e UHF b e a c o n / t r a n s c e i v e r is a h a n d - h e l d , b a t t e r y - p o w e r e d r a d i o ,
f i x e d - t u n e d t o a V H F f r e q u e n c y of 2 4 3 m c a n d m a n u f a c t u r e d by S p e r r y
P h o e n i x C o m p a n y . T h e r a d i o c o n s i s t s of a r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y ,
a b a t t e r y p a c k a s s e m b l y , a n d a q u a r t e r - w a v e a n t e n n a ( f i g u r e 6-26). T h e
r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y a n d b a t t e r y pack a s s e m b l y m a t e t o f o r m a
w a t e r t i g h t u n i t m e a s u r i n g 8 by 4-112 by 3 i n c h e s . T h e a n t e n n a i s a n 1 1 - 1 / 2 inch-long tapered, flexible s t e e l tape, terminating i n a coaxial R F connector,
a n d is n o r m a l l y s t o r e d i n a r e t a i n i n g s p o o l a n d c l i p on t o p of t h e r a d i o u n i t .
T h e r a d i o i s c a p a b l e of l i n e - o f - s i g h t o p e r a t i o n i n e i t h e r of two m o d e s
( b e a c o n o r v o i c e ) t h r o u g h u s e of e i t h e r its own a n t e n n a o r a s u i t a b l e
ANTENNA 51
BATTERY RETAINER SCREW
SELECTOR GUARD
MODE SELECTOR
F i g u r e 6-26.
S u r v i v a l B e a c o n / T r a n s c e i v e r Radio
SURVIVAL KIT ( C F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page 6-47
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
~
~~~
~~
connected r e m o t e antenna. T h e t r a n s m i t t e r output i s p r o t e c t e d a g a i n s t

d a m a g e while o p e r a t i n g due t o a c c i d e n t a l shorting of the antenna o r
s u b m e r g e n c e of t h e unit in salt w a t e r . In t h e beacon m o d e , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r
o p e r a t e s unattended, f o r p e r i o d s up t o 24 h o u r s , to t r a n s m i t a n i n t e r r u p t e d
1000 c p s t o n e , amplitude-modulated 25 p e r c e n t on t h e 243 mc R F carrier.
In t h e v o i c e m o d e , t h e r a d i o p r o v i d e s two-way AM voice communication
t h r o u g h u s e of a n i n t e g r a l s p e a k e r - m i c r o p h o n e and push-to-talk switch.
An e x t r a b a t t e r y i s included in the pouch.
The following is a s u m m a t i o n of t h e o p e r a t i n g c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s :
~~
Voice Mode
Beacon Mode
w a t t s into
a 50-ohm
r e s i s t i v e load
2 w a t t s into a
50-ohm r e s i s t i v e
load
Frequency
243 m c c a r r i e r .
300 t o 3000 c p s
v o i c e signal
243-mc c a r r i e r ,
1000 - c p s signal
Modulation
90 - p e r c e n t
maximum
25 percent
Duty c y c l e
Continuous when
PUSH - T 0TALK switch i s
p r essed
2 s e c o n d s on
3 s e c o n d s off
Receiver sensitivity
10 db signal
plus noise-ton o i s e r a t i o with
7.5 m i c r o v o l t s
s i g n a l on antenna
C h a r a c t e r istic
A v e r a g e power output
6. 15. 4. 3
. 1.2
---
S u r v i v a l Lights ( 2 ) .
T h e s u r v i v a l light is a t h r e e units, in one device a s i t contains t h r e e
c o m p a r t m e n t s . The whole device is waterproof. T h e c o n t r o l s f o r the light
a r e on t h e bottom.
The f i r s t unit i s a flashlight. T h e second unit i s a s t r o b e light f o r
night signaling. The t h i r d unit i s a waterproof c o m p a r t m e n t containing a
f i s h hook a n d l i n e , a "sparky" k i t ( s t r i k e r a n d pith b a l l s ) , needle and t h r e a d ,
and whistle. The top o f . t h e unit is a c o m p a s s and on one s i d e is a signal
m i r r o r t h a t folds flat t o the c a s e .
6. 15. 4. 4
Survival G l a s s e s ( 3 ) .
F o r p r o t e c t i o n of the e y e s a g a i n s t the s u n a n d g l a r e , t h r e e s u r v i v a l
g l a s s e s a r e included. They a r e a p o l a r i z e d p l a s t i c s h e e t with S i e r r a Coat
111, a gold coating t h a t r e f l e c t s h e a t a n d r a d i o waves.
SURVIVAL K I T ( G F P )
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
Page
6-48
SMZA -03-SCO 12
6. 15. 4. 5
Survival Knives ( 2 ) .
The survival knives a r e protected with a cloth sheath.
v e r y thin with r a z o r edges. The back edge i s a saw.
6. 15. 4. 6
The knives a r e
Water Cans l.3 ),.

One pouch contains t h r e e aluminum water c a n s , one for each crewman.
The cans have a drinking valve and hold 5 pounds of water.
6. 15. 4. 7
Desalting Kits ( 2 ) Plus Tablets (16).

The desalting k i t s a r e plastic bags with a filter a t the bottom. Approximately one pint of water i s put in the bag and one tablet added. The w a t e r
i s desalted a f t e r approximately one hour.
6. 15. 4. 8
Emergency Medical Survival Kit.
In the event the medical kit cannot be r e t r i e v e d before e g r e s s , a n

emergency medical survival kit i s in the survival kit. It contains 6 banda i d s , 6 i n j e c t o r s , 30 t a b l e t s , and one tube of a l l purpose ointment.
SEA WATER PUMP (CFE).
6. 15. 5
(Figure 6-27)
The pump a s s e m b l y contains a n intake check valve, a discharge check

valve, and a 3-inch-diameter bellows, which i s operated by m e a n s of a
fingerhold and extends 1 - 1 / 8 inches from a 2/5-inch c o m p r e s s e d thickness.
III5CHARC.F VALVE
DISCHARGE
HOSE
BELLOWS
FINGER HOLD
ADAPTER
c i i i n c ci
iin
F i g u r e 6-27.
Sea Water P u m p
SURVJXAL KIT ( G F P )
Miss ion
Basic Date
l2
1966
Change ,Date
Page 6-49
SM2A-03-SCO 12

A 10-foot-long p l a s t i c h o s e , fitted with a guide plug and a n a d a p t e r , is
a t t a c h e d to t h e intake v a l v e ; a 1-foot-long h o s e i s attached to the d i s c h a r g e

valve. T o u s e the pump, the plug is r e m o v e d from t h e s t e a m vent hose
l o c a t e d j u s t f o r w a r d of the aft bulkhead i n t h e LHEB; the a d a p t e r on the
intake h o s e is t h r e a d e d into the b o s s ; and the p e r f o r a t e d end of the intake
h o s e i s fed t h r o u g h t h e guide plug into the s t e a m vent, along t h e vent about
5 feet t o t h e vent outlet, a n d through t h e outlet into the s e a . The guide plug
is t h e n tightened into the a d a p t e r t o f o r m a seal a r o u n d the hose, and the
bellows is extended and c o m p r e s s e d t o pump w a t e r f r o m t h e s h o r t d i s c h a r g e
h o s e into t h e d e s a l t i n g kit bag. The p u m p is packaged in a s e m i f l e x i b l e
p l a s t i c c o n t a i n e r a n d stowed on the backside of the RH couch position
legrest.
6. 16
S T O W AGE.
The n u m e r o u s a c t i v i t i e s of the c r e w m a k e housekeeping v e r y i m p o r tant. A l l l o o s e equipment m u s t be stowed d u r i n g launch and boost. P r i o r to

e n t r y , l o o s e equipment m u s t be stowed f o r e n t r y and landing. F i g u r e 6-28
defines S / C 012 stowage l o c a t i o n s f o r equipment,
-STOW.AG E
I
A
I
C
D
' G h N EYEPIECE'COMPUTMIM
SHORT TELL [fi*lfCf
SHORT SEXTANT EYEPIECE
LONG TELE EYEPIECE
OITICS FILTER
G h N O?TICS ? A N COVER
TOO0 A - COMAINER
9
A
B
C
D
E
f
10
A
'FOOO D- CONTAINER
I
C
'FOOD C' COMAINER
D
E
'FOOD D' COMAINER
F
G
H
I
Too0 E'COMAINER
1
A
TILOT FLT 'DAIA FILE'DW

NAVIGAIOR CHECK LIST
UNDMARK WACS
S/C SYSTEM OATA
CXPERIWNTS CHECKLIST
STAR CHART
ORUTAL M A P
'TOOL-TA8I.E' DUWER
WORKSIKU
A TOIOWE WENCH
E -ADAPTER WNDLE
F 2 fND-MENCHES
H 10' DRIVER
J 4- X 5/32' SHORT DRIVER
L 4- C K " ( 7 P ) DRIVER
R 4'IOROU SET DRIVER
TETHER
TOOLSEl P O K H
---
II
'XIEM EXP I'DUWER
Moo9 GOGGUS
D
1
F
3 Mm)MOWtWECES
12
13
J
K
L
M
I4
STOW
ARU
61
63
A
64
LHEl
SIOWAGE ITEMS
C O W R DATA
7 16MMFllMPACKS
8 7WAMFllMPACKS
'XIEM E X l C ' O w l
W D DATA ACO S Y S ( W A S )
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY KEBI
T L I N W N I N S T SET' C O W
C L I N MON INSR SLT
LRlNL RECEITACU I
WNSFER VALVE ASSY
3 K D CUMTI
TOWELI' C O W M T M E M
14 TOWELS (? P K G 9
clolrlr!GJ
I
Flu MG
1-HA;H)U
VOOD' COWUIMEM
FOOD STOW SW C O N 1
UWC I
YN)AL' C O W
b
C
b5
T-WNDLE
64
STOW
ARU
LWfI
STOWAGE ITEMS
A7
A
C
68
A
D
C
UUI, SENSOR L U I U
Y
M U W M 4 N VMILASY'S
3 0 HOSf ASSY W L Z L E S
3CdUA CAWS
3 ?GA ELEC ADAITERS
3 EUCT. C O W 7' ADUTERS
I
LEFT HAND EQUIPMENT BAY (WEB)
AFT BULKHEAD (AB)
I
'.lENT BAY (WEB)
STOW
ARC*
21
A
AFT bVLKHEAD
STOWAGE I T E M
3 c o w SOFT M T S
3 LIGHTWEIGHT HEADSETS
R/H PGA STOW MG
27
A
C O W M T M M 3.
SPARE U l N f LINE FILTER
CREW OS 4 L I G N SlGMl L
?OWER CORD
I COAS WLI 6 SPAR1
2 WK'S
D
21
A
n
D
A
LWEI
STOWAGE ITEMS
3PCA HEL STON MGS
26
A
STOW
*IC*
'LOOSE PARTS- COMPARIUSM

G I N SHORT M N D H O U )
G I N LONG HANDtioK)U)
LEI IO1 CONTROL MOUM
LONG SEXTANT EYEPIECE
S IDWALL & HATCH
R/H SLEEV RESTRAINT
FAN CLOSUE
WATER DISPENSER (PlSlOU
C O W M T M M 7'
Moos CAMUA WKT
PPK
C O W M T M t M 'Y'
COWARTMEN1 '2'
9 PENLIGHTS
Y" I
S U V KIT R K K U C K (I)
SWV K I l R K K U C K (2)
SUIVNAL KIT C O M 'I'
SURVIVAL KIT R K K Y C-K.(3
S U HOSE 6 PUM)
.-
S u V l V A L KIT C O M 'C'
Y
RntI
STOWAGE ITEMS
Y A C U J M CLL*NfR* C W M T U L M
V A C W M CLEANER ASSY W,%OY
5 VAC C L U N REF MG ASSY'S
STOWAGE l l W S
CREW COUCHES
Ff OVrU MG
DEUlS MG
GERMICIDE POUCH
T I UNO
'UEDKAL ACCESS00ES KIT'COMI
U O 4 D ACCESlOllES KIT
35 ELECIROOES
$0MKROPORE DISCS
I ELECTRODE ?ASlf
8 wET-?I?E lOWE15
'SCIENT DCP E/lOWLS'COW
m0, M?HLLOMlTER
I O Y N SUP ASSYS
7 TOWLS (1 PKG)
5 VAC C L U N REF MC ASSYS
'ELECT ADAPTERS' C O W
3CwG ELECT ADAPTERS
I SLECP ElEC ADAPTERS
a2
ITA I RO~ATO-N CONTROL
EMERGENtY M?DK*L KIT
TRAM CONTROL ADAPTER
u
u
7 TISSUE DIYLNI(I5
NMUmOUM
16 MM CAM. *Y)m
STA 3 L O W
re
SIA 3 ROTATION CONTROL
*u( REST
N
.l
'SANITATION I V I L I E S ' C O W
Y N SUI IOXES A. B b C
5 l U N SUP ASSYY
'FDODCWAlIULM
ALK FOOD CONTAINER
PILOT ILT DATA FILE M G
E N G R CHECK-LISl
MISSION L O G I DATA
KICK SHELF
FIGURE 1 - 5 1
Missit
SM2A -03-SCO12
SIDEWALL 6 HATCH
STOWAGf ITEMS
LWEI
STOWAGE ITEMS
APOLLO QUI PMEM STOWAGE ILAUNCHI

'LOOSE PUTS' C O M P A I I M L M
G I N S W T HANDHOLD
G I N LONG HANDHOLD
U I IO1C O M R O L M O U M
LONG SfXIANT fYEPlECE
L E U SIDE V I W W I N D S W D E
(SIC 0121
LfFT R E M I W I N D SWDE
TOOL b E M f R M f K H
FAN CLOSUf
HATCH SHADE
WATER DIYENSER (PISTOU
RIGHT L E N D W I N D S M f
" W R K E D - COMPARTMENT
R T SlD VIEW W I N D SUADE
--
A-1. U
I f C A-f. C
I. T. Y. 2
F O O D A-
I-A)
21
TUNML
STOWAGE llfW
RUE1
STOWAGE AREAS
11
-0
- 60
U T K H D LlOH STORAGE C O M A I N E R S (-XES)
SCIENTIFIC E X P E R I M t M C O M P U T M E M S
MIX SClfNT EX) EQUIP 6 CREW E W l P
L f B FOOO C W A I T M E M S
LEI
AFT WtxnfAD
LHFfl. RWEB, SIDEWALL IHATCH,
N CAWU w/
UM
71 - m anti
81 99 CREW C O L K H IK K K S M L F
WlDf ANGLE
1
I
CREW C O U C H
STOWAGE llflu
I T A I LW *Ikl(EST,
cww UIUEL
STOW
uu
RAl
24/20
PCA
ITA 1 ROTATION CONTROL
CREW
PfNUGMl
E M E R C E K Y WYDIC*L KIT
CREW
SVN CUSSES W / C O M
RAM C O N T R O L A D W E R
24
LlFf Vu1
7T I S M DIYfWRS
CItw
C H O N O C W H WlWATCH UN,
NCMUHWM
CREW
2 W K I N G ENS
lLMMc*M.MDvNl
CREW
2 M K M A N I U L PENCILS
ITA 3 LOMU AIM REST LA4
CRfW
S U G U L SCISSORS
I T A 3 ROTATION CONTROL
CWG
'SClfM Exr C' cow

16 w)* UMEU
CREW
5 tASSNE DOSlMlflS
m w w u
WASTE
UINE COLUCTION D N l C E
( S V WIDE ANGLE)
S M M U M (I4 M M M
CREW
PCCKfT DOSlMnR (1 FOR
CREW
IIO-IMTRUMENT W N E S S
NUoUlOR TE w It "a
im -
KICK-SHELF
STOWAGf IlfMS
'D' R I N G U l I N MNDU
Figure' 6 W .
C r e w Equipment Stowage
STOWAGE
Mission
B a s i c Date
12 NOv 1966
E013ML131-
Change D a t e
page
6-5116-52
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS
SECTION 7
SYSTEM SCHEMATlCS
NOTE This s e c t i o n will contain a brief d e s c r i p t i o n of

e a c h s y s t e m , utilizing c h a r t s , flow d i a g r a m s , and
s c h e m a t i c s . Information f o r t h i s section will be
provided a t a l a t e r date by MSC.
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS
Mission
B a s i c Date
l2
1966
Change Date
page 7 - 1 1 7 - 2
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
Sections 8 through 11 will b e submitted a t a later d a t e .
blission
B a s i c Date
l 2 Nov 1966
Change Date
Page
8-118-2
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
APPENDIX A
A P P E N D I X -4
SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS
AB
A/C
ACCEL
-4CCUM
.4CE
ACK
A D.4
ADAP
A DJ
AESB
AF
-4F
-4GAA
AGC
AGC
AGCU
-.\M
.AMPL
-4MS
ANAL
.4NLG
ANT
.A S D
.ASD
A SI
.lS/GPI
XTT
XTT
.AUTO
AUX
.4vc
BAT
BCD
A f t bulkhead
Audio c e n t e r
Acc ele rom e t er
-4ccumulator
Acceptance checkout
equipment
Acknowledge
-4ngular differentiating
accelerometer
Adapter
Adjust
Aft equipment s t o r a g e
bay
Audio f r e q u e n c y
A t m o s p h e r i c flight
Attitude g y r o a c c e l e r o m eter assembly
Apollo g u i d a n c e
compute r
Automatic gain control
-4ttitude g y r o c o u p l i n g
uhit
Amplitude modulation
Amplifier
Apollo m i s s i o n s i m u l a t o r
Analyzer
Analog
Antenna
.4pollo s t a n d a r d
detonator
Astrosextant door
.4pollo s t a n d a r d i n i t i a t o r
Attitude s e t / g i m b a l
position indicator
-4t t enu at o r
Attitude
-4utomatic
Auxiliary
Automatic volume
control
Battery
Binary coded decimal
BCN
BECO
BIOME D
B LW R
BMAG
Beacon
B o o s t e r e n g i n e cutoff
Biomedical
Blower
Body -m o u n t e d a t t i t u d e
BPC
bPS
Btu
BUR
BURR
BURP
BURY
SY l-0
Boost protective cover
Bits per second
B r i t i s h t h e r m a l unit
Backup r a t e
Backup r a t e roll
Backup r a t e pitch
B a c k u p r a t e yaw
C-4 (OH)2
CAUT/WARN
cb
cc
CCW
CDU
CF
CFE
c fm
CG
CHGR
CIR & S E P
C/M
CMD
C f b l RCS
c 0 .A s
COMP
COMP
COMPR
COND
COND
CONT
co2
CPC
Calcium hydroxide
C a u t i o n a n d nvarning
Circuit breaker
Cubic c e n t i m e t e r
Counterclockwise
Coupling d i s p l a y u n i t
C o a s t i n g flight
Contractor -furnished
equipment
Cubic feet p e r minute
C e n t e r of g r a v i t y
Charger
H2 c i r c u l a t i o n , Lvater
separation cent r i iuge ,
and g l y c o l c i r c u l a t i o n
Command module
C om m a n d
Command module r e a c tion control system
C r e w m a n optical alignment sight
Com p r e s s o r
C om put in g
Compressor
Condenser
Conditioner
Control
C a r b o n dioxide
Coldplate c l a m p
SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS
Mission
B a s i c Date l 2
1966
Change Date
P a g e -4-1

Ap Operations Handbook CSM SC 012 1966 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ap Operations Handbook CSM SC 012 1966 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

!

Prepared Under Direction of

PREPARED BY NORTH AMERICAN AVIATION, INC.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

NOTE: The portion of

the text alfrcted by the current chanRcs i s

TOTAL N U L I B E R O F PAGES I N THIS PUBLICATION IS 816,

LATE TECHNICAL CHANGES

The i t e m s l i s t e d below r e p r e s e n t t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s which have been a p p r o v e d too

Change S / M RCS fuel f r o m blended h y d r a z i n e

Addition of i n v e r t e r s y n c h r o n i z e r power panel

Modification of C r e w Couch Lockouts. T h i s

SYNOPSIS O F SIGNIFICANT CHANCES

T h i s tabulation d o e s not l i s t all c h a n g e s , a d d i t i o n s , , a n d / o r d e l e t i o n s i n t h e handhook.

F u e l cell H2 a n d 0 2 r e a c t a n t shutoff v a l v e s holding

Updated S P S Delta V a n d E n g i n e G i m b a l Angle c h a r t s .

1966 Change Date

This handbook and its contents a r e r e s t r i c t e d to the r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r S p a c e c r a f t 012. It p r e s e n t s , i n o n e d o c u m e n t , d e s c r i p t i o n s

1966 Change Date

R F Electronics Equipment Group

CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS

E X P E R I M E N T S AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA

B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966

C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool S e t and Workshelf ( G F B )

D e s c r i p t i o n and U s e of S u r v i v a l Kit Components

SPACE C RA F T 0 12 CONFIGURA TION.

NOTE T h e Block I configuration m i s s i o n s f o r the Apollo

Development of qualified t e a m s f o r checkout, launch,

APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK

--.Q-BALL (NOSE CONE)

LAUNCH ESCAPE MOTOR

TOWER ATTACHMENT (4)

C/M TO S/M FAIRING

S f 5 ENGINE EXPANSION NOZZLE

5-IVB INSTRUMENT UNIT

S p a c e c r a f t 012 Configuration (Sheet 1 of 2)

APOLLO I C RtFtRfNCt STAIIUNI

B a s i c D a t e ' 12 Nov 1966

T h e B P C ( f i g u r e 1 - 2 ) i s a t t a c h e d to the l o w e r end of t h e t o w e r t o p r o t e c t the

0 3" THICK CORK ABLATOR

C/M HEAT SHIELD ABLATOR

SILICONE SPONGE SEAL

RCS PITCH M O T O R PORTS

Boost Protective Cover

LAUNCH ESCAPE TOWER

FORWARD HEAT SHIELD

AFT HEAT SHIELD

^.. ..... .- ^...

X-X AlTENUATION STRUT

CREW ACCESS HATCH

LATCH DRIVE SHAFT

BOOST HATCH COVER

LATCH DRIVE ROO

FORWARD ACCESS HATCH COVER

(AFT SIDE OF MAIN

AIR OUTLET VALVE

0 POSTLANDING VENTILATION SYSTEM (PLV)

@ FORWARD ACCESS HATCH

SPACECRAFT 012 CONFIGURATION

s o c k e t a t one end) i s mounted on t h e c o v e r and will b e a r a g a i n s t a b r a c k e t

C r e w Equipment and Equipment B a y s .

FORWARD REFERENCE VIEW

LEFT-HAND FORWARD EQUIPMENT BAY (LHFEB) AND LEFf,